Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College"

See other formats 


^0 


HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 

Library  of  the 

Museum  of 

Comparative  Zoology 


Bulletin' of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 

Vol.  LX.    No.  1. 


NEW  AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES   FROM   SOUTH- 
EASTERN WISCONSIN,   WITH   NOTES   ON  THE 
GENERA  OF  THE  ILLAENIDAE. 


By  Percy  E.  Raymond. 


With   Four  Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED    FOR   THE    MUSEUM. 

January,  1916. 


No.  1. —  New  and  old  Silurian  Trilobites  from  Southeastern  Wisconsin, 
with  Notes  on  the  Genera  of  the  Illaenidae. 

By  Percy  E.  Raymond. 

In  the  F.  H.  Day  collection,  received  in  January  1881,  as  a  gift  of 
Mr.  Alexander  Agassiz,  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  secured 
one  of  the  three  great  collections  of  the  Silurian  fossils  of  southeastern 
Wisconsin.  It  is  particularly  rich  in  Illaenidae,  but  contains  also 
such  rare  forms  as  Harpes  telleri,  Trochurv^  nasutus,  and  Dicrano- 
peltis  telleri,  to  be  found  elsewhere  only  in  Mr.  Teller's  magnificent 
collection. 

The  trilobite  fauna  of  the  quarries  around  Milwaukee  and  Racine 
differs  considerably  from  that  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Chicago,  so 
that  some  of  the  species  described  by  Weller  from  the  latter  area  are 
either  absent  from  the  M.  C.  Z.  collection  or  represented  by  speci- 
mens from  other  sources  than  the  Day  collection.  The  Phacopidae 
have  been  omitted  from  the  present  study,  and  only  such  species  are 
mentioned  as  are  represented  by  specimens  which  add  something  to 
what  has  already  been  published. 


ILLAENIDAE  Hawle  and  Corda. 

The  Illaenidae  form  a  remarkably  homogeneous  group,  and  in  spite 
of  the  great  number  of  species  which  have  been  described  only  three 
generic  or  subgeneric  names  (Illaenus,  Bumastus,  and  Thaleops)  are 
in  common  use.  Holm  recognized  only  Illaenus  and  Bumastus  and 
other  writers  have  been  even  more  conservative,  referring  all  the 
species  to  Illaenus.  The  only  serious  attempt  to  subdivide  the  genus 
is  that  made  by  Salter,  who  recognized  eight  subgenera  (including 
Illaenus),  but  none  of  Salter's  names  has  ever  come  into  general  use, 
although  some  of  them  could  be  adopted  advantageously.  In  all, 
seventeen  subgenera  or  genera  have  been  proposed  for  inclusion  in 
this  family,  but  only  seven  of  these  seem  to  be  valid.  The  names,  in 
chronological  order,  are: — Cryptonymus  Eichwald  1825,  Illaenus 
Dalman  1826,  Deucalion  Shtsheglov  1827,  Bumastus  Murchison 
1839,  Archegonus  and  Dysplanus  Burmeister  1843,  Thaleops  Conrad 
1843,  Alceste  Hawle  and  Corda  1847,  Rhodope  Angelin  1854,  Actino- 


4  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

lobus  Eichwald  1860,  Panderia  Volborth  1863,  lUaenurus  Hall  1863, 
Illaenopsis  Salter  1S66,  Ectillaenus,  Hydrolaenus,  Octillaenus  Salter, 
1867,  and  Illaenoides  Weller  1907.  Certain  other  genera,  such  as 
Symphysurus  and  Nileus  have  often  been  placed  with  lUaenus,  but 
they  have  more  generally  been  recognized  as  belonging  to  the  Asa- 
phidae.  The  fundamental  difference  between  the  lUaenidae  and  the 
Asaphidae  is,  of  course,  the  presence  in  the  former  family  of  an 
epistoma,  and  its  absence  in  the  latter.  The  absence  of  the  grooves 
on  the  pleura  of  the  thorax  in  the  Illaenidae  and  their  very  general 
presence  in  the  Asaphidae  affords  quite  a  safe  criterion  for  judging 
of  the  dorsal  surface. 

The  genera  enumerated  above  may  be  taken  up  in  order. 

Cryptonymus  Eichwald,  1825. 

Observations  geognostico-zoologicae  per  Ingriam  marisque  Baltici 
Provincias  nee  non  de  Trilobites.     Casani,  1825,  p.  44. 

In  this  paper,  Eichwald,  evidently  not  understanding  Brongniart's 
genus  Asaphus,  describes  the  new  genus  Cryptonymus,  and  under  it, 
eight  species.  The  first  four  are  species  of  Asaphus  and  the  last  four 
are  species  of  Illaenidae.  Asaphus  had  been  described  in  1822,  but 
Illaenus  was  not  published  till  1826,  so  that,  if  the  four  asaphids  were 
eliminated,  it  would  really  leave  an  illaenid  as  the  type  of  Cryptony- 
mus. The  first  of  the  illaenids  described,  Cryptonymus  roscnhergi,  is  a 
Bumastus,  the  second,  Cr.  wahlenbcrgi,  third,  Cr.  rudolphii,  and  the 
last,  Cr.  parkinsonii,  are  all  species  of  Illaenus.  To  choose  among 
these  a  type  for  Cryptonymus  would  be  to  upset  one  of  two  well- 
established  names  without  any  possible  gain.  Eichwald  himself  ac- 
cepted Illaenus  as  the  name  of  these  species,  and  in  1840  transferred 
his  name  Cryptonymus  to  Trilobites  pimcfatus  Wahlenberg,  a  pro- 
ceeding which  he  afterward  stoutly  defended  (1855).  If  a  new  generic 
name  is  at  any  time  necessary  for  any  of  the  eight  species  described 
by  Eichwald,  Cryptonymus  is  still  available,  but  till  such  a  con- 
tingency arises,  it  seems  best  not  to  revive  the  name. 


Illaenus  Dalman,  1826. 

Type,  Asaphus  crassicauda  Wahlenberg. 

Om  Palaeaderna  eller  de  sa  kallade  Trilobiterna.     Kgl.  Vet.  akad. 
Handl.,  1826,  p.  248. 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  5 

Dalman  divided  Asaphus  into  four  sections,  the  third  of  which  he 
designated  as  Illaenus,  using  the  name  in  a  subgeneric  sense.  lUaenus 
he  divided  into  two  divisions.  Divisio  1,  Cornigeri,  contained  the 
single  species  Asaphus  {Illaenus)  centrotus,  which  Burmeister  made  the 
type  of  Dysplanus  in  1843.  Divisio  2,  Mutici,  contained  Asaphus 
{Illaenus)  crassicauda  and  A.  {Illaenus)  laticauda.  The  first  of  these 
has  by  general  consent  been  made  the  type  of  Illaenus.  Holm  has, 
in  several  papers,  redescribed  the  typical  species,  so  that  its  charac- 
teristics are  well  known.  Beside  the  characters  of  the  family,  the 
species  shows  a  short  and  wide,  strongl}^  convex  and  curved  cephalon 
and  pygidium,  both  without  concave  borders,  large  prominent  eyes 
which  are  situated  far  back,  deep  but  short  glabellar  furrows,  short 
but  rather  wide  free  cheeks  without  spines  on  the  genal  angles.  The 
thorax  has  a  narrow  axial  lobe  and  ten  segments.  The  pygidium  has  a 
short  but  prominent  axial  lobe,  and  is  wider  than  long.  As  Clarke 
has  pointed  out,  Illaenus  americanus  Billings  is  an  American  species 
which  is  very  similar  to  /.  crassicauda,  and  it  seems  that  only  such 
species  as  conform  to  the  kind  of  structure  exhibited  by  the  type 
should  be  admitted  to  the  restricted  genus  Illaenus. 


Deucalion  Shtsheglov,  1827. 

Sur  les  Trilobites  en  general  et  en  particulier  sur  ceux  de  Zarskoe- 
Selo.  Journ.  fur  neue  Endeckungen  in  der  Phys.  Chem.  Natur.  und 
Technologic  St.  Petersburg,  1827,  no.  1,  2,  p.  234,  pi.  7,  f.  9  a-c. 

I  have  not  seen  this  paper,  but  judge  from  what  Holm  says  that 
Deucalion  is  a  svnonvm  of  Illaenus.  The  genus  was  founded  on  a  new 
species,  D.  hrongniarti,  which  Holm  was  unable  to  recognize. 


BuMASTUs  Murchison,  1839. 

Type,  BuMASTUS  barriensis  Murchison  (Partim). 
Silurian  system,  1839,  p.  656  (non  figs.). 

The  particular  features  of  this  genus  upon  which  Murchison  himself 
laid  most  stress  were  the  absence  of  dorsal  furrows,  and  the  presence 
of  ten  segments  in  the  thorax.  The  general  usage,  however,  has  been 
that  of  referring  all  illaenids  having  the  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax  very 


6  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

broad,  its  width  equaling  or  exceeding  one  half  the  total  width  of  the 
body,  to  the  genus  Bumastus.  This  practice  will  probably  prevail, 
for  we  now  know  that  other  illaenids  beside  Bumastus  have  ten  seg- 
ments in  the  thorax,  and  there  is  no  illaenid  known  from  which  dorsal 
furrows  are  absolutely  absent.  In  view  of  the  somewhat  numerous 
subdivisions  of  the  illaenids,  it  may  be  well  to  reexamine  the  type- 
species,  Bumastus  barriensis  Murchison,  in  a  little  detail.  Salter  has 
explained  that  the  specimens  figured  by  Murchison  really  do  not 
belong  to  this  species,  so  that  Ave  are  obliged  to  use  Salter's  figures  of 
the  "Barr  Trilobite."  Fortunately  the  M.  C.  Z.  collection  contains 
two  plaster  casts  of  the  original  specimen  figured  by  Jukes  in  1829 
and  later  by  Salter.  The  casts  are  rather  carelessly  made,  but  are  in 
general  in  fair  agreement  with  Salter's  figures.  From  these  sources 
may  be  derived  the  statement  that  the  typical  species  of  Bumastus 
is  a  large  Silui'ian  illaenid  with  smooth,  subequal  cephalon  and  pygi- 
dium,  rounded,  spineless  genal  angles,  large  eyes,  situated  near  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  cephalon,  a  very  wide  axial  lobe,  shallow  dorsal 
furrows,  ten  segments  in  the  thorax,  and  no  trace  of  an  axial  lobe  on 
the  pygidium.  The  dorsal  furrows  on  the  cephalon  are  short,  extend- 
ing but  little  ahead  of  the  eyes.  The  cephalon  does  not  appear  to 
have  any  rim  or  concave  depression,  but  the  pygidium  shows  a  slight 
concavity,  so  that  the  profile  of  that  member  does  not  present  a 
smooth  convex  curve,  but  the  curvature  is  reversed  near  the  posterior 
end  of  the  pygidium.  Both  cephalon  and  pygidium  are  wider  than 
long. 

Archegonus  Burmeister,  1843. 

Die  organisation  der  trilobiten,  1843,  p.  120,  121,  pi.  5,  f.  3. 

The  type  of  this  genus  is  Calyviene  ?  aequalis  H.  von  Meyer,  as  this 
was  the  only  species  cited  by  Burmeister  in  the  first  edition  of  his 
Organisation  der  trilobiten.  As  the  type  is  evidently  not  an  illaenid, 
but  one  of  the  Proetidae,  the  genus  automatically  disappears  from  the 
family. 

Dysplanus  Burmeister,  1843. 

Die  organisation  der  trilobiten,  1843,  p.   120. 

Type,  Illaenus  centrotus  Dalman. 

The  type  of  this  genus  is  an  illaenid  with  rather  long,  parabolic 
head  and  abdomen-shields,  spines  at  the  genal  angles,  small  eyes  far 


RAYMOND:   NEW    AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  / 

back,  narrow  axial  lobe,  and  nine  segments  in  the  thorax.  The 
profiles  of  both  shields  are  rather  flat  but  uniformly  convex  curves. 
(See  especially  Holm,  Bihang  Kogl.  Vet.  akad.  Handl.,  1883,  7,  pi.  4, 
f.  l-l2).  Holm  was  not  able  to  see  any  value  in  this  genus,  pointing 
out  that  the  only  real  characteristic  brought  forward  by  Burmeister 
and  by  Angelin  was  the  presence  of  genal  spines,  and  the  species  with 
genal  spines  are  so  highly  variable  among  themselves  as  to  suggest 
that  this  character  in  itself  does  not  denote  any  real  relationship.  It 
seems,  however,  that  a  certain  group  of  illaenids  can  properly  be  de- 
noted by  this  term,  and  the  genus  will  be  referred  to  later. 

Thaleops  Conrad,  1843. 

Proc.  Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phil,  1843,  1,  p.  331. 

Type,  Thaleops  ovata  Conrad. 

The  presence  in  this  species  of  very  high  eyes  on  long  peduncles, 
long  narrow  genal  spines,  deep  dorsal  furrows  sharply  delineating  a 
prominent  glabella,  a  narrow  axial  lobe,  ten  thoracic  segments,  and  a 
small  short  pygidium,  mark  an  unusually  well-defined  genus  which 
seems  to  be  confined  to  North  America,  and  probably  to  the  Ordovi- 
cian,  though  one  Silurian  species  has  been  referred  to  the  genus. 

Alceste  Hawle  and  Corda,  1847. 
Prodr.  monog.  Bohm.  tril.,  1847,  p.  66,  pi.  4,  f.  31.. 

Type,  Alceste  latissima  Hawle  and  Corda  (which  is  the  same  as 
lUaenus  hisingeri  Barrande,  according  to  Barrande). 

This  genus  is  not  valid,  for  it  was  based  upon  an  immature  speci- 
men showing  only  four  segments,  and  was  very  incorrectly  described 
and  figured.  Without  Barrande's  explanation,  no  one  would  be  able 
to  identify  the  Alceste  laiissima  with  any  Bohemian  trilobite. 

Rhodope  Angelin,  1854. 

Pal.  Scandinavia,  1854,  pt.   1,  Trilobita,  p.  38,  pi.  22,  f.   17. 

Type,  Rhodope  lineata  Angelin. 

The  name  Rhodope  was  used  for  a  gastropod  by  von  Siebold  in 
1848  (Anatomic,  p.  296),  and  Volborth  replaced  the  name  by  Panderia. 


8  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

AcTiNOLOBUS  Eichwald,  1860. 

Type,  Illaenus  atavus  Eichwald,  1857. 

Lethaea  Rossica,  1860,  1,  p.  1488. 

The  type  is  an  illaenid  which  seems  sufficiently  peculiar  to  deserve 
a  distinct  generic  name.  The  cephalon  is  short  and  the  pygidium  long, 
and  both  cephalon  and  pygidium  have  a-concave  border;  the  cephalon 
a  narrow  lip,  and  the  pygidium  as  wide  a  border  as  the  average  Isotelus. 
The  eyes  are  rather  large,  far  back  and  far  apart,  free  cheeks  small, 
genal  angles  rounded.  The  dorsal  furrows  of  the  cephalon  are  short, 
the  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax  is  narrow;  ten  segments  are  present;  and 
the  axial  lobe  of  the  pygidium  is  short  and  triangular.  Actinolobus 
ataviis  is  a  Russian  Ordovician  species  (Cla),  and  another  species  with 
a  wide  border  on  the  pygidium  is  the  one  from  the  Silurian  described 
by  Schmidt  as  Illaenus  masckei  (From  F,  Estland). 

Panderia  Volborth,  1863. 

Type,  Panderia  triquetra  Volborth. 

Mem.  Acad.  imp.  sci.  St.  Petersburg,  1863,  6,  no.  2,  p.  31. 

Although  proposing  this  name  primarily  to  replace  the  preoccupied 
Rhodope  of  Angelin,  Volborth  made  his  own  new  species  the  type, 
and  the  genus  must  rest  upon  it.  Holm  does  not  actually  use 
Panderia,  but  he  seems  to  have  considered  it  a  fit  receptacle  for  the 
group  of  small  trilobites  with  only  eight  thoracic  segments,  and  gives 
(1883,  p.  161)  a  new  definition  according  to  his  interpretation  of  the 
genus.  The  presence  of  only  eight  segments  in  the  thorax  does  not 
appeal  very  strongly  to  the  present  WTiter  as  a  generic  characteristic. 
Panderia  triquetra  does,  however,  present  some  rather  unusual  charac- 
teristics in  its  very  short,  strongly  convex  cephalon  with  extremely 
large  eyes,  the  high,  well-defined  glabella,  and  the  short  pygidium 
with  long,  prominent  axial  lobe.  Species  of  this  type  are  not  at  all 
common,  and  may  be  referred  to  Illaenus  without  doing  violence  to 
the  definition  of  that  genus. 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  \f 

Illaenurus  Hall,  1863. 

Type,  Illaenurus  quadratus  Hall. 

16th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1863,  p.  176,  pi.  7. 

Although  Hall  believed  this  species  to  be  closely  allied  to  Illaenus, 
as  indicated  by  the  name,  it  seems  more  probable  that  it  belongs  to 
the  Asaphidae  and  is  allied  to  Symphysurus. 

Illaenopsis  Salter,  1866. 
Type,  Illaenopsis  thomsoi^i  Salter. 
Mem.  Geol.  surv.  Gt.  Britain,  1866,  3,  p.  256. 

As  has  been  repeatedly  pointed  out,  the  grooved  pleura  of  the 
thorax  of  this  trilobite  exclude  it  from  the  Illaenidae,  and  place  it  near 
Symphysurus  in  the  Asaphidae. 

OcTiLLAENUS  Salter,  1867. 
Type,  Illaenus  hisingeri  Barrande. 
Monog.  Brit.  Silurian  trilobites,  1867,  pt.  4,  p.  182. 

This  genus  was  erected  by  Salter  to  contain  the  type,  a  species  in 
which  the  pleura  of  the  first  thoracic  segment  are  produced  into  spines. 
There  are  eight  segments  in  the  thorax,  the  axial  lobe  is  narrow,  the 
glabella  well  defined,  eyes  of  medium  size  and  far  back,  free  cheeks 
with  sharp  genal  spines  Pygidium  about  as  long  as  wide,  without 
defined  axial  lobe.  This  species  could  probably  be  placed  with 
Dysplanus,  but  I  would  follow  Salter  in  the  recognition  of  the  remark- 
able development  of  spines  on  the  first  thoracic  segment,  it  being  a 
unique  example  of  such  a  characteristic  among  the  smooth  trilobites. 

Ectillaenus  Salter,  1867. 
Type,  Illaenus  perovalis  Murchison. 
Monog.  Brit.  Silurian  trilobites,  1867,  pt.  4,  p.  182. 

Holm  has  pointed  out  that  in  proposing  this  genus  Salter  confused 
the  true  /.  perovalis  of  Murchison  and  a  new  species  afterward  de- 


10  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

scribed  by  Hicks  as  /.  hughesi,  and  not  understanding  clearly  the 
characteristics  of  either  species,  produced  a  name  of  no  particular 
value.  The  name  should  be  dropped,  unless  it  can  be  shown  to  be  of 
more  value  than  now  appears  to  be  probable. 


Hydrolaenus  Salter,  1867. 

Type,  Illaenus  conifrons  Billings. 
Monog.  Brit.  Silurian  trilobites,  1867,  pt.  4,  p.  182. 

The  type-species  is  a  Thaleops,  and  Hydrolaenus  is  therefore  a 
synonym  of  that  genus. 

Illaenoides  Weller,  1907. 

Type,  Illaenoides  trilobus  Weller. 

Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  226. 

The  type  of  this  genus  is  remarkable  chiefly  for  its  small  eyes  which 
are  situated  halfway  to  the  front  of  the  head.  The  glabellar  furrows 
are  narrow  and  shallow,  the  facial  suture  cuts  the  cheeks  very  close 
to  the  genal  angles,  making  the  free  cheeks  of  unusual  shape.  The 
genal  angles  are  rounded.  The  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax  is  wider  than 
in  typical  Illaenus,  but  less  wide  than  in  Bumastus.  The  pygidium 
is  long  with  a  narrow  concave  border,  but  no  trace  of  an  axial  lobe. 
Type  and  only  known  species  from  the  Niagaran  at  Bridgeport  (Chi- 
cago), Illinois. 

Su7nmary. —  It  appears  that  of  the  genera  proposed,  Illaenus, 
Bumastus,  Thaleops,  Actinolobus,  and  Illaenoides  have  unquestion- 
able value.  Dysplanus  and  Octillaenus  are  more  or  less  valuable  but 
need  further  study  and  redefinition.  Cryptonymus,  Deucalion, 
Panderia,  and  Ectillaenixs  are  names  which  cannot  be  used  at  present, 
but  might  possibly  be  revived.  Archegonus,  Illaenurus,  and  Illae- 
nopsis  belong  to  other  families.  Alceste  was  never  properly  defined. 
Rhodope  was  preoccupied,  and  Hydrolaenus  is  a  synonym.  It  is  in- 
teresting to  note  the  lapse  of  forty  years  between  Salter's  new  names 
and  the  next  generic  name  applied  to  a  member  of  this  group. 

It  is  evident  that  the  type-genus  Illaenus  contains  the  great  majority 


raymomd:  new  and  old  Silurian  trilobites.  11 

of  the  species  in  this  family,  the  other  genera  having,  as  a  usual  thing, 
only  from  one  to  two  or  three  species  each.  Bumastus  comes  next  to 
lUaenus  in  the  number  of  species,  and  has  its  greatest  development  in 
America  where  there  are  at  least  six  species  in  the  Middle  Ordovician 
and  about  fifteen  in  the  Middle  Silurian,  as  contrasted  with  three  or 
four  species  in  the  Silurian  of  Great  Britain,  about  the  same  number  in 
Scandinavia  and  Russia,  and  two  in  Bohemia. 

Considering  the  great  abundance  of  the  illaenids,  we  have  sur- 
prisingly  little   information   as   to   their   ancestry   or   relationships. 
Following  the  usual  theory,  which  seems  to  be  borne  out  by  the  facts 
in  most  cases,  one  would  expect  these  smooth  forms  to  be  the  descend- 
ants of  more  normal  trilobites  with  glabellar  furrows  and  with  ribs 
on  the  pygidium.     But  among  all  the  illaenids  there  does  not  seem  to 
be  one  which  shows  any  trace  of  ribs  on  the  pygidium,  while  only  a 
few  show  indications  of  glabellar  furrows.     And  such  indications  of 
furrows  as  exist  are  merely  spots  or  slight  depressions  on  the  smooth 
glabella.     The  nearest  relatives  of  the  Illaenidae  are  undoubtedly  the 
Goldiidae  (Bronteidae)  not  the  Asaphidae,  with  which  family  they 
have  usually  been  classed.     The  presence  in  both  the  Illaenidae  and 
the  Goldiidae  of  an  epistoma,  similar  hypostomas,  forward  expanding 
glabella,  large  eyes  which  are  placed  far  back,  unfurrowed  pleura  in 
the  thorax,  and  short  axial  lobe  on  the  pygidium,  indicate  a  very  close 
relationship,  some  of  these  characteristics  being  apparently  too  funda- 
mental to  admit  of  explanation  on  the  ground  of  parallelism.     The 
Goldiidae,  in  spite  of  their  specialization,  are  more  like  the  typical 
trilobite  than  the  Illaenidae,  and  it  would  be  natural  to  place  them  in 
the  ancestral  position.     The  geological  range  at  once  negatives  this 
attempt,  for  the  Goldiidae  did  not  appear  until  the  Middle  Ordovi- 
cian, are  very  rare  in  the  Ordovician  and  reached  their  greatest  de- 
velopment in  the  Silurian  and  Devonian.     The  illaenids,  on  the  other 
hand,  appeared  in  the  basal  Ordovician,  possibly  even  in  the  Cambrian, 
reached  their  greatest  development  in  the  Middle  Silurian  and  did 
not  survive  that  period.     That  the  Goldiidae  should  have  been  de- 
rived from  the  Illaenidae,  however,  seems  highly  improbable,  for  the 
phylogeny  of  the  former  family  pursues  a  normal  course,  the  oldest 
members  of  the  family  being  most  highly  segmented,  and  the  usual 
''smoothing  out"  process  producing  such   (relatively)   lUaenus-like 
species  as  Goldius  dormitzeri,  G.  campanifer,  and  G.  hrongniarti  in  the 
Devonian  of  Bohemia.     If  these  species,  without  glabellar  furrows 
and  with  highly  convex  almost  ribless  pygidia  occurred  in  the  Ordo- 
vician, and  forms  like  Goldius  hmatvs  (Billings)  in  the  Devonian,  we 


12  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

should  probably  conclude  at  once  that  the  Goldiidae  were  derived 
from  the  Illaenidae. 

The  oldest  illaenids  which  are  well  known  are  those  which  Barrande 
described  from  the  base  of  the  Ordovician  in  Bohemia.  Of  these, 
Illaenus  advena  is  a  quite  typical  Illaenus,  while  the  other  species  are 
peculiar.  Illaenus  bohemicus,  the  type  of  which  is  in  the  M.  (".  Z., 
was  founded  on  a  badlj^  preserved  single  specimen,  which  does  not 
seem  to  be  an  Illaenus.  The  pygidium  sKows  a  long,  distinct,  and 
ringed  axial  lobe  and  if  this  member  were  found  alone,  it  would  at 
once  be  assigned  to  the  Asaphidae.  The  nine  segments  of  the  thorax 
are,  however,  without  pleural  furrows.  The  cephalon  is  too  poorly 
preserved  to  indicate  any  characters  of  value.  Long  wide  genal 
spines  are  present,  the  glabella  appears  to  have  nearly  parallel  sides 
imtil  the  vicinity  of  the  anterior  end  is  reached,  when  it  expands 
abruptly.  Rather  faint  glabellar  furrows  seem  to  be  present.  With 
only  this  single  specimen,  it  does  not  seem  possible  to  assign  the 
species  to  any  genus  or  even  family,  and  it  certainly  throws  no  light 
on  the  origin  of  the  Illaenidae.  Another  species  from  Di,  described 
by  Barrande,  is  the  common  Illaenus  katzeri.  This  species  differs 
from  other  illaenids  in  its  eyes.  Barrande  supposed  it  to  be  blind, 
but  Holub  has  recently  shown  (Bull,  international  Acad.  sci.  Boheme, 
1908.  German  abstract,  p.  7,  pi.  7)  that  it  has  small  eyes,  situated 
forward.  Both  shields  are  rather  flattened,  not  so  strongly  incurved 
as  in  the  typical  genus  Illaenus,  and  the  pygidium  is  long  and  parabolic 
in  outline,  thus  suggesting  Dysplanus.  There  is  nothing,  however, 
to  indicate  that  /.  katzeri  is  primitive,  but  it  seems  rather,  like  the 
Silurian  Illaenoides  trilobus,  to  be  a  degenerate  form.  If  the  genus  is 
divided  at  all,  this  species  cannot  be  considered  as  congeneric  with 
Illaenus  crassicauda,  and  I  would  suggest  that  the  name  Wossekia 
be  applied  to  it,  since  Wossek,  Bohemia,  is  the  locality  from  which 
practically  all  the  specimens  have  been  obtained.  Illaenus  ])uer 
seems  to  be,  as  Brogger  was  the  first  to  point  out,  a  Symphysurus. 
Illaenus  calvus  has  a  peculiar  marginal  rim.  The  species  is  known 
from  a  single  fragment.  Illaenus  aratus  has  a  narrow  glabella,  and 
the  eyes  are  very  far  apart  or  absent.  It  is  primitive  for  an  illaenid, 
but  gives  no  suggestion  as  to  the  origin  of  the  group. 

A  imthologic  specimen  of  Illaenus. —  Since  this  paper  was  written, 
I  have  been  enabled,  through  a  grant  from  the  Shaler  Memorial  fund 
at  Harvard.  College,  to  visit  northern  Europe,  and  some  time  was 
spent  in  studying  the  collections  in  London,  Berlin,  St.  Petersburg, 
Stockholm,  and  Christiania.  One  of  the  most  interesting  trilobites 
seen  was  the  specimen  of  Illaenus  revelensis  Holm,  which  was  figured 


RAYMOND:    NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  13 

Ly  Holm  in  his  description  of  the  Russian  Ordovician  Illaenidae 
(Mem.  Acad.  imp.  sci.  St.  Petersburg,  1886,  ser.  7,  33,  pi.  2,  f.  5a). 
This  is  the  only  example  I  have  seen  among  trilobites  of  a  malforma- 
tion due  to  moulting.  As  partially  shown  in  Holm's  figure,  there  is 
an  impressed  line  between  the  facial  suture  and  the  dorsal  furrow  on 
the  left  side,  which  follows  exactly  the  course  of  a  facial  suture,  even 
extending  across  the  front  of  the  cranidium,  a  point  not  shown  in 
Holm's  figure.  Across  the  posterior  part  of  the  cephalon,  close  to  the 
edge,  is  a  furrow  marking  the  posterior  edge  of  the  shell  at  the  time 
of  the  previous  moult.  The  eye  on  the  left  side  is  smaller  than  its 
opposite,  and  the  palpebral  lobe  is  malformed.  The  cephalon  is 
decidedly  unsymmetrical,  the  left  free  cheek  being  drawn  backward. 
All  these  pathological  features  seem  to  be  due  to  the  partial  retention 
of  the  shell  at  the  next  previous  moult. 


Classification  of  the  Illaenidae. 

From  the  first,  all  classifications  of  the  Illaenidae  have  rested  mainly 
upon  the  number  of  segments  in  the  thorax,  and  secondarily  upon  the 
width  of  the  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax.  Thus,  Dalman,  the  describer 
of  Illaenus,  separated  the  species  with  nine  segments  from  those  with 
ten.  Holm,  the  principal  writer  upon  the  genuS;  while  recognizing 
only  the  genus  Illaenus  and  the  subgenus  Bumastus,  divided  Illaenus 
into  three  groups,  those  with  ten,  nine,  and  eight  segments  in  the 
thorax.  A  study  of  the  American  illaenids  does  not  favor  a  classifica- 
tion of  this  sort,  for  it  has  been  repeatedly  shown  that  the  nvunber  of 
thoracic  segments  in  species  of  both  Illaenus  and  Bumastus  is  variable, 
even  within  the  limits  of  a  single  species.  Likewise,  the  presence  or 
absence  of  genal  spines  is  not  a  characteristic  justifying,  in  itself,  the . 
erection  of  a  genus  of  Illaenidae,  for,  as  has  been  several  times  pointed 
out,  species  are  found  with  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  spines,  and  if  all 
species  having  this  characteristic  were  to  be  referred  to  a  single  genus, 
there  would  be  hardly  another  characteristic  common  to  the  assem- 
blage. The  length  and  convexity  of  the  cephalon  and  pygidium,  the 
size  and  position  of  the  eyes,  the  width  of  the  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax, 
and  the  shape  of  the  glabella  seem  of  the  most  importance,  but  I  would 
also  take  into  consideration  the  sort  of  genal  spines  which  may  be 
present.  It  is  still  too  early  to  make  any  natural  classification,  and 
the  genera  here  recognized  are  based  primarily  upon  the  more  con- 
spicuous peculiarities  of  the  type-species  of  each. 


14  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


ILLAENIDAE  Hawle  and  Corda. 

Opisthoparia  with  large,  convex,  nearly  smooth,  cephalic  and 
abdominal  shields.  Epistoma  large,  hypostoma  convex,  ovoid. 
Thorax  of  eight  to  ten  segments,  with  unfurrowed  pleura.  Pygidium 
without  ribs,  axial  lobe  short  or  absent.     Ordovician  and  Silurian. 


ILLAENINAE,  subf.  nov. 

Illaenidae  with  narrow  axial  lobe,  cephalon  and  pygidium  without 
concave  border. 

Illaenus  Dalman.  Cephalon  and  pygidium  very  convex,  wider 
than  long,  abruptly  deflected;  eyes  large  and  far  back,  axial  lobe  of 
pygidium  high.  Genal  spines,  when  present,  rounded  in  section. 
Type,  Illaenus  crassicauda  (Wahlenburg).  Ordovician  and  Silurian. 
Europe,  North  and  South  America,  India,  and  Australia. 

Thaleops  Conrad.  Cephalon  and  pygidium  similar  to  Illaenus,  but 
with  eyes  on  long  stalks  and  elongate  genal  spines  always  present. 
Type,  Thaleops  ovata  Conrad.  Ordovician  and  possibly  Silurian. 
North  America. 

Dysplanus  Burmeister.  Cephalon  and  pygidium  long  and  flattened, 
parabolic  in  outline,  genal  spines  present,  usually  flattened.  Type, 
Illaenus  centrotus  Dalman.     Ordovician.     Northern  Europe. 

Wossekia,  gen.  nov.  Cephalon  and  pygidium  as  in  Dysplanus, 
genal  spines  absent,  eyes  small  and  far  forward.  Type,  Illaenus 
katzeri  Barrande.     Basal  Ordovician.     Bohemia. 

Octillaenus  Salter.  Similar  to  Dysplanus  but  with  rounded  genal 
spines,  and  pleura  of  first  segment  elongated  into  spines.  Type, 
Illaenus  hisingeri  Barrande.     Ordovician.     Bohemia. 


BUMASTINAE,  subf.  nov. 

Illaenidae  with  (usually)  concave  border  on  one  or  both  shields , 
axial  lobe  generally  wide,  though  sometimes  narrow. 
•  Bumastus  Murchison.  Axial  lobe  of  thorax  equal  to  more  than 
half  the  total  width;  eight  to  ten  segments.  Typically,  a  concave 
border  is  present  on  the  pygidium,  frequently  on  both  cephalon  and 
pygidium,  rarely  (in  small  Middle  Ordovician  species)  without  con- 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  15 

cave  border  on  either  shield.  Eyes  very  large.  Type,  Bumastus 
harriensis  Murchison.  Ordovician  and  Silurian.  North  America. 
Silurian.     Europe. 

Actinolobus  Eichwald.  Axial  lobe  narrow,  cephalon  short,  pygi- 
diura  long,  with  very  wide  concave  border.  Eyes  large.  Type, 
Illaenus  atavus  Eichwald.  Ordovician,  Russia.  Silurian.  Russia 
and  United  States. 

lUaenoides  Weller  Axial  lobe  with  a  width  between  that  of  Actino- 
lobus and  Bumastus,  eyes  very  small  and  far  forward,  narrow  con- 
cave border  on  pygidium.  Type,  lUaenoides  trilobus  Weller.  Silurian. 
United  States. 

The  above  classification  is  designed  to  separate  the  species  with 
long  more  or  less  flattened  shields  from  the  more  typical  illaenids  with 
short  and  abruptly  deflected  cephalon  and  pygidium.  The  first  two 
genera  are  modifications  of  the  central  Illaenus  type,  the  other  three 
of  the  more  flattened  Dysplanus  group.  In  defining  the  subfamily 
Bumastinae  as  I  have,  all  the  forms  with  a  more  or  less  Isotelus-like 
pygidium  are  removed  from  the  typical  Illaenus  group.  Among  the 
small  species  constituting  the  earliest  of  the  Bumastinae  one  finds 
species  like  B.  glohosus  Billings,  B.  bellevillensis  Raymond  and  Narra- 
way,  and  a  few  others,  which  lack  a  concave  border.  On  the  other 
hand,  so  large  a  Middle  Ordovician  Bumastus, as  B.  indeterviinatvs 
(Walcott),  the  type  of  which  is  figured  (Plate  2)  for  the  first  time,  has  a 
distinctly  concave  border.  It  is  very  possibly  true  that  the  small 
species  mentioned  above  should  be  given  a  distinct  name  and  placed 
in  the  lUaeninae,  but  it  still  seems  somewhat  early  to  take  so  radical 
a  step. 

Description  of  species. 

We  owe  to  Professor  Weller  a  complete  and  careful  description  of 
the  Illaenidae  of  the  Chicago  area,  and,  as  he  had  access  to  collections 
made  at  Racine  and  near  Milwaukee,  his  description  in  large  measure 
covers  the  Wisconsin  area  also.  In  the  large  collections  which  I  have 
been  able  to  examine,  I  have,  however,  found  a  few  specimens  more 
perfect  than  those  previously  described,  and  also  a  few  new  species. 
When  first  studying  the  excellent  figures  given  by  Weller,  one  is  struck 
by  the  apparent  triviality  of  the  specific  characteristics  employed  in 
the  discrimination  of  the  species,  but  with  a  large  collection,  it  is 
found  that  the  characteristics  are  remarkably  constant.  The  study 
of  these  illaenids  is  unusually  interesting,  in  fact,  for  it  seems  to  be 


16  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

one  of  the  few  cases  where  characteristics  arbitrarily  chosen  may  serve 
to  define  natural  groups.  The  bumastids  particularly,  which  are 
simple  trilobites  with  few  variable  characters,  seem  to  be  susceptible 
to  this  sort  of  treatment.  The  chief  variable  characters  are  amount  of 
convexity,  ratio  of  length  to  breadth,  length  of  dorsal  furrows,  pres- 
ence or  absence  of  "lip"  on  cephalon  and  concave  border  on  pygidium, 
and  size  of  eyes.  Almost  every  possible  combination  of  these  few 
characteristics  seems  to  be  present  among  the  species,  and  each  com- 
bination is  usually  exhibited  by  a  large  number  of  specimens.  That 
these  variations  are  not  the  attributes  of  one  very  plastic  species  but 
of  a  number  of  distinct  species  is  shown  by  the  geographical  distribu- 
tion as  well  as  by  the  numbers  in  each  group.  -For  example,  Bumastus 
insignis  seems  to  be  confined  to  a  small  area  in  the  immediate  vicinit;\' 
of  Chicago,  and  B.  ioxus  to  Joliet,  Illinois  and  Racine,  Wisconsin, 
while  B.  cunimdus  is  found  in  vast  numbers  near  Milwaukee,  but  is 
rare  in  the  Chicago  area.  Others  of  the  species  are  equally  local  in 
distribution. 

Bumastus  cuniculus  (Hall). 

Illaenus  cuniculus  Hall,  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  377, 
pi.  22,  f.  12;  1870,  rev.  ed.,  p.  421,  pi.  22,  f.  12.  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago 
acad.  nat.  hist.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  219,  pi.  19,  f.  1-6. 

This  is  by  far  the  most  common  species  at  Wauwatosa,  Wise. 
There  are  several  nearly  complete  specimens  in  the  M.  C.  Z.,  most  of 
them  enrolled.  They  show  the  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax  to  be  extremely 
wide,  and  the  dorsal  furrows  very  shallow.  There  are  ten  segments. 
The  diagnostic  specific  characteristics  are:  —  elongate,  moderately  con- 
vex cephalon  with  very  narrow  rim  which  is  prominent  at  the  front, 
but  disappears  before  reaching  the  genal  angles,  and  eyes  of  medium 
size.  Dorsal  furrows  faint,  hardly  visible  at  all  in  front  of  the  scar- 
like spots  just  inside  the  eyes.  Pygidium  elongate,  moderately  convex, 
with  practically  no  depressed  border.  A  flattening  of  the  convexity 
near  the  border  can  be  seen  if  the  pygidium  is  viewed  in  profile. 

Measurements:  —  A  cephalon  of  average  size  is  45  mm.  long,  55  mm. 
broad;  the  eye  9  mm.  long,  or  one  fifth  the  total  length.  A  large 
cephalon  is  56  mm.  long.  The  pygidium  of  an  enrolled  specimen 
whose  cephalon  is  45  mm.  long  is  50  mm.  long  and  52  mm.  wide.  The 
axial  lobe  of  this  specimen  is  42  mm.  wide  and  the  total  width  of  the 
thorax  is  53  mm. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  Very  common  in  the  Niagaran  at  Wauwa- 
tosa, near  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin. 


RAYMOND:   NEW  AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  17 

BuMASTUS  NiAGARENSis  (Whitfield). 
Plate  1,  fig.  3. 

Illaenus  niagarensis  Whitfield,  Ann.  rept.  Geol.  surv.  Wisconsin  for  1879,  1880, 

p.  68.     Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  219,  pi.  19, 

f.  7-11. 
Illaenus  madisonianus  Whitfield.     Geol.  Wise,  1882,  4,  p.  307,  pi.  20,  figs.  8-9. 

Foerste,  Bull.  sci.  lab.  Den   univ.,  1885,  1,  p.  106   pi.  14,  f.  la-b,  2a-b; 

1887,  2,  p.  93,  pi.  8,  f.  8,  9,  10,  10a;  Geol.  surv.  Ohio,  1893,  7,  p.  526,  pi. 

26,  f.  1,  2,  varieties,  pi.  27,  f.  7-10.     Van  Ingen,  School  of  mines  quar- 
/     terly,  Columbia  univ.,  1901,  23,  p.  35. 

This  seems  to  be  one  of  the  few  illaenids  of  the  Chicago-Wisconsin 
Niagaran  area  which  has  hitherto  been  known  from  entire  specimens. 
Whitfield  figured  an  entire  one,  Weller  had  a  nearly  complete  speci- 
men, and  there  are  five  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  (Day  collection).  One  of 
these  is  figured  as  it  shows  some  characters  not  shown  in  either  Whit- 
field's or  Weller's  figure.  Whitfield's  figure,  if  it  really  represents  this 
species,  is  inaccurate  in  respect  to  the  glabellar  furrows,  which  are 
really  much  longer  than  is  indicated  by  his  figure  or  description. 
From  the  general  proportions  of  the  body,  and  the  position  of  the  eyes, 
it  would  seem  that  his  figure  really  does  represent  this  species.  The 
specimen  here  figured  is  a  little  longer  and  narrower  than  those 
previously  figured,  and  has  a  longer  and  more  pointed  pygidium. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  thoi'ax  is  exceedingly  short,  though  ten 
segments  are  present.  The  dorsal  furrows  do  not  show  in  the  figured 
specimen,  but  they  do  on  another  specimen  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  collection, 
and  are  also  indicated  in  Whitfield's  figure. 

The  specific  characteristics  are :  —  cephalon  rather  convex,  with 
long  dorsal  furrows,  no  lip  or  concave  border  on  the  cephalon.  Eyes 
of  medium  size,  situated  nearly  their  own  length  from  the  posterior 
margin,  thorax  short,  pygidium  long,  rather  pointed  behind,  with 
narrow  concave  border. 

Measurements:  —  The  specimen  (Plate  1,  fig.  3)  is  58  mm.  long; 
cephalon  22  mm.  long,  31  mm.  wide;  thorax  13.5  mm.  long;  pygidium 
29  mm.  long,  29  mm.  wide;  the  eyes  are  damaged.  On  a  very  good 
enrolled  specimen  preserving  the  test,  the  cephalon  is  24  mm.  long, 
the  eye  5  mm.  long,  and  5  mm.  from  the  posterior  margin.  On  a 
larger  specimen  the  eye  is  1  mm.  more  than  its  own  length  from  the 
posterior  margin. 


18  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  This  species  is  quite  common  in  the  Niag- 
aran  at  Wauwatosa,  though  not  nearly  so  common  as  B.  cunicuhis. 


BUMASTUS   DAYI,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  1,  fig.  8-10. 

The  Day  collection  contained  two  fine  specimens  labeled  sp.  nov., 
and  as  they  have  proven  to  be  such  I  have  named  them  in  honor  of 
the  collector.  The  specific  characteristics  are:  —  cephalon  and  pygi- 
dium  short  and  convex,  eyes  large  and  far  back,  no  lip  or  concavity 
at  the  front  of  the  glabella,  though  there  is  one  at  the  sides  of  the  free 
cheeks,  dorsal  furrows  of  the  cephalon  long,  reaching  the  pits  in  front 
of  the  eyes. 

Thorax  of  ten  segments,  axial  lobe  very  wide,  furrows  shallow. 
Pygidium  short  and  evenly  convex,  with  only  a  trace  of  a  concave 
margin. 

It  will  be  at  once  noted  that  this  species  is  much  like  B.  niagarensis, 
but  has  large  eyes  far  back,  and  the  pygidium  is  shorter  and  with  less 
depressed  margin.  It  differs  from  B.  cuniculus  in  having  long  in- 
stead of  short  dorsal  furrows  on  the  cephalon,  and  in  lacking  the  rim 
at  the  front.  Of  the  species  found  near  Chicago,  B.  chicagoensis 
(Weller)  is  very  similar  to  this  but  that  species  has  a  much  shorter 
and  more  abruptly  deflected  cephalon. 

Measurements:  —  The  type  is  46  mm.  long;  cephalon  19  mm.  long, 
26  mm.  wide;  eye  7  mm.  long  and  2  mm.  from  posterior  margin; 
thorax  14  mm.  in  length;  pygidium  23  mm.  long,  25  mm.  wide.  A 
large  cephalon  is  34  mm.  long,  46  mm.  wide;  eye  11  mm.  long,  4  mm. 
from  posterior  margin. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  Quite  common  in  the  Niagaran  at  Wauwa- 
tosa, -Wise. 

BuMASTUS   DECIPIENS,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  1,  fig.  1,  2. 

Exceedingly  like  B.  dayi  is  a  species  of  which  the  collection  contains 
only  five  or  six  specimens,  two  of  which  are  approximately  entire. 
The  specimens  are  of  about  the  same  size  as  the  smaller  ones  of  B. 
dayi,  and  the  principal  difference  between  the  two  is  that  B.  decipiens 


RAYMOND:   NEW    AND    OLD    SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  19 

has  short  glabellar  furrows  and  no  lip  on  the  free  cheek,  while  B.  dayi 
has  long  furrows  and  a  lip  on  the  free  cheek.  The  eye  of  B.  decijnens 
seems  also  to  be  a  little  longer  and  further  back  than  in  B.  dayi.  The 
pits  in  front  of  the  eyes  are  exceedingly  faint. 

Buviastus  transversalis  (Weller)  likewise  has  a  short  head,  large 
eyes,  and  short  dorsal  furrows,  but  is  much  wider  than  B.  decipiens. 
B.  armatus  (Hall)  is  much  like  B.  decipiens  but  has  spines  at  the  genal 
angles. 

Measurements:  —  The  holotype  (Plate  1,  fig.  2)  an  imperfect 
cranidium,  is  19  mm.  long;  the  eye  is  7.5  mm.  long,  and  2  mm.  from 
the  posterior  margin.  The  figured  paratype  (Plate  1,  fig.  1)  is  about 
51  mm.  long;  cephalon  21  mm.  long;  thorax  15  mm.  long.  A  second 
small,  unfigured  paratype  has  the  cephalon  12  mm.  long,  16  mm. 
wide;  eye  5  mm.  long;  1  mm.  from  posterior  margin;  thorax  8  mm. 
long;  pygidium  12  mm.  long,  and  about  16  mm.  wide. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  All  the  specimens  are  from  the  Niagaran 
at  Wauwatosa,  Wise. 

BUMASTUS   TENUIS,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  1,  fig.  6,  7  and  ?  11. 

This  species  is  like  B.  decipiens,  rare,  and  the  collection  contains 
five  specimens  showing  the  cranidium  only.  It  is  characterized  by 
its  slight  convexity  and  the  very  wide  concave  lip  at  the  front.  The 
dorsal  furrows  are  long,  reaching  to  the  pit  in  front  of  the  eyes.  These 
pits  are  themselves  very  far  forward  and  close  to  the  margin.  The  eyes 
are  large  and  close  to  the  posterior  margin. 

This  species  of  course  suggests  B.  cuniculus,  but  the  lip  is  much 
wider,  the  dorsal  furrows  longer,  and  the  pits  in  which  they  end  very 
close  to  the  margin.  It  has  a  flatter  cephalon  and  wider  lip  than  any 
known  Bumastus. 

A  pygidium  (Plate  1,  fig.  11)  which  does  not  seem  to  belong  with  any 
other  species  found  at  Wauwatosa  is  tentatively  referred  to  B.  tenuis. 
It  is  too  short  and  not  convex  enough  for  B.  niagarensis,  and  has  too 
wide  a  concave  border  for  B.  cuniculus,  B.  dayi,  or  B.  decipiens. 

Measurements:  —  The  type  cranidium  is  33  mm.  long  and  34  mm. 
wide  at  the  palpebral  lobes.  The  eye  was  approximately  8  mm.  long 
and  2  mm.  from  the  posterior  margin. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  All  the  specimens  are  from  the  Niagaran 
at  Wauwatosa,  Wise. 


20  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


BUMASTUS  INSIGNIS    (Hall). 

Illaenus  insignis  Hall,  18th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1865,  p.  27,  f.  5, 
6  adv.  sheets;  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  331,  f.  5,  6, 
pi.  22,  f.  13,  14;  1870,  rev.  ed.,  p.  419;  f.  10.  11,  pi.  22,  f.  13,  14.  WeUer, 
Bull.  Chicago  acad.  nat.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  215,  pi.  17,  f.  1-5.  Not 
of  Salter,  Whitfield,  Foerste,  and  Kindle.     (See  WeUer,  op.  cit.). 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  though  Hall  cites  Waukesha  and 
Milwaukee,  Wise,  first  in  his  list  of  localities  for  this  species,  the 
species  is  not  known  at  all  from  Wisconsin,  and  the  specimens  which 
Hall  figured  were  undoubtedly  from  near  Chicago.  Whitfield's 
Illaenus  insignis  was  B.  cuniculus  (Hall).  The  English  specimens 
figured  by  Salter  as  belonging  to  this  species,  show  the  same  long 
furrows  and  cephalon  with  a  lip,  but  the  front  of  the  head  is  not  so 
pointed.  The  eyes  of  the  English  form  are  likewise  less-  elongate  and 
further  back  than  in  specimens  from  near  Chicago.  It  seems  probable 
that  the  English  form  deserves  a  distinct  name,  and  B.  pomiata,  the 
name  used  by  Salter  on  the  plate  of  his  publication,  is  still  available. 


BuMASTUs  loxus  Hall. 

Illaenus  (Bumastus)  barriensis  ?  Hall,  Geol.  surv.  Wise,  1862,  1,  p.  433,  (no 
description);  18th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1865,  p.  28  adv. 
sheets;  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  332. 

Illaenus  ioxus  Hall^  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  387,  fig., 
pi.  22,  f.  4-11,  pi.  23,  f.  1.  Whitfield,  Geol.  Wise,  1882,  4,  p.  304,  pi.  21, 
f.  11,  12.  Foerste,  Proc.  Boston  soc.  nat.  hist.,  1890,  24,  p.  268,  pi.  5, 
f.  20.  Van  Ingen,  School  of  mines  quarterly,  Columbia  univ.,  23,  1901, 
p.  35  (no  description).  Kindle,  28th  Ann.  rept.  Dept.  geol.  and' nat.  res. 
Indiana,  1904,  p.  480..  pi.  22,  f.  7,  pi.  23,  f.  3.  Weller,  BuU.  Chicago  acad. 
sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p  222,  pi.  18,  f.  1-3. 

Illaenus  (Bumastus)  ioxus  Hall,  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1870, 
rev.  ed.,  p.  420,  f.  12,  pi.  22,  f.  4-10.  ?  11th  Rept.  Dept.  geol.  and  nat. 
hist.  Indiana,  1882,  p.  335,  pi.  38,  f.  14,  non  13;  Trans.  Albany  inst., 
1883,  10,  p.  76. 

The  status  of  the  name  of  this  species  is  somewhat  like  that  of 
Cheirurus  niagarensis.  In  the  Pal.  N.  Y.,  2,  Hall  identified  the  rather 
common  large  Bumastus  of  the  Rochester  shale  as  B.  barriensis 
Murchison,  and  in  his  earlier  references  to  the  Wisconsin  specimen  he 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD    SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  21 

used  the  same  name.  When  he  came  to  figure  a  Wisconsin  specimen, 
however,  he  proposed  a  new  specific  name  for  it,  and  the  name  was  so 
obviously  suggested  by  the  Wisconsin  specimens  that  I  agree  with 
Weller  that  those  specimens  should  be  considered  the  types  of  B.  ioxus. 

Professor  Weller  has  suggested  that  the  specimens  from  New  York 
may  belong  to  another  species.  I  have  investigated  the  point  as  fully 
as  the  material  at  my  command  would  permit,  and  have  not  so  far 
been  able  to  find  any  really  good  characteristics  on  which  to  base  a 
separation.  The  best  specimens  from  New  York  are  usually  small, 
and  considerably  flattened.  The  study  of  better  material  will  prob- 
ably reveal  characteristics  not  now  evident,  and  I  have  therefore 
omitted  from  the  synonymy  the  references  to  the  New  York  specimens. 

Hall  figured  a  pygidium  which  he  assigned  to  the  species,  undoubt- 
edly correctly,  but  up  to  the  present  the  thorax  has  been  unknown. 
The  M.  C.  Z.  (Day  collection),  contains  a  large  specimen,  whose  label 
states  that  it  is  the  "only  perfect  specimen  found  at  Racine."  It  is 
not  exactly  a  perfect  specimen,  though  it  retains  cephalon,  parts  of  ten 
thoracic  segments  and  the  pygidium.  The  axial  lobe  of  the  thorax 
,is  somewhat  less  wide  than  one  would  have  expected  from  the  large 
size  of  the  animal,  but,  being  62%  of  the  total  width,  is  about  the 
general  average  among  the  bumastids.  The  pygidium  does  not  show 
an  actual  concave  border,  but  there  is  a  very  decided  flattening  of  the 
curve  of  the  profile  at  the  back. 

As  the  specimen  is  preserved,  the  pygidium  is  somewhat  unnaturally 
drawn  in,  so  that  the  actual  length  is  not  shown.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  last  thoracic  segment  is  displaced  from  the  others  and  there  is  a 
considerable  space  between  the  thorax  and  cephalon  at  the  anterior 
end,  and  between  the  thorax  and  pygidium  behind.  The  length  of 
this  specimen,  therefore,  gives  only  a  rough  approximation  of  the 
correct  length.  Incidentally  it  should  be  noted  that  the  cephalon  of 
this  species  has  a  large  median  tubercle  near  the  posterior  margin. 
It  is  shown  in  Hall's  figure,  but  omitted  from  Weller's. 

Measurements:  —  Length,  about  180  mm.;  cephalon  75  mm.  long, 
110  mm.  wide;  thorax  about  75  mm.  long,  about  100  mm.  wide  at 
middle,  axial  lobe  62  mm.  wide;  pygidium  65  mm.  long,  102  mm.  wide. 
A  well-preserved  pygidium  is  68  mm.  long  and  100  mm.  wide. 

Formntion  and  locality:  —  Hall  mentions  Waukesha  and  Wauwa- 
tosa  as  localities  for  this  species,  but  in  very  extensive  collections  from 
these  places  no  specimens  of  this  species  are  present,  while  we  have  a 
number  of  specimens  from  the  Racine  dolomite  at  Racine,  Wise. 


22  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


BuMASTUS  graftonensis  Meek  and  Worthen. 

Illaenus  (Bumastus)  graftonensis  Meek  and  Worthen,  Proc.  Acad.  nat.  sci. 

PhU.,  1870,  p.  54;  Geol.  surv.  Illinois,  1875,  6,  p.  508,  pi.  25,  f.  4. 
Buniastus  sp.  ind.  Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol.  surv.  Illinois,  1875,  6,  pi.  24.  f.  3. 
Illaenus  graftonensis  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  223, 

pi.  16,  f.  4-6. 

Only  the  cephalon  of  this  species  has  previously  been  known,  but 
the  Day  collection  contains  two  complete,  though  somewhat  flattened 
specimens  from  Waukesha,  Wisconsin,  where  this  species  seems  to  be 
fairly  common. 

The  cephalon  is  too  well  known  to  need  further  description,  except 
to  note  that  as  in  B.  ioxus,  there  is  a  prominent  median  tubercle  be- 
tween the  eyes  and  near  the  posterior  margin. 

The  thorax  has  ten  segments,  a  broad  axial  lobe,  rather  well-defined 
dorsal  furrows.  The  pleura  of  the  thoracic  segments  are  more  promi- 
nent and  ridged,  and  not  so  flat  as  in  most  species  of  Bumastus.  The 
pygidium  is  short  and  moderately  convex,  with  a  flattening  around 
the  margin,  but  not  a  real  concave  border.  The  pygidium  resembles 
that  of  B.  ioxus,  but  is  shorter  and  wider,  the  average  ratio  of  length 
to  width  in  B.  ioxus  being  .64  and  in  the  two  pygidia  of  B.  graftonensis 
which  we  have,  .54. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  Nine  specimens  (M.  C.  Z.  coll.)  are  from 
the  Niagaran  at  Waukesha,  Wise,  a  locality  from  which  this  species 
has  not  previously  been  reported. 


Bumastus  indeterminatus  (Walcott). 
Plate  2. 

Illaenus  indeterminatus  Walcott,  31st  Ann.  rept.  N.  Y.  state  mus.  nat.  hist., 
1877,  p.  19  adv.  sheets;  31st  Ann.  rept.  N.  Y.  state  mus.  nat.  hist.,  1879, 
p.  70. 

Illaenus  cf.  /.  indeterminatus  Clarke,  Pal.  Minn.,  1897,  3,  pt.  2,  p.  716,  f.  24. 

Bumastus  indeterminatus  Raymond  and  Narraway,  Ann.  Carnegie  mus.,  1908, 
4,  p  253,  pi.  62,  f.  8,  9. 

The  M.  C.  Z.  contains  the  type  of  this  species,  and  it  is  figured 
(Plate  2)  for  the  first  time.  The  specimen  consists  of  a  good  cephalon, 
part  of  one  free  cheek,  a  very  much  dislocated  thorax,  of  which  only 
se\en  segments  can  be  definitely  made  out,  and  a  very  fine  pygidium. 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND    OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  23 

The  pygidium  is  considerably  longer  and  more  convex  than  the  cepha- 
lon,  and  the  axial  lobe  is  evidently  very  wide  and  without  very  strong 
dorsal  furrows. 

The  dorsal  furrows  of  the  cephalon  fade  out  just  before  reaching  the 
pits  in  front  of  the  eyes,  but  this  is  probably  an  individual  variation. 
These  pits  are  not  directly  in  front  of  the  eyes  as  in  most  species  of 
Bumastus,  but  considerably  inside  the  projection  of  a  line  drawn 
through  the  length  of  the  eye. 

The  pygidium  is  very  convex,  with  concave  slopes  to  the  lateral 
and  posterior  margins. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  The  type,  M.  C.  Z.  no.  650,  is  from  Russia 
(Newport),  Herkimer  Co.,  New  York.  The  horizon  is  the  Leray- 
Black  River  (Ordovician). 

ACTINOLOBUS   AMERICANUS,    Sp.    UOV. 

Plate  1,  fig.  4,  5. 

The  M.  C.  Z.  contains  a  single  pygidium  which,  on  account  of  its 
great  length  and  wide  flat  border,  is  referred  to  Actinolobus,  a  genus 
previously  unrepresented  in  this  country.  The  specimen  is  damaged 
on  the  right  side  and  has  been  restored  in  plaster. 

There  is  also  a  break  on  the  left  side  not  shown  in  the  figure,  but 
the  outline  is  believed  to  be  accurate.  The  specimen  is  38  mm.  long 
and  20  mm.  wide  at  the  front.  At  the  widest  part,  the  border  has  a 
width  of  10  mm.  and  is  somewhat  concave.  The  central  part  of  the 
pygidium  is  strongly  convex.  The  anterior  margin  indicates  that  the 
axial  lobe  of  the  thorax  was  wide,  though  not  so  wide  as  in  the  species 
of  Bumastus  found  with  it. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  From  the  Racine  dolomite  at  Racine, 
Wisconsin. 

LICHADIDAE  Hawle  and  Corda. 

Trochurus  nasutus  (Weller). 

Plate  3,  fig.   1,  2. 

Dicranopeltis  nasuta  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  240, 
pi.  22,  f.  5-7. 

A  figure  of  the  specimen  of  this  species  in  the  Day  collection  is 
introduced  in  order  to  show  the  wav  in  which  the  frontal  lobe  of  the 


24  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

glabella  tapers  into  a  spine,  this  feature  not  being  correctly  shown  by 
Weller's  figures.  I  had  at  first  believed  that  this  specimen  repre- 
sented a  distinct  species,  but  fortunately  was  able  to  see  the  type  in 
Mr.  Teller's  collection.  That  the  species  belongs  to  Trochurus  in- 
stead of  Dicranopeltis  is  shown  by  the  dorsal  furrows,  which  curve 
inward  instead  of  outward,  at  the  posterior  ends. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  The  specimen  is  from  the  Niagaran  at 
Wauwatosa,  Wisconsin. 


ODONTOPLEURIDAE  Burmeister. 

Ceratocephala  goniata  Warder. 

Plate  3,  fig.  3-5. 

Ceratocephala  goniata  Warder,  Amer.  journ.  sci.,  1838,  ser.  1,  34,  p.  378,  fig. 
Clarke,  44th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  mus.  nat.  hist.,  1892,  p.  91-100,  pi.  1, 
f.  1.  Kindle,  2Sth  Ann.  rept  Dept.  geol.  and  nat.  res.  Indiana,  1904, 
p.  480,  pi.  24,  f.  13.  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2, 
p.  255,  pi.  23,  f.  1-2.     Raymond,  Bull.  Victoria  mem.  mus.,  1913,  1,  p.  38. 

Acidaspis  danai  HaU,  Geol.  surv.  Wise,  1862, 1, p.  432  (no  description);  18th. 
Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1865,  p.  28,  adv.  sheets;  20th  Rept.  N.  Y., 
state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  333,  pi.  21,  f.  8-9;  1870,  rev.  ed.,  p.  423, 
pi.  21,  f.  8,  9. 

Acidaspis  ida  WincheU  and  Marcy,  Mem.  Boston  soc.  nat.  hist.,  1865,  1,  p. 
106,  pi.  3,  f.  13. 

The  cephalon  of  this  species  is,  thanks  to  Professor  Weller,  now  well 
known,  but  hitherto  the  thorax  and  pygidium  have  not  been  noticed. 
The  Day  collection  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  contains  parts  of  two  pygidia  and 
a  fragment  showing  a  portion  of  five  segments  of  the  thorax.  The 
pygidium  is  like  that  of  Acidaspis  portlocki  Barrande,  with  a  large 
median  spine,  on  each  side  of  which  are  two  smaller  spines,  then  a 
large  spine,  and  finally  an  outer  small  spine.  Each  spine  gives  off 
small  thorns  on  each  side.  The  thorax  is  similar  to  that  of  C.  verneuili 
Barrande.  However,  as  only  the  central  portion  has  been  seen  this 
part  of  the  body  would  not  be  expected  to  show  specific  characteristics. 
The  cephalon  seems  to  be  more  nearly  allied  to  C.  vesiculosa  than  to  C. 
verneuili,  and  a  cephalon  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  gives  indication  that  marginal 
spines  were  present  on  the  free  cheeks.  The  pygidium  found  with  the 
cranidia  at  Wauwatosa  are  unlike  those  ascribed  to  C.  vesiculosa  by 


RAYMOND:   NEW  AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  25 

Barrande,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  thou.^h  the  pygidia  in  the  Day 
collection  are  much  like  that  of  A.  portlocki,  their  cephalons  are  very 
unlike  those  assigned  to  A.  portlocki  by  Barrande. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  The  specimens  figured  are  from  the 
Niagaran  at  W,ajiwatosa,  Wise. 

ENCRINURIDAE  Angelin. 

Encrinurus  reflexus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  7,  8. 

The  Day  collection  contains  several  pygidia  of  an  Encrinurus  which 
is  larger  and  differs  in  various  ways  from  any  species  of  this  genus 
heretofore  described  from  Silurian  strata  of  this  country. 

Cephalon  and  thorax  unknown. 

Pygidium  large  for  the  genus,  triangular,  pleura  bent  abruptly 
downward,  the  posterior  end  somewhat  turned  up.  Axial  lobe  very 
long,  tapering  backward  to  a  point.  It  is  marked  by  about  thirty 
rings  which  are  prominent  and  sharp  toward  the  front,  but  very  faint 
at  the  posterior  end.  With  the  exception  of  two  at  the  anterior  end 
the  rings  do  not  cross  the  axial  lobe,  but  leave  a  narrow  smooth  space 
along  the  median  line.  Along  this  smooth  lane  are  disposed  eight 
pustules,  approximately  evenly  spaced.  On  the  pleural  lobes  are 
eight  pairs  of  broad  flat  ribs  which  curve  backward,  making  a  rather 
abrupt  turn  near  their  outer  ends.  They  do  not  reach  quite  to  the 
margin,  and  end  in  blunt  free  spines  which  project  from  the  sides  a 
little  above  the  margin.  At  the  posterior  end  the  last  two  ribs  from 
each  side  converge  alongside  the  axial  lobe,  and,  with  a  small  median 
spine,  project  beyond  the  end  of  the  axial  lobe.  The  ribs  have  small 
pustules  scattered  somewhat  irregularly  over  them,  and  not  aligned 
in  longitudinal  rows.  Nearly  every  rib  has  a  pustule  at  its  inner  end 
•and  one  near  the  middle.  Some  of  the  ribs  have  only  these  two,  but 
the  longer  ones  near  the  front  have  another. 

Measurements:  —  The  more  complete  of  the  cotypes  is  28  mm.  long, 
26  mm.  broad  at  the  front.  The  axial  lobe  is  9  mm.  wide  at  the  front 
and  26  mm.  long. 

Comparison  with  other  species :  —  Nine  species  of  Encrinurus  have 
previously  been  described  from  the  Silurian  of  America,  but  most  of 
them  are  of  much  smaller  size  than  the  present  species  and  only  two 


26  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

species,  E.  deltoideus  Shumard  and  E.  nereus  Hall,  have  as  many  as 
eight  pairs  of  ribs.  Most  of  the  species  have  seven  pairs,  one,  E. 
americanus  Vogdes,  has  six,  and  E.  elegantulus  Billings  has  only  five. 
The  species  may  be  taken  up  in  alphabetical  order. 

E.  americanus  Vogdes  (Description  new  Crustacea  from  Clinton  of 
Georgia,  18G6,  p.  1),  has  only  six  pairs  of  ribs  on  the  pleura,  and  no 
pustules,  thus  ruling  it  out  at  once. 

E.  deltoideus  Shumard  (Geol.  Missouri,  1855,  p.  198,  pi.  B,  f.  10),  is 
similar  in  many  ways  to  E.  reflexus,  having  the  rings  very  numerous, 
twenty-four  in  nvimber,  and  interrupted  by  a  smooth  lane.  There 
are,  however,  no  pustules  except  very  indistinct  granules,  on  this  lane, 
and  the  ribs,  of  which  there  are  eight  pairs,  are  likewise  smooth. 

E.  egani  S.  A.  Miller  (Journ.  Cine.  soc.  nat.  hist.,  1880,  2,  p.  254, 
pi.  15,  f.  1,  lb),  has  a  long  terminal  spine,  only  seven  pairs  of  ribs, 
which  are  narrow  with  wide  interspaces,  and  while  the  axial  lobe  of 
the  pygidium  is  on  the  same  plan  as  in  E.  reflexus,  it  has  fewer  rings 
and  tubercles. 

E.  elegajitulus  Billings  (Cat.  Silurian  fossils  Anticosti,  1866,  p.  62), 
has  only  five  pairs  of  ribs,  the  median  lane  on  the  axial  lobe  is  without 
tubercles,  but  the  first  eight  rings  cross  it. 

E.  indianaensis  Kindle  (28th  Ann.  rept.  Dept.  geol.  and  nat.  res., 
Indiana,  1904,  p.  482,  pi.  24,  f.  14,  15),  is  a  very  peculiar  species,  not 
at  all  of  the  same  type  as  the  one  under  discussion.  It  has  fifteen 
rings  on  the  axial  lobe  and  ten  pairs  of  ribs.  Each  rib  crosses  the  axial 
lobe  and  has  three  to  five  tubercles. 

E.  nereus  Hall  (20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  375, 
pi.  21,  f.  15)  has  no  flattened  lane  along  the  top  of  the  axial  lobe,  and 
no  nodes  on  the  rings  or  ribs. 

E.  ornatus  Hall  and  Whitfield  (Pal.  Ohio,  1875,  2,  p.  154,  pi.  6,  f .  16)  is 
c^uite  similar  to  the  present  species,  but  has  only  seven  pairs  of  ribs,  and 
the  ribs  themselves  are  narrower  and  the  spaces  between  them  wider. 
There  are  also  only  twenty  rings  and  five  nodes  on  the  axial  lobe. 

E.  thresheri  Foerste  (Bull.  Sci.  lab.  Denison  univ.  1887,  2,  p.  101,  pi. 
8,  f.  26)  is  a  small  species  which  is  similar  to  the  last  and  to  E.  reflexus. 
There  are,  however,  only  seven  pairs  of  ribs,  which  are  themselves 
exceedingly  narrow;  there  are  also  only  eighteen  rings  on  the  axial 
lobe,  and  six  pustules  on  the  smooth  lane. 

E.  tuber culifrons  Weller  (Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci..  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2, 
p.  259,  pi.  24,  f.  12,  13)  is  a  small  form  with  a  short  wide  pygidium 
which  is  without  nodes  and  the  rings  of  which  cross  the  axial  lobe 
without  interruption. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  From  the  Niagaran  at  Wauwatosa,  Wise. 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  27 

CALYMENIDAE  Milne  Edwards. 
Calymene  niagarensis  Hall. 

Calymene  niagarensis  Hall,  Geol.  N.  Y.,  1843,  pt.  4,  p.  102,  f.  3  on  p.  101;  tab. 

org.  rem.  10,  f.  3. 
Calymene  hlumenbachi  var.  niagarensis  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.,  1852,  pt.  2,  p.  307, 

pi.  67,  f.  11,  12. 

Calymenes  are  difficult  fossils  to  differentiate  satisfactorily,  but  it 
is  possible  to  draw  a  little  closer  limits  to  some  of  the  species  than  has 
been  done  in  the  past.  The  Silurian  species  do  not  present  so  difficult 
a  problem  as  do  those  in  the  Ordovician,  specific  characteristics  being 
apparently  more  fixed  and  constant  in  later  times.  Before  venturing 
to  separate  two  new  species,  it  is  best  to  direct  attention  for  a  moment 
to  the  well-known  (in  name)  Silurian  form. 

The  name  was  applied  originally  by  Hall  to  specimens  from  the 
Rochester  shale  at  Lockport,  N.  Y.  The  figures  and  description  show 
the  original  specimens  to  have  been  of  the  Calymene  hlumenbachi  type, 
that  is  with  a  narrow  lip  in  front  of  the  glabella,  three  pairs  of  glabellar 
lobes,  anrl  pygidium  with  an  impressed  line  on  each  rib,  distinctly 
bifurcating  the  outer  portion.  The  ribs  also  reach  practically  to  the 
margin. 

It  seems  that  the  species  Calymene  niagarensis  should  be  restricted 
to  such  trilobites  as  show  these  important  characteristics  of  the  types 
and  these  may  be  seen  in  most  of  the  Calymenes  in  the  Rochester 
shale.  Another  Calymene  found  at  the  same  horizon,  C.  vogdesi 
Foerste,  has  the  same  bifurcated  ribs  on  the  pygidium,  but  a  much 
longer  snout-like  lip  in  front  of  the  glabella.  It  is  also  a  much  larger 
form,  one  of  the  largest  of  the  Calymenes. 

In  the  Ordovician  the  common  Calymene  senaria  of  the  Trenton 
has  the  same  type  of  bifurcated  rib,  while  the  later  C.  meeki  Foerste, 
so  abundant  in  the  Eden  and  IMaysville  at  Cincinnati,  shows  only  a 
trace  of  an  impressed  line  on  the  ribs,  and  often  the  line  is  absent 
entirel\'. 

Calymene  breviceps,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  3,  fig.  11. 

■Calymene  niagarensis  Hall,  28th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  mus.  nat.  hist.,  doc.  ed., 
1877,  pi.  32,  f.  8-15;  mus.  ed.,  1879,  pi.  32,  f.  8-15;  11th  Rept.  Dept. 
geol.  and  nat.  hist.  Indiana,  1882,  p.  331,  pi.  34,  f.  8-15.  Hall  and 
Clarke,  Pal.  N.  Y.,  1888,  7,  pi.  1,  f.  10-14. 


28  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

The  Calymene  abundant  at  Waldron,  Indiana,  has  always  been 
identified  with  C.  niagarensis,  but  differs  from  that  species  in  at  least 
two  marked  details.  The  first  and  most  obvious  characteristic  is  that 
there  is  no  lip,  nor  any  furrow  between  the  glabella  and  the  rim,  so 
that  the  glabella  reaches  upon,  and  in  some  cases,  overhangs  the  rim, 
a  feature  usual  in  the  Cheiruridae  but  extremely  uncommon  among 
the  Calymenidae.  This  gives  the  cephalon  the  high,  short  appearance 
which  suggested  the  name  breviceps.  On  the  pygidium  the  ribs  reach 
nearly  to  the  margin  but  become  faint  on  approaching  it.  Ordinarily 
the  ribs  do  not  bear  any  median  impressed  line  though  traces  of  one 
may  be  seen  on  some  specimens. 

This  species  is  in  many  ways  much  like  C.  celebra,  the  next  species 
described. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  This  species  is  so  far  known  only  from  the 
(Silurian)  Waldron  shale  at  Waldron,  Indiana,  where  it  is  very  com- 
mon. 

Calymene  celebra,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  9,  10. 

Calymene  hlumenhachii  var.  niagarensis  Hall,  Geol.  surv.  Wise,  1862,  1,  p.  432. 

Calymene  niagarensis  Hall,  18th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1865,  p.  30, 
adv.  sheets;  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  334;  1870, 
rev.  ed.,  p.  425  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  261,  pi. 
23,  f.  9-10. 

One  of  the  most  abundant  of  the  trilobites  of  the  Chicago  area  and 
of  southeastern  Wisconsin  is  a  Calymene  which  is  constantly  identified 
as  C.  niagarensis.  It  is  quite  commonly  found  entire,  but  always  so 
far  as  I  have  seen  in  the  condition  of  a  cast  of  the  interior.  Moulds 
of  the  exterior  are  common,  but  seldom  complete. 

The  cephalon  is  like  that  of  C.  niagarensis,  with  a  short  lip  and 
narrow  furrow  in  front  of  the  glabella.  The  dorsal  furrows  are  always 
very  deep  and  sharp,  but  this  is  due  to  the  state  of  preservation.  The 
glabella  tapers  rather  abruptly  toward  the  front.  The  basal  lobes  are 
large,  rounded,  almost  isolated;  the  second  lobes  small  and  rounded, 
the  intermediate  "extra  lobes"  not  very  prominent.  The  third  lobes 
are  very  small  and  the  fourth  ones  just  barely  indicated.  The  frontal 
lobe  is  short  and  rather  square  at  the  front.  The  eyes  are  close  to  the 
glabella  and  opposite  the  furrows  between  the  second  and  third  pairs 
of  lobes. 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  29 

The  pygidium  is  the  most  characteristic  portion  of  the  animal. 
The  axial  lobe  is  narrow,  well  defined,  and  has  rings.  The  pleural 
lobes  show  four  pairs  of  narrow  ribs,  without  impressed  line,  which 
reach  only  halfway  to  the  margin.  The  fourth  of  the  four  pairs  are 
very  faint  and  short.  Each  pleural  lobe  is  thus  divided  into  a  small 
triangular  ribbed  portion  near  the  axial  lobe  and  a  much  longer  smooth 
portion  below.  This  pygidium  presents  the  greatest  possible  contrast 
to  C.  niagarensis,  in  which  the  ribs  are  more  conspicuous  near  the 
margin  than  near  the  axial  lobe.  The  peculiarities  of  the  pygidium 
have  doubtless  been  noticed  before,  and  probably  have  been  explained 
as  due  to  the  state  of  preservation,  the  specimens  all  being  internal 
casts.  Internal  casts  of  either  cephala  or  pygidia  of  trilobites  are 
practically  always  less  and  not  more  smooth  than  the  exteriors,  how- 
ever, and  cleaned  interiors  of  C.  senaria,  C.  breviceps,  and  C.  meeJci,  all 
show  that  Calymene  follows  the  general  rule.  Calymene  celebra  shows 
a  halfway  stage  to  what  is  achieved  in  C.  clintoni  Vanuxem,  namely, 
a  pygidium  with  smooth  pleural  lobes.  The  latter  species  is  too  far 
removed  from  the  Calymenes  with  typical  ribbed  pygidia  to  be  in- 
cluded in  the  same  genus. 

Formation  and  locality:  — -  Calymene  celebra  is  common  in  the 
Niagaran  of  the  Chicago  district  in  northern  Illinois,  in  the  same 
portion  of  the  Silurian  in  southeastern  Wisconsin,  and  also  near 
Madison,  Indiana,  and  Eaton,  Ohio. 


LiocALYMENE,  gen.  nov. 

Calymeninae  (as  distinguished  from  the  Homalonotinae)  with 
distinct  glabella,  three  pairs  of  glabellar  lobes,  narrow  thorax,  pygidium 
with  ringed  axial  and  smooth  pleural  lobes.  Type,  Hemicrypturus 
clintoni  Vanuxem. 

Liocalymene  cJintoni,  in  perfect  preservation,  appears  to  be  an 
exceedingly  rare  fossil.  The  single  specimen  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  is  in 
about  the  same  condition  as  that  figured  by  Hall  (Pal.  N.  Y.,  2,  p.  298, 
pi.  A  66,  f.  5a),  and  is  from  the  Clinton  shale  at  Clinton,  Herkimer  Co., 
N.  Y. 


30  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

CHEIRURIDAE  Salter. 

Cheirurinae  Raymond. 

Cheirurus  niagarensis  (Hall). 
Plate  4,  fig.  4,  5,  6,  9. 

Ceraurus  insignis  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.,  1852,  2,  p.  303,  pi.  67,  f.  9,  10. 

Ceraurus  niagarensis  Hall,  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.'  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  376, 
?  Whiteaves,  Geol.  surv.  Canada.  Pal.  foss.,  1884,  3,  pt.  1,  p.  42;  1895, 
3,  pt.  2,  p.  107.  ?  Van  Ingen,  School  of  mines  quarterly,  Columbia  univ  , 
■  1901,  23,  p.  35  (no  description).  Kindle,  28th  Ann.  rept.  Dept.  geol.  and 
nat.  res.  Indiana,  p.  483,  pi.  23,  f.  1,  2,  pi.  24,  f.  8.  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago 
acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  263,  pi.  24,  f.  20,  non  21. 

The  name  Ceraurus  niagarensis  appears  for  the  first  time  on  p.  376 
of  the  first  edition  (1868)  of  the  20th  Ann.  Rept.  of  the  New  York 
State  Cabinet  of  Natural  History.  Earlier  in  the  same  paper,  (p.  335), 
Hall  referred  certain  trilobites  from  the  Silurian  at  Wauwatosa  and 
other  localities  in  Wisconsin  to  Ceraurus  insignis  (Beyrich).  On 
p.  376  he  states  that  he  has  reexamined  the  specimens  and  considers 
them  different  from  C.  insignis.  The  name  Ceraurus  niagarensis  is 
used  as  a  heading,  but  is  not  designated  either  as  a  new  name  or  a  new 
species.  On  p.  427  of  the  Revised  edition,  published  in  1870,  the 
remarks  are  reprinted,  but  the  letters  N.S.  follow  the  name.  In 
neither  case  is  there  any  description  of  the  species  given,  but  the 
plates  contain  representations  of  an  imperfect  cranidium  and  a  broken 
hypostoma. 

The  next  use  of  the  name  by  Hall  was  in  1879,  in  the  28th  Rept.  of 
the  N.  Y.  State  Museum,  p.  189.  He  here  describes  the  pygidium  at 
some  length  from  specimens  obtained  at  Waldron,  Indiana,  and 
remarks,  at  the  end  of  his  description:  "From  the  above  it  will  be 
seen  that  the  separation  first  made  in  the  revised  edition  of  the  20th 
Rept.  St.  Cab.,  was  necessary,  and  that  it  constitutes  a  distinct  spe- 
cies."    The  single  figure  given  represents  a  pygidium. 

After  studying  collections  from  a  number  of  localities  it  becomes 
evident  that  the  American  forms  now  referred  to  Ceraurus  niagarensis 
include  two  or  three  species,  and  it  is  therefore,  necessary  to  determine 
the  type  for  C.  niagarensis.     From  the  absence  of  description  accom- 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND    OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  31 

panying  the  first  use  of  the  name  niagarensis  it  would  appear  that  Hall 
did  not  apply  the  name  to  the  Wisconsin  specimens  alone,  but  meant 
to  assign  this  name  to  all  American  forms  previously  ascribed  to 
Cheirurus  insignis  or  Ch.  hivincronatus .  This  idea  is  strengthened 
by  the  fact  that  he  states  that  the  New  York  and  Wisconsin  specimens 
show  the  same  characteristics.  He  also  refers  to  Roemer's  Ceraurus 
bimucronatus  from  Tennessee.  This  idea  is  still  further  strengthened 
by  the  remark  quoted  above  from  his  description  of  the  Waldron 
fauna.  If  this  is  the  case,  then  we  should  return  to  Hall's  first  descrip- 
tion of  a  Ceraurus  insigiiis  in  America  to  get  at  his  idea  of  the  species. 
If  we  take  the  other  view,  that  the  specimens  from  Wauwatosa,  which 
seem  to  have  been  the  first  ones  to  cause  Hall  to  doubt  the  correctness 
of  his  reference  of  all  the  Silurian  cheirurids  to  the  Bohemian  species, 
are  the  real  types  of  C  niagarensis,  we  are  confronted  by  the  fact  that 
he  did  not  describe  his  specimens,  and,  moreover,  he  was  evidently  in 
doubt  about  them,  as  evidenced  by  his  pleasure  at  finding  distinguish- 
ing features  in  the  pygidia  from  Waldron.  This  latter  description 
was  the  first  real  description  published  after  the  name  niagarensis  was 
proposed,  and  it  might  well  be  argued  that  the  last  described  of  the 
group  should  be  the  type.  It  seems  simpler,  however,  to  accept  what 
was  Hall's  evident  intent,  and  believe  that  in  proposing  the  name 
Jiiagarensis  he  was  merely  proposing  a  new  name  for  the  specimens  he 
had  previously  described  as  Ceraurus  insignis. 

The  first  description  of  Ceraurus  insignis  Beyrich,  by  Hall  occurs 
in  vol.  2  of  the  New  York  State  Paleontology,  1852.  On  page  300 
there  is  mentioned,  without  description,  a  glabella  from  the  Clinton 
which  is  figured  on  plate  66A.  On  page  306  of  the  same  volume  Hall 
describes  two  cranidia  from  the  Rochester  shale  at  Rochester,  N.  Y. 
Both  specimens  are  figured.  As  these  are  the  first  American  speci- 
mens which  are  both  figured  and  described,  I  propose  to  designate  as 
the  type  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis  (Hall)  the  one  represented  in  fig.  10, 
pi.  67,  of  the  above  volume.  This  specimen  is  in  the  American  Museum 
Natural  History,  No.  1827. 

The  specimen  so  designated  is  a  typical  Cheirurus,  with  the  glabella 
expanding  rather  rapidly  forward,  the  frontal  lobe  occupying  less  than 
half  the  length  of  the  glabella,  and  the  first  two  pairs  of  glabellar 
furrows  nearly  straight,  and  following  a  direction  approximately 
parallel  to  the  posterior  margin  of  the  cephalon.  Their  inner  ends  are 
separated  by  a  smooth  space  equal  in  width  to  about  half  the  glabella. 
The  eyes  are  near  the  dorsal  furrows,  and  about  opposite  the  second 
glabellar  furrows. 


32  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

This  type  of  cranidium  is  quite  often  seen  in  collections  from  the 
Rochester  shales,  but  one  also  sees  another  type,  the  one  which  Hall 
figured  from  the  Clinton.  The  cranidium  is  similar  to  the  one  just 
described,  but  the  glabellar  furrows,  instead  of  being  short  and 
straight,  are  long,  curve  backward,  and  their  inner  ends  almost  meet. 
This  type  of  head  deserves  to  be  recognized  as  distinct  from  the  other; 
it  is  the  type  of  head  figured  by  Hall  from  Wisconsin  and  though  both 
types  are  very  common  there,  this  is  by  far  the  more  abundant.  To 
this  same  type,  though  possibly  not  to  the  same  species,  belongs  the 
cephalon  of  Ceraurus  himucronatus  figured  by  Roemer. 

No  entire  specimen  of  Cheirurus  has,  so  far  as  I  know,  been  found 
in  America,  and  it  is  therefore  difficult  to  decide  what  pygidium  shall 
be  associated  with  each  type  of  cephalon.  It  would  appear  that  no 
Cheirurus  pygidium  had  been  figured  from  New  York.  The  M.  C.  Z. 
possesses  a  single  small  pygidium  of  a  Cheirurus  from  the  Rochester 
shale  at  Rochester,  N.  Y.  It  is  of  the  familiar  Cheirurus  insigiiis  type, 
with  three  pairs  of  long  slender  spines,  and  a  short  median  spine.  It 
is  very  dift'erent  from  the  pygidium  from  the  Waldron  shale  ascribed 
to  Ceraurus  niagarensis  by  Hall,  for  that  specimen  was  described  as 
having  broad  flat  spines,  each  spine  with  a  depressed  line  on  the  sur- 
face. 

Pygidia  found  at  Wauwatosa  are  like  the  one  from  Rochester  and 
it  seems  probable  that  this  type  of  pygidium  is  to  be  referred  to 
Cheirurus  niagarensis. 

The  following  description  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis  is  based  on  three 
glabellas  (M.  C.  Z.  €25)  and  a  pygidium  (M.  C.  Z.  §24)  from  the 
Rochester  shale  at  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  and  a  cranidium  with  three 
segments  attached  and  an  associated  hypostoma,  from  Wauwatosa, 
Wise.  (M.  C.  Z.  626).  A  large  cranidium  with  a  part  of  the  thorax 
(M.  C.  Z.  627)  from  Wauwatosa  was  also  consulted. 


Cheirurus  niagarensis  (Hall)  restricted. 

A  Cheirurus  of  medium  size.  Cranidium  semicircular  in  outline, 
gently  convex,  the  glabella  forming  the  highest  and  most  prominent 
part,  but  not  standing  much  above  the  cheeks.  The  glabella  reaches 
the  front  of  the  cranidium,  expands  toward  the  front,  and  is  widest 
at  the  middle  of  the  frontal  lobe.  Dorsal  furrows  narrow  and  sharp, 
but  not  very  deep.  Glabellar  furrows  short,  sharp,  the  first  two  pairs 
extending  only  a  short  distance  onto  the  glabella.     Their  direction  is 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  33 

approximately  vertical  to  the  axis  of  the  animal,  but  they  are  usually 
not  absolutely  straight,  but  bend  a  little  forward  in  mid  length.  The 
posterior  furrows  run  diagonally  inward  and  connect  with  the  neck 
furrow,  as  in  the  genus  generally.  The  eyes  are  close  to  the  glabella 
and  opposite  the  second  pair  of  glabellar  furrows.  Free  cheeks  small, 
pitted,  with  a  smooth,  convex  rim.  Fixed  cheeks  pitted.  Glabella 
granulose.  The  associated  hypostonia  is  roughly  tetragonal,  the 
surface  with  sharp,  scattered  pustules,  and  the  posterior  margin  nearly 
straight,  without  spines  at  the  angles.  The  furrow  around  the  body 
portion  is  wide  and  deep. 

Of  the  thorax  only  three  segments  are  known.  The  axial  lobe  is 
narrow,  the  inner  part  of  the  pleural  lobe  is  crossed  by  a  narrow 
diagonal  furrow  which  separates  two  triangular  nodes,  and  there  is  a 
prominent  node  at  the  fulcrum.  Beyond  the  fulcrum  the  pleuron 
projects  as  a  blade-like  spine. 

The  pygidium  is  short,  with  three  pairs  of  slender  spines  which  are 
oval  in  section  and  unfurrowed.  The  last  pair  extend  further  back 
than  the  ones  ahead  of  them.  A  median  spine  is  present,  but  very 
short.  The  axial  lobe  is  narrow,  cone-shaped,  with  the  point  backward, 
bearing  three  rings  and  a  node.  The  pleural  lobes  are  narrow,  and 
.show  a  single  short  divided  rib  on  either  side  at  the  anterior  end. 

This  species  is  very  much  like  Cheirurus  insignis  Beyrich.  The 
glabella  seems  to  be  a  little  shorter  and  wider  in  the  American  form, 
and  the  Bohemian  species  has  the  eyes  further  from  the  glabella  and 
has  eyelines.  Of  the  latter,  however,  the  specimens  in  the  M.  C.  Z. 
show  a  trace.  The  hypostoma  of  the  Bohemian  form  is  similar  to  that 
of  the  American  species,  but  the  posterior  margin  is  somewhat  wider 
and  more  flattened.  The  pygidia  are  practically  the  same,  though 
the  median  spine  is  a  little  stronger  in  Ch.  insignis. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  above  description,  that  if  we  restrict  Cheiru- 
rus niagarensis  to  those  forms  which  Hall  first  identified  with  Cheirurus 
insignis,  we  eliminate  both  the  forms  which  caused  him  to  change  his 
mind  about  the  identification,  and  propose  the  new  name  niagarensis. 
This  would  seem  to  vitiate  the  argument  above,  but  it  must  be  re- 
membered that  Hall  did  not  recognize  that  he  was  dealing  with  more 
than  one  species,  and  he  did  not  apply  the  new  name  to  any  definite 
specimens.  In  fact,  it  would  seem  that  he  did  not  become  fully  con- 
vinced that  a  new  name  was  needed  till  he  studied  the  pygidium  from 
Waldron,  and  if  the  name  niagarensis  is  not  to  be  interpreted  as  has 
been  done  here,  it  would  be  almost  impossible  to  decide  whether  the 
Wisconsin  or  the  Waldron  specimens  should  be  selected  as  the  types. 


34  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

In  spite  of  the  similarity  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis,  as  above  defined,  to 
Cheirurus  insignis,  I  believe  that  a  separate  specific  name  should  be 
maintained,  especially  as  the  discovery  of  further  material  may  show 
unsuspected  differences  between  the  two. 

Measurements:  —  A  cranidium  from  Rochester  (M.  C.  Z.  625). 
Length  20  mm.,  width  35  mm. ;  width  of  glabella  at  neck-ring  12  mm., 
at  front  16  mm.;  length  of  frontal  lobe  10  mm.  A  cranidium  from 
Wauwatosa,  (M.  C.  Z.  626).  Length  9  mm.,  width  18  mm.;  width 
glabella  at  neck-ring  5  mm.,  width  at  front  8  mm. ;  length  of  frontal 
lobe,  3  mm. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  Rochester  shale  at  Rochester  and  Lock- 
port,  N.  Y.,  Niagaran  in  Indiana,  Wisconsin  and  Illinois. 


Cheirurus  welleri,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  6;  Plate  4,  fig.  7,  8,  10. 

Ceraurus  insignis  Hall,  Pal.  N.  Y.,  1852,  pt.  2,  p.  300,  pi.  66A,  f.  4.     Geol. 

surv.  Wise,  1862,  1,  p.  433;   18th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1865, 

p.  31,  adv.  sheets;  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  335. 
?  Ceraurus  bimucronatus  Roemer,  Silurian  faun.  west.  Tenn,  1860,  p.  80,  pi.  5, 

f.  19. 
Ceraurus  niagarensis  HaU,  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868,  p.  376, 

pi.  21,  f.  10-11;   1870,  rev.  ed.,  p.  427,  pi.  21,  f.  10,  11 ;  11th  Rept.  Dept. 

Geol.  and  nat.  hist.  Indiana,  pi.  33,  f.  10,  non  pi.  34,  f.  16.     WeUer,  Bull. 

Chicago  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  pi.  24,  f.  21  (non  20). 

The  most  abundant  American  Silurian  cheirurid  in  the  collections 
of  the  M.  C.  Z.  is  one  whose  glabellar  furrows  nearly  cross  the  glabella, 
and  is  therefore  the  nearest  approach  to  a  Crotalocephalus  so  far  found 
in  America.  This  type  has  long  been  known,  but  constantly  confused 
with  Ch.  niagarensis  or  Ch.  insignis.  As  has  already  been  mentioned, 
Hall  figured  one  in  1852,  and  Roemer  a  similar  one  in  1860.  The  two 
species  sometimes  occur  together,  as  at  Wauwatosa,  but  Ch.  welleri  is 
easily  recognized  by  its  long  glabellar  furrows.  A  second  distinction 
is  that  the  posterior  margin  of  the  hypostoma  is  rounded  in  Ch. 
welleri  and  straight  in  Ch.  niagarensis.  Further,  the  hypostoma  of  the 
latter  species  is  tuberculated  and  of  the  former  smooth. 

A  large  Cheirurus  with  approximately  semicircular  cephalon.  The 
glabella  is  long,  expands  gradually  forward.     The  frontal  lobe  occu- 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  35 

pies  less  than  half  the  length,  and  the  furrows  are  long,  curve  back- 
ward, the  last  pair  meeting,  as  usual,  and  the  inner  ends  of  the  other 
pairs  being  very  close  together.  The  free  cheeks  are  small,  the  eyes 
opposite  the  ends  of  the  second  pair  of  glabellar  furrows  and  near  the 
dorsal  furrows.  The  fixed  cheeks  are  wide,  with  coarse  pits,  and  the 
genal  spines  are  short  and  slender.  The  glabella  seems  to  be  devoid 
of  granulation. 

Of  the  thorax,  only  five  segments  have  been  seen.  It  seems  to  be 
in  all  respects  like  that  of  Ch.  niagarensis.  No  pygidium  can  defi- 
nitely be  assigned  to  this  species.  All  the  specimens  found  at  Wauwa- 
tosa  seem  to  agree  with  the  pygidium  from  Rochester  which  has  been 
assigned  to  Ch.  niagarensis.  Weller  has,  however,  figured  a  cheirurid 
pygidium  found  near  Chicago,  in  which  the  central  spines  of  the 
pygidium  are  shorter  than  the  others.  This  pygidium  is  in  this  respect 
unlike  the  one  here  assigned  to  Ch.  niagarensis  and  may  belong  to  Ch. 
welleri.  In  cephalon  and  thorax,  Ch.  welleri  is  closely  allied  to  Ch. 
quenstedti  Barrande,  of  Bohemia.  This  species  has  the  inner  spines 
so  short  that  the  pygidium  appears  to  possess  only  two  pairs  of  spines. 
It  may  be  that  Ch.  welleri  has  a  pygidium  intermediate  in  form  be- 
tween Ch.  insignis  or  Ch.  niagarensis,  and  Ch.  quenstedti. 

Measurements:  —  A  large  cranidium,  one  of  the  cotypes  (M.  C.  Z. 
14)  is  33  mm.  long  and  62  mm.  wide;  the  glabella  is  19  mm.  wide  at 
the  neck-ring  and  25  mm.  wide  at  the  frontal  lobe;  the  frontal  lobe 
is  15  mm.  long.  This  has  about  the  same  length  as  Ch.  dilatatus,  but 
the  disparity  of  the  other  dimensions  should  be  noted.  The  figures 
for  Ch.  welleri  are  always  given  first.  Length,  33,  35,  width,  62,  52; 
width  glabella  at  neck,  19,  20,  at  frontal  lobe,  25,  31.  The  longer 
specimen  is  the  narrower,  and  has  a  wider  glabella,  thus  showing  a 
great  reduction  of  the  cheeks.  The  cranidium  of  a  smaller  cotype 
(M.  C.  Z.  630)  is  14.5  mm.  long,  25  mm.  wide,  the  glabella  is  7  mm. 
wide  at  the  neck-ring,  11  mm.  wide  at  the  frontal  lobe,  and  the  frontal 
lobe  is  7  mm.  long.  Large  specimens  of  this  species  seem  to  have 
been  abundant,  and  the  largest  glabella  in  the  collection  is  45  mm.  long, 
and,  so  far  as  I  know,  the  largest  American  cheirurid.  Restored  with 
the  proportions  of  Ch.  insignis,  this  trilobite  would  have  a  length  of 
145  mm.  or  nearly  6  inches.  The  Bohemian  Eccoptochile  claviger 
(Beyrich)  equals  this  size. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  The  types  are  from  the  Niagaran  at 
Wauwatosa,  Wise.  The  species  occurs  also  in  the  Clinton  of  New 
York,  the  Waldron  of  Indiana,  Silurian  of  Tennessee,  and  Guelph  of 
Ontario.     It  is  probably  the  most  cosmopolitan  species  of  Cheirurus. 


36  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

ChEIRURUS   DILATATUS,    Sp.    nov. 

Plate  4,  fig.  1,  3. 

Sphaerexochus  romingeri  ?  Hall,  28th  Pi,ept.  N.  Y.  state  mus.  nat.  hist.,  1877, 

doc.  ed.,  pi.  32,  f.  16. 
Ceraurus  (Cheirurus)  niagarensis  Hall,  28th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  mus.  nat.  hist., 

1879,  mus.  ed.,  p.  189,  pi.  32,  f.  16;   11th  Ann.  rept.  Dept.  geol.  and  nat. 

hist.  Indiana,  1882,  p.  335,  pi.  34,  f.  16,  non  pi.  33,  f.  10. 

In  the  discussion  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis  (p.  30)  frequent  mention 
has  been  made  of  the  pygidium  from  Waldron  which  Hall  figured. 
This  pygidium  differs  radically  from  the  pygidia  which  have  been 
referred  to  Ch.  niagarensis  and  Ch.  welleri,  in  having  broad,  short 
spines,  each  marked  by  a  depressed  line.  This  appearance  of  the 
spines  is  probably  due  to  crushing,  in  so  far  as  the  depressed  line  is 
concerned,  but  the  spines  are  decidedly  shorter  and  broader  than 
those  of  the  species  previously  described. 

Cheirurids  seem  to  be  rare  at  Waldron  for  a  search  through  an  ex- 
tensive collection  from  that  locality  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  has  revealed  only 
one  good  cranidium,  one  poor  one,  and  a  pygidium.  The  best  speci- 
men is  a  fairly  well-preserved  cranidium,  having  much  the  general 
appearance  of  Ch.  niagarensis,  only  larger.  On  a  closer  examination 
of  the  proportions,  however,  it  is  seen  that  this  form  is  longer  and 
narrower  than  the  typical  specimens  of  Ch.  niagarensis,  and  the 
glabella  makes  up  a  larger  proportion  of  the  cephalon.  In  a  specimen 
of  Ch.  niagarensis  from  Rochester  (M.  C.  Z.  625)  the  length  is  .57  of 
the  width  and  in  the  specimen  from  Waldron  (M.  C.  Z.  628)  it  is  .67. 
In  the  first  species  the  width  of  the  frontal  lobe  of  the  glabella  is  less 
than  half  the  width  of  the  cephalon  (.46).  In  the  latter  specimen  it 
is  somewhat  more  (.60).  These  appear,  in  figures,  relatively  small 
differences,  but  when  the  areas  involved  are  compared  it  is  at  once 
seen  that  the  glabella  of  the  Waldron  specimen  is  much  larger  than 
that  of  the  specimens  of  Ch.  niagarensis. 

It  is  of  course  uncertain  whether  the  pygidium  described  by  Hall 
is  to  be  associated  with  the  cranidium  here  discussed.  It  may  belong 
to  the  same  species,  and  they  are  provisionally  associated.  The 
cranidium  is,  however,  made  the  holotype  of  the  species,  and  the 
pygidium  a  paratype. 

A  large  Cheirurus.  The  cranidium  is  dominated  by  the  glabella, 
whose  frontal  lobe  is  more  than  one  half  as  wide  as  the  total  width 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND    OLD   SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  37 

of  the  head.  The  glabella  expands  rapidly  forward,  the  frontal  lobe 
occupies  less  than  one  half  the  length,  and  the  glabellar  furrows  are 
like  those  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis.  The  free  cheeks  are  small,  the 
eyes  opposite  the  ends  of  the  second  pair  of  furrows,  and  a  little 
further  from  the  glabella  than  in  Ch.  niagarensis.  The  surface  of  the 
cheeks  shows  numerous  pits,  while  the  glabella  is  granulose.  Genal 
spine  rather  long  and  straight. 

Only  one  kind  of  Cheirurus  pygidium  has  been  found  at  Waldron. 
The  spines  are  short  and  subequal  in  length,  broad,  and  flat.  The  ribs 
on  the  pleural  lobes  are  distinctly  separated  by  furrows,  and  the  first 
rib  on  each  side  has  a  short  sharp  diagonal  furrow.  The  median  un- 
paired spine  at  the  back  is  about  one  half  as  long  as  the  ones  adjacent 
to  it. 

Measurements:  —  The  type  is  35  mm.  long,  52  mm.  wide;  the 
glabella  is  31  mm.  wide  at  the  front  and  20  mm.  wide  at  the  neck-ring; 
the  frontal  lobe  is  17  mm.  long. 

Forviaiion  and  locality:  —  Found  only  in  the  Waldron  shale  at 
Waldron,  Indiana. 

Cheirurus  patens,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  4,  fig.  2. 

This  species,  like  the  previous  one,  is  notable  for  the  small  size  of 
its  cheeks.  The  glabella  is  of  the  insignis  type,  with  short  furrows, 
but  is  rather  more  convex  and  prominent  than  in  that  species.  It 
expands  rapidly  toward  the  front,  and  the  frontal  lobe  is  a  little  longer 
than  in  any  other  species  of  the  genus,  forming  a  trifle  more  than  one 
half  the  length  of  the  glabella  of  the  type.  The  outline  of  the  frontal 
lobe  is  almost  exactly  semicircular,  and  thus  differs  from  most  of  the 
other  specimens  seen,  the  ordinary  outline  being  that  of  half  an  ellipse. 
Since  the  first  pair  of  glabellar  furrows  are  a  little  further  back  than 
on  most  species,  the  fixed  cheeks  which  terminate  here  are  shorter 
than  usual,  and  the  eye  is  a  little  further  back. 

The  cheeks  are  full  of  pits,  and  the  glabella  granulose.  The  pos- 
terior glabellar  lobes  are  not  strictly  triangular  but  pentagonal,  a 
statement  which  is  true  of  most  species  of  Cheirurus,  but  more  obvious 
than  usual  in  this  species. 

Measurements:  —  Length  about  31  mm.,  width,  about  53  mm.; 
width  glabella  at  frontal  lobe  26  mm.,  length  frontal  lobe  17  mm. 

Forviaiion  and  locality:  —  The  type  is  a  single  imperfect  cranidium 


38  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

from  the  "Niagara"  at  Cicero,  Illinois  (M.  C.  Z.  629).  A  second 
specimen,  tentatively  referred  to  this  species,  is  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Geological  Survey  of  Canada,  and  is  from  the  Guelph  of  Hespeler, 
Ontario. 

Cheirurus  tarquinius  Billings. 

Cheirurus  tarquinius  Billings,  Proc.  Portland  soc.  nat.  hist.,  1863,  1,  p.  121, 
pi.  3,  f.  22. 

This  is  a  little-known  species  of  the  Ch.  insignis  group.  It  has  a 
short,  wide  cephalon,  narrow  triangular  basal  lobes  on  the  glabella,  a 
short  frontal  lobe,  and  the  first  two  pairs  of  furrows  turn  backward, 
are  quite  straight,  and  are  intermediate  in  length  between  those  of 
Ch.  niagarensis  and  Ck.  welleri.  The  species  is  especially  characterized 
by  the  forward  position  of  the  eyes,  which  are  opposite  the  second 
glabellar  lobes,  and  the  consequent  small  free  cheeks  and  long  fixed 
cheeks.     The  genal  angles  appear  to  be  spineless. 

The  type  is  No.  3081  in  the  Museum  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Canada.  Associated  with  it  is  a  pygidium  from  the  same  locality. 
It  is  of  the  insignis  type,  with  three  pairs  of  spines,  but  the  median 
spine  is  shorter  and  more  rounded  than  in  either  Ch.  insignis  or  Ch. 
niagarensis.  A  poorly  preserved  hypostoma  in  the  same  collection 
has  the  posterior  end  more  rounded  than  that  of  Ch.  niagarensis,  and 
thus  more  like  that  of  Ch.  welleri. 

Measurements:  —  The  type  (G.  S.  C.  3081)  is  19  mm.  long,  35  mm. 
wide;  and  the  glabella  is  12  mm.  wide  at  the  neck-ring  and  17  mm. 
wide  at  the  frontal  lobe. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  Middle  Silurian  at  Port  Daniel,  Bay, 
Chaleur,  P.  Q.,  Canada.  Also  reported  by  Billings  from  Masardis, 
Maine. 

Cheirurus  hydei  (Weller). 

Ceraurus  hydei  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4,  pt.  2,  p.  264,  pi.  24, 
f.  22. 

This  species  is  of  more  than  ordinary  interest,  from  its  resemblance 
to  a  Ceraurus.  The  cephalon  and  thorax  are  those  of  a  typical 
Cheirurus,  but  the  pygidium  is  that  of  Ceraurus.  This  at  once  raises 
the  question  as  to  whether  this  is  a  Cheirurus  which  has  developed  a 
Ceraurus-like  pygidium,  or  whether  it  is  a  Ceraurus  whose  cephalon 
and  thorax  have  developed  in  a  manner  paralleling  that  of  Cheirurus. 


baymond:  new  and  oll  silurian  trilobites.  39 

There  is  still  a  third  possibility,  namely,  that  Ceraurtis  hydei  is  the 
young  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis,  with  which  it  occurs.  On  this  third 
point,  Weller  states  that  the  fixed  cheeks  of  C.  hydei  lack  the  pitted 
surface  characterizing  C.  niagarensis,  and  that  C.  hydei  has  a  border 
all  around  the  cephalon,  while  C.  niagarensis  lacks  it  in  front  of  the 
glabella.  These  facts  seem  to  be  borne  out  by  the  type  which  is  now 
before  me,  and  Professor  Weller  might  have  added  that  the  glabella 
expand  more  rapidly  in  the  young  of  C.  niagarensis  than  in  C.  hydei, 
and  has  deeper  glabellar  furrows.  The  eyes  too,  of  the  young  of  C. 
niagarensis  are  much  further  back  than  those  of  C.  hydei. 

Against  these  differences  we  may,  however,  place  the  fact  that  the 
thorax  is  alike  in  the  two  species,  and  more  similar  to  the  thorax  of 
Cheirurus  insignis  Bey  rich  than  to  any  of  the  Ordovician  species  of 
Ceraurus.  In  both  Cheirurus  niagarensis  and  Ceraurus  hydei,  the 
part  of  each  pleural  lobe  between  the  dorsal  furrow  and  the  fulcral 
line  is  very  much  reduced,  the  diagonal  furrow  is  very  short,  and  the 
two  small  nodes  which  it  separates  are  narrow,  and  one  directly  in 
front  of  the  other,  a  point  not  brought  out  in  Weller's  somewhat 
generalized  figure.  On  the  fulcral  line  there  is  a  row  of  nodes,  and 
just  inside  this  row  is  a  longitudinal  furrow  parallel  to  the  dorsal 
furrows.  Beyond  the  fulcral  line,  the  pleura  are  free,  not  contiguous 
as  shown  in  Weller's  figure.  These  same  characteristics  are  shown  in 
two  specimens  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis  from  Wauwatosa,  Wisconsin. 

On  the  whole,  it  does  not  seem  very  probable  that  C.  hydei  is  the 
young  of  Cheirurus  niagarensis,  especially  as  there  is  another  species, 
Ceraurus  nuperu^  (Billings)  which  has  a  Cheirurus-like  cephalon  and 
Ceraurus-like  pygidium.  The  choice  seems  to  lie  between  calling 
it  a  Ceraurus  or  a  Cheirurus.  Theoretically,  it  would  seem  that  the 
Ceraurus  pygidium  was  more  specialized,  and,  therefore,  less  apt  to 
be  dupHcated  than  the  Cheirurus  head.  Most  of  the  other  Cheiruri- 
dae,  except  Ceraurus,  have  all  the  spines  of  the  pygidium  approxi- 
mately equal. 

In  Ceraurus  -pleurexantherrvm  there  is  a  tendency  in  some  specimens 
to  have  the  basal  lobes  of  the  glabella  triangular  instead  of  square, 
and  in  Ceraurus  viisneri  the  glabella  occupies  a  large  part  of  the 
cephalon,  and  the  cephalon  is  long.  Further,  Ceraurus  reaches  the 
climax  of  size  and  abundance  in  the  Trenton,  the  late  species  being 
smaller,  and  the  specimens  rarer.  As  to  the  thorax,  I  have  shown  that 
this  portion  of  the  test  changes  in  parallel  directions  in  many  lines  of 
the  Asaphidae,  and  the  same  might  well  happen  in  the  Cheirurudae. 
On  the  other  hand,  one  would  not  expect  a  decadent  race  to  show  new 
characters  similar  to  those  of  a  race  which  is  at  its  best. 


40  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Though  no  other  cheirurid  exactly  dupHcates  the  Ceraurus  pygi- 
diuni,  there  are  numerous  cases  among  the  trilobites  referred  to  the 
genus  Cheirurus  in  which  there  is  a  reduction  of  the  inner  pairs  of 
spines  of  the  pygidium.  Thus,  Weller  has  figured  a  Cheirurus  pygi- 
dium  from  Lemont,  near  Chicago,  in  which  spines  of  the  inner  pair 
are  shorter  than  the  others.  In  Cheirurus  qucnsiedti  there  are  only 
two  pairs  of  spines,  the  inner  pair  being  reduced  to  mere  rudiments. 
In  Cheirurus  hawlei  there  is  a  still  further  reduction,  so  that  there  is 
only  one  pair  of  long  spines,  thus  producing  a  pygidium  which  is  a 
parallel  to  that  of  Ceraurus,  though  differing  considerably  from  it  in 
detail.  The  typical  number  of  segments  in  a  Cheirurus  pygidium 
seems  to  be  five,  a  protopygidium  and  four  pairs  of  coalesced  segments 
which  originally  had  free  spines.  Among  the  species  referred  to 
Cheirurus  by  Barrande  may  be  seen  Ch.  minutus  Barrande  with  four 
pairs  of  spines,  Ch.  bifurcatus  with  four  pairs,  the  central  pair  partly 
united,  Ch.  insignis  and  many  others  with  three  pairs  and  a  central 
spine.  In  England,  Ch.  biniucronatus  with  three  pairs  without  the 
central  spine.  In  Bohemia  again,  Ch.  quenstedti  Barrande  with  two 
pairs  of  spines  and  two  rudiments,  Ch.  hawlei  Barrande  with  one  pair 
spines  and  four  rudiments,  and  in  America  Ch.  hydci  Weller  and  Ch. 
nuperus  Billings  with  one  pair  of  spines  and  three  rudiments.  Differ- 
ences in  the  cephalon  show  that  this  is  not  a  progressive  (or  regressive) 
series,  but  apparently  a  number  of  cases  of  parallel  development  by 
the  loss  of  the  posterior  inner  pairs  of  spines. 

In  view  of  this  general  tendency  among  the  cheirurids  to  a  reduction 
of  the  spines  of  the  pj^gidium,  it  seems  that  more  weight  should  be 
given  to  the  cephalon  then  to  the  pygidium  in  determining  relation- 
ships, and  Ch.  hydei  and  Ch.  nuperus  are  therefore  referred  to  Cheiru- 
rus. It  may  be  proper,  when  the  family  has  been  more  fully  studied, 
to  erect  a  new  genus  for  these  peculiar  species.  The  M.  C.  Z.  has 
recently  acquired  a  fairly  complete  specimen  (M.  C.  Z.  631)  of  this 
species,  of  which  only  two  other  specimens  are  now  known.  The 
specimen  is  from  an  unknown  locality  near  Chicago,  111.  This  speci- 
men shows  that  the  eye  is  very  far  forward,  opposite  the  first  pair  of 
glabellar  furrows.  Both  the  genal  and  pygidial  spines  are  longer  than 
had  been  supposed,  and  as  pointed  out  above,  the  pleura  of  the  thorax, 
beyond  the  line  of  nodes  denoting  the  fulcra,  are  free  blade-like  spines. 

Measuremejits:  —  The  specimen  figured  by  Weller  is  24  mm.  long, 
14.5  mm.  wide  at  the  genal  angles,  and  the  glabella  is  5  mm.  wide  at 
the  back. 

Formation  and  locality:  —  Known  onl\'  from  the  Niagaran  near 
Chicago,  Illinois. 


RAYMOND:   NEW   AND   OLD    SILURIAN   TRILOBITES.  41 

I 

Cheirurus  nuperus  Billings. 
Cheirurus  nuperus  Billings,  Cat.  Silurian  fossils  Anticosti,   1866,  p.  60,  f.  20. 

This  species  was  described  from  an  isolated  glabella  and  pygidium 
from  Div.  3  at  East  Point,  Anticosti.  Schuchert  and  Twenhofel  have 
listed  it  with  a  query  from  the  upper  part  (D9)  of  their  Gun  River 
formation,  where  it  is  associated  with  Bilobites  hilohus  and  Triplecia 
ortoni,  in  strata  of  Clinton  age. 

Like  Ch.  hydei,  this  species  shows  the  Cheirurus  type  of  basal  lobes 
on  the  glabella  and  the  pygidium  shows  three  pairs  of  spines.  The 
outer  pair  or  great  spines  are  large,  flat  and  not  so  long  or  so  much 
curved  as  in  most  of  the  species  of  the  genus.  C.  hydei  has  the  great 
spines  much  more  slender  and  further  apart  than  in  C.  nuperiis. 

The  type  of  this  species  is  lost,  and  no  further  specimens  have  been 
described. 

Sphaerexochus  romingeri  Hall. 

S-phaerexochus  romingeri  Hall,  20th  Rept.  N.  Y.  state  cab.  nat.  hist.,  1868, 
p.  375,  pi.  21,  f.  4-7.  (See  Weller,  Bull.  Chicago  acad.  sci.,  1907,  no.  4, 
pt.  2,  p.  209,  for  earher  and  later  references  to  this  species). 

This  is  an  exceedingly  common  species  in  the  Niagaran  in  the 
Chicago  and  Wisconsin  areas  but  the  pygidium  is  rare  and  usually 
incorrectly  figured.  Hall  started  the  misrepresentation  figuring  the 
pygidium  as  having  three  spines  on  each  side  and  a  rounded  projection 
at  the  back. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  margin  of  the  pygidium  is  entire,  and  the 
spines  figured  by  Hall  are  the  ribs  on  the  pleural  lobes.  Weller 
produced  practically  a  similar  figure,  and  one  of  Kindle's  is  about 
the  same,  but  the  other,  being  of  a  mould,  is  more  correct.  Other 
describers  of  the  species  have  refrained  from  figuring  the  pygidium. 


PLATE  1. 


Raymond. —  New  and  Old  Silurian  Trilobites. 


PLATE  1. 
All  figures  natural  size. 

1.  Bumastus  decipiens  Raymond.     A  specimen  lacking  the  free  cheeks  and 

with  the  posterior  portion  of  the  pygidium  incomplete.     Niagaran 
at  Wauwatosa,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  641. 

2.  The  same  species.     Side  view  of  the  holot>'pe,  showing  the  large  eye  and 

the  absence  of  lip  on  the  free  cheek.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z. 
642. 

3.  Bumastus  niagarensis  (Whitfield).     An  entire  specimen.     Wauwatosa, 

Wise.     M.  C.  Z  643. 
4,5.     A  ctinolobus  americanus  R&ynioud.     Two  views  of  the  holotype.     From 

the  Racine  dolomite  (Niagaran),  Racine,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  644. 
6,  7.     Bumastus  tenuis  Raymond.     Two  cranidia,  to  show  the  flattened  form 

and  the  wide  concave  lip.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.    M.  C.Z.  645,  646. 
8;  9.     Bumastus  dayi  Raymond.     Dorsal  and  side  views  of  the  holotype. 

Wauwatosa,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  647. 

10.  The  same  species.    A  large  cephalon.    Wauwatosa,  Wise.    M.  C.Z.  648. 

11.  Bumastus  tenuis  ?  Raymond.     A  pygidium  referred  with  doubt  to  this 

species.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  649. 


BULL.    MUS.    COMP.    200L. 


Raymond.— Trilobites,  Plate  1 


3 


4 


W 


8 


II. 


E.  f!.  FISCHER,  DEL. 


PLATE  2. 


Raymond. —  New  and  Old  Silurian  Trilobites. 


PLATE  2. 

\ 

Bumastus    indeterminatus    (Walcott)      The    holotype.     From    the    Leray- 
Black  River  at  Newport,  Herkimer  Co.,  N.  Y.     Natural  size.     M.  C.  Z.  650. 


BULL.    MUS.    COMP.    ZOOL. 


Raymond.— Trilobites,  Plate  2 


E.   N.   FiSCHER,  DEL. 


Batmond. —  New  and  Old  Silurian  Trilobites. 


PLATE  3. 

All  figures  natural  size. 

1,2.     Trochurus  nasutus  (WeUer)      Dorsal  and  side  views  of  a  cranidium  from 
the  Niagaran  at  Wauwatosa,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  632. 

3.  Ceratocephala  goniata  Warder.     Mould  of  the  exterior  of  a  pygidium. 

From  the  Racine  dolomite,  Racine,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  633. 

4.  The  same  species.     A  fragment  of  a  thorax.     Racine,  Wise.     M.C.  Z. 

634. 

5.  The  same  species.     A  natural  cast  of  the  central  part  of  a  pygidium. 

Racine,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  635. 

6.  Cheirurus  welleri  Raymond.     A  cephalon  and  parts  of  five  thoracic 

segments.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.     M.  C.  Z.  630. 
7,  8.     Encrinurus  reflexus  Raymond.     Dorsal  view  of  one,  and  profile  view  of 
the  other  of  the  cotypes.     From  the  Niagaran  at  Wauwatosa,  Wise. 
M.  C.  Z.  636,  637. 
9, 10.     Calymene  celebra  Raymond.     The  cephalon  of  one  entire  specimen  and 
the  pygidium  of  another,  the  two  specimens  being  the  cotypes  of  the 
species.     From  the  Niagaran  at  Grafton,  Illinois.     M.  C.  Z.  638,  639. 
11.     Calymene  breviceps  Raymond.     An  entire  specimen  from  the  Waldron 
shale  (Silurian),  at  Waldron,  Indiana.     Holotype.     M.  C.  Z.  640. 


BULL.    MUS.    COMP.    ZOOL. 


Raymond.— Trilobites,  Plate  3 


3 


n>\jrx 


/?>^^:::^'Cn 


70 


E.   N.   FISCHER,   DEL 


PLATE  4. 


Batmond. —  New  and  Old  SUurian  Trilobites. 


PLATE  4. 

1.  Cheirurus  dilitatus  Raymond.     The  holotype.     From  the  Waldron  shale, 

Waldron,  Indiana.     Natural  size.     M.  C.  Z.  628. 

2.  Cheirurus   patens   Raymond.     The   holotype.     From   the   Niagaran   at 

Cicero,  Ilhnois.     Natural  size.     M.  C.  Z.  629. 

3.  Cheirurus  dilatatus   Raymond.     A  pygidium  from  the  Waldron  shale. 

X  2.     M.  C.  Z.  1273. 

4.  Cheirurus  niagarensis  Hall.     Cephalon  and  part  of  thorax  from  Wauwa- 

tosa,  Wise.     Natural  size.     M.  C.  Z.  627. 

5.  The  same  species.     A  pygidium  from  the  Rochester  shale  at  Rochester, 

N.  Y.     X  3.4.     M.  C.  Z.  624. 

6.  The  same  species.     An  hypostoma  from  Wauwatosa,  Wise.     Natural 

size.     M.  C.  Z.  1278. 

7.  Cheirurus  welleri  Raymond.     A  cotype.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.     Natural 

size.     M.  C.  Z.  14. 

8.  The  same  species.     The  other  cotype.     The  same  specimen  is  shown  in 

Plate  3,  fig.  6.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.      X  f.     M.  C.  Z.  630. 

9.  Cheirurus  niagarensis  Hall.     A  pygidium  from  Wauwatosa,  Wise.     X  2. 

M.  C.  Z.  1277. 
10.     Cheirurus  welleri  Raymond.     An  hypostoma.     Wauwatosa,  Wise.     The 
specimen  is  attached  to  a  glabella.      X  1.45.     M.  C.  Z.  1269. 


BULL.    MUS.    COMP.    ZOOL. 


Raymond  — Trilobites,    Plate   4 


W^xM 


GEORGE   NELSON.  PHOTO. 


JAN    26    iBlu 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 
Vol.  LX.    No.  2. 


THE  AUSTRALIAN  ANTS  OF  THE  GENUS 
ONYCHOMYRMEX. 


By  William  Morton  Wheeler. 


With  Two  Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED   FOR  THE   MUSEUM. 

January,  1916. 


No.  2. —  The  Australian  Ants  of  the  Genus  Onychomyrmex. 

CONTRIBUTIONS  FROM  THE  ENTOMOLOGICAL  LABORATORY  OF    THE 
BUSSEY  INSTITUTION,  HARVARD  UNIVERSITY.     NO.   104.  ' 

/ 

By  William  Morton  Wheeler. 

Twenty  years  ago  Emery  described  a  singular  ponerine  ant  taken  by 
Podenzana  on  Mt.  Bellenden-Ker,  in  Queensland,  as  the  type  of  a 
new  genus  under  the  name  of  Onychomyrmex  hedleyi,  in  honor  of  Mr. 
C.  Hedley,  a  distinguished  Australian  naturalist.  The  worker,  which 
was  the  only  phase  seen  by  Emery,  exhibited  an  unusual  combination 
of  characters,  especially  in  the  shape  of  the  mandibles,  clypeus, 
petiole,  and  middle  and  hind  tarsi,  the  terminal  joints,  pulvilli,  and 
claws  of  which  were  conspicuously  enlarged.  He  regarded  the 
affinities  of  the  genus  as  obscure.  "Its  mandibles  and  petiole,"  he 
says,  "recall  the  species  of  Amblyopone  and  related  genera,  but  the 
frontal  carinae,  approximated  and  dilated  in  front,  resemble  those  of 
Ponera  and  Leptogenys.  The  tibiae  without  spurs  are  not  found  in 
any  other  Ponerinae.  The  tarsi,  with  their  enormous  claws  and  pul- 
villi, have  no  analogue,  to  my  knowledge,  except  in  the  Dorylinae 
{Aenictus,  Anomma),  but  the  insertions  of  the  antennae  and  the 
structure  of  the  thorax  lead  me  to  think  that  these  resemblances  do 
not  indicate  a  true  relationship."  Ashmead  (Can.  ent.,  1905,  37, 
p.  382)  regarded  the  genus  Onychomyrmex  as  constituting  a  distinct 
tribe  of  Ponerinae  (Onychomyrmicini).  In  his  recent  revision  of  the 
subfamily  in  the  "Genera  Insectorum"  (1911),  Emery  adopts  Ash- 
mead's  name  as  that  of  a  sixth  and  last  subtribe  in  the  tribe  Ponerini. 

While  collecting  in  the  rich  tropical  "scrub"  in  the  neighborhood 
of  Kuranda,  Queensland  during  the  autumn  of  1914,  I  succeeded  in 
finding  not  only  0.  hedleyi,  which  had  not  been  recorded  for  nearly 
twenty  years,  but  also  two  additional  species  of  the  genus.  On 
returning  to  Boston  I  learned  that  Dr.  E.  Mjoberg  had  anticipated 
me  in  finding  0.  hedleyi  and  one  of  the  other  species,  while  he  was 
collecting  for  the  Swedish  scientific  expedition  to  Australia  during 
1910-1913  and  that  Forel  had  just  described  the  latter  as  0.  mjobergi. 
The  third  species  is  described  in  the  following  pages  as  0.  doddi,  in 


46  BT  lletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

honor  of  Mr.  F.  P.  Dodd,  the  well-known  observer  and  collector  of 
Queensland  insects.  I  was  so  fortunate  as  to  discover  the  females 
of  mjobergi  and  doddi  and  the  larva  of  the  former  species.  The  female 
Onychom^Tmex  is  of  such  an  unusual  type  that  it  seems  advisable  to 
revise  the  genus  in  such  a  way  that  some  of  my  Australian  friends  may 
be  able  to  recognize  all  the  known  species  at  a  glance  and  to  make 
additions  to  our  knowledge  concerning  their  habits. 

Unfortunately  the  male  Onychomyrmex  is  still  unknown  and  will 
have  to  be  found  before  the  precise  status  of  the  genus  in  the  sub- 
family Ponerinae  can  be  ascertained.  Forel  does,  indeed,  describe  a 
male  ponerine  taken  by  Mjoberg  as  that  of  0.  hcdicyi,  but  he  says  that 
he  does  this  "with  a  very  great  interrogation  point."  He  has,  in  fact, 
no  evidence  that  the  specimen  is  an  Onychomyrmex,  except  the  very 
inconclusive  fact  that  it  was  taken  in  the  same  locality  (Malanda, 
Queensland)  as  the  worker  of  hcdleyi.  I  deem  it  advisable,  therefore, 
to  assume  that  the  male  is  unknown  till  it  is  actually  taken  in  nests 
with  the  workers.  Such  observations  as  I  was  able  to  make  on  the 
habits  of  the  three  species  of  Onychomyrmex  are  recorded  below  in 
connection  with  the  taxonomic  descriptions.  So  far  as  at  present 
known  all  the  species  of  the  genus  are  confined  to  Queensland,  and  all 
live  in  red  rotten  logs  in  the  tropical  rain-forest  ("  scrub ").^ 


Onychomyrmex  Emery. 

Emery,  Arm.  Soc.  ent.  Belg.,  1895,  39,  p.  349;  Genera  Insectorum, 
1911,  fasc.  118,  p.  96;  Forel,  Arkiv.  f.  zool.,  1915,  9,  p.  2. 

Worker.  Small,  slender,  monomorphic.  Mandibles  rather  long, 
narrow  at  the  base,  broadest  in  the  middle,  with  long,  curved,  acute 
tips,  their  inner  borders  armed  with  a  number  of  unequal  teeth,  some 
of  which,  near  the  middle  of  the  series,  are  directed  backward.  Both 
the  maxillary  and  labial  palpi  very  short,  2-jointed.  Clypeus  very 
short,  abrupt,  with  rounded,  entire  anterior  border  beset  with  a  regular 
row  of  minute  teeth.  Frontal  carinae  small,  prominent,  closely 
approximated,  enlarged  and  dilated  anteriorly,  separated  by  a  very 
narrow  groove.  Frontal  groove  lacking.  Eyes  very  small,  consisting 
of  about  6  or  8  ommatidia,  situated  behind  the  middle  of  the  head. 

1  Emery  believed  that  the  Anommi  erratica  of  Frederick  Smith  from  New  Guinea 
might  be  an  Onychomyrmex,  but  the  description  mentions  none  of  the  distinctive 
characters  of  this  genus  and  was,  perhaps,  drawn  from  an  Aenictiis. 


wheeler:   AUSTRALIAN   ANTS.  47 

Antennae  12-jointed,  funiculus  filiform,  not  clavate  or  conspicuously 
enlarged  at  the  tip.  Thorax  slender,  with  very  distinct  promesonotal 
and  mesoepinotal  sutures;  mesonotum  small,  discoidal,  with  distinct 
sutures  on  all  sides.  Petiole  with  a  short  peduncle  in  front  and  a 
large,  prominent  compressed  ventral  projection,  the  node  rounded, 
scarcely  narrowed  behind  where  it  articulates  hy  means  of  its  whole 
posterior  surface  with  the  postpetiole.  Postpetiole  large,  convex 
below,  separated  by  a  pronounced  constriction  from  the  gaster,  which 
is  rather  short.  Sting  very  long  and  well-developed.  Legs  long; 
middle  and  hind  tibiae  without  spurs;  terminal  joints  of  the  middle 
and  hind  tarsi  conspicuously  elongated  and  incrassated,  with  very 
large,  strongly  curved,  simple  claws  and  large  pulvilli. 

Female.  Apterous  and  ergatomorphic.  Head  broadened  in  front 
and  more  depressed  at  the  anterior  corners  than  in  the  worker.  Eyes 
very  small;  ocelli  absent.  Mandibles  more  falcate,  not  abruptly 
curved  at  the  tips,  with  only  a  few  short,  blunt  teeth.  Mesonotum 
somewhat  longer  than  in  the  worker.  Petiole  differing  from  that  of 
the  worker  in  being  much  broader,  with  a  very  short  and  narrow 
peduncle  and  lacking  the  ventral  projection.  Constriction  between 
the  postpetiole  and  gaster  much  less  distinct  than  in  the  worker. 
Gaster  much  larger,  elongate  elliptical,  sting  somewhat  smaller.  In 
other  respects  like  the  worker. 

Larva.  Slender,  smooth  and  nontuberculate,  with  twelve  very 
distinct  postcephalic  segments,  the  constrictions  between  which  are 
everywhere  deep  and  conspicuous,  even  at  the  posterior  end  of  the 
body.  Head  short,  rounded,  with  well-de^'eloped,  slender,  acute, 
falcate  mandibles,  destitute  of  teeth.  Clypeus  rather  long,  project- 
ing. Antennae  very  small.  Maxillary  sensillae  long  and  prominent. 
Head  sparsely,  remainder  of  body  more  densely  and  uniformly  covered 
with  short,  straight,  stiff  hairs  or  bristles. 

Genotype:   Onychomyrmcv  hedleyi  Emery. 

The  discovery  of  the  ergatoid  female  of  Onychomyrmex  only  adds 
to  our  perplexity  in  regard  to  the  precise  taxonomic  position  of  the 
genus.  Similar  females  are  known  to  occur  in  a  few  other  ponerine 
genera,  notably  in  Acanthostichus,  Paranomopone,  which  I  recently 
described  from  .Queensland,  and  Leptogenys  (subgenus  Lobopelta), 
but  all  of  these,  together  with  Onychomyrmex,  belong  to  very  differ- 
ent sections  of  the  subfamily,  and  the  resemblances  between  them 
seem  to  be  due  to  "convergence"  and  not  to  morphological  relation- 
ship, or  common  phylogenetic  development.  The  thorax  of  the  female 
has  simply  assumed  the  structure  of  that  of  the  worker,  while  the 


48  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

gaster  is  greatly  expanded  to  accommodate  the  voluminous  ovaries. 
On  closer  examination  it  is  found  that  in  each  of  the  four  genera  men- 
tioned the  female  differs  from  the  congeneric  worker  in  certain  peculiar 
characters.  This  will  best  be  seen  by  a  comparison  of  the  worker  and 
female  Lobopelta  with  the  corresponding  phases  of  OnychomjTmex. 
Many  years  ago  I  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  female  Lobo- 
"pelia  elongata  Buckley  of  Texas  has  no  winged  female,  but  that  each 
colony  contains  a  single  egg-producing  individual,  which  agrees  in 
all  respects  with  the  worker,  except  in  the  larger  size  of  the  abdomen 
and  the  somewhat  more  compressed  petiolar  scale.  While  at  Kuranda 
I  succeeded  in  finding  two  females  of  another  species  (Leptogenys 
(Lobopelta)  fallax  Mayr  subsp.  fortis  Forel),  a  small-eyed  form  which 
lives,  like  the  species  of  Onychomyrmex,  in  red  rotten  logs  in  the 
primeval  rain-forest.  One  of  these  females  was  the  mother  of  a 
flourishing  colony  of  perhaps  300  workers,  the  other  was  isolated  in  a 
small  cavity  in  a  large  log  and  was,  therefore,  about  to  start  a  colony. 
I  have  figured  one  of  the  specimens  (Plate  2,  fig.  8,  9),  with  the  worker 
(fig.  6,  7)  to  show  the  difference  between  them  (in  this  case  greater 
than  those  obtaining  between  the  female  and  worker  of  Lobopelta 
elongata)  and  between  the  corresponding  phases  of  Onychomyrmex 
mjobergi  and  doddi  (Plate  1,  fig.  3-6;  Plate  2,  fig.  3-5).  It  will  be 
seen  that  in  the  Lobopelta  female  the  petiole  is  very  much  more 
compressed  and  more  curved  forward  than  in  the  worker,  the  thorax 
more  convex  and  furnished  with  a  small  scutellar  sclerite  and  that  the 
head  is  more  orbicular  and  less  rectangular  and  has  distinctly  larger 
eyes  and  a  single  ocellus.  In  the  female  Onychomyrmex  the  eyes  are 
not  larger  than  in  the  worker,  there  are  no  traces  of  ocelli,  the  head  is 
dilated  anteriorly,  with  rather  straight,  posteriorly  converging  sides, 
and  with  very  different  mandibles,  while  the  petiole  exhibits  a  peculiar 
modification  as  compared  with  that  of  Lobopelta,  being  greatly 
swollen  behind  and  much  contracted  in  front.  The  female  Acantho- 
stichus  differs  from  the  worker,  according  to  Emery,  in  its  rounded 
head,  larger  eyes,  the  presence  of  three  ocellar  pits,  more  widely 
separated  frontal  carinae,  broader  thorax,  much  larger  abdomen,  the 
absence  of  prickles  on  the  sides  of  the  pygidium,  and  a  different 
pubescence  on  the  abdomen.  The  only  external  differences  between 
the  female  and  worker  Paranomopone  are  the  presence  of  a  median 
ocellus  in  the  former  and  a  larger  postpetiole  and  gaster.  These 
comparisons  all  point  to  the  conclusion  that  in  each  of  the  four  genera 
ergatomorphic  females  have  been  developed  independently  by  simpli- 
fication, or  atrophy  from  the  primitively  winged  type  of  female  during 


wheeler:   AUSTRALIAN   ANTS.  49 

the  long  phylogenetic  history  of  the  ponerine  subfamily.  It  is  also 
pi'obable  that  the  very  similar  "  diehthadiif orm "  females  of  the  ants 
belonging  to  the  subfamily  Dorylinae  have  had  a  like  independent 
origin  and  development. 

The  larva  of  Onj^ehomyrmex  (Plate  1,  fig.  7;  Plate  2,  fig.  1,  2),  in 
the  very  distinct  segmentation  of  the  body  and  in  the  structure  of 
the  head,  seems  to  be  of  a  rather  primitive  type  and  resembles  the 
larvae  of  the  Dorylinae  (Eciton)  and  lower  Ponerinae  (Acanthostichus, 
Cerapachys),  but  the  larvae  of  ants  have  not  been  sufficiently  studied 
to  enable  us  to  draw  satisfactory  conclusions  concerning  the  phylo- 
genetic relationships  of  the  various  genera. 

A  study  of  the  worker  Onychomyrmex  certainly  reveals  a  number 
of  highly  specialized  characters.  Such  are  particularly  the  shape  of 
the  mandibles,  the  vestigial  condition  of  the  palpi,  the  small  size  of  the 
eyes,  and  the  enlargement  of  the  terminal  joint,  claws,  and  pulvilli  of 
the  middle  and  hind  tarsi.  The  degenerate  visual  organs  show  that 
these  ants  belong  to  the  hypogaeic  series  and  that  they  pass  their  lives 
concealed  in  the  logs  which  gradually  decompose  in  the  moist  shade 
of  the  dense  tropical  jungle.  The  powerful,  toothed  mandibles,  long 
sting  and  great  hooked  claws  indicate  that  their  possessors  do  not  feed 
habitually  on  small  feeble  insects  like  termites,  but  on  much  larger 
creatures  such  as  the  larvae  of  passalids  and  scarabaeids  and  possibly 
on  adult  myriopods  and  scorpions.  This  I  found  to  be  the  case  in  a 
colony  of  0.  mjobcrgi,  for  when  the  log  containing  it  was  broken  open, 
many  of  the  workers  were  detected  in  the  act  of  biting  and  stinging  to 
death  a  huge  lamellicorn  beetle  larva  more  than  two  inches  in  length, 
which  they  had  just  found  in  a  cavity  in  the  wood.  It  is  not  improba- 
ble that  the  colonies  move  from  place  to  place  in  search  of  their  prey, 
like  the  colonies  of  the  subterranean  Dorylinae  (Eciton  coecuvi  and 
Dorylus),  which  the}'  very  closely  resemble  in  behavior,  color,  sculp- 
ture, and  pilosity. 

The  species  of  Onychomyrmex  are  far  from  common  even  in  Queens- 
land, and  the  few  colonies  I  secured  were  the  reward  of  many  hours  of 
search  and  of  the  destruction  of  many  old  logs  in  places  where  I  was 
frequently  attacked  by  land-leeches  and  saw  quite  a  number  of  the 
deadly  black  snakes  (Pseudechis  porphyriacus) .  Perhaps  it  would  be 
possible  for  the  collector  to  attract  colonies  by  placing  large  beetle  or 
cossid  larvae  in  holes  in  the  rotten  logs  usually  found  along  the  paths 
through  the  "  scrub." 


50  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Onychomyrmex  hedleyi  Emery. 

Plate  1,  fig.  1,  2. 

Emery,  Ann.  Soe.  ent.  Belg.,  39,  1895,  p.  350,  f.  2.  ^  ;  Gen. 
Insect.,  1911,  fasc.  118,  p.  97,  pi.  3,  f.  9,  9b;  Forel,  Arkiv.  f.  zool., 
1915,  9,  p.  3,  pi.  1,  f.  3  ^  cf  (?). 

Worker.     Length  3.5-4  mm. 

Head  about  I5  times  as  long  as  broad,  subreetangular,  a  little 
broader  in  front  than  behind,  with  straight  sides  and  posterior  border 
and  rounded  posterior  corners.  Clypeus  with  the  anterior  border 
slightly  flattened,  arcuately  rounded  in  the  middle,  sinuate  at  the  sides, 
its  edge  beset  with  about  20  minute,  regular  teeth.  Eyes  with  about 
6-8  minute  ommatidia,  situated  |  the  length  of  the  head  from  the 
anterior  margin.  Mandibles  with  long,  abruptly  incurved  apical 
tooth  and  seven  basal  teeth  of  different  sizes,  the  two  in  the  middle 
of  the  series  largest  and  directed  backward.  Antennae  slender, 
scapes  fully  |  as  long  as  the  head,  first  and  last  funicular  joints  twice 
as  long  as  broad,  remaining  joints  about  I2  times  as  long  as  broad. 
Thoracic  sutures  all  strongly  impressed;  pronotum  convex  above, 
especially  in  front,  with  convex  sides,  a  little  longer  than  broad; 
mesonotum  nearly  twice  as  broad  as  long ;  epinotum  longer  and  nar- 
rower than  the  pronotum,  longer  than  broad,  Avith  feebly  convex  sides 
and  separated  in  dorsal  view  from  the  pronotum  by  a  pronounced 
impression  on  each  side.  In  profile  the  thorax  is  distinctly  impressed 
at  the  mesonotum,  the  base  of  the  epinotum  is  nearly  twice  as  long 
as  the  straight  declivity  into  which  it  passes  through  an  obtuse 
angle.  Node  of  petiole  in  profile  with  rather  straight  anterior  slope 
and  convex  summit,  slightly  concave  at  the  posterior  border;  from 
above  the  node  is  as  long  as  broad,  rounded  in  front,  with  straight 
posterior  border;  ventral  projection  long  and  blunt,  compressed  and 
somewhat  translucent.  Postpetiole  as  long  as  broad,  first  gastric 
segment  a  little  longer  than  the  postpetiole.     Legs  slender. 

Very  smooth  and  shining;  mandibles,  clypeus,  and  cheeks  sub- 
opaque,  the  mandibles  finely  striated,  the  cl.A'peus  and  cheeks  finely 
rugulose-punctate.  Bodj-  with  fine,  sparse,  piligerous  punctures, 
which  are  most  numerous  on  the  head,  especially  on  its  sides. 

Hairs  delicate,  pale  yellowish,  short,  suberect,  covering  not  only 
the  whole  body,   legs,   and   antennal   scapes  but  also    the  funiculi; 


wheeler:  austil\liax  ants.  51 

somewhat  longer  and  sparser  on  the  thorax,  abdomen,  and  legs  than 
on  the  head  and  antennae. 

Black;  thoracic  sutures,  sides  and  terminal  segments  of  abdomen, 
clypeus,  cheeks,  and  anterior  portion  of  gula  reddish  castaneous, 
mandibles,  except  their  teeth,  antennae,  and  legs  paler,  brownish  red, 
middle  portions  of  femora  and  tibiae  more  or  less  infuscated. 

Queensland:  Mt.  Bellenden-Ker,  type  locality  (Podenzana);  Ma- 
landa  (E.  ]Mj6berg) ;  Kuranda  (Wheeler  and  F.  P.  Dodd). 

I  took  two  small  companies  of  this  ant,  unaccompanied  by  larvae 
or  females,  Oct.  24  and  28,  e\ddently  on  foraging  expeditions  in  the 
heart  of  rotten  logs.  One  of  the  companies  comprised  a  dozen,  the 
other  about  two  dozen  workers.  Later  Mr.  Dodd  sent  me  eight 
workers  which  he  had  taken  in  the  same  locality.  The  ants  moved 
rather  slowly  and  were  easily  captured. 

OXYCHOMYRMEX   MJOBERGI   Forel. 

Plate  1,  fig.  3-7;  Plate  2,  fig.  1,  2. 

Forel,  Arkiv.  f.  Zool.,  191.5,  9,  p.  .3,  pi.  1,  f.  7;  text  fig.  1,  S  . 

JVorker.     Length  3. .5-4  mm. 

Head  subrectangular,  not  more  than  \  longer  than  broad,  scarcely 
broader  in  front  than  behind,  with  feebl\'  and  evenly  convex  sides, 
feebly  concave  posterior  border  and  rounded  posterior  corners. 
Clypeus  with  broadly  arcuate  anterior  border,  sinuate  on  each  side, 
minutely  and  evenly  denticulate.  Eyes  scarcely  smaller  than  in 
hedleyi,  situated  about  §  the  distance  from  the  anterior  to  the  posterior 
border  of  the  head.  ^Mandibles  similar  to  those  of  hedleyi.  Antennae 
shorter,  scapes  only  §  as  long  as  the  head,  first  and  last  funicular  joints 
nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad,  remaining  joints  not  longer  than  broad, 
the  more  basal  joints  a  little  broader  than  long.  Thorax  differing 
from  that  of  hedleyi  in  being  stouter  and  in  haAing  the  dorsal  outline 
nearly  straight  in  profile,  the  pronotum  being  convex  only  at  the  ex- 
treme anterior  end  and  the  mesonotum  less  impressed.  Thoracic 
sutures  very  distinct  but  less  impressed  than  in  hedleyi.  Mesonotum 
fully  three  times  as  broad  as  long.  Petiole  with  very  short  peduncle, 
anterior  surface  of  node  more  concave,  its  upper  surface  seen  from 
aboAe  distinctly  broader  than  long,  with  very  convex  sides.  Con- 
striction between  the  postpetiole  and  gaster  somewhat  deeper  than 
in  hedleyi,  legs  stouter. 


52  bulletin:  museum  of  compakative  zoology. 

Smooth  and  shining;  mandibles  shining,  not  striate  but  sparsely 
punctate,  like  the  remainder  of  the  body.  Punctures  on  the  head 
coarser  than  in  hedleyi,  and  more  abundant,  especially  on  the  cheeks 
and  sides  of  the  front.     Clypeus  subopaque,  rugulose-punctate. 

Hairs  similar  to  those  of  hedleyi  but  coarser  and  of  rather  uneven 
length,  pale  yellow. 

Rich  ferruginous  red,  clypeus  darker;  tarsal  claws,  sutures  of  thorax 
and  gaster,  articulations  of  antennal  funiculi  dark  brown,  mandibular 
teeth  black;  legs  and  anal  segments  of  gaster  paler  and  more  yellowish. 

Female.     Length  nearly  5.5  mm. 

Head  a  little  longer  than  broad  and  nearly  as  broad  in  front  as  long, 
with  prominent,  depressed  anterior  corners,  the  sides  converging 
posteriorly,  with  two  transverse  impressions,  one  half-way  between 
the  anterior  corner  and  the  eye  and  one  at  the  eye.  Eyes  as  small  as 
in  the  worker,  but  more  elongate.  Mandibles  with  less  abruptly 
incurved  tips  than  in  the  worker  and  with  only  two  indistinct  teeth. 
Thorax  more  robust  than  in  the  worker,  the  pro-  and  epinotum  with 
more  convex  sides  and  the  pronotum  more  convex  above,  so  that  the 
megonotum  is  more  impressed  in  profile.  From  above  the  mesonotum 
is  scarcely  twice  as  broad  as  long.  Petiole  much  larger  than  in  the 
worker,  with  very  short,  slender  peduncle,  without  ventral  projec- 
tion; node  large,  very  convex  in  front,  from  above  more  than  twice 
as  broad  as  long,  broader  than  the  epinotum  and  nearly  half  as  broad 
as  the  postpetiole.  Gaster  very  much  larger  than  in  the  worker, 
more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  suboblong,  flattened  dorsoventrally. 

Sculpture  as  in  the  worker,  but  the  piligerous  punctures,  especially 
on  the  head,  much  coarser,  almost  foveolate  and  somewhat  elongated 
on  the  sides  of  the  front.  Cheeks  and  sides  of  epinotum  subopaque, 
finely  rugulose-punctate. 

Hairs  coarser  and  longer,  especially  on  the  body,  than  in  the  worker. 

Color  more  brownish  ferruginous;  mandibles,  antennae,  and  legs 
more  yellowish ;  pleurae,  sides  of  petiole,  and  sutures  of  gaster  brown- 
ish yellow. 

Queensland:  Herberton  (type  locality),  Atherton  and  Cedar  Creek 
(E.  Mj5berg);    Kuranda  (Wheeler). 

October  24,  I  found  two  fine  colonies  of  this  species  in  rotten  logs. 
One  comprised  at  least  400  workers,  a  single  queen,  with  the  abdomen 
greatly  distended  with  eggs,  and  a  large  number  of  nearly  mature 
larvae  but  no  pupae.  The  other  colony  was  somewhat  less  populous 
but  also  contained  many  larvae.  The  ants  moved  rather  slowly  in 
long  files  through  the  cracks  in  the  wood,  evidently  endeavoring  to- 


wheeler:   AUSTRALIAN  ANTS.  53 

keep  in  close  touch  with  one  another  by  means  of  their  antennae,  after 
the  manner  of  the  DoryHnae.  They  stung  severely  for  such  small 
insects. 

The  worker  of  0.  mjobergi  is  readily  distinguished  from  that  of 
hedleyi  by  its  paler  color,  shorter  head,  antennal  scapes  and  funicular 
joints,  the  straight  dorsal  profile  of  the  thorax,  broader  epinotum  and 
petiole,  deeper  constriction  between  the  postpetiole  and  gaster,  and 
smooth,  shining,  and  sparsely  punctate  mandibles. 


Onychomyrmex  doddi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  2,  fig.  3-5. 

Worker.     Length:   2-2.5  mm. 

Head  subrectangular,  about  \  longer  than  broad,  scarcely  broader 
in  front  than  behind,  with  nearly  straight  lateral  and  posterior  borders 
and  rounded  posterior  corners.     Clypeus  with  broadly  arcuate,  finely 
denticulate  anterior  border,  sinuate  on  the  sides.     Eyes  very  similar 
to  those  of  the  preceding  species,  situated  about  |  the  distance  from 
the  anterior  to  the  posterior  border  of  the  head.     Mandibles  with  the 
long  terminal  tooth  less  abruptly  bent  inward,  remaining  teeth  rather 
small.     Antennal  scapes  |  as  long  as  the  head;    first  and  terminal 
funicular  joints  fully  twice  as  long  as  broad,  remaining  joints  scarcely 
longer  than  broad.     Thorax  rather  stout,  shaped  much  as  in  mjobergi, 
with  straight,  horizontal  dorsal  outline,  the  pronotum  longer  than 
broad,  rising  rather  abruptly  from  the  neck,  but  posteriorly  flattened 
above,  its  sides  only  feebly  convex.     Mesonotum  somewhat  more 
than  twice  as  broad  as  long.     Thoracic  sutures  very  distinct.     Epino- 
tum in  profile  with  the  base  feebly  and  evenly  convex  and  longer  than 
the  declivity  which  is  sloping  and  distinctly  concave.     Petiole  in 
profile  with   a   short   basal   peduncle   and   prominent,   compressed, 
somewhat  translucent  ventral  projection;    the  node  with  subequal 
anterior  and  dorsal  surfaces,  both  feebly  convex;   seen  from  above  as 
long   as   broad,    subrectangular,   with   rounded   sides   and   straight, 
subequal  anterior  and  posterior  borders.     Postpetiole  as  long  as  broad, 
very  convex  below  and  separated  by  a  pronounced  constriction  from 
the  gaster.     Legs  as  in  mjobergi. 

Smooth  and  shining,  covered  with  small  piligerous  punctures,  which 
are  most  abundant  on  the  head  and  especially  on  the  cheeks.  Mandi- 
bles, clypeus,  and  cheeks  opaque,  the  mandibles  finely  and  sharply 


54  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

striate  and  sparsely  punctate,  the  clypeus  densely  transversely  rugu- 
lose. 

Pilosity  pale  yellow,  much  as  in  hedleyi  but  shorter. 

Color  also  like  that  of  hedleyi,  deep  castaneous,  nearly  black; 
mandibles,  except  the  teeth,  clypeus,  and  frontal  carinae  deep  brown- 
ish red;  antennae,  legs,  and  tip  of  gaster  yellowish  brown;  coxae  and 
middle  portions  of  femora  and  tibiae  darker. 

Female.     Length  nearly  4  mm. 

Resembling  the  female  of  mjbhergi  in  form,  but  the  head  is  pro- 
portionally broader  behind  and  without  lateral  impressions;  differing 
from  the  worker  in  the  shape  of  the  head,  which  is  broadened  in  front, 
the  feebly  dentate,  less  curved  mandibles  and  the  stouter  thorax  and 
larger  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster.  The  sides  and  dorsal  surface 
of  the  pro-  and  epinotum  are  more  convex  than  in  the  worker  and  the 
promesonotal  and  mesoepinotal  sutures  are  more  impressed  so  that 
the  dorsal  outline  is  much  less  straight  and  continuous.  Mesonotum 
not  more  than  twice  as  broad  as  long.  Petiole  like  that  of  the  female 
mjohcrgi,  the  peduncle  very  small,  the  node  very  large,  convex  and 
rounded  in  front  and  on  the  sides,  with  straight  posterior  border; 
seen  from  above  it  is  only  a  little  more  than  1^  times  as  broad  as  long, 
scarcely  broader  than  the  epinotum  and  more  than  half  as  broad  as 
the  postpetiole.  The  latter  is  separated  by  a  very  slight  constriction 
from  the  gaster,  w^hich  is  large  and  shaped  much  as  in  the  female 
mjohcrgi. 

•  Sculpture  and  color  as  in  the  worker,  hairs  considerably  longer  and 
coarser,  especially  on  the  postpetiole  and  gaster. 

Queensland:  Kuranda  (Wheeler). 

I  found  onh-  one  colony  of  this  ant  (November  1),  consisting  of  a 
female  and  nearly  50  workers,  but  without  larvae,  in  a  small  log  in  a 
damp,  shady  spot  in  the  dense  "scrub." 

The  worker  is  readily  distinguished  from  both  hedleyi  and  mjobergi 
by  its  smaller  size  and  less  abruptly  curved  mandibles;  from  mjobergi 
by  its  color,  longer  head,  striated  mandibles  and  finer  pilosity;  from 
hedleyi  by  the  straight  dorsal  outline  of  the  thorax  and  less  convex 
pronotum,  shorter  petiole,  scapes,  and  funicular  joints. 


i 

PLATE  1. 


Wheeler. —  Aiistralian  Ants. 


\ 


PLATE  1. 


1.  Onychomyrmex  hedleyi  Emery.     Worker,  lateral  view. 

2.  Head  of  same;   dorsal  view. 

3.  O.  mjobergi  Forel.     Worker,  lateral  view. 

4.  Head  of  same,  dorsal  view. 

5.  0.  mjobergi  Forel.     Female,  lateral  view. 

6.  Head  of  same,  dorsal  view. 

7.  Adult  larva  of  0.  mjobergi,  lateral  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Wheeler.  — Omychomyrmex,    Plate  1 


W.  M.  WHEELER,  Del. 


PLATE  2. 


Wheeler. —  Australian  Ants. 


PLATE  2. 

1.  0.  mjobergi  Forel.     Head  of  larva,  lateral  view. 
la.  Mandible  of  same. 

2.  Head  of  same,  dorsal  view. 

3.  0.  doddi  Wheeler.     Worker,  dorsal  view. 

4.  Thorax  and  abdomen  of  same,  lateral  view. 

5.  O.  doddi  Wheeler.     Female,  dorsal  view. 

6.  Leptogenys  {Lohopelta)  fallax  Mayr  subsp.  fortis  Forel.     Worker,  lateral 

view. 

7.  Head  of  same,  dorsal  view. 

8.  L.  (L.)  fallax  Mayr  subsp.  fortis  Forel.     Female,  lateral  view. 

9.  Head  of  same,  dorsal  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Wheeler.  —  Onychomyrmex,    Plate  2 


W.   M.  WHEELER,  Del. 


FFB    12    1916 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT  HARVARD  COLLEGE. 

Vol.  LX.     No.  3. 


THE   SPERMATOGENESIS  OF  PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS, 

WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  SYNAPSIS  AND  THE 

INDIVIDUALITY  OF  THE  CHROMOSOMES. 


By  D.  H.  Wenrich. 


With   Ten   Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MA8S.,  U.  S.  A.: 
PRINTED    FOR   THE    MUSEUM. 

February,   1916. 


No.  3. —  The   Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus,  with  special 
Reference  to  Synapsis  and  the  Individuality  of  the  Chromosomes. 

By  D.  H.  Wenrich. 

contributions    prom   the   zoological   laboratory    of   the 
museum  op  comparative  zoology  at  harvard 

COLLEGE.     No.    266. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

I.     Introduction 

A.  Outline  of  the  problems 

B.  Material  and  acknowledgments 

II.     Observations 

A.     Outline  of  spermatogenesis:  nomenclature 

a.  Introductory     ..... 

b.  Outline  of  successive  stages 


1. 

2. 

3. 
4. 
5. 


Spermatogonia 
Primary  spermatocytes 
Secondary  spermatocytes 
Spermatids 
Spermatozoa 
c.     Additional  features 

B.  Synapsis 
a.     The  postspireme  stages 

1.  Chromosome-pair  A 

2.  Chromosome-pair  B 

3.  Chromosome-pair  C 
h.    The  conjugation  of  chromosomes     . 

1.  The  formation  of  leptotene  threads 

2.  The  zygotene  stages 

3.  The  pachytene  stages 

C.  The  individuahty  of  the  chromosomes  . 

a.  The  selected  chromosome  pairs 

1.  Chromosome-pair  A 

2.  Chromosome-pair  B 

3.  Chromosome-pair  C 

b.  The  accessory  chromosome 

c.  The  spermatogonia!  divisions 

d.  The  somatic  nuclei 

D.  Summary  of  observations 


PAGE. 

68 
58 
60 
60 
60 
60 
61 
61 
61 
63 
64 
64 
64 
65 
65 
66 
69 
70 
72 
72 
74 
75 
76 
76 
76 
79 
84 
86 
87 
91 
92 


58 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


III.  Discussion    ....... 

A.  Synapsis  and  the  maturation  divisions  . 

a.  Results  from  Orthoptera 

b.  Recent  work  on  synapsis 

B.  Individuality  ..... 
a      Constancy  of  metaphase  chromosomes 

1.  Constancy  in  number 

2.  Constancy  in  size  and  shape    . 
b.     Persistent  organization  of  chromosomes 

1.  The  selected  chromosomes 

2.  The  heterochromosomes     . 

3.  Plasmosomes  and  nucleoli  . 

4.  Persistence  of  chromosomes  between  mitoses 

C.  Chromosomes  and  heredity    . 

a.  Mendelism  and  maturation 

b.  Some  experimental  evidence 

D.  Summary  of  conclusions 

IV.  Bibliography         .... 
V      Explanation  of  plates 


Page. 

95 

95 

95 

98 

105 

105 

105 

106 

110 

110 

111 

112 

114 

118 

118 

122 

125 

126 

135 


I.     INTRODUCTION. 


A.     Outline  of  the  Problems. 


Two  of  the  most  important  subjects  which  have  claimed  the  atten- 
tion of  cytologists  for  many  years  are  the  two  named  in  the  subtitle 
of  this  paper.  Every  species  of  animals  and  plants  is  thought  to  have 
a  definite  number  of  chromosomes,  which  is  characteristic  for  the 
species.  In  the  process  of  maturation  this  typical,  or  diploid,  number 
becomes  reduced  so  that  each  functional  gamete  contains  only  half 
that  number,  the  haploid  number.  It  is  generally  believed  that  the 
process  of  reduction  is  initiated  by  a  pairing  of  the  chromosomes  in 
the  prophase  of  the  first  maturation  division.  It  is  also  generally 
admitted  that  of  the  two  chromosomes  which  united  to  form  a  single 
pair,  one  has  been  derived  from  the  maternal,  and  the  other  from  the 
paternal  ancestor,  and  that  these  become  separated  again  at  one  of  the 
two  maturation  divisions.  But  there  has  been  a  considerable  amount 
of  disagreement  as  to  how  the  pairing  of  the  chromosomes  takes  place, 
and  also  differences  of  opinion  as  to  which  of  the  two  maturation  divi- 
sions results  in  their  separation. 

As  to  the  process  by  which  the  pairing  of  chromosomes  is  accom- 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of    PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  59 

plished,  the  two  opposing  views  that  have  been  most  wudely  discussed 
are:  —  (1)  that  homologous  chromosomes  unite  side-by-side  (para- 
synapsis),  or  (2)  that  they  unite  end-to-end  (telosynapsis).  The 
adoption  of  either  view,  however,  involves  the  very  important  assump- 
tion that  there  is  a  continuity  between  the  chromosomes  that  appear 
in  the  earlier  divisions  and  those  that  conjugate.  Doubt  has  been 
expressed  by  some  writers  as  to  the  existence  of  any  such  continuity,  or 
individuality,  of  the  chromosomes,  and  the  question  is  regarded  as 
one  that  is  still  unsettled.  Many  geneticists,  on  the  other  hand,  are 
readily  inclined  to  correlate  the  behavior  of  the  chromosomes  in 
maturation  with  the  behavior  of  Mendelian  factors  in  heredity.  And 
in  some  cases  an  organization  of  the  individual  chromosomes  has  been 
assumed  of  such  a  nature  that  a  definite  portion  or  region  of  a  chromo- 
some is  concerned  with  the  transmission  of  a  particular  factor.  Such 
assumptions  call  for  an  analysis  of  the  individual  chromosomes  to 
determine  their  inner  constitution  or  architecture. 

The  author  of  the  present  study  has  sought  to  throw  light  on  all 
these  problems.  That  as  to  how  synapsis  takes  place  was  the  first 
considered;  it  was  taken  up  from  the  standpoint  of  the  origin  and 
constitution  of  the  chromosomes  of  the  first  spermatocytes.  Early 
in  the  work  it  was  found  that  the  only  method  by  which  conclusive 
results  could  be  obtained  was  that  of  following  the  history  of  individual 
chromosomes.  Owing  to  the  favorableness  of  the  material,  at  least 
three  chromosome-pairs  were  found  that  possessed  individual  peculiari- 
ties by  which  they  could  be  recognized  through  all  stages  from  the 
growth-period  to  their  division  in  the  first  spermatocyte  mitosis. 
Pursuit  of  this  method  naturally  led  to  a  consideration  of  the  problem 
of  the  individuality  of  the  chromosomes,  and  it  was  found  to  be  possi- 
ble to  recognize  one  pair  of  chromosomes  at  all  stages  from  sperma- 
tognia  to  spermatids.  A  further  study  of  chromosome-individuality 
led  to  the  interesting  discovery  that  each  chromosome  has  a  definite 
organization,  or  architecture,  which  appears  at  the  same  stages  in  all 
the  animals  studied. 

In  the  following  description,  I  have  not  followed  the  usual  method 
of  adhering  to  the  chronological  seqvience  of  events,  but  have  adopted 
the  order  in  which  the  problems  presented  themselves.  I  believe  I 
have  been  able  through  a  study  of  this  material  to  demonstrate  that 
in  Phrynotettix  (1)  parasynapsis  occurs,  (2)  usually  the  first  matura- 
tion is  equational,  (3)  each  chromosome  preserves  its  individuality 
throughout  the  spermatogenic  cell-generations,  and  (4)  at  least  cer- 
tain chromosomes,  and  probably  all,  have  a  recognizably  constant 
organization. 


60  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


B.     Material  and  Acknowledgments. 

Phrynotettix  magnus  belongs  to  the  subfamily  Oedipodinae  of  the 
orthopteran  family  Acrididae.  The  specimens  that  furnished  the 
basis  for  this  investigation  were  collected  in  1907  near  the  Santa  Rita 
Mountains  of  southern  Arizona,  by  a  collecting  party  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas.  The  testes  were  dissected  out  and  fixed  in  Flem- 
ming's  stronger  solution.  Sections  were  cut  6-12  micra  thick  and 
stained  either  by  Heidenhain's  iron-haematoxylin,  or  by  Flemming's 
tricolor,  method.  Material  from  thirteen  animals  was  available  and 
consisted  partly  of  the  slides  used  by  Miss  Pinney  as  the  basis  of  her 
paper  of  1908,  partly  of  other  slides  prepared  in  Dr.  McClung's  labora- 
tory, and  lastly  of  material  sectioned  and  stained  by  the  writer. 

The  work  was  begun  in  1911  at  the  University  of  Kansas  under 
the  direction  of  Prof.  C.  E.  McClung,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for 
the  material  used  and  for  advice  and  kindly  interest  throughout.  The 
greater  part  of  the  work  was  done  at  Harvard  University  during  the 
years  1912-1915  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  E.  L.  Mark,  to  whom  I 
owe  my  warmest  thanks  for  valuable  criticism  and  suggestions  and 
for  sympathetic  interest  at  all  times.  I  am  also  indebted  to  Miss 
Eleanor  Carothers,  formerly  a  fellow  student,  for  some  collaboration, 
especially  with  reference  to  the  so-called  "plasmosomes." 


II.     OBSERVATIONS. 

A.     Outline  of  spermatogenesis:    Nomenclature. 

a.     Introductory. 

There  is  some  confusion  in  the  literature  on  maturation  in  regard 
to  the  use  of  the  terms  applied  to  the  various  steps  and  processes  in 
the  history  of  germ-cells  undergoing  development  into  gametes.  This 
is  due  in  part  to  differences  in  the  details  of  the  processes  in  the  various 
forms  investigated,  and  in  part  to  different  interpretations  of  similar 
stages  by  different  authors.  It  therefore  seems  necessary,  or  at  least 
expedient,  to  explain  the  terms  that  one  wishes  to  use  in  description. 
A  brief  outline  of  acridian  spermatogenesis  follows,  in  connection  with 
which  the  nomenclature  employed  will  be  explained.     In  addition, 


WENEICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  61 

enough  of  the  pecuUarities  of  Phrynotettix  will  be  described  to  render 
clear  any  new  terms  made  necessary  by  them. 

Wilcox  ('94)  and  Davis  ('08)  have  both  given  detailed  descriptions 
of  the  structure  of  the  acridian  testis  and  have  given  figures  or  dia- 
grams to  show  the  topography  of  the  follicles  of  which  the  testes  are 
composed.  It  will  therefore  be  unnecessary  to  reproduce  such  figures 
and  descriptions  here. 


b.  Outline  of  successive  Stages. 

1.  Spermatogonia. —  The  spermatogonia  of  Phrynotettix  (Plates 
1,  2,  fig.  1-20)  behave  in  a  manner  typical  for  the  Acrididae  as  de- 
scribed especially  by  Sutton  ('00),  and  by  Davis  ('08).  As  Pinney 
('08)  has  shown,  there  are  23  chromosomes,  of  which  22  can  be 
arranged  in  pairs,  leaving  an  odd  one,  the  accessory  chromosome 
(McClung,  '99),  or  monosome  (Montgomery,  '06).  The  paired  chro- 
mosomes may  be  referred  to  as  the  autosomes  (Montgomery,  '06). 
All  the  divisions  of  the  spermatogonia  are  mitotic  and  are  usually 
considered  as  equivalent  to  somatic  mitoses.  A  detailed  account  of 
these  divisions  is  given  on  pages  87-90. 

2.  Primary  spermatocytes. —  The  daughter  cells  produced  at  the 
final  spermatogonial  division,  as  is  well  known,  are  characterized, 
among  other  things,  by  the  growth-period  and  by  the  formation  of 
the  reduced,  or  haploid,  number  of  chromosomes.  For  distinguishing 
the  different  stages  in  the  prophases,  Davis  ('08)  employed  a  non- 
descriptive  method,  designating  successive  stages  by  the  successive 
letters  of  the  alphabet.  Here  it  seems  advisable  to  use  largely  the 
terminology  introduced  by  Winniwarter  and  by  Gregoire. 

The  telophase  of  the  last  spermatogonial  division  embraces  a  series 
of  processes  similar  to  those  in  the  telophases  of  the  earlier  spermato- 
gonial divisions.  Following  the  telophase,  a  series  of  changes  takes 
place  which  results  eventually  in  the  formation  of  fine  single  threads. 
This  fine-thread  stage  may  be  called  the  leptotene  stage  (Winniwarter, 
'00).  Between  the  telophase  and  the  leptotene  stages  occur  changes 
which  are  of  the  utmost  importance  in  any  attempt  to  solve  the  prob- 
lems of  synapsis  and  the  individuality  of  the  chromosomes.  These 
stages  may  be  called  the  jjreleptotene  stages  (Gregoire,  '07).  There 
may  be  distinguished  an  earlier  (Plate  2,  fig.  23,  24)  and  a  later  (Plate 
3,  fig.  25-27)  preleptotbue  stage. 

When  the  leptotene  threads  are  first  formed,  they  seem  to  be  greatly 


{)2  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

tangled  and  lack  definite  arrangement.  This  condition,  which  may 
be  called  early  leptotene  (fig.  28),  is  followed  by  a  later  leptotene 
(fig.  29),  in  w^hich  the  threads  become  oriented  with  one  end  attached 
at  one  side  (the  polar  side)  of  the  nucleus.  Soon  there  appear  among 
the  single  threads  others  which  are  double  and  twice  the  width  of  the 
single  ones.  The  proportionate  number  of  double  threads  gradually 
increases  until  all  the  threads  appear  double.  The  stage  during  w^hich 
the  doubling  takes  place  (fig.  30,  31)  is  the  zygotene  stage  of  Gregoire 
('07).  When  all  the  threads  have  become  double  the  pachytene  stage 
(Winniwarter,  '00)  has  been  reached  (Plate  3,  fig.  32-34).  This  term 
continues  to  be  applicable  throughout  the  relatively  long  growth- 
period,  and  until  the  spireme  ^  breaks  up  into  the  haploid  number  of 
segments,  which  become  tetrads.  The  number  of  pachytene  threads 
seems  to  be  much  less  than  that  of  the  leptotene  threads. 

The  stages  characterized  by  the  appearance  of  separate  segments  of 
the  spireme  may  be  designated  by  the  term  diplotene  of  Winniwarter 
('00).  This  term  is  used  for  the  sake  of  consistency  with  the  others 
employed,  although  the  conditions  in  Phrynotettix  differ  somewhat 
from  those  described  by  Winniwarter  for  mammals.  He  describes 
the  longitudinal  split  as  disappearing  in  the  pachytene  stages,  on 
account  of  the  threads  becoming  twisted,  and  reappearing  in  the  diplo- 
tene stage.  In  Phrynotettix  the  longitudinal  split  remains  visible 
and  little  or  no  twisting  occurs. 

Soon  after  becoming  independent,  a  second  longitudinal  split  occurs 
in  the  spireme  segments  at  right  angles  to  the  first,  thus  forming 
typical  tetrads,  each  composed  of  four  chromatids  (McCIung,  '00). 
The  first  longitudinal  split,  which  persists  from  the  pachytene  stage, 
may  be  called  the  priviary  split,  and  the  one  at  right  angles  to  it  may 
be  called  the  secondary  split.  From  the  time  of  their  formation  until 
the  succeeding  metaphase,  the  tetrads  undergo  a  gradual  shortening 
and  thickening.  During  this  period  they  pass  through  the  well- 
known  figures,  X's,  K's,  8's,  rings  and  crosses  (Plate  3,  fig.  38).  The 
stage  during  which  these  changes  occur  is  frequently  referred  to  as 
the  diakinesis  stage  (Hacker,  '95*),  but  it  may  be  simpler  to  call  it 
the  postspircine  stage  (Gregoire,  '07),  or  the  tetrad  stage."^ 

The  postspireme  stages  end  with  the  establishment  of  the  tetrad- 

'  The  term  spireme  will  be  used  to  embrace  the  stages  included  under  the  names  leptotene, 
zygotene,  and  pachytene  without,  however,  implying  anything  as  to  the  existence  of  a  con- 
tinuous thread. 

2  I  have  avoided  the  use  of  the  term,  prophase,  in  connection  with  the  postspireme  stages 
because  it  might  properly  be  applied  to  the  whole  series  of  stages  from  the  preleptotene  to  the 
metaphase. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of    PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.        63 

chromosomes  upon  the  mitotic  spindle  of  the  first  spermatocyte  divi- 
sion. The  number  thus  appearing  on  the  spindle  is  twelve  (Plate  4, 
fig.  39).  One  of  them  is  the  accessory  chromosome,  which  is  a  dyad 
and  passes  to  one  pole  undivided  (Plate  4,  fig.  41,  X).  The  eleven 
tetrads  represent  the  other  twenty-two  spermatogonial  chromosomes 
arranged  in  pairs.  One  daughter  cell  of  each  spermatocyte  receives 
eleven  dyads  and  the  other  receives  twelve,  the  additional  one  in  the 
latter  case  being  the  accessory  chromosome. 

In  the  anaphase  all  the  chromosomes  appear  as  V's,  thus  showing 
their  dyad  constitution  (fig.  42  and  43).  Before  this,  in  the  meta- 
phase,  the  separate  chromatids  are  not  discei-nible,  but  early  in  the 
anaphase  they  separate  from  each  other  at  the  end  opposite  that 
which  is  attached  to  the  spindle-fiber,  in  this  way  giving  rise  to  the 
V-shaped  figures.  The  V-shaped  arrangement  persists  until  the 
metaphase  of  the  succeeding  division  is  reached. 

3.  Secondary  spermatocytes. —  The  secondary  spermatocytes  pre- 
sent only  a  short  resting  stage.  For  this  stage,  between  the  formation 
of  the  secondary  spermatocytes  and  their  division,  we  may  employ 
the  term  interkinesis  (intercinese)  proposed  by  Gregoire  ('05).  The 
extent  of  diffusion  reached  by  the  dyads  in  interkinesis  is  much  greater 
than  that  usually  described  for  this  stage,  as  will  be  seen  from  figures 
46  and  47  (Plate  4).  The  djads  reappear  however,  in  the  same 
orientation  and  relative  positions  that  they  had  before  dift'usion. 

In  the  metaphase  the  dyads  show  the  same  double  structure  that 
they  did  in  the  anaphase  of  the  immediately  preceding  division  (Plate 
5,  fig.  50-52).  The  two  monads  composing  each  dyad  are  separated 
from  each  other  in  the  metaphase,  and  in  the  anaphase  are  carried  to 
the  poles  of  the  spindle  (fig.  54).  Half  of  the  secondary  spermato- 
cytes show  in  the  plates  of  the  metaphase  eleven  chromosomes  and 
the  other  half  twelve  chromosomes,  as  was  to  have  been  expected 
owing  to  the  non-division  of  the  monosome  in  the  division  of  the 
primary  spermatocytes.  Figure  50  (Plate  5)  shows  eleven  and 
figure  51  shows  twelve  chromosomes. 

The  term  reductio^ial  will  be  used  to  designate  that  one  of  the  two 
maturation  divisions  which  results  in  the  separation  of  the  chromo- 
somes that  conjugated  in  synapsis.  Correspondingly  the  term  equa- 
tional  will  be  applied  to  the  division  in  which  the  halves  of  whole 
chromosomes  are  separated.  Employing  the  terminology  of  Korschelt 
und  Heider  ('03),  we  may  use  the  terms  prereduction  when  the  first 
maturation  division  is  reductional,  and  postreduction  when  the  second 
division  is  reductional. 


64  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

4.  Spermatids. —  The  spermatids,  daughter  cells  of  the  secondary 
spermatocytes,  undergo  gradual  transformation,  without  further  divi- 
sion, into  the  mature  spermatozoa.  Their  chromosomes  undergo  dis- 
solution, having,  however,  first  formed  a  network  not  unlike  that  found 
in  the  telophase  of  ordinary  mitoses. 

5.  Spermatozoa. —  This  term  is  used,  as  usual,  to  designate  the 
functional  male  gametes  —  the  end  products  of  all  the  preceding 
processes. 

c.     Additional  Features. 

In  Phrynotettix,  as  pointed  out  by  Pinney  ('08),  there  appear  in 
many  of  the  stages  of  spermatogenesis  condensed  and  deeply  staining 
granules  at  the  ends  of  the  chromosomes.  These  granules  are  recog- 
nizable in  the  stages  where  the  greater  part  of  the  chromatin  is  ex- 
tended or  diffuse,  so  that  their  density,  contrasted  with  that  of  the 
rest  of  the  chromatin,  brings  them  into  view.  Figures  8,  10,  12 
(Plate  1)  and  14-20  (Plate  2)  show  them  for  the  spermatogonia; 
figures  28-38  (Plate  3)  for  the  primary  spermatocytes;  figures  45-48 
(Plate  4)  for  the  inter  kinesis  stage,  and  figure  55  (Plate  5),  for  the 
spermatids.  These  granules  appear  at  that  end  of  each  chromo- 
some —  including  the  accessory  —  to  which  the  spindle-fiber  attaches. 
They  were  named  accordingly  by  Miss  Pinney  polar  granules.  In  the 
case  of  certain  clu'omosomes,  as  noted  by  her,  similar  granules  also 
occur  at  the  end  of  the  chromosome  opposite  that  to  which  the  spindle- 
fiber  attaches.  The  chromosomes  are  thus  seen  to  exhibit  polarity 
and  it  will  therefore  be  convenient  to  designate  the  two  ends  by  differ- 
ent terms.  In  the. absence  of  better  terms,  I  shall  call  the  end  to 
which  the  spindle-fiber  attaches  the  proximal  or  synaptic  end,  and  the 
opposite  one  the  distal  end. 

At  various  stages  there  is  a  tendency  for  some  of  the  polar  granules 
to  fuse  together,  as  noted  by  Pinney  '08,  forming  what  I  shall  call 
coviposite  granules.  These  are  to  be  seen  in  the  telophase  and  pro- 
phase of  the  spermatogonia  (Plate  1,  fig.  12;  and  Plate  2,  fig.  14,  16),  in 
the  spireme  stages  of  the  primary  spermatocytes  (Plate  3,  fig.  33-36), 
and  even  in  the  connective-tissue  nuclei  (Plate  9,  fig.  108-110). 
They  are  particularly  noticeable  in  the  pachytene  stages,  for  during 
that  period  quite  large  masses  of  chromatin  may  form  by  the  coales- 
cence of  a  nimiber  of  these  polar  granules.  The  number  of  granules 
making  up  a  composite  granule  is  variable,  but  may  usually  be  de- 
termined by  the  number  of  spireme  threads  attached  to  it.     These 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  65 

sometimes  radiate  out  from  the  composite  granule  like  the  spokes  of  a 
wheel  from  its  hub.  Such  a  stage  corresponds  to  the  bouquet  stage 
of  Eisen  ('00).  At  the  end  of  the  pachytene  stage  the  granules 
composing  the  composites  separate  out  again,  apparently  without 
having  changed  their  identity  (Plate  3,  fig.  35-37). 

The  tendency  of  the  polar  granules  to  remain  on  one  side  of  the 
nucleus  may  be  interpreted  as  evidence  of  a  somewhat  persistent 
polarity  of  the  nucleus  as  a  whole.  It  will  therefore  be  convenient  to 
speak  of  that  region  of  the  nucleus  where  the  majority  of  the  polar 
granules  are  congregated  as  the  ■proximal  pole,  and  the  opposite  side 
as  the  distal  pole,  of  the  nucleus. 

In  my  description  of  the  leptotene  and  zygotene  stages  it  will  have 
been  noticed  that  no  mention  is  made  of  the  contraction,  or  synezesis, 
stage  (McClung  '05).  Such  a  phenomenon  has  not  appeared  in  my 
material  and,  as  has  been  claimed  by  McClung  ('00,  '05),  Davis  ('08) 
and  others,  is  probably  not  normal  in  the  Orthoptera. 

I  shall  use  the  term  synapsis  in  the  same  sense  in  which  it  was 
originally  used  by  Moore  (*95),  that  is,  to  indicate  the  process  of 
coupling  or  conjugation  of  the  chromosomes  of  the  last  spermatogonia 
to  form  those  of  the  jSrst  spermatocyte.  Following  Wilson  ('09),  I 
shall  use  parasynapsis  to  denote  side-by-side  conjugation,  and  telo- 
synapsis  to  denote  end-to-end  conjugation. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  more  accurately  the  history  of  the 
changes  undergone  by  the  chromatin  through  the  successive  stages 
outlined  above,  three  individual  autosome-pairs  have  been  selected 
for  detailed  study.  To  distinguish  them  from  the  other  autosomes, 
I  shall  call  them  the  selected  chromosomes. 


B.     Synapsis. 

a.     The  Postspireme  Stages. 

Of  the  various  methods  by  which  the  diploid  series  of  chromosomes 
could  unite  in  pairs  to  form  the  haploid,  or  reduced,  series,  the  two 
which  have  been  more  frequently  defended  are:  —  (1)  that  by  which 
the  members  of  each  pair  unite  end-to-end  (telosynapsis),  and  (2) 
that  by  which  they  unite  side-by-side  (parasynapsis).  Evidence  in 
favor  of  both  methods  has  been  gained  from  observations  on  orthop- 
teran  material.  The  writer,  without  prejudice  in  favor  of  either  view, 
undertook  to  discover  which  of  these  processes  occurs  in  Phrynotettix. 


66  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Efforts  were  first  directed  to  a  study  of  the  postspireme  stages  in 
the  hope  of  discovering  how  the  segments  of  the  pachytene  spireme 
became  the  tetrads  exhibiting  the  shapes  of  V's,  X's,  8's,  crosses  and 
rings.  Such  a  variety  of  shapes  and  forms  presented  themselves  at 
any  one  of  the  tetrad  stages,  however,  that  it  was  impossible  to  decide 
which  were  the  more  primiti^'e  and  which  the  derived  forms.  Figure 
38,  a-g  (Plate  3);  for  example,  shows  some  of  the  different  shapes  of 
tetrads  seen  in  a  single  stage  and,  indeed,  in  the  same  cyst.  The  only 
method  that  seemed  to  offer  a  means  of  securing  decisive  evidence  on 
the  problem  was  that  of  following  the  history  of  individual  chromo- 
some-pairs through  a  large  number  of  stages.  For  this  purpose  it  was 
necessary  to  find  pairs  which  possessed  individual  characteristics  by 
which  they  could  be  recognized  in  all  the  stages  concerned.  Fortu- 
nately, at  least  three  pairs  were  found  which  fulfilled  these  require- 
ments. For  convenience  in  description  they  have  been  designated 
'M,"  "5,"  and  "C." 

1.  Chromosome-pair  A. —  This  element  was  first  distinguished  in 
the  pachytene  stage,  where  it  is  a  very  deeply  stained  spireme  segment. 
Examples  of  it  are  shown  in  figures  56  and  57,  (Plate  5).  Its  differen- 
tial staining  property  is  so  marked  and  constant  that  it  can  be  recog- 
nized by  this  character  alone  up  to  the  later  postspireme  stages.  But 
there  is  an  additional  means  of  identification.  Like  most  of  the  pachy- 
tene threads,  this  one  normally  makes  a  loop  the  two  ends  of  which 
approach  to,  or  attach  at,  the  proximal  pole  of  the  nucleus  (Plate  5, 
fig.  56).  One  or  both  ends  may  become  free  from  entanglements,  but 
more  frequently  only  one.  In  the  latter  case  the  free  end,  or  if  both 
ends  are  free,  one  of  them,  is  nearly  always  terminated  by  two  knobs, 
of  which  one  is  usually  larger  and  less  deeply  stained  than  the  other 
(Plate  5,  fig.  57.(7;  P'ate  10,  fig.  113).  These  knobs,  I  believe,  may  be 
identified  as  the  polar  granules  described  by  Miss  Pinney  ('08).  But 
in  this  instance,  as  shown  by  numerous  observations,  the  more  promi- 
nent granules  occur  at  the  distal  end  of  the  chromosome  instead  of 
the  proximal  end,  where  they  are  found  on  the  majority  of  the  other 
chromosomes.  That  the  expanded  condition  of  one  of  the  granules 
furnishes  a  means  of  identification,  will  be  apparent  from  an  examina- 
tion of  figure  62  (Plate  6). 

As  an  exceptional  occurrence  these  two  terminal  granules  may  be 
equal  in  size,  neither  one  being  expanded.  In  order  to  test  the  relative 
frequency  of  these  two  conditions,  some  counts  were  made  and 
tabulated  for  both  the  spireme  and  postspireme  stages,  as  follows:  — 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of    PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  67 

Stage  Total  Expanded      Not  expanded     %  Expanded 

Spireme  HI  94  7  93.06 

Postspireme    162  146  16  90.12 


Both  stages    273  240  23  91.26 


"f^ 


It  will  be  seen  from  this  table  that  approximately  90%  (examples 
counted  at  random)  have  one  of  the  granules  in  the  expanded  condi- 
tion. In  the  postspireme  stages  this  peculiarity  appears  less  like  an 
expanded  single  granule  than  as  a  group  of  closely  associated  small 
granules,  typically  three  in  number.  This  condition  will  be  discussed 
more  fully  in  another  place  (p.  112).  In  both  the  spireme  and  the 
postspireme  stages  the  modified  polar  granule  furnishes  a  ready  means 
of  identification  of  chromosome-pair  A,  especially  when  its  staining 
qualities,  already  described,  are  taken  into  consideration.  The  con- 
stant relative  size  of  A  in  the  tetrad  stages  is  also  a  help  in  identifica- 
tion. 

Figure  62  (Plate  6)  indicates  clearly  the  processes  by  which  the 
spireme  loop  becomes  first  transformed  into  a  typical  tetrad,  and  then 
condensed  to  a  metaphase  chromosome.  From  the  zygotene  stage 
onward,  there  is  a  gradual  shortening  of  the  spireme  loops  or  segments. 
The  later  stages  of  this  process  are  to  be  seen  in  figure  62.  Through- 
out the  pachytene  stage  the  spireme  loops  exhibit  a  median  longi- 
tudinal cleft,  usually  referred  to  as  the  longitudinal  split.  I  shall  call 
this  the  primary  longitudinal  split.  Occasionally  paired  granules,  or 
chromomeres,  appear  to  be  fused  together,  but  as  a  general  rule,  the 
split  is  continuous  throughout  the  length  of  the  loop.  In  my  opinion 
this  so-called  longitudinal  split  is  really  the  space  between  two  spireme 
(leptotene)  threads  which  have  conjugated  side-by-side.  Fm-ther  evi- 
dence for  this  belief  will  be  presented  later. 

Figure  62,  c,  indicates  the  first  step  in  the  process  of  forming  the 
four  chromatids  of  the  tetrad.  A  second  longitudinal  split,  at  right 
angles  to  the  first  or  primary  split,  begins  at  the  proximal  end  (upper 
end  in  the  figures)  of  the  free  spireme  segment  (fig.  62,  c)  and  gradually 
proceeds  toward  the  distal  (lower)  end  (fig.  62,  c-c).  It  will  be  seen 
from  these  figures  that  as  the  separation  produced  by  the  secondary 
split  proceeds  distally,  the  separated  chromatids  at  the  same  time 
reunite  along  the  plane  of  the  primary  split.  The  separation  due  to 
the  secondary  split  gradually  increases  until  the  diverging  pairs  of 
chromatids  extend  in  opposite  directions,  thus  forming  a  rod-like 
element  the  two  ends  of  which  correspond  to  the  proximal  pole  of  the 


68  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

original  spireme  segment,  and  its  middle  point  to  the  distal  pole.  The 
rod-shaped  tetrad  becomes  oriented  in  the  spindle  of  the  first  matura- 
tion division  with  its  long  axis  parallel  to  the  spindle-axis,  and  at 
metaphase  separates  in  the  middle.  In  other  words,  the  plane  of  the 
secondary  split  becomes  the  plane  of  the  first  maturation  division, 
which  is  therefore  equational.  If  now  we  may  assume  that  the  longi- 
tudinally split  spireme  segment  has  represented  a  pair  of  chromatin- 
threads  which  had  conjugated  side-by-side  throughout  their  length, 
the  plane  of  the  primary  split  must  be  the  plane  of  the  reductional 
division,  which  becomes  effective  in  the  second  spermatocyte  mitosis. 

The  tetrad  A  also  forms  rings,  as  shown  in  figure  62,  j,  k,  I  (Plate  6). 
I  have  not  been  able  to  trace  these  rings  into  the  metaphase  to  de- 
termine their  orientation  on  the  spindle,  and  furthermore  I  am  quite 
uncertain  whether  the  ring  shape  persists  as  far  as  the  metaphase. 
Most  of  the  metaphase  figures  show  one  tetrad  in  the  form  of  a  rod 
with  its  axis  parallel  to  the  spindle-axis,  and  with  a  constriction  in  the 
middle,  as  shown  in  figure  62,  i  and  figure  79,  A  (Plate  7).  Sometimes 
two  or  more  rod-shaped  tetrads  are  to  be  seen  in  the  same  spindle 
and  with  the  same  orientation.  However,  one  of  them  is  alwavs  in  a 
more  advanced  stage  of  division  than  the  others,  and  I  have  been  in- 
clined to  identify  this  precocious  one  with  tetrad  A.  Figure  62,  c-t, 
indicates  that  such  a  conclusion  is  justified.  Since  the  straight-rod 
condition  is  so  characteristic  of  the  metaphase,  it  may  be  that  the 
rings  also  become  transformed  into  straight  rods  by  the  time  the 
metaphase  is  reached. 

The  rings  seem  to  have  been  formed  either  by  a  failure  of  the  proxi- 
mal ends  to  separate  during  the  formation  of  the  secondary  longi- 
tudinal split,  or  by  a  secondary  union  of  these  ends,  i.  e.  after  the  split 
had  begun.  For  example,  if  a  tetrad  in  the  condition  of  figure  62,  c, 
has  the  secondary  split  completed  without  the  separation  of  the  proxi- 
mal ends,  a  ring  would  result.  So  also  would  a  ring  be  formed  by  a 
secondary  union  of  the  two  proximal  ends  of  a  stage  such  as  is  seen  in 
figure  62,  d  or  e.  In  either  event  the  region  within  the  ring  would 
represent  the  space  formed  as  a  result  of  the  secondary  longitudinal 
split.  If  the  chromatids  should  now  begin  to  separate  at  the  proxi- 
mal end  along  the  plane  of  the  primary  split,  as  seems  to  be  indicated 
in  figure  62,  k  and  /,  and  if  this  process  should  be  continued  until  a 
metaphase  chromosome  such  as  that  shown  in  i  is  produced,  there  is 
every  reason  to  believe  that  it  would  result  in  a  separation  of  the 
original  conjugants  of  the  pair,  and  therefore  constitute  a  reductional 
division.     On  the  other  hand,  it  is  possible  that  the  separation  along 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  6^ 

the  plane  of  the  primary  split  is  never  completed,  but  that  the  chroma- 
tids again  become  separated  at  the  proximal  end,  assuming  the  forms 
shown  at /to  i,  figure  62,  and  that  the  first  division  is  therefore  always 
equational.  However,  the  possibility  of  an  occasional  reductional 
division  as  a  result  of  the  ring-formation  must  be  taken  into  considera- 
tion. 

2.  Chromosome-pair  B.  Figure  63  (Plate  6)  presents  a  series  of 
stages  for  B  corresponding  to  those  in  figure  62  for  A.  This  series  of 
stages  of  B  supports  the  conclusions  reached  from  a  study  of  A  in 
regard  to:  —  (1)  a  probable  parallel,  association  in  the  pachytene 
stages  of  pairs  of  threads,  each  representing  individual  chromosomes; 
(2)  the  formation  of  the  tetrad  by,  first,  a  separation  along  the  plane 
of  conjugation  (?".  e.,  the  primary  longitudinal  split)  and,  secondly, 
by  a  splitting  of  each  of  the  original  conjugants  (the  secondary  longi- 
tudinal split) ;  and  (3),  as  a  result,  an  equational  division  of  the  tetrada 
at  the  first  division. 

This  chromosome-pair  (B)  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  large 
and  well-marked  polar  granules  at  both  ends  and  by  a  similar  large 
granule  not  far  from  the  middle,  though  always  somewhat  nearer  the 
distal  end.  Leaving  aside  the  formation  of  rings,  the  chief  difference 
in  behavior  between  A  and  B  is  that  jn  the  former  the  plane  along 
which  the  greatest  separation  takes  place  before  metaphase  is  that  of 
the  secondary  longitudinal  split,  while  in  the  latter  the  greatest  separa- 
tion takes  place  along  the  plane  of  the  primary  split.  This  results 
in  A  becoming  extended  in  the  direction  of  the  spindle-axis,  as  already 
described,  while  B  becomes  extended  at  right  angles  to  this  axis.  In 
the  latter  case  the  separation  along  the  plane  of  the  primary  split  does 
not  become  complete  at  the  expense  of  the  separation  along  the  plane 
of  the  secondary  split,  but  the  latter  separation  persists  for  a  short 
distance,  giving  rise  to  a  cross  with  unequal  arms  (fig.  63,  g,  h).  The 
short  arms  terminate  in  the  proximal  or  synaptic  ends  of  the  chroma- 
tids, while  the  longer  arms  terminate  in  the  distal  ends. 

However,  these  differences  in  behavior  between  A  and  B  are  not 
fundamental,  since  the  final  result,  an  equational  division,  is  the  same 
in  both  cases.  But  they  are  indications  of  the  individual  peculiarities 
of  these  elements.  It  should  also  be  pointed  out  that  such  differences 
could  easily  be  misinterpreted,  if  only  parts  of  the  histories  of  the 
pairs  were  known. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  the  drawings  of  the  series  shown  in 
figure  63  were  all  taken  from  sections  of  a  single  testis.  In  searching- 
for  the  same  element  in  other  individuals,  I  was  surprised  to  find  the 


70  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

condition  shown  in  figure  64,  a-h.  In  this  series  are  found  the  same 
differentiating  characters  that  have  ah-eady  been  described  for  B, 
except  that  one  member  of  the  large  pair  of  granules  at  the  distal  end 
is  lacking.  In  other  words,  we  have  to  do  here  with  a  pair,  composed 
of  unequal  elements,  which  differs  from  its  homologue  in  another 
individual,  composed  of  equal  elements,  by  the  absence  of  a  definite 
part  of  one  of  the  components.  Examination  of  all  the  thirteen 
individuals  demonstrated  that  eleven  of  them  possessed  this  second 
or  unequal  type,  while  only  two  showed  the  equal  type. 

If  there  could  have  been  any  doubt  about  the  sequence  of  events 
in  the  transformation  of  a  spireme  segment  into  a  tetrad  and  the  sub-' 
sequent  equational  division  in  the  case  of  chromosome-pair  A  or  the 
equal  type  of  B,  the  beha^•ior  of  this  unequal  type  of  B,  as  shown  in 
figure  64,  must  certainly  make  the  subject  clear.  In  this  instance, 
on  account  of  the  difference  between  the  two  members,  it  is  possible 
to  identify  them  in  such  a  way  that  there  can  be  no  question  as  to  the 
two  planes  of  longitudinal  splitting.  The  figures  have  in  all  cases 
been  made  with  great  care  with  the  aid  of  a  camera  lucida  and  are 
faithful  reproductions  of  the  conditions  seen  under  the  microscope  so 
far  as  they  can  be  represented  by  the  method  of  reproduction  used. 

In  the  early  stages  of  the  transformation  of  the  spireme  segments 
into  tetrads,  the  separate  chromatids  are  not  distinguishable  through- 
out the  whole  length  of  the  segment.  This  is  due  in  part  to  a  closer 
association  of  the  chromati<^ls  anfl  in  part  to  the  fact  that  one  of  the 
longitudinal  splits  becomes  more  pronounced  at  one  end  and  the  other 
split  at  the  other  end  of  the  tetrad.  Somewhere  between  the  ends, 
therefore,  there  is  a  crossing  or  apparent  chiasma.  At  the  point 
of  the  crossing  the  chromatids  at  first  appear  to  be  fused  together 
(figs.  63,  d  and  64,  d).  Very  soon,  however,  the  confusion  disappears, 
the  chromatids  become  distinct,  and  their  relationships  easily  discerni- 
ble, as  shown  in  figures  68,  r,  and  64,  r.  In  botli  these  cases  the  wide 
separation  at  the  proximal  end  has  been  along  the  plane  of  the  second- 
ary longitudinal  split,  and  that  at  the  distal  end  along  the  plane  of 
the  primary  split.  The  resulting  crossing,  or  apparent  chiasma,  is 
a  perfectly  normal  and  natural  result  of  these  processes  and  indicates 
nothing  in  the  wa^^  of  a  breaking  or  recombining  of  the  parts  of 
chromatids. 

3.  Chromosome-pair  C. —  Figure  65  (Plate  6)  shows  one  form  of 
the  third  of  the  three  selected  chromosome-pairs.  In  this  case  the 
two  components  are  very  unequal  in  size,  one  of  them  possessing  a 
very  large,  condensed  mass,  or  granule,  of  chromatin  at  its  distal  end, 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  71 

while  the  other  has  none.  It  will  be  noticed  (fig.  65,  b,  c)  that  the 
details  of  the  two  components  are  quite  homologous  up  to  the  large 
distal  granule,  and  that  the  point  of  attachment  of  this  large  granule 
seems  to  correspond  to  the  distal  end  of  the  smaller  component.  These 
considerations  would  lead  us  to  suppose  that  here,  too,  as  in  the  un- 
equal type  of  B,  the  difference  between  the  members  of  the  pair  may  be 
due  to  the  loss  by  one  of  them  of  a  definite  part  possessed  by  the  other. 
In  this  case,  however,  no  such  equal  pair  has  been  found  as  occurs  in 
B  when  both  members  possess  the  part  in  question.  The  side-by-side 
association  of  the  members  of  this  pair  is  as  evident  as  it  was  for  A 
and  B  and  the  relations  of  the  two  longitudinal  splits  are  the  same. 

In  regard  to  the  mode  of  distribution  of  tetrad  parts  in  the  first 
maturation  division,  however,  we  meet  in  this  case  a  curious  exception 
to  the  general  rule.  This  pair  divides  equationally,  as  shown  in 
figure  65,  h-j;  but  it  sometimes  divides  reductionally  as  shown  at 
k-m,  same  figure.  From  casual  inspection  it  appeared  that  the  divi- 
sion occurred  as  frequently  in  the  one  manner  as  in  the  other.  But 
in  order  to  test  the  relative  frequencies  of  the  two  methods,  928  cases 
chosen  at  random  were  counted  and  it  was  found  that  of  this  number 
472,  or  50.8%,  were  in  process  of  reductional  division,  while  456,  or 
49.2%,  were  dividing  equationally.  It  would  seem  from  these  counts 
that  the  method  by  which  the  tetrad  divides  is  a  matter  of  mere 
chance.  This  is  the  more  apparent  when  we  take  into  consideration 
the  fact,  brought  out  by  extended  observations,  that  the  two  methods 
occurred  side-by-side  in  the  same  cysts.  It  may  be  that  the  shape  or 
position  of  the  tetrad  when  it  is  first  brought  under  the  influence  of 
the  mitotic  spindle  determines  the  mode  of  division. 

The  fact  that  this  unequal  pair  divided  in  the  first  division  reduc- 
tionally a  part  of  the  time  made  it  possible  to  study  the  distribution 
of  the  two  conjugants  with  reference  to  the  accessory  chromosome, 
which  goes  to  one  pole  undivided.  It  was  soon  found  that  either 
member  of  the  pair  could  accompany  the  accessory  into  the  second- 
ary spermatocytes.  Consequently  counts  were  made  to  determine 
whether  the  two  kinds  of  distribution  occurred  with  anything  like 
equal  frequency.  Out  of  421  cases  counted  at  random  216,  or  51.3%, 
were  found  to  show  the  larger  member  going  to  the  same  pole  as  the 
accessory  (Plate  10,  fig.  121,  C),  while  in  205,  or  48.7%,  of  the  cases 
the  srnaller  member  was  going  with  the  accessory  to  the  same  pole  (fig. 
120,  C) .  These  results  seem  to  furnish  a  good  example  of  chance  dis- 
tribution of  clu-omosomes  at  maturation. 

The  behavior  of  these  three  selected  clu-omosome-pairs,  as  described 


72  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

above  in  detail,  seems  to  me  to  establish  very  definitely  that  the 
association  of  paired  eliromosomes  in  the  pachytene  stages  is  one  in 
which  the  members  lie  side-by-side  throughout  their  entire  length, 
and  therefore  exliibit  parasynapsis.  I  should  further  add  that  while 
I  have  not  singled  out  any  other  members  of  the  complex  for  individual 
study,  a  careful  analysis  of  the  other  spireme  segments  and  the  deriva- 
tive tetrads  indicates  that  the  condition  of  parasynapsis  is  realized 
for  the  entire  series.  I  was  thus  able  to  analyze  the  stages  of  the 
complex  as  a  whole  after  following  the  history  of  the  selected  indi- 
vidual pairs,  whereas  previously  I  was  unable  to  reach  a  definite 
conclusion. 

As  to  the  method  of  division  in  the  first  spermatocytes,  the  evidence 
presented  indicates  that  B,  always,  and  A,  in  most  cases,  divide  equa- 
tionally,  while  C  divides  either  reductionally  or  equationally  and  with 
equal  frequency  by  each  method.  My  study  of  the  other  tetrads 
leads  me  to  think  that,  as  a  general  rule,  they  divide  equationally  in 
the  first  division.  Where  the  first  division  is  equational  the  second 
is  regarded  as  reductional,  and  we  therefore  have  postreduction. 
The  general  rule  has  its  exceptions,  however,  as  already  noted  in  the 
case  of  C  and  possibly  sometimes  in  the  case  of  A. 


b.  The  Conjugation  of  Chromosomes. 

1.  The  formation  of  leptotcne  threads. —  The  evidence  for  para- 
synapsis derived  from  a  study  of  the  postspireme  stages,  as  presented 
in  the  preceding  paragraphs,  has  not  embraced  the  actual  process  of 
conjugation;  and  it  therefore  remains  to  be  demonstrated  that  a 
side-by-side  conjugation  does  take  place.  But  it  is  even  more  im- 
portant to  show  that  the  conjugants  are  actually  chromosomes,  the 
morphological  descendants  of  the  telophase  chromosomes  of  the  final 
spermatogonial  division.  Figure  21  (Plate  2)  shows  a  side  view  and 
figure  22  a  transverse  (optical)  section  through  the  chromosomes  of 
cells  nearing  the  end  of  the  telophase  of  the  last  spermatogonial  divi- 
sion. The  side  view  shows  the  chromosomes  already  partly  diffused, 
but  each  one  occupies  a  definite  territory,  so  that  there  is  no  question 
as  to  their  persistent  individuality,  except  for  the  coalescence  of  some 
of  the  polar  granules.  But,  as  I  shall  point  out  later,  the  polar  gran- 
ules do  not  necessarily  lose  their  identity  when  they  unite  into  the 
compound  masses.  The  optical  section,  figure  22,  shows  even  more 
plainly  the  persistent  individuality  of  the  chromosomes  up  to  this 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  73 

point,  for  there  still  can  be  seen  the  remnants  of  the  vesicular  walls 
which  surrounded  each  chromosome  in  the  earlier  telophase. 

There  are  21  of  these  chromatin-masses,  or  "blocs"  (Janssens,  '01), 
shown  in  this  optical  section,  and  that  is  sufficiently  close  to  the  total 
number,  23,  to  indicate  that  all  the  chromosomes  are  still  independent, 
except  for  the  union  at  the  polar  ends,  as  already  mentioned. 

In  figure  21  it  will  be  noticed  that  the  diffusing  chromatin  is  dis- 
posed roughly  in  the  form  of  spirals.  Figures  23  to  29  indicate  what 
becomes  of  these  spirals  in  the  " blocs"  of  chromatin.  I  am  not  quite 
sure  of  the  exact  succession  of  stages  here,  but  believe  they  are  about 
as  shown  in  the  successive  figures.  It  is  possible  that  figures  23  and 
24  —  which  are  side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively,  of  the  same 
stage  —  are  no  earlier  than  the  stages  shown  in  figure  25  (Plate  3). 
However  that  may  be,  the  evidence  seems  to  indicate  that  each  of  the 
blocs  at  stages  such  as  those  shown  in  figures  21  and  22  gives  rise  to  a 
single  fine  thread,  at  first  much  coiled  but  later  much  elongated. 

The  side  view  shown  in  figure  23  is  at  a  stage  the  casual  examination 
of  which  might  lead  one  to  suppose  that  the  chromatin  was  in  a  hope- 
less tangle  without  any  definite  arrangement  whatever.  But  careful 
focussing  and  patient  study  revealed  what  I  have  tried  to  show  in 
figure  23,  viz.,  that  the  chromatin  is  still  disposed,  for  the  most  part, 
in  separate  blocs,  but  that  a  very  much  coiled  and  convoluted  thread 
is  forming  within  each  one  of  these  territories.  Some  have  unraveled 
to  a  considerable  extent,  and  have  become  extended  in  various  direc- 
tions through  the  nuclear  sap.  But  each  seems  to  be  a  continuous 
thread,  despite  some  tendency  for  the  ragged  edges  at  times  to  be 
connected  with  adjacent  threads.  In  the  optical  section  of  this  stage 
(fig.  24)  it  will  be  seen  that  the  blocs  have  remained  in  place  and 
separate  from  each  other  for  the  most  part,  though  some  anastomosis 
of  the  linin  fibers  has  taken  place  at  the  periphery  of  the  blocs.  On  the 
other  hand,  there  are  still  some  remnants  of  the  previously  existing 
vesicular  walls,  as  shown  in  the  left  side  of  the  figure.  When  one 
focusses  up  and  down  on  such  a  cell,  it  is  possible  to  follow  in  some  cases 
the  tliread  which  is  differentiating  out  of  the  net-like  structure  of  each 
bloc,  but  in  optical  section  the  reticulum  is  more  apparent  than  the 
continuous  thread.  The  section  shows  nineteen  blocs,  which  number 
is  not  far  from  the  somatic  number  of  chromosomes  (23).  Figures 
23  and  24  represent  what  I  have  called  the  preleptotene  stage. 

At  the  stage  shown  in  figure  25  (Plate  3),  which  I  believe  to  be 
slightly  more  advanced  than  the  one  in  figures  23  and  24,  the  amount 
of  anastomosis  between  adjacent  chromatic  elements  seems  consid- 


74  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

erably  greater  than  in  the  stage  last  described.  The  anastomosis  is 
to  be  seen  more  particularly  at  the  sides  of  figure  25.  Through  the 
middle  of  this  figure  the  individual  spiral  threads  seem  to  be  more 
easily  distinguishable,  and  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  the  two  which 
stain  more  deeply  than  the  others  are  the  members  of  the  A  pair  of 
chromosomes.  The  stages  including  and  following  this  reticular 
stage  are  hard  to  represent  in  a  drawing  of  the  kind  employed,  owing 
to  the  difficulty  of  portraying  in  their  natural  relations  the  parts  seen 
at  different  planes  of  focus.  Careful  study  has  always  convinced  me, 
however,  that  the  uncoiling  and  elongating  threads  are  single,  con- 
tinuous, and  not  united  into  an  indiscriminate  network.  I  have 
selected  in  figm-es  26  and  27  views  favorable  for  di'awing  where  some 
of  the  threads,  at  least,  are  definitely  separate  and  continuous  across 
the  diameter  of  the  nucleus. 

At  the  stage  represented  in  figure  28  (Plate  3)  the  unwinding  of  the 
coiled  threads  has  been  completed,  but  the  threads  have  as  yet  no 
definite  orientation.  At  the  somewhat  later  leptotene  stage  shown  in 
figure  29  the  threads  are  finer  and  less  homogenous  than  in  the  earlier 
stage,  the  substance  of  the  thread  seeming  to  have  become  more 
distinctly  differentiated  into  a  linin  fiber  and  cliromatic  granules,  the 
latter  scattered  at  irregular  intervals  along  the  fiber.  Moreover,  in 
this  later  stage  the  threads  appear  to  be  definitely  oriented,  with  one 
end  attached  at  the  proximal  pole  of  the  nucleus.  The  threads  then 
take  a  course  thi'ough  the  center  of  the  nucleus  or  near  its  periphery, 
extending  wholly  or  partly  across  and  then  turning  back  with  a  wide 
curve. 

2.  The  zygotene  stages. —  In  figure  30  (Plate  3)  some  of  the  threads 
are  double,  others  are  single,  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  decide  from 
a  casual  examination  of  this  stage  alone  whether  or  not  the  double 
threads  had  arisen  by  a  splitting  of  the  single  ones.  In  the  case  of 
one  or  two  of  the  double  threads,  however,  as  may  be  seen  at  the  left 
side  of  the  nucleus,  the  double  condition  does  not  continue  throughout 
the  whole  length,  but  towards  the  distal  end  of  the  nucleus  the  thread 
is  seen  to  branch  into  two  single  threads.  I  interpret  tliis  branching 
thread  as  one  in  which  the  parallel  conjugation  has  not  yet  been 
completed.  Another  instance  of  the  same  kind  may  be  seen  in  figure 
31,  which  represents  a  stage  somewhat  more  advanced  than  that  of 
figure  30.  These  appearances  lead  me  to  believe  that  conjugation 
begins  at  the  side  of  the  nucleus  corresponding  to  the  proximal  ends 
of  the  leptotene  threads,  and  proceeds  gradually  toward  their  distal 
ends.     It  is  further  evident  from  these  figures  that  conjugation  is 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  75 

not  a  simultaneous  process  for  all  the  chromosome-pairs,  but  that 
it  is  a  gradual  process,  some  conjugating  earlier  than  others.  Just 
how  the  members  of  the  different  pairs  are  enabled  to  select  their 
mates  is  a  very  puzzling  question,  but  probably  the  stretching  and 
orientation  of  the  threads  as  shown  in  figure  29  might  facilitate  this 
process.  That  some  of  the  pairs  conjugate  quite  early,  is  shown  in 
figure  30,  where  it  may  be  seen  that  in  selected  pair  B  conjugation  is 
complete.  In  figure  27,  which  is  of  a  very  much  earlier  stage,  there 
are  to  be  seen  two  of  the  still  hazily  defined  threads  lying  side-by-side. 
They  are  similar  enough  in  their  constitution  to  be  regarded  as  the 
two  members  of  a  pair,  and  it  would  not  be  surprising  if  conjugation 
should  begin  at  a  stage  as  early  as  this. 

As  an  additional  detail  it  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  bead-like 
granules  which  are  strung  along  the  threads  of  the  leptotene  and 
zygotene  stages  are  not  always  of  exactly  equal  size  in  the  two  con- 
jugating elements.  Tn  figure  58  (Plate  5)  the  example  of  chromo- 
some-pair B  well  illustrates  the  disparity  in  size  between  the  two 
members  of  some  of  the  pairs  of  granules.  This  condition  may  well 
answer  the  criticisms  of  those  who  hold  that  the  accuracy  with  which 
the  granules  are  paired  could  be  accounted  for  only  on  the  assump- 
tion that  they  arose  by  a  splitting  of  single  granules  into  equal  parts. 
I  am  able  to  show  in  this  case  that  the  members  of  each  pair  of  granules 
are  not  always  of  equal  size. 

3.  The  pachytene  stages. — ■  Figures  32  and  33  (Plate  3)  are  of  early 
pachytene  stages.  It  sometimes  happens  that  even  at  such  stages 
there  may  remain  one  or  two  pairs  of  threads  that  are  not  fully  conju- 
gated, though  I  have  not  added  a  drawing  of  such  a  condition.  In  the 
case  of  some  of  the  pachytene  threads  of  figure  32,  complete  loops  have 
been  formed,  both  ends  being  attached  at  the  polar  region.  The 
formation  of  such  loops  is  not  necessarily  the  rule,  however,  as  has 
been  indicated  already  in  connection  with  the  spireme  loops  of  the 
selected  chromosome-pairs  (fig.  56-61,  Plate  5).  In  figure  33  a  scat- 
tered arrangement  of  the  polar  granules  is  to  be  seen,  though  they  have 
coalesced  to  form  several  composite  granules.  Figure  34,  of  a  later 
pachytene,  exhibits  one  of  the  large  composite  granules.  Figures 
35-37  indicate  how  the  composite  granules  break  up  into  their  com- 
ponent polar  granules.  A  comparison  of  the  examples  of  chromo- 
some-pair B  in  figures  30  and  35  will  indicate  the  extent  of  the  process 
of  gradual  shortening  which  takes  place  during  the  pachytene  stages. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  the  line  of  separation  between  the  threads 
which  have  conjugated  (i.  e.,  the  primary  longitudinal  split)  remains 
visible  throughout  the  pachytene  stages. 


76  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

C.    The  Individuality  of  the  Chromosomes. 
a.   The  selected  Chromosome  Pairs. 

The  method  adopted  in  the  study  of  the  subject  of  synapsis  —  that 
of  following  the  history  of  individual  chromosome-pairs  —  has  natu- 
rally led  to  a  consideration  of  the  subject  of  the  individuality  of  the 
chromosomes,  that  is,  their  persistence  as  morphological  entities 
tlirough  all  the  stages  of  nuclear  activity.  I  have  already  attempted 
to  demonstrate  that  each  of  the  chromosomes  of  the  last  sperma- 
togonial  division  gives  rise  to  a  single  leptotene  thread  and  that  these 
single  threads  conjugate  two-by-two  in  the  zygotene  stage.  It  will 
be  more  convincing,  however,  if  we  can  follow  some  particular  chromo- 
some-pair through  these  difficult  stages. 

1.  Chromosome-pair  A. —  As  the  chief  characteristic  by  which  the 
chromosome-pair  A  could  be  recognized  in  the  pachytene  and  later 
stages  of  the  first  spermatocytes,  I  have  already  described  its  great 
density  and  staining  capacity.  If  there  is  a  persistence  of  individual 
chromosomes  from  the  spermatogonia  to  the  spermatocytes,  we  should 
expect  to  find  in  the  former  a  pair  of  chromosomes  exhibiting  th(  same 
peculiarities  that  the  pair  did  in  the  later  generation.  Such  a  pair 
can,  indeed,  be  found  in  the  telophases  not  only  of  the  last  spermato- 
gonia! division  but  of  the  earlier  spermatogonia  as  well.  Figures  66 
and  67  (Plate  6)  show  such  pairs  of  chromosomes  more  deeply  stained 
than  their  fellows.  Figure  66  shows  one  of  the  earlier  generations  of 
spermatogonia,  as  is  indicated  by  the  vesicular  condition  of  the  ac- 
cessory chromosome,  and  figure  67  represents  a  telophase  of  the  last 
spermatogonial  division,  as  is  shown  by  the  condensed  accessory  at 
this  stage. 

It  is  difficult  to  follow  all  the  changes  that  these  chromosomes 
undergo  in  their  transformation  into  pachytene  tlu'eads,  but  I  believe 
that  most  of  the  stages  are  represented  in  the  series  of  drawings, 
figures  67-78.  Figure  67  corresponds  to  a  stage  midway  between 
those  shown  in  figures  21  and  23  (Plate  2).  Figure  68  is  of  a  stage 
corresponding  very  closely  to  that  in  figure  25  (Plate  3).  In  figures 
68  and  25,  two  bands  or  "blocs"  of  chromatin  can  be  seen  which  are 
more  deeply  stained  than  the  other  chromatin-blocs.  The  accessory 
chromosome  is  distinguishable  by  its  characteristic  density  and  its 
position  at  the  periphery  of  the  nucleus.  The  polar  granules  are  also 
distinguishable.     The  chromatin  in  these  darker  blocs   {A  in  both 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  77 

figures  67  and  68)  shows  a  more  or  less  well-defined  spiral  condition. 
This  spiral  is  better  shown  in  figure  69,  where  it  is  more  unravelled. 
Very  soon  after  the  process  of  uncoiling  gives  rise  to  the  leptotene 
threads,  stages  in  conjugation  may  be  seen.  Figure  70  shows  an  early 
leptotene  stage  with  two  threads  which  stain  more  deeply  than  the 
others,  having  conjugated  as  far  as  they  can  be  traced  in  this  particular 
section.  I  think  we  may  identify  these  denser  threads  as  the  members 
of  the  chromosome-pair  A. 

The  two  sides  of  figure  70  are  drawn  differently.  The  left  side  is 
diagrammatic  and  is  intended  to  represent  the  apparent  entanglement 
of  the  leptotene  threads.  On  the  right  side  an  attempt  has  been  made 
to  follow  individual  threads.  Careful  study  makes  it  evident  that 
the  tlireads,  instead  of  anastomosing,  as  they  appear  to  do  when  one 
makes  only  a  superficial  examination  of  them,  are  really  continuous 
and  distinct  for  certain  distances.  The  difficulty  in  following  in- 
dividual threads  is  due  to  the  fact  that  after  the  early  leptotene  stage 
the  chromatin  collects  into  chromomeres,  which  are  strung  along  a 
linin  fiber,  so  fine  and  stainless  in  some  places  that  it  is  scarcely  trace- 
able. When  two  such  fibers  cross  each  other  in  close  proximity  it  is 
sometimes  almost  impossible  to  trace  the  independent  courses  of  the 
two  in  the  region  of  the  apparent  intersection. 

There  is  less  difficulty,  however,  in  tracing  the  threads  of  ^.  At  the 
stage  shown  in  figure  71  —  which  corresponds  with  that  in  figure  29 
(Plate  3)  the  threads  are  very  fine  and  well  oriented.  In  this  nucleus 
there  can  be  seen  a  loop  of  heavier  threads  (A),  which  have  the  ap- 
pearance of  being  two,  loosely  wrapped  around  each  other.  The  ac- 
cessory, as  shown  at  X,  also  forms  a  he^vy  spireme  loop  at  this  stage, 
but  it  is  so  much  heavier  than  the  one  described  that  there  can  be  no 
confusion  between  the  two.  The  deeply  staining  loop  of  interlaced 
threads  I  interpret  to  be  the  spireme  of  the  chromosome-pair  A.  In 
figure  73  is  shown  an  yl-spireme  which  has  not  completed  its  conjuga- 
tion. It  will  be  noticed  that  of  the  other  threads  in  this  nucleus 
some  are  double  and  some  are  single;  and,  furthermore,  that  the 
double  ones  are  twice  the  width  of  the  single  ones.  In  figure  74  the 
spiremes  of  the  pair  A  have  completely  conjugated,  though  the  general 
appearance  of  the  cell  indicates  that  the  stage  is  no  further  advanced 
than  that  shown  in  figure  73.  Figures  75-78  (Plate  7)  show  the  pair 
A  in  various  stages  of  conjugation  at  stages  closely  corresponding  to 
those  shown  in  figures  73  and  74. 

I  have  already  traced  the  pair  A  from  the  pachytene  stage  to  the 
metaphase  of  the  first  spermatocyte  division,  so  that  it  now  remains  to 


78  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

examine  only  the  stages  following  that  division.  Figure  80  (Plate  7) 
shows  a  telophase  of  the  first  spermatocyte  division  as  seen  when 
looljing  from  the  equator  toward  the  centrosome.  There  are  eleven 
dyads  here,  and  since  the  whole  number  could  easily  be  counted,  the 
accessory  is  not  present.  One  of  these  dyads  is  more  deeply  stained 
than  the  others,  and,  judging  from  its  size  relations,  I  think  we  may 
identify  this  dyad  as  one  from  chromosome-pair  A.  This  conclusion 
receives  still  stronger  support  from  figures  81  et  seq.  Figure  81  is  of  a 
stage  slightly  later  than  the  one  in  figure  80,  and  here  we  can  see  the 
dyad  A  in  addition  to  the  accessory  dyad,  which  is  less  deeply  stained 
than  the  others  and  is  surrounded  by  a  well-defined  clear  space,  as 
indicated  by  the  dotted  line.  In  figure  82  is  drawn  a  telophase  in 
which  the  dyad  A  is  shown  in  both  the  daughter  cells.  From  these 
figures  (80-82)  it  is  apparent  that  this  element  cannot  be  confused 
with  the  accessory  at  these  stages.  In  figures  83  and  84,  however,  it  is 
less  easy  to  distinguish  between  them.  But  a  long  and  careful  study 
has  convinced  me  that  the  accessory,  having  early  passed  through  a 
stage  of  greatest  diffusion,  soon  becomes  condensed,  while  the  other 
dyads  are  undergoing  dissolution.  Dyad  A,  on  the  other  hand,  at 
first  remains  more  condensed  than  the  others  and  then  gradually  be- 
comes diffused  like  them.  Figure  83  shows  an  early  interkinesis  stage 
in  which  the  large  accessory  dyad  (X)  is  more  condensed  than  that 
shown  in  figure  81,  but  where  dyad  A  is  still  more  dense.  In  figure  84, 
which  is  of  a  stage  not  much  further  advanced,  the  accessory  is  seen 
to  be  the  most  condensed  dyad  (X),  whereas  A  has  gone  far  toward  its 
stage  of  diffusion  corresponding  to  that  of  the  other  chromosomes. 
That  the  accessory  remains  condensed  throughout  interkinesis  is 
further  shown  in  figures  46  and  48  (Plate  4).  Figure  48  further  shows 
that  in  the  prophase  of  the  second  spermatocyte  the  A  dyad  condenses 
earlier  than  any  other  dyads  except  that  of  the  accessory. 

It  was  impossible  to  trace  the  A  dyad  into  the  metaphase  of  the 
secondary  spermatocyte,  but  in  the  telophase  it  may  again  be  recog- 
nized by  its  characteristic  deeper  staining  and  by  its  size  relations. 
In  figure  55  (Plate  5),  which  is  a  polar  view  of  such  a  telophase,  three 
deeply  staining  chromatic  masses  are  shown.  The  larger  one  (X)  is 
probably  the  accessory,  the  next  in  size,  the  monad  of  A,  and  the 
smallest,  a  monad  of  B  (p.  79).  Figure  85  (Plate  7)  shows  a  somewhat 
later  telophase,  in  which  diffusion  has  progressed  a  little  beyond  that 
seen  in  figure  55.  About  the  same  relative  staining  qualities  and 
relative  sizes  are  seen  as  in  figure  55.  The  accessory  appears  in  only 
half  of  the  secondary  spermatocytes  and  spermatids,  however,  and 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  79 

figure  86  is  of  a  pair  of  spermatids  in  which  the  accessory  does  not 
occur.  The  diffusion  process  has  here  proceeded  beyond  that  shown 
in  figure  85,  but  the  two  more  deeply  staining  masses,  representing 
the  monads  of  A  and  B,  can  readily  be  distinguished. 

We  may  on  the  strength  of  this  evidence  say  that  the  chromosome- 
pair  A  can  be  traced  from  the  spermatogonia  to  the  spermatids,  thus 
demonstrating  a  case  of  morphological  identity  through  all  these 
generations  and  stages. 

2.  Chromosome-pair  B. —  If  morphological  continuity  is  the  gen- 
eral rule,  and  if  the  peculiarities  of  the  chromosome-pairs  B  and  C 
are  distinctive  enough,  we  should  be  able  to  trace  the  latter  as  we  have 
traced  A.  In  many  stages,  however,  these  smaller  pairs  are  not  so 
easily  recognizable  as  was  the  pair  A,  but  it  has  been  possible  to  ob- 
tain good  evidence  for  individuality  even  through  them. 

I  have  called  attention  to  a  dyad  in  interkinesis,  and  a  monad  in 
the  spermatids,  which  seem  to  satisfy  requirements  for  identification 
as  the  element  B.  In  figures  80  and  83  (Plate  7),  for  example,  is  seen 
a  dyad  smaller  than  A,  which  stains  almost  as  deeply  as  the  latter. 
An  element  with  similar  properties  is  to  be  seen  in  figures  55  (Plate  5), 
85  and  86  (Plate  7).  This  element  {B  in  the  figures)  has  such  size 
relations  when  compared  with  A  and  the  smallest  element  (as  seen  in 
figure  80)  as  we  should  expect  in  B;  when  we  consider,  further,  that 
in  the  postspireme  stages  B  stained  more  deeply  than  the  majority 
of  the  other  tetrads,  the  staining  qualities  exhibited  in  these  later 
stages  should  also  furnish  a  means  of  identification. 

When  we  look  at  the  spermatogonia!  telophases  of  the  same  indi- 
vidual from  which  figure  63  was  taken,  that  is,  one  in  which  the 
components  of  pair  B  are  equal,  we  can  readily  find  a  pair  of  chromo- 
somes that  possesses  the  chief  characteristic  by  which  B  was  recog- 
nized in  the  postspireme  stages,  namely,  the  presence  of  a  prominent 
polar  granule  at  each  end  and  a  third  not  far  from  the  middle,  though 
nearer  the  distal  end.  Examples  of  such  spermatogonia!  telopliases 
are  sliown  in  figures  87-96  (Plate  8).  A  further  consideration  of 
these  stages  is  given  on  page  83. 

The  study  of  cliromosome-pair  B  in  the  growth-period  has  furnished 
some  of  the  most  interesting  data  on  the  subject  of  chromosome 
individuality  that  I  have  secured.  An  analysis  of  this  pair  in  its 
extended  condition  in  the  pachytene  stages  of  the  first  spermatocyte 
was  made  for  one  of  the  specimens  (no.  772)  and  then  comparisons 
drawn  between  the  conditions  in  this  and  those  in  all  the  other  animals 
in  the  series  studied. 


80  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Figure  58  (Plate  5)  shows  the  element  during  the  zygotene  stages  — 
as  indicated  by  the  incompletely  conjugated  pair  of  threads  near  the 
middle  of  the  figure  —  in  a  condition  of  complete  parallel  association 
for  the  two  conjugants,  but  a  condition  in  which  the  members  of  the 
pairs  of  granules,  the  chromomeres,  are  distinct.  A  close  examination 
of  this  spireme  of  B  discloses  a  series  of  cliromomeres  in  addition  to, 
and  smaller  than,  the  three  already  mentioned  as  characterizing  the 
element. 

For  convenience  in  description  the  more  prominent  granules  or 
chromomeres  will  be  given  separate  designations.  The  five  granules 
which  I  wish  to  mention  more  particularly  will  be  numbered  in  order 
from  the  proximal  (no.  1)  to  the  distal  end  (no.  5,  figure  58).  I  shall 
also  call  attention  to  the  two  paii's  of  small  granules  between  numbers 
3  and  4  and  to  the  two  pairs  of  still  smaller  ones  between  2  and  3.  I 
should  not  omit  to  direct  attention  to  the  series  of  granules  between 
numbers  1  and  2  and  between  numbers  4  and  5,  but  detailed  considera- 
tion' of  those  already  mentioned  will  probably  suffice  for  the  purpose 
in  view. 

I  was  at  first  impressed  by  the  constancy  in  relative  size  and  posi- 
tion with  which  some  of  these  granules  recurred  in  different  examples 
of  B  and  at  different  stages  in  a  single  individual  (no.  772).  It  then 
occurred  to  me  to  compare  the  same  element  at  about  the  same  stage 
for  all  the  thirteen  animals  from  which  material  was  available.  Figure 
97  (Plate  8)  is  the  result,  each  of  the  separate  draAvings  having  been 
taken  from  a  different  animal.  The  constancy  with  which  the  minute 
details  of  size  and  arrangement  of  the  parts  of  this  pair  were  repeated 
in  all  of  the  individuals  was  surprising.  Not  only  are  the  five  more 
prominent  chromomeres  repeated  in  approximately  the  same  relative 
sizes  and  positions, —  as  shown  in  figure  97,  where  corresponding 
granules  are  connected  by  dotted  lines, —  but  there  is  likewise  a  strik- 
ing correspondence  in  the  more  minute  details.  For  example,  the 
segment  between  the  granules  numbered  3  and  4  always  contains  two 
pairs  of  granules  of  about  the  same  relative  size,  though  they  vary 
somewhat  in  relative  position.  On  the  other  hand,  the  segment  be- 
tween 2  and  3  is  characterized  by  the  entire  absence  of  any  prominent 
granules.  In  some  cases,  however,  as  in/,  i,  and  k,  figure  97,  granules 
can  be  made  out  in  this  segment,  and  when  this  is  possible  there  are 
always  two  pairs  of  very  small  ones  in  the  same  relative  positions. 

It  is  true  that  there  are  some  variations  in  the  appearances  of  the 
segments  between  granules  numbered  1  and  2  and  between  4  and  5, 
as  well  as  differences  in  the  actual  size  of  the  numbered  granules. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         81 

These  variations  may  be  due  to  one  or  more  of  several  causes:  —  (1) 
DiflFerenees  arise  on  account  of  slightly  different  reactions  to  the 
fixatives  and  stains.  (2)  There  is  a  tendency  for  adjacent  granules  to 
fuse,  thus  causing  apparent  variations  in  number  and  relative  size. 
(3)  There  is  a  slight  difference  in  appearance  at  different  stages.  (4) 
The  different  positions  assumed  by  the  element  with  reference  to  the 
optical  axis  of  the  microscope  may  account  for  some  variation  in 
appearance.  (5)  Some  individual  variation  from  animal  to  animal 
might  be  expected. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  distal  granule  (no.  5)  is  single  in  all  the 
individuals  except  those  represented  at  b  and  c,  where  it  is  double. 
This  is  in  accordance  with  the  statement  previously  made  (page  70) 
that  chromosome-pair  B  is  unequal  in  eleven  and  equal  in  only  two 
of  the  thirteen  animals  studied.  It  will  also  be  noticed  that  the 
granules  at  the  proximal  end  (no.  1)  frequently  become  associated 
with  other  polar  granules  in  a  composite  granule  (a,  h,  i,  j,  I,  m,  fig.  97), 
and  that  with  one  exception  (/)  the  distal  end  is  free.  The  formation 
of  composite  granules  is  a  characteristic  feature  of  this  material,  as 
already  noted  on  page  64. 

One  of  the  granules  of  the  proximal  pair  (no.  1)  of  individual  /, 
figure  97,  is  seen  to  be  enlarged  and  less  deeply  stained  than  its  mate. 
Another  example  may  be  seen  at  k.  I  believe  this  to  be  an  example  of 
a  modification  similar  to  that  described  in  connection  with  the  distal 
granules  of  the  pair  A  (p.  66).  In  B,  this  condition  appears  with 
much  less  frequency,  for  in  a  count  of  84  cases  taken  at  random  from 
one  individual  only  14  (16|%)  had  one  of  the  granules  in  the  expanded 
condition.  This  modification  may  persist  into  the  tetrad  stages,  as 
was  the  case  with  A.  No  case  was  found  in  which  both  granules  were 
expanded. 

In  order  to  test  the  variability  of  the  details  of  constitution  of  the 
element  5  in  a  single  animal,  a  study  was  undertaken  with  this  object 
in  view.  Sixteen  drawings  (fig.  98,  a-p)  were  made  of  examples  taken 
at  random  from  a  single  slide.  Comparison  shows  about  the  same 
degree  of  constancy  in  the  composition  of  the  elements  here  as  in  the 
set  from  different  animals.  Some  of  the  variations  may  be  pointed 
out.  For  example,  the  relative  lengths  of  the  segments  1-4  and  4-5 
in  example  a,  figure  98,  are  somewhat  different  from  those  in  example 
h.  I  think  we  may  assume  that  the  spireme  threads  possess  some 
elasticity  and  that  the  variation  in  arrangement,  association,  and  posi- 
tion of  the  several  segments  of  the  spireme  may  frequently  bring  about 
stresses  which  may  stretch  some  of  the  threads  or  parts  of  threads  to  a 


82  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

greater  or  less  degree.  The  tendency  for  adjacent  granules  to  fuse 
probably  accounts  for  some  of  the  variations  to  be  noticed.  If  one 
will  compare  in  order  the  examples  I,  m,  a,  and  c,  (fig.  98)  the  different 
steps  in  the  fusion  of  granule  no.  4  with  the  smaller,  yet  prominent, 
granule  close  to  it  will  be  seen.  As  the  threads  shorten  during  the 
later  pachytene  and  postspireme  stages,  this  coalescence  of  adjacent 
granules  becomes  more  noticeable  and  the  individual  granules  all 
finally  lose  their  visible  identity  in  the  compact  metaphase  chromo- 
somes. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  members  of  a  pair  of  granules  may  also 
appear  to  be  fused  together  into  a  single  ma|SS.  An  example  of  this  is 
seen  in  figure  98,  n,  granules  4  and  5.  This  fusion  must  be  very 
temporary  in  character,  since  it  is  not  the  general  rule,  and  since  the 
granules  separate  again  in  the  postspireme  stages,  as  shown  in  figure 
63  (Plate  6) ;  yet  so  close  an  association  of  these  granules  apparently 
offers  opportunity  for  the  exchange  of  chemical  substances  between 
them.  In  the  case  of  the  proximal  granules  (no.  1),  the  members  may 
not  only  fuse  with  each  other  but,  as  previously  noted,  characteristi- 
cally unite  with  the  polar  granules  of  other  chromosome-pairs  to  form 
the  composite  granules.  The  association  is  fully  as  close  as  in  that  of 
any  single  pair,  for  frequently  all  traces  of  the  outline  of  individual 
granules  is  entirely  lost,  as,  for  example,  in  figure  34  (Plate  3).  Al- 
though the  individual  granviles  separate  out  again  in  the  postspireme 
stages,  if  we  admit  that  there  is  an  exchange  of  chemical  substances 
between  members  of  a  single  pair  of  granules,  I  think  we  must  also 
assume  it  for  the  polar  granules  of  the  different  chromosome-pairs. 

At  j  (fig.  98,  Plate  8)  may  be  seen  another  example  of  an  expanded 
polar  granule,  such  as  has  already  been  mentioned.  The  possible 
significance  of  this  peculiarity  will  be  discussed  on  page  112. 

It  will  be  instructive  to  compare  the  members  of  particular  pairs 
of  granules.  Figure  58  (Plate  5),  as  already  mentioned,  represents  a 
zygotene  stage.  The  paired  chromatic  threads  near  the  middle  have 
jiist  begun  to  conjugate,  while  in  the  case  of  chromosome-pair  B,  in 
the  left  half  of  the  figure,  the  two  conjugating  threads  have  only 
recently  come  to  lie  side-by-side,  for  the  members  of  the  different  pairs 
of  granules  are  yet  distinct.  This  condition  fortunately  gives  us  an 
opportunity  to  compare  the  relative  sizes  of  the  members  of  each  pair. 
On  examination  it  will  be  seen  that  the  members  of  the  pair  numbered 
4  are  not  equal  in  size.  This  is  also  true  for  the  pair  numbered  3.  In 
the  case  of  number  4,  the  disparity  in  size  between  the  two  granules 
is  considerable,  and  it  is  interesting  to  observe  that  this  difference  in 


WENKICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         83 

size  can  frequently  be  noticed  throughout  the  pachytene  stages. 
Examples  of  this  may  be  seen  at  b,  e,  i,  I,  and  o  in  figure  98  (Plate  8), 
which  are  drawn  from  the  same  individual  as  figure  58.  Similar 
conditions  are  also  to  be  found  in  other  individuals,  as  will  be  seen  in 
figure  97,.  a,  c,  e,  j,  and  /. 

This  pair  of  chromosomes  can  be  recognized  in  the  spermatogonia 
by  the  presence,  in  the  telophase,  of  the  three  most  prominent  granules, 
those  I  have  numbered  1,  4,  and  5  in  the  pachytene  stages.  Examples 
of  such  telophases  are  represented  in  figures  87-96.  In  two  cases, 
where  the  cliromosomes  had  become  considerably  elongated  in  the 
general  diffusion  process  of  the  telophase,  I  was  able  to  make  out 
granules  2  and  3  also  with  their  characteristic  relative  positions  and 
sizes.  These  are  shown  in  figures  95  and  96.  Where  both  chromo- 
somes of  the  pair  are  recognizable  in  the  same  nucleus,  there  seems  to 
be  in  every  case  a  difference  in  size  between  the  two  middle  granules 
(no.  4).  This  difference  is  probably  directly  related  to  the  difference 
noted  in  the  zygotene  stage  (fig.  58)  and  the  pachytene  stages  (figs.  97 
and  98). 

Thus,  aside  from  finding  a  striking  degree  of  correspondence  in  the 
minute  organization  of  the  chromosome-pair  B  for  all  the  individuals 
studied  (in  the  pachytene  stages),  it  has  also  been  possible  to  trace  the 
pair  through  all  the  stages  from  the  spermatogonia  to  the  spermatid, 
except  in  the  preleptotene  and  leptotene  stages.  Figures  30  (Plate  3) 
and  58  (Plate  5)  show  that  conjugation  is  completed  at  a  relatively 
early  stage  in  the  zygotene.  This  precocious  conjugation  is  possibly 
facilitated  by  the  relatively  small  size  of  this  pair.  The  failure  to 
recognize  the  pair  in  the  leptotene  and  immediately  preceding  stages 
is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  it  has  not  so  great  a  differential  stain- 
ing capacity  as  has  pair  A,  and  to  the  lack  of  sufficiently  long  con- 
tinued study  with  this  object  in  view. 

A  further  peculiarity  of  chromosome-pair  B  may  be  seen  upon  an 
examination  of  figures  99  and  100  (Plate  9).  There  it  will  be  seen 
that  one  end  of  the  tetrad  has  a  peculiar  roughened  or  brush-like 
appearance,  to  which  McCIung  ('14)  has  already  called  attention. 
It  will  be  noticed  in  the  same  drawings  that  the  accessory  chromosome 
also  presents  a  similar  appearance.  Furthermore,  a  like  condition 
is  to  be  seen  at  the  longer  end  of  C,  as  shown  in  figure  100,  and  at  the 
end  of  some  of  the  other  autosomes,  as  seen  in  figure  ^9.  The  rough- 
ened contour  of  the  accessory  in  both  metaphase  and  anaphase  of 
the  first  spermatocyte  division  was  noted  for  Phrynotettix  by  Miss 
Pinney  ('08),  and  has  been  described  for  other  species  of  Orthoptera, 


84  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

for  example  by  Davis  ('08)  for  Dissosteira  and  Stenobothrus,  and 
McClung  ('14)  for  various  Acrididae.  But  no  one,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  has  described  such  a  condition  for  any  of  the  autosomes. 
Figure  99  is  from  a  sUde  that  had  been  treated  with  Heidenhain's 
iron-haematoxyhn  stain,  but  the  destaining  process  had  been  carried 
farther  than  in  most  of  the  other  sUdes.  Figure  100  is  from  another 
individual,  the  slides  of  which  had  been  stained  by  Flemming's  tri- 
color method,  but  had  not  been  excessively  differentiated.  It  will  be 
noted  that  the  autosomes  in  this  figure  do  not  exhibit  the  roughened 
synaptic  ends  that  are  seen  in  figure  99.  It  seems  probable,  therefore, 
that  differences  in  the  staining  process  may  have  much  to  do  with 
the  appearance  or  non-appearance  of  the  roughened  condition.  In 
heavily  stained  slides  even  the  accessory,  as  well  as  the  tetrads  B  and 
C,  may  appear  with  a  smooth  contour.  In  this  connection,  I  may  call 
attention  to  these  several  points:  —  (1)  Tetrad  B  is  unequal  in  both 
the  cases  figured  and  the  roughened  end  corresponds  to  the  large 
distal  granule  on  the  larger  conjugant  (see  fig.  64,  Plate  6).  (2) 
Tetrad  C  is  likewise  unequal  and  the  roughened  end  also  corresponds 
with  the  large  distal  granule  at  the  end  of  the  larger  of  the  two  com- 
ponents (see  fig.  65).  (3)  The  polar  granules  usually  occur  at  the 
proximal  end,  i.  e.  the  end  to  which  the  spindle-fibers  attach,  and 
therefore  the  roughened  tips  of  the  autosomes  in  figure  99  probably 
correspond  to  the  polar  granules  of  these  elements.  (4)  The  accessory 
chromosome  and  the  polar  granules  have  the  common  property  of 
remaining  condensed  while  the  rest  of  the  chromatin  is  diffuse,  as  well 
as  the  common  property  exliibited  in  these  two  figures  (99  and  100, 
Plate  9).  The  suggestion  therefore  offers  itself  that  there  may  be 
some  common  physical  or  chemical  properties  underlying  the  corre- 
spondence in  behavior  between  the  accessory  and  the  polar  granules. 

3.  Chromosovw-pair  C. —  The  drawings  of  chromosome-pair  B  in 
figure  64  (Plate  6)  and  those  of  C  in  figure  65  were  made  from  sections 
cut  from  the  same  testis.  An  examination  of  the  spermatogonial 
telophases  of  tliis  individual  revealed  the  larger  members  of  each  of 
these  pairs  very  well  defined,  as  indicated  in  figures  101-105  (Plate  9). 
No  attempt  was  made  to  recognize  the  smaller  members  of  these  pairs, 
because  they  lacked  characteristics,  other  than  size,  distinctive  enough 
to  make  recognition  certain.  With  the  larger  members  of  these  pairs, 
however,  the  distinguishing  features  are  so  pronounced  that  I  think 
there  can  be  no  doubt  about  the  identification. 

I  did  not  attempt  to  follow  these  elements  through  the  preleptotene 
and  leptotene  stages,  but  I  have  no  doubt  that  careful  enough  study 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  85 

would  enable  one  to  trace  them,  as  was  done  in  the  case  of  chromo- 
some-pair A.  It  is  a  matter  of  no  small  importance,  I  believe,  that 
each  of  the  "selected"  chromosome-pairs  has  been  recognizable  by 
means  of  one  or  both  its  members,  in  the  spermatogonia  as  well  as  in 
the  spermatocytes. 

On  the  other  hand,  when  I  came  to  search  through  the  postspireme 
stages  of  the  other  individuals  for  tetrad  C,  I  was  able  to  find  the 
condition  shown  in  figure  65  in  only  two  instances;  but  a  careful  study 
of  these  stages  in  the  rejnaining  animals  of  the  series  revealed,  in 
place  of  the  large  unequal  type  shown  in  figure  65,  two  other  types, 
which  are  shown  in  figure  107,  c~m.  Figure  106  presents  an  example  of 
tetrad  B  from  each  of  the  thirteen  animals  from  which  material  was 
available  for  study,  and  figure  107  a  similar  series  of  tetrad  C.  The 
corresponding  letters,  a,  h,  c,  etc.,  in  the  two  series  represent  the  same 
animal.  We  may  therefore,  speak  of  the  different  animals  as  a,  b,  c, 
etc.  Cliromosome-pairs  B  and  C  are  the  smallest  in  the  whole  com- 
plex and  it  will  be  seen  from  these  two  series  of  drawings  that,  except 
in  a  and  b,  the  pair  C  is  the  smaller  of  the  two.  In  a  and  b,  C  is  slightly 
larger  than  B,  as  was  determined  by  numerous  comparisons  in  the 
metaphases  of  the  first  spermatocytes.  The  difference  in  quantity  of 
chromatin  in  these  two  cases  is  quite  small,  however,  and  differences 
in  shape  and  'behavior  were  largely  depended  on  for  identification. 

For  convenience  in  description,  we  may  designate  the  three  types 
of  chromosome-pair  C  as  Ci,  C2,  and  C3.  By  Ci  will  be  indicated 
the  type,  previously  described,  which  is  represented  in  figure  65,  and 
at  a  and  b  in  figure  107.  The  type  shown  in  figure  107,  c-h,  may  be 
designated  Co,  and  that  shown  in  figure  107  at  i-vi,  as  C3.  Thus  it 
will  be  seen  that  (with  a  possible  exception  yet  to  be  discussed)  of  the 
thirteen  animals  studied,  two  exhibited  the  type  Ci,  six  the  type  C2, 
and  the  remainder,  five,  the  type  C3. 

If  now  we  compare  types  Ci  and  C2,  it  will  be  apparent  at  once  that 
both  members  of  the  pair  C2  resemble  the  smaller  member  of  Ci. 
The  homology  is  striking  if  one  notices  the  polar  granules  and  the  pair 
of  granules  close  to  them,  both  of  which  appear  in  about  the  same 
relative  size  and  position  in  all  the  examples  of  both  types  (except  h). 
It  is  therefore  not  difficult  to  believe  that  type  Co  does  actually  repre- 
sent a  pair  of  chromosomes  homologous  to  the  smaller  conjugant  in 
type  Ci. 

Turning  to  type  C3,  as  shown  in  figure  107,  i-m,  it  will  be  observed 
that  this  is  quite  different  from  either  Ci  or  C2.  It  represents  an 
unequal  pair  but  the  larger  member  is  very  different  from  the  larger 


86  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

one  in  type  Ci.  Furthermore  the  prominent  chromomere  near  the 
polar  granules  does  not  seem  to  be  present,  except  possibly  at  vi  (fig. 
107).  On  the  other  hand  the  smaller  eonjugant  resembles  those  in  0% 
in  size  and  otherwise  except  for  the  prominent  granule  already  men- 
tioned. We  might  therefore  be  led  to  suppose  that  the  smaller  com- 
ponent in  Cs  is  homologous  to  the  smaller  one  in  Ci  and  the  two  small 
ones  in  Ci.  But  if  the  example  at  h  (fig.  107)  be  regarded,  it  will  be 
seen  that  this  is  a  small  pair  lacking  any  prominent  cliromomere  near 
the  polar  granules,  and  might  therefore  be  thought  to  be  homologous 
with  the  smaller  eonjugant  in  type  Cz,  if  it  be  considered  different  from 
those  in  type  C2.  However,  even  if  the  somewhat  questionable  posi- 
tion of  example  h,  be  disregarded  as  to  homologies,  it  still  must  be 
admitted  that  we  have  at  least  three  different  types  of  chromosomes 
appearing  in  these  examples  of  tetrad  C.  I  may  again  point  out  that 
there  is  no  chance  of  making  a  mistake  as  to  the  identity  of  these 
elements,  for  the  chromosome-pairs  B  and  C  are  the  smallest  pairs  in 
the  complex,  and  the  different  types  of  C  are  mutually  exclusive,  that 
is,  no  two  of  them  are  ever  found  in  the  same  animal.  I  might  further 
add  that  all  the  drawings  were  carefully  outlined  with  a  camera 
lucida  and  the  details  filled  in  so  as  to  represent  as  accurately  as 
possible  the  actual  conditions  as  seen  in  the  microscope.  The  matter 
of  the  possible  recombination  and  redistribution  of  these  different 
types  is  discussed  on  page  121. 


h.   The  Accessory  Chromosome. 

The  accessory  chromosome  has  not  been  made  an  object  of  special 
study  here.  Since  it  has  been  so  thoroughly  and  so  frequently  de- 
scribed for  orthopteran  material,  it  will  suffice  to  give  only  a  brief 
account  of  it  in  this  connection.  In  the  first  place,  it  should  be  stated 
that  the  accessory  can  be  recognized  as  a  distinct  chromatic  individual 
at  practically  every  stage  from  the  primary  spermatogonia  to  the 
spermatid.  The  fact  that  it  forms  a  large  and  faintly  staining  vesicle 
or  "sac"  in  all  the  spermagonia  except  the  last,  probably  accounts  for 
the  occasional  statement  that  it  can  be  first  recognized  in  the  telo- 
phase of  the  last  spermatogonia,  where  it  appears  as  a  condensed  mass 
of  chromatin,  or  a  chromatin  nucleolus. 

Two  points  deserve  to  be  emphasized:  —  (1)  The  accessory,  more 
than  the  other  chromosomes,  maintains  an  exclusive  individuality  in 
nearly  all  stages.     However,  it  sometimes  does  become  associated 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  87 

with  other  chromosomes,  especially  in  the  growth-period.  Here  its 
polar  granule  may  unite  with  those  of  the  other  chromosomes  to  form 
a  composite  granule.  (2)  Its  behavior,  while  unique  in  many  respects, 
differs  from  that  of  the  autosomes  in  the  degree  and  the  chronology, 
rather  than  in  the  kind,  of  its  changes.  The  autosomes  form  vesicles 
in  the  telophase  of  the  spermatogonia,  as  Sutton  ('00)  long  ago  pointed 
out,  just  as  does  the  accessory,  but  they  are  not  quite  so  large  or 
persistent  as  with  the  latter.  In  the  growth-period  the  accessory 
forms  a  looped  spireme,  just  as  the  autosomes  do  (see  fig.  71  and  72, 
Plate  6),  but  its  thread  is  much  more  dense  and  heavily  stained  than 
the  others.  Although  it  fails  to  find  a  mate  in  synapsis,  its  behavior 
is  very  like  that  of  the  autosomes  and  its  spireme  loop  may  occupy  the 
entire  circumference  of  the  nucleus.  The  process  of  shortening  and 
thickening,  which  all  the  chromosomes  undergo,  occurs  very  early  in 
the  case  of  the  accessory  and  it  passes  through  most  of  the  growth- 
period  as  a  rather  compact  mass  of  chromatin.  In  the  postspireme 
stages,  at  the  time  when  the  chromatids  separate  from  each  other  by 
the  formation  of  the  secondary  longitudinal  split,  the  accessory  forms 
a  more  or  less  bent  or  twisted  rod,  which  often  shows  a  longitudinal 
split.  This  split  must  be  homologous  to  the  secondary  split  seen  in 
the  autosomes,  which  divides  longitudinally  each  of  the  chromosomes 
united  in  synapsis.  In  the  anaphase  of  the  first  spermatocyte  division 
its  halves  separate  at  the  distal  end,  so  that  it  forms  a  dyad  similar  in 
all  respects  to  those  of  the  autosomes,  except  for  its  more  roughened 
condition.  In  fact,  the  accessory  dyad  cannot  always  be  distinguished 
from  the  others  in  the  late  anaphase.  In  the  metaphase  of  the  second- 
ary spermatocytes  it  divides  along  with  the  autosomes  and  usually 
is  indistinguishable  from  them.  Its  behavior  may  therefore  be  more 
nearly  parallel  to  that  of  the  whole  series  of  chromosomes  than  we  are 
sometimes  led  to  suppose. 


c.      The  Spermatogonial  Divisions. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  subject  of  persistent  chromosomal  organiza- 
tion from  the  standpoint  of  the  spermatogonial  divisions.  Figures 
1-20  (Plates  1  and  2)  are  intended  to  represent  the  most  important 
stages  included  in  the  cycle  of  changes  from  one  cell  division  to  the 
next.  In  this  description  no  reference  will  be  made  to  the  selected 
chromosomes,  but  the  general  behavior  of  the  chromatin  material 
will  be  considered.     We  shall  also  leave  out  of  account  the  mechanics 


88  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

of  the  division  process  and  concern  ourselves  chiefly  with  the  fate  of 
the  chromosomes  after  their  division  and  separation  has  been  accom- 
phshed. 

In  my  account  of  the  accessory  chromosome,  I  have  already  men- 
tioned the  formation  of  sacs  or  vesicles  in  the  telophases  of  the  sperma- 
togonia. In  an  early  telophase,  such  as  is  shown  in  figure  5  (Plate  1), 
the  chromosomes  are  clumped  together  in  a  rather  compact  mass  at 
the  pole  of  the  spindle.  But  the  distal  tips  of  the  larger  chromosomes 
may  be  seen  projecting  in  various  directions.  Following  the  clumped 
condition,  stages  occur  during  which  the  chromosomes  begin  to  ex- 
pand and  to  separate  from  one  another.  iVt  the  same  time  there  is 
developed  about  each  chromosome  a  hyaline  area,  at  first  small  in 
extent,  but  gradually  enlarging  as  the  chromosomes  continue  to  ex- 
pand. These  conditions  are  shown  in  figures  6-9.  Figure  6  is  a  side 
view  and  figure  7  a  transverse  (optical)  section  of  the  same  stage. 
Figures  8  and  9  are  likewise  side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively, 
of  a  later  stage.  At  this  later  stage  it  will  be  seen  that  a  membrane 
has  been  formed  at  the  boundary  between  the  hyaline  area  and  the 
cytoplasm.  We  are  therefore  probably  dealing  with  sacs  or  vesicles 
similar  to  those  described  by  Sutton  ('00)  for  Brachystola. 

What  is  the  origin  of  these  sacs?  Does  the  hyaline  region  as  it 
first  appears  represent  material  from  the  cytoplasm,  or  from  the  chro- 
mosomes, or  is  it  an  artifact  resulting  from  the  contraction  of  the 
chromatin  under  the  influence  of  the  fixative?  That  it  is  not  an  arti- 
fact, will  be  apparent,  I  believe,  from  the  following  considerations:  — 

(1)  The  chromosomes  themselves,  at  the  stages  shown  in  figures  6  and 
7,  are  larger  than  in  the  earlier  stages  represented  in  figures  3  and  4. 

(2)  The  chromosomes  continue  to  expand  and  the  vesicles  expand  still 
more  rapidly,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  later  stages  (fig.  8  and  9).  (3) 
The  hyaline  region  as  seen  in  figures  6  and  7  appears  more  highly 
refractive  than  the  cytoplasm  which  would  not  be  the  case  if  it  were  a 
space  produced  by  shrinkage  of  the  chromatin. 

A  comparison  of  the  conditions  shown  in  figures  G  and  7  with  those 
shown  in  figures  10  and  12  will,  I  believe,  show  that  the  expansion  of 
the  vesicles  has  been  at  the  expense  of  the  cytoplasm.  The  relative 
volume  of  the  space  within  the  vesicle  as  compared  with  the  volume  of 
the  cytoplasm,  is  much  less  in  these  earlier  stages  (fig.  6  and  7)  than 
in  the  later  stages  (fig.  10  and  11).  Further,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
expansion  of  the  vesicles  is  accompanied  by:  —  (1)  an  increase  in  the 
size  of  the  cell-body,  (2)  a  diffusion  of  the  chromatin  into  a  kind  of 
reticulum  within  the  space  of  each  sac,  (3)  the  breaking  down  of  the 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         89 

vesicular  membranes  between  adjacent  vesicles  within  the  group, 
especially  at  the  polar  end,  (4)  the  formation  of  an  irregular  nuclear 
membrane  from  the  outer  walls  of  the  vesicles,  (5)  the  apparent 
anastomosing  of  the  edges  of  the  networks  arising  from  the  diffusion 
of  the  chromosomes  in  adjacent  vesicles.  The  walls  bounding  the 
original  vesicles  are  still  to  be  seen  in  figures  8-13,  and  this  is  particu- 
larly true  of  the  accessory  chromosome,  the  vesicle  of  which  persists 
till  a  late  prophase. 

What  can  we  now  say  as  to  the  continuity  of  the  individual  chromo- 
somes? Let  us  first  follow  the  changes  undergone  by  the  accessory 
chromosome.  Figures  1  and  2  are  of  metaphases,  in  which  all  the 
chromosomes  except  the  accessory  are  compact  and  smooth  in  outline. 
This  is  roughened  in  outline  and  seems  to  have  already  begun  the 
process  of  expansion  which  characterizes  its  behavior  immediately 
after  division.  In  figure  4  a  hyaline  area  of  considerable  extent  has 
already  been  formed  about  the  accessory,  and  close  examination 
reveals  also  a  narrow  hyaline  area  just  beginning  to  develop  around 
each  of  the  autosomes.  By  the  time  the  stage  shown  in  figure  6  is 
reached,  the  substance  of  the  accessory  has  become  distributed  through 
the  entire  space  of  the  vesicle  which  accompanied  the  formation  of  the 
hyaline  area.  In  its  distribution  within  the  vesicle,  the  chromatic 
substance  is  more  concentrated  on  the  periphery  of  the  sac,  than 
through  the  central  space.  The  vesicle  continues  to  expand  along 
with  the  expansion  of  the  nuclear  material  as  a  whole,  until  the  stage 
of  greatest  diffusion  of  the  autosomes  has  been  reached  (fig.  12  and  13). 
At  the  stage  shown  in  figures  14a  and  14b  (Plate  2)  the  chromatin  has 
begun  to  concentrate  towards  the  axes  of  the  sacs,  but  this  process 
seems  to  be  less  advanced  in  the  accessory  {X,  fig.  14b)  than  in  the 
autosomes.  These  are  the  earliest  of  the  prophases.  In  the  later 
prophases,  as  shown  in  figures  17  and  20,  the  accessory  becomes 
concentrated  as  a  coiled  thread  running  down  through  the  middle  of 
the  vesicular  space.  The  wall  of  the  vesicle  persists  longer  than  does 
that  of  the  nucleus  as  a  whole  or  that  of  the  other  autosomes  (fig.  20). 
There  can  be  no  question,  it  seems  to  me,  that  the  accessory  main- 
tains a  persistent  individuality  through  all  these  stages. 

If  now  the  changes  undergone  by  the  autosomes  be  followed,  we 
shall  find  for  them  also  evidences  of  persistent  individuality.  I  think 
no  one  would  deny  a  persistent  individuality  up  to  the  stages  shown  in 
figures  8  and  9  (Plate  1) .  In  these  figures  the  chromatin  has  become 
reticular,  but  the  masses  representing  individual  cliromosomes  are 
still  quite  distinct  and  surrounded  for  the  most  part  by  the  persisting 


90  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative,  zoology. 

walls  of  the  vesicles.  The  method  of  formation  for  these  vesicles 
parallels  very  closely  that  described  for  the  accessory,  the  chief 
difference  being  that  in  the  case  of  the  accessory  the  process  is  much 
more  rapid.  In  figures  10  and  11  we  find  the  chromatin  much  diffused 
and  occupying  most  of  the  space  within  the  original  vesicles.  The 
vesicular  walls  are  no  longer  visible,  however,  except  on  the  periphery 
as  an  undulating  nuclear  membrane,  and  around  the  accessory.  In 
spite  of  this  fact,  the  chromatic  masses  or  blocs,  each  of  which  has 
arisen  from  a  single  chromosome,  are  still  recognizable  as  distinct  from 
one  another.  This  is  especially  well  shown  in  the  optical  section 
drawn  in  figure  11.  There  are  only  eighteen  masses  shown  in  this 
section,  but  the  apparent  reduction  in  number  need  cause  no  appre- 
hension as  to  the  fate  of  the  other  members  of  the  complex.  It  fre- 
quently happens  that  the  chromosomal  vesicles  do  not  all  lie  parallel 
to  each  other,  so  as  to  be  represented  in  a  single  transverse  section, 
and  some  may  even  assume  a  position  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the 
majority.  Such  a  case  is  shown  in  the  upper  left-hand  corner  of  figure 
10.  If,  now,  we  examine  the  stages  shown  in  figures  12  and  13,  which 
are  of  the  period  of  greatest  diffusion  that  I  have  been  able  to  find,  we 
may  still  see,  both  in  optical  section  (fig.  13)  and  in  side  view  (fig.  12), 
the  positions  of  the  individual  chromosomes  represented  by  a  more 
condensed  band  or  core.  In  the  case  of  the  optical  section,  nearly 
the  complete  number  of  chromosomes,  as  represented  by  these  denser 
masses  or  cores,  can  be  counted.  It  is  true  that  there  seems  to  be  an 
anastomosing  system  of  fibrils  connecting  the  adjacent  masses,  but 
this  need  not  mean  that  there  has  been  a  loss  of  chromosome-iden- 
tity in  a  common  nuclear  mass. 

An  early  prophase  is  represented  by  figures  14a  and  14b  (Plate  2), 
which  show  the  two  sections  of  a  single  cell.  We  see  at  this  stage  the 
beginning  of  the  process  of  chromatin  concentration  which  results, 
finally,  in  the  formation  of  the  condensed  chromosomes  ready  for  the 
next  division.  The  chromatic  material  of  each  chromosome  first  con- 
centrates near  the  middle  of  the  region  that  it  occupied  in  the  nucleus  in 
the  diffuse  condition.  There  is  thus  formed  a  loosely  reticulated  core 
(fig.  14a  and  14b),  out  of  which  there  develops  a  spirally  coiled  thread, 
as  shown  in  figures  15a  and  15b.  The  two  stages  represented  in  figures 
14  and  15  are  very  close  together  in  time,  for  they  occurred  side-by- 
side  in  the  same  cyst.  These  coiled  threads  are  at  first  rather  small 
in  diameter,  but  they  rapidly  thicken  and  shorten,  as  indicated  in 
figures  16-20  (Plate  2).  During  the  process  of  shortening  and  thick- 
ening the  outlines  of  the  vesicular  walls  become  more  distinct.     This  is 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         91 

especially  true  of  the  distal  pole,  as  shown  in  figure  18.  It  would  seem, 
therefore,  that  the  vesicular  membranes  first  became  formed,  then 
largely  disappeared,  and  later  reappeared  in  part.  I  am  inclined  to 
believe  that  they  actually  persist  to  a  greater  extent  than  is  apparent. 
There  cannot  be  any  doubt,  however,  that  the  vesicles  do  coalesce  at 
the  polar  end  of  the  nucleus,  for  there  the  individual  polar  granules 
frequently  fuse  to  form  composite  granules,  such  as  may  be  seen  in 
figure  12  (Plate  1)  and  figures  14,  15,  16,  and  19  (Plate  2). 

The  first  indication  of  the  longitudinal  split  which  forecasts  the  next 
mitosis  was  discernible  at  a  stage  such  as  is  shown  in  figure  17.  From 
this  stage  on  to  the  metaphase,  however,  the  split  was  clearly  visible. 

I  believe  that  the  evidence  here  presented  furnishes  very  good 
grounds  for  believing  that  the  chromosomes  do  not  lose  their  individ- 
uality in  passing  through  the  so-called  'rest-stage'  between  the  two 
successive  cell-di\'isions. 


d.   The  somatic  Nuclei. 

Only  slight  attention  has  been  given  to  somatic  cells  in  connection 
with  the  subject  of  the  individuality  of  chromosomes,  but  some  points 
were  noted  which  it  seems  worth  while  to  record.  The  connective- 
tissue  nuclei  within  the  follicle  always  divide  by  the  indirect  or  mi- 
totic method.  The  details  are  similar  to  those  just  described  for  the 
spermatogonia,  except  that  individual  chromosome-vesicles,  even  for 
the  accessory,  are  less  conspicuous  —  in  fact,  in  my  limited  study  of 
these  cells  I  have  not  recognized  the  accessory  chromosome  with 
certainty.  The  only  evidence  of  amitosis  is  a  lobulated  condition  of 
the  resting  nuclei ;  that  condition  is  a  very  characteristic  one,  but  has 
no  more  significance  as  to  amitosis  than  the  lobulated  appearance  of 
the  spermatogonia!  nuclei.  In  the  diffused  chromatin-stages  —  telo- 
phase, rest-stage,  and  early  prophases  —  the  polar  granules  appear, 
coalesce  more  or  less  to  form  composite  granules,  and  separate  out 
again  just  as  they  do  in  the  spermatogonia.  Furthermore,  it  is  possi- 
ble to  find  chromosomes  in  the  telophases  that  exhibit  all  the  chief 
characteristics  of  the  "selected"  chromosomes.  For  example,  in 
Plate  9,  B,  figures  108,  109  and  110,  are  to  be  seen  diffusing  chromo- 
somes with  the  characteristic  features  of  one  of  the  larger  members 
of  chromosome-pair  B.  It  would  seem  from  this  evidence  that  the 
same  morphological  constitution  of  individual  chromosomes  persisted 
even  in  these  somatic  cells. 


92  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Going  outside  the  follicle,  it  is  of  interest  to  note  what  appears  in 
the  nuclei  of  the  follicular  investment.  This  investment  is  a  thin 
membrane  inclosing  the  follicle,  forming  the  outer  of  the  two  laj^ers 
composing  the  follicular  wall.  In  this  membrane  the  nuclei  are  very 
much  flattened,  so  that  the  chromosomes  lie  nearly  all  in  one  plane. 
Figures  111  and  112  indicate  the  chromatic  conditions  in  two  such 
nuclei.  It  is,  I  believe,  a  significant  fact  that  the  chromatic  masses 
to  be  found  in  these  nuclei  are  in  number  approximately  equal  to  the 
unreduced  number  of  chromosomes  found  in  the  spermatogonia. 
Exceptions,  it  is  true,  occur;  adjacent  cliromosome-masses  may  be- 
come intunately  associated,  or  one  individual  mass  may  become 
divided  into  partially  separated  masses.  These  nuclei  are  fully 
differentiated  and  are  destined  never  to  undergo  another  cell-division. 
They  must  gradually  lose  their  functions  and  will  finally  "  die  in  their 
tracks."  The  different  conditions  of  the  chromatin  in  the  different 
nuclei  suggests  that  the  process  of  senescent  degeneration  may  have 
already  set  in.  The  important  fact  still  remains,  that  the  individual 
chromosomes  have  a  tendency  to  remain  distinct  from  each  other, 
even  in  these  highly  differentiated  nuclei  in  a  period  not  only  of  'rest' 
but  perhaps  of  senescence. 


D.     Summary  of  Observations. 

1 .  The  general  topographical  relations  of  the  different  generations 
of  male  sexual  cells  in  the  testes  of  Phrynotettix  magnus  are  typical 
for  the  Acrididae. 

2.  For  purposes  of  accurately  following  the  history  of  the  changes 
undergone  by  the  chromosomes  from  the  pachytene  stages  of  the  first 
spermatocyte  to  the  time  of  mitosis,  three  individual  chromosome- 
pairs  were  selected,  each  of  which  possessed  characteristics  by  which 
it  could  be  recognized  in  all  the  stages  concerned.  These  three  pairs 
were  designated,  for  convenience,  "A,"  " B,"  and  "C."  A  study  of 
these  three  chromosome-pairs  showed :  —  (a)  that  there  is  a  longi- 
tudinal split  in  the  pachytene  stages,  which  persists  into  the  tetrad 
and  later  stages  (this  is  called  the  primary  longitudinal  split);  (b) 
that  a  tetrad  is  formed  out  of  a  spireme  segment  by  (1)  a  separation 
along  the  primary  split,  and  (2)  the  appearance  of  a  secondary  longi- 
tudinal split  along  the  middle  of  each  of  the  two  parts  separated  by 
the  primary  split. 

3.  Tetrad  "  ^  "  opens  out  along  the  plane  of  the  secondary  split. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         93 

the  proximal  ends  separating  and  moving  about  90  degrees  apart,  so 
that  a  rod-shaped  element  is  formed  the  middle  of  which  represents 
the  distal  end  of  the  original  segment.  The  rod,  thus  extended,  be- 
comes oriented  with  its  long  axis  parallel  to  that  of  the  spindle  and  it 
separates  in  the  middle,  thus  bringing  about  an  equational  division. 
Tetrad  "A"  also  forms  rings,  but  these  were  not  traced  into  the  meta- 
phase,  and  their  later  behavior  is  not  known. 

4.  Tetrad  " B"  occurs  in  one  or  the  other  of  two  forms:  either  (1) 
as  an  equal  pair  (in  two  of  the  thirteen  animals),  or  (2)  as  an  unequal 
pair  (in  the  other  eleven  animals) .  The  unequal  pair  differs  from  the 
equal  in  the  absence  of  a  large  terminal  granule  at  the  distal  end  of 
one  of  its  members.  Both  types  show  the  same  behavior,  opening 
out  at  both  ends  of  the  segment  so  that  a  cross  is  formed.  The 
separation  along  the  plane  of  the  primary  split  is  the  greater  and  occurs 
at  the  distal  end;  but  the  cross  becomes  so  oriented  on  the  spindle 
that  the  short  arms  (i.  e.  the  proximal  end  of  the  original  segment)  are 
attached  to  the  spindle-fibers.  Separation  in  metaphase  is  therefore 
along  the  plane  of  the  secondary  split,  thus  constituting  an  equational 
division. 

5.  Tetrad  "C"  occurs  in  three  forms,  designated  Ci,  C2  and  C3. 
Ci  is  composed  of  very  unequal  elements,  the  larger  of  which  possesses 
a  relatively  very  large  terminal  knob  or  granule  that  is  not  present 
on  the  other.  C2  is  a  pair  with  equal  members  each  of  which  appear 
to  be  homologous  to  the  smaller  member  of  Ci.  C3  is  a  pair  of  unequal 
elements  neither  member  of  which  appears  to  be  exactly  homologous 
to  the  components  of  Ci  and  C2.  The  smaller  member  resembles 
those  of  Co  and  may  be  homologous  to  them.  The  larger  member  is 
midway  in  size  between  the  two  members  of  Ci.  Co  and  C3  divide 
equationally  in  the  first  maturation  mitosis,  but  Ci  divides  half  the 
time  equationally  and  half  the  time  reductionally  in  this  first  division. 
When  dividing  reductionally  the  two  unequal  dyads  follow  the  law  of 
chance  in  their  distribution  with  reference  to  the  accessory  chromo- 
some, which  passes  to  one  pole  undivided. 

6.  Study  of  the  early  growth-stages  of  the  first  spermatocyte  shows 
that  each  of  the  chromosomes  of  the  telophase  of  the  last  sperma- 
togonial  division  forms  a  long  spirally  coiled  thread,  which  uncoils 
and  stretches  out  to  form  the  leptotene  threads  of  the  primary  sperma- 
tocyte. The  leptotene  threads  conjugate  side-by-side  (parasynapsis) 
to  form  the  double  threads  of  the  pachytene  stage. 

7.  It  was  possible  to  recognize  the  chromosome-pair  A  in  the 
spermatogonia   as   two   separate  chromosomes    (telophases)   and   to 


94  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

trace  the  pair  through  all  the  stages  from  the  spermatogonia  to  the 
spermatids,  thus  constituting  a  demonstration  of  a  case  of  continuous 
identity,  or  individuality,  through  these  stages.  It  was  also  possible 
to  recognize  chromosome-pairs  B  and  C  in  the  spermatogonial  telo- 
phases as  well  as  in  the  second  spermatocytes  and  spermatids. 

8.  In  the  earlier  pachytene  stages,  chromosome-pair  B  was  found 
to  have  a  definite  arrangement  of  granules  or  chromomeres,  and  it  was 
shown  that  the  relative  sizes  and  positions  of  these  chromomeres  re- 
mained constant  for  similar  stages,  not  only  in  different  cells  of  a 
single  individual,  but  also  in  all  the  thirteen  animals. 

9.  The  spermatogonial  divisions  showed  that  each  chromosome 
forms  a  sac  or  vesicle  in  the  earlier  telophases,  and  that  it  expands 
and  becomes  diffused  within  these  vesicles;  that,  although  the  vesicles 
appear  to  coalesce,  there  is  always  a  remnant  of  each  chromosome 
visible  in  the  center  of  the  region  occupied  by  the  vesicle,  and  that  in 
the  prophase  the  chromatin  concentrates  about  this  remnant  or  core 
and  there  forms  a  spirally  coiled  thread,  which  develops  into  a  prophase 
chromosome. 

10.  Study  of  somatic  cells  showed:— (1)  that  chromosome  B 
could  be  recognized  in  the  connective-tissue  cells  within  the  follicle, 
and  (2)  that  cells  of  the  follicular  envelope,  which  are  probably  in  a 
state  of  senescence,  still  preserved  the  normal  number  (23)  of  chromatic 
masses. 

11.  The  polar  granules  are  constant  features  of  the  organization 
of  the  individual  chromosomes,  as  was  shown  by  Pinney  ('08);  but 
in  some  cases  (chromosome-pairs  A  and  B)  they  may  become  modified 
to  give  rise  to  expansions  which  resemble  the  "vesicles"  described  by 
Carothers  ('13),  as  well  as  the  "plasmosomes"  of  most  authors.  The 
polar  granules  tend  to  unite  into  composite  granules  at  all  of  the  diffuse 
stages  of  chromatic  evolution. 

12.  The  accessory  chromosome  behaves  in  the  manner  that  is 
typical  for  the  Acrididae.  It  forms  a  large  separate  sac  or  vesicle  in 
the  earlier  spermatogonial  generations  and  a  peripheral  compact  mass 
in  the  telophase  of  the  last  spermatogonial  division.  During  the 
leptotene  and  zygotene  stages  it  may  unravel  into  a  long  loop,  which 
in  some  cases  is  equal  in  length  to  a  great  circle  of  the  nucleus.  In  the 
pachytene  stages  it  reassumes  a  compact  form,  but  may  b  5  attached 
by  its  polar  granule  to  the  polar  granules  of  other  cln-omosomes  and 
thus  become  attached  to  a  composite  granule.  It  passes  to  one  pole 
undivided  in  the  first  maturation  division  but  divides  in  the  second. 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         95 

III.     DISCUSSION. 
A.     Synapsis  and  the  Maturation  Divisions. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  separate  the  subjects  of  synapsis  and  the  matura- 
tion divisions  from  the  subject  of  chromosome-individuaHty.  Yet 
for  the  sake  of  clearness  it  seems  best  to  make  such  an  artificial  separa- 
tion. It  might  also  be  possible  to  separate  from  each  other  the  sub- 
jects of  synapsis  and  maturation  divisions,  but  since  the  two  are  so 
intimately  related,  it  seems  better  to  discuss  them  at  the  same  time. 

Anything  like  a  complete  review  of  the  literature  on  the  subjects  of 
synapsis  and  reduction  divisions  will  not  be  attempted  here,  in  view 
of  the  extensive  general  reviews  in  the  monographs  of  Gregoire  ('05, 
'10)  and  Vejdovsky  ('11-12),  and  the  reviews  relating  particularly 
to  orthopteran  spermatogenesis  by  Davis  ('08)  and  McClung  ('14). 

a.  Results  from  Orthoptera. 

McClung  ('14)  has  so  recently  reviewed  the  literature  on  Orthop- 
tera dealing  with  this  subject  that  it  will  suffice  here  to  summarize 
briefly  the  results.     The  different  views  may  be  classified  as  follows :  — 

I.     Synapsis  not  considered. 

a.  Both  maturation  divisions  reductional. 

1.     Wilcox  ('94,  '96,  '97,  '01),  Caloptenus. 

b.  Both  maturations  equational. 

1.  De  Sinety  ('01),  various  Orthoptera. 

2.  Granata  ('10),  Pamphagus. 

c.  First  division  transverse. 

1.  Vom  Rath  ('92,  '95),  Gryllotalpa. 

2.  Farmer  and  Moore  ('05),  Periplaneta. 

3.  Jordan  (*08),  Aplopus. 
II.     Synapsis  described  or  assumed. 

A.     Telosynapsis  described  or  assumed. 

a.     First  maturation  division  reductional. 

1.  Montgomery  ('05),  Syrbula. 

2.  Stevens  ('05),  Blatta. 

3.  Wassilieff  ('07),  Blatta. 

4.  Zweiger  ('06),  Forficula. 


96  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

5.  Davis  ('08),  Acrididae  and  Locustidae. 

6.  Buchner  ('09),  Gryllus,  Oedipoda. 

7.  Stevens  ('10b),  Forfieula. 

8.  Brunelli  ('09,  '10),  Gryllus,  Tryxalis. 
b.     Second  maturation  division  reductional. 

1.  Sutton  ('02,  '03),  Brachystola. 

2.  Baumgartner  ('04),  Gryllus. 

3.  McClung  ('05,  '08a,  '14),  various  Orthoptera. 

4.  Stevens  ('05),  Stenopalmatus. 

5.  Nowlin  ('08),  Melanoplus. 

6.  Finney  ('08),  Phrynotettix. 

7.  Robertson  ('08)  Syrbula. 

8.  Carothers  ('13),  Acrididae. 
B.     Parasynapsis  assumed  or  described. 

a.  First  maturation  division  reductional. 

1.  Gerard  ('09),  Stenobothrus. 

2.  Morse  ('09),  Blattidae. 

3.  Stevens  ('12a),  Ceuthophilus. 

4.  Robertson  ('15),  Tettigidae. 

b.  Both  divisions  equational. 

1.     Vejdovsky  ('11-12),  Locustidae. 

c.  Division  neither  reductional  nor  equational. 
1.     Otte  -('07),  Locusta. 

This  classification  ^  is  interesting  from  two  points  of  view.  In  the 
first  place,  it  indicates  the  diverse  results  that  have  been  obtained  by 
the  various  investigators  working  on  a  limited  group  within  which  one 
might  reasonably  expect  to  find  a  high  degree  of  uniformity  in  chromo- 
somal behavior.  In  the  second  place,  the  results  that  I  have  obtained 
do  not  come  under  any  of  the  classes  in  the  above  outline.  As  stated 
on  previous  pages,  I  have  shown  (1)  that  the  spermatogonial  chromo- 
somes develop  into  the  fine  leptotene  threads,  which  conjugate  by 
paras;>aiapsis  without  the  conjugants  losing  their  identity,  that  is,  the 
line  of  conjugation  is  visible  tlu-oughout  the  growth-period  as  the 
'primary  longitudinal  split';  (2)  that  a  second  longitudinal  split  at 
right  angles  to  the  first  occurs  in  the  early  postspireme  stages;  and 
(3)  that  the  tetrads  become  so  oriented  on  the  first  maturation  spindle 
that  the  resulting  division  is  equational.  Each  of  the  dyads  of  the 
second  spermatocj^tes  consists  of  parts  of  the  two  original  conjugants, 

'  I  have  omitted  reference  to  some  papers  which  were  non-committed  on  the  points  under 
discussion. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.  97 

and  these  conjugant-halves  become  separated  in  the  second  matura- 
tion mitosis,  the  result  being,  therefore,  a  reductional  division.  I  am 
thus  able  to  support  the  careful  studies  of  McClung  and  his  students 
as  to  the  orientation  of  the  tetrads  in  the  first  maturation  spindle, 
where  the  spindle-fibers  become  attached  at  the  so-called  'synaptic' 
or  proximal  ends,  and  therefore  bring  about  an  equational  division. 
I  can  likewise  support  the  findings  of  those  investigators  who  describe 
parasynapsis.  If  we  accept  the  view  that  one  of  the  longitudinal  splits 
is  in  reality  the  line  of  separation  between  parallel  conjugants,  we  can 
also  accept  the  observations  of  De  Sinety  ('01)  as  to  the  existence  of 
two  longitudinal  divisions. 

McClung  and  those  of  his  students  who  have  worked  on  orthopteran 
material  have  derived  their  results  from  studies  confined  largely  to 
spermatogonia  and  the  postspireme  stages.  There  is  nothing  in  any 
of  their  figures,  however,  which  would  be  incompatible  with  parasynap- 
sis. And  the  figures  by  Sutton  ('02,  fig.  5a,  5b,  6  and  7)  of  early 
postspireme  stages  in  Brachystola  are  much  more  satisfactorily  inter- 
preted from  the  standpoint  of  a  preexisting  parasynapsis  than  from 
the  standpoint  of  telosynapsis.  I  may  also  state  that  I  have  recently 
examined  some  Brachystola  material  and  am  well  satisfied  that  the 
conditions  there  are  quite  comparable  to  those  prevailing  in  Phry- 
notettix.  McClung  in  his  latest  paper  ('14)  accepts  the  possibility 
of  parasynapsis,  and  Robertson,  who  in  1908  argued  foi-  telosynapsis 
in  Syrbula  in  no  uncertain  terms,  has  recently  found  parasynapsis  in 
the  Tettigidae  (Robertson,  '15). 

A  glance  at  the  outline  of  the  results  of  orthopteran  studies  given 
above  reveals  the  fact  that  parasynapsis  has  relatively  few  adherents. 
I  believe  the  failure  to  recognize  this  important  stage  has  been  due  (1) 
to  the  general  unfavorableness  of  these  synapsis,  or  lepto-zygotene, 
stages  foi"  the  elucidation  of  the  conditions  and  a  consequent  failure 
properly  to  interpret  them,  or  (2)  to  attention  having  been  largely 
confined  to  the  postspireme  stages.  That  a  study  of  the  latter  stages 
could  allow  of  quite  diverse  interpretations,  I  am  keenly  aware,  for  it 
was  not  till  I  undertook  to  follow  the  history  of  individual  chromo- 
somes that  I  was  able  to  arrive  at  any  satisfactory  conclusion  as  to  the 
sequence  of  events.  I  am  confident  that  the  use  of  the  same  method 
on  other  material  will  reveal  conditions  similar  to  those  that  I  have 
described  for  Phrynotettix. 

Where  the  chromosomes  differ  among  themselves  as  to  shape,  as 
they  do  in  Stenobothrus,  another  source  of  confusion  is  encountered, 
for  very  few  authors  have  recognized  the  fact  that  cliromosomes  of 


98  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

different  shape  may  behave  differently  in  their  orientation  on  the 
maturation  spindles.  McClung  has  recently  gone  over  this  matter 
in  a  very  painstaking  way,  and  I  can  agree  with  his  conclusion  that, 
in  general,  the  chromosomes  with  the  spindle-fiber  attachment  termi- 
nal, that  is,  rod-shaped  chromosomes,  are  oriented  in  the  first  matura- 
tion spindle  so  as  to  produce  an  equational  division,  while  those  wliich 
have  the  spindle-fiber  attachment  non-terminal,  that  is,  at  the  apex 
of  V-shaped  cln-omosomes,  become  oriented  so  as  to  bring  about  a 
reduction  at  the  first  division.  This  general  rule  is  of  course  violated 
when  the  pairs  of  rods  are  of  unequal  length,  which  usually  (Baum- 
gartner,  '11;  Payne,  '12;  Carothers,  '13;  Robertson,  '15),  but  not 
always  (Ci,  described  in  this  paper),  divide  reductionally  in  the  first 
division.  Davis  ('08)  sought  to  establish  the  behavior  of  the  V- 
shaped  chromosomes  of  Stenobothrus  as  the  type  for  the  Orthoptera  in 
general.  He  correctly  described  the  behavior  of  these  chromosomes 
in  the  maturations,  but  fell  into  error  by  attempting  to  make  the  rod- 
shaped  chromosomes  conform  to  the  same  type  of  behavior.  He  also 
failed  to  recognize  parasynapsis.  I  have  recently  made  a  study  of 
the  conditions  in  Stenobotlirus  and  may  say  that  I  found  parasynapsis 
for  both  forms  of  cln-omosomes,  and  that  the  V-shaped  chromosomes 
divide  reductionally  in  the  first  maturation  mitosis,  as  Davis  de- 
scribed, but  that  the  rod-shaped  chromosomes  divide  equationally 
in  the  first  division,  as  I  found  that  they  did  in  Phrynotettix. 

> 

b.     Recent  Work  on  Synapsis. 

That  parasynapsis  has  a  wide  occurrence,  is  evident  from  a  glance 
at  the  cytological  literature,  especially  within  recent  years.  Gregoire 
in  his  two  admirable  monographs  ('05,  '10)  has  reviewed  most  of  the 
previous  literature  bearing  on  the  subject  of  the  behavior  of  the 
chromosomes  in  maturation,  and  has  endeavored  to  find  a  common 
type  of  behavior  for  both  plants  and  animals.  He  says  ('10,  p.  384) : 
"Dans  un  bon  nombre  d'objets  animaux  et  vegetaux,  les  cineses  de 
maturation  s'accomplissent  suivant  le  type  d'une  prereduction  hetero- 
homeoty pique  preparee  par  une  pseudo-reduction  prophasique  par 
parasyndese  ou  zygotenie."  In  this  "  heterohomeotypique "  scheme, 
however,  Gregoire  has  failed  to  distinguish  the  difference  in  behavior 
between  the  chromosomes  with  terminal  and  those  with  non-terminal 
spindle-fiber  attachment.  Since  the  publication  of  Gregoire's  later 
monograph,  a  considerable  number  of  investigators  have  reported 
the  existence  of  parasynapsis. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.         99 

De  Saedeleer  ('13)  finds  in  Ascaris  all  the  typical  stages  of  the 
growth-period: — leptotene,  zygotene,  pachytene,  and  diplotene;  he 
consequently  believes  that  parasynapsis  occurs. 

Among  the  Crustacea  parasynapsis  has  been  found  by  McClendon 
and  by  Kornhauser  for  Copepoda  and  by  Fasten  for  Canibarus. 
McClendon  ('10)  found  parasynapsis  in  both  the  oogenesis  and  the 
spermatogenesis  of  Pandarus  sinuatus,  but  could  not  decide  which  of 
the  maturation  divisions  were  reductional.  Kornhauser  ('15)  gives 
a  very  full  account  of  a  careful  study  of  the  process  of  parasynapsis  in 
Hersilia  apodiformis,  thus  confirming  the  earlier  results,  as  to  the 
existence  of  parasynapsis  in  Copepoda,  of  Lerat  ('05),  Matschek  ('09), 
and  McClendon  ('10).  In  this  paper  he  clears  up  the  uncertainty  in 
regard  to  this  group  brought  about  by  the  unique  theories  held  by 
Hacker  ('92)  and  his  followers.  Kornhauser  demonstrates  very 
clearly  that  the  so-called  '  Querkerbe,'  which  Hacker  and  his  followers 
interpreted  as  the  point  of  end-to-end  union,  is  nothing  more  than  the 
synaptic  point  of  the  chromosomes  which  have  a  median  or  non- 
terminal spindle-fiber  attachment.  The  Copepoda  are  thus  brought 
into  line  with  the  majority  of  other  forms.  Fasten  ('14)  finds  para- 
synapsis in  Cambarus,  and  although  he  is  dealing  with  a  very  large 
number  of  clu-omosomes  (the  diploid  number  is  about  200),  his  figures 
of  the  leptotene  and  zygotene  stages  are  quite  convincing. 

With  respect  to  work  on  insect  material,  I  have  already  mentioned 
that  on  Orthoptera.  The  results  of  Stevens  are  unusual  in  that  she 
has  described  telosynapsis  for  Blatta  ('05),  Stenopalmatus  ('05),  and 
Forficula  ('10b),  while  in  Ceuthophilus  ('12a)  she  found  parasynapsis. 
In  the  last  mentioned  article  she  says  (p.  227)  "  I  should  not  be  sur- 
prised if  the  range  of  variation  should  prove  to  extend  from  (a)  cases 
where  there  is  nothing  that  could  be  called  conjugation,  but  merely 
such  a  pairing  without  contact  even,  as  will  secure  segregation  of 
homologous  maternal  and  paternal  chromosomes  to  different  daughter 
cells,  through  (b)  an  intermediate  condition  of  telosynapsis  and  less 
intimate  paras;yTiapsis,  to  (c)  cases  where  homologous  chromosomes 
are  so  completely  fused  in  parasynapsis  that  it  is  impossible  to  tell 
whether  the  resulting  cliromosomes  which  are  segregated  in  mitosis 
are  identical  with  those  that  went  into  synapsis  or  not."  It  may  be 
that  more  intensive  studies  will  reveal  greater  uniformity  of  behavior 
than  Stevens  advocated. 

Payne  ('14),  in  a  brief  description  of  tetrad  formation  in  Forficula 
sp.,  reaches  only  tentative  explanations  and  conclusions.  He  finds  a 
variable  number  of  chromosomes  in  the  two  maturation  divisions  and 
suggests  that  this  might  be  accounted  for  b;^-  supposing  that  some  of 


100  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  spermatogonial  chromosomes  had  failed  to  pair.  He  describes 
two  methods  of  ring-formation.  The  correctness  of  his  conclusions 
as  to  the  succession  of  stages  in  some  of  his  series  might  be  questioned 
on  the  ground  that  they  are  not  different  stages  of  the  same  chromo- 
some. The  series  shown  in  his  figures  2  to  11  probably  represents  a 
normal  method  of  ring-formation,  viz.,  by  the  opening  out  of  a  para- 
synaptic  spireme  segment  along  one  of  the  longitudinal  splits,  with 
the  ends  remaining  in  contact.  The  series  in  figures  12  to  16  might 
also  easily  be  derived  from  a  parasynaptic  segment.  It  is  extremely 
questionable  whether  the  figures  in  the  series  18-20  are  arranged  by 
the  author  in  their  natural  sequence;  the  reverse  order  is  more  likely 
to  be  the  correct  one.  His  figures  19  to  27  (Plate  2)  doubtless  repre- 
sent different  shapes  of  the  same  chromosome-pair,  the  so-called 
"middle  granule"  serving  to  identify  the  element.  I  would  suggest, 
however,  that  the  stage  that  he  represents  in  figure  19  may  have 
resulted  from  an  opening  out  of  a  parasynaptic  segment  in  the  same 
way  that  I  have  described  for  chromosome-pair  A,  in  which  case  the 
"middle  granules"  would  be  polar  granules  instead  of  "middle"  ones. 
In  view  of  the  rather  far-reaching  conclusions  that  Robertson  ('15) 
has  drawn  from  his  work  on  the  Tettigidae,  I  would  call  attention  to 
some  differences,  as  well  as  similarities,  between  his  work  and  mine. 
In  the  first  place,  he  describes  parasynapsis  in  the  early  stages  of  the 
growth-period,  as  I  have  done,  but  in  the  postspireme  stages  he  as- 
sumes that  the  conjugants  separate  along  the  plane  of  conjugation 
(primary  longitudinal  split),  the  separation  beginning  at  the  proximal 
end.  He  shows  in  the  metaphase  of  the  first  spermatocyte  most  of 
the  chromosomes  as  elongated  rods  with  appearance  and  orientation 
similar  to  that  seen  for  my  tetrad  A.  It  will  be  remembered  that  in 
the  latter  case  the  separation  from  the  proximal  end  of  the  spireme 
segment  toward  the  distal  end  is  not  along  the  plane  of  the  primary 
split,  but  along  the  plane  of  the  secondary  split.  I  believe  that 
Robertson  may  have  overlooked  a  similar  behavior  in  the  chromo- 
somes of  his  material.  Curiously  enough  the  unequal  elements  that 
he  describes  are  very  similar  to  the  unequal  type  of  chromosome  B 
and  of  chromosome  C,  in  PhrynotettLx.  I  have  shown  that  the 
behavior  of  the  cliromatids  in  B  and  C  is  similar  to  that  in  A.  And 
that  in  the  cases  in  which  C  divides  reductionally  in  the  first  division 
the  spindle-fiber  attachment  is  necessarily  shifted  to  the  distal  ends. 
I  believe  that  such  a  condition  probably  occurs  in  the  unequal  tetrads 
described  by  Robertson,  and  if  so,  theoretical  explanations,  as  to 
how  the  elements  came  to  be  related  to  each  other  in  the  way  they  are. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       101 

would  be  unnecessary.  Robertson  says  he  believes  that  the  unequal 
tetrad  in  Tettigidea  -parvipennis  has  arisen  by  a  loss  at  the  distal  end. 
And  he  finds  in  other  individuals  an  homologous  pair  each  member 
of  which  is  equivalent  to  the  larger  member  of  the  unequal  pair. 
This  is  just  the  condition  that  is  presented  by  B  in  my  material.  And, 
furthermore,  by  analysis  of  the  pachytene  and  postspireme  stages,  I 
am  able  to  say  just  what  part  has  been  lost. 

Another  striking  analogy  between  my  observations  and  those  of 
Robertson  occurs  in  connection  with  the  larger  unequal  pair  that  he 
has  found  in  Acridium  granulatus.  He  finds  in  some  individuals  a 
small  equal  pair  and  in  two  individuals  an  homologous  unequal  pair, 
the  smaller  component  of  which  corresponds  to  either  of  the  two 
elements  of  the  equal  pair.  This,  again,  is  precisely  the  relationship 
between  types  Ci  and  C2  in  Phrynotettix.  Here,  too,  we  both  failed 
to  find  the  other  possible  combination,  namely,  that  of  a  pair  of  the 
larger  conjugants.  These  striking  similarities  lead  me  to  think  that 
the  elements  described  by  Robertson  may  be  explained  in  the  same 
way  that  I  have  explained  them  in  Phrynotettix.  If  such  be  the 
case,  then  the  various  assumptions  as  to  doubling  and  "sesquiva- 
lent"  chromosomes  will  be  unnecessary.  I  believe,  further,  that 
without  a  doubt  the  unequal  tetrads  described  by  Robertson  do 
divide  reductionallv  in  the  first  maturation  division,  but  that  the 
spindle-fiber  attaches  at  the  distal  and  not  at  the  proximal  end;  and, 
furthermore,  that  there  is  a  very  good  chance  that  the  other  chromo- 
somes may  behave  as  does  chromosome-pair  A  in  Plirynotettix,  and 
therefore  divide  equationally,  as  it  does. 

Of  recent  works  on  Hemiptera,  the  most  interesting  from  the  stand- 
point of  synapsis  are  the  papers  by  Montgomery,  Wilson,  and  Korn- 
hauser.  Montgomery  ('11)  advocated  telosynapsis  for  many  years, 
but  in  this  late  paper,  in  which  he  described  the  spermatogenesis  of 
Euschistus,  he  concludes  that  pairing  is  by  a  process  of  parasynapsis. 
I  believe  it  to  be  a  highly  significant  fact  that  Montgomery,  at  the 
end  of  his  very  active  career  as  a  cytologist,  and  with  his  wide  ex- 
perience back  of  him,  should  reverse  his  former  position  on  the  subject 
of  synapsis  and  should  find  parasynapsis  in  this  insect,  which  he  had 
studied  and  reported  on  at  an  earlier  date  ('01).  He  says  (p.  743): 
"  In  the  growth  period  through  the  pachytene  stage  there  is  no  longi- 
tudinal splitting,  for  what  I  had  previously  ('01)  interpreted  as  such, 
I  now  find  to  be  the  line  of  conjugation ....  Frequently  at  certain 
points  along  a  geminus  the  chromatin  granules  appear  accurately 
paired.     But  this  does  not  appear  until  a  rather  advanced  stage  of  the 


102  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

strepsinema  and  is  by  no  means  regular" ....  Further  on  (p.  753)  he 
says :  —  "  During  the  past  year  I  have  also  convinced  myself  of  the 
occurrence  of  parasyndesis  in  Plethodon,  such  as  Janssens  had  de- 
scribed for  this  object  and  the  Schreiners  for  Salamandra." 

Wilson  ('12),  in  his  critical  study  of  the  subject,  first  states  the 
questions  that  he  believes  must  be  answered  in  connection  with  synap- 
sis and  then  gives  his  reasons  for  believing  in  the  wide  occurrence  of 
parasynapsis.  He  regards  the  following  questions  as  still  awaiting  a 
satisfactory  answer: —  "1.  Is  synapsis  a  fact?  Do  the  chromatic 
elements  actually  conjugate  or  otherwise  become  associated  two-by- 
two?  2.  Admitting  the  fact  of  synapsis,  are  the  conjugating  ele- 
ments chromosomes,  and  are  they  individually  identical  with  those 
of  the  last  diploid  or  premeiotic  division?  3.  Do  they  conjugate 
side-by-side  (parasynapsis,  parasyndesis),  or  end-to-end  (telosynapsis, 
telosyndesis),  or  in  both  ways?  4.  Does  synapsis  lead  to  a  partial 
or  complete  fusion  of  the  conjugating  elements  to  form  'zygosomes' 
or  'mixochromosomes,'  or  are  they  subsequently  disjoined  by  a 
reduction  division?" 

Wilson  finds  his  own  material  (hemipteran)  not  altogether  favorable 
for  a  solution  of  the  problems  enumerated,  but  has  been  able  to  study 
the  preparations  of  Tomopteris,  supplied  by  the  Schreiners,  and  of 
Batrachoseps  supplied  by  Janssens.  He  studied  also  some  orthop- 
teran  material,  including  Phrynotettix,  secured  from  McClung. 
After  a  study  of  Tomopteris  and  Batrachoseps  he  says  (p.  384): 
"Through  the  study  of  Batrachoseps  and  Tomopteris  I  have  finally 
been  convinced  —  for  the  first  time,  I  must  confess,  as  far  as  the  auto- 
somes are  concerned  —  (1)  that  synapsis,  or  the  conjugation  of 
chromosomes  two-by-two,  is  a  fact,  and  (2)  that  in  these  animals 
(perhaps  also  in  the  Orthoptera)  the  conjugation  is  a  side-by-side 
union,  or  parasynapsis."  And  again  (p.  399),  "The  few  observations 
I  have  been  able  to  make  on  McClung's  preparations  of  Achurum, 
Phrynotettix,  and  Mermiria.  .  .  .lead  me  to  the  impression  that  a 
side-by-side  union  of  leptotene  threads  takes  place  here  also." 

Browne  ('13),  from  a  comparative  study  of  the  spermatogenesis  of 
three  species  of  Notonecta,  regards  the  evidence,  though  not  abso- 
lutely conclusive,  as  indicating  a  conjugation  by  parasynapsis. 
Kornhauser  ('14),  as  a  result  of  a  very  careful  study  of  the  spermato- 
genesis of  two  species  of  Enchenopa,  finds  conclusive  evidence  of  a 
parasynaptic  union  at  the  beginning  of  the  growth-period.  The 
evidence  for  parasynapsis  in  the  Hemiptera  is  thus  seen  to  be  very 
strong. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       103 

Of  recent  work  on  the  Diptera,  I  may  mention  that  of  Stevens  and 
of  Taylor  on  Culex,  and  that  of  Metz  on  Drosophila.  Stevens  ('10a) 
finds  parasynapsis  in  Culex,  not  merely  in  the  growth-period  of 
spermatogenesis,  but  among  other  kinds  of  cells.  She  says  ('10a, 
p.  208) :  —  "  That  parasynapsis  occurs  immediately  after  the  last 
oogonial  mitosis  is  certain  and  it  is  equally  certain  that  the  chromo- 
somes are  similarly  paired  in  earlier  generations  of  the  oogonia," 
Again  (p.  209) :  —  "  In  Culex  it  is  quite  certain  that  parasynapsis 
occurs  in  each  cell  generation  of  the  germ  cells  in  the  telophase,"  and 
(p.  212),  "It  is  interesting  to  find  in  Culex  a  clear  case  of  parasynap- 
sis in  oogonia,  oocytes,  spermatogonia,  and  spermatocyte  prophases 
and  then  to  see  the  same  chromosome  pairs  appearing  in  the  first 
maturation  metakinesis  as  though  united  end-to-end."  (It  is  prob- 
able that  she  has  overlooked  stages  in  the  postspireme  showing  the 
changes  undergone  by  a  parasynaptic  spireme  segment  in  its  trans- 
formation into  a  metaphase  tetrad).  Miss  Stevens  found  six  to  be 
the  somatic  number  of  chromosomes  in  Culex,  the  reduced  number 
being  three.  The  side-by-side  pairing  of  the  chromosomes  in  nearly 
all  generations  of  cells  studied,  gave  the  appearance  of  a  reduced 
number  in  many  situations  where  it  would  not  have  been  suspected. 
Taylor  ('14)  states  that  she  found  in  Culex  pipiens  only  three  chromo- 
somes in  all  the  stages  that  she  studied,  i.  e.  in  both  the  somatic  and 
germ-cells  of  both  sexes.  This  is  a  very  surprising  result,  but  an 
explanation  may  perhaps  be  found  in  the  conditions  observed  by  Miss 
Stevens,  namely,  the  tendency  for  the  chromosomes  in  all  kinds  of 
cells  to  pair  between  mitoses.  A  poor  fixation  might  easily  prevent 
one  from  recognizing  the  double  nature  of  a  closely  adhering  pair 
of  chromosomes.  Besides,  Miss  Taylor  found  some  cells  with  six 
chromosomes,  and  shows  figures  of  some  others  with  more  than  three. 
It  would  seem  more  reasonable,  then,  to  regard  the  prevalence  of  the 
reduced  number  found  by  Miss  Taylor  as  the  result  of  the  constantly 
recurring  tendency  of  the  chromosomes  to  unite  side-by-side  between 
successive  mitoses,  and  possibly  to  poor  fixation. 

The  results  of  Metz  (*14)  on  Drosophila  are  interesting  in  this 
connection,  for  he  reports  conditions  in  these  flies  similar  to  those 
found  in  the  mosquito.  In  this  he  confirms  the  earlier  results  of 
Stevens  ('08).  He  finds  (p.  55)  that:  —  "The  chromosomes  not  only 
exhibit  a  close  association  in  pairs  at  nearly  all  times,  but  that  before 
every  cell  division  the  members  of  each  pair  become  so  intimately 
united  that  they  may  be  said  actually  to  conjugate.  Each  pair,  with 
the  possible  exception  of  the  sex  chromosomes,  goes  through  what 


104  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

amounts  to  a  synapsis  in  every  cell  di\'ision,  so  that  in  many  cases  the 
figures  closely  resemble  the  haploid  groups.  Apparently  this  takes 
place  especially  in  early  prophase,  but  a  second  conjugation  may 
occur  dm'ing  metaphases,  just  a  short  time  before  division.  In  the 
second,  or  metaphase,  conjugation,  at  least,  it  is  worthy  of  note  that 
the  union  is  unquestionably  a  side-by-side  or  parasynaptic  one." 
Thus  we  find  parasynapsis  in  a  greatly  exaggerated  form  in  these 
examples  from  the  Diptera. 

Of  recent  studies  on  Vertebrata,  we  may  note  those  of  Snook  and 
Long  on  an  amphibian,  of  Jordan  on  an  opossum,  and  of  Wodsedalek 
on  the  pig. 

Snook  and  Long  ('14)  find  the  same  kind  of  evidence  for  para- 
synapsis that  has  been  presented  for  Batrachoseps  by  Janssens  ('05), 
for  Salamandra  by  the  Schreiners  ('07),  and  by  Wilson  ('12)  as  quoted 
at  p.  102.  This  evidence,  together  with  that  announced  by  Mont- 
gomery ('11)  for  Plethodon,  forms  a  series  of  observations  which 
renders  very  probable  a  general  occurrence  of  parasynapsis  among 
amphibians. 

Jordan  ('11)  describes  in  the  spermatogenesis  of  an  opossum  what 
he  considers  evidence  for  telos;vTiapsis.  His  figures,  however,  are  far 
from  convincing  on  this  point,  since  they  could  as  readily  be  inter- 
preted in  favor  of  parasynapsis  as  telosjaiapsis. 

Wodsedalek  ('13),  in  his  studies  of  the  spermatogenesis  of  the  pig, 
is  unable  to  find  conclusive  evidence  on  the  subject  of  synapsis.  He 
says  (p.  13),  however,  that  in  the  synezesis  stage,  "The  thin  tlireads 
become  arranged  in  a  very  much  tangled  mass  of  loops,  which  later 
appear  in  about  half  the  original  number  and  twice  as  thick."  Inas- 
much as  these  phenomena  accompany  every  case  of  demonstrated 
parasjTiapsis,  the  evidence  seems  to  favor  the  occurrence  of  this  mode 
of  conjugation  in  this  case. 

In  conclusion,  I  think  it  must  be  admitted  that  there  is  abundant 
evidence  for  a  widespread  occurrence  of  parasynapsis,  especially  as 
shown  by  the  most  recent  investigations.  While  a  majority  of  the 
authors  who  have  worked  on  orthopteran  material  have  reported 
telosynapsis,  I  believe  there  is  some  chance  that  many  of  them  were 
mistaken,  or  that  a  more  careful  analysis  of  the  critical  stages  would 
have  given  a  different  result.  Whether  we  accept  the  hypothesis  of 
Stevens,  that  all  degrees  of  s\Tiapsis  occur,  or  the  idea  of  Gregoire, 
that  parasynapsis  is  an  almost  universal  phenomenon,  we  must  at  all 
events  admit  that  the  most  careful  of  the  recent  investigations  indi- 
cate that  the  latter  condition  is  widespread  throughout  the  animal 
kingdom. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       105 

As  to  which  of  the  two  maturation  divisions  is  equational  and  which 
is  reductional,  no  absohite  rule  can  be  laid  down.  The  evidence, 
however,  points  to  the  probability  that  generally  chromosomes  with 
terminal  spindle-fiber  attachment  are  not  separated  from  each  other 
until  the  second  division,  while  those  that  have  a  non-terminal  at- 
tachment are  separated  in  the  first,  and  that  consequently  in  the 
former  the  reduction  occurs  at  the  second  division,  in  the  latter  at  the 
first  division. 

B.     Individuality. 

The  theory  of  individuality  was  early  championed  by  Van  Beneden 
('83),  Rabl  ('85),  and  Boveri  ('88).  In  more  recent  years  the  theory 
has  been  supported  by  many  wi'iters,  who  have  accepted  as  substan- 
tial evidence  in  its  favor  the  constancy  in  the  number,  size,  and 
shape  of  the  chromosomes  reappearing  in  the  mitotic  spindle  of  any 
one  species  of  animal  or  plant.  On  the  other  hand,  some  eminent 
zoologists  have  attacked  the  theory  on  the  ground  that  the  individual 
chromosomes  cannot  be  traced  through  the  so-called  "rest"  period 
between  mitoses.  It  will,  therefore,  be  convenient  to  discuss  the  two 
topics:  —  (a)  constancy  in  metaphase  chromosomes,  and  (b)  persistent 
organization  of  chromosomes. 


a.     Constajici/  of  Metaphase  Chromosomes. 

1.  Constancy  in  number. —  The  constancy  in  number  of  chromo- 
somes for  any  species  is  among  the  most  commonplace  of  cytological 
observations.  It  will  therefore  be  unnecessary  to  make  any  exten- 
sive references  to  the  literature.  Some  exceptions  to  the  general 
rule  occur,  however,  and  should  receive  attention.  Supernumerary 
chromosomes  have  been  reported  from  time  to  time,  and  have  been 
studied  especially  by  Stevens  and  Wilson.  Wilson  ('09)  found  in 
Metapodius  variations  in  chromosome-number  from  21  to  26,  though 
the  number  for  each  individual  animal  was  constant.  The  number  of 
chromosomes  was  dependent  neither  on  sex,  nor  locality  of  habitat, 
nor  w^as  it  correlated  with  constant  differences  of  size  or  of  visible 
structures  in  the  adults.  But  the  variation  affects  only  particular 
classes  of  chromosomes  (the  small  idiochromosomes)  and  all  exhibit 
the  same  behavior.  Furthermore,  Wilson  found  a  few  cases  of  mitoses 
in  which  both  members  of  a  pair  of  small  chromosome  were  going  to 


106  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  same  pole.  Using  this  as  a  basis,  he  was  able  to  find  satisfactory 
explanation  of  the  variation  in  number,  and  one  which  served  to  sup- 
port the  theory  of  the  individuality  of  the  chromosomes.  Stevens 
('12b)  found  in  Diabrotica  supernumerary  chromosomes  varying  in 
number  from  1  to  5,  and  believed  that  they  had  their  origin  in  trans- 
verse and  longitudinal  divisions  of  the  X-chromosome,  which  normally 
divides  only  longitudinally.  These  anomalies  can  therefore  be 
explained  on  the  basis  of  some  unusual  method  of  distribution  of  the 
chromosomes  in  mitosis;  the  fact  that  such  extra  cliromosomes  persist 
in  all  the  cells  of  the  animal  in  which  they  are  found  is  a  striking  bit 
of  evidence  in  favor  of  the  belief  that  they  maintain  their  individuality. 

Delia  Valle  ('09,  '12)  has  attacked  the  theory  of  individuality, 
declaring  that  the  chromosomes  are  temporary  and  variable  structures, 
which  form  in  the  prophase  and  dissolve  in  the  telophase.  He  thinks 
their  number  is  the  quotient  of  the  quantity  of  chromatin  divided  by 
the  average  size  of  the  clu-omosomes.  The  quantity  of  clu-omatin 
is  said  to  vary  with  conditions  of  nutrition,  and  the  number  of  cln-omo- 
somes  with  variations  in  external  conditions.  He  made  counts  of 
chromosomes  from  cells  of  the  peritoneum  of  salamander  larvae  and 
obtained  numbers  varying  from  19  to  27.  Montgomery  ('10)  points 
to  the  following  grounds  for  doubting  the  accuracy  of  Delia  Valle's 
conclusions :  —  "  1.  The  chromosomes  counted  are  long,  sinuous 
ribbons,  that  overlap  and  interlace,  the  most  difficult  kind  to  count 
with  accuracy.  2.  He  included  in  the  counts  some  cells  in  prophases, 
where  one  cannot  be  certain  that  all  the  clu'omosomes  have  fully 
separated.  3.  The  total  number  of  the  chromosomes  is  so  large, 
about  24,  that  the  chance  of  error  in  enumeration  is  great.  It  is  but 
fair  to  conclude  that  while  his  technique  was  excellent,  his  choice  of 
material  was  bad,  consequently  a  degree  of  scepticism  might  well  be 
maintained  toward  his  results."  Delia  Valle  in  his  latest  paper  ('12) 
argues  that  the  chromosomes  are  variable  structures,  because  he  has 
been  able  to  find  transition  stages  between  mitotic  and  amitotic 
methods  of  cell-division  in  the  erythrocytes  of  young  salamanders. 
It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  amitosis  frequently  accompanies  degenera- 
tion, and  the  figures  of  Delia  Valle  present  strong  indications  of  being 
those  of  degenerating  cells.  It  is  precisely  in  degenerating  cells  that 
one  would  look  for  inconstancy  in  the  behavior  of  the  chromosomes. 

2.  Constancy  in  size  and  shape. —  It  will  be  convenient  to  consider 
the  subjects  of  size  and  shape  together.  As  to  shape,  we  may  dis- 
tinguish spheres,  rods,  and  V-shaped  elements.  Spheres  are  invariably 
small  and  may  be  regarded  as  short  rods.     It  will  be  convenient  to 


A\  enrich:    spermatogenesis   of    PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       107 

include  under  the  term  "V-shaped"  all  the  chromosomes  which  have 
a  non-terminal  spindle-fiber  attachment.  They  may  be  regarded  as 
rods  which  have  become  bent  at  the  point  of  the  spindle-fiber  attach- 
ment. Broadly,  therefore,  we  may  look  upon  all  cliromosomes  as 
rod-shaped,  but  it  will  make  description  easier  to  distinguish  the 
types  just  mentioned. 

In  attempting  to  show  that  chromosomes  have  a  constant  size  and 
shape  for  each  species,  as  well  as  a  constant  number,  it  will  be  well  to 
call  attention  to  the  fact,  so  clearly  stated  by  McClung  ('14),  that  the 
point  of  the  spindle-fiber  attachment  is,  as  a  general  rule,  constant 
and  therefore  one  of  the  indications  of  a  persistent  organization  for 
each  individual  chromosome. 

Some  groups  of  animals  exhibit  a  high  degree  of  uniformity  in  the 
shape  and  size  of  the  chromosomes  in  any  species,  as  for  example, 
among  the  Crustacea  and  the  Amphibia,  while  others  show  a  great 
variety  of  forms  (Orthoptera,  mammals).  In  the  groups  with  diverse 
shapes  and  sizes  of  chromosomes,  the  striking  fact  was  pointed  out  by 
Montgomery  ('01)  that  there  are  two  of  each  different  size.  Mont- 
gomery reached  the  logical  conclusion  that  of  the  two  equivalent 
series  existing  in  «ach  cell,  one  had  been  derived  from  the  maternal 
and  the  other  from  the  paternal  ancestor. 

That  the  same  series  of  sizes  and  shapes  reappears  in  each  cell- 
generation,  is  recorded  by  nearly  every  observer  whose  material  is 
favorable  enough  to  admit  of  such  comparisons.     The  work  of  Mc- 
Clung ('00,  '02,  '04,  '08b,  '14),  Sutton  ('02,  '03),  Baumgartner  ('04), 
Nowlin  ('08),  Pinney  ('08),  Robertson  ('08)  on  orthopteran  material 
has  done  much  to  establish  this  fundamental  feature  of  individuality. 
A  very  interesting  series  of  observations  on  this  point  is  that  of  Meek 
('12a,  '12b)  on  Stenobothrus.     He  describes  the  results  of  a  series  of 
careful  measurements  of  cliromosome-dimensions  in  diiTerent  genera-  " 
tions  of  cells,  and  as  a  result  of  these  observations  becomes  convinced 
of  the  existence  of  persistent  individuality.     I  may  quote  some  of  his 
conclusions  ('12a,  p.  24,  ff.):  —  "  (1)  In  all  metaphases  the  relative 
positions  of  the  chromosomes  in  the  equatorial  plate  appear  to  be 
arbitrary.     (2)  The  rods  composing  all  ordinary  chromosomes  are 
cylindrical  with  rounded  ends,  and  of  an  unifonn  and  constant  diame- 
ter, viz.,  0.83  micra.     In  each  species  eight  lengths  have  been  found, 
and  these  constitute  members  of  a  series  in  arithmetical  progi'ession, 
of  which  the  difference  between  consecutive  terms  is  equal  to  the 
radius  of  the  rod.     The  heterotropic  chromosome  does  not  belong  to 
this  general  series,  for,  although  equal  in  length  to  the  longest  rod,  its 


108  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

diameter  varies  at  different  points  and  exceeds  0.83  micra.  (3)  The 
rods  are  indivisible  units,  and,  since  each  spermatogonial  and  second 
spermatocyte  chromosome  is  composed  of  two,  and  each  primary 
spermatocyte  chromosome  of  four,  their  morphological  identity  is 
metrically  proved.  (4)  The  eight  rod-lengths  are  not  the  same  in 
any  two  species;  the  longest  and  5  short  chromosomes  occur  in  all, 
but  identity  is  always  established  by  the  two  remaining  chromosome- 
rods.  (5)  The  complexes  of  a  species  and  its  variety  appear  to  be 
identical;  differences  if  existing,  are  too  small  to  be  recognized.  (6) 
The  somatic  chromosomes  are  identical  with  those  of  the  germ  cells. 
(7)  The  total  volume  of  ordinary  chromosomes  is  the  same  in  sperma- 
togonial and  primary  spermatocyte  metaphases,  whereas  only  half  this 
amount  appears  in  that  of  the  secondary  spermatocyte." 

For  some  zoologists,  the  fact  that  for  any  species  the  chromosomes 
reappear  in  the  different  cell-generations  possessing  the  same  relations 
as  to  number,  shape,  and  size  is  merely  an  expression  of  the  activities 
of  the  cell  and  signifies  nothing  as  to  a  persistent  individuality  of  the 
chromosomes.  Fortunately,  we  are  not  dependent  on  this  kind  of 
evidence  alone,  the  results  of  studies  of  the  chromosomes  of  hybrids, 
for  example,  offering  still  stronger  evidence  of  individuality,  as  shown 
by  the  work  of  Moenkliaus  on  hybrids  between  Fundulus  and  Men- 
idia,  and  that  on  echinoderm  hybrids  by  Baltzer  and  by  Tenent. 
Moenkhaus  ('04)  could  recognize  the  two  sets  of  chromosomes  arising 
from  the  pronuclei  of  the  diverse  parents  by  characteristic  differences 
in  size.  For  the  first  two  or  three  cleavages  the  two  groups  tended  to 
remain  distinct,  but  in  later  cleavages  the  chromosomes  of  the  two 
kinds  become  more  and  more  intermingled,  though  they  are  still 
recognizable  by  their  characteristic  sizes.  The  value  of  this  evidence 
is  obvious,  and  on  this  point  Moenkhaus  says  (p.  53) :  —  "As  long  as 
the  two  kinds  remain  grouped,  as  during  the  first  two  divisions,  this 
fact  has  little  added  significance  (i.  c,  that  two  groups  of  distinctly 
different  kinds  of  chromosomes  arise),  since  within  each  group  it 
would  be  perfectly  possible  for  the  component  chromosomes  to  ex- 
change chromatin  granules  during  the  resting  period.  If,  however, 
as  occurs  in  the  later  cleavages,  the  two  kinds  of  chromosomes  become 
mingled,  the  chromatin  granules  of  both  kinds  must  lie  mingled  to- 
gether within  the  resting  nucleus.  If  from  such  a  nucleus  the  two 
kinds  of  chromosomes  again  emerge,  it  amounts  almost  to  a  demon- 
stration that  the  chromatin  substance  of  a  given  chromosome  forms  a 
unit  and  that  unit  persists."  Baltzer  ('09)  was  able  to  recognize  in 
hybrids   between   Echinus   and   Strongylocentrotus   certain  chromo- 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       109 

somes  which  were  distinctive  of  the  species  from  which  they  were 
derived.  Tennent  ('08)  found  in  hybrids  between  Moira  and  Arbacia 
a  mixture  of  two  kinds  of  chromosomes,  each  variety  of  which  could 
be  distinguished.  It  is,  indeed,  difficult  to  understand  how  these 
distinctive  chromosomes  could  recur  with  such  definite  characteristics 
in  hybrid  embryos,  if  there  is  no  persistent  identity  for  them. 

Variations  from  the  general  rule  of  chromosomal  constancy  have 
been  recorded  from  time  to  time,  for  example,  in  the  shapes  of  tetrad 
chromosomes.  In  many  species  there  is  a  tendency  for  each  of  the 
forms  of  the  tetrads  to  be  reproduced  in  the  first  spermatocyte  meta- 
phase.  This  is  particularly  true  where  the  chromosomes  are  all  of  a 
similar  shape  and  size.  But  even  in  such  cases,  there  is  a  variation 
in  the  exact  contour  presented  by  different  chromosomes.  It  has 
been  made  apparent  by  many  investigators,  especially  by  McClung 
and  his  students,  that  the  shape  of  a  metaphase  tetrad  is  dependent 
upon  the  extent  and  character  of  the  movement  on  each  other  of  the 
constituent  cliromatids.  The  work  of  these  authors  also  shows  that 
homologous  chromosomes  tend  to  assume  about  the  same  shape  in  all 
the  cells  at  corresponding  stages  of  mitosis,  but  that  this  condition  of 
similarity  has  its  exceptions.  Baumgartner  ('04)  called  attention  to 
the  constancy  in  the  number  of  rings  formed  among  the  tetrads  of 
Gryllus,  and  others  have  noted  similar  conditions.  However,  such  a 
criterion  for  individuality  is  not  always  a  safe  guide,  as  was  pointed 
out  by  Foot  and  Strobell  ('05).  Commenting  on  Baumgartner's 
paper,  they  say,  in  regard  to  chromosomes  in  Allolobophora  foctida:  — 
"  We  find  no  constant  form  differences  of  the  chromosomes,  the  simplest 
form  of  the  bivalent  chromosomes  is  two  rods«attached  end  to  end,  and 
these  present  a  variety  of  shapes,  rings,  figures  8,  crosses,  etc.,  without 
any  regularity  or  constancy.  The  free  ends  of  the  bivalent  chromo- 
somes show  a  tendency  to  unite  into  a  ring  and  in  some  cases  nearly 
all  the  eleven  chromosomes  are  rings,  and  sometimes  not  a  single  ring 
is  formed"  (footnote,  p.  222).  A  glance  at  figures  39  and  40  (Plate  4) 
of  this  paper  will  also  show  a  variability  in  shape  of  the  eleven  bivalent 
chromosomes.  In  my  account  of  tetrad  A,  I  have  shown  that  this 
element  may  or  may  not  form  rings,  so  that  this  character  could  not 
be  used  as  a  criterion  for  identification  in  the  earlier  postspireme 
stages.  But  in  spite  of  these  exceptions,  there  does  exist  in  many 
cases  a  strong  tendency  for  a  chromosome  to  assume  the  same  shape 
at  similar  stages  in  all  the  cells  of  an  animal,  and  the  exceptions  have 
no  significance  in  relation  to  the  question  of  a  variation  in  the  funda- 
mental organization  of  the  tetrads. 


110  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

In  the  case  of  unequal  tetrads,  however,  variation  in  shape  does 
have  some  meaning  with  reference  to  chromosomal  organization.  In 
the  specimens  of  Phrynotettix  which  I  have  studied,  the  shape  of 
tetrad  B  in  two  individuals  is  fundamentally  different  from  that  in 
the  other  eleven,  because,  in  the  latter,  a  definite  part  of  one  member 
of  the  pair  is  lacking.  Similarly,  in  the  case  of  Ci  and  C2,  the  difference 
concerns  a  definite  part  of  the  members  of  the  pairs.  But  the  im- 
portant thing  to  be  kept  in  mind  is  that  the  organization  of  each  of 
these  tetrads  is  constant  for  any  individual  animal,  and  such  differ- 
ences as  exist  between  individuals  can  be  readily  accounted  for. 


b.  Persistent  Organization  of  Chromosomes. 

1.  The  selected  chromosomes. —  One  of  the  most  important  con- 
clusions arrived  at  in  the  present  study  relates  to  the  constancy  in 
the  finer  organization  of  the  chromosomes,  both  from  stage  to  stage 
in  the  same  individual,  and  from  one  individual  to  another.  This 
is  shown  in  two  ways :  —  first,  by  the  existence  in  chromosome-pair 
B  of  an  architecture  that  is  constant  both  for  any  one  individual  in 
the  various  stages  in  which  any  architectural  condition  could  be 
recognized,  and  likewise  for  all  the  individuals  studied;  secondly,  by 
that  of  a  particular  pair  of  chromosomes  (A)  recognizable  through  all 
the  stages  from  spermatogonia  to  spermatids,  the  recognition  being 
made  possible  by  the  fact  that  the  chromosomes  in  question  possess 
properties  which  are  characteristic  and  constant  for  all  stages. 

Both  of  these  selected  ^chromosomes,  A  and  B,  tend  to  stain  more 
deeply  than  the  other  autosomes,  but  this  tendency  is  much  more 
marked  in  A  than  in  B.  If  chromosomes  possessing  similar  peculiari- 
ties be  found  in  related  species,  may  they  not  be  regarded  as  homolo- 
gous to  the  selected  chromosomes  A  and  B  of  Phrynotettix?  I  think 
such  homologies  could  be  established.  Miss  Carothers  ('13)  shows 
that  the  small  unequal  tetrad  in  Brachystola  is  usually  associated 
with  the  accessory  chromosome,  and  is  more  intensely  stained  than 
the  other  autosomes.  Might  it  not  be  possible  to  analyse  this  un- 
equal element  in  Brachystola  and  determine  its  relation  to  the  unequal 
tetrads  of  Phrynotettix?  Since  these  two  genera  are  closely  related, 
I  believe  this  would  be  possible.  Furthermore,  the  other  unequal 
tetrads  described  by  Miss  Carothers  for  Arphia  and  Dissosteira  were 
among  the  small  chromosomes  and,  on  account  of  the  similarity  in 
behavior,  might  be  found  homologous  to  5  or  C  of  Phrynotettix. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       Ill 

Miss  Nowlin  ('08)  describes  for  Melanoplus  bivittatus  a  precocious 
tetrad  (no.  11),  which  always  appears  in  the  metaphase  as  a  rod 
extended  parallel  to  the  spindle-axis.  Such  is  also  the  behavior  and 
form  of  chromosome  A.  Furthermore,  I  have  examined  slides  of 
Melanoplus  material  and  find  that  it  also  has  a  spireme  loop  that  stains 
more  deeply  than  the  others.  May  not  this  precocious  tetrad  of 
Melanoplus  be  related  to  chromosome  A  of  Phrynotettix? 

Early  in  the  course  of  my  investigation  I  had  the  opportunity  of 
looking  over  some  of  Dr.  McClung's  collection  of  slides  of  acridian 
material,  and,  though  a  thorough  study  was  not  made,  I  could  easily 
recognize  in  the  pachytene  stage  of  a  number  of  species  a  spireme  loop 
which  stained  more  deeply  than  the  others.  Such  loops  were  found, 
for  example,  in  species  of  Aeoloplus,  Amphitornis,  Arphia,  Brachy- 
stola,  Hadrotettix,  Hesperotettix,  Hippiscus,  Melanoplus,  Phaetaliotes, 
and  Stenobothrus.  One  characteristic  of  such  tlireads,  which,  how- 
ever, is  not  so  marked  in  Phrynotettix,  is  a  tendency  to  become  asso- 
ciated with  the  accessory  chromosome.  This  is  particularly  true  of 
Melanoplus  and  Stenobothrus,  the  forms  in  which  Davis  ('08)  was  led 
by  this  close  association  to  describe  a  "double  monosome."  There 
can  be  no  question,  I  think,  that  these  "double  monosomes"  were 
merely  the  accessory  chromosome  plus  one  of  these  deeply  stained 
spireme  segments.  In  view  of  these  facts,  the  suggestion  offers  itself, 
that  similarity  in  the  properties  and  behavior  of  certain  chromosomes 
in  different  species  may  be  correlated  with  their  taxonomic  relation- 
ships. Such  correlation  was,  indeed,  seen  and  discussed  some  time 
ago  by  McClung  ('08a).  Meek  ('12)  has  already  made  a  comparative 
study  of  the  sizes  of  the  chromosomes  in  several  species  of  Steno- 
bothrus, and  has  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  five  smaller  pairs 
of  chromosomes  are  of  the  same  size  in  all  species,  but  that  the  large 
(V-shaped)  pairs  differ  from  one  species  to  another.  It  still  remains 
to  be  seen  whether  or  not  the  chromosomes  of  different  species  can  be 
compared  on  the  basis  of  their  details  of  organization  and  behavior, 
as  well  as  size. 

2.  The  heterochromosomes. —  I  believe  most  observers  agree  that 
the  heterochromosomes  maintain  their  individuality  tlii'ough  the 
growth-stages  of  the  male  germ-cell  cycle.  On  another  page  (p.  87) 
I  have  called  attention  to  the  similarity  in  behavior  between  the 
autosomes  and  the  accessory,  this  has  also  been  noted  by  many  others, 
so  that  there  is  no  very  good  ground  for  setting  up  a  claim  to  funda- 
mental distinction  between  the  two  kinds.  It  seems  to  me,  therefore, 
that  if  we  admit  a  persistent  individuality  for  the  heterochromosomes. 


112  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

we  must  at  the  same  time  admit  a  high  degree  of  individuahty  for  the 
autosomes. 

3.  PJasmosovies  and  nucleoli. —  One  of  the  most  puzzHng  problems 
that  cytologists  have  to  deal  with  is  the  behavior  and  function  of  the 
so-called  ' plasmosomes '  or  'nucleoli.'  They  apparently  exhibit  such 
a  variety  of  reactions  to  methods  of  technique,  and  exhibit  such 
varying  relationships  to  other  structures  in  the  cell,  that  it  is  almost 
hopeless  even  to  attempt  to  classify  them.  That  they  play  some 
important  role  in  the  physiology  of  the  cell,  there  is  not  the  slightest 
doubt,  but  what  that  role  is,  or  what  relation  they  bear  to  the  question 
of  chromosome-individuality,  are  problems  that  are  far  from  a  solu- 
tion at  the  present  time. 

In  my  description  of  the  tetrads  A  and  B,  I  called  attention  to  a 
peculiar  modification  of  one  of  the  terminal  granules  of  each.  I 
emphasized  the  fact  that,  in  the  case  of  tetrad  A,  this  modified  granule 
furnished  a  means  of  identification  for  this  element.  Just  what  the 
nature  of  this  modification  is,  I  cannot  state  definitely,  but  in  the 
pachytene  stage  it  has  the  appearance  of  an  expansion  of  a  previously 
condensed  granule,  and  I  have  so  treated  it  in  my  description.  The 
similar  condition  in  B  appears  to  arise  in  the  same  way,  but  in  this 
case  there  seems  to  be  a  more  definite  boundary  to  the  modified  gran- 
ule, which  thus  resembles  the  plasmosomes,  or  "vesicles,"  described 
by  Carothers  ('13).  The  expanded  granule  of  A  is  usually  not  homo- 
geneous, some  areas  within  it  appearing  more  dense  than  others.  This 
condition  probably  foreshadows  that  seen  in  the  postspireme  stages, 
where  it  appears  more  like  a  collection  of  small  granules,  typically 
tlu-ee  in  number.  Miss  Carothers  described  the  'vesicles'  that  she 
found  as  being  attached  to  spireme  threads,  and  in  some  cases  to 
specific  threads.  Furthermore,  she  found  that  the  occurrence  of  the 
vesicles  extended  to  several  species,  and,  in  some  species,  through 
several  generations  of  cells.  I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  McClung  and  to 
Miss  Carothers  for  the  privilege  of  looking  over  some  of  the  material 
studied  by  the  latter,  as  well  as  for  the  opportunity  of  studying  slides 
of  other  species ;  I  can  confirm  Miss  Carothers's  observations,  and  can 
add  that  these  so-called  '  vesicles '  are  present  in  nearly  every  species 
of  grasshopper  that  I  have  studied  with  this  object  in  view. 

I  believe  that  the  modified  granules  in  Phrynotettix  can  be  homol- 
ogised  with  the  'plasmosomes'  of  other  species.  I  would  especially 
call  attention  to  the  fact  that  these  structures  are  always  attached  to 
chromosomes,  and  that,  in  Phrynotettix,  at  least,  they  always  involve 
a  certain  part  of  the  chromosome  to  which  they  are  attached.     I 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of    PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       113 

believe  we  may  therefore  regard  them  as  being  related  to  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  chromosomes,  just  as  much  as  the  polar  granules  are.  A 
glance  at  the  literature  will  show  how  constantly  these  structures  are 
found;  but  no  one,  except  Miss  Carothers,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  has 
suggested  that  they  are  always  attached  to  some  definite  region  of  a 
chromosome.  It  would  seem  to  be  worth  while  for  some  one  to  make 
a  study  of  these  structures  from  this  point  of  view. 

The  changes  in  staining  capacity  which  the  plasmosomes  undergo 
at  different  stages  raises  an  interesting  question  as  to  what  may  be 
their  relation  to  the  chromatin  of  the  thread  with  which  they  are 
associated.  Do  they  take  up  chromatin  from  the  chromatin-thread, 
thus  increasing  their  own  stainability,  and  give  it  back  again  as  they 
lose  their  power  to  hold  the  stain?  Do  they  elaborate  chromatin 
from  raw  materials  in  the  surrounding  cell  substance  and  give  it  up  to 
the  chromatin-thread?  Is  their  chromatic  substance  different  from 
other  chromatin?  Or,  do  they  have  some  other  way  of  becoming  for 
a  time  chromatic  and  later  non-chromatic?  May  it  not  be  possible 
to  answer  some  of  these  questions  by  carefully  resolving  into  its 
chromomeres  the  chromatin-thread  with  which  they  are  associated, 
and  comparing  the  constitution  at  different  stages?  I  believe  this 
could  be  done  on  favorable  material.  In  Phrynotettix,  these  struc- 
tures are  definitely  related  to  polar  granules.  Are  the  polar  granules 
to  be  classed  in  the  same  category  as  the  plasmosomes?  Is  it  possible 
for  a  polar  granule  to  become  transformed  into  a  plasmosome,  and  then 
back  into  a  polar  granule  again?  The  last  question  seems  to  be  an- 
swered in  the  affirmative  by  the  conditions  in  Phrynotettix.  In  the 
case  of  B,  for  example,  one  of  the  proximal  granules  becomes  "ex- 
panded" in  only  about  16%  of  the  cases  counted.  In  becoming 
expanded  it  has  become  like  a  plasmosome.  When  it  is  not  expanded, 
it  remains  a  polar  granule.  Is  it  any  wonder,  then,  that  the  plasmo- 
somes have  been  called  'variable'  and  'uncertain'  elements  of  the 
nucleus? 

Plasmosomes  are  associated  with  heterochromosomes,  as  well  as 
with  autosomes.  Davis  ('08),  for  example,  noticed  one  on  the  mono- 
some  of  Stenobothrus,  and  I  have  confirmed  the  observation  from 
slides  of  my  own.  Morse  ('09)  found  in  cockroaches  a  plasmosome 
constantly  associated  with  the  "chromatin  nucleolus"  (accessory), 
and  in  addition  another  body  in  the  cytoplasm,  which  he  called  a 
plasmosome.  A  similar  cytoplasmic  body,  which  stains  like  chroma- 
tin, is  found  in  a  number  of  Acrididae.  Dederer  ('07)  found  a  plasmo- 
some associated  with  the  pair  of  idiochromosomes  in  Philosamia,  and 


114  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Blackman  ('05)  found  a  plasmosome  attached  to  the  accessory  chro- 
mosome of  Scolopendra.  A  long  Hst  might  be  added  to  show  that 
plasmosomes  have  been  found  associated  with  particular  chromosomes. 
Many  attempts,  not  altogether  successful,  have  been  made  to  explain 
the  baffling  relations  to  the  other  cell-structures  of  such  bodies  as  have 
been  called  plasmosomes,  nucleoli,  chromoplasts,  karyospheres,  etc., 
but  any  future  attempts  to  elucidate  these  relations  must,  I  believe, 
be  accompanied  by  a  recognition  of  the  relations  that  these  structures 
bear  to  the  organization  of  individual  chromosomes. 

4.  Persistence  of  chromosomes  between  mitoses.  It  still  remains  to 
discuss  what  may  be  the  nature  of  the  "organization"  of  the  chromo- 
somes in  the  stages  through  which  the  nuclear  substance  passes  from 
one  metakinesis  to  the  next.  I  shall  consider  briefly  (1)  the  origin  of 
the  nucleus  from  the  chromosomes,  and  (2)  theories  of  continuity. 

(1)  Origin  of  the  nucleus.  In  my  description  of  the  spermato- 
gonial  divisions  of  Phr\Tiotettix  (p.  87-91),  I  pointed  out  that  each 
chi-omosome  becomes  surrounded,  as  early  as  the  anaphase,  by  a 
hyaline  region,  that  this  region  expands  in  the  telophase;  that  the 
chromatin  of  each  chromosome  becomes  diffused  to  a  certain  extent 
within  its  own  region;  that  a  membrane  becomes  formed  at  the 
boundary  between  the  hyaline  region  and  the  cytoplasm,  producing 
the  chromosomic  "vesicle";  and  that  the  nuclear  membrane  consists 
of  the  outer  walls  of  the  vesicles  at  the  periphery  of  the  nuclear  group. 
I  drew  the  conclusion  that  the  hyaline  region  was  formed  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  cytoplasm  and  that  the  material  of  each  chromosome 
tended  to  remain  within  the  space  of  its  own  vesicle,  a  core  of  chroma- 
tin being  particularly  noticeable  in  the  center  of  this  region,  and  that 
the  prophase  chromosome  subsequently  formed  was  developed  out  of 
the  substance  of  one,  and  only  one,  of  the  previously  existing  telophase 
chromosomes.  Sutton  ('00)  was  the  first  to  describe  the  vesicles  of 
the  spermatogonia  of  a  grasshopper.  Since  then,  Otte  ('07)  has  seen 
similar  structures  in  Locusta,  and  Davis  ('08)  in  several  Acrididae; 
Pinney  ('08)  has  described  them  for  Plirynotettix.  Sutton  stated 
that  in  the  earlier  stages  of  nuclear  formation,  each  chromosome 
produced  a  separate  vesicle,  just  as  I  have  found  for  Plirynotettix, 
but  that  in  later  stages,  the  proximal  ends  fused  together,  giving  a 
common  nuclear  cavity,  from  which  the  distal  ends  of  the  vesicles, 
particularly  the  longer  ones,  projected  out  like  the  fingers  of  a  glove. 
Sutton  interpreted  these  conditions  as  lending  strong  support  to  the 
theory  of  individuality.  Otte  believed  that  the  individual  vesicles 
remain  distinct  throughout  the  whole  of  the  interkinetic  phases,  and 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis    of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       115 

Pinney  reached  a  similar  conclusion.  Davis,  on  the  other  hand, 
could  recognize  only  an  irregular  outline  for  the  nucleus,  and  did  not 
identify  the  vesicle  of  even  the  monosome  with  certainty.  Gerard 
('09)  saw  the  hyaline  regions  about  the  telophase  chromosomes  of 
Stenobothrus,  and  stated  that  the  nuclear  membrane  was  formed  in 
connection  with  them.  Since  similar  conditions  have  been  reported 
by  so  many  observers,  it  would  seem  that  these  vesicular  structures 
are  the  result  of  normal  processes  and  not,  as  claimed  by  Vejdovsky 
('11-12),  artifacts. 

If  we  turn  to  accounts  other  than  those  on  orthopteran  spermato- 
genesis, we  find  that  the  formation  of  chromosornic  vesicles  out  of 
individual  chromosomes  in  the  telophase  is  by  no  means  of  rare 
occurrence.  Van  Beneden  ('83)  noted  in  his  work  on  Ascaris  that 
each  of  the  two  chromosomes  of  the  female  pronucleus  often  formed 
a  separate  'half -nucleus.'  Hacker  ('95b)  observed  that  the  chromo- 
somes of  the  early  cleavages  of  Cyclops  brevicornis  formed  two  groups 
of  "Blaschen,"  one  group  from  the  maternal  and  another  from  the 
paternal  pronuclei.  Conklin  ('02)  calls  attention  to  the  occurrence 
of  such  chromosomic  vesicles,  and  gives  the  history  of  the  nuclear 
changes  during  the  cycle  of  division  in  Crepidula  as  follows  (p.  45) :  — 
"(1)  The  cliromosomes,  consisting  of  chromatin  enclosed  in  a  linin 
sheath,  divide  and  move  to  the  poles  of  the  spindle,  where  they  par- 
tially surround  the  spheres.  (2)  Here  they  become  vesicular,  the 
interior  of  the  vesicle  becoming  achromatic,  though  frequently  con- 
taining a  nucleolus-like  body,  while  the  wall  remains  chromatic.  (3) 
These  vesicles  continue  to  enlarge  and  then  unite  into  the  "resting 
nucleus."  The  nuclear  membrane  is  composed  of  the  outermost  walls 
of  the  vesicles,  while  the  inner  walls  stretch  through  the  nucleus  as 
achromatic  partitions.  The  chromosomal  vesicles  for  the  egg  and 
sperm  nuclei  remain  distinct  longer  than  those  from  the  same  nucleus 
....  Such  vesicles  are  found  generally,  if  not  universally,  in  the  early 
division  of  ova,  though  they  are  not  usually  found  in  other  mitoses." 
Small  wood  ('05)  describes  similar  chromosomic  vesicles  in  the  eggs  of 
nudibranchs.  He  found  that  during  the  "rest-pause"  between  the 
first  and  second  maturation  divisions  the  chromosomes  frequently 
have  distinct  vesicles.  There  may  be  a  single  vesicle  for  all  the 
chromosomes,  or  a  single  vesicle  for  each  chromosome;  all  conditions 
between  these  two  extremes  occur.  Medes  ('05)  in  her  work  on 
Scutigera  found  in  the  second  spermatocytes  (p.  174)  that:  —  "There 
is  no  immediate  formation  of  a  nuclear  membrane,  but  each  separate 
chromosome,  as  it  disintegrates,  becomes  enclosed  in  a  membrane  of  its 


116  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

own,  thus  forming  a  structure  similar  to  a  nucleus  but  containing  only 
a  single  chromosome."  Kornhauser  ('15,  p.  408)  says  concerning  the 
spermatogonia  of  Hersilia:  —  "The  telophase  chromosomes  become 
gradually  fainter  in  outline,  and  a  clear  area  in  the  cytoplasm  begins 
to  form  about  them.  It  is,  I  believe,  the  boundary  between  this  clear 
area  and  the  more  reticular  cytoplasm  which  forms  the  new  nuclear 
membrane."  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  it  is  quite  usual  for  telophase 
chromosomes  to  form  individual  nuclei,  which  later  fuse  to  form  the 
whole  nucleus,  and  with  Smalhvood  ('05)  we  may  accept  this  tendency 
as  an  argument  for  chromosomal  individuality. 

(2)  Theories  of  continuity.  Among  those  who  support  a  theory  of 
continuity,  there  is  not  always  agreement  as  to  what  structures  are 
carried  from  one  cell-generation  to  the  next.  It  is  generally  agreed 
that  the  chromosomes  are  composed  of  at  least  two  substances;  the 
chromatin  and  the  ground  substance  (linin,  plastin).  Hacker  ('04) 
formulated  the  "  Successionshypothese,"  stating  that  the  persisting 
structures  of  the  chromosomes  consisted  of  the  "Grundsubstanz," 
or  achromatic  part.  Bonnevie  ('08a)  and  others,  on  the  contrary, 
regard  the  chromatic  substance  as  the  persistent  portion  and  the 
achromatin  as  the  temporary  part  of  the  clu'omosome. 

Vejdovsky  ('07,  '11-12)  has  evolved  a  most  elaborate  theory  touch- 
ing this  problem.  In  his  monograph  of  1907,  he  based  his  conclusions 
on  a  study  of  the  ovogenesis  and  maturation  of  some  annelids.  He 
concludes  that  the  nucleus  is  derived  from  the  chromosomes  and  from 
them  alone.  He  divides  the  interkinetic  stages  into  two  periods;  the 
one  during  which  the  nucleus  is  formed  out  of  the  chromosomes  he 
calls  "  katachromasis,"  and  the  one  during  which  the  chromosomes  are 
formed  out  of  the  nucleus  he  calls  "anachromasis."  In  his  later 
monograph  ('11-12)  he  analyses  these  processes  still  further  and 
attempts  to  describe  in  detail  the  events  in  the  two  periods.  His 
conclusions  may  be  briefly  stated  as  follows :  —  A  chromosome  is  com- 
posed of  two  substances,  one  a  less  deeply  staining  substratum,  on 
the  surface  of  which  is  the  other,  the  more  deeply  stainable  chromatin. 
In  the  early  stages  of  katachromasis,  the  chromatin  differentiates  into 
a  spiral  thread,  or  "chromonema,"  which  is  coiled  about  the  surface 
of  the  substratum.  The  substratum  then  dissolves,  forming  the 
nuclear  sap,  or  "  enchylema."  The  chromonema  further  differentiates 
into  a  finely  coiled  chromatic  portion,  inside  of  which  is  a  linin  core. 
In  this  condition,  he  recognizes  the  anlage  of  the  chromosome  of  the 
succeeding  generation.  The  linin  substance  of  the  chromonema  is  to 
become  the  substratum  of  the  future  chromosome,   and  the  finely 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       117 

coiled  chromatic  portion  will  become  its  chromonema.  In  successive 
generations,  therefore,  there  is  a  changing  composition  of  the  chromo- 
somes. During  each  katachromasis,  the  ground  substance  of  the 
chromosome  dissolves,  leaving  the  chromonema,  which  becomes 
differentiated  into  the  two  kinds  of  substance  found  in  the  chromo- 
some of  the  next  generation.  This  is  an  ingenious  theory,  to  say  the 
least,  and  carries  with  it  some  measure  of  support  for  the  theory  of 
individuality,  inasmuch  as  each  new  chromosome  is  formed  out  of  the 
substance  of  a  preceding  one. 

I  have  found  nothing  in  my  studies  to  support  any  one  of  these 
theories  to  the  exclusion  of  the  others.  It  is  rather  surprising,  how- 
ever, that  Vejdovsky  found  no  indication  of  the  chromosomic  vesicles 
in  the  spermatogonia  of  the  Orthoptera  that  he  studied  and, that  he 
regards  those  seen  by  others  as  artifacts.  I  find  little  evidence  of  a 
chromonema  in  the  telophase  of  the  spermatogonia,  and  what  evidence 
there  is  would  indicate  that  the  chromatin  becomes  distributed  on  the 
inner  surface  of  the  vesicular  walls,  not  on  the  outer  surface  of  an 
achromatic  core.  In  the  telophase  of  the  last  spermatogonia,  I  find 
a  spiral  thread  forming,  but  it  develops  out  of  the  chromatin  at  the 
middle  of  the  area  occupied  by  a  vesicle.  But  whether  we  accept 
any  one  of  these  theories,  or  reject  all  of  them,  there  still  remain  the 
strongest  grounds  for  believing,  as  they  all  indicate,  that  there  is 
some  underlying  organization  which  is  in  some  way  perpetuated 
for  each  individual  chromosome.  I  am  inclined  to  the  belief  that 
this  organization  involves  both  chromatic  and  achromatic  substance. 

In  plant  material  evidence  which  indicates  a  continuity  of  the 
chromosomes  has  not  been  wanting.  Gregoire  ('07,  '10)  believes 
that  the  results  of  his  own  investigations  and  those  of  others  on  plants 
furnish  strong  support  for  the  individuality  theory.  Stout  ('12)  has 
recently  added  evidence  for  this  belief  in  his  work  on  Carex  aquatilis. 
He  says  ('12,  p.  36):  —  "The  chromosomes  are  present  in  all  resting 
nuclei  as  visible  units  of  a  definite  number.  These  individual  chromor 
somes  can  be  traced  as  such  through  all  stages  of  both  somatic  and 
germ-cell  divisions,  with  the  exception  of  the  various  stages  of  synapsis 
(synizesis)."  Lee  ('13)  also  finds  continuity  of  the  chromosomes 
in  plants  through  the  "  rest-stage."  He  beheves  that  the  chromosomes 
of  even  the  metaphase  become  vacuolated,  that  this  vacuolization 
increases  in  the  telophase,  where,  later,  a  spiral  thread  is  formed  out 
of  each  cliromosome.  This  spiral  thread  becomes  the  prophase 
chromosome  of  the  succeeding  division.  He  introduces  the  term 
"spirophase"  to  designate  the  so-called  "rest-stage." 


118  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

There*  seems  to  be  a  great  amount  of  disagreement  as  to  just  what 
constitutes  individuahty,  but  I  beheve  that  we  may  class  as  instances 
of  individuahty  all  cases  where  it  can  be  shown  that  the  substance  of 
any  telophase  chromosome  gives  rise  to  one  and  only  one  prophase 
chromosome.  In  that  event,  any  one  of  the  three  theories  mentioned 
above  would  support  the  theory  of  individuality.  I  believe  that  I 
have  demonstrated  individuality  for  chromosome-pair  A,  and  have 
shown  good  evidence  for  it  among  the  other  chromosomes  of  Phryno- 
tettix.  Besides,  it  seems  to  me  much  more  logical  to  regard  the  con- 
stant reappearance  of  the  same  architectural  conditions  of  a  given 
chromosome  as  a  result  of  continuity  of  that  architecture  in  some 
form  or  other  through  all  the  cell-divisions,  than  to  assume  that  the 
organization  is  entirely  destroyed  and  reestablished  between  successive 
mitoses. 


C.     Chromosomes  and  Heredity. 

Any  discussion  of  the  relation  of  the  chromosomes  to  heredity  must 
deal  to  a  considerable  extent  with  theory  and  speculation.  Yet  there 
are  many  facts  which  tend  to  the  belief  that  the  chromosomes  are, 
after  all,  directly  concerned  with  the  transmission  of  hereditary 
qualities.  A  few  facts  and  some  theory  will  be  considered  in  the 
following  paragraphs  under  the  two  heads:  — (a)  Mendelism  and 
maturation,  and  (b)  some  experimental  evidence. 

a.  Mendelism  and  Maturation. 

Wilhelm  Roux  was  apparently  the  first  to  formulate,  in  the  early 
eighties,  a  theory  in  which  an  attempt  was  made  to  localize  the 
carriers  of  hereditary  qualities  in  the  chromosomes;  this  was  later 
elaborated  by  others,  especially  by  Weismann,  who  postulated  a 
reduction  division  which  has  since  been  identified  with  one  or  the 
other  of  the  maturation  divisions.  Montgomery  ('01)  pointed  out 
that  the  chromosomes  of  the  diploid  series  occur  in  pairs,  the  members 
of  each  pair  being  of  the  same  shape  and  size.  There  are  thus  two 
similar  series  of  chromosomes.  He  concluded  that  one  series  was 
derived  from  the  maternal,  the  other  from  the  paternal  ancestor.  He 
concluded  further  that  the  members  of  each  pair  unite  to  form  the 
bivalent  chromosomes  of  the  first  spermatocytes.  Boveri  ('02)  de- 
cided from  the  results  of  his  experiments  on  dispermic  echinoderm 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS.       119 

eggs,  that  the  chromosomes  were  quahtatively  different.  Sutton 
('03)  in  the  following  year,  explained  how  the  behavior  of  the  chromo- 
somes in  matm*ation  could  be  correlated  with  the  behavior  of  Men- 
delian  characters.  He  showed:  —  (1)  that  the  union  of  clu-omosomes 
of  diverse  origin  into  pairs  and  their  subsequent  separation  in  one  of 
the  maturation  divisions  would  insure  to  every  gamete  one  of  every 
kind  of  chromosome  in  the  series:  (2)  that  if  the  law  of  chance  were 
operative  in  the  orientation  of  the  pairs  on  the  maturation  spindles, 
every  possible  combination  of  male  and  female  chromosome  could 
result;  and  (3)  that  such  a  recombination  according  to  the  law  of 
chance  would  account  for  the  transmission  of  Mendelian  characters, 
if  the  chromosomes  retained  their  individuality  and  really  were  the 
carriers  of  the  qualities. 

This  work  of  Sutton  has  been  generally  accepted  as  proving  the 
correlation  assumed,  but  it  remained  for  Carothers  ('13)  to  demon- 
strate that  the  law  of  chance  actually  does  operate  in  the  distribution 
of  the  chromosomes  in  the  maturation  spindles.  In  the  case  of  the 
unequal  tetrads  described  by  her,  it  was  shown  that  either  the  large  or 
small  member  of  the  pair  may  go  to  the  same  pole  as  the  accessory 
chromosome,  which,  as  usual,  was  found  to  go  to  one  pole  undivided. 
Moreover,  it  was  found  that  the  ratio  between  the  two  results  of 
distribution  was  approximately  one  to  one.  Robertson  ('15)  has  very 
recently  published  some  of  his  work  on  the  Tettigidae,  where  he  has 
found  the  same  rule  to  hold  for  the  unequal  pairs  that  were  present 
in  his  material.  The  behavior  of  tetrad  Ci  in  Phrynotettix  agrees 
with  that  described  by  Carothers  and  Robertson.  These  cases 
establish  the  fact  that  there  really  is  a  distribution  of  chi'omosomes 
in  the  maturation  divisions  according  to  the  law  of  chance. 

A  further  consideration  of  the  cases  of  unequal  tetrads  in  Orthop- 
tera  will  show  in  how  far  the  theoretical  possibilities  as  to  chance 
distribution  have  been  realized.  Baumgartner  ('11)  in  reporting  his 
results  on  Gryllotalpa  borealis  before  the  American  Society  of  Zoolo- 
gists, stated  that  he  found  in  the  first  maturation  mitosis  an  unequal 
pair  of  chromosomes,  of  which  the  larger  dyad  always  went  to  the 
same  pole  as  the  accessory.  Payne  ('12)  found  the  same  conditions 
in  this  species  of  Gryllotalpa.  He  regards  the  large  member  as 
possibly  associated  with  the  accessory  to  form  a  sex-group,  similar  to 
the  groups  in  Conorhinus  and  Fitchia  (Payne,  '09),  or  in  Thyanta 
(Wilson,  '10),  with  the  exception  that  in  Gryllotalpa  the  grouping 
occurs  in  the  first  spermatocyte  metaphase  instead  of  the  second. 
Payne  suggests  that  the  chromosomes  instead  of  following  a  haphazard 


120  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

method  of  distribution  in  the  maturation  divisions,  may  always  move 
the  same  way,  i.  e.,  all  the  chromosomes  brought  into  the  egg  may 
pass  into  the  female-producing  sperm.  It  is  extremely  doubtful  if 
the  last  suggestion  will  prove  applicable  as  a  general  rule,  but  the 
conditions  in  Gryllotalpa  are  interesting  exceptions  to  what  has  been 
found  in  the  Acrididae  and  Tettigidae.^ 

Hartmann  ('13)  describes  small  chromosomes  as  dividing  unequally 
in  some  male  germ-cells  of  Schistocerca.  In  one  first-spermatocyte 
cell  he  found  two  such  chromosomes  (tetrads)  dividing  unequally, 
and  he  found  some  cases  of  unequal  division  in  the  secondary  sperma- 
tocytes. These  observations,  if  correct,  would  lead  one  to  suspect 
that  he  might" have  been  dealing  with  a  condition  similar  to  that  in 
Phrynotettix,  except  that  in  the  first  division,  either  both  the  small 
chromosomes  divided  sometimes  reductionally  and  sometimes  equa- 
tionally,  or,  while  one  of  them  followed  this  method,  the  other  always 
divided  reductionally. 

Bringing  together  the  results  of  Baumgartner  and  Payne  for  Gryllo- 
talpa, those  of  Carothers  for  Acrididae,  Robertson  for  Tettigidae,  and 
my  own  for  Plirynotettix,  we  may  arrange  a  graded  series  of  condi- 
tions beginning  with  (1)  tetrad  B,  in  Phrynotettix,  which  is  unequal, 
but  divides  equationally  in  the  first  division;  passing  (2)  to  Ci,  which 
divides  with  equal  frequency  either  reductionally  or  equationally  in 
the  first  division,  and  when  dividing  reductionally  shows  chance 
distribution  with  reference  to  the  accessory;  thence  (3)  to  the  unequal 
types  found  by  Carothers  and  Robertson,  which  always  divide  re- 
ductionally in  the  first  division  but  show  chance  distribution,  and 
finally  (4)  to  Gryllotalpa,  where  division  is  always  unequal  in  the  first 
spermatocytes,  but  the  larger  dyad  always  accompanies  the  accessory. 
Whether  this  series  offers  any  possible  explanation  as  to  the  origin  of 
these  unequal  elements,  and  their  different  kinds  of  behavior,  is  prob- 
lematical. 

Robertson's  work  deserves  further  consideration,  because  he  has 
found  two  of  the  tkree  possible  combinations  which  would  be  expected 
out  of  a  random  recombination  of  two  unequal  elements  which  con- 
jugate.    In  the  case  of  Tettigidea,  he  found  the  unequal  tetrad  in 


'  i^oslscrij)!. —  Unfortunately  Jif  had  [overlooked  the  results  reported  for  Gryllotalpa  vul- 
garis by  Voinov  ('14),  who  found  in  the  first  spermatocyte  metaphase  an  unequal  pair  of  dyads, 
which  separate  so  that  sometimes  the  larger  dyad  and  sometimes  the  smaller  one  goes  to  the 
same  pole  as  the  accessory  chromosome.  These  results  are  in  accord  with  those  mentioned 
above  for  the  Acrididae  and  the  Tettigidae  and  it  may  be  surmised  that  similar  conditions 
perhaps  obtain  for  Gryllotalpa  borealis  but  have  so  far  been  overlooked. 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       121 

only  two  individuals,  all  the  others  showing  a  pair  both  members  of 
which  were  equal  to  the  larger  member  of  the  unequal  pair.  The  third 
possibility,  an  equal  pair,  homologous  to  the  smaller  of  the  dyads, 
was  not  found.  This  case  is  analogous  to  that  of  B  in  Phiynotettix.^ 
In  Acridium,  Robertson  found  two  individuals,  one  a  male,  the  other 
a  female,  possessing  an  unequal  pair  of  chromosomes,  whereas  all  the 
other  individuals  studied  showed  the  homologous  pair  to  be  equal, 
both  members  being  equivalent  in  size  to  the  smaller  of  the  two 
members  of  the  unequal  pair.  This  case  is  analogous  to  those  of 
tetrads  Ci  and  C2  in  Phrynotettix,  where,  also,  only  two  combinations, 
the  same  two,  out  of  a  possible  three  have  been  found. 

Robertson  calls  attention  to  the  obvious  possibility  of  a  loss  of 
chromatin  from  the  unequal  pair  in  Tettigidea,  and  suggests  that  the 
loss  of  Mendelian  factors  could  be  accounted  for  in  this  way.  He  also 
suggests  that  the  loss  of  the  distal  ends  of  both  the  chromosomes, 
resulting  in  a  pair  of  small  dyads  each  equivalent  to  the  smaller  mem- 
ber of  the  unequal  pair,  might  result  in  lethal  conditions,  or  might 
mean  the  loss  of  factors  necessary  for  development.  In  the  case  of 
the  unequal  pair  in  Acridium,  he  assumes  that  there  has  been  an  addi- 
tion to  one  member  of  the  smaller  pair.  If  this  element  is  similar  to  Ci 
of  Plu*ynotettix,  as  it  seems  to  be,  then  the  simpler  explanation  would 
be  that  a  part  had  been  lost,  just  as  in  the  case  of  the  one  in  Tettigidea. 
It  is  curious  that  in  both  Ci  and  the  unequal  pair  in  Acridium,  the 
same  combination,  i.  e.,  a  pair  both  members  of  which  would  be  equal 
to  the  larger  member  of  the  unequal  pair,  is  lacking.  I  am  inclined 
to  believe,  if  sufficient  material  were  available,  that  the  remaining 
possible  combinations  would  be  found.  The  matter  could,  at  least, 
be  tested  by  experiment.  It  is  the  hope  of  the  writer  to  conduct 
breeding  experiments  with  this  object  in  view. 

One  further  point  remains  to  be  considered  in  relation  to  chromo- 
some-pair C.  I  have  described  these  tetrads  in  detail  elsewhere 
(p.  85),  but  a  reference  to  figure  107  (Plate  9)  will  recall  that  there 
are  three  types,  which  I  have  designated  as  Ci,  C2,  and  C3.  If  similar 
types  exist  in  the  female, —  Robertson  ('15)  found  an  unequal  pair  in 
a  female  of  Acridium, —  and  random  mating  be  assumed  for  the  ani- 
mals possessing  the  three  different  types,  then  one  ought  to  obtain  in 

*  Since  writing  this  I  have  had  an  opportunity  to  examine  slides  frcn  some  new  Phrynotettix 
material  collected  during  the  summer  of  1915  by  Miss  Garothers  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. In  some  of  the  individuals  of  the  new  material  I  have  found  the  expected  third  type  of 
chromosome-pair  B  composed  of  two  elements  both  equivalent  to  the  shorter  member  of  the 
unequal  type. 


122  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  offspring  all  possible  combinations  of  the  three  kinds  of  chromo- 
somes. Or,  if  mating  involving  any  two  of  the  types  could  be  made, 
there  should  result  all  possible  combinations  between  them.  On 
account  of  the  small  number  of  animals  available  for  my  study,  no 
conclusions  as  to  whether  these  conditions  are  realized  in  nature  could 
be  drawn.  The  presence  of  the  three  types  in  these  few  animals, 
however,  strongly  suggests  the  possibility  of  realization,  especially 
since  two  of  the  three  possible  combinations  are  realized  for  the  two 
kinds  of  chromosome  in  type  Ci.  The  presence  of  a  third  type  also 
suggests  that  there  may  exist  in  this  case  the  mechanism  for  the 
transmission  of  triple  allelomorphs. 


b.  Some  experimental  Evidence. 

The  most  extensive  breeding  experiments  the  results  of  which  tend 
to  show  that  the  chromosomes  are  concerned  in  the  transmission  of 
hereditary  characters  are  those  on  Drosophila  by  Prof.  T.  H.  Morgan 
and  his  students.  In  the  course  of  this  work  they  have  dealt  with 
over  a  hundred  unit-characters  which  show  Mendelian  inheritance, 
either  in  a  typical  or  modified  form.  In  Drosophila,  there  are  four 
pairs  of  chromosomes,  of  which  one  pair  is  very  small,  and  one  is  a 
pair  of  heterochromosomes,  or  "  sex-chromosomes."  In  their  behavior 
in  inheritance,  the  hundred  and  more  characters  fall  into  four  groups, 
each  group  tending  to  behave  as  a  unit,  just  as  it  would  be  expected 
to  do  in  case  it  were  carried  by  a  single  pair  of  chromosomes.  Of 
these  groups  of  characters,  one  is  very  small,  the  others  much  larger, 
the  largest  one  being  the  group  of  "  sex-linked  "  characters.  Naturally 
the  small  group  of  characters  has  been  correlated  with  the  small  pair 
of  chromosomes  and  the  group  of  sex-linked  characters  with  the  sex- 
chromosomes. 

But  there  have  been  exceptions  in  the  case  of  many  pairs  of  allelo- 
morphs, especially  those  that  are  sex-linked,  i.  e.,  cases  where  factors 
belonging  to  a  certain  group  have  gone  into  a  mating  together,  but 
have  not  always  reappeared  together,  as  they  would  be  expected  to  do 
if  they  were  all  carried  by  a  single  chromosome  and  that  cliromosome 
maintained  its  individuality.  These  phenomena  have  been  explained 
by  the  so-called  "cross-over"  hypothesis.  In  this  connection  Morgan 
('11)  developed  what  has  been  termed  the  "linear  arrangement" 
hypothesis,  which  was  further  elaborated  by  Sturtevant  ('13).  These 
authors  assume  that  the  factors,  or  "genes,"  which  represent  the 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS.       123 

characters,  are  distributed  in  a  linear  series  along  the  length  of  the 
chromosomes.  Then,  invoking  the  aid  of  the  "  chiasmatype "  theory 
of  Jannsens  ('09),  they  attempt  to  explain  the  "cross-overs"  by  as- 
suming, first,  that  when  two  chromosomes  conjugate  side  by  side, 
they  may  become  twisted  around  each  other,  and,  secondly,  that  the 
later  separation  is  along  a  plane,  which  cuts  across  the  threads  once 
for  every  complete  twist.  Considering  the  matter  in  relation  to  the 
tetrad  stages,  it  might  be  imagined  that  the  two  tlireads  cross  each 
other,  and  that  at  the  point  of  crossing,  a  weakness  of  the  strands 
causes  them  to  break  and  then  recombine,  forming  threads  each  of 
which  is  composed  of  a  part  of  both  the  original  conjugants. 

Judging  from  his  figures,  Janssens  founded  his  theory  on  conditions 
similar  to  those  shown  in  my  figure  38,  a-d  (Plate  3).  I  am  quite 
sure  that  the  evidence  in  Phrynotettix  does  not  support  the  idea  that 
the  chromatids  break  and  recombine  in  any  of  the  postspireme  stages. 
On  the  contrary,  I  believe  that  the  chromatids  maintain  as  strict 
an  individuality  as  I  have  claimed  for  the  chromosomes  themselves. 
And  since  these  tetrad  figures  are  repeated  in  so  many  animals,  and 
even  in  plants,  there  would  seem  to  be  ground  for  supposing  the  be- 
havior to  be  similar  in  all. 

On  the  basis  of  this  hypothesis,  however,  Morgan  and  his  pupils 
have  been  able  to  explain  the  anomalous  behavior  of  the  genes  which 
they  call  the  "cross-over"  in  a  very  satisfactory  way;  furthermore, 
they  have  been  able  to  use  it  in  connection  with  the  linear-arrangement 
hypothesis  to  predict  the  behavior  of  any  given  character,  with  refer- 
ence to  any  other  character  in  the  group  to  which  it  belongs,  provided 
its  behavior  in  relation  to  one  or  two  of  the  characters  of  the  group  is 
known.  But  there  is  one  point  yet  to  be  noted.  I  have  based  my 
criticism  of  the  chiasmatype  theory  on  the  conditions  as  found  in 
spermatogenesis.  One  of  the  peculiar  facts  found  in  the  work  on 
Drosophila  is  that  there  is  no  "crossing-over"  in  the  male.  But  why 
should  such  a  phenomenon  occur  in  the  female  and  not  in  the  male? 
Is  it  not  possible  that  in  the  "great  growth"  period  of  the  oocyte, — 
where  the  tetrads  become  so  much  more  expanded  and  diffused  than 
in  the  male,  even  seeming  to  disappear  entirely  in  some  cases, —  the 
tetrads  might  suffer  some  such  changes  as  those  suggested  by  the 
experimental  results?  There  is  also  to  be  considered  the  often  re- 
peated condition  of  parasynapsis  in  Drosophila,  as  shown  by  Metz 
(*14),  which  might  offer  greater  opportunities  for  such  "cross-overs" 
to  occur  than  are  found  in  other  animals. 

Whatever  else  may  be  said  of  the  results  of  the  experiments  on 


124  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Drosophila,  it  must  be  admitted  that  they  go  very  far  towards  estab- 
lishing a  direct  relationship  between  the  elii'omosomes  and  the  trans- 
mission of  Mendelian  characters.  Perhaps  the  most  convincing  evi- 
dence of  this  kind  is  that  obtained  b}^  Bridges.  He  has  found  that  in 
certain  strains  involving  sex-linked  inheritance,  some  exceptional 
females  appeared  which  were  like  their  mothers  in  every  respect,  and 
showed  no  transmission  of  sex-linked  characters  from  the  father, 
although  such  transmission  would  be  expected,  since  the  male  sex 
formula  is  XY  and  that  of  the  female  is  XX.  Furthermore,  he  found 
that  such  exceptionally  produced  females  inherit  directly  from  their 
mother  the  power  of  producing  like  exceptions  (about  5%).  The 
explanation  advanced  by  Bridges  ('14)  was  that  "the  sex-linked  genes 
were  borne  by  the  X-chromosomes  and  that  10%  of  the  eggs  of  the 
exceptional  females  retained  both  of  the  Z^-chromosomes,  or  conversely 
lost  both  to  the  polar  body."  This  phenomenon  was  called  "non- 
disjunction." Breeding  experiments  showed  that  an  X-chromosome 
gene  could  not  be  the  cause  of  the  phenomenon,  and  the  prediction 
was  accordingly  made  that  half  the  daughters  of  a  non-disjunctional 
female  would  be  found  to  contain  in  addition  to  the  two  X-chromo- 
somes  a  supernumerary  chromosome  which  would  be  a  Y.  Cytologi- 
cal  investigations  have  shown  that  approximately  one-half  of  the 
daughters  of  a  non-disjunctional  female  do,  in  fact,  contain  a  super- 
numerary F-chromosome,  while  the  remaining  half  contain  only  the 
two  X'-chromosomes.  I  may  add  that  thi'ough  the  kindness  of  Dr. 
Bridges,  I  have  been  able  to  examine  some  of  his  slides  and  convince 
myself  of  the  presence  of  the  extra  chromosome.  This  brilliant  piece 
of  work  makes  it  very  hard  to  disagree  with  Bridges's  conclusion  ('14, 
p.  109)  that,  "there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  complete  parallelism 
between  the  unique  behavior  of  the  chromosomes  and  the  behavior  of 
the  sex-linked  genes  and  sex  in  this  case  means  that  the  sex-linked 
genes  are  located  in  and  borne  by  the  sex-chromosomes." 

Returning  now  to  a  consideration  of  the  linear-arrangement  hypo- 
thesis, it  must  be  admitted  that  the  theory  has  attractive  possibilities, 
and  up  to  the  present  time  has  stood  the  test  of  experimental  breeding 
in  Drosophila.  It  may  not  be  out  of  place,  therefore,  to  call  attention 
in  this  connection  to  the  constancy  of  the  granular,  or  chromomeral 
organization  of  the  chromosomes  of  Phrynotettix,  particularly  in 
chromosome-pair  B.  May  not  this  constancy  of  architecture  of  the 
chromosomes  have  a  meaning  correlated  with  that  assumed  in  the 
linear-arrangement  hypothesis?  This  possibility  seems  to  me  to  be 
worthy  of  further  investigation. 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS.       125 


D.    Summary  of  Conclusions. 

It  is  believed  that  the  present  study  of  the  spermatogenesis  of 
Phrynotettix  magnus  has  demonstrated :  — 

1.  That  conjugation  of  the  chromosome-pairs  is  by  parasynapsis. 

2.  That  the  majority  of  the  bivalent  chromosomes  divide  equa- 
tionally  in  the  first  maturation  division. 

3.  That  the  chromosomes  retain  their  individuality  through  the 
spermatogenic  cell-generations. 

4.  That  the  so-called  '  plasmosomes '  take  their  origin  from  some 
definite  region  (granule)  of  particular  chromosomes,  but  that  they 
may  be  variable  in  occurrence  and  in  extent  of  development. 

5.  That  in  the  maturation  divisions  {e.  g.  chromosome-pair  Ci) 
the  law  of  chance  is  followed  in  the  distribution  of  the  chromosomes. 

6.  That  each  chromosome  possesses  a  definite  organization,  which 
is  expressed  in  the  constancy  of  the  relative  sizes  and  positions  of  its 
chromomeres  (as  seen,  e.  g.,  in  chromosome-pair  B). 

In  addition,  the  possibilities  are  suggested  that:  —  (1)  the  matter 
of  the  behavior  of  unequal  pairs  of  chromosomes  in  regard  to  distribu- 
tion and  recombination  may  be  tested  by  breeding  experiments,  (2) 
the  constancy  in  the  arrangement  of  clu-omomeres  along  the  length 
of  the  chromosome-tlu-eads,  as  described  for  chromosome-pair  B, 
may  have  a  meaning  related  to  that  suggested  by  Morgan's  "  hnear- 
arrangement"  hypothesis,  and  (3)  that  in  the  varying  types  of  chromo- 
some-pair C  there  may  exist  a  mechanism  for  the  transmission  of 
multiple  allelomorphs. 


126  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


IV.     BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
Baltzer,  F. 

'09.     Die   chromosomen   von   Strongylocentrotus   lividus   und   Echinus 
microtuberculatus.     Arch.  f.  zellf.,  2,  p.  549-632,  taf.  37,  38,  25  text 
fig. 
Baumgartner,  W.  J. 

'04.     Some  new  evidence  for  the  individuality  of   the  chromosomes. 

Biol,  bull.,  8,  p.  1-23,  pi.  1-3. 
'11.     Spermatogenesis  in  the  mole  crickets.      [Abstract].      Science,  new 
ser.,  33,  p.  275. 
Beneden,  E.  Van, 

'83.     Recherches  sur  la  maturation  de  I'oeuf,  et  la  fecondation.     Ascaris 
megalocephaJa.     Arch.  d.  biol.,  4,  p.  265-640,  pi.  10-19. 
Blackmail,  M.  W. 

'05.     The    spermatogenesis    of    the   myriapods.      III.     The    spermato- 
genesis of  Scolopendra  heros.     Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  48,  p.  1-138,  9  pis.,  9 
text  fig. 
Bonnevie,  K. 

'08^.  Chromosomenstudien.  I.  Chromosomen  von  Ascaris,  Allium  und 
Amphiuma,  u.  s.  w.  Arch.  f.  zellf.,  1,  p.  450-514,  taf.  11-15,  2  text  fig. 
'08^.  Chi-omosomenstudien.  II.  Heterotypische  mitose  als  reifungs- 
character.  Nach  untersuchungen  an  Nereis  limbata  Ehlers,  Thalas- 
sema  mellita  Conn,  und  Cerebratulus  lacteus  Hubr.  Arch.  f.  zellf.,  2, 
p.  201-278,  taf.  13-19,  23  text  fig. 
Boveri,  T. 

'88.     Zellen-studien.     Jena,  zeitschi-.,  22,  p.  685-882,  taf.  19-23. 

Also  Separate,  Zellen-studien.     Heft  2.     Die  befruchtung  und  teilung 
des  eies  von  Ascaris  megalocephala.     198  p.,  5  taf. 
'02.     tJber   mehrpoUge   mitosen   als   mittel   zur   analyse   des   zeUkerns. 
Verh.  phys.-med.  gesell.  Wurzburg,  n.  f.,  35,  p.  67-90. 
Bridges,  C.  B. 

'14.     Direct  proof  through  non-disjunction  that  the  sex-linked  genes  of 
Drosophila  are  borne  by  the  X-chromosome.     Science,  new  ser.,  40, 
p.    107-109. 
Browne,  Ethel  N. 

'13.     A  study  of  the  male  germ  cells  in  Notonecta.     Journ.  exp.  zool., 
14,  p.  61-121,  10  pis. 
Brunelli,  G. 

'09.     La  spermatogenesi  del  Gryllus  desertus  Pall.  (Division!  spermato- 
goniaU  e  maturative).     Mem.  Accad.  dei  Lincei,  ser.  5,  7,  p.  623.-653, 
2  tav. 
'10.     La  spermatogenesi   della  Tryxalis,  Parte  I.     Divisione  spermato- 
gonici.     Mem.  Soc.  Ital.  del  sci.,  ser.  33,  16,  p.  221-236. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX   MAGNUS.       127 

Buchner,  P. 

'09.     Das  accessorische  chromosom  in  spermatogenese  und  ovogenese 
der   orthopteren,    zugleich   ein   beitrag    zur    kenntnis   der  reduktion- 
Arch,  f .  zellf .,  3,  p.  335^30,  taf.  16-21,  5  text  fig. 
Carothers,  £.  Eleanor. 

'13.     The  Mendelian  ratio  in  relation  to  certain  orthopteran  chromo- 
somes.    Jom-n.  morph.,  24,  p.  487-511,  3  pis.,  1  text  diag. 
Conklin,  E.  G. 

'02.     Karyokinesis  and  cytoldnesis  in  the  maturation,  fertilization  and 
cleavage   of   Crepidula   and   other   Gasteropoda.     Journ.   Acad.    nat. 
sci.  Phil.,  ser.  2,  12,  p.  1-121,  6  pi.,  33  text  fig. 
Davis,  H.  S. 

'08.     Spermatogenesis  in  Acrididae  and  Locustidae.     Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  53, 
p.  57-158,  9  pis.,  24  text  fig. 
Dederer,  Pauline  H. 

'07.     Spermatogenesis  in  Philosamia  cynthia.     Biol,  bull.,  13,  p.  94—106, 
42  text  fig. 
Delia  Valle,  P. 

'09.     L'organizzazione  della  cromatina  studiata  mediante  il  numero  dei 

cromosomi.     Aixh.  zool.,  4,  p.  1-77,  tav.  1. 
'12.     La  continuita  delle  forme  di  divisione  nucleare  ed  il  valore  mor- 
fologico  dei  cromosomi.     Arch,  zool.,  5,  p.  119-200,  tav.  9,  10. 
Eisen,  G. 

'00.     The  spermatogenesis  of  Batrachoseps.     Journ.  morph.,  17,  p.  1— 
117,  pi.  1-14. 
Farmer,  J.  B,,  and  Moore,  J.  E.  S. 

'05.     On  the  maiotic  phase  (reduction  divisions)  in  animals  and  plants. 
Quart,  jom-n.  micr.  sci.,  48,  p.  489-557,  pi.  34-41. 
Fasten,  N. 

'14.     Spermatogenesis  of  the  American  crayfish  Cambarus  virihs  and 
Cambarus  immunis   (?),  with  special  reference  to  synapsis  and  the 
chromatoid  bodies.     Journ.  morph.,  25,  p.  587-649,  10  pis.,  1  text  fig. 
Foot,  K.,  and  Strobell,  E.  C. 

'05.     Prophases  and  metaphase  of  the  first  maturation  spindle  of  Allolo- 
bophora  foetida.     Amer.  journ.  anat.,  4,  p.  199-243,  pi.  1-9. 
Gerard,  P. 

'09.     Recherches  sur  la  spermatogenese  chez  Stenobothrus  biguttulus 
(Linn.).     Arch,  biol.,  24,  p.  543-625,  pi.  19-21,  11  text  fig. 
Granata,  L. 

'10.     Le  cinesi  spermatogenetiche  di  Pamphagus  marmoratus  (Burm.). 
Arch.  f.  zellf.,  5,  p.  182-214,  taf.  14^16,  1  text  fig. 
GrSgoire,  V. 

'05.     Les  resultats  acquis  sur  les  cindses  de  maturation  dans  les  deux 

regnes.     Mem.  I.     La  cellule,  22,  p.  221-376,  147  text  fig. 
'07.     La  formation  des  gemini  heterotypiques  dans  les  v6g6taux.     La 
cellule,  24,  p.  367^20,  2  pi.,  4  text  fig. 


128  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Gregoire,  V. 

'10.     Les  cineses  de  maturation  dans  les  deux  rSgnes.     M6m.  II.     L'unit6 

essentielle  du   processus  m6iotique.     La  cellule,  26,  p.  223-422,  145 

text  fig. 
Hacker,  V. 

'92.     Die    eibildung    bei    Cyclops    und   Canthocamptus.      Zool.   jahrb. 

Anat.,  5,  p.  211-248,  taf.  19. 
'95*.     Die  vorstadien  der  eireifung.     Arch,  f .  mikr.  anat.,  45,  p.  200-273, 

taf.   14-17. 
'95b.     tjber  die  selbstandigkeit  der  vaterlichen  und  miitterlichen  kem- 

bestandtheile  wahrend  der  embryonalentwicklung  von  Cyclops.     Arch. 

f.  mikr.  anat.,  46,  p.  579-618,  taf.  28-30. 
'04.     Bastardirung  und  geschlechtszellenbUdung.      Zool.  jahrb.  Suppl., 

7,  p.  161-256,  taf.  12,  13  text  fig. 
Haxtman,  F.  A. 

'13.     Variations  in  the  size  of  chromosomes.     Biol,  bull.,  24,  p.  226-238, 

4  pis. 
Janssens,  F.  A. 

'01.     La  spermatog^nese  chez  les  tritons.     La  cellule,  19,  p.  5-116,  3  pis. 
'05.     Evolution  des  auxocytes  mdles  du  Batrachoseps  attenuatus.     La 

cellule,  22,  p.  379-425,  7  pis. 
'09.     La  theorie  de  la  chiasmatypie.     NouveUe  interpretation  des  cineses 

de  maturation.     La  cellule,  25,  p.  389-^11,  2  pis.,  27  text  fig. 
Jordan,  H.  E. 

'08.     The  accessory  chromosome  in  Aplopus  mayeri.     Anat.  anz.,  32, 

p.  284-295,  48  text  fig. 
'11.     The  spermatogenesis  of  the  opossum  (Didelphys  virginiana)  with 

special  reference  to  the  accessory  chromosome  and  the  chondriosomes. 

Arch.  f.  zellf.,  7,  p.  41-86,  pi.  1-3,  2  text  fig. 
Kornhauser,  S.  I. 

'14.     A  comparative  study  of  the  chromosomes  in  the  spermatogenesis 

of  Enchenopa  binotata   (Say)   and  Enchenopa   (Campylenchia  St&l) 

curvata   (Fabr.).     Arch.  f.   zellf.,  12,  p.  241-298,  pi.    18-22,   8  text 

fig. 
'15.     A  cjdiological  study  of  the  semi-parasitic  copepod,  Hersilia  apodi- 
formis  (Phil.),  with  some  general  considerations  of  copepod  chromo- 
somes.    Arch.  f.  zellf.,  13,  p.  399-445,  pi.  27-29,  9  text  fig. 
Korschelt,  E.,  und  Heider,  K. 

'03.     Lehrbuch    der    vergleichenden    entwicklungsgeschichte    der    wirbel- 
losen  thiere.     Allg.  theil,  lief.  2,  aufl.  1  and  2,  p.  539-750. 
Lee,  A.  B. 

'13.     La  structure  des  chromosomes  et  du  noyau  au  repos  chez  Paris 
quadrifoha.     La  ceUule,  28,  p.  263-300,  2  pis. 
Lerat,  P. 

'05.     Les  ph^nomenes  de  maturation  dans  l'ovog6nSse  et  la  spermato- 
g^nese  du  Cyclops  strenuus.     La  ceUule,  22,  p.  161-199,  4  pis. 


WENRICH:    spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS.       129 

McClendon,  J.  F. 

'10.     Further  studies  on  the  gametogenesis  of  Pandarus  sinuatus,  Say. 
Arch.  f.  zeUf.,  5,  p.  229-234,  taf.  17,  5  text  fig. 
McClung,  C.  E. 

'99.     A  peculiar  nuclear  element  in  male  reproductive  cells  of  insects. 

Zool.  bull.,  2,  p.  187-197,  13  text  fig. 
'00.     The  spermatocyte  divisions  of  the  Acrididae.    Kans.  univ.  quarterly, 

9;  p.  73-100,  pi.  15-17. 
'02.     Spermatocyte  divisions  of  Locustidae.     Kans.  univ.  sci.  bull.,  1, 

p.  185-231,  pi  7-10. 
'05.     The   chromosome   complex   of   orthopteran  spermatocytes.     Biol. 

bull.,  9,  p.  304-340,  21  text  fig. 
'08a.     Cytology  and  taxonomy.     Kans.  univ.  sci.  bull.,  4,  p   197-215. 
'08l>.     The  spermatogenesis  of  Xiphidium  fasciatum.     Kans.  univ.  sci. 

buU.,  4,  p.  253-262,  pi.  15. 
'14.     A  comparative  study  of  the  chromosomes  in  orthopteran  spermato- 
genesis.    Journ.  morph.,  25,  p.  651-749,  10  pis. 
Matschek,  H. 

'09.     Zur  kenntnis  der  eireifung  und  eiablage  bei  den  copepoden.     Zool. 
anz  ,  34,  p.  42-54,  9  text  fig. 
Medes,  Grace. 

'05.     The  spermatogenesis  of  Scutigera  forceps.     Biol,  bull.,  9,  p.  156- 
178,  pi.  2-6. 
Meek,  C.  F.  U. 

'12  a.  A  metrical  analysis  of  chromosome  complexes,  showing  correla- 
tion of  evolutionary  development  and  chromatin  thread-width  through- 
out the  animal  kingdom.  Philos.  trans.  Roy.  soc.  Lond.,  ser.  B.,  203, 
p.  1-74,  pi.  1-5. 
'12b.  The  correlation  of  somatic  characters  and  chromatin  rod-lengths, 
being  a  further  study  of  chromosome  dimensions.  Journ.  Liimean  soc, 
Lond.,  32,  Zoology,  p.  107-119,  6  text  fig. 
Metz,  C.  W. 

'14.     Chromosome  studies  in  the  Diptera.     I.     A  preliminary  survey  of 
five  different  t>T)es   of   chromosome  groups  in  the  genus  Drosophila. 
Journ.  exp.  zool.,  17,  p.  45-59,  1  pi. 
MoenkhauS;  W.  J. 

'04.     The  development  of  the  hybrids  between  Fundulus  heterochtus  and 
Menidia  notata  with  especial  reference  to  the  behavior  of  the  maternal 
and  paternal  chromatin.     Amer.  journ.  anat.,  3,  p.  29-65,  4  pis. 
Montgomery,  T.  H. 

'01.     A  study  of  the  chromosomes  of  the  germ  cells  of  Metazoa.     Trans. 

Amer.  phH.  soc,  20,  p.  154-236,  pi.  4-8. 
'05.     The  spermatogenesis  of  Syrbula  and  Lycosa,  with  general  considera- 
tions upon  chromosome  reduction  and  the  heterochromosomes.     Proc. 
Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phil.,  57,  p.  162-205,  pi.  9,  10. 


130  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Montgomery,  H.  T. 

'06.     The  terminology  of  aberrant  chromosomes  and  their  behavior  in 

certain  Hemiptera.     Science,  new  ser.,  23,  p.  36-38. 
'10.     On  the  dimegalous  sperm  and  the  chromosomal  variation  of  Eus- 

chistus,   with  reference  to  chromosomal  continuity.     Arch.   f.   zellf., 

5,  p.  120-145,  taf.  9,  10,  1  text  fig. 
'11.     The    spermatogenesis    of    an    hemipteron,    Euschistus.       Journ. 

morph.,  22,  p.  731-817,  5  pis. 
Moore,  J.  E.  S. 

'95.     On  the  structural  changes  in   the  reproductive  ceUs  during  the 

spermatogenesis    of    elasmobranchs.     Quart,    journ.  micr.  sci.,  38,  p. 

275-313,  pi.  13-16,  4  text  fig. 
Morgan,  T.  H. 

'11*.     Random  segregation   versus  coupling  in  Mendelian  inheritance. 

Science,  new  ser.,  34,  p.  384. 
'lib.     An  attempt  to  analyze  the  constitution  of  the  chromosomes  on 

the  basis  of  sex-limited  inheritance  in  Drosophila.     Journ.  exp.  zool., 

11,  p.  365-413,  1  pi. 
Morse,  M. 

'09.     The  nuclear  components  of  the  sex  cells  of  four  species  of  cock- 
roaches.    Arch.  f.  zellf.,  3,  p.  482-520,  taf.  26-28,  1  text  fig. 
Nowlin,  Nadine. 

'08.     The  chromosome  complex  of  Melanoplus  bivitattus  Say.     Kans. 

univ.  sci.  bull.,  4,  p.  265-271,  pi.  16,  17. 
Otte,  H. 

'07.     Samenreifung  und  samenbildung  bei  Locusta  viridissima.     Zool. 

jahrb.  Anat.,  24,  p.  431-520,  taf.  35-37,  2  text  fig. 
Payne,  F. 

'09.     Some  new  types  of  chromosome  distribution  and  their  relation  to 

sex.     Biol,  bull.,  16,  p.  119-166,  1  pi.,  11  text  fig. 
'12.     The  chromosomes  of  Gryllotalpa  borealis  Burm.     Arch.  f.  zellf.,  9, 

p.  141-148,  2  text  fig. 
'14.     Chromosomal  variations  and  the  formation  of  the  first  spermato- 
cyte   chromosomes   in    the   Eiu-opean    earwig,    Forficula   sp.     Journ. 

morph.,  25,  p.  559-585,  64  text  fig. 
Pinney,  Edith. 

'08.     Organization  of  the  chromosomes  in  Phrynotettix  magnus.     Kans. 

univ.  sci.  bull.,  4,  p.  307-316,  pi.  23,  24. 
Rabl,  C. 

'85.     tlber  zellteilung.     Morph.   jahrb.,   10,   p.   214-330,   taf.   7-13,   5 

text  fig. 
Rath,  O.  vom. 

'92.     Zur  kenntniss  der  spermatogenese  von  Gryllotalpa  vulgaris  Latr. 

Arch.  f.  mikr.  anat.,  40,  p.  102-132,  taf.  5. 
'95.     Neue  beitrage  zur  frage  der  chromatinreduction  in  der  samen-  und 

eireife.     Arch,  f .  mikr.  anat.,  46,  p.  168-238,  taf.  6-8. 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis   of   PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS.       131 

Robertson,  W.  R,  B. 

'08.     The  chromosome  complex  of  Syrbula  admirabilis.     Kans.   univ. 

sci.  bull,  4,  p.  273-305,  pi.  18-22. 
'15.     Chromosome     Studies.     III.     Inequalities     and     deficiencies     in 
homologous  chromosomes:    their  bearing  upon  sjoiapsis  and  the  loss 
of  unit  characters.     Journ.  morph.,  26,  p.  109-141,  3  pis. 
Saedeleer,  A.  de. 

'13.     Contribution  a  I'etude  de  I'ovogenese  dans  I'Ascaris  megalocephala 
bivalens.     La  cellule,  28,  p.  301-362,  6  pis. 
Schreiner,  A.,  und  K.  E. 

'07.     Neue  studien  iiber  die  chromatinreifung  der  geschlechtszellen.     II. 
Die  reifimg  der  mannlichen  geschlechtszellen  von  Salamandra  maculosa 
(Lawr.),  Spinax  niger  (Bonap.)  und  Myxine  glutinosa  (L).     Arch.  d. 
bioL,  22,  p.  419-492,  taf.  23-26. 
Sin§ty,  R.  de. 

'01.     Recherches  sur  la  biologie  et  I'anatomie  des  phasmes.     La  cellule, 
19,  p.  117-278,  5  pis. 
Smallwood,  W.  M. 

'05.     Some  observations  on  the  chromosome  vesicles  in  the  maturation 
of  nudibranchs.     Morph.  jahrb.,  33,  p.  87-105,  pi.  2. 
Snook,  H.  J.,  and  Long,  J.  A. 

'14.     Parasynaptic  stages  in  the  testes  of  Aneides  lugubris  (Hallowell). 
Univ.  CaUf.  publ.  Zool.,  11,  p.  511-528,  pi.  25,  26. 
Stevens,  N.  M, 

'05.     Studies  in  spermatogenesis  with  especial  reference  to  the  "  acces- 
sory chromosome."     Carnegie  instn.  Publ.  36,  320  pp.,  7  pis. 
'08.     A  study  of  the  germ  cells  of  certain  Diptera,  with  reference  to  the 
heterochromosomes    and    the    phenomena    of    synapsis.     Journ.    exp. 
zool.,  5,  p.  359-374,  4  pis. 
'10a.     The  chromosomes  in  the  germ-cells  of  Culex.     Journ.  exp.  zool., 

8,  p.  207-225. 
'10^.     An  unequal  pair  of  heterochromosomes  in  Forficula.     Journ.  exp 

zool,  8,  p.  227-241,  3  pis. 
'12a.     Supernumerary    chromosomes,    and    synapsis    in    Ceuthophilus 

(sp.?).     Biol,  bull.,  22,  p.  219-230,  35  text  fig. 
'12^.     Further  observations  on  supernumerary  chromosomes,   and  sex 
ratios  in  Diabrotica  soror.     Biol,  bull.,  22,  p.  231-238,  13  text  fig. 
Stout,  A.  B. 

'12.     The  individuaUty  of  the  chromosomes  and  their  serial  arrangement 
in  Carex  aquatilis.     Arch.  f.  zellf.,  9,  p.  114-140,  taf.  11,  12. 
Sturtevant,  A.  H. 

'13.     The  linear  arrangement  of  six  sex-Unked  factors  in  Drosophila,  as 
shown  by  their  mode  of  association.     Journ.  exp.  zool.,  14,  p.  43-59. 
Sutton,  W.  S. 

'00.     Spermatogonial   divisions   of    Brachystola   magna.       Kans.   univ. 
quart.,  9,  p.  135-160,  pi.  32-35. 


132  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Sutton,  W.  S 

'02.     On  the  morphology  of  the  chromosome  group  in  Brachystola  magna. 
Biol,  bull.,  4,  p.  24-39,  11  text  fig. 

'03.     The  chromosomes  in  heredity.     Biol,  bull.,  4,  p.  231-251. 
Taylor,  Monica. 

'14.     The  chromosome  complex  of  Culex  pipiens.     Quart,  journ.  micr. 

sci.,  60,  p.  377-398,  pi.  27,  28,  3  text  fig. 
Tennent,  D.  H. 

'08.     The  chromosomes  in   cross-fertihzed  echinoid  eggs.     Biol,   bull., 

15,  p.  127-134,  1  pi.,  2  text  fig. 
Vejdovsky,  F. 

'07.     Neue  untersuchungen  uber  die  reifung  und  befruchtung.     Bohm. 

gesell.  wiss.,  Prag.,  103  pp.,  9  taf.,  5  text  fig. 
'11-12.     Zum    problem    der    vererbungstrager.     Bohm.    gesell.    wiss., 

Prag.,  184  pp.,  12  taf.,  16  text  fig. 
Voinov,  D. 

'14.     Sur  un  nouveau  mecanisme  determinant  le  dimorphisme  des  616- 

ments  sexuels;  chromosome  a  polarity  variable.     Compt.  rend,  stances 

Soc.  biologie  (S6ances   de  la  reunion  biologique  de  Bucarest  du  19 

Fevrier,  1914),  76,  p.  509-511. 
Wassilieff,  A. 

'07.     Die  spermatogenese  von  Blatta  germanica.     Arch.  f.  mikr.  anat., 

70,  p.  1-42,  taf.  1-3. 
Weismann,  A. 

'87.     Ueber  die  zahl  der  richtungskorper  und  tiber  ihre  bedeutimg  fur 

die  vererbung.     Jena,  viii  +  75  pp.,  3  text  fig. 
Wilcox,  E.  V. 

'94.     Spermatogenesis  of  Caloptenus  femur-rubrum  and  Cicada  tibicen. 

Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  27,  p.  1-32,  5  pis. 
'96.     Further  studies  on  Caloptenus  femur-rubrum.     Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  29, 

p.  191-203,  3  pis. 
'97.     Chromatic  tetrads.     Anat.  anz.,  14,  p.  194-198. 
'01.     Longitudinal  and  transverse  divisions  of  chromosomes.     Anat.  anz., 

19,  p.  332-335. 
Wilson,  E.  B. 

'09.     Studies  on  chromosomes.     IV.     The  "  accessory  "  chromosome  in 

Syromastes  and  Pyrrochoris  with  a  comparative  review  of  the  types  of 

sexual  differences  of  the  chromosome  groups.     Journ.  exp.  zool ,  6, 

p.  69-99,  2  pi.,  2  text  fig. 
'10.     Studies  on  chromosomes,  VI.     A  new  type  of  chromosome  combina- 
tion in  Metapodius.     Journ.  exp.  zool.,  9,  p.  53-78,  5  text  fig. 
'11.     Studies  on  chromosomes.     VII.     A  review  of  the  chromosomes  of 

Nezara;    with  some  more  general  conclusions.     Journ.   morph.,   22, 

p.  71-110,  1  pi.,  9  text  fig. 


WENRICH:   spermatogenesis  of  PHRYNOTETTIX  MAGNUS.       133 

Wilson,  E.  B. 

'12.     Studies  on  chromosomes.     VIII.     Observations  on  the  matm-ation 
phenomena  in  certain  Hemiptera  and  other  forms,  with  considerations 
on  synapsis  and  reduction.     Journ.  exp.  zool.,  13,  p.  345-431,  9  pb. 
Winiwarter,  H.  von. 

'00.     Recherches  sur  I'ovogfoese  et  I'organog^nese  de  I'ovaire  des  mam- 
miferes  (lapin  et  homme).     Arch,  biol.,  17,  p.  33-199,  pi.  3-8. 
Wodsedalek,  J.  E. 

'13.     Spermatogenesis  of  the  pig  with  special  reference  to  the  accessory 
chromosomes.     Biol,  bull.,  25,  p.  8-45,  6  pis. 
Zweiger,  H. 

'06.     Die  spermatogenese  von  Forficula  auricularia  L.     Jena,  zeit.,  42, 
p.  143-172,  taf.  11-14. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 

The  drawings  in  plates  1  to  9  were  in  all  cases  made  with  the  aid  of  a  camera 
lucida,  using  a  Zeiss  No.  12  compens.  ocular  and  a  Spencer  homogeneous 
immersion  1.8  mm.  objective,  N.  A.  1.30.  Drawings  no.  63-65  were  made  at  a 
magnification  of  2,600  diameters,  all  the  others  at  a  magnification  of  3,000 
diameters.     The  drawings  have  been  reduced  one  third  in  reproduction. 

Plate  10  consists  of  photomicrographs  made  at  a  magnification  of  1,150 
diameters. 

Symbols  used: 

A  designates  selected  chromosome-pair  "A." 

D  ((  «  «  u       li  r>  >> 


"C". 


X  "  accessory  chromosome. 

G  "  composite  granule. 

g  **  polar  granule. 


PLATE  1. 


Wenrich.—  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus. 


PLATE  1. 

All  figures  are  of  the  early  spermatogonia. 

Figs.  1,  2. —  In  metaphase. 

Figs.  3,  4. —  In  anaphase.     In  figure  4  the  cytoplasm  has  been  drawn  in  order 

to  show  the  hyaline  region  around  the  chromosomes. 
Fig.  5. —  Early  telophase. 
Figs.  6,  7. —  Side  view  and  optical  section  (polar  view),  respectively,  of  an 

early  telophase  in  which  the  chromosomes  have  begun  to  expand. 

The  cytoplasm  has  been  represented  in  order  to  show  the  hyaline 

region  around  the  chromosomes. 
Figs.  8,  9. —  Side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively,  of  later  telophase. 

Vesicles  persistent. 
Figs.  10,  11. —  Side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively,  of  late  telophase. 

Vesicles  mostly  disappeared. 
Figs.  12,  13. —  Side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively,  of  stage  showing 

the  greatest  diffusion  of  chromatin  that  was  found. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.        Wenrich- Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  1 


Wenrich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus. 


PLATE  2. 

Figs.  14-20. —  Prophases  of  early  spermatogonia. 

Figs.  14a,  14b. —  Two  successive  sections  of  the  same  cell  in  earUest  prophase. 

Figs.  15a,  15b. —  Two  sections  of  a  single  cell  in  early  prophase.     Formation 

of  fine  spiral  thread. 
Fig.  16. —  Polar  view  of  later  prophase.     Fine  spiral  threads,  all  distinct. 

Composite  granules  prominent. 
Fig.  17. —  Side  view  of  later  prophase.     Accessory  in  vesicle.     Longitudinal 

epUt  beginning  to  appear  in  threads. 
Fig.  18. —  Section  from  distal  pole  of  nucleus.     Vesicular  walls  persisting. 
Fig.  19. —  Later  prophase.      Composite  granules  breaking   up   into   polar 

granules. 
Fig.  20. —  Later  prophase.    Accessory  still  in  vesicle. 
Figs.  21,  22. —  Side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively,  of  telophase  of  last 

spermatogonial  division. 
Figs.  23,  24. —  Oblique  side  view  and  optical  section,  respectively,  of  early 

preleptotene  stage. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.       vVenrich- Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  2 


PLATE  3. 


Wenrich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magaus. 


PLATE  3. 

Figs.  25-27. —  Later  preleptotene  stage. 

Fig.  28. —  Early?  leptotene  stage. 

Fig.  29.—  Later  leptotene  stage. 

Fig.  30. —  Early  zygotene  stage.  «• 

Fig.  3L — Later  zygotene  stage. 

Figs.  32,  33. —  Early  pachytene  stages. 

Fig.  34. —  Later  pachytene  stage. 

Figs.  35-37. —  Stages  of  breaking  up  of  composite  granule  of  pachytene  stage 

into  its  component  polar  granules. 
Fig.  37.—  Diplotene  stage. 
Fig.  38,  a-g. —  Different  types  of  tetrads  from  a  single  cyst  of  postspireme, 

or  tetrad,  stage. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.       Wenrich.- Sp£Rmatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  3 


Wenrich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  PhrynotelUx  magnus. 


PLATE  3. 

Figs.  25-27. —  Later  preleptotene  stage. 

Fig.  28. —  Earlji  leptotene  stage. 

Fig.  29. —  Later  leptotene  stage. 

Fig.  30. —  Early  zygotene  stage. 

Fig.  3L — Later  zygotene  stage. 

Figs.  32,  33.—  Early  pachytene  stages. 

Fig.  34.—  Later  pachytene  stage. 

Figs.  35-37. —  Stages  of  breaking  up  of  composite  granule  of  pachytene  stage 

into  its  component  polar  granules. 
Fig.  37. —  Diplotene  stage. 
Fig.  38,  a-g. —  Different  types  of  tetrads  from  a  single  cyst  of  postspireme, 

or  tetrad,  stage. 


BULL.  MUS.  COiMP.  ZOOL.       WtNRiCH.- Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  3 


PLATE  4. 


Wenrich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus. 


PLATE  4. 

Figs.  39-44. —  Stages  in  division  of  first  spermatocytes. 

Fig.  39. —  Polar  view  of  metaphase,  showing  twelve  chromosomes. 

Fig.  40. —  Polar  view  of  metaphase  (eleven  chromosomes). 

Fig.  41. —  Side  view  of  anaphase,  showing  dyads. 

Fig.  42. —  Polar  view  of  anaphase,  showing  twelve  dyads. 

Fig.  43. —  Polar  view  of  anaphase,  showing  eleven  dyads. 

Fig.  44. —  Telophase. 

Figs.  45-49. —  Interkinesis  stages. 

Fig.  45. —  Dyads  undergoing  diffusion. 

Fig.  46. —  Dyads  (except  the  accessory)  still  more  diffused. 

Fig.  47. —  Stage  of  greatest  diffusion.     OutUne  of  dyads  uncertain. 

Fig.  48. —  A  prophase  of  the  second  spermatocyte  division.     Outline  of  dyads 

reappearing  in  the  middle  of  the  area  in  which  they  diffused. 
Fig.  49. —  Late  prophase  of  second  spermatocyte.     Dyads  fully  reformed. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.         Wenrich-  Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  4 


PLATE  5. 


Wenmch. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus. 


PLATE  5. 

Figs.  50-55. —  Stages  in  division  of  the  secondary  spermatocytes. 
Figs.  50,  51. —  Polar  views  of  metaphase,  showing  eleven  and  twelve  chromo- 
somes, respectively. 
Fig.  52. —  Side  view  of  metaphase. 
Fig.  53. —  Side  view  of  early  anaphase. 
Fig.  54. —  Side  view  of  late  anaphase. 
Fig.  55. —  Polar  view  of  telophase. 
Figs.  56-61. —  Pachytene   stages  of  first  spermatocyte. 

Figs.  56,  57  showing  spireme  loop  of  selected  chromosome-pair 

"A," 
Figs.  58,  59  showing  spireme  loops  of  selected  chromosome-pair 

"B,"  and 
Figs.  60,  61  showing  spireme  of  selected  chromosome-pair  "C." 
Figure  61  shows  in  addition  the  "B"  spireme. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.  WENRICH- SPERMATOGENESIS  PHRYNOTETTiX,  PLATE  5 


PLATE  6. 


Wenbich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus. 


PLATE  6. 

Fig.  62. —  Stages  in  the  transformation  of  chromosome-pair  "A,"  from 
pachytene  spireme  to  metaphase  of  the  first  spermatocyte. 

Fig.  63. —  Similar  stages  for  the  chromosome-pair  "5,"  for  the  equal-type. 

Fig.  64. —  Same  stages  for  the  pair  "5,"  unequal  type. 

Fig.  65. —  Similar  transformation  stages  for  chromosome-pair  "C" 

Fig.  66. —  Telophase  of  an  early  spermatogonimn,  showing  members  of  chro- 
mosome-pair "A." 

Fig.  67. —  Telophase  of  one  of  the  last  spermatogonia,  showing  members  of 
chromosome-pair  "A." 

Figs.  68,  69. —  Preleptotene  stages,  showing  persistence  of  chromosome-pair 
"A." 

Fig.  70. —  Early  leptotene.     Conjugation  of  pair  "A." 

Fig.  71. —  Later  leptotene.  Conjugation  of  pair  "A."  Spireme  of  the  ac- 
cessory. 

Fig.  72. —  Spireme  of  the  accessory. 

Fig.  73. —  Zygotene  stage,  showing  conjugation  of  pair  "A." 

Fig,  74. —  Zygotene  stage,  showing  conjugation  of  pair  "A"  completed. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.        WeNRicH.- Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  6 


'."  ۥ  f*' 


^.  /  F  "  .*    '      '   ■■ 

64  «_    m^   ^ 


««<^J 


6  6      'A 


70  < 


PLATE  7. 


Wenhich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  magnus.' 


PLATE  7. 

Figs.  75-78. —  Zygotene   stages  showing  incomplete  conjugation  of  chromo- 
some-pair "A." 
Fig.  79. —  Side  view  of  first  spermatocyte  metaphase,  showing  tetrad  "A," 

as  an  extended  rod  with  a  constriction  in  the  middle. 
Fig.  80. —  Polar  view  of  a  telophase  of  the  first  spermatocyte,  showing  dyads 

"A"  and  "B." 
Fig.  81.     Side  view  of  a  telophase  of  the  first  spermatocyte,  showing  dyads  of 

"A"  and  the  accessory. 
Fig.  82. —  Side  view  of  first  spermatocyte  telophase,  showing  the  "A"  dyads 

in  both  daughter  cells. 
Fig.  83. —  Interkinesis  stage,  showing  the  accessory  dyad  and  the  "A"  dyad 

(more  condensed). 
Fig.  84. —  Interkinesis  stage,  showing  the  accessory  dyad  and  the  "A"  dyad 

(less  condensed). 
Fig.  85. —  Telophase  of  the  second  spermatocj^te,  showing  the  "A,"   "B," 

and  accessory  monads. 
Fig.  86. —  Telophase  of  the  secondary  spermatocyte,  showing  the  "A"  and 

"B"  monads. 


BU 


LL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.  WeNRICH.- SPERMATOGENESIS  Phrynotettix,  Plate  7 


PLATE  8. 


W ENRICH. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  maenns 


PLATE  8. 

Figs.  87-96. —  Telophases  of  spermatogonia,  showing  members  of  chromo- 
some-pair "5"  (all  from  one  animal,  no.  772). 

Fig.  97,  a-m. —  One  example  of  chromosome-pair  "B,"  in  the  pachytene  stage 
from  each  of  the  13  animals  studied. 

Fig.  98,  a-p. —  Examples  of  chromosome-pair  "B"  from  the  pachytene  stage 
of  a  single  animal  (no.  772). 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.  Wenrich.- SPERMATOGENESIS  Phrynotettix,  Plate  8 


I    ^      rn^iJ 


PLATE  9. 


Wenrich. —  Spermatogenesis  of  Phrynotettix  maguus. 


PLATE  9. 

Fig.  99. —  Side  view  of  first  spermatocyte  metaphase,  showing  roughened 
condition  of  the  accessory,  of  chromosome-pair  "5,"  and  of  the 
polar  tips  of  autosomes. 

Fig.  100. —  Side  view  of  first  spermatocyte  metaphase,  showing  roughened 
condition  of  chromosome-pairs  "B"  and  "  C,"  and  of  the  accessory. 

Figs.  101-105.—  Telophases  of  spermatogonia,  showing  the  larger  members  of 
the  chromosome-pairs  " B"  (unequal  type)  and  "C"  (type  Ci). 

Fig.  106. —  An  example  of  tetrad  "B"  from  each  of  the  13  animals  studied. 

Fig.  107. —  An  example  of  tetrad  "C"  from  each  of  the  13  animals  studied. 
(The  corresponding  letters  in  figures  106  and  107  refer  to  the  same 
animal) . 

Figs.  108-110. —  Telophases  of  connective-tissue  nuclei,  showing  polar  gran- 
ules and  chromosome  "B." 

Figs.  Ill,  112. —  Nuclei  from  the  foUicular  envelope. 


BU 


LL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.        Wenrich- Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Pu 


A        *'«        ffll        «i 

^^  /-  J  e 


106 


f  9  h 

107 


5.-^ 


W  ENRICH.' —  SpermatxjeeneHis  of  Phrynotettii  maRDUs. 


PLATE  10. 

Photomicrographs . 

Fig.  113. —  Spireme  of  "A"  in  the  pachytene  stage. 

Fig.  114.— Tetrad  of  "A." 

Fig.  115. —  Pachytene  spireme  loop  of  "B." 

Fig.  116.— Tetrad  of  "B." 

Fig.  117.— Tetrad  of  "C"  (type  Ci). 

Fig.  118. —  Both  tetrads,  "B"  and  "C,"  dividing  equationally  in  the  same 

spindle. 
Fig.  119. —  Tetrad  "B"  dividing  equationally  and  tetrad  "C"  dividing  re- 

ductionally  in  the  same  spindle. 
Fig.  120.— Unequal  division  of  "C."     Smaller  dyad  going  to  same  pole  as 

the  accessory. 
Fig.  121. —  Unequal  division  of  "C."     Larger  dyad  going  to  same  pole  as  the 

accessory. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL.         vVenrich- Spermatogenesis  Phrynotettix,  Plate  10 


113 


*> 


H 


114 


^-Ji 


115 


^~  B 


116 


117 


/■ 


X    ♦ 


/ 


'<    *■ 


I! 


118 


X  X 


\A 


I 


119 


y 


4tH 

V 


120 


121 


D.  H.  W.  PHOTO. 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 
Vol.  LX.    No.  4. 


A  REVISION  OF  THE  LIZARDS  OF  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA. 


By  Thomas  Barboub  and  G.  K.  Noble. 


With  Fifteen  Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED    FOR   THE    MUSEUM. 

February,  1916. 


No.  4. —  A  Revision  of  the  Lizards  of  the  Genus  Cyclura. 
By  Thomas  Barbour  and  G.  K.  Noble. 

INTRODUCTION. 

Some  years  ago  while  working  upon  West  Indian  reptiles  the 
senior  author  became  interested  in  Cyclura.  Every  opportunity 
has  been  grasped  which  offered  the  slightest  probability  of  securin'g 
specimens,  so  that  now  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  con- 
tains more  species  of  that  genus  than  any  other  museum.  That  the 
series  is  by  no  means  large,  will  appear  at  once.  The  preparing  of 
this  revision  would  have  been  difficult  but  for  the  friendly  interest 
of  Mr.  H.  W.  Fowler  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia; the  unique  type  of  our  C.  nuchalis  is  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Academy.  We  take  great  pleasure  in  dedicating  C.  stejnegeri  from 
Mona  Island  to  Dr.  Stejneger,  through  whose  kindness  a  paratype 
from  the  small  series  in  the  U.  S.  N.  M.  has  been  retained  for  the 
M.  C.  Z.  From  the  Carnegie  Museum  in  Pittsburgh  we  have  speci- 
mens of  C.  rileyi  and  of  C.  macleayi,  from  the  Isle  of  Pines,  presented 
in  return  for  the  identification,  by  the  senior  author,  of  the  Carnegie 
Museum  series  of  West  Indian  reptiles.  These  he  was  allowed  to 
study  through  the  kindness  of  Prof.  L.  E.  Griffin.  A  number  of 
Rhinoceros  Iguanas  have  been  received  from  time  to  time  at  the  New 
York  Zoological  Park,  have  died  and  probably  most  of  them  have 
found  a  resting  place  in  the  American  Museum  in  New  York.  These 
cannot  now  be  found;  one  of  the  examples,  however,  now  mounted 
in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  a  gift  of  the  N.  Y.  Zoolog- 
ical Society,  was  said  to  be  from  Navassa  Island  and  seems  to  repre- 
sent the  species  confined  to  that  island.  In  general,  zoological  park 
specimens,  while  very  valuable  for  anatomical  study,  are  often  with- 
out locality,  although  this  is  sometimes  supplied  from  the  fertile 
imagination  of  an  animal  dealer.  The  fine  series  of  examples  of  C. 
carinata  in  the  New  York  Zoological  Park,  was,  however,  a  conspicu- 
ous exception,  since  they  were  known  to  have  come  from  Turks 
Island.  Unfortunately  this  entire,  valuable  series  seems  to  have 
been  lost  sight  of,  and  a  careful  search  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  failed  to  reveal  a  single  one. 


140  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS. 

The  members  of  the  genus  Cyelura  form  a  small  compact  group  of 
species  confined  to  the  Greater  Antillean  district  of  the  West  Indian 
region.  Related  to  the  Rock  Iguanas  (Ctenosaura)  of  the  Central 
American  mainland  they  are  nevertheless  well  set  off  from  the  latter 
by  the  possession  of  the  peculiar  corneous  combs  or  pectinations  on 
the  hind  toes.  Except  for  this  character  common  to  all  the  West 
Indian  forms,  some  of  these  would  appear  more  closely  related  to 
some  race  of  Ctenosaura  than  to  another  of  the  island  species.  On  the 
whole,  it  does  not  seem  advisable  to  recognize  the  genus  Metapoceras 
for  the  so-called  Rhinoceros  Iguanas  of  Navassa,  Haiti,  and  Mona, 
since  they  are  ob\aously  but  slightly  advanced  modifications  of  such 
a  type  as  the  Jamaican  Iguana,  which  is  a  true,  and  probably  an- 
cestral, Cyelura  in  every  respect.  The  species  in  the  Cayman 
Islands  is  nearly  related  to  the  Cuban,  and  the  number  of  forms 
known  from  the  Bahamas  represent  two  groups  of  species,  one  showing 
affinities  with  the  Cuban,  Cyelura  macleayi.  In  the  Bahamas,  haeo- 
lopha  of  Andros  Island  seems  most  like  macleayi,  with  its  neighbor, 
inornata,  hardly  less  similar;  while  nuehalis  of  Fortune,  rileyi  of 
Watlings,  and  carinata  from  Turks  Island  form  another  well  differ- 
entiated group  of  races.  The  latter  species  has  head-scales  of  a 
simple  and  scarcely  modified,  one  might,  at  first  sight,  say  obviously 
primitive  nature.  We  imagine,  however,  that  this  condition  has 
been  reached  secondarily,  the  transition  back  through  some  of  the 
other  species  being  clearly  traceable.  So  that  while  the  scales  of  the 
head  of  earinata  are  of  a  very  simple  and  undifferentiated  character, 
it  is  nevertheless  extremely  improbable,  especially  in  view  of  its  habi- 
tat, that  the  species  can  be  considered  ancestral  or  anything  more 
than  a  reversion  to  the  probably,  or  possibly,  primitive  condition  for 
Cyelura,  and  Ctenosaura,  or  their  progenitors.  It  does  not  seem 
wise  to  lay  much  stress  upon  the  distribution  of  the  species  of  Cyelura 
as  a  basis  for  any  zoographic  deduction  or  sm-mise.  We  know  but 
little  of  the  habits  of  the  species,  the  whole  group  is  fast  disappearing 
and  will  soon  be  wholly  extinct,  and  even  now  we  are  able  to  character- 
ize but  eleven  species,  probably  a  comparatively  small  part  of  those 
in  existence  even  two  hundred  years  ago. 

Early  writers  often  mention  Iguanas  in  the  West  Indies,  and  of 
these  some  referred  to  the  genus  Iguana  and  some  to  Cyelura ;  among 
the  latter  was  Catesby.     This  authority  writing  upon  the  Natural 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         141 

History  of  Carolina  and  the  Bahamas,  states  in  1743,  that  Iguanas  or 
Guanas  were  abundant  upon  many  islands  throughout  the  Bahamas, 
so  common  in  fact  that  schooners  were  cargoed  with  them  and  that 
they  were  carried  to  Carolina  for  food.  The  name  Guana  is  even  now 
used  among  the  "Conchs"  of  the  Bahamas,  who  still  speak  a  peculiar 
archaic  English.  A  vague  idea  of  how  wide-spread  these  great  lizards 
were  in  early  colonial  times  may  be  gained  from  the  Bahaman  place- 
names.  Thus,  there  is  a  Great  Guana  Cay,  off  the  Abaco  coast  not 
far  from  Green  Turtle  Cay,  a  settlement  which  once  had  some  impor- 
tance. This  islet  was  visited  by  the  senior  author  in  1904  but  no 
Guanas  were  found,  and  none  had  persisted  to  within  the  memory  of 
the  elder  folk  living  in  the  tiny  hamlet.  There  is  also  a  Guana  Cay 
near  Little  Harbor  about  half  way  up  the  chain  of  the  Berry  Islands, 
and  not  far  from  one  of  the  Bahaman  Whale  Cays,  for  this  also  is  a 
common  place-name.  Then  we  find  another  Great  Guana  Cay  in  the 
Exuma  chain  of  Cays.  In  all  of  these  islands  Guanas  are  now  un- 
known. On  Bitter  Guana  Cay,  however,  but  a  few  hundred  yards 
from  the  Great  Guana  Cay  in  Exuma,  Mr.  C.  J.  Maynard  tells  us 
that  up  to  1915  a  few  Cycluras  were  still  to  be  found.  He  believes 
that  these  represent  an  undescribed  race.  As  to  the  status  of  the  other 
Bahaman  species : —  baeolopha  is  still  not  uncommon,  since  its  habitat, 
Andros  Island,  is  very  large  and  contains  much  unsettled  and  indeed 
even  unexplored  territory.  Of  nuchalis  from  Fortune  Island  we  know 
nothing.  Stejneger's  species,  rileyi,  is  confined  to  two  tiny  islets  in 
the  saline  lagoon  of  Watling's  Island;  here  Riley  obtained  the  types 
in  1903  and  W.  W.  Worthington  procured  a  few  specimens  in  March, 
1909.  Our  new  species,  inornata,  is,  or  was,  found  upon  a  little  island 
called  U  Cay,  in  Allen's  Harbor,  north  of  Highborn  Cay  and  situated 
in  the  Ai'chipelago  between  Exuma  and  New  Providence.  Here  in 
1892  Maynard  found  the  Iguanas  not  uncommon.  He  revisited  the 
islet  in  1915,  was  storm  bound  there  and  hence  had  ample  opportun- 
ity to  cover  it  very  completely.  He  found  but  two  Iguanas  still 
living  upon  U  Cay.  Both  of  these  he  shot ;  one,  our  type,  he  secured, 
the  other  escaped,  wounded.  Thus  the  species  inornata,  which 
once  doubtless  existed  on  several  islands  about  Allen's  Harbor,  is  now 
beyond  doubt  extinct.  Since  these  creatures  are  excellent  for  food, 
they  are  constantly  hunted  by  the  native  negroes,  often  with  dogs 
trained  for  the  purpose.  These  negroes  during  the  course  of  their 
sponging  and  turtling  voyages  cover  the  entire  Bahaman  Archipelago, 
visiting  even  the  most  remote,  inaccessible,  and  infertile  cays.  There 
is  a  constant  search  for  animal  food,  which  unfortunately  is  by  no 


142  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

means  abundant  or  easily  obtained  by  the  poor  inhabitants  of  one 
of  Great  Britain's  most  deUghtful  but  poverty-stricken  colonies. 
Iguanas  are  often  brought  from  Andros  to  market  in  Nassau,  upon 
New  Providence  Island.  One  of  the  authors  has  seen  the  creatures 
for  sale  there  upon  several  occasions.  We  have  concluded  therefore 
that  a  magnificent  adult  male  baeolopha  in  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia  (Reptile  Coll.  8120)  probably  represents 
such  a  specimen,  although  it  is  said  to  have  been  collected  by  a  Mr. 
Wilson  on  New  Providence  in  1861.  Our  belief  is  that  the  Iguanas 
disappeared  from  New  Providence  long  before  this  date.  For  the 
benefit  of  the  herpetologists  we  should  also  record  that  Salt  Cay,  near 
Hog  Island,  opposite  the  town  of  Nassau,  has  been  stocked  with 
Iguanas  brought  from  Andros  Island.  Mr.  Chamberlain,  the  owner 
of  Salt  Cay  is  reported  to  have  stated  that  they  have  thriven  and 
appear  to  have  become  well  established  in  their  new  home. 

Of  some  of  the  other  species  of  the  genus  we  know  even  less  than  of 
these  we  have  referred  to.  Cyclura  collei  has  almost  certainly  com- 
pletely disappeared  upon  the  mainland  of  Jamaica  and  it  was  only  by 
the  greatest  stroke  of  good  fortune  that  Mr.  Arthur  Perrin  of  Cam- 
bridge who  kindly  volunteered  to  make  a  special  excursion  for  the 
purpose,  was  able  to  secure  the  specimen,  which  we  describe,  from 
Goat  Island  not  far  from  Old  Harbor  off  southern  Jamaica.  Dr. 
A.  G.  Mayer  tells  us  that  an  Iguana  was  secured  a  few  years  ago  on 
one  of  the  cays  near  Montego  Bay,  and  that  he  believes  a  few  still 
exist  there.  Of  the  species  on  Navassa,  Haiti,  and  Mona  we  know 
practically  nothing.  Mr.  W.  M.  Mann  who  spent  some  months  in 
Haiti,  and  who  made  an  excellent  collection  of  reptiles  there  in  1913 
was  unable  to  learn  anything  of  Iguanas  and  secured  none.  Mr. 
Halter  from  the  American  Museum,  visited  Santo  Domingo  in  1915 
and  could  learn  nothing  of  existing  Iguanas.  Of  the  Cyclura  on 
Mona  Island  we  know  only  that  Stejneger  quotes  Bowdish  as  say- 
ing that  he  got  his  specimens  in  1901,  among  the  rocks. 

The  journeys  which  the  senior  author  has  made  on  a  number  of 
occasions  permit  us  to  speak  with  more  authority  regarding  Cuba. 
Gundlach  in  1880  wrote  "  Esta  especie  vive  en  varios  cayos  y  en  las 
costas  de  la  isla  de  Cuba  y  de  la  isla  de  Pinos;  pero  es  hoy  una 
especie  rara,  aunque  antiguamente  fuese  comun  y  llevada  a  los  merca- 
dos,  siendo  su  came  estimada  como  excel ente  manjar."  He  goes  on  to 
say  that  it  usually  lives  in  burrows  in  the  sand  dunes  or  in  sandy  places 
about  the  coasts  where  it  is  easily  dug  out.  Now  the  Cuban  Iguana 
has  with  increasing  civilization  become  still  more  rare  and  restricted 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         143 

in  range.  C.  T.  Ramsden,  the  accomplished  naturahst  of  Guanta- 
namo  has  found  a  few  specimens  on  the  coast  cHffs  of  the  extreme 
eastern  end  of  the  island.  Wirt  Robinson  sent  one  to  the  M.  C.  Z.  from 
Santiago  in  December,  1903.  The  only  very  young  Cyclura  we  have 
seen  was  one  loaned  by  Ramsden,  and  obtained  by  Oskar  Tollin  during 
a  trip  to  Belig,  near  Cabo  Cruz,  in  the  summer  of  1914.  The  species 
is  still  abundant  on  the  Cayos  near  Manzanillo  and  those  off  the  south 
coast  near  Santa  Cruz  del  Sur.  It  is  fairly  abundant  on  the  Isle  of 
Pines.  In  1915  while  Prof,  de  la  Torre  and  his  assistant  Sr.  V.  J. 
Rodriguez  were  collecting  with  W.  S.  Brooks  and  T.  Barbour  in  the 
region  of  Guane,  we  learned  that  Iguanas  were  still  not  uncommon 
in  the  limestone  mountains  which  encircle  the  glorious  valley  of  Luis 
Lazo.  Here  we  got  two  fine  adult  specimens,  one  for  the  Museo 
Poey  in  Havana  and  one  for  the  M.  C.  Z.  Prof,  de  la  Torre  says  that 
Iguanas  are  also  fairly  common  on  the  Pan  de  Guajaibon  and  he 
writes  us  that  he  has  recently  seen  one  near  Baracoa.  They  persist 
as  well  on  many  of  the  small  and  remote  cayos  of  the  north  coast. 
Curiously  enough  in  spite  of  what  Gundlach  says  —  no  one  appears 
to  eat  Iguanas  in  Cuba  at  the  present  time.  Ramsden  has  also 
observed  this  and  writes  me  that  he  has  been  told  that  Cubans  believe 
the  Iguana  to  be  very  poisonous.  When  hung  up  by  the  tail,  they  say, 
a  baba  or  burujo,  as  they  call  it,  black  drivel  or  vomit,  runs  from  its 
mouth.  This  is  supposed  to  be  deadly.  The  black  vomit  due  to 
blood  in  the  stomach,  which  marks  the  final  stage  of  a  fatal  case  of 
yellow  fever,  is  also  called  in  Cuba  burujo,  a  name  also  used  for  the 
grounds  of  coffee,  and  it  may  be  that  some  imagined  similarity  between 
these  burujos,  coupled  with  forgetfulness  which  increased  as  Iguanas 
grew  rare,  has  now  spread  the  idea  that  Iguanas  are  unfit  for  food, 
when  once,  in  Cuba  as  elsewhere,  they  were  eagerly  sought  after. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  some  old,  long  standing  specific  names  have 
been  dropped.  The  reason  for  this  is  as  follows: — the  name  nuhila 
was  based  upon  a  young  specimen  without  locality.  The  descrip- 
tion given  by  Gray  is  worthless.  The  type  is  mentioned  in  Boulenger's 
Catalogue  and  hence  doubtless  is  still  in  existence.  When  it  is 
examined  it  will  probably  be  possible  to  determine  whether  the  name 
supercedes  one  used  here  or  whether  it  represents  another  distinct 
species.  It  is  impossible  to  determine  this.  Cope  attached  the  name 
nuhila  to  a  specimen  which  he  said  was  from  Cat  Island  and  was  U.  S. 
N.  M.  14576;  but  Stejneger  tells  us  that  this  number  is  borne  by  a 
specimen  of  Leiocephalus  and  that  there  is  now  no  Cat  Island  Iguana 
in  the  U.  S.  N.  M.  and  no  evidence  that  there  ever  was  one.     Cuvier 


144  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

first  used  cyclura  as  a  specific  name  for  what  he  called  L'Iguane  de  la 
Caroline.  After  what  Catesby  said  we  imagine  that  he  had  a  Bahaman 
specimen  which  had  been  carried  to  Carolina  and  had  probably  been 
sent  to  Paris  from  there.  Which  Bahaman  species  he  had  it  is  impos- 
sible to  decide  from  his  meagre  descriptions.  So  unless  the  t;y^e  is 
still  in  existence  and  sufficiently  well  preserved,  which  is  improbable, 
it  will  not  be  possible  to  more  than  surmise  that  Cuvier  probably 
had  a  specimen  of  C.  baeolopha.  Stejneger  and  Barbour  have  both 
used  the  name  Cyclura  cyclura  Cuv.  for  the  Cuban  Iguana  and  this 
might  be  considered  as  restricting  the  name.  It  is  probably  better 
to  drop  the  name  altogether  until  someone  studies  this  old  type,  and 
also  the  type  of  nubila  in  the  British  Museum. 


,  KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES. 

Median  frontal  shield  enlarged  and  tubercular. 

fei  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral stejnegeri. 

b^  Nasals  separated  from  the  rostral  by  small  scales,  or  granules. 

c^  Posterior  prefrontals  separated  from  the  frontal  shield  by  two  rows  of 

scales nigerrima. 

<?  Posterior  prefrontals  separated  from  the  frontal  shield  by  a  single  row 

of  narrow  scales cornuta. 

'■  Median  frontal  shield  very  slightly  enlarged,  not  tubercular. 
h^  Nuchal  section  of  dorsal  crest  formed  of  spines  much  longer  than  those 
of  the  back  section. 

c^  Prefrontal  and  frontal  scales  small  and  irregular carinata. 

<?  Prefrontal  and  frontal  scales  enlarged  and  definitely  arranged. 

rfi  Nuchal  section  of  dorsal  crest  formed  of  14  spines,  some  twice  as 

wide   as   the   others nuchalis. 

(P  Nuchal  section  of  dorsal  crest  formed  of  20  spines,  all  of  about  the 

same  width rileyi. 

b^  Nuchal  section  of  dorsal  crest  formed  of  spines  not  distinctly  larger  than 
those  of  the  back  section 
c^  Scales  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  flat,  depressed,  the 
interstices   forming  a  network;    dorsal    crest    continuous    on    the 

shoulders collei. 

c^  Scales  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  head,  especially  the  snout, 

swollen;  dorsal  crest  interrupted  on  the  shoulders. 

d^  Inf ralabials  separated  from  the  molar  scales  by  a  single  discontinuous 

row  of  scales;  canthal  scale  very  much  larger  than  the  precanthal. 

e^  A  single,  large,  flat  median  frontal;    gular  region  the  same  color 

.as   ventral   surface baelopha. 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.     '    145 

e^  Two  large  flat  median  f rentals;    gular  region  white  in  strong 

contrast  to  rest  of  ventral  surface inornata. 

d?  Infralabials  separated  from  the  malar  scales  by  several  rows  of  small 
scales;   canthal  scale  about  the  same  size  as  the  precanthal. 

e^  Enlarged  frontal  shield  separated  from  the  posterior  prefrontals 
by  two  rows  of  scales;  37  spines  in  the  back  section  of  dorsal 
crest macleayi. 

e^  Enlarged  frontal  shield  separated  from  the  posterior  prefrontals 
by  five  rows  of  small  scales;  44  spines  in  the  back  section  of 
dorsal   crest caymanensis. 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  SPECIES. 

Cyclura  macleayi  Gray. 

Plate  1,  2;    Plate  13,  fig.  5,  6. 

Gray  Cat.  lizards,  British  mus.,  1845,  p.  190. 

Diagnosis: —  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral.  Pre- 
frontal region  covered  by  a  pair  of  elongate  supranasals,  immediately 
followed  by  two  pair  of  large  prefrontals,  the  posterior  pair  several 
times  as  large  as  the  anterior  pair;  both  pairs  of  prefrontals  broadly 
in  contact  on  the  median  line  of  the  snout,  all  these  scutes  covering 
the  snout  slightly  swollen  and  convex.  Frontal  region  between  pre- 
frontals and  the  scarcely  indicated  supraocular  semicircles  covered 
by  two  irregular  rows  of  scales,  the  anterior  row  formed  of  scales 
several  times  as  large  as  those  in  the  posterior  one,  immediately  fol- 
lowing the  posterior  row  a  large  rounded  median  scale.  Supraorbital 
semicircles  scarcely  differentiated  from  the  supraocular  disc,  separated 
by  two,  partly  by  three,  rows  of  scales.  Occipital  region  covered 
with  enlarged  and  swollen  scales,  about  two  rows  of  scales  between  the 
occipital  and  the  semicircles.  Canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  three 
large  scales,  the  posterior  one  elongate  and  in  contact  with  two  supra- 
ciliaries  which  are  also  elongate, —  all  these  scales  on  the  top  of  the 
head  swollen,  slightly  keeled,  and,  with  the  exception  of  the  small 
supraocular  scales,  uniformly  enlarged.  Dorsal  crest  low,  the  largest 
spine  scarcely  over  a  centimeter  high,  interrupted  on  the  shoulders 
and  rump,  37  spines  between  these  two  points.     Color  above,  brown- 


146  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

ish  gray  sprinkled  with  pale,  yellowish  green,  the  spots  very  abundant 
and  partly  confluent  posteriorly;  flanks  marked  by  four  broad,  verti- 
cal stripes  of  pale  bluish  gray,  each  stripe  edged  with  dark  slaty  gray; 
sides  and  upper  surface  of  the  head  broadly  blotched  with  pale,  bluish 
yellow. 

Habitat:—  Cuba,  the  Isle  of  Pines,  and  the  neighboring  Cays. 

Description: —  Adult  male,  M.  C.  Z.,  11050  from  the  Valley  of  Luis 
Lazo,  western  Cuba,  April  1915,  C.  de  la  Torre  and  T.  Barbour. 

Rostral  as  wide  as  the  mental,  broadly  in  contact  with  nasals; 
nasal  large,  somewhat  pentagonal,  perforated  by  a  large,  ovoid  nos- 
tril; each  nasal  in  contact  with  a  large,  elongate  supranasal  and  a 
squarish  postnasal;  nasals  and  supranasals  broadly  in  contact  in 
the  middle  of  the  snout;  the  pair  of  supranasals  immediately  fol- 
lowed by  two  pair  of  large  prefrontals,  the  posterior  pair  several  times 
as  large  as  the  anterior  pair,  both  pairs  of  prefrontals  broadly  in 
contact  in  the  middle  hue  of  the  snout ;  a  few  granules  on  the  crossing 
point  of  the  two  prefrontal  sutures;  all  these  scutes  covering  the  upper 
surface  of  the  snout  slightly  swollen  and  convex;  between  prefrontals 
and  the  scarcely  indicated  supraocular  semicircular  two  irregular  rows 
of  scales,  the  anterior  row  formed  of  scales  several  times  as  large  as 
those  in  the  posterior  one;  immediately  following  the  posterior  row  a 
large  rounded  median  scale;  supraorbital  semicircle  differentiated 
from  the  supraocular  disc  but  the  scales  on  the  outer  and  anterior 
portion  of  the  supraocular  region  smaller  than  the  others ;  semicircles 
separated  by  two,  partly  by  three,  rows  of  large  scales;  occipital 
located  with  its  posterior  end  on  a  line  with  the  posterior  end  of 
the  semicircles;  scales  of  the  occipital  region  enlarged  and  swollen, 
the  outer  ones  largest;  about  two  rows  of  scales  between  the  occipital 
and  the  semicircles;  two  or  three  rows  of  superciliary  shields  not 
clearly  differentiated;  canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  three  large  scales, 
the  first  elongate  and  in  contact  with  two  superciliary  scales  that  are 
also  elongate;  all  of  these  scales  on  the  top  of  the  head  swollen, 
slightly  keeled,  and,  with  the  exception  of  the  small  supraocular  scales, 
uniformly  enlarged;  a  well-developed  series  of  strongly  keeled  sub- 
oculars  continued  backward  as  a  supratympanic  series;  six  supra- 
labials  to  the  middle  of  the  eye;  a  series  of  three  or  four  rows  of  small 
scales  separating  the  supralabials  from  the  suboculars;  above  the 
angle  of  the  mouth  and  in  front  of  the  lower  edge  of  the  ear  a  large 
tubercular  shield ;  above  it  about  the  middle  of  the  front  edge  of  the 
ear  two  large  shields,  preceded  by  a  third,  all  three  tubercular; 
below  the  angle  of  the  mouth  a  few  tubercular  scales,  irregularly 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         147 

arranged;  five  infralabials  to  the  middle  of  the  eye;  a  single  row  of 
very  large,  keeled  malar  scales,  and  two  anterior  ones  in  contact  with 
the  infralabials,  the  rest  separated  from  the  infralabials  by  one  or  two 
rows  of  small  scales;  dorsal  and  ventral  scales  small,  about  eleven 
contained  in  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  tympanum ;  from  the  nuchal 
fold  along  the  median  line  of  the  neck  and  back  a  row  of  low,  blunt 
spines,  the  largest  slightly  over  a  centimeter  high;  this  crest  inter- 
rupted on  the  shoulders  and  rump,  thirty-seven  spines  between  these 
two  points;  upper  surface  of  limbs  with  slightly  imbricated,  keeled, 
posteriorly  pointed  scales  considerably  larger  than  the  body-scales; 
scales  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  fore  arm  and  tibia  much  larger 
than  those  covering  the  upper  arm  and  femur;  on  the  upper  arm  about 
eight,  on  the  lower  about  five  of  these  scales  to  the  vertical  diameter 
of  the  tympanum;  a  single  series  of  twenty-two  femoral  pores; 
inner  side  of  second  toe  with  one  comb,  of  third  toe  with  two  combs, 
each  consisting  of  three  lobes ;  tail  compressed,  covered  with  obliquely 
keeled  scales  in  vertical  rows,  forming  faintly  indicated  verticils; 
tail  surmounted  by  a  serrated  crest  similar  to  the  body-crest  but 
formed  of  slightly  larger  spines. 

Coloration: —  Ground  tone  of  dorsal  surface  brownish  gray;  whole 
dorsal  surface  sprinkled  with  pale,  yellowish  green,  the  spots  very 
abundant  and  partly  confluent  posteriorly;  flanks  marked  by  four 
broad,  vertical  stripes  of  pale  bluish  gray;  each  stripe  edged  dark 
slaty  gray,  sides  and  upper  surface  of  the  head  broadly  blotched  with 
pale  bluish  yellow;  sides  of  the  tail  with  a  series  of  irregular  vertical 
stripes  of  bluish  gray  becoming  regular  and  evenly  spaced  posteriorly, 
ventral  surface  somewhat  lighter  than  the  upper  surface. 

Variation  and  remarks: —  A  very  young  specimen,  a  female  meas- 
uring only  115  millimeters  from  snout  to  vent,  collected  at  Belig,  Cabo 
Cruz,  Cuba,  by  O.  Tollin  and  now  in  the  collection  of  C.  T.  Ramsden 
varies  greatly  in  color  from  the  adult,  but  the  lepidosis  of  the  speci- 
men is  very  similar  to  that  of  the  adult.  In  this  example  the  ground 
tone  of  the  dorsal  surface  is  grayish  blue  tinged  with  greenish;  along 
the  middle  line  of  the  back  there  is  a  series  of  broad  white  crossbars 
edged  broadly  before  and  behind  with  black;  these  black  and  white 
crossbars  are  continued  on  the  sides  as  a  series  of  wavy  stripes,  each 
stripe  pointing  obliquely  backward;  the  ventral  surface  is  paler  than 
the  dorsal,  and  is  covered  by  broken  continuations  of  the  lateral  stripes. 


148 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Material  examined. 


No.  of 

Speci- 

M.C.Z.    mens 

11050       1 


8456 
6915 

10966 
1096 


?i 


Age 
Adult 


hf.  grown 
adult 

adult  and 
juv. 


Sex 
male 


male 
male 

males 


Locality  Date 

Valley  of  Luis  1915 

Lazo,  Cuba 

Guantanamo  1913 

Santiago  de  Cuba    1903 

Los  Indios 
Isle  of  Pines 


Collector 
C.  de  la  Torre 

and 
T.  Barbour 
C.  T.  Ramsden 
Wirt  Robinson 

G.  A.  Link 


Remarks 
De- 
scribed 


Cyclura  caymanensis,  sp.  nov. 


Plate  3. 


Type,  an  alcoholic  skin,  M.  C.  Z.,  10534,  Ca^onan  Islands,  probably 
from  Cayman  Brae,  1911,  W.  W.  Brown,  Jr. 

This  species  is  so  closely  related  to  C.  viacleayi  from  Cuba  that  a 
detailed  description  is  superfluous.  The  distinguishing  characters  of 
the  species  are  adequately  presented  in  the  following  diagnosis. 

Diagnosis: —  Scales  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  snout  some- 
what similar  to  those  of  C.  viacleayi;  enlarged  frontal  shield  separated 
from  the  prefrontals  by  five  irregular  rows  of  small  scales  instead  of 
two  rows  of  large  ones  as  in  C.  macleayi.  Scales  of  the  frontoparietal 
region  much  smaller  and  more  numerous  than  those  of  C.  macleayi. 
Supraorbital  semicircles  not  differentiated  from  the  frontoparietal 
scales.  Canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  three  short,  rather  oblong 
scales,  all  about  the  same  size.  Dorsal  crest  not  interrupted  on  either 
shoulders  or  rump,  not  reduced  at  all  on  the  shoulders,  considerably 
reduced  on  the  rump;  forty-four  scales  in  the  dorsal  crest  from 
shoulders  to  rump,  all  spines  of  this  section  very  low,  scarcely  over 
2  mm.  high;  spines  of  the  neck  and  tail-crest  about  twice  as  high  as 
these  on  an  average.  Limiting  row  of  each  verticil  formed  of  scales 
several  times  as  large  as  the  other  verticil  scales,  the  row  preceding 
the  limiting  row  somewhat  wider  than  the  other  rows.  Coloration 
like  C.  macleayi  but  very  much  paler  and  grayer;  an  indication  of 
regular  pale  yellow  blotches  along  the  median  line  of  the  back;  no 
stripes  or  markings  on  the  sides. 

Habitat: —  Cayman  Brae  and  Little  Cayman, 

Remarks: — Garman  (Bull.  Essex  inst.,  1888,  20,  p.  105;   author's 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         149 

separate  p.  5)  quotes  Maynard  to  the  effect  that  "  The  Iguana  occurs 
commonly  in  the  chffs  of  both  tliis  island  and  Little  Cayman."  He 
was  discussing  the  island  of  Cayman  Brae.  During  the  autumn  of 
1915  this  island  was  visited  by  the  most  terrific  hurricane  of  historic 
times.  The  whole  terrestrial  fauna  of  the  island  is  said  to  have  suffered 
very  seriously. 

Material  examined. 
We  have  only  seen  a  single  specimen  of  this  species,  the  type. 

Cyclura  baeolopha  Cope. 

Plate  4,  5,  6;  Plate  13,  fig.  1,  2. 

Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phil.,  1887,  p.  123.  Barbom-,  Mem. 
M.  C.  Z.,  1914,  44,  p.  298. 

Diagnosis: —  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral.  Pre- 
frontal region  covered  by  a  pair  of  rectangular  supranasals  broadly 
in  contact  in  the  middle  line  of  the  snout;  each  supranasal  in  contact 
with  a  pair  of  narrow  prefrontals  which  are  followed  by  a  very  large 
posterior  prefrontal;  the  anterior  and  posterior  prefrontals  form  a 
median  suture  continuous  with  the  nasal  and  supranasal  suture, — 
all  of  these  scutes  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  snout  strongly 
convex,  even  tubercular.  Frontal  region  between  the  prefrontals 
and  the  supraorbital  semicircles  covered  by  several  rows  of  large 
irregular  scales;  the  row  in  contact  with  the  prefrontals  consisting 
of  very  large  scales,  the  largest  being  about  a  third  as  large  as  the 
posterior  prefrontal;  between  the  semicircles  on  a  line  with  their 
anterior  end  a  single  large  flat  scale.  Supraorbital  semicircles  formed 
of  large  tubercular  scales  clearly  differentiated  from  the  slightly 
swollen  scale  of  the  supraorbital  and  frontal  regions;  semicircles 
separated  by  two  partly  by  four  rows  of  scales.  Occipital  region 
covered  with  scales  slightly  larger  than  the  frontoparietals,  the  outer 
rows  much  larger  than  the  others;  two  rows  of  scales  between  the 
occipital  and  the  semicircles.  Canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  a  single 
large  canthal  scale  and  a  short  squarish  precanthal,  both  swollen  and 
slightly  keeled;  the  canthal  scale  in  contact  with  two  elongate  supra- 
ciliaries.  Dorsal  crest  formed  of  low  blunt  spines,  the  largest  about 
half  a  centimeter  high;  this  crest  broadly  interrupted  on  the  shoulders 


150  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  rump;  56  spines  between  these  two  points.  Color  above  brown- 
ish green,  tinged  on  the  head,  shoulders  and  along  the  mid  line  of  the 
back  with  pale  yellowish  green. 

Habitat: —  Andros  Island,  Bahamas.  • 

The  most  abundant  species  still  existing  in  the  Bahamas. 

Description: —  x\dult  male,  M.  C.  Z.,  6979,  Andros  Island,  Bahamas, 
1904,  Harvard  Bahama  Expedition  of  1904. 

Rostral  as  wide  as  the  mental,  broadly  in  contact  with  the  nasals, 
nasal  large,  ovoid,  and  perforated  in  the  posterior  half  by  a  somewhat 
semicircular  nostril;  each  nasal  in  contact  with  a  rectangular  supra- 
nasal  and  a  slightly  larger,  triangular  postnasal;  nasals  and  supra- 
nasals  broadly  in  contact  in  the  middle  of  the  snout;  each  supranasal 
in  contact  with  a  pair  of  narrow  prefrontals  which  are  followed  by  a 
very  large  posterior  prefrontal;  the  anterior  and  posterior  prefrontals 
form  a  median  suture  continuous  with  the  nasal  and  supranasal  suture; 
all  of  these  scutes  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  snout  strongly 
convex,  even  tubercular;  between  the  prefrontals  and  the  supraorbital 
semicircles  several  rows  of  large  irregular  scales;  the  row  in  contact 
with  the  prefrontals  consisting  of  several  very  large  scales,  the  largest 
being  about  a  third  as  large  as  the  posterior  prefrontal;  between  the 
semicircles  on  a  line  with  the  anterior  end  a  single  large  flat  scale;  the 
semicircles  formed  of  large  tubercular  scales  clearly  differentiated  from 
the  slightly  swollen  scales  of  the  supraorbital  or  frontal  regions; 
supraorbitals  roughly  hexagonal  and  uniform  in  size;  supraorbital 
semicircles  separated  by  two,  partly  by  four  rows  of  scales,  occipital 
located  with  its  posterior  end  on  a  line  with  the  posterior  end  of  the 
semicircles;  scales  of  the  occipital  region  slightly  larger  than  the 
frontals,  the  outer  row  of  occipitals  much  larger  than  the  others; 
two  rows  of  scales  between  the  occipital  and  the  semicircles;  two  or 
three  rows  of  superciliaries,  a  single  large  canthal  scale  and  a  short 
squarish  precantlial  on  each  side;  canthal  scale  in  contact  with  two 
elongate  superciliaries,  the  whole  series  swollen  and  slightly  keeled; 
a  well-developed  series  of  strongly  keeled  suboculars  continued  back- 
ward as  a  supra  tympanic  series;  eight  supralabials  to  the  middle  of  the 
eye,  a  series  of  three  or  four  rows  of  small  scales  separating  the  supra- 
labials from  the  suboculars;  on  the  anterior  edge  of  the  ear  three 
enlarged  tubercular  scales,  preceded  by  a  group  of  smaller  ones,  the 
larger  one  of  which  is  located  above  the  angle  of  the  mouth  near  the 
ear;  below  the  angle  of  the  mouth  a  regular  series  of  tubercular  scales 
decreasing  in  size  anteriorly;  seven  infralabials  to  the  middle  of  the 
eye;  a  single  row  of  very  large,  swollen  malar  scales;  the  two  anterior 
ones  in  contact  with  the  supralabials,  the  rest  separated  by  a  single 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA. 


151 


row  of  small  scales ;  dorsal  and  ventral  scales  small,  about  eleven  con- 
tained in  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  tympanum;  from  the  nuchal 
fold  along  the  median  line  of  the  neck  and  back,  a  row  of  very  low  blunt 
spines,  the  largest  about  half  a  centimeter  high;  this  crest  interrupted 
broadly  on  the  shoulders  and  rump;  fifty-six  spines  in  the  dorsal 
crest  between  these  two  points;  upper  surface  of  limbs  with  slightly 
imbricated,  keeled,  posteriorly  pointed  scales;  scales  covering  the 
upper  surface  of  the  fore  arm  and  tibia  much  longer  than  those  cover- 
ing the  upper  arm  and  femur;  on  the  upper  arm  about  seven,  on  the 
lower  about  six  of  these  scales  to  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  tym- 
panum; a  single  series  of  twenty  femoral  pores,  inner  side  of  second 
toe  with  one  comb,  of  third  toe  with  two  combs,  each  consisting  of 
three  lobes;  tail  compressed,  covered  with  obliquely  keeled  scales  in 
vertical  rows,  tail  surmounted  by  a  serrated  crest,  similar  to  the  body 
crest  but  formed  of  larger  spines. 

Coloration:  —  Ground  color  brownish  green  washed  on  the  head  and 
arms  along  the  mid  region  of  the  back  and  tail,  as  well  as  on  the 
ventral  surface  with  pale  yellowish  green;  the  pale  yellowish  green 
of  the  head  somewhat  suffused  with  blue,  especially  on  the  dorsal 
surface. 

Material  examined. 


No.  of 

M.CZ. 

speci- 
mens 

Age 

Sex 

Locality 

Date 

Collector 

Remarks 

5960 

1 

adult 

female 

6979 

1 

adult 

male 

Mangrove  Cay, 
Andros  Island 

1904 

Bahama  Exp. 
1904 

6947 

1 

adult 

male 

Mangrove  Cay, 
Andros  Island 

1904 

Bahama  Exp. 
1904 

6975 

3 

Head  of 

both 

Mangrove  Cay, 

1904 

Bahama  Exp. 

De- 

adult male 

Andros  Island 

1904 

scribed 

2  young 

Also  four  mounted  specimens,  two  adult  males,  a  female  and  young, 
Mangrove  Cay,  Andros  Island,  Bahama  Exp.  of  1904. 

Cyclura  inornata,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  14. 


Type,  an  adult  female,  M.  C.  Z.  11062,  U.  Cay  in  Allen's  Harbor, 
near  Highborn  Cay,  Bahamas,  March  2,  1915,  C.  J.  Maynard. 


152  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Diagnosis.  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral.  Prefrontal 
region  covered  by  a  pair  of  elongate  supranasals,  broadly  in  contact 
with  the  middle  line  of  the  snout,  immediately  followed  by  two  pairs 
of  prefrontals  and  a  fifth  scale  wliich  is  intercalated  at  the  crossing 
point  of  the  sutures,  the  posterior  pair  several  times  as  large  as  the 
anterior  pair;  both  pairs  of  prefrontals  broadly  in  contact  in  the  middle 
line  of  the  snout.  Frontal  region  covered  by  a  transverse  row  of  four 
large  scales  in  contact  with  the  prefrontals  and  by  two  more  large 
scales  mesially  arranged  and  separated  from  the  transverse  row  by 
a  single  row  of  small  scales.  Supraorbital  semicircles  not  apparent, 
but  the  scales  of  the  supraocular  region  much  smaller  than  those  of 
the  frontoparietal  regions.  Canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  a  very 
elongate  can  thai  scale  preceded  by  a  small  precanthal ;  all  these  scales 
on  the  top  of  head  very  slightly  swollen,  some  scarcely  keeled.  Dorsal 
crest  consisting  of  very  low  blunt  spines,  the  largest  scarcely  three 
millimeters  high,  this  crest  greatly  diminished  but  not  interrupted 
on  the  shoulders,  widely  interrupted,  however,  on  the  rump,  sixty 
spines  from  shoulder  to  rump.  Color  above  grayish  brown  sprinkled 
very  slightly  with  yellowish  gray;  spinal  region  tinged  with  straw 
color;  sides  of  the  snout  blackish;  gular  region  chalky  white  in  strong 
contrast  to  the  rest  of  the  ventral  surface. 

Habitat. —  U.  Cay  in  Allen's  Harbor,  Highborn  Cay,  Bahamas. 
Probably  now  extinct. 

Description  of  Type. —  Rostral  as  wide  as  the  mental,  broadly  in 
contact  with  the  nasals ;  nasal  large,  somewhat  ovoid,  perforated  by  a 
large  ovoid  nostril;  each  nasal  in  contact  with  an  elongate  supra- 
nasal  and  a  triangular  postnasal;  nasals  barely,  supranasals  broadly 
in  contact  in  the  middle  line  of  the  snout;  supranasals  immediately 
followed  by  two  pairs  of  prefrontals  and  a  fifth  scale  incalated  at  the 
crossing  point  of  the  sutures;  the  posterior  pair  several  times  as  large 
as  the  anterior  pair;  both  pairs  of  prefrontals  broadly  in  contact  in 
the  middle  line;  no  definite  supraorbital  semicircles;  scales  of  the 
supraocular  region  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  frontal  region;  in 
contact  with  the  prefrontals  a  transverse  row  of  4  large  scales;  sepa- 
rated from  this  row  by  a  single  row  of  small  scales  two  more  large  scales 
mesially  arranged,  occipital  located  well  forward  and  flanked  on 
either  side  by  a  group  of  scales  larger  than  those  of  the  frontal  region; 
frontal  region  covered  by  scales  somewhat  larger  than  those  of  the 
occipital  region;  two  or  three  rows  of  superciliary  shields  not  clearly 
differentiated;  canthal  scale  very  elongated,  preceded  by  a  small 
prefrontal,  all  these  scales  of  the  top  of  head  very  slightly  swollen, 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         153 

some  scarcely  keeled;  a  well-developed  series  of  keeled  suboculars 
continued  backward  as  a  supratympanic  series,  eight  supralabials  to 
the  middle  of  the  eye;  a  series  of  four  or  five  rows  of  small  scales 
separating  the  supralabials  from  the  suboculars ;  on  the  anterior  edge 
of  the  ear  a  single  row  of  large,  strongly  tubercular  scales  preceded  by 
a  group  of  smaller,  tubercular  scales  grading  off  in  size  anteriorly; 
below  the  angle  of  the  mouth  a  group  of  large  tubercular  scales,  in 
close  contact  with  each  other,  grading  off  in  size  anteriorly;  eight 
infralabials  to  the  middle  of  the  eye;  a  single  row  of  large  slightly 
swollen  malar  scales;  a  disconnected  single  row  of  small  scales  be- 
tween some  of  the  malars  and  infralabials ;  dorsal  scales  slightly  larger 
than  the  ventrals,  about  twelve  contained  in  the  vertical  diameter  of 
the  tympanum;  from  the  nuchal  fold  along  the  median  line  of  the 
neck  and  back  a  row  of  very  low  blunt  spines,  the  largest  scarcely 
three  millimeters  high;  the  crest  greatly  diminished  but  not  inter- 
rupted, however,  on  the  rump;  60  spines  in  the  dorsal  crest  from 
shoulder  to  rump;  upper  surface  of  limbs  with  slightly  imbricated, 
keeled  posteriorly  pointed  scales,  considerably  larger  than  the  body- 
scales;  scales  covering  the  upper  surface  of  the  fore  arm  and  tibia 
much  larger  than  those  covering  the  upper  arm  and  femur;  on  the 
upper  arm  about  nine  on  the  lower  about  seven  of  these  scales  to  the 
vertical  diameter  of  the  tympanum;  a  single  series  of  twenty-one 
femoral  pores;  inner  side  of  the  second  toe  with  one  comb  of  third 
with  two  combs,  each  consisting  of  three  lobes.  Tail  compressed, 
covered  with  obliquely  keeled  scales  in  vertical  rows,  forming  distinct 
verticils;  tail  surmounted  by  a  serrated  crest,  similar  to  the  body 
crest,  but  formed  of  slightly  longer  spines  anteriorly. 

Coloration.  Ground  tone  of  dorsal  surface  grayish  brown,  sprinkled 
very  slightly  with  yellowish  gray;  the  dorsal  crest  and  spinal  region 
tinged  with  straw  color;  upper  surface  of  the  head  tinged  with  bluish; 
muzzle  and  sides  of  head  brownish  black,  gular  region  chalky  white  in 
strong  contrast  to  the  rest  of  the  ventral  surface;  whole  ventral 
surface  somewhat  lighter  than  dorsal  surface;  limiting  row  of  the 
verticils  bluish  gray. 

Material  examined. 
We  have  only  seen  a  single  specimen  of  this  species,  the  type. 


154  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Cyclura  rileyi  Stejneger. 
Plate  7;    Plate  15,  fig.  3,  4. 
Stejneger,  Proc.  Biol.  see.  Wash.,  1903,  16,  p.  129. 

Diagnosis: —  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral.  Scales 
of  the  top  of  head  flat  or  only  slightly  swollen.  Prefrontal  region 
covered  by  a  pair  of  elongate  supranasals  in  contact  with  the  nasals 
and  also  in  contact  with  each  other,  each  supranasal  followed  by  two 
large  prefrontals,  the  posterior  the  larger,  the  prefrontals  of  each 
side  in  contact  with  each  other  but  separated  from  the  series  of  the 
opposite  side  by  two  rows  of  large  scales.  Top  of  head  behind  pre- 
frontals covered  with  numerous  small  scales;  the  scales  of  the  supra- 
ocular region  much  smaller  than  the  others;  except  for  a  grouping 
of  a  few  large  scales  on  each  side  of  the  occipital,  and  a  semirosette 
of  enlarged  scales  in  the  frontoparietal  region,  these  scales  without 
a  definite  arrangement.  Canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  a  group  of 
three  scales,  the  canthal  and  precanthal  about  the  same  size  and  larger 
than  the  third  scale.  Dorsal  crest  interrupted  on  both  shoulders 
and  rump,  formed  of  scales  of  varying  height;  nuchal  section  formed 
of  about  twenty  spines  about  the  same  in  width  and  varying  from 
one  to  ten  millimeters  in  height,  according  to  the  proximity  to  the 
extremities  of  the  series,  back  section  formed  of  seventy-six  spines, 
scarcely  over  a  millimeter  in  height,  except  for  the  last  fourteen  spines 
which  average  about  5  millimeters;  caudal  section  formed  of  heavier 
spines  than  those  of  the  back,  about  4  millimeters  in  height.  Limit- 
ing row  of  each  verticle  clearly  differentiated.  Ground  color,  bluish 
gray,  heavily  blotched  with  confluent  tawny  yellow  spots  except  on 
the  posterior  ventral  surface,  which  is  uniform  yellowish  gray;  head 
very  much  paler,  tail  darker  than  the  rest  of  the  body. 

Habitat: —  Two  small  cays  in  the  large  salt  water  lagoon  on  Watlings 
Island. 

Description: —  Adult  male,  M.  C.  Z.  10918,  Watlings  Island,  Baha- 
mas, April,  1915,  \\.  W.  Worthington. 

Rostral  as  wide  as  the  mental  broadly  in  contact  with  the  nasals; 
nasals  vtry  large,  about  the  size  of  the  posterior  prefrontals,  broadly 
hexagonal,  in  broad  contact  with  each  other;  each  nasal  perforated 
posteriorly  by  an  elongate  nostril;  each  nasal  in  contact  with  an 
elongate   supranasal   and   two   postnasals;     nasals   and   supranasals 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         155 

broadly  in  contact  in  the  middle  line  of  the  snout;  immediately 
following  the  supranasals  and  separated  by  a  double  row  of  scales, 
two  large  smooth  prefrontals  on  each  side,  the  posterior  pair  the 
larger;  these  scales  between  the  prefrontals  as  large  as  the  scales 
covering  the  frontal  region;  top  of  head  behind  the  prefrontal  region 
covered  by  small,  irregular  polygonal  shields,  those  on  the  supraocular 
region  much  smaller  than  the  others;  three  poorly  indicated  rosettes 
of  larger  scales,  one  on  the  frontoparietal  region  and  one  on  each  side 
of  the  occipital,  each  rosette  consisting  of  a  somewhat  rounded  scale 
surrounded  by  a  circle  of  subrectangular  scales ;  all  shields  on  the  top 
of  head  smooth  or  very  slightly  swollen,  occipital  somewhat  larger 
than  the  adjacent  scutes ;  superciliary  shields  slightly  larger  than  the 
supraorbitals;  the  first  two  and  the  last  two  scales  of  this  series  some- 
what elongate,  canthal  scale  preceded  by  a  somewhat  squarish  pre- 
canthal  of  about  the  same  size,  a  small  subcanthal  in  contact  with 
the  canthal  scale  anteriorly;  2  loreal  scales  between  precanthal  and 
postnasal,  squarish,  not  much  smaller  than  precanthal;  the  rest  of 
the  loreal  scales  small  and  elongate,  a  series  of  strongly  keeled  subocu- 
lars  not  reaching  the  tympanum ;  temporal  shields  small ;  on  the  ante- 
rior edge  of  the  tympanum  just  above  the  angle  of  the  mouth  a  group 
of  three  or  four  large  tubercular  scales;  below  the  angle  of  the  mouth 
five  regular  rows  of  enlarged  round  scales,  the  series  running  obliquely 
forward ;  supralabials  low,  six  to  below  the  center  of  the  eye.  Lower 
labials  larger  than  the  supralabials,  six  to  the  center  of  the  eye;  two 
rows  of  large  molar  scales  separated  posteriorly  from  the  infralabials 
by  a  single  row  of  smaller  scales;  on  each  side  of  the  jaws  below  the 
angle  of  the  mouth  five  or  six  regular  rows  of  rounded  scales;  dorsal 
crest  interrupted  on  both  shoulders  and  rump;  nuchal  section  of  the 
crest  consisting  of  twenty  spines  all  of  about  the  same  width,  varying 
in  height  from  one  millimeter  at  the  ends  of  the  series  to  ten  milli- 
meters in  the  center;  back  section  formed  of  seventy-six  spines  scarcely 
over  a  millimeter  in  height,  the  last  fourteen  spines,  however,  over  five 
millimeters  in  height;  caudal  section  formed  of  heavy  spines  about 
four  millimeters  in  height;  scales  on  the  upper  side  of  the  arms  larger 
than  the  dorsal  scales,  those  on  the  fore  arm  a  trifle  larger  than  those 
on  the  upper  arm;  a  single  series  of  twenty-three  femoral  pores; 
inner  side  of  second  toe  with  one  "comb,"  of  third  toe  with  two 
"combs"  each  consisting  of  three  lobes;  tail  covered  with  faintly 
indicated  verticils. 

Coloration: —  Ground  color  bluish  gray,  heavily  blotched  with 
confluent  tawny  yellow  markings;  upper  and  lateral  surfaces  of  head 
very  pale  yellow;  tail  and  hind  limbs  darker  than  the  rest  of  the  body. 


156  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Material  Examined. 

No.  of 
epeci- 
M.C.Z.    mens   Age  Sex  Locality  Date  Collector  Remarks 

10918     1     adult      male    Watling's  Island    1909     W.  W.  Worthington     Descrip. 
9272     1     adult      male    Watling's  Island    1903     J.  H.  Riley  Para- 

type 

Cyclura  nuchalis,  nov.  sp. 
Plate  8,  fig.  1,  2. 

Type,  an  adult,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.  11985,  Fortune  Island,  Baha- 
mas.    Collection  of  Arthur  Erwin  Brown. 

Since  this  species  is  in  general  similar  to  C.  rileyi  no  detailed  descrip- 
tion is  necessary,  the  differences  being  expressed  in  the  following 
diagnosis. 

Diagnosis: —  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral.  Scales 
of  the  prefrontal  and  frontoparietal  regions  similar  to  those  of  C. 
rileyi;  enlarged  frontal  scale  proportionately  larger,  surrounding  scales 
proportionally  smaller  than  those  of  C.  rileyi;  supraorbital  semicircles 
distinct  posteriorly,  formed  of  slightly  tuberculate  scales.  Occipital 
scales  more  tuberculate  than  those  of  C.  rileyi.  Prefrontal  scale 
more  elongate  than  that  of  C.  rileyi.  Dorsal  crest  very  different  from 
that  of  any  other  Cyclura.  This  crest  interrupted  on  the  shoulders, 
widely  interrupted  on  the  rump;  nuchal  section  formed  of  fourteen 
wide  spines,  the  three  central  ones  largest,  about  a  centimeter  high, 
the  rest  grading  off  in  size  toward  the  extremities;  of  these  three 
central  spines  the  most  anterior  one  about  half  a  centimeter  wide  at 
the  base,  in  other  words  about  twice  as  broad  as  any  of  the  others; 
the  crest  running  from  shoulders  to  rump  scarcely  over  a  millimeter 
high,  composed  of  sixty-two  spines;  caudal  crest  slightly  higher  than 
that  of  the  back.  Scales  of  the  limiting  row  of  each  verticil  only 
slightly  larger  than  other  scales  of  the  verticil;  about  five  scales  in  the 
bulge  of  each  limiting  row  while  C.  rileyi  averages  four  or  less.  The 
type  of  coloration  similar  to  that  of  C.  rileyi  but  the  ground  color 
brownish  gray  instead  of  blue-gray;  general  tonality  of  the  head  gray- 
ish brown  instead  of  straw  color. 

Habitat: —  Fortune   Island,   just   to   the   south   of   Long   Island, 
Bahamas. 

Material  examined. 
The  type  only  is  known. 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         157 

Cyclura  carinata  Harlan. 

Plate  8,  fig.  3,  4;  plate  13,  fig.  3,  4. 

Harlan,  Journ.  Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phil.,  1824,  4,  p.  242,  250,  pi.  15. 
Barbour,  Mem.,  M.  C.  Z.,  1914,  44,  p.  299. 

Diagnosis:  —  Nasals  broadly  in  contact  with  the  rostral.  Pre- 
frontal region  covered  by  a  pair  of  irregular  supranasals;  nasals  and 
supranasals  of  each  side  separated  from  each  other  by  a  single  large 
scale.  Frontal,  frontoparietal,  and  occipital  regions  covered  by  uni- 
formly small  scales,  irregular  in  shape  and  strongly  keeled.  Supra- 
orbital semicircles  not  differentiated  but  the  scales  of  the  supraocular 
region  smaller  than  the  other  supracephalic  scutes.  Two  large, 
vertically  arranged  canthal  scales  on  each  side.  Dorsal  crest  broadly 
interrupted  on  the  shoulders  and  rump;  the  neck-crest  half  a  centi- 
meter high,  the  body -crest  only  three  millimeters  high;  color  above 
brownish  gray,  with  numerous  but  faint  reticulations;  head  tinged 
with  blue,  chest  with  smoky. 

Habitat:  —  Turks  Island,  Southern  Bahamas. 

Description:  —  Adult  male,  M.  C.  Z.  1252  Turk's  Island,  Southern 
Bahama  Islands,  1862,  A.  S.  Bickmore. 

Rostral  as  wide  as  the  mental,  broadly  in  contact  with  the  nasals; 
nasals  of  medium  size,  somewhat  pentagonal  perforated  posteriorly 
by  a  semicircular  nostril;  each  nasal  in  contact  with  a  large  pent- 
angular postnasal  and  a  pair  of  irregular  supranasals;  nasals  and 
supranasals  of  each  side  separated  from  each  other  by  a  single,  large 
triangular  scale,  all  the  rest  of  the  scales  of  top  of  head  small  and  irre- 
gular, no  enlarged  prefrontal,  frontal  or  parietal  scales;  a  very  slight 
indication  of  a  supraocular  disk;  scales  of  the  supraocular  and  supra- 
ciliary  region  as  well  as  the  outer  parietal  region  somewhat  smaller 
than  the  rest  of  the  supracephalic  scales;  scales  of  the  prefrontal, 
frontal,  and  occipital  region  irregular  and  all  about  the  same  size, 
while  the  scales  of  the  supraocular  and  outer  parietal  regions  are 
uniformly  smaller;  occipital  rather  large  and  located  well  forward; 
all  scales  of  the  top  of  head  strongly  keeled  but  hardly  tubercular; 
two  large,  vertically  arranged  canthal  scales  on  each  side;  a  well- 
developed  series  of  slightly  keeled  suboculars  carried  back  a  trifle 
beyond  the  orbit,  ten  supralabials  to  the  middle  of  the  eye;  a  series 
of  three  or  four  rows  of  small  scales  separating  the  supralabials  from 


158  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  suboculars;  no  tubercular  or  swollen  scales  in  the  temporal 
region,  only  a  few  enlarged  scales  below  the  angle  of  the  mouth, 
eleven  infralabials  to  the  middle  of  the  eye;  a  double  row  of  small 
slightly  keeled  malar  scales  separated  from  the  infralabials  by  one 
or  two  rows  of  scales  of  the  small  size;  dorsal  and  ventral  scales 
small;  from  the  nuchal  fold  along  the  median  line  of  the  neck  and  back 
a  row  of  blunt  spines ;  on  the  neck  the  spines  about  half  a  centimeter 
high;  the  crest  broadly  interrupted  on  the  shoulders  and  rump; 
forty-seven  spines  in  the  dorsal  crest  between  these  two  points,  the 
first  four  and  the  last  four  spines  of  this  series  very  much  reduced, 
the  largest  spine  about  three  millimeters  high;  upper  surface  of  limbs 
with  slightly  imbricated,  keeled,  posteriorly  pointed  scales  consider- 
ably larger  than  the  body-scales;  on  the  upper  arm  about  twenty  on 
the  lower  arm  about  twelve  of  these  scales  to  the  vertical  diameter 
of  the  tympanum;  twenty-three  femoral  pores;  inner  side  of  second 
toe  with  one  comb,  of  third  toe  with  two  combs  each  consisting  of 
three  prominent  and  two  small  lobes;  tail  compressed,  covered  with 
obliquely  keeled  scales  in  vertical  rows,  forming  distinct  verticils; 
the  limiting  row  of  each  verticil  formed  of  strongly  keeled  scales; 
tail  surmounted  by  a  serrated  crest,  similar  to  the  body-crest  but 
formed  of  larger  and  sharper  spines. 

Coloration:  —  Ground  tone  of  dorsal  surface  brownish  gray;  mimer- 
ous  but  very  faint  yellow-brown  reticulations  extending  from  head  to 
tail;  these  reticulations  forming  faint  yellowish  blotches  on  the  head; 
tail  uniformly  yellowish  gray;  sides  of  head  and  gular  region  tinged 
with  blue;  chest  smoky;  rest  of  ventral  surface  the  same  color  as  tail. 

Material  e:c amine d. 
The  specimen  described. 


Cyclura  collei  Gray. 

Plate  9;  Plate  15,  fig.  5,  (i. 

Gray,  Cat.  lizards  British  mus.,  1845,  p.  190.  Barbour,  Mem. 
M.  C.  Z.,  1914,  44,  p.  298. 

Diagnosis:  —  Nasals  separated  from  the  rostral  by  several  rows  of 
fine  granules.  Prefrontal  region  covered  by  a  series  of  three  large 
shields  on  each  side,  each  shield  slightly  swollen  and  convex;    the 


I 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         159 

series  separated  by  a  double  row  of  rather  large  irregular  scales. 
Frontal  and  frontoparietal  regions  with  small  and  irregular  scales 
very  slightly  keeled,  each  scale  depressed  so  as  to  make  the  interstices 
stand  out  like  a  network.  Supraorbital  semicircles  differentiated 
only  posteriorly  where  they  are  formed  of  broad,  slightly  keeled  scales. 
Occipital  region  with  a  huge  swelling  on  each  side,  each  covered  with 
flat  scales.  Canthus  rostralis  formed  of  a  group  of  three,  medium 
sized  keeled  scales.  Dorsal  crest  not  interrupted  on  either  shoulder 
or  rump;  largest  spine  about  a  centimeter  in  length;  fifty  spines  in 
the  crest  from  shoulders  to  rump.  Color  above  mud-gray  washed 
with  green  anteriorly;  a  series  of  straw  color  stipplings  covering  the 
dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces,  these  stipplings  uniting  into  blotches 
posteriorly. 

Habitat:  —  Jamaica,  where  it  is  now  exceedingly  rare,  being  only 
found  on  a  few  islets  off  the  coast  where  the  mongoose  has  not  been 
introduced.     The  mongoose  eats  the  eggs  and  the  very  young. 

Description:  —  Adult  male,  M.  C.  Z.  9397  Goat  Island,  near  Old 
Harbour,  Jamaica,  1914,  Arthur  Perrin. 

Rostral  wider  than  mental,  separated  from  the  nasals  by  several 
rows  of  very  fine  granules;  nasal  large,  ovoid  and  perforated  on  the 
posterior  half  by  a  large  semicircular  nostril;  immediately  behind  and 
adjoining  the  nasal,  a  series  of  three  large  shields,  slightly  swollen 
and  a  trifle  convex;  the  series  separated  by  a  double  row  of  rather 
large  irregular  scales;  the  last  pair  of  scales  in  the  series  about  twice 
as  large  as  the  anterior  pair;  the  scales  of  each  series  broadly  in  contact 
with  each  other  without  any  intervening  scales;  a  pair  of  large  tri- 
angular postnasals;  scales  of  the  frontoparietal  region  all  small  and 
irregular,  each  scale  depressed  so  that  the  interstices  stand  out  like 
network;  supraorbital  semicircles  only  evident  posteriorly,  formed  of 
broad,  slightly  keeled  scales;  scales  covering  the  supraocular  region 
smaller  than  those  of  the  frontal  region,  each  scale  very  slightly 
keeled;  occipital  smaller  than  nasals,  located  well  forward  between 
the  semicircles  from  which  it  is  separated  by  three  row^s  of  scales; 
occipital  region  swollen  out  into  a  pair  of  huge  humps,  each  covered 
with  a  group  of  rather  large,  flat,  slightly  keeled  scales;  two  rows  of 
strongly  keeled  supraciliaries;  canthus  rostralis  consisting  of  a  group 
of  three,  medium  sized  keeled  scales;  a  well-developed  series  of 
strongly  keeled  suboculars  continued  backward  as  a  supratympanlc 
series  to  above  the  middle  of  the  ear;  six  supralabials  to  the  middle 
of  the  eye;  a  series  of  very  small  scales  separating  the  suboculars  and 
the  supralabials;    above  the  angle  of  the  mouth  and  in  front  of  the 


160  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

lower  edge  of  the  ear  three  large  tubercular  shields  in  a  horizontal 
row;  above  them  along  the  edge  of  the  ear  three  or  four  rows  of  smaller 
scales,  strongly  tubercular  and  grading  off  in  size  anteriorly;  below 
the  angle  of  the  mouth  a  few  scattered  enlarged  scales,  each  surrounded 
by  a  circle  of  granules;  seven  lower  labials  to  the  center  of  the  eye; 
a  row  of  enlarged  malar  scales,  the  posterior  ones  strongly  keeled  and 
separated  from  the  infralabials  by  a  single  row  of  fairly  large  scales 
of  which  the  posterior  ones  are  also  keeled;  dorsal  and  ventral  scales 
small,  about  thirteen  contained  in  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  t^on- 
panum;  from  the  nuchal  fold  along  the  median  line  of  the  neck  and 
back  a  series  of  medium  sized  spines,  not  interrupted  or  greatly  re- 
duced on  the  shoulders,  and  only  decreased  in  size  on  the  rump;  the 
longest  spines  about  a  centimeter  in  length;  fifty  spines  in  the  crest 
from  the  shoulders  to  the  rump;  upper  surface  of  the  limbs  with 
slightly  imbricated,  keeled,  posteriorly  pointed  scales  somewhat  larger 
than  the  dorsals;  on  the  lower  arm  about  eleven,  on  the  upper  about 
fifteen  of  these  scales  to  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  tympanum;  a 
single  series  of  eighteen  femoral  pores;  inner  side  of  second  toe  with 
one  comb,  of  the  third  toe  with  two  combs,  each  consisting  of  three 
large  and  two  small  lobes;  tail  compressed,  covered  with  obliquely 
keeled  scales  in  vertical  rows  forming  distinct  verticils;  tail  sur- 
mounted by  a  row  of  spines  slightly  larger  than,  but  continuous  with, 
those  of  the  body-crest. 

Coloration:  —  Ground  tone  of  dorsal  surface  brownish  gray,  almost 
a  mud  color;  top  of  snout,  sides  of  head  washed  with  green;  lower 
labials  yellowish  green;  dorsal  and  lateral  surfaces  of  the  body  faintly 
blotched  with  straw  color,  the  blotches  often  breaking  up  into  groups 
of  small  spots;  upper  surface  of  the  thighs,  sides  of  tail  profusely 
blotched  with  the  same  color;  ventral  surface  muddy  gray;  the  legs 
tinged  slightly  with  green. 

Material  examined. 
The  specimen  described. 

Cyclura  cornuta  (Bonnaterre), 

Plate  10. 

Bonnaterre,  Tabl.  encyc.  erpet.,  17S9,  p.  40,  pi.  4,  f.  4.  Stejneger, 
Kept.  U.  S.  N.  M.  for  1902,  1904,  p.  670,  f.  122-126. 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         161 

Diagnosis:  —  Nasals  separated  from  the  rostral  by  a  single  row  of 
scales;  nasals  separated  from  each  other  by  two  rows  of  scales.  Pre- 
frontals in  a  double  series  of  three  large  shields,  strongly  convex,  the 
posterior  pair  particularly  so,  the  two  rows  separated  from  each  other 
by  several  rows  of  small  scales,  the  posterior  pair  of  prefrontals  sepa- 
rated from  the  median  frontal  tubercle  by  a  single  row  of  very  nar- 
row scales.  Supraorbital  semicircles  scarcely  differentiated  from  the 
supraocular  scales  but  somewhat  larger  than  the  frontoparietal  scales. 
A  single  large  canthal  scale  preceded  by  a  small,  hexagonal  precanthaL 
Dorsal  crest  low,  not  over  four  millimeters  high,  reduced  on  the 
shoulders,  nearly  interrupted  on  the  rump  but  not  a  distinct  break  in 
the  whole.  Verticils  faintly  indicated,  the  limiting  row  only  a  trifle 
larger  than  the  row  preceding  it.  Color  very  faded  in  the  specimens 
examined,  but  probably  uniform  olive-gray  in  life,  slightly  more 
yellowish  on  the  head  and  under  surface. 

Habitat:  —  Haiti. 

Description:  —  Two  specimens,  a  young  one,  and  the  head  of  a  half 
grown  individual  M.  C.  Z.  3597,  Jeremie,  Haiti,  1859,  D.  F.  Weinland. 

Rostral  wide,  as  wide  as  mental,  separated  from  the  nasals  by  a 
single  row  of  scales;  nasals  large,  ovoid,  perforated  by  large  nostrils 
posteriorly,  separated  from  each  other  by  two  rows  of  scales ;  on  each 
side  of  the  top  of  the  snout,  immediately  following  and  adjoining  the 
nasals  two  rows  of  three  large  shields,  strongly  convex,  the  posterior 
pair  tubercular,  the  rows  separated  from  each  other  by  two  or  three 
rows  of  small  scales;  of  these  two  rows  of  large  scales  the  posterior 
pair  is  nearly  as  long  as  the  two  others  together;  a  large  median 
frontal  tubercle  separated  from  this  posterior  pair  of  prefrontals  by  a 
single  row  of  narrow  scales;  supraocular  semicircles  scarcely  differ- 
entiated, but  slightly  larger  than  the  supraorbital  scales  and  dis- 
tinctly larger  than  the  frontoparietals;  occipital  located  well  forward 
between  the  semicircles  from  which  it  is  separated  by  two  or  three 
rows  of  small  scales,  situated  on  a  line  between  the  posterior 
borders  of  the  orbits;  a  single  large  canthal  scale  preceded  by  a 
small,  hexagonal  precanthal;  a  well-developed  series  of  strongly 
keeled  suboculars  continued  backward  as  a  supratympanic  series  to 
above  the  ear;  seven  supralabials  to  below  the  middle  of  the  eye;  two 
or  three  rows  of  granules  separating  the  suboculars  from  the  supra- 
labials; above  the  angle  of  the  mouth  and  in  front  of  the  lower  edge 
of  the  ear  a  large  tubercular  shield,  above  it  about  the  middle  of  the 
edge  of  the  ear  another  tubercle  almost  as  large;  nine  lower  labials 
to  the  center  of  the  eye;  a  series  of  enlarged  malar  scales,  the  posterior 


162  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

ones  strongly  keeled  and  separated  from  the  lower  labials  by  four  rows 
of  small  scales;  from  the  nuchal  fold  along  the  median  line  of  the 
body  a  series  of  low  spines  which  is  much  reduced  between  the  shoul- 
ders, nearly  interrupted  on  the  rump;  fifty  spines  on  the  back  between 
these  two  points;  upper  surface  of  the  limbs  with  slightly  imbricated, 
keeled,  posteriorly  pointed  scales,  somewhat  larger  than  the  dorsals; 
on  the  lower  arm  about  seven,  on  the  tibia  about  five  to  the  vertical 
diameter  of  the  tympanum ;  a  single  series  of  about  seventeen  femoral 
pores;  inner  side  of  second  toe  with  one  "  comb"  of  third  toe  with  two 
combs  each  consisting  of  three  main  and  two  smaller  lobes;  tail 
covered  with  faintly  indicated  verticils;  tail  surmounted  by  a  crest  of 
heavy  spines,  a  trifle  larger  than  the  back  spine. 

Coloration:  —  The  color  of  both  specimens  is  very  faded,  but  it 
was  probably  uniform  olive-gray  in  life,  perhaps  slightly  more  yellow- 
ish on  the  head  and  under  surface. 

Material  examined. 
The  specimens  described. 


Cyclura  nigerrima  Cope. 
Plate  11;   Plate  15,  fig.  1,  2. 
Cope,  Amer.  nat.,  1885,  19,  p.  1006. 

Diagyiosis: —  Very  similar  to  C.  cornuta  from  which  it  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  following  characters: — 

Nasals  separated  from  the  rostral  by  two  rows  of  scales,  one  of  the 
rows  of  very  large  scales.  Nasals  separated  from  each  other  by  three, 
and  in  part  by  four  rows  of  scales.  Prefrontals  separated  from  the 
large  median  frontal  scales  by  two  rows  of  scales.  Supraorbital  semi- 
circles not  apparent  but  this  may  be  due  to  the  old  age  of  the  speci- 
men. Precanthal  scale  as  large  or  a  trifle  larger  than  canthal  scale, 
both  subrectangular  or  squarish.  Dorsal  crest  low,  interrupted  on 
both  shoulders  and  rump,  forty-nine  spines  in  the  crest  between  these 
two  points.  Verticils  similar  to  those  of  C.  cornuta  but  very  indis- 
tinct, the  bulge  not  very  prominent.  Color  indeterminable  through 
fading,  but  probably  not  unlike  that  of  C.  cornuta. 

Habitat: —  Navassa  Island. 


BARBOUR  AND  NOBLE:  THE  GENUS  CYCLURA.         163 

Description:—  The  diagnosis  given  above  is  sufficient  to  characterize 
the  species  quite  adequately.  It  is  so  similar  to  C.  comuta  that  no 
detailed  remarks  are  necessarv. 

Material  examined. 

The  diagnosis  was  taken  from  M.  C.  Z.  4717,  Navassa  Island, 
received  from  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Cope  states  (Proc.  Amer. 
philos.  soc,  1886,  23,  p.  264)  that  his  description  of  nigerrima  was 
taken  from  a  specimen  partially  skeletonized.  He  then  proceeds 
to  diagnose  C.  onchiopsis,'SL.  synonymous  form,  also  from  Navassa 
Island  and  based  upon  three  specimens  in  the  U.  S.  N.  M.  We 
strongly  suspect  that  our  specimen  is  one  of  the  types  of  onchiopsis. 
It  was  received  in  Cambridge  before  the  appearance  of  Cope's  paper, 
but  it  is  known  that  Cope  often  drew  up  notes  and  descriptions  of 
species  and  frequently  subjected  them  to  long  delays  before  they 
actually  appeared  in  print.  Our  specimen  agrees  remarkably  with 
Cope's  description  and  Dr.  Stejneger  writes  me  that  he  has  not  found 
the  specimens  which  Cope  refers  to  in  the  National  Museum. 

There  is  also  a  fine  mounted  adult  male  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  said  to 
come  from  Navassa  Island  and  representing  this  species.  It  was 
presented  by  the  N.  Y.  Zoological  Society. 


Cyclura  stejnegeri,  nov.  sp. 
Plate  12. 

Type,  a  young  specimen  U.  S.  National  Museum  29367;  Mona 
Island,  August,  1901,  B.  S.  Bowditch.  Paratype  M.  C.  Z.  11145, 
formerly  U.  S.  N.  M.  29365,  an  adult  male  having  the  same  data. 

Diagnosis: —  Very  similar  to  C.  comuta  from  which  it  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  following  characters : — 

Nasals  in  contact  with  the  rostral;  two,  and  in  part  three  rows  of 
scales  between  the  nasals.  Prefrontals  separated  from  the  enlarged 
median  frontal  scale  by  two  rows  of  scales.  A  single  large,  elongate 
canthal  scale  preceded  by  three  small  precanthals.  Dorsal  crest  much 
reduced  between  the  shoulders,  absolutely  interrupted  on  the  rump, 
fifty-one  scales  in  the  crest  from  shoulder  to  rump.  Limiting  row 
of  each  verticil  not  much  wider  than  the  other  rows  of  the  verticils. 
Color  somewhat  faded,  uniform  dark  olive-green. 

Habitat: —  Mona    Island. 


164  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Remarks: — No  further  discussion  of  this  species  is  necessary  in 
view  of  its  similarity  to  C.  cormita.  It  may  be  added,  however,  that 
Stejneger  when  writing  his  Herpetology  of  Porto  Rico,  suspected 
the  distinction  between  this  species.  He  had,  however,  no  Haitian 
material  for  comparison  and  was  further  deterred  by  some  notes  which 
Gunther  (Trans.  Zool.  soc.  Lond.,  1882,  11,  p.  218,  pi.  44)  published 
regarding  a  specimen  with  no  locality  which  died  in  the  London  Zoo 
and  to  Stejneger  it  seemed  unlikely  that  a  specimen  from  Mona 
would  find  its  way  alive  to  London.  We  believe  that  this  specimen 
really  came  from  Mona  Island,  a  possibility  by  no  means  so  remote 
as  Stejneger  seemed  to  think,  especially  when  the  rarity  of  the  species 
in  Haiti  is  taken  into  account.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  the  small 
Haitian  sailing  vessels  may  even  visit  Mona  purposely,  to  take 
Iguanas  for  food.  It  is  also  not  improbable  that  such  individuals 
may  be  carried  alive  to  Haiti  and  thence  one  may  have  found  its  way 
to  London.  {Cf.  Stejneger's  discussion  of  this  specimen,  Ann.  rept. 
U.  S.  N.  M.  for  1902,  1904,  p.  671). 

Material  examined. 

We  have  only  seen  Bowdish's  specimens  listed  by  Stejneger  (loc^ 
cit.).     One  of  these  is  now  in  the  M.  C.  Z.,  11145,  a  paratype,  figured. 


PLATE  1. 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Cyclura. 


PLATE  1. 

Cyclura  madeayi  Gray." 

Fig.  1.—  Side  view  of  head.     M.  C.  Z.  8456.     Guantanamo,  Cuba. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 

Fig.  3. —  Dorsal  view  of  very  young  specimen.     Belig,  Cuba.     Collection  of 
C.  T.  Ramsden. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble— Cyclura,    Plate  1 


GEORGE   NELSON.  PHOTO 


PLATE  2 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genua  Gyclura. 


PLATE  2. 

Cyclura  madeayi  Gray. 

Fig.  1. —  Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     M.  C.  Z.  11050.     Luis  Lazo,  Cuba. 
Pig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  200L. 


Barbour  and  Noble.-Cyclura,    Plate  2 


GEORGE   NELSON.  PHOTO 


y 


PLATE  3. 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Cyclura. 


PLATE  3. 

Cyclura  caymanensis  Barbour  &  Noble. 

Fig.  1.—  Side  view  of  head.     Type  M.  C.  Z.  10534.     Cayman  Islands. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble- Cyclura,    Plate  3 


GEORGE   MELSON.  PHOTO. 


PLATE  4. 


B&BBOUB  AND  NoBLB. —  The  Genus  Gyclura. 


PLATE  4. 

Cyclura  baeolopha  Cope. 

Dorsal  view  of  young  specimen.     M.  C.  Z.  6975A.     Mangrove  Cay,  Andros 
Island,  Bahamas. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.-Cyclura,    Plate  4 


GEORGE   NELSON.   PHOTO. 


PLATE  5. 


Bahbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Cyclura. 


PLATE  5. 

Cyclura  baeolopha  Cope. 

Fig.  1. —  Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     M.  C.  Z.  6975B.     Mangrove  Cay, 

Andros  Island,  Bahamas. 
Fig.  2  —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble— Cyclura,    Plate  5 


->>%: 

.»>:, '.-^V 


GEORGE   NELSON.  PHOTO. 


PLATE^e. 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Gyclura. 


PLATE  6. 

Cyclura  baeolopha  Cope. 

Fig.  1.—  Side  view  of  head  of  adult  female.     M.  C.  Z.  5960. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.— Cyclura,    Plate  6 


GEORGE   NELSON,  PlIQTO. 


PLATE  7. 


Barbour  and  Nobi«. —  The  Genus  Cyclura. 


PLATE  7. 

Cyclura  rileyi  Stejneger. 

Fig.  1.— Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     M.  C.  Z.   10918.     Watling's 

Island,  Bahamas. 
Fig-  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.— Cyclura,    Plate  7 


:^^^,. 


GEORGE   NELSON,  PHOTO. 


PLATE  8. 


Harbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genua  Cyclura. 


PLATE  8. 

Cyclura  nuchalis  Barbour  &  Noble. 

Fig.  1. —  Side  view  of  head.     Type,  Collection  Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phil.,  11985, 

Fortune  Island,  Bahamas. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 

Cyclura  carinata  Harlan. 

Fig.  3.—  Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     M.  C.  Z.  1252.     Turk's  Island, 

Southern  Bahamas. 
Fig.  4. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.— Cyclura,    Plate  8 


GEORGE   NELSON,  PHOTO. 


PLATE  9. 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Cychira. 


PLATE  9. 

Cyclura  collei  Gray. 

Fig.  1. —  Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     M.  C.  Z.  9397.     Goat  Island, 

near  Old  Harbour,  Jamaica. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.— Cyclura,    Plate  9 


GEORGE   NELSON,  PHOTO. 


PLATE  10. 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Cyclura. 


PLATE  10. 

Cyclura  cornuta  (Bonnaterre) . 

Fig.  1. —  Side  view  of  head  of  half  grown  specimen.     M.  C.  Z.  3597A.     Jere- 

mie,  Haiti. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  a>jd  Noble— Cyclura,    Plate  10 


^-^  --'*^' 


GEORGE   NELSON,  PHOTO. 


PLATE  11. 


Barbour  and  I\oble. —  The  Genus  Gyclura 


PLATE  11. 

Cydura  nigerrima  Cope. 

Fig.  1.— Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     Cotype?     M.  C.  Z.  4717.     Na- 

vassa  Island. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble— Cyclura,    Plate  11 


V' 


\ 


GEORGE   NELSON.  PHOTO 


Babboub  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  (lycliira. 


PLATE  12. 

Cydura  stejnegeri  Barbour  &  Noble. 

Fig.  1. —  Side  view  of  head  of  adult  male.     Paratype  M.  C.  Z.  11145.     Mona 

Island. 
Fig.  2. —  Upper  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.-Cyclura,    Plate  12 


-*>: 


GEORGE    NELSON.  PHOTO 


PLATE  13. 


Barboub  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Gyclura. 


PLATE  13. 

Cyclura  baeolopha  Cope. 

Fig.  1.—  Segment  of  taH.     M.  C.  Z.  5960.     Cf.  Plate  6,  fig.  1. 
Fig.  2. —  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 

Cyclura  carinata  Harlan. 

Fig.  3.—  Segment  of  tail.     M.  C.  Z.  1252.     C/.  Plate  8,  fig.  3. 
Fig.  4. —  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 

Cyclura  viacleayi  Gray. 

Fig.  5.—  Segment  of  taU.     M.  C.  Z.  11050.     Cf.  Plate  2,  fig.  1. 
Fig.  6. —  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.— Cyclura,    Plate  13 


> 


KSS 


mfi 


J'v 


4Uttr 


E.   N.   FISCHER   DEL. 


PLATE  14. 


Barbour  and  Nobla. —  The  Genus  Gyclura. 


PLATE  14. 

Cyclura  inornata  Barbour  &  Noble. 

Fig.  1.— Upper  view  of  head.     Type  M.  C.  Z.   11062.     U  Cay  in  Allen's 

Harbor,  near  Highborn  Cay,  Bahamas. 
Fig.  2. —  Side  view  of  head  of  the  same  specimen. 
Fig.  3. —  Segment  of  tail  of  the  same  specimen. 
Fig.  4. — -  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  200L. 


Barbour  and  Noble —Cyclura,    Plate  14 


E.  N.  FISCHER  DEL. 


PLATE  15. 


Barbour  and  Noble. —  The  Genus  Cyclura. 


PLATE  15. 

Cyclura  nigerrima  Cope. 

Fig.  1.—  Segment  of  tail.     M.  C.  Z.  4717.     Navassa  Island. 
Fig.  2. —  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 

Cyclura  rileyi  Stejneger. 

Fig.  3.—  Segment  of  tail.     M.  C.  Z.  1091S.     Watlings  Island. 
Fig.  4. —  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 

Cyclura  collet  Gray. 

Fig.  5.— Segment  of  tail.     M.  C.  Z.  9397.     Goat  Island,  near  Old  Harbour 

Jamaica. 
Fig.  6. —  Foot  of  the  same  specimen. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Barbour  and  Noble.-Cyclura,    Plate  15 


.^  "T 


^ 


/Xw-^Iil^^*^^ 


2 


J?^^ 


E.  N.   FISCHER   DEL. 


fLD      ^ 


i-i. 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 

Vol.  LX.     No.  5. 


THE   ANTS  OF  THE  PHILLIPS  EXPEDITION   TO 
PALESTINE   DURING   1914. 


By  W.  M.  Wheeler  and  W.  M.  Mann. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED   FOR  THE   MUSEUM, 

February,  1916. 


No.  5. —  The  Ants  of  the  Phillips  Expedition  to  Palestine  during  1914- 

CONTRIBUTIONS    FROM    THE    ENTOMOLOGICAL    LABORATORY    OF    THE 
BUSSEY  INSTITUTION,   HARVARD   UNIVERSITY,   NO.   107. 

By  W.  M.  Wheeler  and  W.  M.  Mann. 

The  junior  author,  while  -accompanying  Dr.  John  C.  Phillips  on  a 
recent  zoological  expedition  to  Palestine  and  the  adjacent  countries 
for  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  succeeded  in  amassing  quite 
a  collection  of  ants.  As  many  collections  of  these  insects  have  been 
made  from  time  to  time  in  Egypt  and  Asia  Minor  and  have  been  care- 
fully described  in  numerous  papers  by  Ern.  Andre,  Emery,  Forel, 
Mayr,  and  Ruzsky,  it  seemed  improbable  that  another  collection 
would  contain  anything  new.  After  the  specimens  were  mounted 
and  examined,  however,  we  were  surprised  to  find  among  them  a  new 
and  peculiar  species  of  Deromyrma  and  a  few  undescribed  varieties 
and  subspecies  of  well-known  Mediterranean  species.  We  decided, 
therefore,  to  publish  a  list  of  all  the  forms  collected,  together  with 
such  field-notes  as  seemed  interesting. 


FORMICIDiE. 

1.  Ponera  eduardi  Forel.      ^    9    (ergatoid).— Baniyas,   Syria. 

2.  Sima  bifovcolata  Mayr  var.  syriaca,  var.  nov. 

Worker.  Agreeing  very  closely  with  the  typical  form  described 
from  Delagoa  Bay  and  Zanzibar,  except  in  the  following  characters:  — 
the  tibiee  have  no  suberect  hairs,  the  mandibles  have  only  three  instead 
of  four  or  five  teeth,  and  the  petiolar  node  is  semicircular  in  profile. 
The  tip  of  the  gaster  is  not  brown.  The  peculiar  paired  granular  pits 
on  the  occiput  seem  to  be  quite  as  distinctly  developed  as  in  the  type. 

Several  workers  found  running  on  plants  at  Wady  Gazelle,  Sinai 
Peninsula.  The  typical  form  has  been  recorded  by  Mayr  only  as  far 
north  as  the  White  Nile  where  it  was  taken  by  Tragardh. 

3.  Aphaenogaster  splendida  ^oger.      y  — Rasheya,  Syria;  in  damp, 
shady  places. 


168 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


4.     Aphaenogaster  {Deromyrma)  -phillipsi,  sp.  nov.     (Fig.  1). 

Worker.     Length  6-6.8  mm. 

Very  slender.  Head  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  the  rather  small 
but  convex  eyes  well  in  front  of  the  middle  of  its  sides;  cheeks  sub- 
parallel,  distinctly  convex,  postocular  borders  of  head  straight  and 
gradually  converging  to  the  occipital  border,  which  has  a  strongly 
reflexed  margin  and  is  only  about  half  as  broad  as  the  distance  between 
the  eyes.  In  profile  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  is  convex  anteriorly, 
the  gular  surface  flat.  Mandibles  with  slightly  concave  external 
borders,  three  stout  apical  teeth  and  several  basal  denticles.  Clypeus 
flat  and  subcarinate,  the  middle  of  its  anterior  border  broadly  and 


Fig.  1.      Aphaenogaster  {Deromyrma)  phillipsi,  sp.  nov.     Body  of  ijporker  in  profile; 
head  of  sEtme  from  above. 

sinuately  excised.  Frontal  area  impressed,  distinct,  with  a  median 
cannula.  Frontal  carinae  approximated  and  parallel  behind.  An- 
tennae very  slender,  the  scapes  surpassing  the  occipitaF  margin  by 
about  §  their  length;  funiculus  without  a  club,  its  joints  very  slender, 
the  second,  third,  and  terminal  longest.  Thorax  slender,  pro-  and 
mesonotum  subequal,  the  former  in  profile  feebly  convex,  the  latter 
sloping,  slightly  concave  in  the  middle  and  with  a  small  but  distinct 
convexity  in  front  just  behind  the  promesonotal  suture.  Mesoepinotal 
constriction  abrupt,  short  and  moderately  deep.  Epinotum  in  profile 
about  1|  times  as  long  as  high,  its  base  convex  in  profile  and  twice  as 


WHEELER  AND   MANN:  ANTS   OF   PALESTINE.  169 

long  as  the  concave  declivity,  armed  with  two  small,  rather  acute 
teeth,  which  are  directed  upward  and  slightly  backward  and  outward. 
Petiole  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  in  profile  with  a  rather  low, 
rounded  node.  Postpetiole  about  1|  times  as  long  as  broad,  less  than 
half  again  as  broad  as  the  petiole,  in  profile  with  a  similar  but  some- 
what larger  node.  Gaster  elongate  elliptical,  narrowed  in  front. 
Legs  very  long  and  slender;  spurs  of  the  posterior  tibiae  short  but 
distinct. 

Gaster  very  smooth  and  shining,  remainder  of  body  more  feebly 
shining.  Mandibles  subopaque,  finely  and  densely  striate;  head, 
thorax,  petiole,  and  postpetiole  shagreened,  the  meso-  and  epinotum 
opaque,  rugulose-punctate;  the  anterior  portion  of  the  head  above, 
including  the  antennal  foveae  and  excluding  the  clypeus,  longitudi- 
nally rugose,  becoming  reticulately  rugulose  and  punctate  posteriorly ; 
pronotum  and  upper  surfaces  of  petiolar  and  postpetiolar  nodes 
smoother  and  more  shining.  Epinotal  declivity  shining,  feebly  and 
transversely  rugose. 

Hairs  yellow,  very  short,  blunt,  sparse  on  the  body,  entirely  lacking 
on  the  legs;  very  short,  but  distinct  and  oblique  on  the  antennal 
scapes,  especially  towards  their  tips.     Pubescence  absent. 

Head,  thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  antennae  pale  ferruginous; 
legs  brownish  yellow;  gaster  clear,  pale  yellow,  with  the  posterior 
I  of  the  first  segment  dark  brown. 

Described  from  eleven  workers  from  Petra,  Palestine.  These  were 
found  in  the  early  morning  eating  portions  of  the  bait  with  which 
small  mammal  traps  had  been  baited. 

This  species  differs  considerably  from  either  of  the  two  previously 
described  Palaearctic  species  of  Deromyrma,  cecconii  Emery  from 
Crete  and  rhaphidiiceps  Mayr  from  Turkestan.  The  Cretan  species 
is  smaller  (5.7  mm.),  has  the  body  black,  the  tibiae  with  oblique  hairs, 
the  petiolar  node  is  angular  in  profile,  the  epinotal  teeth  are  longer, 
the  head  is  shorter  and  of  a  different  shape  behind  and  the  antennal 
funiculi  have  an  indistinct,  4-jointed  clava.  In  coloration  and  the 
shape  of  the  head  phillipsi  resembles  rhaphidiiceps,  but  the  latter  is 
smaller,  the  occipital  margin  of  the  head  has  no  reflected  margin,  the 
clypeal  border  is  entire,  the  first  funicular  joint  is  longer  than  the 
second  and  the  tibiae  are  hairy. 

5.  Messor  rufotestaceus  Foerster.  U  . —  Wady  Gharandel,  Sinai 
Peninsula  and  Petra,  Palestine;  in  the  former  locality  living  in 
crater  nests,  in  the  latter  under  stones  and  more  abundant. 


170  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

6.  Mcssor  barbanis  Linne  sviljsp.  strudor  Latr.  var.  oricnialis  Emery. 

y  . —  Rashe\'a,  Animik,  and  Baruk,  Syria;  Ain  Gleidat  and  Wady 
Hisa/  Palestine. 

7.  Mcssor  harharus  Linne  subsp.  semirufus  Ern.  Andre.  ^  . — 
t  '  Ammik,  Hasbeiya,  Zahleh,  and  Baniyas,  Syria;  Wady  Hisa, 
^     Palestine.     One  of  the  commonest  ants  in  Syria,  in  crater  nests. 

8.  Mcssor  harharus  Linne  subsp.  semirufus  Ern.  Andre  var.  concolor 
Emery.  ^  . —  Shiba,  Syria;  Fuweila,  Arabia;  Wady  Feran, 
Sinai  Peninsula;    Wady  Hisa,  Palestine. 

9.  Messor  harharus  Linne  subsp.  mcridionalis  Ern.  Andre.  ^  . — 
Petra  and  Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine;  Shiba  and  Wady  El  Katana, 
Syria. 

10.  Messor  harharus  Linne  subsp.  acgyptiacus  Emery.  ^  9  cf  • — 
W'ady  Feran,  Wady  Gazelle  and  Mt.  Sinai,  Sinai  Peninsula; 
Cairo  (Mann)  and  Fayum  (Wm.  Granger),  Egypt. 

1 1 .  Phcidolc  paUidula  Nyl.  Ql  y  . —  Petra  and  Wady  Kerak,  Palestine ; 
Ammik,  Syria;  Wady  Feran  and  Wady  Gazelle,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

12.  Phcidolc  incgacephala  Fabr.     2i    y  . —  Baruk,  Syria. 

13.  Phcidolc  sinaitica  Mayr.      %    y  . —  Cairo,  Egypt. 

14.  Crematogastcr  scutcllaris  Oliv.  subsp.  schmitti  Mayr  var.  ionia 
Forel.  y  . —  Rasheya,  Syria;  Petra,  Palestine.  We  refer  these 
specimens  to  Forel's  variety  on  account  of  the  distinct  infuscation 
of  the  head  and  thorax. 

15.  Crematogaster  auherti  Emery  subsp.  jehovae  Forel.  ^  . —  W^ady 
Kerak  and  Ain  Gleidat,  Palestine;   Shiba,  Syria. 

16.  Crematogastcr  auherti  Emery  subsp.  antaris  Emery.  ^  . —  Mt. 
Sinai,  Sinai  Peninsula;  Fuweila,  Arabia. 

17.  Crematogastcr  incrmis  Mayr.  y. — -  Mt.  Sinai,  Wady  Gazelle, 
and  W'ady  Feran,  Sinai  Peninsula;  Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine. 
This  is  the  commonest  species  of  the  genus  in  the  Sinaitic  Penin- 
sula. 

IS.  Crematogaster  lortcti  Forel.  y  .—  Ain  Gleidat,  Palestine.  Many 
colonies,  nesting  under  stones  in  moist  localities. 

19.  Monomorium  vcnustum  F.  Smith  subsp.  niloticum  Emery,  y  . — 
Wady  Gazelle,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

20.  Monomorium  solomonis  Linne.  y  . —  Fuweila,  Arabia;  Wady 
Gharandel,  Sinai  Peninsula;   Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine. 

21.  Monomorium  solomonis  Linne  subsp.  suhopacum  F.  Smith  var. 
Phoenicia  ^jinery.      y    9   cf. —  Akaba,  Arabia;   Petra,  Palestine. 

22.  Monomorium  hicolor  Emery  subsp.  nitidiventre  Emery,  y  9  . — 
Cairo,  Egypt. 


WHEELER  AND   MANN:  ANTS   OF   PALESTINE.  171 

The  female  (dealated)  measures  3.8-4  mm.  and  resembles  the 
worker  in  color  and  sculpture,  except  that  the  base  of  the  gaster  above 
is  yellowish  red  like  the  head,  thorax,  and  pedicel  and  more  opaque. 
Head  longer  than  broad,  with  straight,  subparallel  sides,  distinctly 
excised  posterior  border  and  rather  angular  posterior  corners.  Thorax 
elongate  elliptical,  fully  2|  times  as  long  as  broad ;  in  profile  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  mesonotum,  praescutellum  and  scutellum  form  a 
straight  line;  epinotum  with  a  pronounced  median  longitudinal 
impression.  Postpetiole  not  broader  than  the  petiole,  distinctly 
broader  than  long. 

23.  Monoviorium  abeUlei  Ern.  Andre.  ^  . —  Wady  Feran  and 
Wady  Gazelle,  Sinai  Peninsula;  Petra,  Palestine. 

24.  Monomorium  {Holcomyrmex)  dentigerum  Roger.  ^  . —  Petra, 
Palestine. 

25.  Monomorium  {Holcomyrmex)  dentigerum  Roger  var.  haal,  var.  nov. 

Worker.  Differing  from  the  typical  form  in  its  decidedly  darker 
color,  the  body  and  antennal  scapes  being  castaneous  or  blackish 
brown;  the  discs  of  the  mandibles,  the  clypeus,  front,  cheeks,  mesono- 
tum, pleurae,  and  lower  portions  of  the  petiole  and  postpetiole  deep 
red;  the  legs  and  tips  of  antennal  scapes  yellowish  brown. 

Numerous  specimens  from  Shiba,  Syria  and  Wady  Kerak,  Palestine. 

26.  Leptothorax  tuberum  Fabr.  var.  luteus  Forel. 

Three  workers  from  Ain  Gleidat,  Palestine  agree  closely  with  the 
description  of  this  form  except  that  they  have  the  posterior  half  of 
the  first  gastric  segment  and  the  whole  of  the  remaining  segments  pale 
brown  instead  of  yellow,  like  the  remainder  of  the  body.  We  deem  it 
inadvisable  to  describe  this  form  as  a  new  variety  on  the  basis  of  so 
little  material. 

27.  Tetramorium  striativentre  Mayr.  ^  . —  Wady  El  Katana,  Syria; 
Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine. 

28.  Tetramorium  caespitum  Linne.      ^  . —  Petra,  Palestine. 

29.  Tetramorium  caespitum  Linne  var.  forte  Forel.  ^  . —  Baruk, 
Syria. 

30.  Tetramorium  caespitum  Linne  var.  schmitti  Forel.  S  . —  Baruk 
and  Ammik,  Syria;  Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine;  Mt.  Sinai,  Sinai 
Peninsula. 


172  bulletin:  museum  of  compakative  zoology. 

31.  Tetramormm  caespitum  -Linne  subsp.  punicum  F.  Smith  var. 
lucidulum 'Emery.  ^. —  Petra,  Palestine;  Ammik  and  Baniyas, 
Syria;  Mt.  Sinai,  Sinai  Peninsula.  The  colonies  at  Petra  were 
very  populous  and  were  nesting  under  stones. 

32.  Tetramorium  caespitum  Linne  subsp.  judas,  subsp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  2.3-3.5  mm. 

Allied  to  the  subspecies  semilaeve  Ern.  Andre  but  the  whole  body, 
except  the  mandibles  and  clypeus,  shining  and  the  sculpture  very 
feeble.  Head  much  as  in  semilaeve,  with  the  sides,  posterior  corners 
and  a  streak  between  the  front  and  the  posterior  corners  smooth  and 
shining,  the  rugae  on  the  front  delicate  and  numerous,  continued 
nearly  or  quite  to  the  occiput.  Pro-  and  mesonotum  smooth  and 
shining,  with  only  traces  of  rugae  at  the  sides,  epinotum  subopaque 
and  rugose;  pleurae  more  or  less  rugose  as  are  also  the  sides  of  the 
petiole  and  postpetiole,  the  summits  of  the  nodes  of  the  latter  shining, 
nearly  smooth,  or  merely  indistinctly  punctate-rugulose.  Gaster 
smooth  and  shining  throughout.  Color  dark  brown;  mandibles,  cly- 
peus, cheeks,  antennae,  and  legs  testaceous. 

Nine  specimens  from  Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine. 

This  form  seems  to  be  near  the  var.  splendens  Ruzsky  of  the  subsp. 
semilaeve,  but  we  infer  that  the  thorax  is  more  strongly  sculptured 
than  the  head  in  this  form. 

33.  Bothriomyrmex  meridionalis  Roger  var.  syria  Forel.  ^  . —  Ain 
Gleidat,  Palestine;  Rasheya  and  Wady  El  Katana,  Syria;  Wady 
Gazelle,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

34.  Tapinoma  erraticum  Latr.  ^. —  Petra,  Palestine;  Baruk, 
Syria. 

35.  Tapinoma  erraticum  Latr.  subsp.  nigerrimum  Nyl.  y  . —  Petra, 
Palestine;   Fuweila,  Arabia. 

37.  Acantholepis  frauenfeldi  Mayr.      ^    9  . —  Wady  Hisa,  Palestine. 

38.  Acantholepis  frauenfeldi  M.a,yT  Ya.r.  bipartita  F.  Smith.  ^  9. — 
Rasheya  and  Wady  El  Katana,  Syria. 

39.  Acantholepis  carbonaria  Emery.  ^ . —  Wady  Gazelle,  Sinai 
Peninsula. 

40.  Acantholepis  capensis  Mayr  var.  canescens  Emery.  ^  . —  Two 
workers  from  Fuweila,  Arabia  agree  very  closely  with  a  single 
specimen  of  this  ant  from  Erythraea  in  the  senior  author's  col- 
lection. This  variety  is  also  recorded  from  Kaka  on  the  White 
Nile  and  from  Bogosland  and  Somaliland. 


WHEELEfl  vVND .  MANN  :   ANTS   OF   PALESTINE.  173 

41.  Plagiolepis  pygmaea  Latr.  ^  9 . —  Ain  Gleidat  and  Petra, 
Palestine;    Ammik,  Syria;   Wady  Feran,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

42.  Prenolepis  {Nylanderia)  jacgerskjoeldi  Mayr.  y  . —  Cairo, 
Egypt;   Wady  Kerak,  Palestine. 

43.  Formica  rufibarhis  Fabr.  var.  clarorufibarbis  Ruzsky.  ^  . — 
Baruk,  Syria.  The  specimens  have  the  base  of  the  gaster  red 
as  in  the  var.  clara  Forel,  but  the  top  of  the  head  is  infuscated  as 
in  the  typical  rufibarhis. 

44.  Cataglyphis  bombycina  Roger.  "^  g  . —  Lake  Fayum,  Egypt 
(Wm.  Granger). 

45.  Cat(iglyphis  bombycina  Roger  var.  sinaitica,  var.  nov. 

Soldier  and  Worker.  Differing  from  the  typical  form  in  the  much 
darker  coloration,  the  occiput,  thorax,  petiole,  gaster,  and  femora 
being  deep  castaneous  brown  or  even  blackish,  the  knees,  tibiae,  head, 
antennal  scapes,  and  first  funicular  joint  and  in  some  specimens  also 
the  thoracic  dorsum,  paler  brown;  the  mandibles  in  the  worker 
yellowish  red.  Antennal  funiculi  beyond  the  first  joint  and  the  teeth 
of  the  mandibles  black.  The  hairs  on  the  tibiae  are  distinctly  longer 
than  in  the  typical  form  and  the  silver  pubescence,  especially  on  the 
gaster,  is  even  denser. 

A  single  soldier  and  numerous  workers  from  Wady  Gazelle,  Sinai 
Peninsula. 

46.  Cataglyphis  albicans  Roger  subsp.  livida  Ern.  Andre.  S  9  . — 
Petra,  Palestine;   Wady  Gharandel,  Sinai. 

47.  Cataglyphis  viatica  Fabr.  subsp.  bicolor  Ern.  Andre.  ^  . —  Baruk 
and  Ammik,  Syria;   Wady  Mojeb,  Palestine. 

48.  Cataglyphis  viatica  Fabr.  subsp.  bicolor  Ern.  Andre  var.  nigra 
Ern.  Andre,  y  .— Cairo,  Egypt;  Lake  Fayum,  Egypt  (Wm. 
Granger)., 

49.  Cataglyphis  viatica  Fabr.  subsp.  bicolor  Emery  var.  orientalis 
Forel.  y  .—  Wady  Mojeb  and  Wady  Hisa,  Palestine;  El  Katana, 
Syria;   Wady  Feran  and  Wady  Gharandel,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

50.  Cataglyphis  cursor  Fonsc.  subsp.  aenescens  Nyl.  S  . —  Shiba, 
Syria. 

51.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturba)  macidatus  Fabr.  subsp.  thoracicus 
Fabr.  var.  oasium  Forel.  y. —  Ammik,  Syria;  Wady  Feran, 
Sinai  Peninsula. 

52.  Camponotus  {Myrmoturba)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  thoracicus 
Fabr.  var.  cypriacus  Forel.  ^  9  . —  Wady  Gharandel,  Sinai 
Peninsula. 


174  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

53.  Camponotus  {Myrmoturha)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  thoracicus 
Fabr.  var.  xerxes  Forel.      y  . —  Zahleh,  Syria. 

54.  Camponotus  {Myrmoturha)  viaculatm  Fabr.  subsp.  thoracicus 
Fabr.  var.  sanctoides  Forel.  ^  —  Wady  Feran  and  Mt.  Sinai, 
Sinai  Peninsula. 

55.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturha)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  thoracicus 
Fabr.  var.  mortis  Forel.      y  . —  Wady  Feran,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

56.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturha)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  sanctus  Forel. 
S. —  Shiba,  Bakeyas,  El  Katana,  and  Rasheya,  Syria;    Petra, 

Palestine. 

57.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturha)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  turkestanicus 
Ern.  Andre.      ^  . —  Wady  Hisa,  Palestine. 

58.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturha)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  haldaccii 
Emery.      ^  . —  Baniyas,  Syria. 

59.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturha)  maculatus  Fabr.  subsp.  aethiops  Fabr. 
var.  concavus  Forel.      g  . —  Shiba,  Syria;  Mt.  Herraon,  Palestine. 

60.  Camponotus  (Orthonotomyrmex)  lateralis  Oliv.  var.  atricolor  Nyl. 
^  . —  Rasheya  and  Ammik,  Syria. 

61.  Camponotus  (Orthonotomyrmex)  interjectus  Wsi\T.  ^. — -Wady 
Kerak,  Palestine. 

62.  Polyrhachis  (Myrmhopla)  simplex  Mayr.  y  9  cf . —  Wady 
Kerak,  Palestine;  Wady  Feran,  Sinai  Peninsula. 

This  species  was  very  abundant  in  both  of  these  localities,  always 
in  damp  places  and  always  associated  with  a  certain  tree.  In  Wady 
Feran  several  nests  were  seen  on  plants.  These  were  made  of  portions 
of  leaves  and  twigs  fastened  together  with  films  of  silk.  In  Wady 
El  Katana,  near  the  Dead  Sea,  the  only  nest  found  was  beneath  a  stone 
at  the  base  of  a  tree.  It  contained  many  larvae,  some  of  which  were 
lying  on  the  ground,  and  others  on  a  sheet  of  silk.  On  nearly  every 
tree  in  the  vicinity  of  this  nest  there  were  many  Membracidae  which 
were  constantly  attended  by  the  Polyrhachis  workers  and  in  most 
cases  even  sheltered  in  sheds'  constructed  by  the  ants.  The  workers 
were  observed  while  carrying  the  larvae  up  the  trees  and  using  them 
to  spin  the  silk  of  the  sheds. 


MAR  23    ]m 

Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 
Vol.  LX.    No.  6. 


RESULTS  OF  THE  YALE  PERUVIAN  EXPEDITION  OF  IQU. 

THE  ARACHNIDA. 


By  Ralph  V.  Ch.\mberlin. 


With  Twentt-pive  Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED    FOR   THE    MUSEUM. 

March,  1916. 


No.   6. —  Results   of  the    Yale   Peruvian  Expedition    of  1911. —  The 
,  Arachnida. 

By  Ralph  V.  Chamberlin. 

The  arachnids,  upon  a  study  of  which  this  paper  is  based,  were 
collected  for  the  most  part  by  Prof.  H.  W.  Foote  while  a  member  of 
the  Yale  Peruvian  Expedition  of  1911.  The  collection  has  proved  to 
be  extraordinarily  interesting,  presenting  a  very  large  proportion  of 
previously  undescribed  forms  among  which  are  eighty -two  new  species 
and  twelve  new  genera.  A  few  specimens  were  secured  at  Panama; 
but  aside  from  these,  the  material  all  comes  from  localities  in  a  little 
known  section  of  southeastern  Peru  at  elevations  ranging  from  3,000 
to  11,500  feet  above  sea  level.  Comparatively  few  of  the  species 
seem  to  be  identical  with  forms  recorded  from  more  northerly  locali- 
ties of  Peru  by  Taczanowski  in  his  Les  Araneides  du  Peru  (Bull.  Soc. 
nat.  Mosc.  1878,  53,  p.  278-374;  Horae  Soc.  entom.  Ross.,  1878,  14. 
p.  140-175;  1879,  15,  p.  102-136).  Some  of  the  localities  mentioned 
are  not  on  published  maps. 

This  collection  of  arachnids  was  turned  over  to  the  author  for  study 
through  the  kindness  of  Professor  Foote,  who  has  also  consented  that 
the  entire  lot  remain  the  property  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology.  Prof.  A.  Petrunkevitch  of  Yale  had  planned  to  report 
upon  the  collection  but  the  press  of  other  duties  prevented.  He  had 
made  notes  and  drawings  of  several  species  which  were  kindly  sent 
to  me. 

The  principal  Peruvian  localities  from  which  the  arachnids  of  the 
collection  come  with  elevations  and  months  during  which  specimens 
were  secured  are  as  follows :  — 


Arequipa, 

7,600  feet 

June 

Cuzco, 

11,500  feet 

July 

Huadquina, 

5,000  feet 

July 

Ollantaytanibo, 

9,000  feet 

July 

Torontoy, 

8,000  feet 

July 

San  Miguel, 

6,000  feet 

July 

Urubamba, 

9,500  feet 

July 

Lucma, 

7,000  feet 

August 

Paltaybamba, 

5,000  feet 

August 

178  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet  August 

Tineoehaca,  7,000  feet  August 

Vilcabamba,  10,000  feet  August 

Conservidayo  River,             ——  August 

Sorontoy,  7,000  feet  September 

The  specimens  from  Panama  were  collected  in  June. 


SCORPIONIDA. 

BUTHIDAE. 

TiTYUs  FOOTEi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  1-4. 

Carapace  and  dorsum  of  preabdomen  from  testaceous  to  dark 
reddish  with  blackish  markings  near  eyes  and  along  the  anterior  border 
of  the  carapace,  and  especially  across  the  caudal  borders  of  the  abdo- 
men, the  dark  bands  widest  at  middle.  Legs  and  pedipalps  yellowish. 
Cauda  proximally  from  yellow  to  testaceous  of  reddish  cast  becoming 
decidedly  darker  distad,  the  last  one  or  two  segments  usually  black 
or  nearly  so ;  sting,  in  individuals  in  full  color,  more  or  less  chestnut. 

Carapace  and  all  tergites  of  preabdomen  strongly  granular.  Pre- 
abdominal  sternites  each  roughened  with  minute  granules.  All  seg- 
ments of  Cauda  granular,  the  fifth  most  strongly  so.  All  tergites  of 
preabdomen  with  median  dorsal  keel  well  developed,  that  of  the  fifth 
incomplete  behind,  and  with  two  well-developed  dorsal  keels  each 
side  of  it;  sternite  of  fourth  and  fifth  segments  with  five  keels  of  which 
the  median  is  very  weak.  First  segment  of  cauda  with  ten  keels,  a 
complete  median  lateral  ridge  being  present  between  the  usual  upper 
and  lower  lateral  ridges ;  second  segment  with  keels  the  same  except- 
ing that  the  median  lateral  is  developed  only  caudad;  third  and 
fourth  segments  w^ith  the  eight  ridges,  two  median  dorsal  and  median 
ventral  and  the  two  upper  and  two  lower  laterals;  fifth  segment  with 
but  five  distinct  keels,  the  odd  one  being  a  complete  median  ventral; 
all  keels  granular. 

Basal  portion  of  sting  finely  granular.  A  well-developed  acute 
spine  beneath,  (Plate  1,  fig.  1). 


Ca^MBERLIN:   THE   ARACHNIDA.  179 

Legs  and  pedipalps  with  strongly  developed  longitudinal  granular 
ridges. 

Hand  of  pedipalp  broader  than  tibia,  its  ridges  strongly  developed, 
these  continuing  upon  the  immovable  finger  where  they  become 
smooth.  Finger  with  fifteen  or  sixteen  oblique  lines  of  granules, 
(Plate  1,  fig.  2) ;  not  fully  twice  as  long  as  proximal  hand  (cir.  7:4). 

Comb  with  20-22  teeth.  Basal  middle  lamella  enlarged,  Plate  1, 
fig.  4. 

Length  of  types  38  to  52  mm. 

Cauda  of  male  proportionately  longer  and  more  slender  than  in  the 
female.  (Fourth  segment  of  cauda  in  female  2.5  mm.  wide  X  5.0  mm. 
long,  in  male  2.5  mm.  wide  X  5.8  mm.  long). 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July  26.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.,  121; 
paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  122,  five  specimens.)  Ollantaytambo  9,000  feet, 
July  20.     (M.  C.  Z.  123,  one  young  specimen). 

Named  for  Prof.  H.  W.  Foote  of  Yale  University. 

This  species  is  apparently  nearest  to  T.  bahiensis  (Perty).  In 
coloration  it  differs  in  having  the  tibia  of  the  pedipalp  light  and  uni- 
form, not  conspicuously  darkened  in  the  way  characteristic  of  bahien- 
sis, and  in  having  the  fifth  segment  of  the  cauda  conspicuously  dark. 
The  hand  of  the  pedipalp  is  conspicuously  more  slender  and  its  ridges 
are  much  more  strongly  developed  and  those  along  the  immovable 
finger  continue  without  break  to  the  proximal  end  of  the  hand.  The 
basal  middle  lamella  of  the  comb  is  relatively  much  larger,  being 
more  inflated,  and  with  its  inner  edge  semicircular  instead  of  straight. 
The  spine  on  under  side  of  sting  is  more  slender  and  acute  with  at 
most  only  a  single  and  relatively  small  granule  on  its  upper  edge. 


BOTHRIURIDAE. 

Brachistosternus  andinus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  5-8. 

General  color  yellow,  the  carapace  and  tergites  of  the  preabdomen 
darkened  with  brown  and  blackish  markings;  carapace  free  from  the 
darker  color  in  a  triangular  area  in  front  of  eyes  and  in  a  narrower 
area  behind  them ;  tergites  of  preabdomen  lighter  along  caudal  border 
and  in  a  narrow  median  longitudinal  line;   postabdomen  above  pale 


180  bulletin:  mitsefm  of  comparative  zoology. 

yellow,  below  darker,  being  mottled  with  brown  which  is  most  abun- 
dant on  the  fifth  segment  and  is  partially  absent  from  the  first. 

Carapace  and  first  six  segments  of  the  abdomen  smooth  and  shin- 
ing; seventh  abdominal  segment  finely  granular,  (Plate  1,  fig.  o). 

First  segment  of  postabdomen  equal  in  length  and  breadth,  the 
second  a  little  longer  than  wide.  Dorsal  and  upper  lateral  keels  of 
first  segment  of  cauda  finely  granular,  the  granules  on  those  of  other 
segments  fewer  and  weaker  or  essentially  absent.  Ventral  median 
keel  of  Cauda  absent  from  first  four  segments,  weakly  developed  on 
the  fifth;  lower  lateral  keels  of  fifth  segment  conspicuous,  strongly 
granular,  the  lower  lateral  keels  of  the  other  segments  obsolete. 
Ventral  surface  of  the  fifth  segment  conspicuously  granular  excepting 
at  anterior  end,  that  of  the  fourth  segment  with  scattered  granules, 
the  venter  elsewhere  smooth. 

Marginal  keels  of  femur  of  pedipalp  smooth;  tibia  along  posterior 
ventral  edge  with  trichobothria  eight  in  number,  these  arranged  in 
two  rows  of  four  each;  hand  of  chela  thicker  than  the  tibia,  smooth, 
with  a  row  of  8-10  trichobothria  under  the  outer  ridge.  The  lateral 
granules  on  the  mesal  surface  of  the  movable  finger  remaining  apart 
and  distinct  from  the  main  row  over  entire  length,  eight  in  number  in 
each  row,  (Plate  1,  fig.  6). 

The  distal  lamella  of  comb  abruptly  much  narrower  than  the  proxi- 
mal ones  so  that  the  anterior  edge  appears  indented  at  its  l)eginning 
as  in  B.  ehrenhcrqi.  Teeth  of  each  comb  28  in  number,  (Plate  1, 
fig.  8). 

Length  34  mm. 

Locality—  Ollantaytambo  9,000  feet,  July  20.  (T\pe,  M.  C.  Z. 
124,  one  gravid  female). 


SOLPUGIDA 

SOLPUGIDAE. 

MuMMUCiA  VARiEGATA  (Gervais). 

Caleodes  variegata  Gervais,  Gay  Hist.  Chile.  ZooL,  1849,  4,  p.  15,  t.  1,  f.  2. 
Mummuda  variegata  Simon,  Ann.  Ent.  soc.  France,  1879,  ser.  5,  9,  p.  151, 
t.  3,  f.  29,  .30. 

Loco%.— Ollantaytambo,  9,000  feet,  July  20.     (M.  C.  Z.   125, 
one  female). 


CHAMBERLIX:    THE    ARACHNIDA.  181 

PHALANGIDA. 
GOXOLEPTIDAE. 

GONOLEPTES    ENOPLUS/    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  2,  fig.  7-8;  Plate  3,  fig.  1-5. 

Main  portion  of  carapace  very  dilute  ferruginous,  its  caudal  and 
caudolateral  borders  dusk\'  but  integument  along  edge  of  these  parts 
white;  area  in  front  of  cervical  furrow  deeply  mottled  with  black; 
tergite  of  abdomen  blackish  with  caudal  border  lighter.  Legs  black, 
but  the  distal  articles  of  tarsus  III  conspicuously  light,  whitish,  and 
the  metatarsus  and  especially  the  tarsus  of  leg  IV  also  somewhat 
lighter.  Coxa  IV  dilute  ferruginous  black  across  distal  end  both 
below  and  above  excepting  the  white  line  along  the  edge,  its  process 
also  black  excepting  the  paler  tips.  Coxae  of  legs  I  to  III  densely 
mottled  with  black  excepting  niesal  ends  which  are  paler.  Sternites 
of  abdomen  blackish  excepting  the  paler  caudal  borders  and  the  white 
integument  adjoining  the  caudal  edges. 

Body  very  wide  toward  caudal  end  of  cephidothorax  from  where 
very  stronglj'  and  abruptly  narrowed  cephalad  to  opposite  bases  of 
thirfl  legs,  then  more  gently  narrowing  to  anterior  end;  also  con- 
spicuousl}^  narrowing  caudad  to  end  of  abdomen;  the  greatest  width 
of  carapace  ecfual  to  body  length,  (Plate  2,  fig.  7). 

Carapace  with  only  four  complete  transverse  sulci,  but  the  first  of 
these  with  two  branches  on  each  side;  first  sulcus  lying  in  a  deeper 
cer\ical  furrow,  as  usual  angularly  bent  caudad  at  middle;  second 
sulcus  moderately  angularly  bent  forward  at  middle;  third  sulcus 
with  ends  bent  abruptly  caudad  and  then  running  sul)parallel  with 
body  axis;  fourth  sulcus  angularly  bent  forward  at  middle;  all  sulcj 
connected  by  a  median  longitudinal  sulcus  which  is  deepest  between 
the  first  two.  Eye-tubercle  sharply  set  off  and  elevated,  wider  than 
long,  the  two  cones  near  its  caudal  border  not  especially  high.  An- 
terior border  of  carapace  conspicuously  elevated  as  usual,  the  elevated 
rim  much  widest  at  middle.  Lower  frontal  margin  extended  lietween 
the  notches  for  mandibles  and  laterad  of  each  in  an  acute  spine-like 
process.  Upper  frontal  margin  at  each  lateral  corner  bearing  several 
low  teeth.     Lateral  border  of  carapace  behind  conspicuously  elevated 

'  efowXoi,  armed. 


182  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

as  usual,  the  ridge  largely  composed  of  a  continuous  row  of  tubercles 
which,  large  behind,  decrease  cephalad  and  disappear  caudad  of  level 
of  first  sulcus,  the  row  of  tubercles  continued  also  across  caudal 
border.  A  row  of  two  or  three  tubercles  in  a  second  low  ridge  occurs 
just  mesad  of  the  outer  rim  a  little  caudad  of  widest  part  of  carapace. 
The  cones,  immediately  in  front  of  last  sulcus  and  near  middle  line, 
are  rather  low,  distally  rounded.  Area  between  last  two  sulci  with 
numerous  larger  and  smaller  tubercles  or  granules,  the  area  between 
the  second  and  third  w4th  fewer  and  mostly  very  small  granules  and 
the  area  between  the  first  and  second  with  still  fewer  scattered  and 
inconspicuous  granules,  (Plate  2,  fig.  7). 

First  three  tergites  of  abdomen  with  a  continuous  transverse  row  of 
conspicuous  tubercles.  Anal  scutum  without  processes;  rather  ob- 
scurely granular. 

First  three  pairs  of  coxae  proximally  parallel,  the  first  two  bending 
moderately  cephalad  from  near  middle  of  length,  the  third  transverse 
for  whole  length ;  second  coxae  scarcely  one  fifth  longer  than  the  third ; 
first  coxae  along  midventral  surface  with  a  row  of  distinct  granules, 
the  second  with  a  few  almost  obsolete  granules  and  the  third  smooth. 
Fourth  coxae  very  strongly  enlarged  and  directed  ectocaudad  as  usual; 
terminating  on  dorsoectal  side  in  a  stout  process  which  has  a  shorter 
prong  on  the  ventral  side  beyond  middle  of  length;  on  mesal  side  of 
distal  end  with  a  shorter  stout  process  which  is  toothed  on  its  ectal 
side. 

Spiracles  moderate,  distinct. 

First  article  of  mandibles  strongly  narrowed  toward  base;  distal 
half  with  a  strongly  and  abruptly  elevated  hump  on  dorsal  surface. 
Distal  article  with  fewer  hairs  in  front  and  distad,  (Plate  2,  fig.  8). 

Pedipalps  when  extended  shorter  than  carapace;  not  crossed. 
Trochanter  roundly  elevated  and  smooth  above;  ventrally  with  a 
single  conical  tubercle  bearing  distally  a  bristle.  Femur  a  little 
complanate  beneath  and  bearing  few  low  granules  from  which  hairs 
arise;  dorsally  also  with  scattered  low  granule-like  elevations  at  bases 
of  some  of  hairs.  Patella  smooth.  Tibia  not  compressed;  along 
mesoventral  edge  with  two  similar  but  stouter  spines  with  proximal 
portions  thicker  as  usual.  Tarsus  along  mesoventral  edge  with  two 
subequal  spines  of  usual  type  and  along  ectoventral  edge  with  two 
similar  large  spines  and  between  these  a  much  smaller  spine  and  a 
similar  one  between  the  distal  large  spine  and  the  base  of  the  claw. 
Claw  much  shorter  than  tarsus,  conspicuouslv  curved,  (Plate  3,  fig. 
1,2). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  183 

Femora  of  first  two  pairs  of  legs  finely  and  conspicuously  granular; 
femora  of  third  legs  more  coarsely  granular,  the  granules  on  ventral  sur- 
face toward  distal  end  largest;  patella  with  a  few  granules;  tibia  with 
finer  granules  above  but  ventrall}'  with  larger  distinct  tubercles  or 
teeth.  Fourth  leg  with  metatarsi  abruptly  more  slender  than  tibia; 
trochanter  IV  on  dorsoectal  surface  toward  base  with  a  stout,  distally 
truncate  process  and  on  opposite  side  with  two  larger,  distally  acumi- 
nate processes;  femur  conspicuously  curving  dorsomesad,  with  nu- 
merous stout  processes  of  differing  lengths  of  which  one  from  the 
dorsal  surface,  one  opposite  on  ventral  surface  and  one  toward  distal 
end  from  mesoventral  surface  are  much  the  largest  (Plate  3,  fig.  4,  5) ; 
patella  with  numerous  small  seriate  tubercles  of  uniform  size;  tibia 
above  and  laterally  with  setigerous  tubercles  like  those  of  patella  but 
ventrally  with  a  median-longitudinal  series  of  7-9  long  processes  which 
decrease  in  length  distad;  metatarsus  with  a  series  of  low  setigerous 
tubercles. 

Tarsus  I  with  five  joints  of  which  three  are  in  the  distal  division; 
II  with  eight  joints  of  which  three  are  in  the  distal  division;  III  with 
five  joints  of  which  the  most  distal  is  greatly  enlarged  and  bears  a 
setigerous  process  on  its  anterior  end  projecting  between  the  claws, 
the  ventral  surface  of  articles  densely  clothed  with  short  fine  hairs, 
(Plate  3,  fig.  3) ;   IV  with  six  joints. 

Length  8  mm. ;  greatest  width  of  carapace  also  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  111  mm.;  of  leg  II  20  mm.;  of  leg  III  16  mm.;  of 
leg  IV  cir.  21+  mm. 

Locality  —  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July  24.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  126, 
one  male). 

GONOLEPTES   HUADQUINAE,    sp.    nOV. 

Plate  4,  fig.  3-8. 

General  color  above  brownish  grey,  the  head  region  darker  and  the 
anal  scutum  blackish;  a  series  of  lighter  circular  spots  across  dorsum 
of  carapace  and  abdomen,  one  over  and  about  each  tubercle.  Coxae 
of  first  three  pairs  of  legs  beneath  black,  the  coxae  of  the  fourth  pair 
subtestaceous.  Sternite  of  abdomen  blackish  with  lighter  transverse 
borders  and  spots.  Trochanters  of  legs  above  and  below  brownish 
yellow;  other  joints  of  legs  blackish  but  femora  IV  testaceous  with 
fewer  dusky  mottlings;  femora  I  to  III  paler  at  distal  end  with  an 
obscure  narrow  light  annulus  near  middle ;   tibiae  all  with  an  obscure 


184  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

median  pale  annulus;  metatarsi  also  with  faint  median  annulus  and 
metatarsi  III  and  IV  with  a  more  distinct  light  ring  at  distal  end; 
tarsi  III  and  IV  with  distal  article  pale  and  also  with  a  siihmedian 
pale  annulus. 

Carapace  broadest  at  level  of  third  sulcus  from  where  the  body 
narrows  conspicuously  caudad,  the  comparati\ely  long  aljdomcn 
being  more  abruptly  narrowed  or  constricted  at  third  segment  with 
the  anal  scutum  narrowly  rounded;  cephalad  the  cephalothorax  is 
abruptl\'  narrowed  near  \eve\  of  third  legs  as  usual  and  a  little  in- 
dented on  each  side  caudad  of  anterior  end. 

Carapace  with  the  usual  four  sulci  of  which  the  first  is  bent  l)uck 
angularly  at  middle  and  the  second  is  more  moderately  angulate  in 
the  opposite  direction;  the  third  sulcus  is  also  weakly  angulate  and 
the  fourth  more  strongly  and  acutely  so  between  bases  of  the  cones; 
a  distinct  median  longitudinal  sulcus  between  the  first  and  the  second 
sulci.  Eye-tubercle  distinctly  limited,  moderate  in  height,  much 
wider  than  long;  paired  interocular  processes  close  together,  distinct, 
conically  acimiinate,  pale  in  color.  Tubercles  along  lateral  sub- 
marginal  elevated  rims  smaller  and  more  obscure,  these,  as  usual,  be- 
coming larger  but  of  only  moderate  size  caudad,  the  tubercles  widely 
separated,  those  across  caudal  border  similar.  A  pair  of  wideh'  sepa- 
rated tubercles  between  eye-tuliercle  and  first  sulcus.  Area  between 
sulci  I  and  II  with  a  few  low  tubercles;  the  second  area  with  an 
irregular  transverse  row  of  more  distinct  setigerous  tubercles  and  the 
tubercles  of  the  last  area  more  nvunerous  as  usual.  Conical  processes 
of  carapace  moderate  in  size,  acutely  acuminate  with  an  acute  curved 
branch  on  subdorsal  side,  (Plate  4,  fig.  6,  7).  Anterior  border  of  head 
elevated  as  usual,  being  limited  caudad  by  a  transverse  furrow  as  in 
other  species.     Frontal  margin  not  dentate. 

First  three  tergites  of  abdomen  each  with  a  transverse  row  of  tuber- 
cles which  decrease  in  size  laterad  and  which  are  well  separated. 
Anal  tergite  with  a  transverse  row  of  four  tubercles.  Sternites  of 
abdomen  with  corresponding  rows  of  smaller  tubercles. 

Coxae  I  distally  bent  rather  strongly  forwards,  the  second  more 
moderately  so,  the  third  straight  and  a  little  shorter  than  the  second; 
coxae  I  to  III  inclusive  each  with  a  row  of  distinct  tubercles  along  the 
midventral  line.  Coxae  IV  of  the  usual  general  form;  tuberculate; 
the  tubercles  moderate,  numerous  but  not  dense;  at  distal  end  on 
mesal  side  with  a  proximally  stout  but  not  long  process  which  distad 
is  abruptly  narrowed  and  terminates  in  an  acicular  point;  on  ectal 
side  of  distal  end  a  shorter  conical  process. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  185 

Spiracles  conspicuously  exposed. 

First  article  of  mandible  strongly  constricted  as  usual  with  the 
article  abruptly  expanded  distad  of  the  constriction  and  with  the 
dorsal  hump  conspicuous.  Second  article  long,  moderately  curved 
ventrad  at  middle,  the  dorsal  (anterior)  face  being  somewhat  depressed 
or  excavated  and  bearing  a  moderate  number  of  short  stiff  hairs. 
Fingers  of  chela  crossing  at  tips,  the  outer  one  stouter,  longer  and  more 
strongly  bent  at  tip,  (Plate  4,  fig.  3). 

Pedipalps  in  type  about  as  long  as  body,  but  in  a  second  specimen  in 
which  the  abdomen  is  strongly  retracted  they  are  considerably  longer. 
Coxa  strongly  elevated  above,  the  ventral  process  long  and  subcylin- 
drical,  white  in  color.  Trochanter  constricted  proximally;  at  distal 
end  on  ventral  surface  a  large  conical  tubercle.  Femur  subcylindrical, 
a  few  inconspicuous  tubercles  along  ventral  surface.  Patella  unarmed. 
Tibia  along  mesoventral  line  with  two  long  curved  spinous  processes 
and  two  very  small  ones  between  the  two  large  and  in  front  of  the 
distal  one  respectively;  along  ecto ventral  line  with  two  long  less 
curved  processes  of  which  the  anterior  is  the  larger  and  near  the  base 
of  the  latter  and  distad  of  it  a  very  much  reduced  spine.  Tarsus  in 
mesoventral  line  with  two  long  processes  and  along  ectoventral  line 
with  two  large  processes  and  a  third  smaller  process  on  ectal  side  be- 
tween the  others  and  in  a  second  specimen  with  a  small  spine  in  front 
of  others  on  ectal  as  well  as  mesal  side.  Claw  much  longer  than  the 
tarsus,  (Plate  4,  fig.  4,  5). 

Legs  I  to  III  with  femora,  patellae,  tibiae,  and  metatarsi  tubercu- 
late,  more  strongly  developed  on  femora  than  on  more  distal  joints 
and  more  conspicuously  ventrally  than  dorsally.  Fourth  legs  with 
tubercles  of  femora  largely  replaced  by  more  conspicuous  conical 
processes;  tubercles  of  other  joints  also  stronger  than  on  other  legs 
Tarsus  I  of  five  segments,  of  which  three  are  in  the  second  division; 
II  with  eight,  also  with  three  in  the  second  division;  III  with  four 
(the  most  proximal  with  two  false  sutures  thus  giving  appearance  of 
seven  articles),  these  densely  clothed  ventrally  with  fine  short  hairs 
as  usual,  none  of  the  articles  modified  specialh'.  Leg  IV,  (Plate  4, 
fig.  8). 

Length  5.6  mm.;  greatest  width  of  carapace  4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I  cir.  8  mm.;  of  leg  II,  14  mm.;  of  leg  III,  11  mm.; 
of  leg  IV,  14  mm. 

Locality.—  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July  24.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  127, 
one  female).  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  JuJy.  (Paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  128, 
one  female). 


186  Bl'LLETIX:   MUSEUM    OF   COMPARATIVE    ZOOLOGY. 

GONOLEPTES   SCOTIUS/   sp.    IIOV. 

Plate  3,  fig.  6-8;  Plate  4,  fig.  1-2. 

Body  throughout  black  of  brownish  cast,  lines  of  white  along  cara- 
pace caudally  and  laterally  and  bordering  tergites  and  sternites  of 
abdomen.  Caudal  edges  of  coxae  IV  also  bordered  with  white. 
Carapace  under  lens  seen  to  be  not  densely  mottled  with  small  lighter 
spots  in  head  region  and  over  border  behind.  The  legs  similarly 
mottled  but  light  spots  more  numerous,  the  trochanters  of  all  legs 
and  the  tarsi  of  third  and  fourth  legs  and  in  some  also  of  first  and 
second  lighter  in  color.  Palpi  paler  than  legs,  the  spots  being  larger 
and  in  part  confluent. 

Body  relatively  narrower  than  in  enoplus,  the  greatest  width  of 
carapace  being  much  less  than  the  total  length  of  body  and  about 
equal  to  length  of  carapace.  The  general  form  of  body  shown  in 
Plate  3,  fig.  6. 

Carapace  with  four  transverse  sulci  of  which  the  first  is  deeper  and 
is  angulate  at  middle  in  the  usual  way,  bifurcate  on  each  side  toward 
end;  second  sulcus  angularly  bent  forwards  at  middle,  the  third 
toward  each  end  bending  back  caudoectad;  a  strongly  impressed 
longitudinal  median  sulcus  between  first  and  second  transverse  sulci 
which  is  more  weakly  continued  between  second  and  third  and  third 
and  fourth.  A  transverse  sulcus  also  indicated  in  line  with  caudal 
edge  of  eye-tubercle.  Eye-tubercle  sharply  defined,  moderate  in 
height,  wider  than  long,  bearing  a  few  small  but  distinct  tubercles 
with  paired  ones  present  in  place  of  the  cones  of  enoplus  rounded  or 
boss-like,  these  two  smaller  than  eyes  but  larger  than  other  tubercles. 
Median  portion  of  head  just  in  front  of  eye-tubercle  elevated  and  the 
anterior  border  each  side  of  this  part  elevated  as  usual.  Lower 
frontal  margin  excavated  for  mandibles  as  usual ;  upper  frontal  margin 
without  distinct  teeth  at  each  rounded  lateral  corner  but  with  rounded 
boss  at  end  of  ridge  there.  From  cervical  region  caudad  on  each 
lateral  border  of  carapace  the  usual  series  of  tubercles ;  a  tubercle-free 
area  opposite  the  third  sulcus  and  behind  this  about  three  noncontigu- 
ous larger  tubercles  and  then  along  caudal  margin  a  series  of  smaller 
tubercles  which  are  widely  separated  and  irregularly  spaced.  The 
conical  processes  at  posterior  end  of  carapace  long,  acuminate,  close 

'  ffKoTios,  dusky. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  187 

together.     Dorsal  area  of  carapace  between  first  and  fourth  trans- 
verse sulci  with  scattered  small  granules. 

The  three  anterior  tergites  of  abdomen  each  with  a  transverse  row  of 
well-separated  conical  tubercles  which  decrease  in  size  from  the  middle 
ones  laterad.  Anal  tergite  caudally  rounded,  with  two  rounded  ele- 
vations near  base. 

First  two  pairs  of  coxae  curving  a  little  forwards,  the  third  straight 
throughout  its  length;  second  coxae  a  little  longer  than  the  third; 
first  coxae  with  the  usual  row  of  setigerous  tubercles  which  are  very 
small;  the  second  and  third  coxae  smooth  or  nearly  so.  Fourth 
coxae  greatly  enlarged  in  the  usual  way;  ending  distally  on  the  ecto- 
dorsal  side  in  a  large  curved  process  which  is  unbranched,  and  on 
opposite  side  in  a  shorter  one  which  presents  a  low  rounded  process 
on  ectal  side  below  tip.  Coxae  all  with  numerous  small  granules 
each  bearing  a  hair.     Spiracles  distinctly  exposed. 

First  joint  of  mandibles  immediately  distad  of  its  constriction  with 
an  abruptly  elevated  rounded  hump.  Second  joint  with  a  few  hairs 
in  front  toward  distal  end. 

Trochanter  of  pedipalp  with  a  rounded  hump  above  and  a  single 
setigerous  conical  tubercle  below.  Femur  subcylindrical ;  along  ven- 
tral median  line  between  base  and  middle  three  large  conical  tubercles. 
Patella  unarmed.  Tibia  along  meso ventral  line  with  two  spinous  pro- 
cesses of  which  the  anterior  is  much  more  slender  and  along  the  ecto- 
ventral  line  with  two  spinous  processes  of  which  the  anterior  is  the 
larger,  and  in  front  of  the  latter  a  third  much  smaller  spine.  Tarsus 
along  ectoventral  line  with  five  spines  of  which  the  first  from  caudal 
end  and  the  third  and  fourth  are  larger;  three  spines  in  meso  ventral 
line;  claw  large,  as  long  or  somewhat  longer  than  the  article  (Plate  4, 
fig.  2). 

Femora  of  first  three  pairs  of  legs  granulotubercular  \entrally,  the 
tubercles  of  the  third  pair  largest;  tibiae  of  these  legs  also  tubercular, 
the  tubercles  small,  those  of  the  ventral  surface  and  especially  those 
of  the  third  pair  largest;  metatarsi  more  obscurely  granular.  Tro- 
chanter of  leg  IV  granular;  on  inner  side  with  a  rounded  process  and 
on  outer  side  with  a  much  longer  acuminate  process  which  curves 
back  caudad  above  base ;  femur  tubercular  and  distad  with  a  number 
of  larger  processes  of  which  two  much  exceeding  the  others  in  size 
arise  from  the  ventral  surface  toward  the  distal  end  and  distally 
curve  mesad;  patella  uniformly  seriately  tubercular;  tibia  with 
numerous  tubercles  which  are  larger,  subconical,  on  ventral  surface; 
metatarsus  over  proximal  half  with  numerous  tubercles,  the  distal, 


188  bulletin:  Must:u.M  of  comparative  zoology. 

clavately  enlarging  lialf  nearly  smooth,  (Plate  4,  fig.  1).  Tarsus  I 
with  five  segments;  II  with  six  articles  of  which  three  are  in  the  second 
division;  III  with  six  which  are  clothed  ventrally  with  numerous  fine 
hairs  and  none  of  which  is  specially  enlarged,  but  the  metatarsus  is 
greatly  enlarged  toward  its  distal  end  which  is  abruptly  narrowed 
and  resembles_a  tarsal  article  in  form  and  pubescence,  while  from  the 
ventral  surface  toward  proximal  end  arises  a  very  large,  abruptly 
ciu'ved  branch  or  process,  (Plate  3,  fig.  8). 

Length  of  type  7.8  mm. ;  greatest  width  of  carapace  6.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I  cir.  9  mm.;  of  leg  II,  16  mm.;  of  leg  III,  12-1-  mm.; 
of  leg  IV  cir.  17  mm. 

ioco///(/.— Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August  7.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  129, 
one  male;    paratypes,  130,  two  males). 


Pachylus  orinus,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.   1-3. 

Body  strongly  narrowed  cephalad;  conspicuously  constricted  both 
laterally  and  dorsally  along  first  furrow  just  back  of  eye-region  and 
nearly  in  line  with  coxae  of  third  legs;  widest  a  little  back  of  con- 
striction where  the  sides  are  convexlv  rounded  and  from  w^here  the 
body  narrows  cavidad  to  end  of  abdomen  with  no  constriction  be- 
tween cephalothorax  and  abdomen;  abdomen  caudally  semicircularly 
rounded. 

Carapace  with  five  transverse  sulci  of  which  the  most  anterior  lies 
in  the  previously  mentioned  constriction  and  at  its  middle  is  bent 
caudad  at  a  distinct  angle;  the  second  one  forms  a  slight  angle  at 
middle  with  apex  cephalad,  while  the  other  sulci  are  straight;  no 
connecting  longitudinal  median  sulcus  excepting  a  very  weak  one 
between  the  first  and  second.  Eye-tubercle  sharply  set  off,  about 
equal  in  length  and  breadth;  the  cone  between  eyes  high  and  acute; 
eye-tubercle  separated  by  a  transverse  furrow  or  depression  from  the 
conspicuovisly  elevated  frontal  border.  Lower  frontal  margin  deeply 
notched  or  excavated  for  insertion  of  mandibles  and  between  the  two 
notches  extending  ventrad  in  a  spiniform  process,  otherwise  unarmed ; 
imarmed  above.  Carapace  with  lateral  borders  strongly  elevated, 
the  marginal  ridge  over  its  middle,  ectally  curving  portion  conspicu- 


1 ' 


opeicot,  a  mountaineer. 


CHAMBERLIN  :    THE    ARACHNIDA.  189 

ously  granular,  the  end  portions  smooth;  caudal  border  with  a  trans- 
verse row  of  tubercles;  the  area  between  fifth  and  fourth  sulci  with  a 
transverse  row  of  fewer  and  less  developed  tubercles,  the  two  areas 
next  cephalad  with  still  fewer  and  more  obscure  tubercles  similarly  in 
a  transverse  line,  (Plate  5,  fig.  1). 

The  first  two  abdominal  segments  each  bearing  above  a  transverse 
row  of  numerous,  well-developed  granules.  Dorsal  anal  scutum 
bearing  five  conspicuous  spinous  processes  of  which  the  median  is 
much  longest,  and  in  front  of  the  most  anterior  of  these  on  each  side 
a  series  of  much  smaller  teeth  which  decrease  progressively  cephalad; 
the  second  spine  from  the  median  one  on  each  side  is  elevated  dorsally 
along  its  whole  length  in  a  keel-like  form,  the  elevated  portion  pro- 
jecting cephalad  over  base  in  a  rounded,  tubercle-like  process. 

First  three  pairs  of  coxae  proximally  parallel,  those  of  the  first  two 
pairs  distally  curved  considerably  cephalad,  the  third  ones  straight 
throughout.  Second  coxae  but  little  more  than  one  fifth  longer  than 
the  third  (15:11).  The  coxae  of  the  second  and  third  pairs  along 
anteroventral  surface  with  a  low,  sharply  elevated  edge  which  is 
obscurely  tuberculate;  first  coxae  with  no  elevated  edge  but  wnth  a 
row  of  very  small  tubercles.  Fourth  coxae  very  strongly  enlarged  as 
usual  and  directed  caudad;  each  one  terminating  at  distal  end  on 
ectal  side  above  in  a  stout  acute  spine  and  on  opposite  mesal  side  of 
end  in  a  similar  but  smaller  spine;  elsewhere  smooth,  not  tuberculate 
or  dentate. 

Spiracles  distinct,  rather  large. 

]Mandil)les  stout;  first  article  strongly  narrowed  proximally,  the 
expanded  distal  portion  with  a  strongly  elevated,  long,  keel-like 
hump  above  which  is  smooth ;  second  article  in  front  sparsely  clothed 
with  hairs  and  with  fewer  hairs  behind  toward  distal  end,  (Plate  5, 
fig.  2). 

Pedipalps  rather  short,  when  extended  scarcely  as  long  as  carapace ; 
not  crossed.  Trochanter  short, .  subcylindrical,  with  a  low  hump 
above  on  which  are  one  or  two  slight  tubercles;  ventrally  with  a  few 
hairs  springing  from  slightly  tubercular  bases.  Femur  cylindrical, 
not  compressed,  moderately  convexly  elevated  from  end  to  end 
above;  wholly  without  spines;  a  few  short  hairs  from  slightly  tuber- 
cular bases  below.  Patella  unarmed.  Tibia  not  compressed;  along 
mesoventral  edge  with  two  rather  slender,  acutely  acuminate  spines 
and  between  these  a  minute  third  one;  along  ecto ventral  edge  with 
three  long  spines  and  between  the  caudal  and  middle  one  of  these  a 
fourth  minute  one;  the  middle  one  of  the  larger  spines  much  largest 


190  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  a  little  surpassing  the  distal  end  of  tarsus  when  joints  are  flexed, 
the  other  two  spines  proximally  abruptly  thicker  than  distad,  anterior 
spine  cognate  to  base  of  large  spine.  Tarsus  on  mesal  side  ventrally 
with  a  series  of  four  slender,  distally  bristle-like  spines;  on  ectal  side 
with  a  series  of  about  twelve  pale  slender  spines  which  are  very  short 
excepting  two  which  are  much  larger  and  of  about  same  size  as  the 
three  of  mesal  side ;  tarsal  claw  of  about  same  length  as  tarsus,  (Plate 

5,  fig.  3)-  . 

First  three  pairs  of  legs  with  femora,  patellae,  and  tibiae  especially 
on  ventral  surface  finely  but  rather  sparsely  tubercular,  a  hair  arising 
from  each  tubercle,  distal  joints  wholly  smooth.  Fourth  legs  stout, 
with  tarsi  abruptly  much  more  slender  than  the  metatarsi;  tro- 
chanter with  two  robust  granules  on  ectal  side  and  at  distal  end  on 
mesal  side  with  a  stout  thorn;  femur  granular  above,  along  ventroectal 
edge  with  a  series  of  mostly  stout  conical  spines  which,  beginning  at 
about  one  fourth  the  length  from  the  proximal  end  as  low  tubercles 
increase  regularly  in  length  distad;  along  meso ventral  surface  a  series 
of  fewer  and  lower  conical  tubercles  and  on  the  mesal  surface  with  two 
or  three  irregular  series  of  conical  tubercles  and  spines ;  patella  strongly 
tubercular  above  and  laterally,  and  with  tubercles  replaced  by  stout 
conical  spines  of  which  three  or  four  are  comparable  in  length  to  the 
larger  ones  of  femur;  tibia  above  and  laterally  strongly  tubercular, 
below  with  tubercles  replaced  by  stouter  conical  tubercular  elevations 
and  longer  spines  like  those  of  the  proximal  joints ;  metatarsus  above 
and  laterally  densely  granular,  below  with  stouter  seriate  cones  or 
teeth,  much  smaller  and  more  uniform  than  the  spines  of  the  proximal 
joints.  Tarsus  I  with  five  joints,  three  of  which  are  in  the  distal 
division;  tarsus  II  with  eight  joints;   III  and  IV  with  six  joints. 

General  color  dilute  ferruginous,  the  head  region  weakly  dusky; 
caudal  border  of  carapace  and  the  first  two  tergites  of  abdomen  black; 
patellae  and  distal  ends  of  femora  and  tibiae  of  legs  dusky  or  black, 
the  fourth  legs  a  darker,  more  strictly  ferruginous  cast  than  the  others. 
Abdomen  darker  beneath  than  coxae  of  legs. 

Length  to  base  of  median  caudal  spine  10.2  mm. ;  to  tip  of  caudal 
spine  12.3  mm.     Greatest  width  of  carapace  6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  (exclusive  of  coxa)  cir.  15  mm.;  of  leg  II,  22  mm.; 
of  leg  III,  7  mm.;  of  leg  IV,  30  mm. 

Lom/%.— Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  131). 
San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (Paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  132,  one  specimen). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  191 

COSMETIDAE. 

Paravanones  peruvianus,  sp.  nov. 

Pl'ate  2,  fig.  1-6. 

General  background  of  body  a  dilute  ferruginous.  Carapace 
dusky  from  a  close  network  of  black  lines,  the  color  less  dusky  in  a 
deltoid  area  back  of  eye-tubercle  with  apex  caudad  and  embracing 
two  short  black  stripes,  one  caudad  of  each  eye,  in  a  narrow  mid- 
longitudinal  line,  and  along  the  transverse  sutures  and  in  a  broader 
area  along  each  side  of  the  carapace,  tubercles  pale.  Ventral  surface 
of  cephalothorax  and  coxae  paler,  a  clearer  light  ferruginous;  under 
lens  seen  to  be  covered  with  a  less  dense  network  of  dark  lines.  Ab- 
dominal segments  both  above  and  below  black  or  nearly  so,  a  line 
back  of  each  segment  white.  Legs  also  with  an  inconspicuous  net- 
work of  fine  dark  lines;  femora,  patellae,  and  tibiae  dark  at  distal  ends 
and  tarsus  of  leg  I  also  blackish. 

Carapace  widest  at  level  of  third  sulcus,  convexly  rounded,  abruptly 
narrowed  a  little  in  front  of  caudal  end  and  at  level  of  caudal  edge  of 
third  legs  in  front  of  which  the  sides  converge  but  moderately,  the 
anterior  corners  more  oblique. 

Carapace  crossed  by  five  transverse  furrows  which  are  wide,  not 
suture  like,  and  of  which  the  first  is  bent  back  angularly  at  the  middle. 
Eye-tubercle  much  wider  than  long,  concavely  depressed  from  ends 
toward  middle;  a  series  of  four  tubercles  in  a  curved  line  on  each 
elevated  end  subparallel  with  edge  of  ocellus  and  several  weaker 
tubercles  immediately  mesad  of  these;  the  median  portion  of  eye- 
tubercle  smooth.  Anterior  margin  not  elevated  or  only  obscurely 
so  on  each  side,  the  median  portion  between  eye-tubercle  and  front 
margin  broadly  elevated.  At  each  anterolateral  corner  a  prominent 
process,  (Plate  2,  fig.  3),  the  border  near  level  of  anterior  edge  of  second 
coxae  with  a  process  projecting  caudoventrad  and  meeting  a  process 
from  second  coxae.  Edges  of  carapace  in  its  widest  part  with  a 
number  of  rather  low  conical  tubercles,  the  tubercles  across  caudal 
border  more  numerous  and  with  two  much  larger  subcylindrical 
processes  near  middle;  the  more  anterior  lateral  margins  essentially 
smooth.  On  areas  between  furrows  a  limited  number  of  tubercles 
which  are  larger  and  somewhat  more  numerous  in  caudal  than  in 
anterior  region,  and  in  each  area  a  pair  of  tubercles  which  are  higher 


I 

192  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  more  cylindric  than  the  others;  surface  of  carapace  in  general 
granulate,  (Plate  2,  fig.  3). 

A  row  of  conical  tubercles  across  each  abdominal  segment.  Anal 
scutum  proximally  with  smaller  granules  and  tubercles,  distally  with 
a  number  of  larger  tubercles,  about  five  of  which  appear  as  dentations 
on  the  caudal  margin,  one  at  middle  and  two  or  three  on  each  side 
of  it. 

First  coxae  bent  forwards  at  .ends,  the  second  slightly  so.  Third 
coxae  but  little  shorter  than  the  second.  Coxa  I  in  both  male  and 
female  on  caudal  side  above  middle  with  two  conical  processes  and  at 
distal  end  on  caudo ventral  corner  with  a  longer  process  which  is  bent 
dorsad;  along  its  antero ventral  surface  a  row  of  tubercles  the  most 
distal  of  which  appears  at  the  anteroventral  corner  as  a  freely  pro- 
jecting larger  conical  process;  from  anterior  surface  at  distal  end  a 
long  cylindrical  process  which  bends  dorsad  close  to  surface  and  over- 
laps the  end  of  a  process  springing  from  anterodorsal  surface.  A  low 
broad  process  from  distal  end  of  coxa  II  near  anterodorsal  corner;  a 
row  of  a  few  tubercles  along  anteroventral  line  and  a  similar  one  on 
third  coxae.  Coxa  IV  at  distal  end  on  mesal  side  with  a  low  rounded 
process,  (Plate  2,  fig.  4-6). 

Spiracles  clearly  exposed. 

First  joint  of  mandible  strongly  elevated  above  distad  of  the  con- 
striction; with  a  transverse  row  of  cavidally  projecting  teeth  or  conical 
tubercles  across  upper  border  of  caudal  surface  of  the  dorsal  hump; 
dorsal  surface  of  hump  with  fine  teeth  or  granules;  second  article 
rather  short  and  broad  with  a  few  hairs  at  distal  end  below^  (caudad) 
and  more  in  front,  (Plate  2,  fig.  1). 

Pedipalps  short,  closely  flexed  ventrad  and  caudad,  not  crossed. 
Coxa  subcylindric.  Trochanter  narrow  at  base,  expanding  distad, 
with  a  broad  conical  projection  beneath.  Femur  strongly  flattened 
from  side  to  side,  being  abruptly  very  high  immediately  distad  of  the 
narrow  base;  a  row  of  teeth  along  the  middorsal  line  and  a  series  of 
longer  subcylindric,  distall}^  rounded  processes  along  ventral  line. 
Patella  of  usual  form;  bearing  small  setigerous  tubercles  above. 
Tibia  strongly  flattened  from  side  to  side,  especially  on  ventral  half, 
clavately  increasing  in  height  from  base  distad;  with  a  number  of 
small  tubercles  on  dorsal  surface  proximad.  Tarsus  subcylindric, 
with  a  low  thin  keel  from  ventral  surface  at  proximal  end,  (Plate  2, 
fig.^2). 

Femora,  patellae,  and  tibiae  of  legs  I  to  III  finely  tubercular  or 
granular,  the  metatarsi  more  abruptly  so  proximally  and  especially 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  193 

on  legs  III.  Leg  IV  in  female  similar  to  leg  III;  in  male  with  a  series 
of  much  stronger  teeth  along  dorsal  or  mesodorsal  line  and  on  ventral 
surface  at  distal  end  with  a  series  of  five  conspicuous  long  processes  of 
which  the  second  is  longest  and  is  bent  at  distal  end,  the  others  being 
straight  and  decreasing  in  length  distad;  the  patella  with  a  stout 
spine  above  at  proximal  end.  Tarsus  I  with  five  segments;  II  with 
thirteen  segments;  III  with  six  segments,  of  which  the  last  three  are 
abruptly  more  slender;  IV  with  seven  segments  of  which  three  are  in 
the  second  division;  tarsi  III  and  IV  clothed  with  fine  hair  on  ventral 
surface. 

Length  of  male  type  6  mm.;  greatest  width  of  carapace,  4.5  mm.; 
length  of  leg  I  cir.  1  mm.;  of  leg  II,  2Lo  mm.;  of  leg  III,  13  mm.; 
of  leg  IV,  8  mm. 

Length  of  female  paratype  6  mm.;  greatest  width  of  carapace 
4.5  mm.;  length  of  leg  I,  10.5  mm.;  of  leg  II,  20  mm.;  of  leg  III, 
14  mm.;  of  leg  IV,  18  mm. 

Localities. —  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August  4.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
133,  male;  parat^'pe,  M.  C.  Z.  34,  female).  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet, 
July.     (M.  C.  Z.  135,  one  female). 


PHALANGIIDAE. 

LlOBUNUM   MONTICOLA,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  5,  fig.  9;  Plate  6,  fig.  1-3. 

Body  above  brown,  a  paler  longitudinal  median  stripe  which 
narrows  to  a  point  at  caudal  end  of  abdomen,  this  stripe  on  anterior 
portion  of  abdomen  embracing  a  deep  black,  sharply  defined  median 
stripe.  Eye-tubercle  black.  Ventral  surface  of  body  yellowish. 
Trochanters  all  deep  black  and  coxae  dusky  distad;  patellae  also 
solid  black  and  tibiae  black  at  distal  ends. 

Body  blunth^  rounded  behind,  the  abdomen  broadest  across  caudal 
end;  carapace  narrowed  markedly  cephalad.  Entire  surface  of  body 
above  and  below  densely  granular,  the  granules  conically  acutely 
pointed.  Abdomen  clearly  set  off  from  cephalo thorax  by  a  suture; 
the  two  segments  at  end  distinct. 

Eye-tubercle  high,  its  anterior  and  posterior  faces  subvertical  or  a 
little  constricted  at  base;    a  curving  line  of  acute  spinous  points 


194  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

mesad  of  each  ocellus  and  curving  caudoectad  and  ventrad  on  the 
caudal  surface  of  tubercle,  (Plate  6,  fig.  1). 

First  joint  of  mandible  nearly  smooth,  a  little  roughened  over  dorsal 
surface;  hairs  above  few  and  straight,  more  on  mesal  surface.  Second 
joint  also  smooth  except  for  a  light  dorsal  roughening;  with  a  few 
longer  hairs  at  distal  end  above  and  laterally  with  a  more  numerous 
patch  on  mesal  side  distad,  (Plate  6,  fig.  2,  3). 

Pedipalps  moderately  long.  Femur  ventrally  along  ectal  and 
similarly  along  mesal  side  with  a  row  of  acute  teeth ;  also  with  a  patch 
of  teeth  above  and  laterally  at  distal  end.  Dorsoectal  and  dorso- 
mesal  surfaces  of  patella  with  fine  teeth  which  are  largest  and  most 
numerous  on  the  dorsomesal  process,  a  narrow  dorsal  stripe  free  from 
teeth  or  nearly  so.  Tibia  with  teeth  ventrally  and  especially  laterally 
and  dorsolaterally,  a  middorsal  stripe  free  from  teeth.  The  long 
slender  tarsus  free  irom  teeth  but  with  numerous  short  fine  and  a  few 
coarser  short  hairs. 

Legs  with  numerous  fine  teeth  which  become  smaller  and  less  con- 
spicuous in  going  distad. 

Length  of  body  3.8  mm.  Length  of  palp  cir.  4.5  mm.;  of  leg  I, 
32.5  mm.;  of  leg  II,  cir.  80  mm.;  of  leg  III,  41  mm.;  of  leg  IV,  5L5  mm. 

Localities.—  Paltaybamba,  5,000  feet,  August  27.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
136).  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August  3.  (Paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  137, 
one  specimen). 

LioPAGUS,^  gen.  nov. 

Eye-tubercle  weakly  longitudinally  furrowed;  wholly  smooth, 
bearing  no  teeth  or  spines  or  other  processes. 

Body  essentially  smooth. 

Scutum  unarmed. 

First  joint  of  mandible  at  base  with  the  usual  ventral  process. 

Patella  of  pedipalp  with  a  moderate  inner  apophysis.  Claw  dis- 
tinctly pectinate. 

A  one  pointed  process  on  dorsal  margin  of  distal  end  of  all  coxae. 
Legs  thin;  moderately  long.  Femur  II  with  two  false  sutures;  III 
with  none  and  IV  with  one. 

Genotype. —  Liopagus  simplex,  sp.  nov. 

Related  to  Prionostemma  Pocock  in  the  presence  of  false  sutures 
only  on  second  and  fourth  femora.  From  that  genus  it  is  most  e'asily 
distinguished  in  having  on  femur  II  only  two  sutures  or  joints  instead 
of  the  three  uniformly  present  in  Prionostemma. 

I  Xcios.  smooth,  Trdyos,  a  peak. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  195 

LiOPAGUS  SIMPLEX,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.  4-8. 

Body  above  brownish  grey,  darker  caudad;  similar  below  with 
a  darker  brown  or  dusky  stripe  across  each  abdominal  segment. 
Femora  toward  distal  end  each  with  a  conspicuous  deep  black  annu- 
lus.     Legs  brown;  patellae  and  the  distal  ends  of  tibiae  darker. 

Body  nearly  parallel  sided  from  level  a  little  back  of  eye-tubercle 
to  one  a  little  caudad  of  ends  of  coxae  IV,  then  abruptly  narrowing  to 
caudal  end  and  semicircularly  rounded  in  front.  Obscurely  granular 
in  a  line  across  border  of  segments. 

Eye-tubercle  as  wide  as  high.  Viewed  from  behind  appearing 
conspicuously  constricted  at  base,  the  front  face  subvertical,  not  so 
convex  as  the  caudal.  Tubercle  wholly  smooth;  slightly  depressed 
longitudinally  along  middle  line,  (Plate  5,  fig.  4,  5). 

All  joints  of  legs  free  from  tubercles  but  with  scattered  very  fine 
teeth  on  femora  and  a  large  one  at  distal  end  above  on  femora  and 
patellae.  Coxae  with  a  single  slender  process  from  distal  end 
above. 

First  joint  of  mandible  smooth,  with  the  process  below  as  usual ;  a 
few  short  hairs  above  and  a  series  of  them  along  a  meso ventral  line. 
Second  joint  small;  with  a  few  short  hairs  above,  glabrous  beneath, 
(Plate  5,  fig.  6). 

Femur  of  pedipalp  between  two  and  three  times  as  long  as  the 
patella  without  its  apophysis;  with  a  series  of  short  stout  hairs  be- 
neath and  smaller,  less  erect  ones  on  dorsal  surface  but  with  no  teeth. 
Patella  with  apophysis  moderately  slender,  cylindric,  more  densely 
clothed  with  hair.  Tibia  also  with  more  numerous  short  stiff  hairs; 
a  slight  rounded  process  at  distomesal  corner,  this  clothed  with  hairs 
as  elsewhere  on  joint.  Tarsus  with  numerous  fine  short  appressed 
hairs  and  fewer  shorter,  stiff  erect  hairs.  Claw  pectinate,  (Plate  5, 
fig.  7,  8). 

Length  dr.  3.5  mm.  Leg  I  missing.  Length  of  leg  II  cir.  42  mm. ; 
of  leg  III,  2L5  mm. ;  leg  IV  broken  off  at  tip. 

Locality.—  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July  30.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  138). 


196  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

ARANEIDA. 

AVICULARIIDAE. 

Hemirrhagus  peruvianus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  6,  fig.  4-10;  Plate  7,  fig.  1-2. 

Integument  of  carapace,  chelicerae,  femora  of  legs  and  palpi, 
sternum  and  labium  dark  chocolate-brown,  the  other  parts  of  legs 
and  palpi  lighter  brown,  in  part  of  dilute  reddish  tinge;  sternum  and 
femora  of  legs  beneath  sometimes  lighter  than  above.  Integument 
of  abdomen  brown,  paler  beneath  than  al:)ove;  above  with  a  small 
light  area  toward  anterior  end.  Carapace  covered  with  a  woolly  coat 
of  russet-brown  hair  of  a  more  or  less  coppery  lustre,  and  some  longer 
grey  ones  at  caudal  edge  especially.  The  legs  are  thickly  clothed 
with  short  brownish  hairs  with  deep  black  ones  more  sparsely  inter- 
mixed; the  numerous  longer  bristles  are  dark  proximally,  becoming 
grey,  grey  or  white  distad,  these  forming  rather  indistinct  longitudi- 
nal streaks  on  the  femora  and  patellae.  Abdomen  densely  clothed 
with  brown  hair  of  a  distinctly  coppery  lustre,  that  of  anterior  surface 
black  and  forming  a  distinct  black  area;  longer  bristles  of  dorsal 
surface  grey  distally;  sometimes  dark  hairs  form  a  larger  element  on 
the  ventral  surface  and  this  sm-face  then  appears  dark  grey  or  blackish 
instead  of  copper-brown  as  more  usual.  Fringes  of  endites  and  cheli- 
cerae orange  proximally,  lighter  distad. 

Eye-tubercle  sharply  limited;  of  moderate  height.  Eye-area  less 
than  twice  as  wide  as  long  in  both  male  and  female  (67 :  37) ;  rows 
subequal  or  the  posterior  one  slightly  longer  than  the  anterior  (up  to 
ratio  67:65).  Anterior  row  of  eyes  in  dorsal  view  a  little  procurved; 
in  anterior  view  rather  strongly  procurved.  Anterior  median  eyes 
with  diameter  not  much  more  than  half  that  of  the  laterals  {cir.  6:11), 
a  little  more  than  their  radius  apart,  but  decidedly  less  than  their 
radius  from  the  laterals.  Posterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously'  re- 
curved. Posterior  laterals  smaller  than  the  anterior  laterals  from 
which  separated  by  less  than  their  radius.  Posterior  medians  three 
fourths  the  diameter  of  the  laterals ;  mesal  side  more  curved  than  the 
ectal,  more  or  less  angulate  anteroectally,  (Plate  6,  fig.  4). 

Head  low,  only  slightly  rising  in  front  of  the  thoracic  groove; 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  197 

highest  some  distance  eaudad  of  eyes.  Thoracic  fovea  some  distance 
back  of  middle  of  carapace;   straight,  transverse. 

Sternum  subequal  in  length  and  breadth,  being  sometimes  slightly 
longer  than  wide  (male)  and  sometimes  slightly  wider  than  long 
(female).     Moderately  convex.     Sigillae  submarginal. 

Labium  a  little  wider  than  long.  Spinules  in  a  transverse  band  of 
about  four  rows,  irregularly  and  closely  arranged. 

All  tarsi  densely  scopulate;  the  scopulae  of  the  anterior  tarsi 
divided  by  a  narrow  setose  line,  those  of  the  posterior  tarsi  by  a  broad 
setose  band  which,  however,  is  narrow^er  than  the  joint.  Anterior 
metatarsi  scopulate  mostly  more  than  half  way  to  base,  the  posterior 
metatarsi  scopulate  at  distal  ends  only.  Hair  on  anterior  surface  of 
coxa  I  both  above  and  below  suture  moderately  long,  in  part  prone, 
with  in  addition  a  number  of  finer  and  shorter  straight  hairs  which 
tend  to  be  somewhat  clubbed  at  tip;  no  spinescent  bristles.  Paired 
claws  bearing  from  three  to  four  moderate  teeth,  commonly  three  or 
two  being  fully  developed  with  one  or  two  appearing  as  mere  points, 
(Plate  7,  fig.  1,  2).  In  addition  to  the  scales  of  the  ordinary  type 
occurring  on  dorsal  surface  of  tarsi,  (Plate  6,  fig.  5)  occasionally  one  of 
the  second  type,  (Plate  6,  fig.  6),  is  to  be  seen. 

Metatarsus  I  ventrally  with  an  apical  and  a  subbasal  spine,  a  long 
one  also  on  anterior  surface.  Tibia  of  male  with  three  spines  along 
ventrocaudal  line  and  a  fourth  a  little  more  dorsad;  or  with  spines 
as  many  as  seven  to  none,  there  being  on  caudoventral  surface  three 
l)asal,  two  submedian  and  one  apical,  and  on  anteroventral  a  pair 
toward  apex  and  one  lateral  surface  (male  from  Huadquina);  the 
number  may  differ  on  the  right  and  left  legs  of  same  specimen. 
Patella  armed  with  a  spine  on  caudal  surface  (male) .  Metatarsus  IV 
with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines  and  two  on  anterior  and  also  on 
posterior  surface  (female)  or  with  five  or  six  on  each  lateral  surface 
(male). 

Inferior  spur  of  tibia  I  of  male  longer  than  the  superior,  moderately 
curved  and  bearing  a  large  stout  black  spine  inserted  on  its  dorso- 
caudal  surface.  The  superior  spur  bearing  a  similar  stout  spine  on 
mesal  surface,  (Plate  6,  fig.  7). 

Tibia  of  male  palpus  thicker  proximally  than  patella  or  femur, 
narrowing  distad ;  a  narrow  ridge  on  mesal  side  from  middle  distad, 
elevated  at  distal  end  into  a  low  tubercle.  Tarsus  short,  bilobate 
as  usual.  Palpal  organ  with  spine  in  lateral  view  appearing  at  right 
angles  to  the  main  axis  of  bulb,  narrowing  distad,  with  apex  slender 
and  acute,  below  tip  with  a  short,  stout,  subtriangular  spur.     In 


198 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


anterior  view  the  tip  of  process  is  seen  to  curve  rather  abruptly  ectad, 
the  spine  occurring  at  the  bend  on  the  convex  side,  (Plate  6,  fig.  10). 

Male  (Tincochaca) .     Length,  15    mm.     Length  of    cephalothorax, 
7.3  mm.;   width,  6.0  mm. 


Leg  I 
Leg  II 
Leg  III 
Leg  IV 


fem. 
6.2  mm. 
6.0 
5.1 

7.2 


tib.+pat. 
9.0mm. 
7.0 
6.2 

8.5 


met. 
4.0  mm. 
3.6 
4.6 
7.0 


tar. 
3.5  mm. 
3.0 
3.0 
4.0 


total 

24.7  mm. 
19.6 
18.9 
26.7 


Female  {Tincochaca).     Length,  17  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax, 
8.5  mm.;   width,  7.0  mm. 


Leg  I 
Leg  II 
Leg  III 
Leg  IV 


fem 
5.8  mm. 
5.1 
4.6 
6.0 


tib.  +  pat. 
7.8  mm. 
6.2 
5.7 
8.0 


met. 
3 . 3  mm. 
2.7 
3.3 
5.4 


tar. 
3 . 2  mm. 
2.6 
3.2 
3.2 


total 

20.1  mm. 
16.6 
16.8 
24.6 


Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  139, 
male;  para  type,  immature  female  324).  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet, 
August.  (M.  C.  Z.  140,  male  and  female).  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet, 
August.  (M.  C.  Z.  141,  one  female).  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July 
18.     (M.  C.  Z.  325). 


Hemirrhagus  major,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  7,  fig.  3-8. 

Integument  of  carapace,  sternum,  legs,  and  palpi  dark  brown  or 
chocolate  to  chestnut;  that  of  labium  and  endites  reddish  brown  or 
chestnut.  Hairs  of  carapace  somewhat  wavy,  moderately  thick, 
light  brown  of  more  or  less  dark  golden  or  bronze  lustre.  Hair  of 
chelicerae  dense,  light  brown  or  bronze  lustre.  Sternum  clothed 
with  a  dense  coat  of  short  brown  hair  with  black  ones  sparsely  inter- 
mixed; bristles  dark  proximally,  rufous  distally,  mostly  of  moderate 
length.  Legs  clothed  with  a  coat  of  short  brown  hair  with  darker 
dusky  or  blackish  hairs  intermixed  and  especially  abundant  on  dorsal 
surface  of  femora,  the  brown  hair  in  part  of  shining  brown  lustre;  a 
narrow  stripe  of  grey  or  white  hairs  across  ends  of  joints  above ;  two 
longitudinal  stripes  on  patellae  above  formed  by  hair  free  and  bristle 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  19^ 

free  areas  over  which  the  lighter  hairs  unmixed  with  dark  extends  from 
each  side.  Bristles  of  legs  shorter  proximad,  becoming  longer  and 
more  numerous  especially  on  tibiae  ventrally  and  on  metatarsus  above 
as  well  as  laterally  and  ventrally;  bristles  dark  proximally,  becoming 
light  rufous  distally,  rather  coarse.  Integument  of  abdomen  above 
dark,  somewhat  dusky  brown,  ventrally  lighter  brown,  with  several 
small  obscure  white  spots  on  each  side;  bristles  of  dorsum  subdense, 
forming  a  light  brick-red  area. 

Eye-tubercle  black,  well  defined,  moderate  in  height,  highest 
between  posterior  median  eyes,  more  strongly  convex  anteriorly  than 
posteriorly.  Eye-area  trapeziform,  the  posterior  row  being  distinctly 
longer  than  the  anterior,  the  difference  typically  distinctly  more 
marked  than  in  peruvianus  (up  to  85:  78);  area  from  a  little  less  than 
half  as  long  as  greatest  width  to  a  little  more  thus  also  differing  from 
peruvianus.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  from  moderately  procurved  to 
nearly  straight,  much  more  procurved  in  anterior  view  than  in  dorsal. 
Anterior  median  eyes  with  diameter  two  thirds  that  of  laterals ;  about 
two  thirds  their  diameter  apart,  less  than  their  radius  from  the  laterals. 
Posterior  lateral  eyes  about  three  fourths  the  diameter  of  the  anterior 
laterals,  less  than  their  radius  from  the  latter.  Posterior  medians 
pyriform  in  outline,  being  narrowed  to  a  point  caudad  and  widely 
rounded  cephalad,  (Plate  7,  fig.  3). 

Head  moderately  elevated,  in  outline  slightly  convex,  highest  a 
little  caudad  of  eye-tubercle.  Fovea  straight  or  vaguely  procurved, 
short  and  deep. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide.  Posterior  sigillae  about  their  length 
from  margins.     Median  ones  submarginal ;  anterior  marginal. 

Mesal  margin  of  furrow  or  chelicera  bearing  a  row  of  fourteen 
teeth. 

Labium  wider  than  long,  truncate  distad.  Spinules  in  a  narrow 
band  (about  four  rows  deep)  across  distal  end,  the  spinules  not  dense. 

Spinules  on  proximal  end  of  endite  rather  numerous. 

Anterior  surface  of  coxa  I  with  longer  in  part  semiprone  hairs  and 
some  of  the  short,  slender,  distally  obtuse  or  clubbed  hairs  such  as 
are  present  in  peruvianus  but  in  addition  below  the  suture  with 
numerous  dark,  strongly  chitinized  spiniform  bristles,  these  more 
numerous  distally,  some  rather  more  slender  ones  also  occurring 
above  suture. 

Tarsal  claws  four  or  five  (anterior  and  posterior  of  leg  I  respectively) , 
proportionately  shorter,  more  slender  and  more  uniform  than  in 
peruvianus.     On  the  posterior  claws,  which  are  longer  and  propor- 


200  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

tionately  more  slender,  one  or  two  extra  points  may  occur  in  addition 
to  the  five  ordinary  teeth,  (Plate  7,  fig.  5-7). 

Scopulae  of  anterior  tarsi  divided  by  a  narrow  setose  line,  the 
posterior  ones  by  a  broader  one,  but  this  much  narrower  than  the 
joint.  Anterior  metatarsi  scopulate  well  toward  base;  posterior 
with  scopular  hairs  only  distally  and  there  sparse  or  absent.  Meta- 
tarsus I  (female)  ventrally  with  a  pair  of  small  apical  spines  and  a 
single  one  proximad  of  middle.  Tibia  I  (female)  also  ventrally  with  a 
pair  of  spines  at  distal  end  and  a  single  submedian  one ;  in  the  male 
with  seven  spines  on  ventral  and  ventrocaudal  surface  and  two  on 
anterior  surface.  Metatarsus  IV  with  fifteen  to  eighteen  spines 
irregularly  arranged;   tibia  IV  with  eight  to  ten. 

In  the  male  the  metatarsus  of  leg  I  is  abruptly  much  more  slender 
than  the  tibia  and  is  strongly  bowed  dorsad.  The  spurs  of  the  tibia 
are  elevated  on  a  conspicuous  common  basal  process  standing  at  right 
angles  to  the  article;  the  inferior  process  is  not  much  longer  than  the 
superior  but  it  is  proximally  stouter  being  narrowed  distad,  moderately 
curved  toward  end,  bearing  on  dorsal  surface  a  dark,  stout,  acute 
process  attached  near  apex  and  corresponding  to  the  larger  one  of 
penivianus;  superior  process  directed  more  cephalad,  more  uniform 
in  diameter,  curved  a  little  mesad  toward  tip,  the  spine  rather  slender, 
closely  applied  to  surface  excepting  at  tip  which  is  divergent,  (Plate 
7,  fig.^4). 

In  the  male  palpus  the  tibia  is  thicker  than  the  patella  or  femiu", 
narrowing  distad,  a  narrow  ridge-like  thickening  mesoventral  edge 
from  middle  distad  and  elevated  at  distal  end  into  a  low  tubercle, 
ventrally  with  a  dense  growth  of  long  bristles.  Tarsus  short,  bilobate 
as  usual,  the  mesal  lobe  at  distomesal  corner  adjacent  to  bulb  extended 
into  a  blackish,  densely  chitinized  tubercle.  Spine  of  bulb  propor- 
tionately much  longer  than  in  pcruvianus,  basal  part  with  axis  corre- 
sponding with  long  axis  of  bulb,  curving  semicircularly  first  ventrad 
and  then  forwards  as  shown  in  the  figure,  a  slight  tooth  a  little  distad 
of  middle,  in  anterior  view  the  process  bends  first  somewhat  ectad. 

Male  (Type,  Cuzco  Valley).  Length,  29  mm.  Length  of  cephalo- 
thorax,  14  mm.;  width,  12.3  mm. 


fem. 

tib.  +  pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

10.8 

mm. 

14  mm. 

8.1  mm. 

5.4  mm. 

38.3  mm 

Leg  II 

10 

12.2 

7.8 

5 

35.0 

Leg  III 

9 

11.2 

8.3 

4.5 

33.0 

Leg  IV 

11.2 

14.2 

11.2 

5.S 

42.4 

Tibia 

I,  7.1  mm. 

Til.ia   IV, 

S.9  mm. 

chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  201 

Female  (Urubamba).  Length,  37  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax, 
15.8  mm.;  width,  13.1  mm.  (In  a  female  from  Cuzco  Valley  the 
cephalothorax  is  proportionately  broader,  the  ratio  of  length  and 
breadth  being  16:14.3).  ' 

fern.  tib.+pat.  met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  11.8  mm.  1.5.3  mm.  7.5  mm.  5.6  mm.  40.2  mm. 

Leg  II  11.0  13.0  7.1  5.3  36.4 

I^glll        10.0  11.8  8.8  5.5  36.1 

Leg  IV        12.5  15.5  13.0  6.4  47.4 

Localities. —  Cuzco  Valley.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  142,  one  male;  para- 
type,  M.  C.  Z.  143,  one  female)  E.  D.  Flint  coll.  Urubamba,  9,500 
feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  144,  one  female). 


Hemirrhagus  sp. 

Locality. —  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  326,  several 
immature  females). 


Eurypelma  aymara,^  sp.  nov. 

Integument  of  carapace  when  dry  black  or  nearly  so,  when  wet 
appearing  of  slight  chestnut  tinge.  Sternum  chestnut,  darker  cepha- 
lad.  Labium  nearly  black.  Endites  chestnut.  Legs  proximall\' 
blackish  like  the  carapace,  becoming  slightly  more  chestnut  distad. 
Carapace  clothed  with  a  coat  of  sandy  grey  and  light  brown  hair 
of  a  golden  lustre.  Hair  of  femora  dusky  brown  of  rufous  tinge,  that 
of  more  distal  joints  with  a  larger  proportion  of  grey  intermixed; 
bristles  numerous  and  long,  of  rufous  or  rust  color  proximally,  paler, 
greyish  yellow  distad.  Hair  of  venter  of  abdomen  brown  and  black 
intermixed,  chiefly  the  latter.  Dorsum  with  a  thick  coat  of  long 
rufous  bristles. 

Pars  cephalica  moderately  high,  highest  a  little  caudad  of  eye- 
tubercle. 

Eye-tubercle  rather  high,  sharply  limited ;  highest  along  the  median 
longitudinal  line  which  descends  a  little  from  between  the  posterior 
median  eyes  cephalad.  Eye-area  considerably  less  than  twice  as 
wide  as  long  (25:16).     Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  shorter  than 

'  Aymara,  a  tribe  of  the  indigenes  of  Peru. 


202  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  second  (25 :  24) ;  in  dorsal  view  considerably  procurved,  a  line 
tangent  to  the  anterior  edges  passing  through  the  anterior  third  of 
the  lateral  eyes.  Anterior  median  eyes  much  smaller  than  the  laterals, 
their  diameters  being  about  as  2  to  3;  medians  three  fourths  their 
diameter  apart  and  near  the  same  distance  from  the  laterals.  Pos- 
terior lateral  eyes  of  nearly  same  size  as  the  anterior  laterals  from  which 
they  are  separated  by  less  than  their  radius.  Posterior  median  eyes 
much  smaller  than  the  laterals;  oblong,  with  sides  straight  and  ends 
more  rounded.  A  line  tangent  to  caudal  edges  of  the  two  posterior 
eyes  of  each  side  intersects  the  anterior  median  eye  of  opposite  side. 

Metatarsus  I  and  II  scopulate  very  nearly  to  base;  metatarsus  III 
scopulate  over  distal  third;  metatarsus  IV  scopulate  only  at  distal 
end. 

Female.  Length  38  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  21.2  mm.; 
width,  18.1  mm.     Length  of  pars  cephalica,  13.8  mm. 

fem.  tib.+pat.      met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  15  mm.  20.9  mm.  10  mm.  6.5  mm.  52.4mm. 

•      Leg  II         13.8  18.1  9.9  6.1  47.9 

Leg  III        12.3  16  11  6.1  45.4 

Leg  IV        15.7  20  15.6  6.8  58.1 

Locality  — Feru:  Aymas,  Dr.  W.  H.  Jones.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  145, 
one  female). 

This  seems  to  be  the  only  true  Eurypelma  thus  far  recorded  from 
Peru. 

DiPLURA   MONTICOLENS,^   sp.    nOV. 

Plate  7,  fig.  9-10. 

Cephalothorax  dusky  brown,  the  margins  of  carapace  and  the  eye- 
area  darkest.  Edges  of  sternum  darker  than  median  portion.  Cheli- 
cera  palpi  and  legs  testaceous.  Integument  of  abdomen  dark  above, 
light  beneath;  a  series  of  three  pairs  of  obscure  light  stripes  extend- 
ing from  near  dorsal  median  line  obliquely  ventrocaudad  across  sides. 
Spinnerets  testaceous,  in  part  dusky,  especially  at  ends.  Hair  of 
carapace  light  brown,  those  of  sternum  sparse,  darker.  Bristles  of 
abdomen  dark  rufous  brown,  the  shorter  hairs  mostly  lighter. 

Eye-area  twice  as  wdde  as  long  or  very  nearly  so  (67:34).  Eye- 
tubercle  highest  beneath  anterior  median  eyes,  behind  which  it 
descends   almost   immediately   and  also   slopes   laterally   from   this 

'  iVIons,  mountain,  incolens,  inhabiting. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  203 

point,  the  eyes  being  set  obliquely  to  the  horizontal  plane.  Anterior 
row  of  eyes  in  dorsal  view  a  little  procurved,  in  anterior  view  strongly 
recurved.  Anterior  median  eyes  inclusive  of  rim  with  diameter  more 
than  three  fourths  as  great  as  that  of  the  anterior  laterals,  less  than 
their  radius  from  each  other  and  closer  to  the  laterals;  exclusive  of 
rim  the  median  eyes  are  less  than  their  diameter  apart  and  are  near 
their  radius  from  laterals.  Anterior  laterals  very  oblique,  the  anterior, 
narrow  end  lying  in  front  of  the  ectal  edge  of  the  median  eye.  Pos- 
terior lateral  eyes  clearly  smaller  than  the  anterior  laterals  (diameters 
nearly  as  3:4).  Posterior  median  eyes  smaller  than  laterals,  closer 
to  them  than  to  the  anterior  medians.  A  line  tangent  to  the  caudal 
edges  of  posterior  eyes  on  each  side  is  tangent  to  or  passes  near  caudal 
edge  of  anterior  median  eye  of  opposite  side,  (Plate  7,  fig.  9,  10). 

Cephalothorax  broad  and  low  anteriorly  (the  width  across  eye  area 
to  greatest  width  about  as  47:76).  Thoracic  fovea  small,  oval, 
transverse,  situated  considerably  behind  middle  of  length  of  carapace. 

Labium  much  wider  than  long,  with  anterior  margin  mesally  in- 
curved. On  anterior  edge  with  two  spinules  present,  a  scar  in  t>T)e 
seeming  to  indicate  the  normal  presence  of  a  third  one. 

Endites  at  proximal  corner  with  a  small  group  of  few  (8-10)  spinules. 

Sternum  as  wide  as  long.     The  sigillae  marginal. 

Tarsi  of  legs  slender,  all  conspicuously  curved,  those  of  the  anterior 
pairs  most  strongly  so.  Paired  claws  each  with  a  double  row  of  mostly 
eight  teeth.  Inferior  claw  smooth,  slender.  Metatarsus  I  with  three 
pairs  of  ventral  spines;  femur  I  with  a  spine  at  distal  end  on  ante- 
rior side  and  above  and  another  smaller  one  on  the  posterior  side; 
other  femora  with  corresponding  spines,  the  posterior  one  increasing 
in  size  in  going  caudad.  Posterior  metatarsi  much  more  strongly 
spined.     None  of  the  tarsi  spined. 

Posterior  spiimerets  as  long  as  abdomen;  slender;  articles  sub- 
equal,  the  first  thickest,  the  distal  one  most  slender,  narrowing  distad. 
Anterior  spinnerets  short,  distally  acuminate. 

Female.  Length  8.4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  3.4  mm.; 
width,    2.8    mm. 

fern.  tib.+pat.        met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  3.4mm.  4.5  mm.  2.9  mm.  2.2  mm.  13.0mm. 

Leg  II         3.1  4.1  2.8  2.2  12.2 

Leg  III        2.9  3.8  2.8  2.0  11.5 

Leg  IV        4.0  5.0  4.0  2.5  15.2 

Loca%. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  146, 
female). 


204  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Brachythele  keithi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  7,  fig.  11. 

Integument  of  cephalothorax  and  legs  light  chestnut-brown;  that 
of  the  chelicerae  dark  chestnut;  integument  of  abdomen  and  spin- 
nerets clear  brown.  Pubescence  of  carapace  brown  of  golden  lustre ; 
that  of  abdomen  dense,  of  similar  golden  brown  color  or  of  more 
coppery  lustre. 

Eye-tubercle  strongly  convexly  elevated  between  the  posterior 
median  eyes.  Eye-area  twice  as  wide  as  long  (45:22);  anterior  row 
a  little  shorter  than  the  posterior  (45:42).  x\nterior  row  a  little 
procurved.  Anterior  median  eyes  a  little  more  than  their  radius 
apart,  closer  to  the  lateral  eyes;  diameter  but  little  more  than  two 
thirds  the  longer  diameter  of  the  lateral  eyes  (ratio  near  23:31). 
Posterior  lateral  eyes  slightly  longer  than  the  anterior  (33: 31).  Pos- 
terior median  eyes  elongate,  narrowed  caudad,  length  to  width 
about  as  3: 5  —  smaller  than  lateral  eyes  (lengths  as  25: 33),  nearer  to 
these  than  to  anterior  medians.  A  line  tangent  to  caudal  edges  of 
posterior  eyes  on  each  side  in  type  passing  through  anterior  third  of 
opposite  anterior  median  eye,  (Plate  7,  fig.  11). 

Labium  clearly  wider  than  long;  distal  margin  mesally  incurved. 
Spinules  none. 

Spinules  on  proximal  corner  of  endites  short  and  stout,  constricted 
near  or  a  little  above  base,  distally  expanded  and  rounded. 

Thoracic  fovea  recurved. 

Sternum  longer  than  w4de;  gently  convex.  The  sigillae  at  \e\e\ 
between  second  and  third  legs  most  distinct,  marginal.  Sternum 
with  numerous  fine  tubercles  from  each  of  which  arises  a  hair. 

Paired  claws  with  teeth  in  two  rows;  teeth  of  each  row  mostly 
seven  or  eight  in  number.  Unpaired  claw  smooth.  Tarsal  scopulae 
dense,  extending  to  base;  none  divided  by  a  setose  line  or  band. 
Spines  long  and  moderately  stout,  black. 

Posterior  spinnerets  more  than  two  thirds  as  long  as  the  abdomen 
ventrally ;  the  three  joints  subequal  in  length,  decreasing  in  diameter 
distad,  the  second  being  more  slender  than  the  first  and  the  third 
than  the  second.  Anterior  spinnerets  twice  or  more  their  diameter 
apart  at  base. 

Female.  Length,  30  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  14  mm.; 
width,  12  mm. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  205 

fern.  tib.  +  pat.  met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  12  mm.  15  mm.  9.5  mm.      8  mm.  44.5  mm. 

Leg  II  missing 

Leg  III        10  12.5  10  7.5  40.0 

Leg  IV  missing 

Length  of  spinnerets  12.2  mm. 

Locality. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  wet  season.     (Type  M.  C.  Z. 
147,  one  female). 
Named  for  Minor  C.  Keith  of  New  York. 


Brachythele  incursus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  7,  fig.  12. 

Integument  of  cephalothorax  and  legs  brown,  that  of  carapace 
and  femora  of  legs  above  deeper  in  color;  chelicerae  above  blackish 
brown.  Integument  of  abdomen  above  dusky  brown;  below  light 
brown.  Spinnerets  blackish.  Hair  of  carapace  and  abdomen  gold- 
en brown.     Hair  of  sternum  blackish.     Fringe  of  chelicerae  rufous. 

Eye-area  less  than  twice  as  wide  as  long  (57:30).  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  of  same  length  as  posterior.  Anterior  row  straight.  Anterior 
median  eyes  slightly  more  than  their  radius  apart  (6:5.5),  nearer  to 
the  laterals;  diameter  but  little  more  than  half  that  of  lateral  eye 
(11:20).  Posterior  lateral  eyes  clearly  smaller  than  the  anterior 
laterals  (ratio  of  diameters  3:4),  lateral  eyes  nearly  contiguous  as 
usual.  Posterior  median  eyes  elliptic,  about  three  fourths  as  wide 
as  long,  four  fifths  as  long  as  the  laterals.  A  line  tangent  to  caudal 
edges  of  two  posterior  eyes  of  each  side  passes  clearly  caudad  of 
anterior  median  eye  of  opposite  side,  (Plate  7,  fig.  12). 

Labium  wider  than  long  in  the  ratio  9.5:6.8;  distal  margin  a 
little  incurved.  A  row  of  low  stout,  rounded  spinules  across  apical 
portion. 

Endites  at  proximal  corner  with  the  patch  of  spinules  as  usual. 

Thoracic  fovea  a  little  recurved. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide.  Hairs  not  dense,  black,  longer  about 
margins. 

Paired  claws  of  legs  each  with  two  rows  of  from  six  to  eight  teeth. 
Single  claw  smooth.  In  the  stage  of  growth  represented  by  the 
type  the  anterior  tarsi  are  not  densely  scopulate  and  the  metatarsi 
are  scopulate  only  distally;    the  posterior  tarsi  are  scopulate  only 


206  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

distally,  ordinary  bristles  covering  the  proximal  portion  while  the 
metatarsi  are  not  at  all  scopulate.  The  tarsi  are  not  armed.  Patel- 
lae, tibiae,  and  metatarsi  armed  with  stout  black  spines  as  usual. 

Spinnerets  short,  about  one  half  the  length  of  the  abdomen  on  ven- 
tral side,  much  less  slender  relatively  than  in  keithi:  each  joint  atten- 
uated distad.     Black  in  color. 

Female  {not  fully  mature).  Length,  13  mm.  Length  of  cephalo- 
thorax,  6.2,  mm.;  width,  5  mm. 

fern.         tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 


Leg  I 

4.3  mm. 

5.6  mm. 

2.8  mm. 

2.0  mm. 

14.7  mm 

Leg  II 

4.0 

4.7 

2.3 

1.8 

12.8 

Leg  III 

3.2 

4.1 

2.2 

1.8 

11.3 

Leg  IV 

4.3 

5.5 

3.2 

2.0 

15.0 

Loca/i/?/.— Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  148,  one 
young  female). 

The  female  described  above  is  apparently  not  fully  grown;  but  the 
differences  it  presents  especially  in  eye  sizes  and  relations  added  to 
the  differences  in  proportions  of  joints  of  legs,  the  presence  of  spinules 
on  the  labium  and  especially  the  pronounced  differences  in  form  and 
relative  length  of  spinnerets  render  it  impossible  to  regard  it  as  identi- 
cal with  the  preceding  species  which  comes  from  the  same  locality. 


ULOBORIDAE. 

Orinomus,^  gen.  nov. 

Posterior  eyes  small,  subequal,  the  series  strongly  recurved,  nar- 
rower than  the  cephalothorax,  the  medians  farther  apart  than  from 
the  laterals.  Anterior  eyes  in  a  procurved  series;  medians  farther 
from  laterals  than  from  each  other.  Area  of  median  eyes  much  wider 
than  long  and  much  narrower  in  front  than  behind. 

First  leg  much  the  longest,  the  others  in  order  IV,  II,  III.  Meta- 
tarsus I  clearly  shorter  than  tibia  +  patella  I.  Calamistrum  not 
reaching  distal  end  of  metatarsus  IV.    . 

Cribellum  narrow;  entire. 

Abdomen  subglobose;  bigibous  above,  not  produced  or  acuminate 
behind;  spinnerets  not  quite  terminal. 

'   opeii-o/ios,  mountain  ranging. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  207 

Genotype. —  Orinonius  lamprus,  sp.  nov. 

Apparently  closest  to  Uloboms,  a  genus  occurring  widely  in  this 
and  adjoining  regions  as  well  as  elsewhere. 

Orinomus  lamprus/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  8,  fig.   \-4. 

Carapace  nearly  black,  a  narrow  median  longitudinal  line  yellow- 
ish, the  clypeus  also  paler.  Carapace  clothed  with  grey  hair.  Ster- 
num black;  a  pale  median  mark.  Coxae  dusky  beneath.  First 
legs  with  femora,  patellae,  and  tibiae  black,  with  a  few  small  light 
spots;  metatarsi  and  tarsi  yellow.  Other  legs  yellow,  with  dusky 
annul  i.  Abdomen  somewhat  yellowish  white,  finely  spotted  with 
black,  a  dark  median  longitudinal  line  over  entire  length  and  a 
deeper,  more  distinct  one  on  each  side  from  the  hump  caudad;  venter 
with  a  geminate  black  stripe  along  the  middle. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously  recurved,  a  line  tangent  to 
caudal  edges  of  median  eyes  passing  through  the  anterior  third  of 
laterals;  median  eyes  three  times  their  diameter  apart,  half  as  far 
from  the  laterals  which  are  nearly  of  same  size.  Posterior  lateral  eyes 
as  far  from  the  anterior  laterals  as  from  the  posterior  medians  (once 
and  a  half  their  diameter),  the  anterior  laterals  with  diameter  two 
thirds  as  large.  Anterior  median  eyes  only  a  little  more  than  their 
diameter  apart  but  more  than  once  and  a  half  their  diameter  from  the 
laterals;  row  conspicuously  procurved.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider 
than  long  nearly  in  ratio  5:3;  twice  as  wide  behind  as  in  front.  Cly- 
peus slanting  ventrocephalad ;  about  6qual  in  w^idth  to  diameter  of 
median  eye. 

Labium  wider  than  long;  subtriangular,  the  sides  being  straight 
and  meeting  at  an  angle,  (Plate  8,  fig.  4). 

Sternum  caudally  produced  as  a  short  tongue  between  the  separated 
posterior  coxae,  the  tongue  rounded  at  end.  More  than  twice  as 
wide  as  long  (20:9),  (Plate  8,  fig.  2). 

Female.     Length  3  mm. 


fem.         tib.  +  pat.         met. 

tar.              total 

Leg  I 

1.6  ram.      1.6  mm.      1.2  mm. 

.6  mm.      5.0  mm. 

Leg  11 

1.0               1.1                1 

.3              3.4 

Locality.— 
Tiale). 

-Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July. 

*  \aiivp6s,  distinct. 

(Type,  M.  C.  Z.  149,  one 

208  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

DICTYNIDAE. 

Amaurobius,  sp.  a. 

An  immature  male  and  female  from  Ollantaytambo  (9,000  feet, 
July.  M.  C.  Z.  150).  The  abdomen  is  marked  with  a  distinct  median 
longitudinal  black  stripe  of  narrowly  hastate  form  and  with  indented 
edges  and  with  a  bright  white  spot  each  side  of  middle  of  its  length. 
Carapace  with  head  dark  brown,  elsewhere  dusky.  Sternum  dark, 
dusky  brown. 

Two  immature  males  apparently  of  same  species  from  Urubamba 
(9,500  feet,  July.  M.  C.  Z.  151).  They  are  darker  throughout,  the 
sternum  being  nearly  black  and  the  abdomen  so  dark  that  the  dorsal 
median  black  line  is  almost  obliterated ;  but  the  two  white  spots  are 
conspicuous. 

Amaurobius  sp.  b. 

One  immature  female  with  lateral  eyes  nearer  together  than  usual 
in  the  genus.  Carapace  yellow  with  each  eye  enclosed  in  black. 
Sternum  light  brown,  a  little  dusky.  Legs  yellow,  tibiae  very  ob- 
scurely ringed.  Abdomen  grey  of  olive  cast;  above  conspicuously 
marked  with  a  series  of  dark  chevron  lines  from  middle  caudad,  all 
of  which  are  broken  at  middle. 

ioca%.— Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  152). 

Amaurobius  platei  Cambridge. 

Journ.  Linn.  soc.  London,  1898,  27,  p.  18,  pi.  2,  f.  3. 

One  specimen  probably  this  species  was  secured  at  Ollantaytambo, 
9,000  feet  in  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  166). 

Aymarella,^  gen.  nov. 

Pars  cephalica  relatively  broad,  convex,  and  high. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  substraight  or  slightly  procurved,  the  medians 
much  smaller  than  the  laterals,  farther  from  the  laterals  than  from 
each  other.     Posterior  row  of  eyes  recurved ;   subequal,  the  medians 

'  Diminutive  of  Aymara. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida,  209 

farther  from  the  laterals  than  from  each  other.  Area  of  median  eyes 
distinctly  narrower  in  front  than  behind.  Lateral  eyes  close  together, 
not  more  than  their  radius  apart. 

Clypeus  narrower  than  the  anterior  lateral  eyes. 

Chelicera  with  lower  margin  short,  but  little  oblique,  armed  with 
two  (or  three)  small  teeth;  upper  margin  with  three  teeth  of  which 
the  median  one  is  largest. 

Labium  longer  than  wide,  narrowed  distad,  obtuse. 

Length  of  legs  in  order  I-IV,  II,  III.  Robust.  Moderately  spined. 
Metatarsi  much  longer  than  the  tarsi. 

Cribellum  bipartite.     Calamistrum  uniseriate. 

Genotype. —  Aymarella  viunda,  sp.  nov. 

This  genus  would  seem  to  be  closely  related  to  Calleva,  a  genus 
based  by  Simon  upon  an  Argentine  species;  but  it  differs  clearly  in 
having  the  lateral  eyes  much  closer  together,  in  having  the  legs 
spined,  and  in  having  the  metatarsi  much  longer  than  the  tarsi. 
Callevopsis,  a  Chilean  genus,  differs,  e.  g.,  in  having  the  eyes  of  the 
anterior  row  equidistant  and  the  lower  margin  of  the  chelicera  armed 
with  four  teeth. 

Aymarella  munda,^  sp.  nov, 
Plate  9,  fig.  1-5. 

Carapace  brown  to  fuscorufous  with  darker  lines  radiating  from 
thoracic  furrow.  Sternum  fuscous  to  nearly  black;  clothed  with 
numerous  black  hairs.  Legs  testaceous,  typically  of  rufous  tinge 
distad  on  anterior  pairs;   femora  darker,  dusky  to  nearly  black. 

Palpi  fuscous.  Chelicerae  nearly  black.  Labium  and  endites  very 
dark,  pale  across  tips.  Abdomen  olive-grey;  without  distinct  mark- 
ings but  in  some  with  a  median  hastate  mark  very  vaguely  outlined 
in  dark  and  followed  behind  by  several  faint  light  colored  chevron 
lines,  the  lines  very  thin,  and  also  a  small  light  dot  each  side  of  middle 
median  mark. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  decidedly  longer  than  the  anterior  (3.4:2.9), 
a  little  recurved;  median  eyes  smaller  than  laterals  (7:9),  L7  their 
diameter  apart,  a  third  farther  from  the  laterals.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  viewed  from  above  with  line  of  apices  a  little  recurved;  viewed 
from  in  front  the  line  of  centres  is  a  little  procurved;    median  eyes 

'  mundus,  fine,  neat. 


210  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

with  diameter  about  three  fifths  that  of  the  laterals ;  laterals  on  well- 
marked  tubercles.  Area  of  median  eyes  narrower  in  front  than  behind 
in  ratio  10:13.  Lateral  eyes  usually  their  radius  apart,  the  distance 
being  somewhat  variable. 

Pars  cephalica  large,  conspicuously  elevated,  highest  immediately 
behind  eye-area,  smooth  and  shining,  (Plate  9,  fig.  1). 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  about  ratio  5:4.  Caudal  process 
short,  narrow,  (Plate  9,  fig.  2). 

Labium  grooved  across  base  as  usual;  narrowed  conspicuously 
from  above  groove  distad;   distally  obtuse,  (Plate  9,  fig.  3). 

Tarsus  of  palpus  armed  with  a  claw  and  a  number  of  spines ;  other 
joints  unarmed. 

Femur  I  armed  with  a  single  spine  on  anterior  surface  toward  distal 
end;  other  femora  unarmed.  Patellae  unarmed.  Tibia  III  armed 
on  anterior  surface  in  subapical  position  with  one  spine;  other  tibiae 
unarmed.  Metatarsi  I  and  II  armed  ventrally  with  three  pairs  of 
spines;  IV  also  with  spines  which  are  not  distinctly  arranged  in  pairs 
but  are  more  distributed  along  surface  of  joint. 

Superior  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  armed  with  three  teeth  of 
which  the  median  is  largest;  lower  margin  nearly  transverse  and  with 
two  rather  small  teeth. 

Abdomen  broadly  subelliptic  in  outline. 

Cribellum  bipartite,  (Plate  9,  fig.  5). 

Feviale  {San  Miguel).  Length  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax 
3.2  mm.;   width,  2.2  mm. 

fern.  tib.  +  pat.        met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  2.5  mm.  3  mm.  2  mm.  1.2  mm.  8.7  mm. 

Leg  II         2.25  2.7  1.9  1  7.85 

Leg  III        2.1  2.2  1.5  1  6.8 

Leg  IV        2.5  3.1  2  1.1  8.7 

Localities.—  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  153 
female;  paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  154,  females).  Torontoy,  8,000feet,  July. 
(M.  C.  Z.  155,  several  females).  Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August  (M.  C.  Z. 
156).  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  157,  one  female). 
Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  158,  one  female).  Ollan- 
taytambo,  9,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  159,  one  female). 

AuxiMUS  sp. 

A  single  immature  male  of  a  species  of  this  genus  was  secured  at 
Lucma  in  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  160). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida,  211 

AuxiMUS  PRODUCTUS,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  8,  fig.  5-7. 

Carapace  dusky  brown  or  fuscous.  Caelicerae  similarly  dusky 
over  a  more  reddish  or  chestnut  background.  Legs  testaceous; 
the  tibiae,  tarsi,  and  metatarsi  of  legs  I  and  II  dusky,  almost  black  or 
tibia  with  an  apical  and  a  broader  subbasal  dark  annulus  indistinctly 
set  off;  tibiae  of  legs  III  and  IV  with  apical  and  subbasal  dusky  annu- 
lus distinct  and  metatarsus  of  these  legs  with  an  apical  and  a  broader, 
less  distinctly  limited  subbasal  dark  band.  Patellae  dusky.  Femora 
without  rings  or  distinct  marks,  usually  dusky  beneath  proximally. 
Tibia  and  tarsus  of  palpus  dusky  or  almost  black  like  the  distal  articles 
of  anterior  legs.  Sternum  dusky  brown.  Labium  and  endites  darker 
than  sternum,  pale  across  tips.  Abdomen  above  with  background 
of  greyish  yellow  of  slight  olivaceous  tinge;  at  base  above  with  a 
black  median  sagittate  stripe  the  acute  apex  of  which  is  at  middle; 
this  mark  is  followed  caudad  by  a  series  of  four,  successively  smaller 
and  smaller  chevron-shaped  black  lines  the  angle  of  the  first  of  which 
is  at  the  point  of  the  sagittate  mark;  chevron  marks  with  ends  on 
each  side  united  by  a  longitudinal  black  line.  Dorsum  elsewhere  with 
small  black,  in  part  angular,  dots,  these  more  numerous  on  the  sides 
where  they  are  confluent  with  enclosed  areas  dusky  and  entire  surface 
thus  appearing  blackish.  A  broad  median  band  along  venter  immacu- 
late greyish  yellow  of  slight  olivaceous  cast  like  background  of  dorsum. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  considerably  procurved,  a  line  through  middles 
of  median  eyes  being  nearly  tangent  to  caudal  edges  of  laterals; 
median  eyes  clearly  less  than  twice  their  diameter  apart  (11:7)  and 
nearly  the  same  distance  from  the  laterals;  smaller  than  the  laterals 
(7:9).  Anterior  row  of  eyes  with  line  of  apices  as  seen  from  above 
very  slightly  procurved;  viewed  from  in  front  the  row  is  nearly 
straight,  the  centres  of  the  laterals  being  slightly  lower;  median  eyes 
with  diameter  half  as  great  as  that  of  laterals,  four  fifths  their  diameter 
apart,  nearly  same  distance  or  slightly  farther  from  laterals.  Ante- 
rior laterals  equal  to  posterior  laterals  from  which  they  are  separated 
by  a  distance  not  more  than  equalling  half  the  radius. 

Labium  about  two  thirds  as  broad  at  base  as  long;  narrowed  distad; 
apically  truncate. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide,  the  length  inclusive  of  caudal  process 
being  to  width  as  9 : 6.5  and  the  length  only  to  level  of  anterior  proximal 
corner  of  coxa  IV  being  as  7:6.5. 


212  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Abdomen  in  outline  broadly  subovate. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  six  teeth  of  which  the  two 
farthest  from  claw  are  much  smaller  and  the  first  is  smaller  than 
the  succeeding  three. 

All  femora  dorsally  with  a  submedian  spine  and  at  distal  end  with 
one  toward  anterior  side  and  there  may  be  a  smaller  one  in  corre- 
sponding position  on  posterior  side.  Tibia  I  with  a  submedian  pair 
of  spines  on  ventral  side  and  a  single  one  on  anterior  side  between 
middle  and  proximal  end.  Tibia  II  with  a  single  submedian  ventral 
spine;  and  tibiae  III  and  IV  unarmed.  Metatarsus  I  with  three 
pairs  of  ventral  spines. 

Femur  of  palpus  with  a  spine  in  submedian  position  above;  tibia 
with  three  long,  almost  bristle-like,  spines,  two  toward  mesal  side 
above  and  one  ectal  in  position;  tarsus  with  numerous  spines,  the 
proximal  ones  long  and  slender,  the  distal  ones  shorter  and  stouter. 

Female.  Length,  7.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm.; 
width,  2.5  mm. 

fern.  tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  2.4  mm.  .3.25  mm.  2.1mm.  1.1mm.  8.85  ram. 

Leg  11         2.2  2.9  2  1.1  8.2 

Leg  III        2.2  2.2  1.6  1  7.0 

Leg  IV        2.4  2,9  2  1.25  8.55 

Locality.—  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  161, 
one  female). 

While  a  number  of  species  of  Auximus  have  been  described  from 
Ecuador,  only  one  was  previously  known  from  Peru,  A.  funestus 
(Keys.),  a  species  differing  rather  widely  from  the  present  one  in  hav- 
ing its  posterior  row  of  eyes  straight,  in  the  sparser  spining  of  legs, 
in  the  different  form  of  epigynum  as  well  as  in  color. 


DiCTYNA   HESPERIA,^   sp.    nOV. 

Plate  8,  fig.  8. 

Thoracic  part  of  carapace  fuscous,  yellow  along  edges;  head  testa- 
ceous. Legs  and  palpi  yellow,  the  tarsi  in  part  dusky.  Sternum 
yellow,  faintly  dusky.  Labium  dusky  yellow.  Abdomen  opaque 
yellowish  white,  venter  covered  with  a  broad,  more  or  less  dusky 
band,  a  more  blackish  area  about  the  spinnerets;    above  there  is  a 

'    f<riripios,  western. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  213 

median  dorsal  accent  shaped  black  stripe  with  point  cephalad  and 
base  at  middle;  enclosing  dorsal  area  is  a  dark  band  of  elliptical  form 
with  a  cross  connection  toward  caudal  end,  also  united  with  anterior 
band  along  middle  line,  and  a  network  of  finer  dark  lines  connecting 
with  the  median  dark  mark  elsewhere  within  the  ellipse. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  recurved ;  a  little  longer  than  the  ante- 
rior row;  median  eyes  farther  from  each  other  than  from  the  laterals; 
laterals  equal  to  the  medians.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  in  dorsal  view 
recurved  in  such  degree  that  a  line  tangent  to  anterior  edges  of  laterals 
passes  through  the  posterior  fourth  of  medians;  in  anterior  view  the 
row  is  straight;  median  eyes  but  little  smaller  than  the  laterals,  near 
their  diameter  apart  and  three  fourths  as  far  from  the  laterals.  Area 
of  median  eyes  somewhat  trapeziform,  the  width  anteriorly  being  less 
than  that  posteriorly  in  about  ratio  5:6.  Anterior  lateral  eyes  their 
diameter  from  lower  edge  of  clypeus. 

Epigynum  with  openings  widely  separated,  protected  by  laminae, 
(Plate  8,  fig.  8). 

Sternum  much  longer  than  wide  (18:13). 

Cribellum  undivided  as  in  most  species. 

Female.     Length   3.25   mm.     Length  of  cephalo thorax    1.1   mm.; 


width  .86  mm. 

fem. 

tib.  +  pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

1.38  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

.9  mm. 

.6  mm. 

4.18  mm. 

Leg  II 

1.3 

1.12 

.74 

.48 

3.64 

Leg  III 

1.2 

1 

.7 

.44 

3.34 

Leg  IV 

1.38 

1.3 

.86 

.5 

4.04 

Locality  —  San  Miguel  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  162,  one 
female). 

Four  species,  all  based  similarly  upon  females,  have  been  previously 
described  from  Peru.  The  present  species  is  most  readily  separated 
from  these  and  other  South  American  species  through  the  different 
form  of  the  epigynum,  the  eye  relations,  and  the  coloration. 


SCYTOTIDAE. 

LOXOSCELES   RUFESCENS    (Dufour). 

Scytodes  rufescens  Dufour,  Ann.  gen.  sci.  phys.,  1820,  4,  p.  203,  pi.  77,  f.  5. 

Numerous  specimens  of  both  sexes  were  taken  at  Huadquina  in 
July  and  August,  5,000  feet.  (M.  C.  Z.  163,  164).  This  species  is 
widespread  in  both  hemispheres. 


214  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Thomisoides  Nicolet. 

Nicolet,  Gay  hist.  ChQe.  zooL,  1847?,  pi.  1  Arachn.,  1849,  3,  p.  352. 

As  Plate  I  of  Nicolet's  work  on  spiders  in  Gay's  Histoire  de  Chile 
was  issued  and  in  Walekenaer's  hands  before  the  publication  of  volume 
four  of  the  Histoire  naturelle  des  Insectes  Apteres,  the  species  illus- 
trated on  that  plate  and  named  at  the  bottom  must  be  dated  at  the 
latest  from  1847  rather  than  from  1849  when  the  text  was  published, 
since  the  issuance  of  figures  of  this  kind  with  accompanying  names 
constitutes  publication.  Thomisoides  is  used  in  the  legend  of  the 
plate  in  combination  with  specific  names  and  must  accordingly  be 
regarded  as  having  been  established  at  the  same  time.  Walekenaer's 
genus  Sicarius,  like  his  species  thomisoides,  was  based  upon  the  pub- 
lished plate  of  Nicolet's  work,  and  I  can  see,  therefore,  no  other  way 
than  to  drop  both  Sicarius  and  thomisoides  as  clear  synonyms. 


Thomisoides  terrosus  Nicolet. 
Plate  9,  fig.  6-10;  Plate  10,  fig.  1-3. 

Thomisoides  terrosus  Nicolet,  Arachn.  pi.  1,  fig.  9,  Gay's  Hist.  Chile,  1847?, 

Gay's  Hist.  Chile,  1849,  3,  p.  352,  Arachn.,  pi.  1,  fig.  9. 
Sicarius  terrosus  Simon,  Hist.  nat.  Araign.,  1893,  1,  p.  271. 

In  alcohol  the  cephalothorax  is  reddish  brown,  the  abdomen  grey- 
brown,  and  the  legs  and  sternum  brown  of  lighter  shade  than  carapace. 

Cephalothorax  wider  than  long;  width  across  head  decidedly  less 
than  half  the  greatest  width;  low;  shorter  than  tibia  I  but  longer  than 
tibia  IV.  The  margins  and  the  anterior  surface  of  the  head  bearing 
numerous  short,  stout,  spiniform  bristles  which  are  distally  l)lunt  and 
toothed  like  those  of  the  legs. 

Sternum  almost  circular,  equal  in  length  and  breadth  (3.15  mm.) 
or  very  slightly  wider  than  long;  depressed  behind  at  middle  in  front 
of  caudal  margin  and  giving  the  appearance  of  being  deeply  emargi- 
nate  though  the  caudal  edge  at  middle  is  really  convexly  rounded; 
with  two  or  three  rows  of  stiff  bristles  along  the  edge  and  smaller 
bristles  arranged  on  radii  with  their  free  ends  towards  centre  of  ster- 
num; between  the  bristles  short  fine  hair. 

Labium    gradually    narrowing   from    base    distad;     tip    obtusely 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  215 

rounded ;  about  two  thirds  as  wide  at  middle  as  long,  length  in  meas- 
ured specimen  1.6  mm.,  (Plate  9,  fig.  8). 

Endites  very  long,  arched  and  meeting  in  front  of  labium  in  usual 
way.  Endites  and  labium  covered  with  stiff  short  hairs  like  those  of 
sternum. 

Claw  of  chelicera  small ;  apparently  less  strongly  curved  than  usual 
in  the  family;  chitinous  appendage  rather  large,  overlapping  apical 
portion  of  claw,  (Plate  9,  fig.  7,  9)  covered  with  stiff  bristles. 

Clypeus  very  wide,  the  distance  from  lower  edge  to  edge  of  anterior 
median  eyes  being  1,35  mm. 

Anterior  median  eyes  rather  less  than  their  radius  from  each  other; 
six  times  their  diameter  from  the  anterior  laterals.  Anterior  row  of 
ej'-es  seen  from  above  slightly  recurved,  a  line  tangent  to  caudal  edges 
of  median  eyes  being  tangent  to  anterior  edges  of  the  laterals.  Lateral 
eyes  of  each  side  equal  in  size  and  clearly  larger  than  the  anterior 
median  eyes,  a  little  less  than  their  diameter  apart,  (Plate  9,  fig.  6). 

Palpi  lacking  claw.  Stridulating  tubercles  of  palpus  only  four  in 
number  in  specimen  described.  The  stridulating  plate  of  the  cheli- 
cera, (Plate  9,  fig.  7).  Palpi  covered  with  stiif  bristles  like  those  of 
mandibles,  etc. 

Claws  of  legs  curved;  each  with  a  single  row  of  usually  12-13  teeth, 
(Plate  9,  fig.  10).  The  spines  and  bristles  on  legs  and  body  with  regu- 
lar dark  longitudinal  ribs  which  under  high  magnification  are  seen  to 
be  serrated.  The  distal  end  of  the  spines  is  acute  but  that  of  the 
bristles  is  in  the  form  of  a  crown  of  teeth,  (Plate  10,  fig.  3). 

Bristles  on  legs  short  and  stiff,  spinescent,  arranged  in  regular 
rows,  the  spines  inserted  in  line  with  the  bristles.  On  the  femora 
are  two  rows  of  bristles  below^  and  three  rows  above,  the  sides  being 
covered  with  bristles  irregularly  arranged.  Patellae  with  five  less 
regular  rows  above,  of  which  the  three  median  rows  are  best  developed; 
below  with  irregular  bristles.  Tibiae,  metatarsi,  and  tarsi  with  two 
rows  above,  two  on  each  side,  and  two  below.  Fine  short  hair  be- 
tween the  rows  on  all  the  joints,  (Plate  10,  fig.  2,  3). 

The  tibiae  of  all  legs  have  six  pairs  of  spines  beneath  and  the  meta- 
tarsi four  or  five  pairs.  On  the  anterior  surface  of  tibiae  I  and  II  are 
five  spines  in  lower  row  of  bristles  and  four  in  the  upper;  tibia  III  has 
five  in  the  lower  and  three  in  the  upper;  and  tibia  IV  has  four  in  the 
lower  and  one  in  the  upper.  On  the  posterior  surface  of  tibia  I  there 
are  six  spines  in  the  lower  row  of  bristles  and  six  in  the  upper;  tibia 
II  has  six  in  the  lower  row  and  seven  in  the  upper;  and  tibiae  III  and 
IV  six  in  the  lower  and  five  in  the  upper.     On  the  anterior  surface 


216  Bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

of  all  metatarsi  there  are  four  spines  in  the  lower  row  of  bristles  and 
four  also  in  the  upper.  On  the  posterior  surface  of  metatarsus  I 
there  are  four  spines  in  the  lower  row  and  four  in  the  upper;  on 
metatarsus  II  there  are  four  and  three  respectively;  on  III  five  and 
three;   and  on  IV,  four  and  three. 

Abdomen,  (Plate  10,  fig.  1),  covered  with  small  scattered  groups 
of  short,  curved,  stiff  bristles  and  over  whole  surface  uniformly  with 
very  short  hair. 

Spinnerets  small,  dark  brown,  removed  from  end  of  abdomen  in 
usual  way.     Colulus  thin,  pale,  almost  half  as  long  as  spinnerets. 

Female.  Length,  18.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7.3  mm.; 
width,  7.6  mm.;   width  in  front,  3.4  mm. 

fem.         tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  8  mm  10.5  mm.    5.8  mm.      3.8  mm.  28.1mm. 

Leg  II         8.6  10.8  6.3  3.6  29.3 

Leg  III        8.5  10.0  5.7  3.8  28.0 

Leg  IV        8.2  9.8  5.8  3.8  27.6 

Tibia  I,  7.8  mm.     Tibia  IV,  7  mm. 

Locality.—  Santa  Ana,  3,500  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  165, 
female). 

DYSDERIDAE. 

Ariadna  hotchkissi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  10,  fig.  4,  5. 

Carapace  dusky  brown  or  fuscous,  not  adeolate.  Sternum,  cheli- 
cerae  and  coxae  of  palpi  dusky,  not  areolate  or  only  slightly  so;  labium 
darker,  nearly  black.  Abdomen  beneath  dark  grey;  above  obscurely 
mottled  with  partly  confluent  small  areas  of  dusky  purple,  a  more 
solid  median  longitudinal  stripe  at  base ;  hairs  long  and  short,  numer- 
ous, dark. 

Eyes  large,  the  medians  and  laterals  equal  or  very  nearly  so.  Line 
formed  by  two  anterior  lateral  eyes  shorter  than  the  posterior  in  ratio 
17:15.  Median  eyes  contiguous,  their  diameter  or  a  little  less  from 
the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous,  (Plate  10,  fig.  4).  Clypeus 
equal  in  width  to  the  diameter  of  an  anterior  lateral  eye  or  a  little 
narrower. 

Chelicerae  short;  smooth. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  217 

Labium  nearly  four  fifths  as  wide  as  long ;  strongly  narrowed  distad ; 
apically  obtusely  rounded,  the  proximal  notches  long,  (Plate  10,  fig.  5). 

Sternum  long,  the  ratio  of  length  to  width  being  85 :  53 ;  caudal  end 
obtusely  angular. 

Femur  of  leg  I  armed  on  anterior  (inner)  side  with  one  large  spine; 
patella  unarmed;  tibia  armed  ventrally  with  four  pairs  of  uniform 
spines,  not  armed  laterally;  metatarsus  armed  ventrally  with  a 
double  row  of  spines  (6-6  or  6  +  7  in  number)  of  which  in  each  row 
the  first  three  or  four  and  the  distal  one  are  longer  than  the  others. 
In  leg  II  the  femur  and  patella  are  unarmed;  the  tibia  and  metatarsus 
are  armed  like  those  of  leg  I.  The  femur  and  patella  of  leg  III  are 
also  unarmed;  the  tibia  is  armed  ventrally  in  the  median  line  with 
two  spines,  one  proximad  of  and  one  distad  of  the  middle;  the  meta- 
tarsus is  armed  ventrally  toward  the  caudal  side  with  two  spines,  one 
median  and  one  subbasal,  and  at  distal  end  with  three  spines.  Leg  IV 
wholly  unarmed  as  usual. 

Female.  Length  7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  2.8  mm.; 
width  2  mm. 

fern.       tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  2  mm.        2.6  mm.      1.3  mm.  .9  mm.  6.8  mm. 

Leg  II  1.8  2.2  1.2  .8  6.0 

Leg  III        1.7  1.8  1  .7  5.2 

Leg  IV        2  2.2  1  .8  6.0 

Tibia  I,  1.6  mm.'  long. 

Locality.—  Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  167,  one 
female). 

Named  for  H.  Stuart  Hotchkiss  of  New  Haven,  a  patron  of  the 
expedition. 

CAPONIDAE. 

NOPS   BELLULA,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  10,  fig.  6-8;    Plate  11,  fig.  1-3. 

Carapace  and  sternum  light  orange-yellow;  legs  more  lemon-yellow 
or  with  femora  of  legs  I  and  II  tinged  with  orange.  Eyes  on  a  black 
spot.  Abdomen  pale  grey-green;  dorsally  at  base  with  a  small 
deep  brown  or  blackish  triangular  spot  of  which  the  apex  is  cephalad, 
followed  by  a  series  of  chevron  marks  of  a  color  a  little  darker  than 
that  of  the  general  surface,  (Plate  11,  fig.  1). 


218  BILLETIX:   MUSEUM   OF   COMPARATIVE   ZOOLOGY. 

Pars  cephalica  rather  broader  and  less  convex  along  anterior  margini 
than  in  related  species. 

Clypeus  slanting. 

Eyes  large;  five  sixths  their  diameter  apart,  a  little  less  than  three 
times  their  diameter  (25 : 9)  from  lower  edge  of  clypeus.  Eye-tubercle 
rather  low  but  distinct,  (Plate  10,  fig.  7). 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  25:19;  narrowing  from  middle 
caudad  with  the  caudal  end  obtusely  rounded,  (Plate  10,  fig.  6). 

Labium  subcordate;  distally  acute;  basal  notches  short,  relatively 
deep;  a  little  longer  than  wide,  the  ratio  being  about  17:16,  (Plate  10, 
fig.  8). 

Coxae  I  and  IV  longer  than  others,  subequal  or  I  but  slightly  longer 
than  IV.     Trochanter  IV  longest,  I  next. 

Claws  of  anterior  legs  with  five  long,  stout  teeth.  An  unpaired 
claw  is  present  on  anterior  legs,  this  being  rather  long,  parallel  with 
paired  claws,  smooth.  Membranous  laminae  below  claws  as  in  other 
species,  (Plate  11,  fig.  3).  Membranous  appendage  at  base  of  ante- 
rior tarsi  and  the  membranous  keel  beneath  anterior  metatarsi  as  in 
other  species  of  the  genus.  All  tarsi  distinctly  clavate  excepting  the 
fourth  which  is  but  slightly  so  and  more  slender.  The  division  of 
tarsus  most  complete  in  fourth  legs  in  which  the  parts  are  flexible  at 
joint.  Hairs  of  tarsus  all  simple,  none  clubbed  as  c.  g.,  in  coccineus, 
{Cf.  Plate  11,  fig.  2). 

Inferior  piece  of  lorum  of  pedicel  as  usual. 

Inferior  and  median  spinnerets  in  a  recurved  trans^*erse  row  as  in 
the  other  species.  The  superior  spinnerets  shorter  than  in  most 
species,  not  so  much  exceeding  those  of  the  lower  row. 

Female.     Length  6.7  mm. 


total 

coxa 

fern . 

pat. 

tib. 

met. 

tar. 

(excl.  coxa) 

Leg  I 

.  76  mm . 

1.6  mm. 

.8  mm. 

1.03  mm. 

.84  mm. 

.56  mm. 

4.84  mm. 

Leg  II 

.6 

1.36 

.8 

.92 

.8 

.56 

4.52 

Leg  III 

.52 

1.2 

.68 

.88 

.8 

.56 

4.12 

Leg  IV 

.72 

1.6 

.8 

1.28 

1.36 

.72 

5.76 

Locality. —  Ollantaytambo,  9,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  168, 
one  female). 

This  form  differs  from  all  other  species  of  the  genus,  according  to 
the  published  accounts,  in  having  a  large  median  claw  on  the  anterior 
tarsi  in  addition  to  the  paired  membranous  laminae.  Simon,  in  dis- 
cussing the  Caponidae,  says  in  regard  to  the  inferior  claw  in  this 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  219 

famih'  (Hist.  nat.  Araign.,  1,  p.  325)  "la  griffe  inferieure  est  assez 
petite  et  toujours  mutique;  cliez  les  Nops  elle  est  remplacee  aux 
paires  anterieures  par  deux  petites  lames  membraneuses."  But 
since  in  the  case  of  the  present  species  both  the  claw  and  the  laminae 
are  present  at  the  same  time,  we  cannot  look  upon  the  development 
of  the  laminae  as  such  a  replacing.  The  median  claw  is  higher  than 
usual  in  position,  being  inserted  on  a  level  with  and  lying  between 
the  paired  claws  so  that  it  is  easily  overlooked;  it  is  quite  possible, 
therefore,  that  it  will  be  found  in  some  degree  of  development  in 
other  species.  The  superior  spinnerets  seem  to  be  relatively  consid- 
erably shorter  than  usual.  The  color-pattern  of  the  abdomen  is 
distinctive.  In  our  present  state  of  knowledge,  it  is  impossible  to 
give  a  wholly  satisfactory  judgment  as  to  the  position  and  relation- 
ships of  the  present  form. 


DRASSIDAE. 

Drassodes  sp. 

An  immature  specimen  of  uncertain  species  was  taken  at  Cuzco, 
11,500  feet,  in  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  169). 

Drassodes  araucanius,^  sp.  nov. 

Plate  11,  fig.  4-8;  Plate  12,  figs.  1-2. 

Carapace  light  brown  or  testaceous;  eyes,  excepting  sometimes  the 
posterior  medians,  ringed  with  black  and  the  intervening  area  in  some 
dusky.  Chelicerae  brown  to  dilute  chestnut.  Sternum  and  endites 
like  the  carapace;  labium  dark  dusky  brown  to  dusky  chestnut. 
Legs  light  brown  or  testaceous,  the  anterior  pairs  darker  distally. 
Tarsus  of  palpus  abruptly  darker  than  proximal  joints.  Abdomen 
clear  brown-grey  without  markings,  paler  beneath  than  above.  Cara- 
pace clothed  with  numerous  fine  greyish  hairs,  a  large  proportion  of 
which  are  plumose,  with  coarser,  black,  more  erect  hairs  sparsely 
intermixed.  Sternum  densely  clothed  with  similar  mostly  plumose 
hairs  and  sparsely  with  coarser,  more  bristle-like,  black  hairs.  Legs 
clothed  with  finer  appressed  plumose  grey  hairs,  more  erect,  stiffer 

1  Araucania,  a  tribe  o(  Soutli  American  lodiiins. 


220  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

simple  grey  hairs  proportionately  more  numerous  distad,  and  with 
numerous  intermixed  stiff  black  hairs.  The  abdomen  is  clothed 
with  similar  plumose  grey  pubescence  and  numerous  longer  stiff  grey 
hairs  with  the  black  bristles  more  sparsely  intermixed. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  longer  than  the  anterior  in  the  ratio  63:53. 
Posterior  row  of  eyes  moderately  procurved;  median  eyes  placed 
very  obliquel}',  subelliptic  (ratio  of  axes  11:8),  half  of  their  smaller 
diameter  apart,  about  twice  their  diameter  from  the  laterals  and 
their  long  diameter  or  a  little  more  from  the  anterior  medians ;  laterals 
with  diameter  smaller  than  long  diameter  of  medians  (9:11)  and 
slightly  exceeding  the  lesser  diameter  (9:8).  Anterior  row  of  eyes 
in  dorsal  view  a  little  recurved,  in  anterior  y'lerw  considerably  pro- 
curved;  median  eyes  subequal  to  the  laterals,  their  diameter  apart 
and  less  than  their  radius  (three  fifths)  from  the  laterals;  eyes  their 
diameter  from  lower  margin  of  clypeus.  Anterior  lateral  eyes  some- 
what larger  than  the  posterior  laterals  from  which  they  are  separated 
by  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  former,  nearer  together  than  the 
anterior  and  posterior  medians.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length 
and  breadth,  longer  in  front  than  behind  in  ratio  29:25,  (Plate  11, 
fig.  4). 

Labium  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  7:5;  narrowing  moderately  distad, 
apically  broadly  obtusely  rounded,  (Plate  11,  fig.  6). 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  13:9.  Acutely  pointed  caudad, 
(Plate  11,  fig.  5). 

Leg  I  with  femur  above  in  median  line  with  a  distally  bristle-like, 
but  basally  stout,  subbasal  spine  and  a  submedian  one,  and  with  one 
on  anterior  side  between  middle  and  distal  end;  patella  unarmed; 
tibia  armed  at  distal  end  with  one  spine;  metatarsus  at  base  with 
two;  metatarsus  scopulate  to  base.  Leg  II  with  femur  spined  as  in 
I  with  in  addition  a  submedian  one  in  line  with  the  one  on  anterior 
surface  and  one  in  corresponding  position  on  caudal  side;  patella 
unarmed;  tibia  ventrally  with  a  distal  and  a  submedian  pair  of  spines 
and  a  single  spine  at  base ;  metatarsus  with  a  pair  of  spines  at  proximal 
end,  scopulate  to  base.  Leg  III  with  femur  spined  as  in  II  excepting 
for  the  addition  of  a  subapical  one  (and  sometimes  a  second  one 
proximad  of  it)  in  the  median  dorsal  line  and  another  one  in  line  with 
the  one  on  the  caudal  side  between  middle  and  distal  end,  there  being 
thus  three  or  four  median  dorsal,  two  anterior,  and  two  posterior 
spines;  patella  armed  on  the  caudal  side  with  one  spine;  tibia  with 
three  pairs  of  ventral  spines,  two  in  line  on  ventral  part  of  anterior 
side,  two  in  corresponding  position  on  the  posterior,  one  subdorsal 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  221 

on  anterior  side  and  one  subbasal  toward  caudal  side  of  dorsal  surface; 
metatarsus  with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines,  two  spines  in  line  on 
caudal  and  two  in  line  on  dorsal  surface,  and  two  pairs  (apical  and 
submedian)  on  dorsal  surface;  metatarsus  not  at  all  scopulate.  Leg 
IV  with  femur  armed  above  in  median  line  with  two  spines,  on  caudal 
side  toward  distal  end  above  with  one  (or  exceptionally  two  close 
together)  spine  and  on  anterior  with  two  in  line  (the  distal  of  which 
may  be  doubled);  patella  with  one  spine  on  caudal  surface;  tibia 
with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines,  two  in  line  on  caudal  surface  and 
three  on  the  cephalic,  the  most  proximal  of  the  latter  more  ventral 
in  position;  metatarsus  with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines  (or  one 
spine  absent  from  subbasal  pair),  two  (apical  and  submedian)  on 
cephalic  side,  and  two  pairs  and  a  single  subbasal  spine  on  caudal  side; 
metatarsus  not  at  all  scopulate.  Claws  of  leg  I  with  five  slender 
teeth,   (Plate  12,  fig.  2). 

Female.     Length  12  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax  5  mm.;  width 
3.8  mm. 

fern.        tib  +pat.         met.  tar.  total 


Leg  I 

3.6  mm. 

4.4  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

11.4  mm 

Leg  II 

3 

4.1 

2 

1.2 

10.3 

Leg  III 

3 

3.2 

2 

1.2 

9.4 

Leg  IV 

3.7 

5 

3 

1.9 

13.6 

Tibia  I,  2.4  mm. 

Tibia  IV, 

3.1  mm. 

Locality  —  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July  4.  (Type  M.  C.  Z.  170,  female; 
paratypes,  no.  171,  females).  Ollantaytambo,  9,000  feet,  July. 
(M.  C.  Z.  327,  several  females). 


Apodrassus,^  gen.  no  v. 

Cephalothorax  low,  pars  cephalica  in  profile  descending  moderately 
anteriorly,  much  narrowed  in  front;  thoracic  stria  fine,  distinct, 
moderate  in  length. 

Eyes  relatively  large.  Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  procurved, 
the  medians  considerably  farther  from  each  other  than  from  the 
laterals.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  also  rather  strongly  procurved;  the 
medians  the  larger,  widely  separated  from  each  other  but  very  close 

'  'aTTo,  away  from,   Drassus. 


222  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

to  anterior  and  also  to  posterior  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side 
subcontiguous.  Clypeus  narrow,  its  width  not  exceeding  the  radius 
of  an  anterior  lateral  eye. 

Labium  wider  than  long. 

Lower  margin  of  ehelicera  with  one  tooth;  upper  with  three  of 
which  the  median  is  largest. 

Legs  slender;  wellspined;  tarsi  scopulate  but  not  densely  so. 

Inferior  spinnerets  widely  separated;  median  spinnerets  moderate, 
cylindrical. 

Genotype. —  Apodrassus  andinus,  sp.  nov. 

Related  to  Leptodrassus  Simon,  but  differing  in  the  much  narrower 
clypeus,  more  strongly  recurved  eye-rows,  in  having  the  posterior 
median  eyes  decidedly  farther  from  each  other  than  from  the  laterals, 
the  tarsi  moderately  scopulate,  and  the  inferior  spinnerets  widely 
separated  instead  of  connivent. 


Apodrassus  andinus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  12,  fig.  3-8. 

Carapace  and  legs  light  brown,  the  carapace  and  femora  slightly 
dusky.  Sternum  and  coxae  of  legs  beneath  clearer,  more  testaceous. 
Abdomen  beneath  light  brown,  above  darker,  dusky  brown. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  very  strongly  procurved,  a  line  tangent  to  the 
anterior  edges  of  the  medians  being  nearly  tangent  to  the  posterior 
edges  of  the  laterals;  medians  elongate  (axes  to  each  other  as  8:5), 
set  very  obliquely,  separated  by  a  distance  equal  to  the  lesser  diam- 
eter, closer  to  the  laterals  about  three  fifths  as  far;  lateral  eyes  a  little 
larger  than  the  medians  (long  diameters  about  as  9:8),  about  half 
their  radius  from  the  anterior  laterals  to  which  they  are  subequal  in 
size.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  scarcely  longer  than  the  posterior;  in 
dorsal  view  a  little  procurved,  in  anterior  view  strongly  so,  a  line 
tangent  to  lower  edges  of  medians  passing  through  caudal  third  of 
laterals ;  medians  circular  with  diameter  larger  than  the  long  diameter 
of  the  laterals  (10:9),  three  fifths  their  diameter  apart,  much  closer 
both  to  the  anterior  and  the  posterior  laterals;  laterals  separated 
from  lower  edge  of  clypeus  by  a  distance  equal  to  their  radius  or  a 
little  less,  the  medians  bv  about  four  fifths  their  diameter,  (Plate  12, 
fig.  5). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  223 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  7:5  (Plate  12,  fig.  3). 

Labium  somewhat  wider  than  long  (nearly  as  8 :7) ;  distad  of  proxi- 
mal third  broadly,  almost  semicircularly  rounded,  but  distally  a  little 
depressed,  (Plate  12,  fig.  6). 

Tarsi  III  and  IV  a  little  curved,  I  and  II  straight.  Anterior 
tarsi  not  densely  scopulate,  the  scopular  hairs  of  tarsi  III  and  IV  more 
sparse;  metatarsi  I  and  II  with  a  few  scopular  hairs  extending  nearly 
to  base,  III  and  IV  without  any.  Scopular  hairs  very  broad  and 
strongly  clavate.  Leg  I  with  femur  bearing  two  long  spines  in  mid- 
dorsal  line  (between  middle  and  base  and  middle  and  distal  end 
respectively)  and  one  on  anterior  surface  between  middle  and  distal 
end;  tibia  with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines;  metatarsus  with  one 
subbasal  pair.  Leg  II  with  spines  same  as  those  of  I.  Leg  III  with 
femur  bearing  three  spines  along  middorsal  line,  two  on  anterior  side 
and  two  on  posterior  side;  patella  with  a  spine  on  anterior  and  also 
one  on  posterior  surface ;  tibia  on  ventral  surface  with  a  pair  of  spines 
at  distal  end  and  two  single  ones  in  line  more  proximad,  two  on  ante- 
rior and  two  on  posterior  surface,  and  one  subbasal  one  on  dorsal 
surface;  metatarsus  on  ventral  surface  with  a  distal  pair  and  three 
(or  four?)  more  proximal  ones  rather  irregularly  arranged,  a  spine  at 
distal  end  on  each  side  and  dorsally  a  median  distal  one,  a  submedian 
pair  and  a  single  subbasal  one.  Leg  IV  with  femur  armed  with  three 
spines  along  middorsal  line,  two  on  anterior  side  and  one  on  posterior; 
patella  with  a  spine  on  anterior  and  one  on  posterior  side;  tibia  with 
two  pairs  of  dorsal  spines,  the  anterior  spine  of  each  pair  much  smaller 
than  the  caudal  one,  ventrally  with  one  distal  pair,  a  submedian  pair 
and  a  single  subbasal  spine;  metatarsus  with  two  pairs  of  dorsal 
spines,  (between  middle  and  base  and  middle  and  distal  end  respec- 
tively), three  on  anterior  side  and  two  on  posterior,  on  ventral  surface 
with  two  at  distal  end,  one  toward  middle  and  one  toward  base.  Claw 
of  leg  I  with  seven  long  teeth,  (Plate  12,  fig.  7). 

Inferior  spinnerets  widely  separated,  more  than  their  diameter 
apart;  spinning  tubules  very  large,  arranged  in  a  semicircle. 

Spermatheca  large,  broadly  fusiform,  densely  chitinized  and  dark 
in  color,  showing  distinctly  through  surface  integument,  the  openings 
small.  The  integument  over  the  spermatheca  in  type  is  torn  so  that 
its  precise  configuration  cannot  be  made  out,  but  its  modifications 
seem  to  be  very  slight,  (Plate  12,  fig.  8). 

Female.  Length  6.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  2.5  mm.; 
width  2  mm. 


224 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Leg  I 
Leg  II 
Leg  III 
Leg  IV 


fern. 
2.1  mm. 
1.9 
1.65 
2.25 

Tibia 


tib.  +  pat. 
2.4  mm. 
2.35 
2.0 

2. 85 

,  1.55  mm. 


met. 
1 . 6  mm . 
1.6 
1.4 
2.25 


tar. 
1 . 1  mm. 
1.1 
.9 
1.1 


total 

7.2  mm. 

6.95 

5.95 

8.45 


Tibia  IV,  1.8  mm. 


Locality. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  172, 
female). 

PHOLCIDAE. 
Hypsorinus,^  gen.  nov. 

Eyes  elevated  on  a  tubercle.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  re- 
curved; median  eyes  with  radius  one  third  more  or  less  than  that 
of  the  laterals,  near  together  and  only  about  their  radius  from  laterals. 
Posterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  procurved,  the  space  between  medians 
in  type  only  one  and  a  third  times  their  long  diameter.  Area  of 
median  eyes  trapeziform,  clearly  longer  than  posterior  width. 

Abdomen  short,  strongly  elevated,  and  in  type  distinctly  higher 
than  long. 

Legs  in  both  sexes  without  spines. 

Chelicera  in  male  with  a  short  stout  tooth  near  base  of  claw  on 
upper  surface,  (Plate  14,  fig.  3). 

Tarsus  of  palpus  much  longer  than  thp  tibia;  pointed  distad  but 
not  abruptly  more  slender  than  tibia. 

Genotype. —  Hypsorinus  binghamae,  sp.  nov. 

This  genus  is  most  closely  related  to  Smeringopus  of  Simon  from 
which  it  is  here  separated  chiefly  because  of  the  following  differences : — 
the  abdomen  is  high  and  subglobose  instead  of  elongate  and  slenderly 
cylindrical;  the  tarsus  of  the  female  palpus  is  much  longer  than  the 
tibia  instead  of  abruptly  much  shorter  and  more  slender;  and  the  pos- 
terior row  of  eyes  is  procurved  instead  of  recurved,  while  the  ante- 
rior median  eves  are  much  closer  to  the  laterals. 


Hypsorinus  binghamae,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  13,  figs.  1-9;  Plate  14,  figs  1-7. 

Carapace  and  sternum  very  light  greyish  brown,  a  darker  median 
longitudinal  stripe  narrowing  up  the  clypeus  over  the  eye-area  and 

'  vtf'os,  top,  'opupcn,  mountaineer. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  225 

thoracic  groove  to  the  caudal  margin  where  it  is  reduced  to  a  mere 
line,  the  carapace  elsewhere  with  scattered  small  dark  dots.  Legs 
dilute  testaceous  to  nearly  grey;  femora  toward  distal  end  with  two 
darker,  somewhat  reddish  brown,  annuli  incomplete  dorsally  and 
with  more  indistinct  dark  cross-marks  more  proximad ;  patellae  with  a 
dark  annulus  over  most  of  length;  tibiae  with  three  annuli,  one  sub- 
basal,  one  distad  of  middle,  and  one  distal  or  with  the  dark  color  more 
diffused  and  no  distinct  annuli  indicated.  Abdomen  dull  grey,  more 
or  less  closely  mottled  wdth  very  small,  not  strongly  contrasting,  silver 
spots,  a  clear  narrow  median  stripe  free  from  spots  extending  three 
fourths  the  distance  to  the  caudal  end;  on  each  side  of  median  stripe 
two  or  more  pairs  of  dark  dots  of  which  one  pair  near  the  caudal  and 
one  near  the  anterior  end  are  more  conspicuous. 

Eye-tubercle  conspicuous,  subdivided  by  a  y-shaped  furrow  with 
the  branches  cephalad,  the  tubercle  between  them  bearing  the  anterior 
median  eyes  and  each  lateral  tubercle  bearing  two  lateral  and  the  one 
posterior  median  eye  of  the  corresponding  side.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  strongly  procurved  both  in  dorsal  and  in  anterior  view  as  in 
Smeringopus;  median  eyes  much  smaller  than  laterals  the  diameter 
of  which  is  somewhat  more  than  1.5  times  greater,  less  than  their 
radius  apart  and  only  their  radius  from  the  laterals.  Posterior  row 
of  eyes  a  little  procurved;  median  eyes  smaller  than  the  laterals 
(ratio  of  long  diameters  near  5:6),  very  close  to  laterals,  once  and  a 
third  their  long  diameter  apart.  Lateral  eyes  equal  or  nearly  so, 
their  radius  or  a  little  less  apart.  Area  of  median  eyes  in  dorsal  view 
trapeziform,  narrower  in  front  than  behind  in  about  ratio  25:43, 
longer  than  greatest  width  (ratio  7:6),  (Plate  13,  fig.  2). 

Clypeus  high,  nearly  twice  as  high  as  length  of  median  eye  area. 

Cephalothorax  convex  and  very  high.  Thoracic  groove  very  deep, 
radial  impressions  distinct.     Pars  cephalica  small,  not  elevated. 

Sternum  wider  than  long  nearly  in  ratio  3:2. 

Labium  large,  convexly  rounded  at  tip,  (Plate  13,  fig.  3). 

Paired  claws  with  eight  to  twelve  long  teeth,  (Plate  14,  fig.  5). 
Unpaired  claw  with  a  single  long  tooth,  (Plate  13,  fig.  7).  Bristles  of 
legs  with  slender  teeth  near  base,  mostly  two  to  four  in  number  on  one 
side  but  one  or  more  may  also  be  present  on  the  other,  while  in  a 
number  near  the  claw  the  number  of  branches  or  teeth  is  much  larger, 
(Plate  13,  fig.  9;  Plate  14,  fig.  2).  A  feather-hair,  of  which  a  pair 
occur  near  claw  of  leg  I,  is  represented,  (Plate  14,  fig.  1). 

The  abdomen  is  distinctly  higher  than  long.  The  spinnerets  are 
borne  considerably  farther  forward  beneath  abdomen  in  the  female 
than  in  the  male,  {(^.  Plate  13,  fig.  1). 


226  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Male  (Type).     Length  5.5  ram.     Length  of  eephalothorax  2.3  mm.; 
width,  2.4  mm. 

fern.  tib.+pat.  -     met. 

Leg  I            10.8  mm.  12.2  mm.  16.2  mm. 

Leg  II           8.2  8.8  11.0 

Leg  III         6.5  7.0              8.8 

Leg  IV          9.0  9.0  11.8 

Female.      Length  5.5  mm.      Length  of  eephalothorax  2.2   mm.; 
width  2.4  mm. 


fem. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

Leg  I 

10.8  mm. 

11.8  mm. 

14.5  mm 

Leg  II 

7.8 

8.0 

10.0 

Leg  III 

6.3 

6.3 

8.2 

Leg  IV 

8.8 

8.8 

11.0 

(Because  of  the  curHng  of  the  tarsi  it  is  very  difficult  to  determine 
their  lengths  accvu-ately,  so  these  are  not  given  above). 

Xoca%.— Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  173, 
male;  paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  174,  one  adult  female  and  two  immature 
specimens). 

Named  for  Mrs.  Alfreda  Mitchell  Bingham, 

LiTOPORUS   ABERRANS,    sp.    UOV. 

Plate  14,  fig.  8,  9;  Plate  15,  fig.  1-3. 

Carapace  dilute  yellow,  a  deep  brown  or  blackish  median  band 
extending  from  caudal  margin  across  eye-area  and  down  the  clj^eus 
to  its  lower  edge,  this  band  widening  up  the  posterior  declivity  but 
of  uniform  width  in  front  of  this,  enclosing  a  narrow  paler  longi- 
tudinal area  between  the  eyes ;  a  dark  band  extends  on  each  side  from 
the  caudal  end  of  the  median  band  along  the  margin  ectad  and  for^^ard 
some  distance  in  front  of  middle  of  length.  Sternum  brown,  paler 
along  borders.  Legs  brown,  the  femora  each  with  a  black  annulus 
at  distal  end  set  off  by  a  light  ring  adjacent  to  it  on  its  proximal  side, 
also  somewhat  darker  at  proximal  end;  patella  dark;  tibia  with  a 
dark  annulus  at  each  end;  other  joints  not  ringed.  Abdomen  with 
ground  color  whitish;  above  weakly  suffused  with  blue  and  with 
deeper  solid  blue  spots  in  a  row  each  side  of  a  middle  stripe  the  row 
curving  ectad  at  caudal  end  and  not  attaining  the  posterior  end  of 
abdomen;  on  each  side  a  few  less  deeply  colored  spots ;  caudal  surface 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  227 

of  abdomen  with  a  large  dark  area  of  continuous  dilute  blue  closely 
covered  with  deeper  blue  spots,  this  area  reaching  to  the  spinnerets; 
ventrally  there  is  a  moderately  large  quadrate  area  of  brown  in  the 
genital  region. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  with  median  eyes  essentially  contiguous  with 
the  laterals  as  usual,  separated  from  each  other  by  a  distance  some- 
what greater  than  their  diameter  (9:7),  smaller  than  the  laterals 
(diameters  as  7:10)  which  are  about  equal  to  the  anterior  laterals. 
In  dorsal  view  the  anterior  row  of  eyes  is  distinctly  procurved;  in 
anterior  view  by  their  centres  they  are  strongly  procurved  but  with 
upper  edges  in  a  straight  line ;  the  median  eyes  are  nearly  contiguous, 
separated  by  a  distance  clearly  less  than  their  radius,  separated  from 
the  laterals  by  a  distance  greater  than  their  radius  but  less  than  their 
diameter,  (Plate  15,  fig.  1). 

Chelicera  of  male  without  the  usual  tooth  on  the  anterior  face  and 
also  lacking  a  true  carina  toward  base;  inner  chitinous  edge  bent  out- 
ward at  clypeal  margin  and  showing  as  a  dark  chitinous  line  or  ridge. 

Labium  broad,  distally  truncate,  (Plate  14,  fig.  8). 

Sternum  wider  than  long  in  ratio  6:5;  the  wide  caudal  margin  be- 
tween coxae  of  fourth  legs  convex,  (Plate  14,  fig.  8). 

Male.  Length  4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  L5  mm.  (to  edge 
of  clypeus) ;  width  L4  mm. 

fem.  tib.+pat.         met. 

Leg  I  5.2  mm.  6  mm.  6.2  mm. 

Leg  II         4.2  4.2  4.3 

Leg  III       3.2  3.1  4 

Leg  IV        4.6  5.  5 

Locality.—  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  175,  one 
male). 

Aberrant  in  its  genus  in  lacking  any  distinct  tooth  or  true  carina 
on  anterior  face  of  chelicera  but  in  other  respects  apparently  conform- 
ing to  the  genus  in  its  typical  form.  The  abdomen  is  higher  than 
usual. 

THERIDIIDAE. 

Argyrodes  vittatus  Keyserling. 

Spinnen  Amerikas.     Theridiidae,  1884,  2,  pt.  1,  p.  191,  pi.  9,  f.  114. 

One  female  of  this  species  from  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July. 
(M.  C.  Z.  176). 


228  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Argyrodes  lucmae,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  15,  fig.  4-6. 

Carapace  pale  yellow.  Sternum  dusky  brown  or  blackish.  Labium 
blackish,  pale  across  tip.  Endites  yellowish  with  some  dusky  mark- 
ings. Legs  pale  yellow  or,  especially  the  caudal  pairs,  proximally 
whitish.  Abdomen  covered  with  scales  of  shining  silver  over  a  pale 
yellow  ground. 

Abdomen  moderately  elongate;  roundly  elevated  above  toward 
base,  (Plate  15,  fig.  5). 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  straight  or  very  nearly  so;  medians  about 
five  sevenths  their  diameter  apart,  a  little  closer  to  the  somewhat 
smaller  laterals  (6:7).  Lateral  eyes  contiguous,  subequal.  Anterior 
row  of  eyes  straight;  medians  their  radius  or  slightly  more  apart, 
about  half  as  far  from  the  laterals  which  are  smaller  (diameters  about 
as  6 : 7).    Clypeus  slightly  narrower  than  the  diameter  of  a  median  eye. 

Labium  wider  than  long  {cir.  4:3);  sides  but  little  convex  and 
moderately  converging  distad ;  distally  widely  truncate. 

Sternum  broadest  across  anterior  end,  rounded  caudad  and  extended 
as  a  slender  acute  process  between  the  fourth  coxae;  total  length  to 
the  width  about  as  9:8,  (Plate  15,  fig.  4). 

Male.     Length  3.8  mm. 

fem.        tib.  +  pat.        met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  5  mm.        6.2  mm.      7  mm.  1.6  mm.  19.6  mm. 

Legll         3.2  3.7  3  1.1  11.0 

Leg  III       2.6  2.5  2  .9  8.0 

Leg  IV        3  2.2  2.3  1.0  8.5 

Tibia  I,  5.8  mm. 

Locality. —  Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  177,  one 
male). 

Theridion  sp.  a. 

A  young  female  of  doubtful  species  from  Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August. 
(M.  C.  Z.  178). 

Theridion  sp.  b. 

An  immature  female  from  the  Conservidayo  River,  August. 
(M.  C.  Z.  179). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida. 


229 


Theridion  tosum/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  16,  fig.  1-4. 

Carapace  and  chelicerae  pale  testaceous;  sternum,  labium,  and 
endites  yellow;  legs  yellow  except  proximally  above  where  similar 
to  carapace;  all  these  parts  without  special  markings.  Abdomen 
grey,  a  longitudinal  wavy  white  line  on  each  side  of  middle  of  dorsum 
the  two  lines  converging  to  spinnerets ;  a  few  small  light  dots  between 
the  wavy  lines  caudally;  otherwise  the  abdomen  is  unmarked. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  substraight  or  slightly  recurved;  eyes  nearly 
equidistant,  the  medians  being  about  their  diameter  apart  and  the 
same  distance  or  slightly  farther  from  the  laterals.  Posterior  lateral 
eyes  equal  to  the  anterior  laterals  or  very  nearly  so.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  in  front  view  straight ;  median  eyes  slightly  smaller  than  laterals, 
to  which  they  are  closer  than  to  each  other,  more  than  their  diameter 
apart.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  width  in  front  and  behind,  equal 
in  length  and  breadth  or  slightly  wider,  (Plate  16,  fig.  3). 

Labium  wider  than  long  as  usual;  distally  widely  semicircularly 
rounded,   (Plate  16,  fig.   1). 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  6 :  5,  more  narrowly  attenuated, 
and  rounded  caudad  than,  e.  g.,  in  the  succeeding  species,  (Plate  16, 
fig.  2). 

Anterior  paired  claw  of  leg  IV  with  four  teeth  of  which  the  most 
distal  is  very  long  and  reaches  about  the  same  level  as  tip  of  claw; 
teeth  of  other  claw  shorter.     Unpaired  claw  untoothed. 

Female.  Length  4.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2  mm.; 
width,  L47  mm. 


fern.        tib.+pat.         met. 


tar. 
.9  mm. 

.7 
.6 

.8 


total 
8.0mm. 
6.3 
5.0 

7.8 


Leg  I  2.. 3  mm.  2.9  mm.  1.9  mm. 

Leg  II  2  2.1  1.5 

Leg  III  1.9  1.5  1.0 

Leg  IV  2.9  2.2  1.9 

Locality.— Ruaidquma,   5,000  feet,  July.     (Type,   M.   C.   Z.    180, 
one  female). 

Theridion  leguiai,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  15,  fig.  7-10. 

Carapace  on  sides  obscure  olive-white,  a  broad  black  median  longi- 
tudinal band  over  clypeus  and  eye-area  and  narrowing  from  there 


Gosiute  tosibit,  iosa,  white  or  light  colored. 


230  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

caudad  down  posterior  declivity  of  cephalothorax ;  lateral  borders  also 
black,  the  lateral  bands  confluent  with  the  median  one  in  front;  cly- 
peal  margin  pale.  Sternum  testaceous,  broadly  bordered  with  black. 
Labium  and  endites  blackish.  Chelicerae  testaceous  in  front,  darker, 
chestnut,  distally.  Legs  black,  conspicuously  annulate  with  yellow  or 
testaceous;  femora  with  a  broad  light  band  proximally  and  a  narrower 
one  toward  distal  end;  patellae  with  one  subdistal  annulus;  tibiae 
with  an  annulus  at  proximal  end  and  one  between  middle  and  distal 
end;  metatarsi  with  annuli  corresponding  to  those  of  tibiae;  tarsi  en- 
tirely light  or  light  at  the  ends.  Abdomen  black;  on  dorsum  toward 
caudal  end  in  median  line  a  row  of  three  small  light  dots  and  in  front  of 
these  two  pairs  of  separated  oblique  light  marks  of  which  the  anterior 
send  a  slender  branch  forward.     Hairs  of  abdomen  short,  numerous. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  procurved ;  median  eyes  only  slightly 
elongate  and  oblique,  about  seven  tenths  their  longer  diameter  apart 
and  nearly  the  same  distance  from  the  laterals;  laterals  equal  in  size 
to  the  medians,  larger  than  the  anterior  laterals  with  which  they  are 
contiguous.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  in  dorsal  view  strongly  recurved, 
the  median  eyes  being  carried  considerably  forward  as  usual,  larger 
than  the  laterals  (diameters  as  11:7),  a  little  more  than  their  radius 
apart  (six  elevenths  of  diameter),  only  half  as  far  from  the  laterals; 
in  front  view  the  row  is  straight  or  nearly  so.  Area  of  median  eyes 
subquadrate,  being  very  slightly  wider  in  front  than  behind.  Cheli- 
cerae much  longer  than  the  height  of  the  clypeus,  (Plate  15,  fig.  8). 

Labium  wider  than  long  in  ratio  22:13;  distally  widely  truncate. 

Sternum  subtriangular;  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  6:5.5;  caudal 
process  obtusely  rounded,  (Plate  15,  fig.  7). 

Paired  claw  of  leg  I  with  seven  or  eight  teeth  of  which  the  proximal 
ones  are  very  short,  (Plate  15,  fig.  9). 

Abdomen  subglobose,  smoothly  rounded,  with  no  irregularities  or 
tubercles. 

Female.  Length,  5.1  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.2  mm.; 
width,  1.85  mm. 


fem. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

3 . 6  mm. 

4  mm. 

3  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

11.9  mm 

Leg  II 

2.3 

2.8 

2 

1.2 

8.3 

Leg  III 

2 

2 

1.3 

1 

6.3 

Leg  IV 

3.1 

3 

2.2 

— 

— 

Locality. — ■  Conservidayo  River,  August.     (Type,   M.   C.   Z.    181,. 
one  female). 

Named  for  Mr.  A.  B.  Leguia,  former  President  of  Peru. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  231 

Garricola,^  gen.  nov. 

Cephalothorax  broadly  ovate,  much  narrowed  cephalad;  front 
narrow,  convex.     Thoracic  furrow  transverse,  wide,  recurved. 

Eyes  of  the  posterior  row  procurved;  subequal;  the  medians 
farther  apart  than  from  the  laterals  from  which  they  are  separated 
by  much  less  than  their  diameter.  Anterior  eyes  subequal,  in  a 
strongly  procurved  row,  medians  well  separated  but  very  close  to 
the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  quadrate,  of  equal  width  anteriorly 
and  posteriorly. 

Sternum  as  wide  as  or  wider  than  long;  posteriorly  obtuse,  with 
the  coxae  rather  widely  separated. 

Labium  not  free;  much  wider  than  long,  distally  narrowed,  convex. 

Endites  bent,  conspicuously  converging  over  labium  which  extends 
rather  beyond  the  middle  of  their  length.  , 

Legs  slender,  of  moderate  length,  clothed  with  slender  bristles. 
Teeth  of  claws  few,  divaricate. 

Genotype. —  Garricola  sanctits,  sp.  nov. 

Garricola  sanctus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  16,  fig.  5,  7. 

Carapace  and  sternum  dilute  yellow.  Legs  dilute  yellow,  dusky 
especially  distad.     Abdomen  grey. 

Cephalothorax  broad,  subcircular  in  outline  caudad,  strongly 
narrowed  cephalad.  Eye-tubercle  elevated.  Thoracic  furrow  trans- 
verse, broad,  recurved,  (Plate  16,  fig.  5). 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  distinctly  procurved;  medians  a  little  larger 
than  the  laterals,  about  three  fourths  their  long  diameter  apart 
and  about  their  radius  from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous, 
scarcely  differing  in  size.  Anterior  median  eyes  three  fourths  their 
diameter  apart  and  about  one  half  their  radius  from  the  laterals, 
which  are  of  an  equal  size  or  nearly  so ;  anterior  row  of  eyes  strongly 
prociu"ved.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length  and  breadth,  of 
same  width  anteriorly  and  posteriorly;  clypeus  lower  than  length  of 
chelicerae  and  a  little  wider  than  length  of  median  eye-area  (6:5), 
oblique,  slanting  cephalomesad. 

Sternum  convex  and  prominent;   wider  than  long  (10:9);    broad 

1  Gosiute  garri,  mountain  range,  cola. 


232  bulletin:  museltm  of  comparative  zoology. 

anteriorly  and  triangularly  narrowing  caudacl,  but  truncate  between 
the  widely  separated  fourth  coxae,  (Plate  16,  fig.  6). 

Labium  not  free;  distally  strongly  convexly  rounded;  much  wider 
than  long  (cir.  7:4). 

Abdomen  subglobose.     Spinnerets  terminal,  (Plate  16,  fig.  5). 

Bristles  in  comb  of  fourth  tarsus  eight  or  nine  in  number.  Teeth  of 
claws  few,  divaricate. 

Epigynum  proportionately  large,  (Plate  16,  fig.  7). 

Length  of  female,  3  mm. 

Locality.—  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  182,  one 
female).  ■ 

Latrodectus  mactans  (Fabricius). 

Aranea  mactans  Fabr.,  Ent.  syst.,  1775,  2,  p.  410. 

A  species  occurring  widely  in  the  western  hemisphere  from  New 
England  to  Terra  del  Fuego. 

Localities.—  OWa^ntaytaimho,  9,000  feet,  July  21.  (M.  C.  Z.  183, 
five  females  and  one  male).  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July  12.  (M.  C.  Z. 
184,  two  females). 

Lithyphantes  nigrofemoratus  Key'serling. 

Spinnen  Amerikas.     Theridiidae,  1884,  2,  pt.  1,  p.  139,  pi.  6,  f.  87. 

A  species  previously  known  from  Monterico  in  Peru  and  from 
Guatemala. 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  185,  one 
female).     Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July.     (M.  C.^  Z.  186,  one  female). 

Enoplognatha  sp. 

A  young  female  of  uncertain  species  from  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet, 
July.     (M.  C.  Z.  187). 

Enoplognatha  peruviana,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  16,  fig.  8-11;  Plate  17,  fig.   1-2. 

Carapace  and  legs  light  brown  or  testaceous;  sternum  darker,  of 
somewhat  chestnut  cast.     Abdomen  over  anterior  and  caudal  ends 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  233 

and  over  upper  part  of  sides  dark,  somewhat  greyish  black,  a  wavy 
or  zig-zag  light  line  dividing  the  dark  along  the  upper  part  of  the 
dark  area  of  each  side ;  dorsum  light,  the  light  area  divided  by  a  me- 
dian longitudinal  stripe  formed  by  two  contiguous  triangular  areas  of 
which  the  apices  are  cephalad ;  lower  portion  of  sides  lighter,  crossed 
by  several  more  or  less  obscure  light  lines;  median  portion  of  venter 
dark,  a  light  longitudinal  line  on  each  side.  Spinnerets  light  testa- 
ceous or  yellow. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  procurved;  median  eyes  much  the 
largest  of  all,  elongate,  long  axis  paralled  with  that  of  body,  only 
about  one  third  their  long  diameter  apart,  much  farther,  about  four 
fifths  their  diameter,  from  the  laterals ;  laterals  about  one  third  their 
diameter  from  the  anterior  laterals  which  are  considerably  smaller. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight;  median  eyes  distinctly  smaller  than  the 
laterals  (diameters  about  as  11:13),  their  radius  apart  and  only  their 
diameter  from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  longer  than  wide 
(9:8),  wider  behind  than  in  front  not  quite  as  8:7,  (Plate  17,  fig.  1). 

Labium  as  usual  much  wider  than  long  (ratio  11:8);  semi-circularly 
rounded  distad,  (Plate  17,  fig.  2). 

Sternum  subtriangular,  narrowed  caudad  to  a  slender  process  ex- 
tending between  coxae  of  last  legs,  (Plate  16,  fig.  8). 

Paired  claws  with  numerous  long  teeth,  the  tips  of  which  are  in  a 
straight  line,  these  on  leg  I  numbering  ten  or  eleven,  (Plate  16,  fig.  9). 
Unpaired  claw  with  a  single  small  denticle,  (Plate  16,  fig.  10). 

Female.     Length,  8  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;    width 


2.4  mm. 

feni. 

tib.  +  pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

3  mm. 

3.6  mm 

2.2  mm. 

1  mm. 

9.8  mm 

Leg  II 

2.6 

3 

2 

.9 

8.5 

Leg  III 

2.3 

2.9 

1.8 

.9 

7.9 

Leg  IV 

3.1 

3.6 

2.2 

1.2 

10.1 

Loca%.— Urubamba,   9,500  feet,  July.     (Type,   M.   C.   Z.    188, 
female;   para  type,  M.  C.  Z.  189,  2  females). 

Enoplognatha  dubia,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  17,  fig.  3. 

Carapace  dilute  testaceous,  a  blackish  median  longitudinal  stripe 
.over  stria  thoracica,  this  becoming  wider  and  more  dilute  cephalad 


234  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

toward  eyes;  lateral  margins  dusky.  Sternum  dusky  testaceous, 
more  blackish  caudad.  Labium  blackish;  endites  paler,  testaceous, 
Legs  testaceous;  the  femora  with  three  wide  dusky  annuli;  patellae 
dusky  around  distal  end  and  tibiae  with  three  dark  rings,  the  annuli 
of  all  joints  most  distinct  on  anterior  legs.  Abdomen  somewhat  pale 
testaceous  over  sides;  above  a  narrow,  solid  black,  foliate  mark  over 
entire  length,  the  edges  wavy  and  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  distinct 
white  line;  venter  with  a  black  longitudinal  stripe  over  entire  length 
which  narrows  somewhat  from  anterior  end  caudad. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  straight;  median  eyes  a  little  smaller  than 
the  laterals  diameters  about  as  7:8),  a  little  less  than  their  diameter 
apart  and  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  from  the  laterals.  Lateral 
eyes  contiguous,  subequal.  Area  of  median  eyes  of  nearly  equal 
length  and  breadth ;  of  same  width  in  front  as  behind.  Anterior  row 
of  eyes  straight;  median  eyes  their  diameter  apart,  considerably 
nearer  to  the  laterals  (near  their  radius).  Clypeus  of  nearly  same 
width  as  area  of  median  eyes,  but  not  much  more  than  half  as  wide 
as  the  length  of  the  chelicerae. 

Labium  about  three  fourths  as  long  as  wide;  the  distal  margin 
convex. 

Sternum  not  quite  five  sixths  as  wide  as  long;  process  between 
posterior  coxae  distally  rounded,  not  acute. 

Female.  Length,  5.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2  mm.; 
width,  L6  mm. 

Locality. —  Sorontoy,  7,000  feet,  September.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  190, 
one  female). 

LINYPHIIDAE. 

Erigone  taibo,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  17,  fig.  5. 

Carapace,  sternum,  mouthparts,  palpi,  and  legs  brownish  black. 
Abdomen  yellowish  white;   epigynum  and  spinnerets  blackish. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  recurved;  eyes  equidistant,  the  medians 
one  and  two  thirds  their  diameter  apart.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous, 
the  anterior  the  larger.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  behind  than  in 
front  in  the  ratio  10:7;   about  equal  in  length  and  greatest  width. 

'  Gosiute  laibo,  a  white  person. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  235 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  procurved;  median  eyes  two  thirds  their 
diameter  apart,  one  and  two  thirds  or  more  their  diameter  from  the 
laterals;  median  eyes  nearly  four  times  their  diameter  from  lower 
margin  of  the  clypeus. 

Carapace  smooth ;  not  marginally  dentate. 

Lower  margin  of  fm-row  of  chelicera  with  three  or  four  teeth  of 
which  the  one  nearest  the  claw  is  double  or  bifid. 

Length  of  female  3.5  mm. 

Zoca/t^i/.— Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  191; 
para  types  M.  C.  Z.  192,  three  females). 

Erigone  niwina,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  17,  fig.  4. 

Carapace,  sternum,  and  coxae  of  legs  light  red  or  dilute  chestnut. 
.Legs  distad  of  coxae  dusky  brown  or  blackish.  Entire  abdomen 
grey-black. 

Carapace  smooth. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  straight;  median  eyes  their  diameter  apart, 
a  little  farther  from  the  laterals  {cir.  one  and  a  fifth).  Lateral  eyes  on 
each  side  subcontiguous,  the  anterior  distinctly  the  larger.  Area  of 
median  eyes  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  the  ratio  11:7;  slightly 
longer  than  the  greatest  width  (12:11).  Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly 
procurved ;  median  eyes  smaller  than  the  laterals  in  about  ratio  3 : 4, 
two  thirds  their  diameter  apart,  one  and  two  thirds  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals  and  four  times  their  diameter  from  the  lower  margin 
of  clypeus. 

Sternum  of  the  usual  general  form ;  equal  in  length  and  breadth  or 
slightly  wider. 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  typically  with  a  triple  or  trifid 
tooth  nearest  claw  and  two  isolated  teeth;  lower  margin  with  five 
teeth. 

Epigynum  of  same  general  form  as  that  of  E.  taibo,  (Plate  17,  fig.  4). 

Length  of  female  3.5-4  mm. 

Loca%.— Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  193, 
female;  paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  194,  one  female). 

1  Gosiute  niwina;  aD  iDclian. 


236  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Oedothorax  melacra/    sp.  nov. 
Plate  17,  fig.  6,  7. 

Carapace  and  legs  light  brown  or  the  latter  somewhat  more  yellow- 
ish, the  former  dusky  anteriorly  and  along  lateral  edges.     Sternum 
black.     Abdomen  t;yT)ically  pink,  more  rarely  brown  of  only  faint 
pinkish   tinge;    tip  of   abdomen   about  bases   of   spinnerets   black; 
epigynum  black. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  straight;  eyes  equal  in  size;  median  eyes  but 
little  more  than  their  radius  apart,  three  fourths  their  diameter  from 
the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous,  equal  in  size  or  the  anterior, 
but  slightly  larger.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight  or  very  slightly 
recurved ;  median  eyes  with  diameter  three  fourths  that  of  the  laterals, 
not  fully  their  radius  apart,  two  thirds  their  diameter  from  the  laterals, 
three  times  their  diameter  from  the  lower  edge  of  clypeus.  Area  of 
median  eyes  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  10:  7. 

Carapace  of  male  smooth,  without  processes. 

Chelicera  of  male  with  a  rather  long,  acute  process  or  tooth  near 
middle  of  length  on  anterior  side,  this  directed  anteroventrad. 

Sternum  with  process  between  posterior  coxae  with  sides  convex,  the 
process  widening  a  little  distad  of  its  middle  and  distally  truncate. 

Tibia  with  two  spines  on  outside  at  distal  end  on  a  common  base. 

Locality.— Ciizco,  11,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  195,  male; 
para  types  M.  C.  Z.  196,  three  females). 

Oedothorax  orinus,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  17,  fig.  8. 

Carapace  and  legs  light  brown.  Sternum  dusky.  Abdomen  dark 
grey;  a  median  longitudinal  black  line;  caudal  portion  with  several 
black  che\Ton-marks  of  which  the  more  anterior  are  crossed  by  the 
median  line. 

Carapace  smooth,  without  teeth. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  very  slightly  procurved;  eyes  subequal; 
median  eyes  three  fifths  their  diameter  apart  and  the  same  distance, 
or  very  nearly  so,  from  the  laterals.     Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  con- 

'  tJii\ai  black,  ccKpa,  tip. 
2   opetvos,  mountaineer. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  237 

tiguous,  equal.  Quadrangle  of  median  eyes  wider  behind  than  in 
front  in  the  ratio  6:5,  equal  in  length  and  breadth  or  scarcely  longer. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight  or  but  very  slightly  recurved;  median 
eyes  smaller  than  the  laterals  (diameters  about  as  4:5),  one  fourth 
their  diameter  apart,  their  radius  from  the  laterals,  two  and  a  half 
times  their  diameter  from  the  lower  margin  of  the  clypeus. 

Sternum  equal  in  length  and  width  or  slightly  wider ;  the  intercoxal 
caudal  process  narrow. 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  typically  with  four  teeth  of 
which  the  three  nearest  the  claw  are  long  and  conical  or  with  the  one 
nearest  claw  smaller,  the  fourth  much  smaller  than  others ;  sometimes 
only  three  teeth  of  which  the  one  nearest  claw  may  be  bifid. 

Locality  —  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  197,  female; 
paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  198,  two  females). 

TuTAiBO,^  gen.  nov. 

Cephalothorax  short;  broadly  ovate;  frons  obtuse  and  moderately 
wide. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  substraight  or  weakly  recurved;  median  eyes 
farther  apart  than  from  the  laterals,  distinctly  more  than  their  diame- 
ter apart.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  decidedly  procurved,  its  eyes  sub- 
equidistant.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  thaij  long  and  wider  behind 
than  in  front. 

Legs  slender;  anterior  tarsi  shorter  than  the  metatarsi. 

Frons  without  special  process  in  the  male. 

Tibia  of  palpus  in  the  male  with  a  conspicuous  dorsal  spine. 

Genotype. —  Tutaiho  debilipes,  sp.  nov. 

TUTAIBO   DEBILIPES,^  sp.    nOV. 

Plate  17,  fig.  9-10. 

Carapace  and  sternum  black.  Legs  black  or  blackish  brown, 
somewhat  paler  distally.     Abdomen  entirely  shining  black. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  recurved;  median  eye  a  little  more 
than  once  and  a  half  their  diameter  apart,  only  about  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals.     Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  elevated  on  a  common 

'  Gosiute  lutaibo,  a  negro. 
'  debilis,  feeble,  pes,  foot. 


238  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

tubercle,  contiguous,  subequal.  Quadrangle  of  median  eyes  wider 
behind  than  in  front  in  the  ratio  13: 11,  and  wider  than  long  in  the 
same  ratio  or  nearly  so.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously  pro- 
curved;  eyes  subequal;  median  eyes  two  thirds  their  diameter,  or 
slightly  more,  apart  and  the  same  distance  from  the  laterals,  three 
and  a  half  times  their  diameter  from  lower  margin  of  clypeus  (male). 

Sternum  with  process  between  posterior  coxae  moderately  wide, 
the  distal  margin  a  little  incurved. 

Tibia  of  male  palpus  with  a  stout,  acutely  pointed,  subconical 
process  from  dorsal  surface  near  the  proximal  end. 

Length  of  male  2.2  mm. ;  of  female,  3  mm. 

Locality. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  199, 
male;   para  types  M.  C.  Z.  200,  one  male,  five  females). 


ARGIOPIDAE. 

Tetragnatha  tincochacae,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  18,  fig.  2,  3. 

Carapace  and  chelicerae  yellowish,  a  black  marginal  line  on  each 
side  and  a  dusky  median  longitudinal  stripe  which  widens  and  becomes 
more  diffuse  upon  the  head.  Sternum  dusky  brown  or  blackish. 
Legs  yellow,  either  unmarked  or  with  femora  and  tibiae  of  anterior 
pairs  darker  at  distal  ends  and  patellae  also  more  or  less  darkened. 
Ground  color  of  abdomen  silvery  white  as  usual,  overlaid  with  a  net- 
work of  dark  lines;  venter  with  a  median  longitudinal  brown  stripe; 
a  narrow  black  stripe  along  each  side  expanded  near  its  middle  into  a 
larger  spot;  typically  with  a  fine  more  or  less  broken  longitudinal 
black  line  on  each  side  of  dorsum  just  above  the  lateral  stripe;  dorsum 
with  a  median  longitudinal  grey  line  giving  off  side  branches  as  usual. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  (in  female)  conspicuously  recurved  as  usual; 
median  eyes  twice  their  diameter  apart,  nearly  same  distance  from  the 
laterals.  Lateral  eyes  separated  by  about  their  diameter,  their  tu- 
bercles touching  at  base.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  behind  than  in 
front  in  ratio  6:5;  shorter  than  wide  (5:6),  the  length  equalling  the 
width  at  anterior  end.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved;  median  eyes 
equal  to  the  posterior  medians  or  scarcely  smaller,  once  and  a  half 
their  diameter  apart  and  twice  their  diameter  or  more  from  the 
laterals. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  '  239 

Chelicera  of  male  with  fang  having  a  nodule  or  cusp  at  base;  the 
conspicuous  dorsal  spine  well  removed  from  the  line  of  teeth;  upper 
row  of  teeth  with  the  second  tooth  from  claw;  the  large  tooth,  con- 
spicuously long  and  stout,  six  teeth  proximad  of  large  tooth.  Tooth 
nearest  fang  on  lower  margin  the  largest,  the  second  small.  Chelicera 
of  female  lacking  the  dorsal  spine;  teeth  of  upper  margin  similar  to 
those  of  the  male  but  the  tooth  nearest  fang  more  reduced  and  the 
"big"  tooth  shorter,  (Plate  18,  fig.  2). 

Legs  with  rather  numerous  spines  on  the  femora,  these  equal  in 
length  to  diameter  of  joint  or  but  little  longer;  spines  of  more  distal 
joints  fewer  but  proportionately  longer. 

Male.  Length  6.1  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  2.1  mm.;  width, 
1.4  mm. 

fern.  tib.  +  pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  6  mm.  6.8  mm.  5.8  mm.  1.8  mm.  19.4mm. 

Legll         4.2  4.2  3.6  11  13.1 

Leg  III        2.3  1.6  1.5  .9  6.3 

Leg  IV        4  3.3  3  1.1  11.4 

Locality  —  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  201, 
male;  paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  202,  three  females). 


Tetragnatha  SCOPUS,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  18,  fig.  1. 

Carapace  and  chelicerae  light  brown  to  testaceous.  Legs  brownish 
yellow  to  yellow.  Sternum  from  dusky  yellow  to  dusky  brown.\ 
Abdomen  with  ground-color  silver-white  covered  with  a  fine  network 
of  gre;s'.  A  longitudinal  band  over  the  venter  in  which  the  light 
dots  are  much  reduced  and  almost  obliterated  limited  on  each  side 
by  a  more  silvery  line  on  the  outside  of  which  is  typically  an  irregular 
line  of  dark  grey  or  blackish.  Dorsum  of  abdomen  lighter  than 
sides  and  venter;  a  middorsal  longitudinal  grey  line  presenting  several 
uneven  pairs  of  branches  extending  in  a  caudoectal  direction,  in 
most  specimens  a  large  dark  brown  or  black  spot  on  each  side  near 
middle  of  length  contiguous  with  a  dark  stripe  along  each  side. 

Abdomen  conspicuously  broadened  and  gibbous  in  front;  about 
2.7  times  longer  than  the  greatest  width;  dorsal  line  convex. 

1  oKoiTos,  a  watcher. 


240  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  recurved  as  usual;  median  eyes  near  two 
and  two  fifths  their  diameter  apart  and  about  the  same  distance  from 
the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  their  diameter  apart,  their  tubercles  in 
contact  at  base.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  procurved;  median 
eyes  once  and  a  half  their  diameter  apart,  twice  their  diameter  from 
the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  much  wider  behind  than  in  front 
(ratio  5:4). 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  six  (or  five)  teeth  of  which 
the  one  nearest  the  claw  is  much  the  largest;  this  separated  from  the 
second  by  a  wide  space,  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  about  equal  in 
size  and  spacing,  the  two  most  proximal  smaller.  Lower  margin  with 
four  teeth  equally  spaced  but  with  the  first  considerably  largest  as 
in  the  upper  row,  (Plate  18,  fig.  1). 

Legs  with  the  spines  of  the  distal  joints  long,  slender,  and  sub- 
appressed,  clearly  longer  than  in  the  succeeding  species,  T.  quechua. 

Female.  Length  7.7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  2  mm.;  width 
1.6  mm. 

fern.        tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 


Leg  I 

4.9  mm.      5. 1  mm. 

4 . 2  mm. 

1.2  mm. 

15.4  mm 

Leg  II 

3.2               3.3 

3.8 

1 

11.3 

Leg  III 

1.7               1.7 

1.2 

.6 

5.2 

Leg  IV 

3.1              3 

2.2 

1 

9.3 

Tibia  I,  4.2  mm. 

Tibia  IV, 

2.3  mm. 

Locality. —  Conservidayo  River,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  203, 
female;  paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  204,  numerous  specimens,  chiefly  imma- 
ture males  and  females). 

Tetragnatha  quechua,^  sp.  nov. 

Plate  18,  fig.  4. 

Carapace  and  chelicerae  light  brownish  yellow.  Sternum  somewhat 
dusky  yellow.  Legs  yellow,  femora,  and  tibiae  darker  at  the  distal 
ends  but  legs  not  truly  annulate.  Abdomen  above  silvery  white  in 
numerous  spots  separated  by  a  close  network  of  fine  grey  lines;  a 
median  longitudinal  grey  line  throughout  length,  this  widest  at  the 
anterior  end  and  giving  off  a  principal  pair  of  branches  in  a  caudo- 

•  The  Quechuas  are  the  indigenous  people  of  Peru  and  Ecuador. 


CHAMBERLIN :   THE   ARACHNIDA.  241 

lateral  direction  at  about  one  fourth  length  from  anterior  end;  on 
caudal  half  on  each  side  a  row  of  four  moderately  large  dark  dots. 
Venter  of  abdomen  with  ground-color  and  network  like  dorsum  but 
darker;  a  narrow  median  longitudinal  stripe  solid  grey,  a  darker  line 
along  border  of  venter  on  each  side. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  median  eyes  about  two 
and  one  fifth  their  diameter  apart  and  about  three  times  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  separated  by  their  diam- 
eter, their  tubercles  distinct  but  contiguous  at  base  or  nearly  so. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved  as  usual;  median  eyes  equal  in  size  to 
the  posterior  medians,  one  and  a  fifth  their  diameter  apart  and  more 
than  three  times  their  diameter  from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median 
eyes  much  wider  behind  than  in  front,  the  ratio  being  11:9,  slightly 
wider  than  long. 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  in  female  with  nine  teeth;  of 
these  the  first  and  third  from  the  fang  are  the  largest  and  are  separated 
by  a  wide  space  in  which  the  much  smaller  second  tooth  lies,  (Plate  18, 
fig.  4).  Teeth  of  lower  margin  with  nearly  the  same  arrangement  as 
those  of  the  upper. 

Abdomen  long  and  slender,  somewhat  more  than  four  times  longer 
than  the  greatest  width,  narrowly  rounded  caudad  and  gradually 
widening  cephalad;  anterolateral  corners  subrectangular,  not  gibbous. 

Legs  with  few  spines  of  which  those  on  femora  are  shorter  than  the 
diameter  of  the  joint  and  those  on  the  more  distal  joints  are  longer. 
Hairs  more  numerous  on  distal  joints,  somewhat  oblique,  of  moderate 
length. 

Female.  Length  11  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  3  mm.;  width, 
1.9  mm, 

fem.  tib.-f-pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  8.1mm.  9.6  mm.  9.1mm.  2.1mm.  28.9  mm. 

Leg  II  5.3  5.3  5  1.5  17.1 

Leg  III        8.1  2.2  2.2  1  8.5 

Leg  IV        5.6  5.6  5  1.3  17.5 

Tibia  I,  8.8  mm.     Tibia  IV,  4.8  mm. 

Locality.—  Sorontoy,  7,000  feet,  September.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  205, 
female). 

Tetragnatha  sp. 
Locality.—  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  328,  immature). 


242  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Leucauge  MARIANA  (Keyserling) . 

Meta  tnariana  Keyserling,  Verb.  Zool.  bot.  ges.  Wien,  1880,  30,  p.  560,  pi.  16, 

f.  10. 
Argyroepeira  mariana  Keyserling,   Spinnen  Amerikas.     Epeiridae,  4,   1893, 

p.  345,  pi.  18,  f.  10. 

Locality. —  Conservidayo  River,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  211,  one  fe- 
male).    Previously  known  from  Amable  Maria  and  Lima,  Peru. 

Leucauge  idonea  O.  P.  Cambridge,  var. 

Argyroepeira  idonea  O.  P.  Cambridge,  Biol.  Cent.  Americana,  1889,  1,  p.  4, 
pi.  l,f.  7. 

Locality. —  Panama,  June.     (M.  C.  Z.  212,  three  females). 


Meta  explorans,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  18,  fig.  5. 

Carapace  yellow  with  a  brown  oeellate  spot  on  each  side  of  head,  a 
brown  line  from  each  spot  extending  to  the  thoracic  groove.  Sternum 
black.  Legs  brown,  typically  with  femora  marked  with  one  or  two 
dark  annuli  at  distal  end;  patellae  with  one  dark  annulus;  tibiae  w^ith 
three  dark  annuli  and  metatarsus  with  two.  Sides  of  dorsum  of 
abdomen  silvery  white  covered  with  a  network  of  fine  dark  lines,  the 
median  portion  crossed  by  a  rather  narrow  dark  band  extending  from 
spinnerets  to  anterior  third  or  fourth  of  length,  widening  cephalad,  its 
lateral  edges  wavy  and  the  anterior  margin  arcuate  and  in  front  of  it 
often  an  inverted  v-shaped  mark ;  sides  and  anterior  face  of  abdomen 
dusky  but  showing  the  same  areolation  as  the  lateral  portions  of  dor- 
sum ;  venter  of  abdomen  with  a  median  longitudinal  blackish  brown 
band  between  spinnerets  and  genital  furrow,  this  bordered  on  each 
side  by  a  white,  finely  areolated  stripe. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  recurved;  median  eyes  five  sixths 
their  diameter  apart,  one  and  a  third  their  diameter  from  the  laterals. 
Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  contiguous ;  anterior  with  diameter  exceeding 
that  of  posterior  in  ratio  7 : 5.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved ;  median 
eyes  equal  to  the  posterior  medians,  two  thirds  their  diameter  apart, 
once  and  a  half  their  diameter  from  laterals.     Median  eves  once  and 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  243 

a  third  their  diameter  from  the  lower  edge  of  clypeus.  Area  of  median 
eyes  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  4:3,  scarcely  wider  than  long. 

Sternum  triangular,  the  caudal  apex  narrowly  truncate  between 
last  coxae.  Nearly  equal  in  width  and  length  or  scarcely  longer 
(25:24).  Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  four  teeth  of 
which  the  end  ones  are  longer  than  the  two  intervening. 

Length  of  female  5.5  mm. 

Locality. —  Conservidayo  River,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  206; 
paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  319,  fifteen  specimens).  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet, 
August.     (M.  C.  Z.  207,  two  immature  specimens). 


Argiope  argentata  (Fabricus). 

Aranea  argentata  Fabr.,  Ent.  syst.,  1775,  2,  p.  414. 

A  very  widespread  species  in  tropical  and  subtropical  portions  of 
the  western  hemisphere,  occurring  from  the  southern  United  States 
to   Patagonia. 

Localities. —  Panama,  June.  (M.  C.  Z.  208,  one  immature  female). 
Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  209,  one  female). 


Gea  panamensis,  sp.  nov. 
'  Plate  19,  fig.  8. 

Carapace  brown  with  the  sides  dusky.  Sternum  blackish  at  sides, 
a  median  longitudinal  stripe  yellow.  First  pair  of  legs  with  femora, 
patellae,  and  tibiae  black,  the  tibiae  each  with  two  narrow  pale  rings; 
metatarsi  yellow,  with  three  black  annuli;  tarsi  j^ellow.  Second  legs 
similar  to  the  first  but  femora  mostly  yellow  marked  with  black  espe- 
cially distad,  the  third  legs  being  like  the  second.  Fourth  legs  colored 
like  the  first,  the  femora  being  more  nearly  entirely  black  than  that 
of  second  or  third.  Abdomen  above  with  a  dark,  wavy  edged  folium- 
mark  embracing  a  pale  sagittate  area  in  the  anterior  portion  which  is 
limited  by  a  dark  longitudinal  line;  venter  with  a  black  median 
longitudinal  stripe  which  widens  caudad  to  spinnerets  limited  by  a 
yellow  line. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  very  strongly  procurved;  median  eyes  twice 
their  diameter  apart  or  nearly  so.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous,  the  pos- 
terior on  each  side  much  the  larger,  its  diameter  being  about  thi-ee 


244  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

times  that  of  the  anterior.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  procurved; 
median  eyes  carried  forward  on  a  conspicuously  bulging  tubercle, 
six  sevenths  their  diameter  apart,  distinctly  larger  than  the  posterior 
medians  and  much  larger  than  the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes 
wider  behind  than  in  front  in  about  ratio  10:9.  Clypeus  viewed  in 
projection  directly  from  in  front  distinctly  narrower  than  anterior 
median  eye. 

Sternum  sub  triangular,  acutely  pointed  caudad.  Winder  than 
long  in  about  ratio  22:19. 

Labium  with  apical  portion  subtriangular  as  usual.  Endites  typi- 
cal. 

Spines  of  legs  few,  moderate  in  length. 

Locality. —  Panama,  June.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  210,  one  male). 


Acacesia  peruviana,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  18,  fig.  6. 

Carapace  brown.  Sternum  a  paler  brown.  Legs  brown,  with  the 
femora  of  first  pair  black  except  at  ends,  the  femur  of  leg  II  also  dark 
except  proximally,  the  femora  of  posterior  pairs  dark  at  distal  end 
only.  Abdomen  above  with  a  dusky  or  blackish  subtriangular  mark 
or  folium  with  wavy  edges,  this  area  embracing  a  wavy  edged  sagit- 
tate mark  in  its  anterior  half  much  as  in  foliata;  but  the  folium  nar- 
rower and  more  elongate;  venter  marked  with  a  deep  black  median 
longitudinal  stripe  from  the  epigynum  to  the  spinnerets,  this  narrow- 
ing moderately  caudad. 

Median  eyes  elevated  on  a  conspicuous  rounded  tubercle  projecting 
dorsocephalad.  Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;,  median 
eyes  facing  ectad  on  tubercle,  once  and  a  half  their  diameter  apart 
or  nearly  so.  Lateral  eyes  not  elevated  on  a  tubercle,  separated  by 
more  than  their  radius,  the  anterior  one  the  larger.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  substraight;  median  eyes  a  little  smaller  than  the  posterior  medi- 
ans, nearly  twice  their  diameter  apart.  Area  of  median  eyes  slightly 
wider  than  long,  of  equal  width  anteriorly  and  posteriorly.  Sternum 
with  a  short  triangular  process  at  caudal  end;  longer  than  wide  in 
ratio  6.5  : 4.5. 

Teeth  of  lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  three,  these  small 
well  separated. 

Legs  with  spines  of  tibiae  few,  very  slender,  more  sparse  on  the 
metatarsi.     Anterior  legs  much  longer  than  the  posterior. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  245 

Cephalothorax  with  head  strongly  narrowed.  Abdomen  more 
nearly  strictly  rhomboidal  than  in  foliata. 

Length  of  female  6.7  mm. 

Locality  — SsLii  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  213, 
one  female). 

Among  other  features  this  species  would  seem  to  be  clearly  sepa- 
rated from  foliata  by  the  presence  of  the  conspicuous  black  band 
along  the  venter. 

EusTALA  FUSCOVITTATA  (Key serluig) . 

Epeira  fusco-vittata  Keyserling,  Sitzungsb.  Naturw.  ges.  Isis,  1863,  p.  129, 

pi.  6,  f.  18. 
Cyclosa  thorelli  McCook,  Amer.  spiders,  1893,  3,  p.  228,  pi.  19,  f.  11. 
Eustala  caudata  Banks,  Proc.  Cal.  acad.  sci.,  1898,  1,  p.  255,  pi.  15,  f.  5. 
Eustala  fusco-vittata  O.  P.  Cambridge,  Biol.  Cent.  Americana,  1904,  2,  p.  505, 

pi.  48,  f.  3,  4. 

A  species  previously  known  from  Mexico  and  the  West  Indies  south 
to  Brazil  and  Paraguay. 
Locality. —  Panama,  June.     (M.  C.  Z.  214,  three  females). 

Eustala  andina,  sp.  nov. 

Carapace  with  thoracic  part  pale  yellow,  the  head  light  brownish. 
Sternum  light  brown,  a  pale  median  longitudinal  line.  Legs  testa- 
ceous ;  femora  with  a  broad  dark  band  at  distal  end,  a  broader  median 
one,  and  an  indistinct  proximal  one;  patellae  dusky,  black  at  distal 
end;  tibiae  with  three  broad  dark  rings  not  sharply  delimited;  meta- 
tarsi also  with  three  dark  rings;  tarsi  dark  except  at  proximal  end, 
the  mesal  portion  darkest.  Abdomen  deep  brown  in  an  area  covering 
most  of  the  dorsum,  this  area  with  sides  concave  and  converging 
caudad,  the  edges  wavy,  dark,  and  bordered  with  yellow;  sides 
dusky  or  brownish  over  a  yellowish  background.  Median  portion 
of  venter  more  blackish,  enclosing  a  yellow  median  dot  midway  be- 
tween the  genital  furrow  and  the  spinnerets  and  a  pair  of  these  nearer 
the  spinnerets. 

Abdomen  subtriangular  with  the  anterior  corners  rounded  and  the 
caudal  end  narrowly  truncate,  this  truncate  caudal  end  presenting 
three  low  elevations  or  crenulations. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously  recurved;  median  eyes  once 
and  a  fourth  their  diameter  apart  and  about  three  times  their  diameter 


246 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  equal  in  size,  their  radius  or  scarcely 
more  apart.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved;  median  eyes  larger 
than  the  posterior  median  eyes  (11:8.5),  just  their  diameter  apart, 
farther  from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  in  front  than 
behind  in  the  ratio  6: 5  and  wider  in  front  than  long  in  the  ratio  10: 9. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  teeth  of  which  the 
most  proximal  is  largest;  upper  margin  with  three  teeth  of  which 
the  median  is  much  the  stoutest  and  longest. 

Sternum  with  caudal  portion  narrowly  triangular  as  in  the  suc- 
ceeding species,  and  the  caudal  process  similarly  narrowly  truncate. 

Spines  of  legs  sparser,  short  and  slender. 

Female.  Length,  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.2  mm.; 
width,  2.7  mm. 


fem.      tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

4  mm.        4.2  mm. 

3  mm. 

1 . 1  mm. 

12.3  mm 

Leg  II 

3.3            4 

2.6 

1 

10.9 

Leg  III 

2.3            2.2 

1.3 

.9 

6.7 

Leg  IV 

3.7            4 

2.6 

1.1 

11.4 

Tibia  I,  2.8  mm. 

Tibia 

IV 

,  2.2  mm. 

Locality. —  Huadcjuina,   5,000  feet,  July.     (Type,  M.   C.   Z.  215, 
one  female,  not  quite  adult). 


EusTALA  monticola,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  18,  fig.  7. 

Cephalothorax  low,  only  moderately  convex;  head  low;  thoracic 
groove  deep,  longitudinal.  Abdomen  in  outline  from  above  subtri- 
angular. 

Carapace  yellow  of  very  dilute  brownish  tinge.  Sternum  and  coxae 
of  legs  beneath  yellow.  Legs  testaceous,  the  femora  with  a  wide 
dusky  ring  at  distal  end  and  one  near  middle  with  in  some  legs  a  nar- 
rower one  near  base,  these  rings  in  the  female  type  not  sharply  limited, 
the  dusky  color  being  more  or  less  diffused,  but  in  the  male  more 
sharply  defined;  tibiae  with  three  broad  dusky  rings  between  which 
the  dark  color  may  also  be  more  weakly  diffused;  metatarsi  of  pos- 
terior pairs  with  three  annuli  of  which  the  proximal  one  is  least  dis- 
tinct, these  less  clearly  defined  on  the  anterior  pairs;  tarsi  with  a 
submedian  dark  annulus.  Abdomen  above  dark  greyish  brown, 
embracing  numerous  fine  dots  and  spots  of  white,  several  pairs  of 
transverse  dark  lines  running  from  outside  a  little  caudad  of  mesad 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  247 

but  not  meeting  at  middle,  the  median  dorsal  line  being  occupied  by  a 
fine  dark  line  which  presents  short  lateral  branches;  in  the  male 
there  are  caudad  on  each  side  two  large  proximate  white  spots  and 
farther  forward  two  short  white  marks.  General  background  of 
venter  of  abdomen  pale;  just  back  of  epigynum  a  median  white  spot 
on  each  side  of  which  is  a  black  spot  of  about  equal  size  and  farther 
laterad  a  longitudinal  fine  black  line  which  reaches  to  a  dusky  area 
about  the  spinnerets. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  median  eyes  a  little  more 
than  their  diameter  apart,  nearly  three  times  their  diameter  from  the 
laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  their  radius  apart,  scarcely  differ- 
ing in  size.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved ;  median  eyes  a  little  smaller 
than  the  posterior  medians  (diameters  as  7:8),  twice  their  diameter 
apart,  and  between  two  and  a  half  and  three  times  their  diameter  from 
the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  in  front  than  behind  in  ratio 
25:22;   wider  in  front  than  long  (25:22). 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  about  ratio  5:4.  Caudally  triangular, 
the  tip  narrowly  truncate. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  stout  conical  teeth; 
upper  margin  also  with  three. 

Legs  well  spined,  the  spines  moderate,  appressed,  blackish. 

Female.  Length,  7.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.5  mm.; 
width,  2.9  mm. 


fem.        tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

4.1  mm.      5.2  mm. 

3  mm. 

1.2  mm. 

13.5  mm 

Leg  II 

4                  4.7 

3 

1 

12.7 

Leg  III 

2.3              2.1 

1.2 

1 

6.6 

Leg  IV 

4.6              3.9 

2.2 

1.1 

11.8 

Tibia  I,  3.8  mm. 

Tibia 

IV,  2.3. 

Locality.— San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  216, 
female;  paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  217,  immature  male). 

Aranea  sp.  a. 

An  immature  female  from  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z. 

218). 

Aranea  sp.  b. 

An  immature  female  of  a  second  species  also  from  Huadquina. 
(M.  C.  Z.  219). 


248  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Aranea  sp.  c. 

An  immature  female  of  uncertain  species  from  San  Miguel,  6,000 
feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  220). 

Aranea  sp.  d. 

An  immature  female  from  Paltaybamba,  5,000  feet,  August. 
<M.  C.  Z.  221). 

Aranea  abunda  (Taczanowski). 

Epeira  abunda  Taczanoski,  Horae  Soc.  ent.  Ross.,  1878,  14,  152,  pi.  1,  f.  7. 

Reported  by  Taczanowski  from  many  localities  in  Peru. 

Localities.— San  Miguel,  5,000  feet,  September.  (M.  C.  Z.  222, 
one  somewhat  variant  female).  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August  9. 
(M.  C.  Z.  223,  one  female  also  apparently  variant). 

1^  Aranea  nigroventris  (Taczanowski). 


Epeira  nigroventris  Taczanowski,  Horae  Soc.  ent.  Ross.,  1878,  14,  p.  151,  pi.  1, 
f.  6. 

Locality.—  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July  6, 12.  (M.  C.  Z.  320,  one  female; 
July  12.     M.  C.  Z.  224,  numerous  specimens). 

Aranea  zelotypa  (Keyserling). 

Epeira  zelotypa  Keyserling,  Verb.  Zool.  bot.  ges.  Wien,  1882,  32,  p.  202,  pi.  15, 
f.  7. 

Previously  known  from  San  Mateo,  Peru. 

Localities. —  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  225,  one 
female).     Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  226,  one  female). 

Aranea  orina,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  19,  fig.[3. 

Carapace  brownish  yellow,  dusky  in  an  area  on  each  side  of  caudal 
portion  of  head,  with  also  a  transverse  row  of  four  small  black  dots 
across  the  furrow.  Sternum  and  coxae  of  legs  beneath  clear  yellow. 
Endites  and  labium  dusky  yellow,  whitish  across  tips.     Legs  yellowish; 

'  'opeicOT,  pertaining  to  mountains. 


chambeelin:  the  arachnida.  249 

femora  I  and  II  with  two  broad  dark  annuli,  one  just  proximad  of  mid- 
dle and  one  at  about  distal  third;  femora  III  with  a  narrower  band 
at  distal  end;  femora  IV  black  from  proximad  of  middle  to  distal  end; 
patellae  I  and  II  unmarked,  but  III  and  IV  black  at  both  ends;  ante- 
rior tibiae  with  two  black  bands,  one  about  middle  and  one  at  distal 
end;  metatarsi  and  tarsi  dark  at  distal  end,  the  posterior  metatarsi 
also  with  a  vague  dark  ring  near  middle.  Bulb  of  palpus  blackish. 
Abdomen  yellow ;  venter  dusky  back  of  the  genital  furrow  except  in  a 
narrow  transverse  band  in  front  of  the  spinnerets,  the  dark  area  divided 
by  a  longitudinal  median  yellow  line;  dorsum  with  a  folium  outlined, 
a  black  mark  at  base  and  a  diamond  shaped  one  near  the  middle. 

Carapace  broad,  cordate,  being  very  strongly  narrowed  cephalad. 
Groove,  fine,  longitudinal. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  median  eyes  a  little  more 
than  their  diameter  apart,  four  times  or  more  their  diameter  from  lateral 
eyes.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  separated  by  about  their  radius.  Area 
of  median  eyes  conspicuously  wider  in  front  than  behind  {cir.  15: 11); 
and  wider  in  front  than  long  in  ratio  15:13.  Anterior  row  of  eyes 
nearly  straight,  the  median  eyes  clearly  larger  than  the  posterior  me- 
dians (ratio  of  diameters  about  as  10: 7),  nearly  once  and  a  half  their 
diameter  apart  and  two  times  their  diameter  from  the  laterals. 

Sternum  not  fully  two  thirds  as  wide  as  total  length;  acutely  nar- 
rowed caudad. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  teeth;  upper  margin 
also  with  three. 

Legs  with  all  joints  excepting  the  tarsi  aculeate  or  spined  as  usual. 

Patella  of  palpus  of  male  with  a  very  long  spine  above;  tibia  on 
ventral  side  extended  into  a  thin  blade-like  process  as  wide  as  the 
length  of  the  joint;  process  of  cymbium  on  exterior  side  narrow 
proximally  and  expanded  distad  into  a  tomahawk  form  with  the  blade 
partially  double. 

Male.  Length  7.7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  3.7  mm.;  width 
3.1  mm. 


fern. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

5.6  mm. 

6. 1  mm. 

3.9  mm. 

1.5  mm. 

17.0mm 

Leg  II 

4.2 

5 

3.2 

1.4 

13.8 

Leg  III 

3 

2.7 

1.6 

1 

8.3 

Leg  IV 

4 

4 

2.9 

1.1 

12.0 

Tibia 

I,  4.3  mm. 

Tibia  IV, 

2.8  mm. 

Locality.— S&n  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  227, 
one  male). 


250  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Aranea  quechuana,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  19,  fig.  1. 

Carapace  testaceous,  unmarked.  Sternum  dusky  brown  or  black- 
ish. Labium  and  endites  dusky,  pale  across  tips.  Legs  pale  yellow; 
femora  with  a  wide  dusky  ring  near  one  third  the  distance  from  the 
distal  end  or  in  less  deep  shade  including  also  the  distal  portion; 
posterior  patellae  darker  and  the  posterior  tibiae  with  darker  annulus 
at  distal  end.  Abdomen  whitish  yellow;  venter  with  a  black  area 
imiUediately  back  of  the  genital  furrow  but  this  typically  not  extend- 
ing to  spinnerets,  weakly  dusky  over  each  anterolateral  corner  and 
caudad  from  there  over  upper  portion  of  each  side;  dorsum  with  a 
fine  median  longitudinal  dark  line  extending  from  in  front  of  middle 
caudad  and  sending  off  laterad  a  number  of  pairs  of  fine  branches,  a 
row  of  from  two  to  four  black  dots  on  each  side  caudad  of  the  middle, 
these  two  rows  somewhat  converging  toward  the  spinnerets. 

Carapace  broad  and  low;  groove  longitudinal,  distinctly  impressed^ 
crossed  behind  bj-  a  vague  transverse  impression. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  distinctly  recurved  as  usual ;  median  eyes  only 
five  eighths  their  diameter  apart,  two  and  a  half  times  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  subequal,  contiguous,  raised  on  a 
common  low  black  tubercle.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  recurved; 
median  eyes  a  little  longer  than  the  posterior  medians  (diameters  as 
5:4),  their  diameter  apart,  once  and  a  third  their  diameters  from  the 
laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  in  front  than  behind  in  ratio 
14:11;  wider  than  long  in  about  ratio  14:13. 

Sternum  slenderly  extended  caudad  between  the  posterior  coxae. 

Legs  abundantly  aculeate  or  spined  as  usual;  two  rows  of  spines 
on  anterior  face  of  tibia  II  shorter  and  distinctly  stouter  than  those 
found  elsewhere. 

Patella  of  palpus  above  at  distal  end  with  two  long  slender  spines. 
Process  of  cymbium  undivided,  somewhat  clavately  expanded  distad, 
moderately  curved. 

Male.  Length  6.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  3.1  mm.;  width 
2.8  mm.     Tibia  I,  3.6  mm.;   Tibia  IV,  2.1  mm. 

fern.  tib.  +  pat.      met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  4.25  mm.  5  mm.        4  mm.  1.5  mm.  14.75  mm. 

Leg  II         4  4.1  3  1.2  12.3 

Leg  III        2.5  2.25  1.9  1  7.65 

Leg  IV        3  3.2  2.6  1  9.8 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  251 

Localities  —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  228, 
male;  paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  229,  one  immature  male).  Lucma. 
(M.  C.  Z.  329,  one  male). 

Aranea  tigana/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  19,  fig.  2. 

Carapace  pale  brown,  a  broad  stripe  along  each  side  chocolate  or 
blackish.  Sternum  blackish.  Legs  yellow;  femora  dark  at  distal  ends 
in  a  broad  band;  patellae  and  tibiae  also  dusky  at  distal  ends.  Abdo- 
men with  dorsum  white  faintly  tinged  with  yellowish,  the  dorsal  light 
area  enclosing  four  dark  dots  and  in  the  caudal  portion  a  median  black 
line  with  side  branches;  the  sides  blackish,  the  lateral  dark  bands  con- 
verging caudad  and  meeting  considerably  in  front  of  the  caudal  end. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  medians  their  radius  apart, 
two  and  a  fourth  or  more  times  their  diameter  from  the  laterals. 
Lateral  eyes  nearly  contiguous,  the  anterior  one  the  larger,  elevated 
on  a  low  common  tubercle.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  than  long  in 
about  ratio  25 :  22  and  wider  in  front  than  behind  in  about  ratio  5 : 4. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  distinctly  recurved;  median  eyes  larger  than  the 
posterior  medians  (diameters  as  5:4),  three  fifths  their  diameter  apart 
and  not  fully  their  diameter  from  the  laterals. 

Sternum  of  usual  shape,  being  conspicuously  narrowed  caudad. 

Labium  of  usual  form,  distinctly  triangular. 

Legs  abundantly  spined  as  usual;  spines  on  the  anterior  face  of 
tibia  II  shorter  and  stouter,  in  two  series. 

Palpus  with  patella  above  having  two  long  spines  at  distal  end. 
Tibia  flattened  and  extended  ectad  as  in  various  other  species.  Pro- 
cess of  cymbium  of  nearly  uniform  width  throughout,  bent  nearly  at 
right  angles  near  middle. 

Male.  Length  6.6  mm.  Cephalothorax,  length  3  mm.;  width, 
2.2  mm. 

fem.         tib.  +  pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  3.8  mm.      4.4  mm.      3.2  mm.  1.6  mm.  13.0mm. 

Legll         3.1  3.3  2.5  1.1  10.0 

Leg  III        2.2  2  1.2  1  6.4 

Leg  IV        3.1  2.7  2  1  8.8 

Tibia  I,  3.2  mm. 

Locality. —  Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  230,  one 
male). 

'  Gosiute  tigana,  teguna,  close  to. 


252  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Aranea  compsa/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  19,  fig.  6. 

Carapace  black  excepting  the  anterior  region  of  the  head  about  the 
eye-area  which  is  abruptly  lighter,  pale  brown;  the  pale  color  extend- 
ing farther  caudad  on  lower  side  of  head  clothed  with  long  grey  or 
white  hair.  Sternum  black  with  a  bright  yellow  median  longitudinal 
stripe  which  is  interrupted  across  its  anterior  portion.  Labium  and 
endites  black,  pale  across  tips.  Legs  with  femora  pale  yellow-brown 
proximally,  the  distal  half  blackish;  patellae  black;  tibiae  black 
excepting  for  a  light  annulus  at  the  middle;  metatarsi  and  tarsi  pale 
with  no  distinct  black  annuli  or  metatarsus  black  at  extreme  distal 
end.  Abdomen  brownish  grey;  venter,  anterior  face  and  a  broad 
band  reaching  back  across  each  anterolateral  corner  and  along  side 
black.  A  series  of  yellow  dots  and  marks  on  each  side  between  black 
of  venter  and  that  of  side ;  dorsum  covered  with  a  broad  folium-mark 
a  little  darker  than  adjacent  parts,  the  folium  embracing  a  narrow 
median  stripe  limited  by  whitish  marks  and  extending  over  entire 
length  and  marked  with  light  colored  paired  transverse  lines  each  side 
of  this  middle  stripe,  especially  caudad. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  decidedly  recurved;  median  eyes  three  fourths 
their  diameter  apart  and  two  and  a  half  or  a  little  more  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  contiguous,  moderately 
elevated.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  clearly  recurved;  median  eyes  a 
little  smaller  than  the  posterior  medians,  more  than  their  diameter 
apart  (once  and  a  half),  nearly  two  and  a  half  times  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes  nearly  equal  in  length  and 
breadth  or  slightly  wider;  wider  in  front  than  behind  in  ratio  11 :  10. 

Thorax  of  typical  form,  smooth,  without  processes;  head  narrow; 
groove  transverse,  not  profound. 

Labium  with  distal  end  triangular. 

Sternum  about  six  sevenths  as  wide  as  long,  constricted  to  a  narrow, 
distally  rounded  tongue  behind. 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  four  teeth ;  lower  margin 
with  three. 

Legs  strongly  aculeate,  the  spines  long  and  slender,  all  joints  ex- 
cepting the  tarsi  being  well  armed. 

■  KoiJ.4'CK,  pretty. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida. 


253 


Epigynum  with  scape  short;  broad  at  base  but  narrowed  to  a 
slender  tip  projecting  caudoventrad,  (Plate  19,  fig.  6). 

Female.  Length,  6.7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.9  mm.; 
width,  2.3  mm. 


fern.        tib.+pat. 

met- 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

3.25mm.    3.2mm. 

3  mm. 

1 . 1  mm. 

10.55  mm. 

Leg  II 

3.1               3 

2.2 

1 

9.3 

Leg  III 

2.1               2 

1 

0.9 

6.0 

Leg  IV 

3                  2.S 

2 

1 

8.8 

Tibia  I,  2.1. 

Tibia  IV, 

1.9  mm. 

Localities.— OWa^ntSiytamho,  9,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
231,  female;  paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  232,  female).  Urubamba,  9,500 
feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  233,  female). 


Aranea  plesia,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  19,  fig.  5. 

Carapace  deep  chestnut  or  blackish,  paler  along  middle  part  of 
head.  Sternum  black.  Legs  light  brownish  yellow,  the  joints  an- 
nulate with  dark  about  distal  ends,  the  tibiae  of  anterior  pairs  also 
with  a  subbasal  and  narrow  basal  band.  Abdomen  with  median 
portion  of  venter  black,  the  black  area  limited  on  each  side  by  a  nar- 
row yellow  longitudinal  stripe ;  lower  portion  of  side  black,  the  rest  of 
sides  and  the  dorsum  paler,  whitish  yellow  covered  with  a  close  net- 
work of  fine  dark  lines ;  back  of  middle  of  length  a  row  of  short,  solid 
black,  transverse  spots  or  lines  each  side  of  the  middle,  the  anterior 
of  these  bordered  in  front  with  white,  on  anterior  portion  of  dorsum 
two  curving  white  lines  meeting  at  an  angle  on  the  median  line,  the 
figure  thus  formed  having  its  edges  lined  with  black. 

Posterior  row  of  eye  conspicuously  recurved;  median  eyes  their 
diameter  apart  and  between  two  and  a  half  and  three  times  their 
diameter  from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  subcontiguous  and  slightly 
elevated  together  as  usual.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight  or  slightly 
recurved;  median  eyes  equal  in  diameter  to  posterior  medians, 
nearly  one  and  three  sevenths  their  diameter  apart  and  about  the 
same  distance  from  the  laterals  or  but  slightly  more.  Area  of  median 
eyes  wider  in  front  than  behind  (11: 10),  nearly  equal  in  length  and 
breadth. 

1  TrXTjffios,  close  to. 


254 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Sternum  of  usual  general  shape;  caudad  abruptly  narrowed  into  a 
narrow  tongue  projecting  between  coxae. 

Legs  spined  as  Usual;   spines  of  tibiae  II  not  specially  modified. 

Scape  of  epigynum  long  and  a  little  clavate,  projecting  caudad, 
(Plate  19,  fig.  5). 

Female.  Length,  5.1  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.5  mm.; 
width,  2  mm. 


fem. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

2.25  mm. 

3.1  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

1  mm. 

8.45  mm. 

Leg  II 

2 

2.3 

1.6 

.7 

6.6 

Leg  III 

1.3 

1.8 

.9 

.5 

4.5 

Leg  IV 

2.1 

2.1 

1.3 

.9 

6.4 

Tibia 

I,  2  mm. 

Tibia  IV, 

1.2  mm. 

Locality.—  Sorontoy,  7,000  feet,  September.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  234). 

Aranea  SANTA,  sp.  nov, 
Piatt  19,  fig.  10. 

Carapace  with  pars  cephalica  testaceous,  the  pars  thoracica  abruptly 
darker,  dusky.  Sternum  testaceous,  somewhat  dusky,  with  a  clear 
white  T-shaped  mark  of  which  the  cross-piece  is  at  the  anterior  end. 
Labium  and  endites  dusky  testaceous.  Legs  light  brown  or  testa- 
ceous, the  joints  vaguely  darker  at  distal  ends  but  not  distinctly 
annulate.  Abdomen  above  whitish,  covered  with  a  close  network 
of  fine  dark  lines  and  on  each  side  with  a  series  of  dark  oblique  areas; 
back  of  middle  a  median  longitudinal  black  line  and  a  little  each  side 
of  and  parallel  with  this  a  broader  dark  stripe  embracing  about  five 
small  triangular  black  spots,  these  two  more  lateral  stripes  converging 
moderately  caudad  to  spinnerets,  a  small  white  spot  each  side  of  and 
a  little  in  front  of  the  spinnerets.  Anterior  face  of  abdomen  brown 
or  dusky  brown. 

Abdomen  suborbicular  or  but  slightly  extended  at  ends,  not  at  all 
angulate  or  tuberculate. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously  recur\'ed  as  usual ;  median  eyes 
only  about  six  sevenths  their  diameter  apart,  twice  their  diameter 
from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous,  subequal.  Anterior  row 
of  eyes  distinctly  recurved;  median  eyes  equal  to  the  posterior 
medians,  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  apart,  and  the  same  dis- 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  255 

tance  or  but  little  farther  from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median  eyes 
equal  in  length  and  breadth,  wider  in  front  than  behind  in  ratio 
10:9. 

Sternum  of  usual  general  shape;  posterior  portion  triangular, 
acutely  pointed  caudad. 

Legs  abundantly  armed  with  the  usual  long  slender  spines. 

Length  of  female  4.7  mm. 

Locality.—  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  235, 
one  female). 


Aranea  sexta,  sp.  nov. 
'  Plate  19,  fig.  7. 

Carapace  broad  behind  with  the  head  narrow;  thoracic  furrow 
transverse.  .  '"'. ' 

Abdomen  angulate  above  on  each  side  near  middle,  (Plate  19, 
fig.  7). 

Carapace  pale  testaceous,  the  head-itgion  darker  and  with  a  fine 
light  median  longitudinal  line  extending  caudad  from  between  eyes. 
Sternum  light  testaceous.  Legs  testaceous,  not  at  all  annulate  with 
dark.  Abdomen  in  front  of  level  of  angles  pale  testaceous  or  even 
of  whitish  cast  cephalad;  a  white  transverse  band  at  level  of  angles, 
the  abdomen  behind  this  a  darker  brown;  venter  pale,  somewhat 
whitish  mesally,  brown  laterally  and  caudally. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  recurved  as  usual ;  median  eyes  circular,  their 
diameter  apart  or  slightly  less,  nearly  three  times  their  diameter  from 
the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  nearly  contiguous,  the  anterior 
a  little  the  larger.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  clearly  recurved;  median 
eyes  equal  in  diameter  to  the  posterior  medians,  once  and  a  half  their 
diameter  apart  and  no  farther  from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median 
eyes  much  wider  in  front  than  behind  (16:13)  and  a  little  wider  in 
front  than  long  (about  8:7). 

Sternum  with  process  between  posterior  coxae  long,  distally  rounded. 

Labium  and  endites  of  the  usual  form. 

Femora  and  patellae  of  legs  unspined;  the  tibiae,  metatarsi,  and 
tarsi  with  fewer  long  spines  and  numerous  slender  short,  seriate  or 
subseriate  ones  chiefly  on  the  anterior  surface. 

Length  of  female  4.4  mm. 

Locality. —  Panama,  June.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  236,  female). 


256  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Aranea  duocypha/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  18,  fig.  8-10. 

Abdomen  above  with  two  conspicuous  conical  tubercles,  one  on 
each  side  toward  anterolateral  corner. 

Carapace  testaceous,  unmarked.  Sternum  and  coxae  of  legs  be- 
neath yellow.  Legs  dark  testaceous,  the  tibiae  obscurely  marked 
with  three  darker  bands,  the  metatarsi  and  tarsi  darker.  Palpi  dark 
at  tips.  General  color  of  abdomen  above  yellowish;  a  black  line 
extending  transversely  between  the  tips  of  the  two  angular  tubercles, 
this  line  bent  forward  at  middle  and  continued  cephalad  as  a  median 
line;  caudad  of  this  line  a  series  of  other  parallel  transverse  black 
lines,  (Plate  18,  fig.  8).  Venter  yellow,  marked  obscurel;^'  with  a 
network  of  somewhat  darker  lines;    epigynum  very  dilute  chestnut. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously  recm-ved  medians  nearly  once 
and  a  third  their  diameter  apart ;  nearly  twice  their  diameter  from  the 
posterior  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  separated  by  about 
their  radius.  Anterior  row  of  eye  straight  or  slightly  procurved; 
medians  slightly  smaller  in  diameter  than  the  posterior  medians,  one 
and  two  thirds  their  diameter  apart  and  nearly  an  equal  distance  from 
the  laterals;  medians  just  their  diameter  from  the  lower  edge  of  the 
clypeus.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider  in  front  than  behind  (10:9) 
and  wider  in  front  than  long  (also  as  10:9). 

Caudal  end  of  sternum  narrowly  triangular,  not  projecting  between 
coxae;  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  47:43,  (Plate  18,  fig.  9). 

Labium  and  endites  of  the  usual  form. 

Epigj^num  with  scape  very  broad,  long  triangular,  projecting  much 
caudad  of  the  genital  furrow,  (Plate  18,  fig.  10). 

Legs  sparsely  and  weakly  aculeate,  the  aculei  more  numerous 
distally  and  on  anterior  surface. 

Length  4.2  mm. 

Loca%.— Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  237, 
one  female). 

Aranea  calotypa,^  sp.  nov. 

Plate  19,  fig.  4. 

Abdomen  in  outline  subelliptic,  narrowly  obovate  when  viewed 
from  above,  being  narrower  caudad  than  cephalad. 

1  Svo,  two,  KU0OS,  a  hump.  / 

'  xaXAj,  pretty,  ri'iros,  mark. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  257 

Carapace  yellowish  or  pale  testaceous.  Eyes  black.  Sternum 
yellow.  Legs  clear  yellow,  wholly  unmarked.  Abdomen  beneath 
pale  yellowish  or  whitish  yellow,  unmarked,  but  the  spinnerets  ab- 
ruptly darker  and  together  appearing  like  a  black  spot  at  the  tip  of 
the  abdomen;  lower  part  of  sides  with  fine  dark  dots  and  streaks; 
dorsum  above  dark  grey,  the  color  mesally  solid  and  laterally  in  a 
fine  network  enclosing  light  spots,  along  the  middle  line  with  a  series 
of  whitish  spots  extending  over  whole  length,  the  most  conspicuous 
marks  being  three  pairs  of  widely  separated  black  dots  and  in  addition 
toward  caudal  end  a  quadrangle  of  four  more  closely  approximate 
black  spots. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  medians  four  fifths  their 
diameter  apart  and  three  and  three  fifths  their  diameter  from  the 
laterals.  Lateral  eyes  contiguous,  nearly  equal.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  a  little  recurved;  medians  their  diameter  or  a  little  more  apart, 
not  quite  fully  three  times  their  diameter  from  the  laterals.  Area  of 
median  eyes  a  little  wider  in  front  than  behind  (13: 121),  very  slightly 
wider  than  long. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  the  ratio  11:9,  caudad  narrowly 
triangular,  the  caudal  tip  not  sharply  defined. 

Labium  and  endites  of  typical  general  form. 

Legs  of  male  conspicuously  spined  as  usual,  the  spines  of  tibiae, 
especially  of  tibia  I,  longer,  stouter  and  more  numerous  than  those  of 
femora  and  patellae  as  usual,  the  metatarsi  and  tarsi  with  but  few 
spines.     Legs  in  the  female  more  weakly  aculeate  as  usual. 

Process  of  cymbium  in  palpus  of  male  on  ectal  side  of  base,  arising 
from  a  broad  base,  curved,  ending  in  a  swollen  tip  or  button.  Patella 
with  a  single  long  spine  at  distal  end  above. 

Length  5-6  mm. 

Localities. —  Below  Lucma.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  238;  paratypes, 
M.  C.  Z.  239,  one  adult  male,  one  immature  male,  and  three  immature 
females).     Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  240,  one  male). 

Anawixia,^  gen.  nov. 

Thoracic  furrow  deep,  longitudinal,  continued  upon  head,  not 
separated  from  cervical  depression. 

Area  of  median  eyes  much  wider  in  front  than  behind.  Posterior 
median  eyes  decidedly  smaller  than  the  anterior,  separated  by  a 
distance  somewhat  greater  than  their  diameter.     Anterior  median 

1  'avd,  towards,  Wixia. 


258  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

eyes  prominent.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  contiguous,  on  a  common 
prominent  tubercle.     Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  procurved. 

Clypeus  much  narrower  than  the  eye  area;  but  little  exceeding 
diameter  of  an  anterior  eye. 

Labium  not  discrete  from  sternum ;  wider  than  long. 

Femur  I  with  three  very  short  ventral  spines  in  a  series,  five  longer, 
stouter  spines  along  antero ventral  surface;  tibia  I  with  two  ventral 
spines,  five  on  anterior  surface  and  two  on  the  posterior.  Femur  II 
with  six  ventral  spines ;  tibia  II  moderately  incrassate,  with  two  stout 
ventral  spines  and  on  anterior  surface  with  two  series  of  short,  stout 
spines,  six  in  each  series.  Femur  III  unarmed  beneath.  Femur  IV 
beneath  with  a  series  of  about  eight,  mostly  very  short,  spines.  Tro- 
chanter IV  in  type  with  a  single  stout  spine  beneath.  Coxa  I  with  a 
hook  as  in  related  genera.  Posterior  tarsi  setose  beneath ;  with  some 
accessory  claws  or  stout  seriate  bristles  at  the  distal  end. 

Abdomen  elongate;  much  extended  caudad  beyond  the  spinnerets 
which  are  ventral  and  submedian  in  position  and  with  a  conspicu- 
ous cylindrical  slender  caudal  process;  with  spinous  points  above 
at  proximal  end  and  near  base  of  caudal  process. 

Coxa  of  pedipalp  (male)  with  a  cone-shaped  spur  distally  and  femur 
with  the  usual  chitinous  ridge.  Patella  with  a  single  apical  spine. 
Tarsal  sheath  with  a  strongly  chitinized  non  bifid  process  at  base. 

Genotype. —  Anawixia  atopa,  sp.  nov. 

Differing  from  Cyclosa,  in  the  wider  separation  of  the  posterior 
median  eyes,  and  in  the  spining  of  the  legs. 

Anawixia  atopa,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  20,  fig.  1-3. 

Carapace  with  thoracic  part  black,  the  head  yellow.  Sternum 
blackish  over  a  yellow  background;  labium  and  endites  similar  except 
at  tips  which  are  clear  yellow.  Chelicera  yellowish,  dusky  especially 
proximally.  Leg  I  with  femur  dusky  beneath,  deeper  black  distad, 
yellowish  above;  patella  black;  distal  joints  yellowish  or  the  tibia 
somewhat  dusky  or  black  distad.  Other  legs  with  the  femora  yellow 
except  at  distal  end  where  dusky  or  black,  and  two  less  distinct  dark 
rings,  one  at  middle  and  one  more  proximad,  the  tibiae  black  at 
distal  end  beneath  as  in  Leg  I.     Abdomen  blackish;   dorsum  with  a 

'  (XTowos,  strange. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  259 

small  pale  median  spot  at  base  and  vague  paler  markings  over  middle 
and  caudal  regions ;  venter  with  a  vague  pale  line  on  each  side  and  also 
paler  in  front  of  genital  furrow. 

Cephalothorax  broadly  ovate;  the  head  much  narrowed,  projecting 
conspicuously  forward  above  and  over  the  clypeus,  highest  midway 
between  eyes  and  caudal  end. 

Abdomen  slender,  narrowed  caudad,  at  caudal  end  produced  caudo- 
dorsad  into  a  long,  slender,  cylindrical  process,  on  each  side  at  base 
of  which  is  an  acute  spinous  process  or  point,  an  acute  process  or  point 
also  occurring  toward  each  anterolateral  corner;  lower,  less  distinct 
cornicles  also  occurring  elsewhere  over  the  dorsum,  (Plate  20,  fig.  2). 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  median  eyes  a  little  more 
than  their  diameter  apart,  and  between  three  and  four  times  their 
diameter  from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  contiguous, 
borne  upon  a  common  low  tubercle  at  a  considerably  more  ventral 
level  than  the  medians,  the  posterior  one  smaller  than  the  anterior. 
Quadrangle  of  median  eyes  distinctly  narrower  caudad  than  cephalad 
(4:5),  wider  in  front  than  long  (about  25: 22),  the  median  eyes  raised 
on  a  broad,  common  elevation.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight  or 
slightly  recurved;  median  eyes  larger  than  the  posterior  medians 
(diameters  about  as  9 :  7),  not  fully  their  diameter  apart,  two  and  a  half 
times  their  diameter  from  the  laterals;  median  eyes  projecting  con- 
spicuously forward  over  the  receding  clypeus.  Median  eyes  about 
once  and  a  third  their  diameter  from  edge  of  clypeus  but  seen  in 
projection  directly  in  front  appearing  only  about  one  half  their  diame- 
ter removed  from  this  edge,  (Plate  20,  fig.  1). 

Labium  not  distinctly  separated  from  the  sternum;  much  wider 
than  long;  distal  portion  triangular,  its  sides  straight  and  meeting 
at  an  angle  in  the  median  line;  proximal  portion  transversely  de- 
pressed. Endites  well  bent,  curving  over  the  labium,  the  inner  side 
conspicuously  curved. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  nearly  ratio  13:10  or  13: 11;  widest 
at  level  between  second  and  tTiird  legs,  abruptly  indented  as  usual 
opposite  bases  of  first  coxae  slender  acute  extensions  between  coxae 
of  legs. 

Spinnerets  borne  on  venter  not  far  caudad  of  middle  of  length, 
the  abdomen  projecting  widely  over  and  caudad  of  them. 

Trochanter  IV  with  an  acute  black  spur  beneath  at  the  distal 
end;  tibia  I  with  a  series  of  slender  spines  beneath,  (Plate  19,  fig.  3); 
tibia  II  proportionately  stouter,  more  strongly  spined  with  short 
stouter  spines  on  anterior  surface,  having  also  two  spines  toward 


.9 

9.1 

.6 

6.05 

1 

8.8 

260  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

base  on  ventral  surface;  femora  I  and  II  with  series  of  ventral  spines; 
femur  III  with  no  spines  beneath. 

Male.  Length  (not  including  caudal  process),  7.2  mm.  Length 
of  cephalo thorax,  3.1  mm.;  width  2.25  mm. 

fem.  tib.+pat.         met.  tar.      total 

Leg  I  4.1mm.  4.3  mm.  2.3  mm.      1mm.        11.7  mm. 

Leg  II         3  3.1  2.1 

Leg  III        2.25  2.1  1.1 

Leg  IV        2.9  2,9  2 

Tibia  I,  3  mm. 

Locality  —  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type  M.  C.  Z.  241,  one 
male). 

Scoloderus  hybus,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  19,  fig.  9. 

Caudal  region  of  head  strongly  elevated  as  usual,  the  tubercle 
rounded;  posterior  declivity  of  cephalothorax  steep.  Abdomen 
large  and  very  high,  its  surface  clothed  with  numerous  very  short, 
straight  and  acutely  pointed  hairs  as  is  also  that  of  the  carapace. 

Carapace  and  legs  dusky  red-brown,  the  latter  obscurely  annulate. 
Sternum  dusky  brown,  the  coxae  of  legs  beneath  paler.  Abdomen 
above  brownish  grey,  with  vague  chevron-lines  caudad,  the  anterior 
face  and  sides  dusky  with  on  the  anterior  face  a  small  median  white 
spot,  the  dark  of  the  sides  in  part  in  oblique  stripes  more  vaguely 
extending  upon  the  dorsum;  venterdusky  or  blackish  mesally,  paler 
laterally. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved ;  median  eyes  one  and  three 
fifths  their  diameter  apart,  four  times  their  diameter,  or  somewhat 
more,  from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  at  clypeal  corners  as  usual,  con- 
tiguous. Anterior  row  of  eyes  conspicuously  procurved  in  the  typical 
manner,  the  median  eyes  equal  in  size  to  the  posterior  medians,  one  and 
two  fifths  their  diameter  apart,  twice  their  diameter  from  lower  edge 
of  clypeus,  the  latter  narrower  than  eye  area.  Area  of  median  eyes 
wider  than  long  (9:7);  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  the  ratio  9:8. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  teeth  of  which  the 
most  proximal  is  largest;  upper  margin  with  four  teeth. 

Spines  of  legs  few,  long. 

Epigynum  small,  of  form,  (Plate  19,  fig.  10). 

'  'v0di,  hump-backed. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  261 

Length  of  female  4  mm. 

Locality. —  Paltaybamba,  5,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
242,   one  female). 

MiCRATHENA    CALa/    sp.    nOV. 

Plate  20,  fig.  5. 

Carapace  brown,  the  lateral  and  caudal  slopes  of  the  thoracic  part 
dusky.  Anterior  pairs  of  legs  dark  brown,  coxae  and  proximal  ends 
of  femora  yellowish;  posterior  pairs  yellowish  or  light  testaceous. 
Sternum  solid  black.  Abdomen  above  white  of  a  slight  yellowish 
tinge,  a  dusky  mark  at  each  anterior  corner  and  a  spot  or  two  in  line 
with  this  farther  caudad;  venter  and  lower  portion  of  sides  blackish, 
the  caudal  end  between  apices  of  lobes  also  black. 

Abdomen  bifid  behind,  each  lobe  ending  in  two  spines,  one  above 
the  other;  near  base  of  lobe  on  each  side  a  spinous  point  and  one 
farther  forward  toward  anterior  corner. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  recurved  as  usual;  median  eyes  just  their 
diameter  apart,  a  little  more  than  three  times  as  far  from  the  lateral. 
Lateral  eyes  on  each  side  nearly  contiguous,  the  anterior  somewhat 
the  larger.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved;  median  eyes  slightly 
smaller  than  the  posterior  medians,  four  fifths  or  a  little  less  their 
diameter  apart,  their  diameter  from  lower  margin  of  clypeus,  more 
than  three  times  their  diameter  from  the  laterals.  Area  of  median 
eyes  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  about  ratio  15:13,  nearly  equal  in 
length  and  breadth. 

Sternum  shield  shaped;   longer  than  wide  nearly  in  ratio  7:6. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  teeth  of  which  the 
most  proximal  is  largest. 

Spines  on  anterior  face  of  femora  longest. 

Length  of  female  5.3  mm. 

Locality.— Sein  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  243, 
female). 

Gasteracantha  raimondi  Taczanowski,  var. 

Horae  Soc.  ent.  Ross.,  1879,  15,  p.  106,  pi.  1,  f.  25,  26. 

Previously  known  from  various  other  localities  in  Peru  and  from 
Brazil. 

Locality.—  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  246,  one  female). 

1  KaXoi,  beautiful. 


262  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

MIMETIDAE. 

Gelanor  innominatum/  sp.  nov. 

Plate  20,  fig.  6. 

Carapace  from  greenish  yellow  to  light  brown,  either  not  at  all 
distinctly  marked  or,  in  lighter  individuals,  with  two  dark  marks  on 
caudal  region  of  head  and  one  on  each  side  of  the  pars  thoracica. 
Sternum  yellow  to  pale  brown,  with  the  labium  a  little  darker.  Cheli- 
cera  from  yellow  to  pale  brown  of  a  slightly  reddish  cast.  Legs  yellow ; 
first  pair  typically  with  four  black  or  dark  brown  spots  on  caudal 
side  of  femur  with  a  fine  unbroken  black  line  along  the  dorsal  surface; 
tibia  dark  about  the  distal  end.  Second  legs  marked  like  the  first  but 
the  spots  narrower  and  together  appearing  more  like  a  broken  line. 
Femora  of  legs  III  and  IV  with  a  fine  median  longitudinal  dorsal  dark 
line  at  distal  end.  Tibia  IV  and  metatarsus  IV  with  a  fine  median 
dorsal  longitudinal  dark  line  over  entire  length.  Abdomen  above 
dark  brown  over  proximal  half,  testaceous  over  caudal;  typically 
with  five  narrow  transverse  light  stripes  with  each  margin  limited 
by  a  fine  black  line,  two  pale  spots  in  front  of  the  first  of  these  and  a 
black  mark  caudad  of  the  last ;  venter  yellow  or  somewhat  testaceous, 
dusky  in  front  of  the  spinnerets  and  just  in  front  of  the  genital  furrow. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  recurved ;  median  eyes  a  little  more  than  their 
radius  apart,  slightly  less  than  three  times  their  diameter  from  the 
laterals  which  are  of  equal  diameter;  laterals  slightly  larger  than  the 
anterior  laterals  with  which  they  are  contiguous.  x'Vnterior  median 
eyes  about  one  and  two  thirds  the  diameter  of  the  laterals ;  four  fifths 
their  diameter  apart,  and  about  once  and  a  fifth  their  diameter  from 
the  lateral  one  on  each  side. 

Labium  with  sides  strongly  convex;  much  narrowing  distad;  distal 
margin  subtruncate  or  slightly  convex. 

Sternum  less  than  three  fifths  as  wide  as  total  length  inclusive  of 
the  process  between  the  posterior  coxae. 

The  first  two  pairs  of  legs  are  much  longer  and  stouter  than  the  two 
posterior  pairs;  but  the  second  are  decidedly  smaller  and  less  stout 
than  the  first.  Anterior  tibiae  moderately  bowed,  the  metatarsi 
more  conspicuously  so. 

'  innominatus,  nameless. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  263 

Tibia  I  with  seven  of  the  longer  spines  and  four  or  five  smaller 
distally  curved  ones  between  each  two  longer  ones,  these  smaller  ones 
increasing  in  length  distad  as  usual;  four  large  spines  on  metatarsus 
I,  the  number  of  small  spines  between  each  two  large  ones  increasing 
distad,  those  distad  of  the  last  large  spine  much  more  numerous. 
Large  spines  of  tibia  II  mostly  five,  of  metatarsus  II  three. 

Length  of  female,  5.7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Locality  — Ssin  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  244, 
female;   para  types,  M.  C.  Z.  245,  two  females). 


THOMISIDAE. 
MisuMENOPS  CONSPERSA  (Keyserling) . 

Misumena  conspersa  Keyserling,  Spinnen  Amerikas.     Laterigradae,  1880,  1, 
p.  107,  pi.  2,  f.  59. 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  321,  one 
female).  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.,  249,  one  male, 
one    female) . 

Previously  known  from  Guadalupe,  Vacarmayu,  and  San  Malu, 
Peru. 

MisuMENOPB  PALLENS  (Keyserling). 

Misumena  pollens  Keyserling,  Spinnen  Amerikas.     Laterigradae,  1880,  1,  p. 
96,  pi.  2,  f .  52. 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  Peru,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  247, 
one  female).     Panama,  June.     (M.  C.  Z.  248,  one  female). 

Previously  known  from  Guatemala,  Colombia,  Peru,  and  Chile. 

Thanatus  taquarae  Keyserling. 
Spinnen  Amerikas.     Bras.  Spinnen,  1891,  3,  p.  252,  pi.  10,  f.  191. 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  250,  one 
young  female).  Ollantaytambo,  9,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  251, 
female). 

Previously  known  from  Brazil  (Taquara)  as  well  as  from  Peru  (Yura). 


264  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


TiBELLUs  punctulatus  (Taczanowski). 

Thanatus  punctulatus  Taczanowski,  Horae  Soc.  ent.  Ross.,  1872,  9,  p.  10. 

Locality. —  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  253,  female). 
Previously  known  from  Guiana. 


CLUBIONIDAE. 

Eusparassus  shefteli,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  20,  fig.  7-8;  Plate  21,  fig.  1. 

Carapace  dark  chestnut,  blackish  over  anterior  cephalic  region 
and  along  the  lateral  margins.  Chelicerae  black.  Femora  chestnut, 
distally  more  blackish;  distal  joints  blackish  over  a  chestnut  back- 
ground. Sternum  dark  chestnut  or  mahogany,  the  labium  and  en- 
dites  similar  excepting  for  the  paler  distal  ends.  Hair  of  these  parts 
mostly  of  a  golden  lustre,  that  of  the  carapace  in  part  grey;  hair  of 
the  legs  long.     Abdomen  light  brown;  hair  long,  subdense,  yellowish. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  much  longer  than  the  anterior  (39: 34),  moder- 
ately procurved;  eyes  subequal;  median  eyes  near  once  and  a  half 
their  diameter  apart,  a  little  farther  from  the  laterals.  Posterior 
laterals  two  thirds  their  diameter  from  the  anterior  laterals,  larger  in 
the  ratio  10:9.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight,  the  median  eyes  a 
little  larger  than  the  laterals  (ratio  11: 10),  about  their  radius  apart 
and  the  same  distance  from  the  laterals.  Median  eye-area  wider 
behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  8:7;  its  length  equal  to  anterior  width. 

Upper  margin  of  chelicera  with  two  teeth;  the  lower  with  three 
of  which  the  most  proximal  is  the  smallest. 

Labium  semicircular;  more  than  twice  as  wide  as  long  (42:19); 
notches  at  base  slight,  (Plate  20,  fig.  8). 

Claw  of  palpus  distinct;  pectinate.  Tarsus  densely  scopulate  over 
nearly  entire  surface  both  above  and  below.  Femur  and  tibia  each 
with  a  long  subbasal  spine  toward  the  distal  end. 

Sternum  subtriangular;  anterior  margin  straight;  narroVly  acutely 
extended  between  posterior  coxae,  (Plate  20,  fig.  7). 

Femora  of  first  three  pairs  of  legs  with  three  spines  on  anterior, 
three  on  posterior,  and  two  on  dorsal  surface;  femur  IV  with  spining 
the  same  excepting  that  the  spines  of  the  posterior  surface  are  lacking. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  265 

Each  patella  with  a  single  spine  on  its  posterior  side.  Tibiae  I  and 
II  with  3-3  spines  beneath,  two  on  the  anterior  side,  two  on  the 
posterior,  and  one  above;  tibiae  III  and  IV  the  same  except  for 
absence  of  the  dorsal  spine.  All  metatarsi  with  two  spines  beneath, 
two  in  front,  and  two  behind.  Claws  all  strongly  pectinate,  the 
teeth  increasing  in  length  distad.  All  tarsi  and  metatarsi  scopulate 
beneath. 

Female.     Length,  17.5  mm.     Length  of   cephalothorax,  7.5  mm.; 
width,  7  mm. 


fern. 

tib.  +  pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Legl 

8  mm. 

10  mm. 

6 . 5  mm. 

2 . 2  mm. 

26.7  mm 

Leg  II 

8.8 

10.9 

7.2 

2.3 

29.2 

Leg  III 

7.2 

8.0 

5.0 

2.0 

22.2 

Leg  IV 

7.2 

7.9 

5.. 5 

2.2 

22.8 

Tibia  I,  6.8  mm.     Tibia  IV,  5.2  mm. 

Locality'.—  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August  3.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  252, 
female). 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Mr.  Herbert  Sheftel  of  New  York. 


HoRiocTENUS,^  gen.  nov. 

Cephalothorax  ovate,  convex;  thoracic  stria  long  and  distinct, 
radial  lines  not  evident. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved  or  appearing  as  two  rows; 
eyes  subequal,  the  medians  nearer  to  each  other  than  to  the  laterals. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved ;  eyes  subequal  and  nearly  equidistant, 
the  median  eyes  in  type  a  little  the  smaller.  Area  of  median  eyes 
longer  than  wide,  a  little  narrower  in  front. 

Clypeus  narrower  than  length  of  area  of  median  eyes,  receding  from 
the  anterior  eyes  ventrocaudad. 

Labium  wider  than  long. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  one  tooth,  the  upper  with 
three. 

Legs  robust.  Tibiae  of  first  and  second  legs  armed  beneath  with 
three  pairs  of  spines;  the  metatarsi  with  a  single  pair  of  long  spines 
at  the  proximal  end;  metatarsi  and  tarsi  densely  scopulate.  Tarsi  of 
posterior  legs  more  sparsely  scopulate. 

Inferior  spinnerets  (in  type  species)  not  contiguous  at  base.  Su- 
perior spinnerets  with  second  article  short. 

'  8pio?,  pertaining  to  the  borders  or  limits,  etc.  and  Cteuus. 


266  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Genotype. —  Horiodenus  lycosoides,  sp.  nov. 

Readily  distinguished  from  Caloctenus  and  Odo,  both  occurring  in 
the  Andean  region,  in  having  but  a  single  tooth  on  the  lower  margin 
of  the  chelicera,  as  well  as  in  eye  relations  and  characters  of  legs. 


Horioctenus  lycosoides/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  21,%.  2^. 

Integument  of  carapace  dark  brown  with  a  median  longitudinal 
yellow  or  light  testaceous  stripe  from  the  eye-area  to  the  caudal 
margin;  this  median  stripe  anteriorly  as  wide  as  the  eye-area  from 
where  it  first  widens  and  then  narrows  again  and  remains  of  nearly 
uniform  width  to  the  posterior  declivity  down  which  it  narrows  to 
the  caudal  margin;  also  a  narrow  paler  supramarginal  stripe  along 
each  side;  carapace  clothed  densely  with  chiefly  light  grey  or  white 
hairs,  dark  hairs  much  sparser.  Sternum  dusky  chestnut,  the  labium 
similar  excepting  at  the  tip,  the  endites  paler,  all  these  parts  clothed 
with  grey  hair  like  that  of  the  carapace.  Legs  brown,  irregularly  but 
abundantly,  especially  the  femora,  streaked  and  spotted  with  black- 
ish; hair  chiefly  grey  but  with  stiff er  dark  bristles  more  abundantly 
intermixed  than  on  the  carapace.  Abdomen  with  the  integument 
brown,  a  sagittate  outline  in  some  vaguely  indicated  at  the  base 
above,  this  followed  by  a  series  of  equally  vague  cross-marks;  densely 
clothed  with  grey  and  coarser  brown  hairs  intermixed. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  longer  than  the  anterior;  very  strongly 
recurved;  median  eyes  but  little  larger,  separated  from  the  laterals 
by  about  their  diameter,  only  half  as  far  from  each  other.  Anterior 
row  of  eyes  decidedly  recurved  both  in  dorsal  and  in  anterior  view, 
the  median  eyes  being  borne  well  forwards;  eyes  equidistant,  less 
than  their  radius  apart ;  median  eyes  smaller  than  the  laterals  (ratio 
of  diameters  about  as  4: 5). 

Labium  clearly  wider  than  long  (23:19);  sides  convex,  decidedly 
converging  to  the  roimded  or  mesally  truncate  anterior  margin; 
basal  notches  short,  (Plate  21,  fig.  2). 

Endites  not  impressed. 

Palpus  strongly  spined ;  claw  with  five  teeth. 

Teeth  of  upper  margin  of  chelicera  rather  slender,  decreasing  from 

1  Lycosa,  fibo%,  fonn. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  267 

the  one  nearest  claw  proximad;  single  tooth  of  lower  margin  also 
small,  (Plate  21,  fig.  4). 

Sternum  moderately  convex;  anterior  margin  widely  weakly  con- 
vex; caudad  acutely  narrowly  pointed,  not  separating  the  fourth 
coxae;  widest  near  middle;  longer  than  wide  in  about  ratio  5 : 4. 

Epigynum  proportionately  large,  (Plate  21,  fig.  3). 

Female.  Length,  9  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4  mm. ;  width, 
3.1  mm. 

fem.        tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  3.25  mm.    4.2  mm.  2.2  mm.  1.6  mm.  11.25  mm. 

Leg  II         3.0  4.0  2.0  1.5  10.5 

Leg  III        3.0  .  3.5  2.0  1.4  9.9 

LeglV        3.5  4.8  3.8  2.0  14.1 

Tibia  I,  2.9  mm.     Tibia  IV,  3  mm. 

Localities.— 0\\2iiit^Yta.mho,  9,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
254,  one  female).  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July!^  (M.  C.  Z.  255,  two 
females). 

Gayenna  monticola,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  22,  fig.  6. 

Carapace  yellow;  a  dusky  median  longitudinal  line  which  is  gemi- 
nate back  of  the  eyes  as  in  Pirata  sp.;  also  a  dusky  supramarginal 
stripe  on  each  side  extending  forward  to  the  head.  Sternum  yellow, 
dusky  at  margins.  Endites  yellow.  Labium  dusky  yellow.  Legs 
yellow,  dark  about  the  bases  of  spines  and  in  other  small  spots,  giving 
the  appearance  of  broken  annulations  on  the  proximal  joints.  Integu- 
ment of  abdomen  greyish  brown;  above  with  a  narrowly  lanceolate 
dark  median  stripe  at  base,  followed  by  a  series  of  paired  dark  marks 
which  extend  to  a  little  in  front  of  the  spinnerets,  the  two  lines  con- 
verging caudad;  a  dusky  stripe  along  each  dorsolateral  line  proxi- 
mally  below  which  are  scattered  inconspicuous  dark  spots;  venter 
clear  excepting  for  an  interrupted  median  longitudinal  dark  line. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  moderately  procurved;  median  eyes  once  and  a 
half  their  diameter  apart,  their  diameter  from  the  laterals  which  are  a 
little  the  larger  (diameters  about  as  7:6).  Posterior  laterals  subequal 
to  anterior  laterals  from  which  they  are  separated  by  four  sevenths 
their  diameter.  Anterior  row  pf  eyes  straight,  decidedly  shorter  than 
the  posterior;  laterals  larger  than  the  medians  (diameters  as  7:6); 
medians  near  their  radius  apart,  contiguous  with  the  laterals  or  nearly 


268 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


so.  Clypeus  about  four  sevenths  as  wide  as  diameter  of  an  anterior 
lateral  eye.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length  and  breadth  or 
slightly  longer  than  wide  (22:21);  narrower  in  front  than  behind  in 
about  the  ratio  15:21. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  nearly  ratio  35:24.  Truncate  ante- 
riorly; widest  near  middle;  angle  at  caudal  end  moderate,  scarcely 
acute.  Labium  narrowed  from  basal  notches  distad,  the  sides  being 
weakly  convex;  distal  margin  truncate. 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  armed  with  the  usual  three 
teeth  of  which  the  median  is  much  the  largest;  lower  margin  with 
two  subequal  teeth. 

Tibia  I  and  II  with  three  pairs  of  spines  beneath,  of  which  the 
distal  are  much  the  smallest,  the  two  proximal  pairs  being  long  and 
appressed;  metatarsi  I  and' II  with  a  single  basal  pair  of  long  spines 
beneath.  Posterior  tibiae  and  metatarsi  strongly  spined  beneath, 
laterally  and  above.  Femur  I  with  five  spines  above,  (three  in  a 
transverse  row  distally,  one  submedian  and  one  sul)basal).  Meta- 
tarsi and  tarsi  I  and  II  scopulate  to  base;  tarsi  III  and  IV  more 
sparsely  scopulate,  the  corresponding  metatarsi  not  at  all. 

Female.  Length,  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.7  mm.; 
width,  2  mm. 


fern. 

tib.  +  pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

2 . 0  mm. 

2.3  mm. 

1.3  mm. 

1  mm. 

6.6  mm 

Leg  11 

2.1 

2.3 

1.3 

1 

6.7 

Leg  III 

2 

2.1 

1.2 

1 

6.3 

Leg  IV 

2.3 

2.9 

'1.5 

1.1 

7.S 

Localities  —  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July.     (Type  M.  C.  Z.  256,  female). 
Ollantaytambo,  9,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  257). 

Anyphaena  andina,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  22,  fig.  4. 


Carapace  yellow,  of  a  darker  shade  along  the  sides;  blackish  over 
eye-area,  in  a  short  narrow  streak  caudad  from  each  posterior  median 
eye  and  in  a  short  median  line,  bifurcate  behind,  just  in  front  of  the 
fovea  thoracica.  Sternum  and  endites  clear  yellow,  the  labium  of  a 
little  darker  tinge.  Legs  yellow,  indistinctly  marked  with  broken 
annuli  of  which  one  at  distal  end  of  femora  and  one  on  patella  (espe- 
cially of  the  posterior  legs)  are  most  pronounced.     Abdomen  ventrally 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida. 


269 


and  laterally  yellow;  the  dorsum  covered  with  a  close  network  of 
mostly  confluent  dusky  brown  spots  among  which  a  median  longitudi- 
nal pale  line  limited  by  uneven  dark  lines  may  be  traced. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  only  slightly  procurved,  nearly  straight; 
medians  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  (cir.  once  and  a  seventh) 
apart,  a  little  less  than  their  diameter  (six  sevenths)  from  the  laterals. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  posterior  (41 :  31) ;  straight 
or  scarcely  recurved;  medians  smaller  than  the  laterals  (ratio  of 
diameters  5:7),  slightly  more  than  their  radius  apart  (three  fifths 
diameter)  and  almost  contiguous  with  the  laterals.  Clypeus  narrower 
than  diameter  of  eyes.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length  and 
breadth;  three  fourths  as  wide  in  front  as  behind. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  nearly  in  ratio  15:11. 

Labium  much  longer  than  wide;  crenately  notched  or  incised 
mesally  at  distal  end. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  four  or  five  teeth  of  which 
the  two  more  distal  are  longer  than  the  others. 

Tibia  I  with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines  of  which  the  distal  are 
short  and  those  of  the  other  two  pairs  long;  also  bearing  on  the 
anterior  side  three  spines  and  one  dorsally.  Metatarsus  I  below  with 
a  basal  pair  of  long  appressed  spines;  on  anterior  side  with  two  spines 
of  which  the  basal  is  smaller  than  the  median,  and  three  pairs  of 
dorsal  or  subdorsal  spines.  Femur  I  with  three  spines  along  mid- 
dorsal  line.  Anterior  tarsi  scopulate;  metatarsi  sparsely  scopulate 
distad ;  posterior  tarsi  scarcely  truly  scopulate  or  with  but  few  scopu- 
lar  hairs. 

Distal  article  of  superior  spinnerets  abruptly  narrower  than  the 
proximal,  cylindroconical,  small. 

Rima  ventralis  nearly  equidistant  between  bases  of  spinnerets  and 
the  genital  furrow. 

Female.  Length,  6.8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.7  mm.; 
width,  2  mm. 


fem. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

2.1  mm. 

3.1  mm. 

1 .8  mm. 

1.2  mm. 

8.2  mm, 

Leg  II 

2.1 

2.6 

1.7 

1.1 

7.5 

Leg  III 

2 

2.1 

1.2 

1 

6.3 

Leg  IV 

2.2 

3.0 

Tibia  I 

2.2 
,  2.2  mm. 

1 

8.4 

ioca%.— Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  258, 
one  female). 


270  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Anyphaena  apora/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  22,  fig.  2-3. 

Carapace  a  brownish  or  dusky  yellow  with  no  distinct  markings. 
Chelicerae  dilute  chestnut.  Sternum  nearly  same  as  carapace. 
Endites  pale  chestnut,  the  labium  darker  excepting  at  pale  tip.  Legs 
dusky  yellow  above,  darker  distad,  clearer  yellow  beneath;  darker 
annuli  vaguely  indicated  on  tibiae.  x\bdomen  dusky  grey  over  a 
yellowish  background,  the  venter  somewhat  paler  than  the  dorsum, 
with  no  distinct  markings. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  nearly  straight  or  only  very  slightly  procurved; 
medians  their  diameter  apart,  slightly  closer  to  the  laterals.  Anterior 
row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  posterior  in  the  ratio  41:55;  straight  or 
very  slightly  recurved;  medians  much  smaller  than  the  laterals 
(diameters  as  7:10),  about  four  sevenths  their  diameter  apart  and 
one  seventh  their  diameter  from  the  laterals;  median  eyes  nearly 
their  diameter  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  clypeus,  the  laterals  but 
little  more  than  their  radius.  Posterior  lateral  eyes  larger  than  the 
anterior  medians  from  which  they  are  separated  by  only  about  one 
fourth  their  diameter.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length  and 
breadth;  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  28: 17. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  45 :  37. 

Labium  much  longer  than  wide  (40:25).  Basal  notches  long. 
Sides  only  weakly  convex  and  but  little  converging  distad;  distal 
margin  conspicuously  concave  from  side  to  side,  (Plate  22,  fig.  2). 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  four  moderately  large, 
well-spaced  teeth. 

Tibia  I  armed  with  three  pairs  (or  2,  2,  1)  of  ventral  spines  of  which 
the  most  distal  are  some  distance  proximad  of  the  distal  end  of  the 
article  and  are  of  smaller  size ;  two  spines  on  anterior  side  and  two  on 
the  posterior.  Metatarsus  I  with  one  pair  of  long  appressed,  subbasal 
spines  on  ventral  surface  and  with  two  pairs  of  subdorsal  (each  on 
dorsolateral  line)  in  position.  Femur  I  above  with  three  spines  along 
middorsal  line,  three  in  line  cephalad  of  these  and  two  in  a  line  caudad. 
Anterior  tarsi  and  metatarsi  scopulate  to  base  and  tibia  I  also  with 
some  scopular  hairs  at  distal  end. 

Female.  Length,  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalo thorax,  3.6  mm. ;  width, 
2.8  mm. 

1  ajTopos,  difBcull. 


chamberlin: 

THE   ARACHNIDA. 

fem. 

tib.  +  pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

4  mm. 

5.2  mm. 

3  mm. 

2  mm. 

14.2  mm 

Leg  II 

3.8 

5 

3 

1.8 

13.6 

Leg  III 

3 

3.2 

2.5 

1.2 

9.9 

Leg  IV 

3.2 

4.2 

3.3 

1.3 

12.0 

Tibia 

I,  4  mm. 

Tibia  IV, 

2.9  mm. 

271 


Locality.—  Conservidayo  River,  August.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  259). 

Anyphaena  poicila,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  22,  fig.  5. 

Carapace  dusky  brown  with  a  clear  yellow  stripe  along  each  side 
above  a  black  marginal  line  that  completely  encircles  the  carapace; 
a  lighter  median  longitudinal  area  on  head  back  of  eyes  this  narrowing 
caudad  and  enclosing  a  black  line  over  and  back  of  each  posterior 
median  eye;  a  black  line  from  clypeus  over  each  anterior  median  eye 
and  extending  back  across  each  posterior  lateral  eye.  Sternum  black ; 
a  narrow  interrupted  yellow  marginal  line,  a  very  narrow  median 
yellow  line  from  anterior  margin  to  middle  and  on  each  side  a  series  of 
three  small  yellow  dots  converging  caudad  where  there  is  a  median 
spot.  Labium  and  endites  dusky  over  a  yellow  background,  pale 
across  tips.  Legs  yellow;  a  heavy  black  annulus  opt  femora  just  dis- 
tad  of  middle,  one  at  proximal  end  of  tibia  and  one  near  each  end  of 
metatarsus.  Tarsus  of  palpus  with  a  distinct  black  ring  at  proximal 
end,  the  tibia  also  with  an  interrupted  narrower  line  across  proximal 
end  and  small  spots  across  distal;  patella  and  femur  also  with  small 
black  dots.  Abdomen  in  general  yellow;  above  with  a  narrowly 
deltoid  dark  brown  mark  at  middle,  this  continuing  forward  from  its 
apex  in  a  narrower  median  stripe  which  expands  at  the  base  into  a 
mark  of  lanceolate  form  with  apex  cephalad.  Anterior  portion  of 
sides  brown,  each  band  followed  caudad  toward  spinnerets  by  a 
number  of  brown  spots,  some  of  which  unite  in  several  lines  across 
dorsum  in  front  of  spinnerets.  Venter  with  a  median  longitudinal 
brown  stripe  which  is  broadest  caudad,  is  broken  across  middle,  and 
extends  to  the  genital  furrow;  on  each  side  of  this  with  scattered 
small  dots,  some  of  which  are  arranged  in  lines,  (Plate  22,  fig.  5). 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  decidedly  procurved,  a  line  tangent  to  anterior 

I  iroi/ciXos,   spotted. 


272  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

edges  of  medians  intersecting  the  laterals  back  of  their  middles; 
medians  their  diameter  apart,  five  sixths  as  far  from  the  laterals 
which  are  of  the  same  size  or  nearly  so.  Posterior  lateral  eyes  equal 
to  the  anterior  laterals  from  which  they  are  separated  by  two  thirds 
their  diameter.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  posterior  in 
ratio  25:33;  slightly  recurved;  medians  smaller  than  laterals,  their 
diameters  being  to  each  other  nearly  as  2 : 3,  their  radius  apart,  nearly 
half  as  far  from  the  laterals.  Clypeus  a  little  narrower  than  diameter 
of  a  median  eye.  Area  of  median  eyes  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  7:6; 
wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  3:2. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  the  ratio  62 :  47. 

Labium  some  more  than  two  thirds  as  wide  as  long;  apex  squarely 
truncate,  not  incised  or  indented. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  four  small  teeth  decreasing 
in  size  proximad  as  usual. 

Tibia  I  with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines  of  which  the  two  first 
pairs  are  long,  those  of  the  basal  pair  reaching  the  bases  of  the  median 
ones,  the  distal  pair  small;  two  spines  on  the  anterior  and  two  on  the 
posterior  surface.  Metatarsus  I  with  the  usual  pair  of  long  ventral 
spines  at  base;  two  spines  on  anterior  and  two  on  posterior  side. 
Scopulae  very  sparse.  Femur  I  with  three  spines  in  middorsal  line, 
and  also  one  caudad  of  this  line  and  two  cephalad. 

Female.  Length,  5.1  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2  mm.; 
width,  1.8  mm. 

fem.         tib.-1-pat.      met.  tar.  total 


Leg  I 

2.1  mm. 

3  mm. 

1  mm. 

1  mm. 

7 . 1  mm 

Leg  II 

2 

2.8 

1.7 

1 

7.5 

Leg  III 

1.8 

1.9 

1.1 

.9 

5.7 

Leg  IV 

2.1 

2.2 

1.7 

1.1 

7.1 

Tibia 

I, 

,  1.3  mm. 

Tibia 

IV 

,  21  mm. 

ioca%.— Huadquina;    5,000  feet,  July.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  260, 
one  female  not  qjuite  mature). 


Anyphaena  sp. 

Locality. —  Tincochaea,  7,000  feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  330,  one 
immature  specimen). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  273 

Castaneira  quechua,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  22,  fig.  1. 

Carapace,  sternum,  and  chelicerae  black;  labium  and  endites  also 
nearly  black  excepting  for  pale  tips.  Coxae  ventrally  yellowish,  the 
femora  black,  the  succeeding  joints  more  or  less  dark  testaceous, 
except  the  tibia  and  metatarsus  of  fourth  legs  which  are  nearly  black. 
Abdomen  black,  a  vague  light  line  across  middle  above  and  laterally 
but  not  crossing  middle  part  of  the  venter.  Carapace  with  numerous 
white  plumose  hairs.  Legs  with  similar  hairs  but  also  with  numerous 
black  hairs  intermixed.  Abdomen  with  white  plumose  hairs  and 
many  simple  black  hairs. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  procurbed  in  such  degree  that  a  line  tangent 
to  the  anterior  edges  of  the  medians  cuts  the  laterals  near  the  begin- 
ning of  the  caudal  third ;  medians  nearly  once  and  a  third  their  diam- 
eter apart,  less  than  their  diameter  from  the  laterals  which  are  of  the 
same  size  or  nearly  so.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length  and 
breadth  or  very  nearly  so,  scarcely  narrower  anteriorly  than  pos- 
teriorly. Anterior  row  of  eyes  procurved;  median  eyee  their  radius 
apart,  half  as  far  from  the  laterals;  medians  with  diameter  exceeding 
that  of  laterals  in  ratio  9:7;  the  long  diameter  of  the  laterals  exceeding 
the  lesser  diameter  nearly  in  ratio  7:5.  Clypeus  a  little  wider  than  the 
diameter  of  a  median  eye  (about  as  11:9). 

Sternum  three  fourths  as  wid6  as  long;  borders  depressed  as  usual; 
anterior  margin  straight,  sides  converging  to  meet  at  an  angle  caudad 
but  the  angle  not  acute. 

Labium  and  chelicerae  typical. 

Tibia  of  leg  I  armed  beneath  with  three  pairs  of  spines,  metatarsus 
with  two  pairs.  Tibia  II  with  but  two  pairs  of  spines  beneath,  the 
metatarsus  also  with  two  pairs.  Tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  scopu- 
late  to  base;  metatarsi  III  and  IV  scopulate  only  distally. 

Female.  Length,  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.25;  width, 
2  mm. 


fem. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

2 . 6  mm. 

3  mm. 

2  mm. 

1.2  mm. 

8.8  mm. 

Leg  II 

2.2 

2.8 

1.9 

1.1 

8.0 

Leg  III 

2.2 

2.4 

2.0 

1.1 

7.7 

Leg  IV 

2.6 

3.5 

3.1 

1.3 

10.3 

Tibia 

I,  2.1  mm. 

Tibia  IV,  2  mm. 

274  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Locality. —  Conservidayo  River,  August.  (Type  M.  C.  Z.  261, 
one  female). 

QuECHUELLA,  gen.  nov. 

Cephalo thorax  ovate  with  the  frons  moderately  broad;  stria 
thoracica  fine  but  distinct,  of  moderate  length. 

Posterior  eyes  subequal  (in  type  the  lateral  a  little  the  larger), 
nearly  equidistant,  in  a  weakly  proeurved  row.  Lateral  eyes  on  each 
side  separated  by  less  than  their  diameter.  Anterior  eyes  in  a  re- 
curved row;  median  eyes  much  smaller  than  the  laterals,  separated 
from  each  other  but  nearly  contiguous  with  the  laterals. 

Clypeus  much  narrower  than  the  anterior  median  eyes. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  armed  with  four  small  teeth. 

Labium  extending  beyond  middle  of  endites;  longer  than  wide 
though  not  greatly  so;  distally  truncate. 

Anterior  tibiae  (compressed  in  type)  without  spines. 

Furrow  of  posterior  spiracle  well  in  front  of  middle. 

Distal  article  of  superior  spinnerets  short,  conical. 

Genotype. —  Quechuella  lampra,  sp.  nov. 

Distinguished  from  xVnyphaena  and  related  genera  similarly  having 
the  furrow  of  the  posterior  spiracle  in  front  of  middle  in  wholly  lack- 
ing of  spines  on  the  anterior  tibiae  and  by  its  very  narrow  clypeus. 

QuECHUELLA    LAMPRA,^    sp.    noV. 

Plate  21,  fig.  5-8. 

Carapace  pale  yellowish  brown,  dusky  over  sides  and  eye-region. 
Sternum,  endites,  and  labium  yellow.  Coxae  of  legs  beneath  and 
proximal  portions  of  femora  yellow;  legs  more  distad,  especially 
the  tibiae  and  metatarsi,  dusky  to  nearly  black,  the  tarsi  again  paler. 
Abdomen  ventrally  and  over  lower  portion  of  sides  a  dilute  yellowish 
white;  dorsum  a  very  dilute  brownish,  marked  at  the  base  in  the 
median  line  with  a  darker  narrow  stripe  which  is  followed  caudad  by  a 
series  of  paired  dark  dots  extending  to  the  spinnerets  and  on  each  side 
of  dorsum  and  upper  part  of  sides  also  darker,  (Plate  21,  fig.  7). 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  very  slightly  proeurved;  medians  slightly 
smaller  than  the  laterals  (ad.  5:6),  a  little  less  than  their  diameter 

1  Xafiwpos,  distinct. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  275 

(four  fifths)  apart,  their  diameter  from  the  laterals.  Lateral  eyes  on 
each  side  equal,  their  radius  apart.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  recurved; 
medians  smaller  than  the  laterals  (diameters  as  4.5: 6),  one  third  their 
diameter  apart,  closer  to  the  laterals.  Clypeus  very  narrow,  about 
one  third  the  diameter  of  an  anterior  median  eye  wide.  Area  of 
median  ej'es  nearly  equal  in  length  and  breadth;  wider  behind  than 
in  front  in  ratio  2:3,  (Plate  21,  fig.  8). 

Sternimi  widest  back  of  middle,  much  narrowed  cephalad;  more 
abruptly  narrowed  caudad,  the  caudal  angle  not  very  acute;  wider 
than  long  in  ratio  15:13,  (Plate  21,  fig.  6). 

Anterior  tibiae  flattened  dorsoventrally,  apparently  wholly  un- 
spined;  anterior  metatarsi  with  a  pair  of  very  short  spines  beneath. 
Posterior  tibiae  and  metatarsi  with  spines  as  usual. 

Furrow  of  posterior  spiracle  situated  at  about  one  third  the  distance 
from  the  genital  furrow  to  the  spinnerets. 

Length  of  female,  4.1  mm.  Length  of  cephalo thorax,  1.7  mm.; 
width,  1.2  mm. 

Locality.—  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  262, 
one  female  not  fully  mature). 


Trachelopachys  bicolor,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  21,  fig.  9-10. 

Cephalothorax  with  chelicerae,  labium  and  endites,  and  the  entire 
abdomen  solid  black  or  the  abdomen  above  with  very  vague  chevron- 
lines  caudad.  Spinnerets  yellowish.  Legs  clear  yellow,  the  scopulae 
giving  them  a  dusky  appearance  at  distal  ends. 

Posterior  row  of  eyes  recurved  in  such  degree  that  a  line  tangent 
to  caudal  edges  of  medians  cuts  through  the  anterior  fourth  of  the 
laterals;  median  eyes  a  little  smaller  than  the  laterals,  twice  their 
diameter  apart,  farther  from  the  laterals.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  a 
little  procurved;  laterals  much  larger  than  the  medians  (diameters 
about  as  3:2);  median  eyes  their  diameter  apart,  about  half  as 
far  from  the  laterals.  Clypeus  twice  as  wide  as  diameter  of  median 
eye.  Area  of  median  eyes  equal  in  length  to  width  behind;  wider 
behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  7 : 6. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide  in  a  little  less  than  the  ratio  4:3;  strongly 
convex,  the  borders  being  much  above  (dorsad  of)  level  of  median 
portion. 


276  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Labium  strongly  thickened  across  base,  the  thickened  portion  sepa- 
rated by  a  distinct  transverse  furrow  from  the  distal  portion;  sides 
moderately  converging  distad,  substraight  proximad,  convex  toward 
tip;  apically  truncate;  wider  than  long  in  ratio  6:5,  (Plate  21,  fig.  9). 

Upper  margin  of  fmTow  of  chelicera  with  the  usual  three  stout 
teeth  of  which  the  median  is  largest;  lower  margin  with  two  stout 
and  subequal  teeth. 

Palpus  of  female  unspined;  claw  smooth. 

Tarsi  and  metatarsi  of  legs  I  and  II  densely  scopulate  and  with 
some  scopular  hairs  on  distal  end  of  tibia;  tarsi  and  distal  portion 
of  metatarsi  also  scopulate  in  legs  III  and  IV.     All  legs  without  spines. 

Female.  Length  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  4  mm,;  width, 
3.2  mm. 

fem.       tib.+pat.        met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  3  mm.        3.7  mm.  2  mm.        1.3  mm.  10.0  mm. 

Legll         2.8  3.3  1.9  1.2  9.2 

Leg  III       2.2  2.7  1.8  1  7.7 

Leg  IV        3.2  3.8  2.7  1.3  11.0 

Tibia  I,  2.2  mm.  Tibia  IV,  2.4  mm. 

Localities.— Vrnho^rnhdi,  9,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  263, 
female;  paratype,  no.  264,  one  female).  Ollantaytambo,  9,000  feet, 
July.     (M.  C.  Z.  265,  one  female). 


PISAURIDAE. 

Trechalea  sp. 

Three  immature  specimens  of  an  uncertain  species  were  secured 
at  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  266). 

Trechalea  monticola,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  23,  fig.  1. 

Carapace  brown,  darker,  more  black,  along  the  lateral  borders; 
on  each  side  a  pale  supramarginal  stripe  uniting  with  the  one  of 
opposite  side  across  the  clypeus,  these  stripes  more  or  less  zig-zag; 
a  median  longitudinal  pale  band  narrow  from  caudal  margin  to  the 
pars  cephalica  upon  which  it  expands  to  nearly  the  width  of  the  eye- 
area  and  then  extends  as  a  narrow  tongue  between  the  eyes,  this  broad 
portion  embracing  a  longitudinal  dark  line  back  of  each  posterior 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida. 


277 


median  eye  and  a  pair  of  broader  stripes  between  this  and  the  one  of 
opposite  side.  Sternum  yellow,  a  pair  of  large  dark  spots  on  the  mid- 
dle portion  and  a  dusky  line  within  each  lateral  border.  Labium 
dusky,  pale  across  tip.  Endites  yellow.  Chelicerae  yellowish,  some- 
what darker  proximally.  Legs  yellowish  brown  or  testaceous,  the 
femora  and  coxae  beneath  clear  yellow  or  whitish  yellow,  the  femora 
darker  distad;  over  the  anterodorsal  surface  the  femora  are  marked 
with  a  series  of  four  large  dark  spots.  Abdomen  with  venter  dusky 
yellowish;  sides  and  dorsum  greyish  black,  a  lanceolate  outline  at 
base  above  in  black  and  a  series  of  about  four  white  spots  on  each  side. 

Face  and  clypeus  much  sloping  as  usual. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  recurved ;  shorter  than  the  row  formed 
by  the  two  posterior  median  eyes  (28:31);  median  eyes  much  larger 
than  the  laterals,  the  diameter  being  nearly  twice  as  great  (15:8); 
median  eyes  not  fully  their  radius  apart  (five  sevenths)  and  scarcely 
more  than  half  as  far  from  the  laterals;  medians  about  once  and  a 
third  their  diameter  from  lower  margin  of  clypeus.  Posterior  median 
eyes  with  diameter  one  and  a  third  times  that  of  the  anterior  medians, 
their  diameter  apart  and  less  than  their  radius  from  the  anterior 
medians.  Area  of  posterior  eyes  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio 
115: 62,  nearly  2.4  times  wider  than  long. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  stout  conical  teeth. 

Labium  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  7:6;  basal  notch  one  fourth  the 
total  length;  distal  margin  widely  but  very  weakly  convex,  sub  trun- 
cate;  sides  convex  and  moderately  converging  distad. 

Total  length  of  sternum  including  caudal  process  exceeding  the  width 
nearly  as  10:9. 

Tarsi  of  legs  all  slender  and  distinctly  curved  or  bent,  their  diameter 
least  near  middle  of  length.  Paired  claws  of  leg  I  with  five  slender  and 
moderately  divergent  teeth  on  the  proximal  half;  unpaired  claw  small, 
abruptly  bent,  with  one  slender  spine  or  tooth,  (Plate  23,  fig.  1). 

Female.  Length,  9  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.3  mm.; 
width,  4.7  mm. 


fern.         tih.  +  pat. 

met.           tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

5.6  mm.      7. 1  mm. 

5.25  mm.    3  mm. 

20.95  mm 

Leg  II 

7                  8.7 

6.6              3 

25.3 

Leg  III 

5.8              6.5 

5.1               3 

20.4 

Leg  IV 

6.3              8 

7.25             4 

25.55 

Tibia  I,  5  mm. 

Tibia  IV,  6  mm. 

Locality  —  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.     (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  267, 
one  female,  not  quite  adult). 


278  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

TuNABo/  gen.  nov. 

Cephalothorax  longer  than  broad,  moderately  convex,  the  posterior 
declivity  abrupt;  thoracic  stria  long. 

The  anterior  row  of  eyes  weakly  procurved;  median  eyes  farther 
from  each  other  than  from  the  laterals,  a  little  larger  than  the  laterals. 
Posterior  eyes  in  two  distinct  rows  as  in  Lycosa,  much  larger  than 
those  of  the  anterior  row.  Area  of  median  eyes  decidedly  wider  than 
long  and  much  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Clypeus  much  narrower 
than  area  of  median  eyes,  only  a  little  exceeding  the  diameter  of  an 
anterior  median  eye;  sub  vertical. 

Labium  wider  than  long. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  four  teeth. 

All  tarsi,  and  the  anterior  metatarsi  at  least  in  part,  scopulate. 
Anterior  tibiae  armed  beneath  with  five  pairs  of  spines,  the  distal 
pair  small  and  the  others  very  long;  the  metatarsi  armed  beneath 
with  three  pairs  of  spines. 

Genotype. —  Tmiabo  peruvianus  sp.  nov. 

Easily  distinguished  from  Trechalea,  the  preceding  genus,  in  having 
the  anterior  eyes  in  a  procurved  row,  and  from  Hygropoda,  also 
occurring  in  the  Andean  region  and  a  closely  related  genus,  in  the 
relatively  much  larger  posterior  eyes,  in  the  much  narrower  clypeus, 
and  in  having  leg  IV  longer  than  leg  I. 

TUNABO    PERUVIANUS,    sp.    nOV. 

Plate  22,  fig.  7-9. 

A  sharply  defined  median  longitudinal  stripe  over  entire  length  of 
carapace  and  abdomen,  this  limited  on  each  side  on  the  carapace  by  a 
black  stripe  below  which  is  a  testaceous  stripe  of  about  the  same 
width,  this  enclosifig  some  dark  dots,  the  margins  darker;  on  the 
abdomen  the  median  stripe  is  limited  on  each  side  by  a  dark  brown 
stripe,  the  sides  and  venter  of  abdomen  pale,  brownish  grey  with 
numerous  small  dark  dots.  Sternum  yellow  or  dilute  light  brown 
minutely  spotted  with  black  and  with  a  median  longitudinal  black 
line  on  caudal  half.  Labium  and  endites  yellow  or  testaceous. 
Legs  brown,  the  coxae  and  the  femora  beneath  paler;  femora  marked 
above  with  longitudinal  blackish  lines  and  the  legs  elsewhere  minutely 
spotted  and  streaked  with  dark.  Chelicera  each  with  a  black  longi- 
tudinal stripe  down  its  front  face. 

'  Gosiute  iuna,  straight,  and  nabo,  a  mark. 


C'HAMBERLIN:    the    ARkcHNIDA.  279 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second  (about  as  11:12); 
sHghtly  procurved;  diameter  of  medians  greater  than  that  of  laterals 
in  ratio  4:3;  medians  three  fourths  their  diameter  (or  a  little  farther) 
apart,  their  radius  or  slightly  more  from  the  laterals;  median  eyes 
more  than  their  diameter  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  clypeus  (about 
once  and  a  fourth),  the  laterals  nearly  once  and  two  thirds  their  diam- 
eter from  it.  Diameter  of  eyes  of  second  row  exceeding  that  of  the 
anterior  medians  in  about  ratio  5:2;  eyes  of  second  row  more  than 
their  radius  apart  (about  three  fifths  diameter),  less  than  their  radius 
from  anterior  medians  (two  fifths  diameter).  Posterior  eyes  a 
little  smaller  than  the  second,  three  and  a  half  or  a  little  more  times 
their  diameter  apart.  Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  contained  in 
total  length  of  cephalothorax  about  3.75  times.  Area  of  median  eyes 
much  wider  than  long  (48:  34),  wider  behind  than  in  front  (12:5). 

Total  length  of  sternum  exceeding  the  width  in  ratio  8.5-9:7, 
(Plate  22,  fig.  8). 

Labium  wider  than  long,  (Plate  22,  fig.  7). 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  the  usual  three  teeth; 
lower  margin  with  four  teeth  of  which  the  third  from  the  distal  end 
is  much  the  smallest,  the  other  three  stout,  conical,  equal,  (Plate  22, 

fig.  9).   ,  .  . 

Anterior  tarsi  and  metatarsi  scopulate  to  base ;  the  posterior  meta- 
tarsi scopulate  lightly  on  distal  portion  only.  Tibia  I  with  five 
pairs  of  ventral  spines,  these  being  very  long,  the  first  or  basal  ones 
overlapping  bases  of  those  of  the  third  pair,  the  distal  spines  much 
shorter  than  those  of  first  and  second  pairs;  also  a  short  spine  on 
anterior  and  one  on  posterior  face.  Metatarsus  I  with  three  pairs 
of  ventral  spines  of  which  the  first  two  pairs  are  very  long  like  those 
of  the  tibiae ;  also  with  three  spines  on  anterior  and  three  on  posterior 
surface  and  a  pair  of  dorsal  ones  near  distal  end. 

Anterior  piece  of  lorum  of  pedicel  notched  behind,  the  posterior 
piece  rounded  anteriorly  and  fitting  into  the  notch. 

Process  of  tibia  of  palpus  in  male  ventral  in  position;  subcorneal 
and  low  in  specimen  lacking  one  moult  of  maturity. 

Male.  Length,  9  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm.;  width, 
2,5  mm. 

fem.  tib.+pat.       met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  3.1mm.  4  mm.        2.1mm.  1.3  mm.  10.5  mm. 

Legll         3.1  3.8  2.1  1.3  10.3 

Leg  III       2.3  3  2  1.1  8.4 

Leg  IV        3.7  4  3  1.3  110 


280  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Locality.— Ruadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.,  322, 
male  lacking  apparently  one  moult  of  maturity;  para  type,  M.  C.  Z., 
268,  one  male  in  same  stage  as  type). 


LYCOSIDAE. 

PORRIMA   HARKNESSI,    sp.    nov. 

Plate  23,  fig.  2-6. 

Carapace  with  integument  from  light  brown  to  darker,  nearly 
chocolate-brown;  the  lateral  margins  black  with  a  pale  supramarginal, 
stripe  on  each  side;  eye-region  blackish;  a  pale  median  longitudinal 
line  extending  from  the  eye-area  caudad  and  on  each  side  of  this  a 
pale  or  whitish  line  converging  toward  the  corresponding  one  of  the 
opposite  side  with  which  it  unites  caudad  of  the  stria.  Sternum  dark 
brown  to  blackish,  paler  about  margin  and  with  a  pale  median  longi- 
tudinal mark  in  the  anterior  portion.  Labium  dusky,  paler  across 
the  distal  end.  Endites  lighter  brown.  Chelicerae  dark  brown  to 
somewhat  mahogany  color.  Legs  dilute  testaceous  to  dark  brown  or 
dusky  brown.  Abdomen  above  almost  black,  the ^  blackish  area  lim- 
ited on  each  side  by  a  clear  white  line  from  which,  beginning  near 
middle,  a  series  of  very  short  lines  are  given  off  on  the  inner  side  and 
extend  a  little  cephalad  of  mesad ;  sides  and  \'enter  paler,  from  dusky 
testaceous  to  nearly  black;  the  venter  showing  a  vague  pale  longitudi- 
nal line  on  each  side.  The  light  lines  of  carapace  and  abdomen 
clothed  densely  with  white  hairs,  the  margin  of  carapace  also  clothed 
with  white  hair,  the  hair  of  other  parts  dark. 

Carapace  with  dorsal  line  in  profile  nearly  horizontal,  a  little  de- 
pressed at  the  groove;  pars  cephalica  anteriorly  very  narrow. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  procurved,  much  longer  than  the 
second  row  (posterior  medians)  but  shorter  than  the  third  (posterior 
laterals);  median  eyes  much  smaller  than  the  laterals  (diameters 
nearly  as  2:3),  about  their  radius  apart  and  about  half  as  far  from  the 
laterals;  lateral  eyes  not  fully  their  radius  from  the  lower  edge  of 
clypeus.  Eyes  of  the  second  row  but  slightly  larger  than  the  anterior 
lateral  eyes,  about  their  radius  apart.  Eyes  of  the  third  row  clearly 
smaller  than  those  of  the  second,  their  diameters  being  as  4:5;  each 
its  diameter  from  corresponding  eye  of  the  second  row,  a  little  more 
than  three  times  their  diameter  apart.     Cephalothorax  between  six 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  281 

and  a  half  and  seven  times  as  long  as  area  of  the  two  posterior  rows 
of  eyes. 

Labium  a  little  longer  than  wide  (28:25),  reaching  a  little  distad  of 
middle  of  endites;  proximal  notches  long;  distal  margin  wide,  a 
little  incurved,  (Plate  23,  fig.  2). 

Sternum  but  little  longer  than  wide,  convexly  rounded  in  front; 
caudally  ending  in  a  short  acute  process  between  the  last  coxae. 

Chelicerae  long  and  cylindrical,  not  very  stout;  lower  margin  with 
three  subequal  teeth;  upper  margin  with  three  teeth  of  which  the 
median  is  largest  as  usual. 

Tibiae  I  and  II  with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines  of  which  the  fii'st 
two  are  very  long  and  appressed,  the  distal  pair  much  shorter;  two 
spines  on  anterior  and  two  on  posterior  surface.  Femur  I  with  three 
spines  in  middorsal  line  and  with  two  on  the  anterior  side  of  this  and 
three  on  the  posterior.  Patellae  I  and  II  unarmed;  III  and  IV  with  a 
spine  on  anterior  and  one  also  on  posterior  surface.  Paired  claws 
with  mostly  eleven  or  twelve  long  teeth,  these  a  little  curved  distad; 
unpaired  claw  with  two  short  teeth  at  base,  (Plate  23,  fig.  6). 

Male  (Type).  Length,  15  mm.  Length  of  cephalo thorax,  7  mm.; 
width,  5  mm. 

fern.       tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  7  mm.        8.5  mm.      5.7  mm.      3.5  mm.  24.7  mm. 

Leg  II         6.9  8  5.6  3.5  24.0 

Leg  III        6.7  7  5.5  3  22.4 

Leg  IV        7.5  9  8.3  4  288 

Tibia  I,  5.25  mm.    Tibia  IV,  6.8  mm. 

Female.  Length,  13.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6  mm.; 
width,  4.6  mm. 

fem.  tib  +pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  5.9  mm.      5.9  mm.  4.2  mm^     3  mm.  19.0  mm. 

Legll         5.1  6.1  4.1  2.8  18.1 

Leg  III       5  5.3  4  2.2  16.5 

Leg  IV        6.2  7  6.6  3.1  22.9 

Tibia  I,  4.9  mm.  Tibia  IV,  5.2  mm. 

ioca%.— Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July  26.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
269,  male;  paratypes,  M.  C.  Z.  270,  one  male  and  one  female). 

Named  for  Edward  S.  Harkness  of  New  York,  a  patron  of  the 
expedition. 


282  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Lycosa  securifer  Tullgren. 

Arkiv.  f.  zool,  1905,  2,  p.  66,  pi.  8,  f.  32. 

The  specimens  here  listed  are,  with  sUght  doubt,  referable  to  L- 
securifer  described  by  Tullgren  from  Argentina. 

Localities. —  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  no.  271,  one  adult 
female  with  egg  sac  and  one  immature  female  taken  under  stone). 
Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  272). 

Lycosa  gumia  Petrunkevitch. 

Lycosa  gulosa  Tullgren,  Arkiv.  f .  zool.,  1905,  2,  p.  63,  pi.  8,  f .  30. 

Lycosa  gumia  Petrunkevitch,  Bull.  Amer.  mus.  nat.  hist.,  1911,  29,  p.  560. 

Localities. —  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  273,  six 
females).     San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  274,  one  female). 


Lycosa  thorelli  (Keyserling). 

Tarentula  thorelli  KeyserUng,  Verh.  Zool.  hot.  ges.  Wien,  1876,  26,  p.  650,  pi.  1, 
f.  28. 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  275,  one 
female).  Lucma,  7,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  276,  one  female 
adult,  and  one  immature  female). 


Lycosa  sp.  a. 

An  immature  male  of  doubtful  species  collected  at  Paltaybamba, 
5,000  feet,  August  27.     (M.  C.  Z.  277). 


Lycosa  sp.  b. 

An  immature  male  from  Panama,  June.     (M.  C.  Z.  278).     It   is 
near  L.  dilatata  F.  Cambridge,  but  is  probably  undescribed. 

Lycosa  sp.  c. 

An    immature    female    from    Ollantavtambo,    9,000    feet,    July. 
(M.  C.  Z.  279). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  283 


Lycosa  sp.  d. 

An  immature  female  of  uncertain  species  from  Santa  Ana,  3,000 
feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  280). 

Lycosa  sp.  e. 

An  immature  female  from  the  Conservidayo  River  collected  in 
August.     (M.  C.  Z.  281). 

Lycosa  liopus,^  sp.  no^■. 
Plate  24,  fig.  4. 

Carapace  with  sides  -  brown,  a  supramarginal  stripe  on  each  side 
and  a  broad  median  longitudinal  stripe  light  testaceous,  the  latter 
stripe  narrowed  between  eyes  and  again  gradually  narrowing  caudad, 
not  distinctly  constricted  in  front  of  the  groove;  lateral  margins 
dusky.  Hair  of  the  light  stripes  when  dry  grey  or  somewhat  brownish 
grey.  Sternum  and  legs  light  testaceous,  the  femora  of  legs  beneath 
paler,  more  yellow ;  legs  without  any  markings.  Labium  dusky  except 
across  tip.  Endites  light  chestnut,  tips  pale.  Chelicerae  chestnut. 
\^enter  of  abdomen  yellow,  dorsum  and  sides  darker,  especially  across 
anterolateral  corners;  dorsum  with  a  median  wedge-shaped  black 
mark  at  base,  the  mark  abruptly  narrowed  into  a  narrow  tongue 
caudad. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second;  clearly  procurved 
median  eyes  with  diameter  larger  than  that  of  laterals  in  ratio  16: 13, 
their  radius  apart  and  only  half  as  far  from  the  laterals.  Anterior 
median  and  anterior  lateral  eye  each  its  diameter  from  the  lower 
margin  of  clypeus.  Eyes  of  second  row  greatly  exceeding  those  of 
the  first,  their  diameter  being  to  that  of  the  anterior  medians  as  2:1; 
not  fully  two  thirds  their  diameter  apart  (9/16)  scarcely  one  third 
their  diameter  from  anterior  median  eyes.  Eyes  of  third  row  about 
seven  eightlis  the  diameter  of  the  second,  between  2.25  and  2.5  times 
their  diameter  apart.  Length  of  cephalothorax  to  length  of  area  of 
four  posterior  eyes  as  4.75: 1. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerae  with  the  usual  three  teeth, 
these  stout,  conical,  and  subequal. 

•  Xeios,  smooth,  tovs.  foot. 


284  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Sternum  2.8  mm.  wide  and  3.8  mm.  long. 

i\nterior  tarsi  and  metatarsi  seopulate  to  the  base,  the  tibiae  also 
scopulate  at  distal  end;  posterior  metatarsi  only  sparsely  seopulate 
distad.  Tibia  I  with  ventral  spines  as  usual,  moderate  in  size,  the 
basal  spines  largest,  a  little  overlapping  those  of  the  second  pair;  on 
anterior  side  with  two  (or  on  one  side  with  three)  spines  the  posterior 
side  with  none;  spines  of  tibia  II  the  same  excepting  there  are  two 
anterior  spines  on  both  right  and  left  legs  in  type  and  there  is  on  one 
side  a  minute  distal  spine  on  the  caudal  side. 

Female.  Total  length,  15.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  8.1 
mm.;    width,  6  mm. 

fem.  tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  5.2  mm.  6.4  mm.  4  mm.  2.8  mm.  18.4  mm. 

Leg  II         5.1  6.4  3.9  2.8  18.2 

Leg  III       5.1  5.7  4.2  2.5  17.5 

Leg  IV        6.3  7.1  6.1  3.25  22.75 

Tibia  I,  4  mm.  Tibia  IV,  4.7  mm. 

Locality.—  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  282, 
one  female). 

Lycosa  orinus,^  sp.  nov. 

Plate  24,  fig.  1. 

Carapace  with  integument  dark  brown,  a  supramarginal  pale  stripe 
on  each  side  and  a  broad  median  longitudinal  testaceous  stripe  ex- 
tending from  between  eyes  to  the  caudal  margin,  this  stripe  constricted 
a  little  in  front  of  the  groove  and  narrowing  down  the  posterior 
declivity ;  the  pale  stripes,  and  the  border  beneath  the  lateral  ones  as 
well,  clothed  with  bronze-brown  hair  intermixed,  especially  in  the 
eye-region,  with  black  bristles ;  hair  of  other  parts  of  carapace  darker. 
Sternum  black.  Labium  and  endites  deep  chestnut  or  blackish,  pale 
across  the  tip.  Chelicerae  black  clothed  in  front  below  with  orange 
hair.  Legs  testaceous  to  brown,  the  coxae  beneath  all  black;  femora 
I  and  II  also  black  beneath  but  femora  III  and  IV  merely  with  a 
black  stripe  across  distal  end  beneath;  all  patellae  black  beneath;  all 
tibiae  with  a  broad  black  band  across  distal  end;  the  anterior  meta- 
tarsi black  beneath,  the  posterior  metatarsi  black  at  the  distal  ends, 

'  'optivbi,   mountaineer. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  285 

the  hair  of  black  areas  of  legs  black,  of  the  other  parts  above  brown 
with  darker  longer  bristles  intermixed  in  the  usual  way,  but  the  light 
areas  beneath  clothed  with  more  grey  colored  hair.  Abdomen  be- 
neath solid  black;  sides  grey-brown;  dorsum  very  dark  brown,  dusky, 
a  median  blackish  wedge-shaped  mark  outlined  by  light  lines  in  the 
front  third  of  the  length,  this  followed  by  a  series  of  black  chevron- 
lines  each  bordered  caudad  by  a  light  line  which  commonly  termi- 
nates at  each  end  in  a  light  spot,  the  light  lines  clothed  with  hair 
which  is  yellow  when  dry,  there  being  other  spots  and  streaks  of  same 
as  well. 

Cephalothorax  in  profile  with  the  dorsal  line  rising  gradually  and 
moderately  from  the  posterior  declivity  to  the  third  eyes. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  a  little,  shorter  than  the  second  (17:18),  pro- 
curved  as  usual;  medians  larger  than  the  laterals  (diameters  as 
19:16)  scarcely  their  radius  apart,  nearer  to  the  laterals;  median 
eye  separated  from  eye  of  second  row  of  same  size  by  a  distance 
equal  to  diameter  of  lateral  eye;  anterior  lateral  eye  once  and  a 
fourth  their  diameter  from  lower  edge  of  clypeus.  Eyes  of  second 
row  with  diameter  fully  twice  that  of  anterior  medians,  about  five 
eighths  their  diameter  apart.  Posterior  eyes  with  diameter  three 
fourths  that  of  the  second  eyes,  not  quite  three  times  their  diameter 
apart.  Area  of  four  posterior  eyes  just  one  fifth  total  length  of 
carapace. 

Sternum  broadly  elliptic,  three  fourths  as  wide  as  long. 

Anterior  tarsi  and  metatarsi  and  distal  end  of  tibiae  densely  scopu- 
late;  posterior  metatarsi  scopulate  only  at  distal  end.  Anterior  tibiae 
with  the  usual  three  pairs  of  spines  beneath,  these  very  short  as  are 
also  the  small  spines  on  the  anterior  and  posterior  surface. 

Female.  Length,  18.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  9.4  mm.; 
width,  7  mm. 

fern.  tib.  +  pat.        met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  7.1mm.  8.1  mm.  5  mm.  .3.5  mm.  23.7  mm. 

Leg  II         6.5  7.3  5  3  21.8 

Leg  III        6  6.8  4.6  3  20.4 

Leg  IV        7.8  8.8  7.0  3.7  24.3 

Locality.— Cnzco,  11,500  feet,  July  6,  7.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  283; 
paratypes  M.  C.  Z.  284,  two  mature  and  one  immature  females  and 
three  immature  males). 


286  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Lycosa  andina,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  24,  fig.  2-3. 

Carapace  dark  brown,  a  broad  median  longitudinal  stripe  from 
eyes  caudad  and  narrowing  to  caudal  edge  testaceous,  this  stripe 
limited  as  far  back  as  the  thoracic  furrow  by  a  narrow  black  line;  a 
narrow  pale  supramarginal  stripe  on  each  side.  Sternum,  labium, 
endites,  and  coxae  of  legs  beneath  deep  blackish  brown  in  alcohol  or 
dense  blackish  when  dry.  Chelicerae  black;  a  dense  coat  of  orange 
colored  hair  on  anterior  face,  especially  distally.  Legs  brown,  femora 
paler  beneath;  patella  black  across  ventral  surface;  tibiae  with  a 
broad  black  band  across  distal  end  on  ventral  half.  Abdomen  grey- 
brown,  venter  wholly  dusky;  dorsally  with  a  median  longitudinal 
black  stripe  at  base  this  first  clavately  widening  and  then  abruptly 
narrowed  to  continue  as  a  narrow  tongue  to  middle  wliere  it  bifurcates 
in  two  narrow  pointed  branches;  caudad  of  this  mark  two  or  three 
slender  black  chevron-marks  are  usually  distinctly  indicated.  The 
male  is  colored  similarly  to  the  female  but  the  venter  back  of  the 
genital  furrow  is  solid  black  and  the  abdomen  in  a  stripe  across  each 
anterolateral  corner  and  caudad  along  side  of  abdomen  is  also  black. 

Cephalothorax  in  profile  with  the  dorsal  line  convex,  very  little 
rising  cephalad  of  the  groove. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  procurved,  equal  in  length  to  the  second; 
median  eyes  decidedly  larger  than  the  laterals  (diameters  as  4:3), 
rather  less  than  their  radius  apart,  closer  to  the  laterals;  anterior 
medians  about  their  diameter  from  lower  edge  of  clypeus.  Eyes  of 
second  row  with  diameter  larger  than  that  of  anterior  median  eye  in 
about  ratio  18:11,  nearly  two  thirds  their  diameter  apart.  Eyes  of 
third  row  smaller  than  those  of  the  second  (diameters  nearly  as  5:6); 
about  five  sixths  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row,  more  than 
twice  their  diameter  apart.  Cephalothorax  between  7.25  and  7.5 
times  longer  than  the  quadrangle  of  the  second  and  third  eye  rows. 

The  three  teeth  of  the  lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  long, 
conical,  stout,  the  most  proximal  one  a  little  largest. 

Distal  edge  of  labium  broad,  very  slightly  incurved  from  end  to  end. 

Sternum  semicircular,  longer  than  wide  in  about  ratio  3.1:2.9. 

All  tarsi  and  metatarsi  scopulate  to  base;  anterior  tibiae  also 
densely  scopulate  over  distal  half  or  more.  Anterior  tibiae  with  the 
usual  ventral  spines  only;   posterior  tibiae  in  addition  to  the  ventral 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida. 


287 


spines  with  two  spines  in  the  middorsal  line  and  with  two  each  on  the 
anterior  and  posterior  side  above. 

Male.     (Type,  Tincochaca).     Length,  24.5  mm.     Length  of  cepha- 
lothorax,  9  mm.;  width,  6.2  mm. 


fern. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

6.8  mm. 

8.3  mm. 

6  mm. 

3.5  mm. 

24.6  m 

Leg  II 

6 

7.3 

4.2 

3.1 

20.0 

Leg  III 

5.4 

6 

4.2 

3 

14.6 

Leg  IV 

7.3 

8.8 

7.2 

4.0 

27.3 

Tibia  I,  5.2  mm. 

Tibia  IV 

,  5.6  mm. 

Female  {Tor ontoy).     Length,  24.5  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax, 
9  mm.;  width,  6.2  mm. 


fem. 

tib.+pat. 

met. 

tar. 

total 

Leg  I 

6.5  mm. 

8  mm. 

5  mm. 

3.2  mm. 

22.7  mm 

Leg  II 

6 

7.3 

4.2 

3.1 

20.7 

Leg  III 

5.4 

6 

4.2 

3 

18.6 

Leg  IV 

7.3 

8.8 

7.2 

4 

27.3 

Tibia 

I,  5  mm. 

Tibia  IV 

,  7  mm. 

Localities. —  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z. 
285,  male;  paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  286,  female).  Lucma,  7,000  feet, 
August.  (M.  C.  Z.  287,  six  specimens).  Torontoy,  8,000  feet,  July. 
(M.  C.  Z.  288,  one  female).  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z. 
289,  one  immature  female). 

Lycosa  algina,^  sp.  nov. 


Plate  24,  fig. 


5-6. 


Sides  of  carapace  blackish  brown;  the  usual  pale  supramarginal 
line  on  each  side  extending  forward  to  pars  cephalica;  a  median  longi- 
tudinal pale  stripe  extending  from  between  eyes  which  are  enclosed 
in  black,  to  caudal  margin,  this  being  a  little  constricted  at  a  point 
between  eyes  and  groove,  narrowing  down  posterior  declivity  as  usual. 
Sternum  yellow  with  a  solid  black  median  longitudinal  stripe  across 
the  entire  length.  Chelicerae  testaceous  with  a  few,  in  part  obscure, 
blackish  longitudinal  lines.     Coxae  of  legs  beneath  yellow.     Leg  I 

i  'oiKynvoi,  giving  peiin. 


288  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

partly  regenerated  and  not  normal  nearly  clear  yellow,  markings 
obscure.  Other  legs  with  femora  marked  by  four  wavy  or  serrate 
edged  black  annuli;  patellae  nearly  entirely'  l)lackish;  tibiae  with 
two  broad  black  bands  leaving  between  them  only  a  narrow  circle  of 
yellow  at  the  middle;  metatarsi  with  three  broad  black  annuli;  tarsi 
without  dark  bands. 

Abdomen  beneath  yellow,  black  at  base  of  spinnerets;  sides  above 
finely  densely  spotted  with  black,  the  spots  fewer  below,  a  black  patch 
on  each  anterolateral  corner;  dorsum  pale  in  a  band  about  a  black 
basal  mark  and  also  paler  transversely  at  caudal  end  and  in  a  narrow 
median  line  connecting  with  the  anterior  light  area. 

Carapace  moderately  high,  the  posterior  declivity  steep;  dorsal 
line  in  profile  a  little  depressed  at  dorsal  groove. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  distinctly  shorter  than  the  second  (9:10); 
moderately  procurved;  median  eyes  clearly  less  than  their  radius 
apart  (four  elevenths  of  diameter),  closer  to  the  laterals,  their  diam- 
eter exceeding  that  of  the  laterals  in  about  the  ratio  11:9.  Anterior 
median  eyes  separated  from  the  lower  edge  of  clypeus  by  less  than  their 
diameter  (about  8:11).  Eyes  of  second  row  not  quite  twice  the  diam- 
eter of  the  anterior  median  eyes,  more  than  their  radius  apart  (about 
thirteen  twentieths  of  diameter);  separated  from  anterior  median 
eyes  by  about  the  radius  of  the  latter.  Area  of  median  eyes  wider 
than  long  in  ratio  10:7;  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  2:1. 
Eyes  of  third  row  distinctly  smaller  than  the  second  (diameters  about 
as  9:11),  near  2.22  their  diameter  apart.  Cephalothorax  only  3.96 
times  longer  than  area  of  posterior  eyes. 

Spines  of  anterior  tibiae  and  metatarsi  as  usual  in  number;  the  first 
two  pairs  very  long,  the  distal  ones  much  shorter. 

Labium  a  little  wider  than  long  (15:14);  notches  about  one  third 
the  total  length,  (Plate  24,  fig.  5). 

Male.  Length,  7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4  mm.;  width, 
3  mm. 

fem.         tib.  +  pat.       met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  -  -  -  -  - 


Leg  II 

3.2  mm. 

4  mm.        2.6  mm. 

1.4  mm. 

11.2  mm 

Leg  III 

3 

3.5            3 

1.6 

11.1 

Leg  IV 

4 

4.8            4.8 
Tibia  IV,  3.1  mm. 

2.2 

15.8 

Locality. —  Paltaybamba,   5,000  feet,   August.     (Type,   M.   C.   Z. 
290). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida. 


289 


A  species  in  several  respects  much  like  a  Pardosa  rather  than  a 
Lycosa.  The  palpal  organ  of  the  male  has  the  structure  typical  of  a 
Lycosa. 

Arctosa  altamontis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  23,  fig.  7-9. 

Carapace  with  the  usual  wide  median  pale  spot  back  of  the  eyes 
with  radiating  lines  down  the  sides,  this  area  abruptly  narrowed  at 
caudal  end  of  thoracic  groove  and  running  as  a  much  narrower  tongue 
down  the  posterior  declivity;  on  each  side  above  the  black  margin  a 
series  of  large,  in  part  confluent  light  spots,  the  row  bending  up  to 
the  third  eye  on  each  side.  Eye-area  black  excepting  for  short  tongue 
of  light  color  between  the  third  eyes.  The  light  areas  clothed  with 
grey  hair.  Sternum  black.  Labium  black  except  distally.  Endites 
testaceous.  Chelicerae  brown  or  light  testaceous.  Legs  yellow, 
closely  annulate  with  black,  the  annuli  commonly  incomplete  below 
and  often  broken  into  spots ;  femora  with  four  dark  rings  of  which  the 
most  distal  is  proximad  of  the  end;  papilla  with  one  ring  at  proximal 
end;  tibia  with  two  rings  and  metatarsus  with  three.  Abdomen  with 
venter  and  lower  part  of  sides  clear  greyish  yellow;  a  dusky  band  over 
each  anterolateral  corner  broken  into  irregular  spots  farther  caudad; 
at  base  with  a  median  longitudinal  lanceolate  mark  of  brown  with  two 
small  triangular  black  marks  on  the  edge  of  each  side;  basal  mark 
followed  behind  by  a  series  of  pairs  of  dark,  often  indistinct,  marks 
which  may  in  part  be  confluent. 

Cephalothorax  low.  Head  rather  broad  with  sides  of  face  sloping 
outward  as  usual;  the  eyes  removed  from  lateral  edges  of  the  head. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  clearly  shorter  than  the  second  (38:45);  a 
little  procurved;  median  eyes  decidedly  larger  than  the  laterals  (ratio 
of  diameters  as  10:7),  three  fifths  their  diameter  apart,  not  fully  a 
third  as  far  from  the  laterals.  Clypeus  narrower  than  the  anterior 
median  eyes  (about  three  fifths  as  wide) .  Eyes  of  the  second  row  one 
and  three  fifths  the  diameter  of  an  anterior  median  eye ;  their  diameter 
or  very  nearly  so,  apart.  Third  eyes  each  slightly  smaller  than  the 
second  (about  as  15:16  in  diameters),  just  twice  their  diameter  apart. 
Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  much  wider  behind  than  in  front  (57:45), 
wider  than  long  (57 :  48) ;  length  to  that  of  cephalothorax  nearly  as  1 : 4. 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  the  three  teeth  as  usual; 
lower  margin  with  three  stout  conical  teeth  which  commonly  de- 
crease in  size  proximad. 


290  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Labium  a  little  longer  than  wide  (17:16);  notches  one  fourth  the 
total  length;  sides  convex,  converging  distad;  distal  margin  widely 
weakly  incurved. 

Scopulae  of  tarsi  as  usual,  those  of  the  anterior  tarsi  entire  though 
not  dense,  those  of  the  posterior  pairs  more  sparse  and  divided  by  a 
wide  setose  band.  Tibia  I  with  the  usual  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines; 
tibia  II  with  the  usual  distal  pair  of  spines  but  with  single  median 
and  basal  spines  toward  caudal  side,  in  place  of  the  usual  pairs.  No 
median  dorsal  spine  at  base  of  posterior  tibiae,  this  as  usual  represented 
merely  by  a  long  bristle  in  each  case.  Patellae  not  armed  in  median 
dorsal  line. 

Female.  Length,  10  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4  mm.;  width, 
3.1  mm. 

fern.       tib.+pat.         met.  tar.  total 


Leg  I 

3  mm. 

3.6  mm. 

2.1  mm. 

1.8  mm. 

10.5  mm 

Leg  II 

3 

3.1 

2.1 

1.7 

9.9 

Leg  III 

2.7 

3.1 

2.3 

1.7 

9.8 

Leg  IV 

4 

4.3 

3 

2.1 

13.4 

Tibia  I,  2  mm. 

Length  of  male,  8  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax,  3.8  mm.,  width, 
2.7  mm. 

Localities. —  Cuzco,  11,500  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  291,  female; 
para  types,  M.  C.  Z.  292,  numerous  females).  Arequipa,  7,600  feet, 
June  28.  (M.  C.  Z.  323,  one  female).  Urubamba,  9,500  feet,  July. 
(M.  C.  Z.  293,  on  male,  two  females). 


Orinocosa,^  gen.  nov. 

Cephalothorax  much  as  in  Lycosa,  but  with  sides  of  head  steeper. 

Anterior  eyes  small,  the  medians  larger  than  the  laterals  to  which 
they  are  closer  than  to  each  other;  anterior  row  much  shorter  than 
the  second,  strongly  procurved.  Eyes  of  second  row  large,  less  than 
their  diameter  apart.  Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  wider  behind 
than  in  front  (in  type  species  the  length  of  quadrangle  is  to  length  of 
cephalothorax  as  1:3.6  or  3.7). 

Clypeus  receding  from  median  eyes;  narrow,  but  equal  in  width 
to  diameter  of  an  anterior  median  eye. 

'  Greek  'optivos,  mountaineer,  Lycosa. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  291 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  teeth  of  which  the 
median  is  longest;  lower  with  three  teeth  of  which  the  most  proximal 
may  be  reduced. 

Labium  as  wide  as  long  or  nearly  so.  Basal  notch  in  type  short, 
about  one  fourth  the  total  length. 

Legs  distally  slender.  Metatarsus  IV  equal  in  length  to  tibia  C  + 
patella  IV.  Tarsi  setose  beneath,  none  truly  scopulate.  Tibia  I 
with  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines,  the  distal  reduced,  the  first  two  but 
slightly  exceeding  the  diameter  of  the  joint.  Tibiae  III  and  IV  above 
with  a  stout  median  apical  spine  and  a  median  basal  spine. 

Epigynum  with  median  guide  and  transverse  arms;  lateral  cavities 
deeper  cephalad  as  in  Lycosa. 

Genotype. —  Orinocosa  aymara,  sp.  nov. 

Most  readily  distinguished  from  related  genera  by  presence  of  the 
stout  median  dorsal  spines  on  the  posterior  tibiae.  Its  affinities  seem 
to  be  closest  with  Lycosa. 


Orinocosa  aymara,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  24,  fig.  7-8. 

Carapace  with  sides  nearly  black;  on  each  side  a  narrow,  supra- 
marginal  light  line  which  does  not  reach  upon  pars  cephalica;  median 
pale  stripe  beginning  back  of  second  eyes  extending  between  third 
behind  which  it  widens  to  width  of  eye-area,  then  abruptly  narrower 
some  distance  in  front  of  the  thoracic  furrow  and  gradually  narrowing 
to  caudal  margin,  the  stripe  embracing  a  dark  mark  back  of  each  eye 
of  the  third  row.  Sternum  black,  with  a  median  longitudinal  yellow 
mark  in  the  anterior  half.  Labium  dusky.  Endites  brown  or  some- 
what chestnut.  Chelicerae  light  chestnut.  Coxae  of  legs  beneath 
yellow;  other  joints  yellow,  with  exception  of  tarsi  closely  ringed  with 
black,  there  being  three  distinct  annuli  on  femora  of  which  the  distal 
is  very  broad  and  two  on  the  tibia  of  such  breadth  that  only  a  small 
ring  of  yellow  remains  at  the  middle;  metatarsus  also  with  two  broad 
rings  nearly  embracing  the  whole  length.  Venter  of  abdomen  brown, 
black  at  base  of  spinnerets;  sides  with  a  few  black  spots;  a  large 
solid  black  spot  over  each  antero-lateral  corner;  dorsum  greyish  yel- 
low covered  with  a  very  fine  areolation  in  dark,  embracing  a  short, 
faint  lanceolate  outline  at  base  which  sends  off  a  pair  of  short  side 
branches  at  tip  and  one  on  each  side  near  middle,  behind  tip  of 


292  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

lanceolate  mark  a  small  triangular  black  spot  and  on  each  side  of 
dorsal  light  area  two  black  spots  of  which  the  most  anterior  is  on  a 
level  with  tip  of  lanceolate  mark. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second  (33 :  48) ;  strongly 
procurved;  laterals  with  diameter  three  fourths  that  of  the  median; 
medians  their  radius  apart  and  half  as  far,  or  scarcely  more,  from 
the  laterals.  Clypeus  conspicuously  receding;  width  about  equal  to 
diameter  of  median  eye.  Eyes  of  second  row  more  than  twice  the 
diameter  of  an  anterior  median  eye  (about  5:2),  not  quite  three 
fourths  their  diameter  apart  (about  10:7),  one  fourth  their  diameter 
from  anterior  median  eyes.  Area  of  median  eyes  very  much  wider 
than  long  (ratio  about  16:9),  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  48: 17, 
or  nearly  three  times.  Eyes  of  third  row  clearly  smaller  than  those  of 
the  second  (diameters  about  as  17:20),  less  than  2.5  times  their  diam- 
eter, apart.  Area  of  posterior  eyes  to  total  length  of  carapace  nearly 
as  1:3.6  or  3.7. 

Labium  nearh'  as  wide  as  long;  basal  notches  one  fourth  or  but 
little  more  of  the  total  length  of  labium,  (Plate  24,  fig.  7). 

Sternum  about  six  sevenths  as  wide  as  the  total  length. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  stout  teeth  of  which 
the  most  proximal  may  be  smaller  than  the  others;  upper  teeth  as 
usual. 

Spines  of  anterior  tibiae  and  metatarsi  as  usual  in  Pardosa  or  nearly 
so.  Patellae  of  posterior  legs  with  a  spine  not  only  on  each  lateral 
surface  but  also  with  two  dorsal  spines,  one  basal  and  one  strictly 
distal. 

Tibia  IV  with  spine  at  base  above.  None  of  tarsi  scopulate, 
strongly  setose  beneath.     Paired  claws  with  about  10,  closely  set  teeth. 

Female.  Length  6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax  3.2  mm.;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

fem.  tib.  +  pat.         met.  tar.  total 

Leg  I  2.1  mm.  2.7  mm.  1.8  mm.  1.2  mm.  7.8  mm. 

Leg  II         2  2.3  1.4  1.1  6.S 

Leg  III        2  2.1  1.7  1  6.8 

Leg  IV        .3  3.1  3  1.8  10.9 

Localities.—  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  294,  one 
female).     Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  295). 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  293 

OXYOPIDAE. 

OxYOPES  SALTicus  Hentz. 

Boston  journ.  nat.  hist.,  1845,  5,  p.  196,  pi.  16,  f.  10. 

0.  varians  Taczanowski,  Horae  Soc.  ent.  Rocs.,  1873,  10,  p.  95. 

0.  gracilis  Keyserling,  Verh.  Zool.  bot.  ges.  Wien,  1877,  27,  p.  698,  pi.  2,  f .  63, 

64.     O.  P.  Cambridge,  Biol.  Cent.  Americana,  1902,  2,  p.  342,  pi.  32,  f. 

14,  15. 

Localities.—  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  332,  five 
females  and  one  male. 

Panama,  June.     M.  C.  Z.,  333,  three  females  and  one  male). 

Peucetia  rubralineata  Keyserling. 

Verb.  Zool.  bot.  ges.  Wien.,  1876,  26,  p.  704,  pi.  2,  70,  71. 

Localities. —  Near  Paltaybamba,  6,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Zl 
334,  one  female).  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  335,  two 
females  and  one  male). 

Tapinillus  sp.  a. 

Two  immature  specimens  of  uncertain  species). 

Locality.— San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  336).     " 

Tapinillus,  sp.  b. 

An  immature  specimen  of  uncertain  species. 

Loca/?/?/.— Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  337). 

SALTICIDAE. 

Dendryphantes  bisquinquepunctatus  Taczanowski. 

Bull.  Soc.  imp.  nat.  Moscow,  1878,  p.  309. 

Locality. —  Paltaybamba,  originally  described  from  Pumamarca, 
Peru,  5,000  feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.296,  one  male). 


294  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Dendryphantes  andinus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  25,  fig.  5,  6. 

Carapace  with  integument  reddish  brown,  darker  cephalad,  but 
covered  in  Hfe  with  hair  and  scales  in  a  broad  median  longitudinal 
band  of  metallic  green  color,  this  band  being  as  wide  cephalad  as  the 
eye-area  and  narrowing  strongly  caudad,  and  in  a  wide  supramarginal 
band  of  white  hair  on  each  side.  Chelicerae  chestnut.  Sternum, 
labium,  and  endites  brown;  coxae  of  legs  beneath  yellow;  other 
joints  of  legs  yellowish  or  testaceous,  each  with  a  black  annulus  at 
distal  end,  but  the  first  pairs  darker,  dusky  chestnut  throughout. 
Abdomen  above  encircled  with  a  stripe  of  white  hair  and  along  median 
portion  five  pairs  of  small  white  dots  outside  of  which  are  black  dots, 
the  dorsum  elsewhere  being  clothed  with  scales  of  the  metallic  green 
lustre;  venter  brown,  limited  on  each  side  with  a  line  of  white  hair; 
sides  clothed  with  white  and  green  hair  intermixed. 

Ocular  quadrangle  wider  behind  than  in  front  (12:11)  and  wider 
than  long  as  usual.  Eyes  of  second  row  minute,  situated  considerably 
in  front  of  the  middle.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved; 
median  eyes  with  diameter  two  and  a  third  that  of  the  laterals,  one 
seventh  diameter  apart  and  about  same  distance  from  the  laterals. 

Length  of  male  6.3  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax  3  mm.,  width,. 
2.2  mm. 

Locality.—  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  297,  one  male). 

Dendryphantes  calus,^  sp.  nov. 

Plate  25,  fig.  7,  8. 

Carapace  with  integument  black  or  nearly  so,  a  wide  supramarginal 
stripe  of  white  scales  on  each  side.  Chelicerae  black,  the  claws  brown. 
Sternum  black.  Coxae  of  legs  testaceous ;  femora  and  tibiae  of  leg  I 
black,  patella  black  distally,  testaceous  proximally,  distal  half  of 
metatarsus  I  black,  testaceous  proximally,  tarsus  testaceous;  other 
legs  paler,  more  yellowish,  with  narrow  annulus  of  black  at  distal  end 
of  each.  Abdomen  in  life  with  the  dorsum  black,  a  band  of  white  hair 
across  anterior  surface  and  continuing  half  way  back  along  the  sides, 

•  xaXoj,  beautiful. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  295 

with  three  narrow  Hnes  of  white  extending  from  sides  a  short  distance 
mesad  on  the  dorsum  on  each  side  at  and  caudad  of  the  middle; 
venter  brown. 

Ocular  quadrangle  much  wider  than  long  and  wider  behind  than 
in  front  in  the  usual  way.  Second  eyes  minute  and  well  in  front  of 
the  middle.     Eyes  of  first  row  about  as  in  the  preceding  species. 

Chclicerae  long  and  slender;  the  claw  slender  and  as  long  as  the 
chelicera,  with  a  double  curve;  tooth  of  lower  margin  bent  conspicu- 
ously toward  distal  end  of  chelicera,  (Plate  25,  fig.  8).' 

Tibia  I  with  two  pairs  of  ventral  spines  toward  distal  end  and  a 
single  ventral  spine  toward  ectal  side  well  toward  base  of  joint.  Meta- 
tarsus I  with  two  pairs  of  ventral  spines,  one  distal  and  one  at  middle. 

Length,  5.1  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax,  2.5  mm.,  width,  1.9  mm. 

Localities.—  Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  298, 
male;  paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  299,  one  inale).  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet, 
July.  (M.  C.  Z.  331,  one  male).  Paltaybamba,  5,000  feet,  August. 
(M.  C.  Z.  300,  one  male)  Huadquina.  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z. 
301,  an  immature  female). 

Dendryphantes  amphibolus,^  sp.  nov. 
Plate  25,  fig.'  9. 

Carapace  with  integument  reddish  black,  clothed  over  whole  surface 
with  white  scales  of  greenish  lustre.  Sternum  and  labium  brownish 
black,  the  endites  a  paler  brown.  Legs  yellowish  or  pale  testaceous, 
the  femora,  patellae,  tibiae,  and  metatarsi  typically  dark  at. tips,  at 
least  ventrally,  but  the  annuli  may  be  clearly  evident  only  on  the 
posterior  pairs.  Abdomen  above  with  several  pairs  of  large  brown 
spots  the  most  anterior  of  which  are  confluent  across  anterior  end  and 
with  less  distinct  chevron-lines  between  caudal  ends  of  others ;  in  the 
elongate  yellowish  grey  area  between  anterior  pairs  of  spots  is  a  longi- 
tudinal brown  line  or  mark  bisecting  the  same;  the  hair  across  the 
anterior  face  and  bordering  the  brown  spots  is  white;  venter  dilute 
yellowish  grey,  with  or  without  three  longitudinal  brown  lines  on  the 
caudal  portion.     Spinnerets  narrowly  enclosed  at  base  with  brown. 

Tibia  I  (female)  with  two  pairs  of  short  spines  toward  the  distal 
end  and  one  ventral  spine  on  the  ectal  or  caudal  side  toward  the  base ; 
metatarsus  I  with  two  pairs  of  spines,  one  distal  and  one  mesal. 

•   ait4>lffo\os,  ambiguous. 


296  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Tooth  of  lower  margin  of  chelicera  (female)  short,  stoutly  conical, 
acute;  teeth  of  upper  margin  two,  small  (or  an  obsolete  third  tooth 
may  be  present). 

Ocular  quadrangle  much  wider  than  long,  conspicuously  wider 
behind  than  in  front,  with  the  minute  second  eyes  in  front  of  the 
middle  as  usual.     Eyes  of  the  first  row  as  in  the  preceding  species. 

Length  of  female  5  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax  2  mm.;  width, 
1.4  mm. 

Localities. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (Type,  M.  C.  Z.  302, 
female;  para  types,  M.  C.  Z.  303,  six  females).  Paltaybamba,  5,000 
feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  304,  three  females). 

Dendryphantes  sp.  a. 

A  female  from  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.  (M.  C.  Z.  309)  cannot 
be  satisfactorily  determined. 


Dendryphantes  sp.  b. 

An  immature  female  of  doubtful  species  from  San  Miguel,  6,000 
feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  310). 

Wala  sp. 

An  immature  male  and  female  of  uncertain  species  from  San  Miguel, 
6,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  305). 


Wala  noda,^  sp.  nov. 

^  Plate  25,  fig.  2. 

Carapace  with  integument  brownish  black,  rubbed  in  part  but 
apparently  clothed  in  life  with  greyish  scales  which  on  the  head  are 
more  brownish.  Legs  brown.  Sternum  brownish  black.  Abdomen 
grey-brown  beneath.  x\bove  clothed  with  light  grey  scales  except  for 
two  pairs  of  elongate  subtriangular  dark  areas  of  which  the  apices  are 
directed  forwards  and  the  edges  are  curved;  a  narrow  chevron-mark 
between  the  two  pairs  of  dark  spots. 

1  puio^,  edentate. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  297 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  unarmed  or  with  but  a  minute 
pale  rudiment  of  a  tooth. 

Tibia  I  armed  beneath  with  three  pairs  of  spines;  metatarsus  I 
with  two  longer  pairs;  tibia  II  beneath  with  an  apical  pair  and  a 
single  spine  toward  middle  in  the  usual  way. 

Ocular  quadrangle  much  wider  than  long  (13:9),  fully  as  wide  in 
front  as  behind.     Eyes  of  second  row  slightly  in  front  of  the  middle. 

Length  of  female,  6  mm. ;  cephalothorax,  in  length,  2.8  mm. ;  width, 
L8  mm. 

Localiiy.—  Torontoy,  8,000  feet,  July  22.  (T^-pe,  M.  C.  Z.  306, 
female;  paratype,  M.  C.  Z.  307,  one  female). 

One  female  from  the  Conservidayo  River  in  bad  condition  is  this 
species  or  very  close  to  it. 

EvoPHRYS  CRUX  Taczanowski. 

Bull.  Soc.  imp.  nat.  Moscow,  1878,  p.  284. 

Described  originally  from  Amable  Maria,  Peru. 

Locality  —  Tincochaca,  7,000  feet,  August.     (M.  C.  Z.  311,  female). 

EvoPHRYS  PERUVIANA  Taczanowski. 

Bull.  Soc.  imp.  nat.  Moscow,  1878,  p.  280. 

Previously  known  from  Amable  Maria  and  Pumamarca,  Peru. 
Locality. —  Conservidayo    River,    August.     (M.    C.    Z.    312,    four 
females) . 

EvoPHRYS  sp.  a. 

Locality  — Santa.  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  313,  one 
immature  female). 

EvoPHRYS  sp.  b. 

Zoca%.— Santa  Ana,  3,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  314,  one 
immature  female). 

EvoPHRYS  sp.  c. 

Locality.—  Lucma,  6,000-7,000  feet,  August.  (M.  C.  Z.  315,  one 
immature  male  in  coloration  much  like  E.  crux  Tacz.). 


298  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

EvoPHRYS  sima/  sp.  nov. 
Plate  25,  fig.  1. 

Carapace  with  a  broad  median  longitudinal  light  band  anteriorly 
as  broad  as  the  ocular  quadrangle  but  narrowing  caudad  to  a  point 
at  the  caudal  edge,  this  band  reddish  on  head  and  becoming  yellow 
caudad;  sides  blackish  brown  with  a  narrow  supramarginal  pale  stripe 
on  each  side.  Sternum  yellow.  Last  three  pairs  of  legs  yellow; 
first  pair  of  legs  with  femora  reddish  brown,  more  yellow  distally, 
the  more  distal  joints  light  brown,  the  metatarsus  clothed  with  a 
brush  of  long  spatulate  hairs  on  ventral  surface,  similar  but  more 
sparse  ones  on  ventral  surface  of  femur  and  patella.  Palpi  reddish 
brown,  the  femur  with  numerous  white  hairs  above  and  with  black 
scopulate  hairs  below  which  also  occur  on  other  joints.  Dorsum  of 
abdomen  black  with  a  narrow  median  longitudinal  yellow  stripe  over 
the  entire  length,  the  edges  of  this  stripe  dentate  along  caudal  half  of 
length;  sides  yellow  finely  dotted  with  black  and  a  more  solid  stripe 
below  at  the  anterior  end ;  venter  yellow  with  a  few  dots  at  the  sides. 
Spinnerets  dusky. 

Tibia  I  with  the  usual  three  pairs  of  ventral  spines;  one  small 
spine  toward  the  distal  end  on  lower  anterior  surface.  Metatarsus  I 
with  two  pairs  of  spines  as  usual. 

Ocular  quadrangle  a  little  wider  in  front  than  behind  and  rather 
more  than  one  fourth  wider  than  long.  Eyes  of  second  row  caudad  of 
middle.  Eyes  of  first  row  nearly  contiguous,  medians  twice  the 
diameter  of  the  laterals. 

Length  of  male,  4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.2  mm.;  width, 
L6  mm. 

Locality.—  San  Miguel,  6,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  316,  one  male). 

Phiale  panamae,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  25,  fig.  4. 

Carapace  black  with  a  reddish  yellow  median  longitudinal  stripe 
crossed  by  a  black  band  at  level  of  the  third  eye  row  and  narrowing 
to  the  posterior  margin;  also  a  reddish  supramarginal  stripe  on  each 
side.  Sternum  yellow,  dusky  at  margins.  Legs  and  palpi  dusky 
brown,  the  posterior  pairs  somewhat  paler.     Spinnerets  and  venter 

'  Gosiute  sima,  one. 


chamberlin:  the  arachnida.  299 

of  abdomen  dusky ;  dorsum  black,  the  anterior  face  and  anterolateral 
corners  and  sides  whitish,  three  pale  spots  in  a  triangle  near  middle 
and  several  fainter,  smaller  ones  farther  caudad. 

Ocular  quadrangle  slightly  wider  in  front  than  behind;  eyes  of 
second  row  minute,  behind  middle.  First  row  of  eyes  decidedly 
recurved ;  eyes  contiguous  or  nearly  so,  the  median  eyes  with  diameter 
two  and  a  half  times  that  of  the  laterals. 

Femora  I  and  II  with  three  moderately  long  spines  at  the  distal  end 
on  anterior  part  of  dorsal  surface  and  with  two  spines  in  the  middorsal 
line  farther  proximad.  Tibia  I  with  the  usual  three  pairs  of  rather 
short  ventral  spines  and  two  on  anterior  surface ;  metatarsus  I  with 
two  pairs  of  ventral  spines  and  one  on  anterior  surface  at  the  distal  end. 

Tibia  of  palpus  with  apophysis  at  distal  end  from  dorsoectal  corner 
subconical,   distally  curved. 

Length  of  male,  4  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax, 2.1  mm.;  width, 
1.3  mm. 

Locality. —  Panama,  June.     (M.  C.  Z.  317,  one  male). 


Phiale  huadquinae,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  25,  fig.  3.  ' 

Carapace  with  integument  solid  shining  black,  a  band  of  white 
hair  along  each  side.  Sternum  and  mouthparts  also  black,  the  endites 
pale  across  tips.  Last  two  pairs  of  coxae  yellowish  beneath,  the 
anterior  pairs  darker;  femora,  patellae,  and  tibiae  black.  Metatar- 
sus black  distally,  testaceous  proximally;  tarsi  testaceous.  Integu- 
ment of  abdomen  black  clothed  with  hair  of  golden  brown  lustre; 
hair  of  venter  grey. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  one  stout  tooth;  upper 
margin  with  two  teeth  united  at  base. 

Ocular  quadrangle  wider  in  front  than  behind  (46:43).  Eyes  of 
second  row  minute,  at  middle  of  length  of  quadrangle  or  scarcely  in 
front.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  strongly  recurved;  median  eyes  a  little 
more  than  twice  the  diameter  of  the  lateral,  about  one  seventh  their 
diameter  apart  and  from  the  laterals. 

Tibia  I  with  three  pairs  of  spines  below  and  three  single  ones  on 
anterior  surface;  metatarsus  with  two  pairs  beneath. 

Length  of  male,  7  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax,  3.1  mm.;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Locality. —  Huadquina,  5,000  feet,  July.     (M.  C.  Z.  318,  one  male). 


PLATE  1. 


•Chamberlin. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  1. 

Tityus  foot&i  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  1.  Lateral  view  of  sting  and  last  two  segments  of  abdomen. 

Fig.  2.  Finger,  inner  surface,  showing  arrangement  of  granules. 

Fig.  3.  Tarsus  IV,  anterior  view. 

Fig.  4.  Comb. 

Brachistostermis  andinus  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  5.  Carapace,  dorsal  view. 

Fig.  6.  Finger,  inner  view,  showing  granules. 

Fig.  7.  Tarsus  IV. 

Fig.  8.  Comb. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOl. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnioa.    Plate  1 


R     V.   C.DEL. 


PLATE  2. 


Chamberijn.—  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  2. 

Paravanones  peruviantis  Chamberlin. 

Right  mandible,  ectal  view. 

Right  pedipalp,  ectal  view. 

Anterior  portion  of  carapace  from  above  and  a  httle  to  the  left. 

Femur  and  adjoiaing  parts  of  leg  IV,  the  proximal  portion  in  dorsal 

view,  the  distal  portion  in  more  dorsoectal  view. 
Trochanter  IV  (left),  ventral  view. 
Showing  process  of  coxa  IV,  dorsal  view. 

Gonoleptes  enoplus  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  7.     Dorsal  view. 

Fig.  8.     Mandible,  ectal  view. 


Fig. 

1. 

Fig. 

2. 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4 

Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnioa.    Plate   2 


R    V.  C.DEL. 


PLATE  3. 


Chamberun. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  3. 

Gonoleptes  enoplns  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  1.  Coxa  and  trochanter  of  left  pedipalp,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  2.  Left  pedipalp,  excepting  proximal  joints,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  3.  Leg  III)  distal  portion,  anterior  view. 

Fig.  4.  Right  leg  IV,  dorsoectal  view. 

Fig.  5.  Coxal  spur  of  leg  IV,  lateral  view. 

Goiwleptes  scolius  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  6.     Dorsal  view. 

Fig.  7.     Mandible,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  8.     Left  leg  III,  anterior  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate  3 


H.  V.   C..DE1.. 


^ 


PLATE  4. 


Ghamberlin. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  4. 
Gonoleptes  scotiiLs  Chamberlin. 


Fig.  1.     Left  leg  IV,  subdorsal  view. 
Fig.  2.     Right  pedipalp,  ectal  view. 


Gonoleptes  huadquinae  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  3.  Mandible,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  4.  Right  pedipalp,  ectal  view  (Tjrpe). 

Fig.  5.  Right  pedipalp,  ectal  view  (Paratype). 

Fig.  6.  Caudal  processes  of  carapace,  anterodorsal  view  (Paratype). 

Fig.  7.  Left  process,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  8.  Left  leg  IV,  dorsoectal  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  4 


R    V.   C.,DEL. 


PLATEjS. 


Cbamberlin. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  5. 
Pachylus  orinus  Chamberlin. 


Fig.  1.     Dorsal  view. 

Fig.  2.     Right  mandible,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  3.     Right  pedipalp,  ectal  view. 


Liopagus  simplex  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  4.  Eye-tubercle,  caudal  view. 

Fig.  5.  Eye-tubercle,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  6.  Right  mandible,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  7.  Right  pedipalp,  mesal  view. 

Fig.  8.  Part  of  left  pedipalp,  dorsal  view. 


Ldobunum  monticola  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  9.     Left  pedipalp.  ectal  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin,— Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate   5 


R.  V.   C.,DEL. 


PLATE  6. 


Chamberum. —  The  Arachnida 


PLATE  6. 
lAobunum  monticola  Chamberlin. 


Fig.     1.     Lateral  view  of  eye-tubercle. 
Fig.     2.    Left  mandible,  mesal  view. 
Fig.     3.     Left  mandible,  ectal  view. 


Hemirrhagus  peruvianvs  Chamberlin. 

Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Tarsal  scale  of  usual  type. 

Tarsal  scale  of  a  second  type. 

Tibial  spurs,  right  leg  I  of  male. 

Claw  of  leg  IV. 

Lock  of  tarsometatarsal  joint  (tarsus  above). 

Palpal  organ  of  male,  left  ectal  view. 


Fig. 

4. 

Fig, 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7. 

Fig. 

8. 

Fig. 

9. 

Fig. 

10. 

BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  6 


9 


9 


R.  V.  C..DFL. 


PLATE  7. 


Chamberlin. —  Tho  Arachnida. 


PLATE  7. 

Hemirrhagus  peruvianns  Chamberlin. 


Fig.     1.     Anterior  claw  of  leg  I. 
Fig.     2.     Posterior  claw  of  leg  I. 


Hemirrhagus  viajor  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  3.  Eyes  (Type,  Urubamba). 

Fig.  4.  Tibial  spurs,  left  leg  I  of  male,  mesal  view. 

Fig.  5.  Caudal  claw,  leg  I. 

Fig.  6.  Claw  of  leg  III,  female. 

Fig.  7.  Claw  of  leg  III,  male. 

Fig.  8.  Right  palpal  organ  of  male,  ectal  view  (T3T)e). 


Diplura  monticolens  Chamberlin. 

Fig.     9.     Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Fig.  10.     Eyes  from  in  front  and  a  Uttle  above. 


Brachythele  keithi  Chamberhn. 
Fig.  11.    Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Brachythele  incursiis  Chamberhn. 
Fig.  12.     Eyes,  dorsal  view  (more  enlarged  than  fig.  11). 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  7 


R.  V.  CDEL. 


i 


PLATE  8. 


Ch.\mbeklin. —  The  Aracbnida. 


PLATE  8. 
Orinomus  lamprus  Chamberlin. 


Fig.  1.  Lateral  view  of  body, 

Fig.  2.  Sternum. 

Fig.  3.  Epigynum. 

Fig.  4.  Labium. 


AuximiLS  productus  Chamberlin. 


Fig.  5.     Sternum. 

Fig.  6.     Cribellum. 

Fig.  7.     Epigyn\un,  caudoventral  view. 


Dictyna  hesperia  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  8.     Epigynum. 


SULL.  MUS.  COMP.  200L. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida,   Plate  8 


6 


8 


R    V.  C.DEL. 


PLATE  9. 


Chamberlin. —  The  ArachnMa. 


PLATE  9. 

Aymarella  munda  Chamberlin. 


Fig. 

1.     Lateral  view  of  cephalothorax  and  mandibles 

Fig. 

2.     Sternum. 

Fig. 

3.     Labium. 

Fig. 

4.     Epigynum. 

Fig. 

5.     Cribellum. 

Thomisoides  terrosus  Nicolet. 

Fig.     6.  Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Fig.     7.  Mandible,  ectal  view,  showing  stridulating  plate. 

Fig.     8.  Labium. 

Fig.     9.  Distal  portion  of  mandible,  ventral  view. 

Fig.  10.  Posterior  claw  of  leg  L 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin.— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate    9 


^.r^- 


R-  V.  C..DEL. 


Obamberun. —  The  Aracbnida. 


PLATE   10. 

Thomisoides  terrosus  Nicolet. 

Fig.  1.     Dorsal  view. 

Fig.  2.     Base  of  spine  from  leg. 

Fig.  3.     Distal  end  of  bristle  from  leg. 

(Figs.  1  to  3  drawn  by  Prof.  A.  Petrunkevitch). 

Ariadna  hotchkissi  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  4.     Eyes,  dorsal  view. 
Fig.  5.     Labium. 


Nops  beUiUa  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  6.     Sternum. 

Fig.  7.     Eyes  and  anterior  part  of  carapace. 

Fig.  8.     Labium  and  left  endite. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida,   Plate  10 


R     V.   C.GEl.. 


PLATE  11. 


CHAMBEnLirv. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  11. 

Nops  bellnla  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  1.     Dorsal  view  of  abdomen. 

Fig.  2.     Distal  portion  of  right  leg  I,  caudal  view. 

Fig.  3.     Mesal  and  anterior  claw  of  leg  I,  caudal  view. 

Drassodes  araucanius  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  4.  Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Fig.  5.  Sternum. 

Fig.  6.  Labium. 

Fig.  7.  Epigynum. 

Fig.  S.  Hair  of  scopula,  highly  magnified. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ghamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida^    Plate  1 1 


R     V.   C.DEL. 


PLATE  12. 


Cbamberlin. —  The  Arachoida. 


PLATE  12. 

Drassodes  araucanius  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  1.     Epigj-num,  possibly  lacking  one  moult  of  maturity. 
Fig.  2.     Tarsal  claw. 

Apodrassus  andiniis  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  3.  Sternum. 

Fig.  4.  Hair  of  fascicula  of  claw. 

Fig.  5.  Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Fig.  6.  Labium. 

Fig.  7.  Claw  of  leg  I. 

Fig.  8.  Spermathecae. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate  12 


"•^"wiltrli^iii-  iivr->.-.Mt> 


6 


8 


R    V.  C.  DCL. 


PLATE  13. 


Chamberlin.- —  The  Arachnida. 


Fig. 

1 

Fig. 

2. 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4. 

Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7. 

Fig. 

8 

Fig. 

9. 

PLATE  13. 

Hypsorinus  binghamae  Chamberlin. 

Abdomen,  lateral  view. 

Eyes,  dorsal  view. 

Sternum,  labium,  etc. 

Endite,  subventral  view. 

Tip  of  same,  sublateral  view. 

Patella,  tibia  and  tarsus  of  palpus  of  adult  female. 

Unpaired  claw  of  leg  I. 

Epigynum. 

Serrated  bristle  or  accessory  claw  of  tarsus  I. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  13 


R.  V.  C.DEL. 


PLATE  14. 


Cbamberlin. —  The  Arachoida. 


PLATE  14. 

Hypsorinus  binghamae  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  1.  Feather  hair  from  near  claw  of  leg  I. 

Fig.  2.  Bristle  from  end  of  tarsus  I  above  claws. 

Fig.  3.  End  of  chelicera  of  male  from  above. 

Fig.  4.  Same  of  female  from  above. 

Fig.  5.  Claw  of  leg  I,  female. 

Fig.  6.  Palpus  of  male,  ectal  view. 

Fig.  7.  Sfame,  from  above. 

Litoporus  aberrans  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  8.     Sternum  and  labium. 
Fig.  9.     Abdomen,  lateral  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOO! 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  14 


i^  V.  C  .01:.. 


PLATE  15. 


Cb  AM  BERLIN. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  15. 

Litoporus  aberrans  Chamhei-lin. 


Fig.     1.     Eyes  from  above. 

Fig.     2.     Right  palpus  of  male,  ectal  view. 

Fig.     3.     Palpus  of  male,  anterior  view. 


Argyrodes  lucmae  Chamberlin. 

Fig.     4.     Sternum. 

Fig.     5.     Abdomen,  lateral  view. 

Fig.     6.     Right  palpus  of  male,  dorsal  view. 


Theridion  leguiai  Chambeilin. 

Fig.     7.  Sternum. 

Fig.     8.  Eyes  from  above. 

Fig.     9.  Middle  and  anterior  claw,  caudal  view. 

Fig.  10.  Epigynum. 


k. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  200L. 


Chamberlin.— Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate  15 


O     Or.1 


O 


GO 


R.  V.  C.-DEL. 


PLATE  16. 


Chambeblin. —  Tlie  Arachnida. 


PLATE  16. 

Theridion  tosum  Chamberlin. 

Fig. 

1. 

Labium. 

Fig. 

2. 

Sternum. 

Fig. 

3. 

Eyes  from  above. 

Fig. 

4. 

Epigynxim. 

Garricola  sanctiis  Chamberlin. 


Fig.     5.     Lateral  view  of  body. 
Fig.     6.     Sternum. 
Fig.     7.     Epigyniun. 


Enoplognatha  peruviana  Chamberlin. 

Fig.     8.  Sternum, 

Fig.     9.  Paired  claw  of  leg  I. 

Fig.  10.  Unpaired  claw. 

Fig.  11.  Epigynum. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruviaini  Arachnida,    Plate  16 


^:' ■■■■:■■■■     ■  •■  1!!5'5»^ 


'^^-. 


R.  V.   C,   DEL. 


PLATE  17. 


Chamberlin. —  The  Arachnida 


PLATE  17. 

Enoplognatha  peruviana  Chamberliii. 

Fig.     1.     Eyes  dorsal  view  (anterior  row  above). 
Fig.     2.     Labium. 

Enoplognatha  dubia  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     3.     Epigynum. 

Erigone  niwina  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     4.     Epigynum. 

Erigone  taibo  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     5.     Epigynum. 


Oedothoraz  melacra  Chamberlin. 


Fig.     6.     Palpus. 
Fig.     7.     Epigynum. 


Oedothorax  orinus  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     8.     Epigynum. 

Tutibo  debUipes  Chamberlin. 

Fig,     9.     Epigynum. 

Fig.  10.     Palpus,  distoventral  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruv'an  Arachnida,    Plate    17 


9 


9 


R-  V.   C.   PEL. 


PLATE  18. 


Chambeblin. —  The  Arachnida. 

PLATE  18. 
Tetragnatha  scopus  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     1.     Chelicera  from  above. 


Tetragnatha  tincochacae  Chamberlin. 

Fig.     2.     Chelicera  of  male  from  above. 
Fig.     3.     Palpus  of  male,  mesoventral  view. 


Tetragnatha  quechua  Chamberlin, 
Fig.     4.     CheUcera  from  above. 

Meta  explorans  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     5.     Epigyiimn. 

Acacesia  -peruviana  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     6.     E}pig>Tium. 

Eustala  monticola  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     7.     Epigynum. 

Aranea  duocypha  Chamberlin. 

Fig.     8.     Abdomen,  dorsal  view. 
Fig.     9.     Sternum. 
Fig.  10.     Epigynum. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin.-Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate  18 


5 


R     V.   C.    DEL, 


PLATE  19. 


Crambbhi.in. —  The  Aracliuida 

PLATE  19. 

Aranea  quechuana  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     1.     Palpal  organ  of  male,  meso ventral  view. 

Aranea  tigana  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     2.     Palpal  organ  of  male,  mesoventral  view. 

Aranea  orina  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     3.     Palpal  organ  of  male,  mesoventral  view. 

Aranea  calotypa  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     4.     Palpal  organ  of  male,  mesoventral  view. 

Aranea  plesia  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     5.     Epigynum. 

Aranea  compsa  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     6.     Epigynum. 

Aranea  sexta  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     7.     Dorsal  view  of  abdomen. 

Gea  panamensis  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  8.     Left  palpal  organ  of  male,  mesoventral  view. 

Scoloderus  hyhus  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     9.     Epigynum. 

Aranea  santa  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  10.     Epigynum. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  arachnida.    Plate  19 


R,  V.  C.DEL. 


PLATE  20. 


CuAMBERLiN. —  The  Arachnidu. 


PLATE  20. 

Anamxia  atopa  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  1 .     Eyes  from  above  and  a  little  to  the  left. 

Fig.  2.     Abdomen,  lateral  view. 

Fig.  3.     Right  leg  II;  anterior  view  of  tibia,  etc. 

Micrathena  cola  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  5.     Dorsal  view  of  abdomen. 

Gelanor  innominatum  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  6.     Epigynum. 

Eusparassus  shefleli  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  7.     Sternum. 
Fig.  8.     Labium. 


BULL.  MUS.  CO  MP.  ZOOl 


Chamberlin.—PcR'jvian  Arachnida.    Plate  20 


R     V.   C..DEL. 


PLATE  21. 


Chambe:ri.in. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE   21. 

Eusparassus  shefteli  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  1.     Epigynum. 

Horiocte7ms  lycosoides  Chamborlin. 

Fig.  2.     Labium. 

Fig.  3.     Epigynum. 

Fig.  4.     Distal  portion  of  chelicera,  ventral  view. 


Quechuella  Imnpra  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  5.     Labium. 
Fig.  6.     Sternum. 
Fig.  7.     Dorsal  view  of  abdomen. 
Fig,  8.     Eyes  from  in  front  and  a  little  above. 

Trachelopachys  bicolor  Chamberlin. 
Fig.     9.     Labium, 
Fig.  10.     Epigynum. 


BULL.    MUS.    COMP.    ZOOL. 


Chamberlin.— Peruvian  Arachmida,  Plate    21 


4  0    ^    ^ 

8     OgoO 


6 


9 


R     V.   C.,DEL. 


PLATE  22. 


Chamberun. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  22. 

Castaneira  quechua  Chamber lin. 
Fig.  1.     Epigynnm. 

Anyphaena  apora  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  2.     Labium. 
Fig.  3.     Epigynum. 

Anyphaena  andina  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  4.     Epigynum. 

Anyphaena  poicila  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  5.     Dorsal  view  of  abdomen. 

Gayenna  monticola  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  6.     Epigynum. 

Tunabo  peruvianus  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  7.     Labium. 

Fig.  8.     Sternum. 

Fig.  9.     Distal  portion  of  chelicera,  ventral  view. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin.-Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  22 


6 


_^j^es2rEs!3EgsSEi!st_ 


2 


m 


6 


R.   V.   C..DEL. 


PLATE  23. 


Chamberlin. —  The  Arachnida. 


PLATE  23. 

Trechalea  monticola  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  1.     Paired  and  single  claw. 

Porrima  harknessi  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  2.  Labium. 

Fig.  3.  Male  palpal  organ,  ventral  view. 

Fig.  4.  EpigjTium. 

Fig.  5.  Lorum  of  pedicel. 

Fig.  6.  Claws. 

Arctosa  altamontis  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  7.     Epigynum. 

Fig.  8.     Male  palpal  organ,  ventral  view. 

Fig.  9.     Labium. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida.    Plate  23 


2 


8 


9 


R.   V.   C.DEL. 


PLATE  24. 


Chambeiii.in. —  The  Arachnids. 


PLATE  24. 

Lycosa  orinus  Chamberlin, 
Fig.  1.     Epigynum. 

Lycosa  andina  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  2.     Epigynum. 

Fig.  3.     Palpal  organ,  ventral  view. 

Lycosa  liopus  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  4.     Epigynum. 

Lycosa  algina  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  5.     Labium. 
Fig.  6.     Palpal  organ. 


Orinocosa  aymara  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  7.     Labium. 
Fig.  8.     Epigynum. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin.-Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate  24 


H     V.    C.DEL. 


PLATE  25. 


Chamberun. —  The  Aracbnida. 

PLATE  26. 

Evophrys  sima  Chamberlin. 
P'ig.  1.     Palpal  organ,  ventral  view. 

Wala  noda  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  2.     Epigynum. 

Phiale  huadquinae  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  3.     Palpal  organ. 

Phiale  panamae  Chamberlin. 
Fig.  4.     Palpal  organ  of  male. 

Dendryphantes  andinus  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  5.     Palpal  organ  of  male. 

Fig.  6.     Distal  end  of  chelicera  of  male,  caudal  view. 

Dendryphantes  cuius  Chamberlin. 

Fig.  7.     Palpal  organ  of  male,  subventral  view. 
Fig.  8.     Distal  end  of  chelicera  of  male. 

Dendryphantes  amphiholus  Chamberlin.         • 
Fig.  9.     Epigynum. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Chamberlin— Peruvian  Arachnida,    Plate  25 


R     V.   C.DEL. 


^^      ibio 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
AT  HARVARD  COLLEGE.     * 

Vol.  LX.     No.  7. 


A  COLLECTION  OF  BIRDS  FROM  THE  CAYMAN 

ISLANDS. 


By  Outram  Bangs. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED    FOR   THE   MUSEUM. 

March,  1916. 


No.  7. —  A  Collection  of  Birds  from  the  Cayman  Islands. 
By  Outram  Bangs. 

In  the  year  1911  the  well-known  collector,  W.  W.  Brown,  Jr., 
spent  the  spring  and  early  summer,  April  to  July,  in  the  Caymans. 
He  visited  all  three  islands  and  made  a  practically  complete  collection 
of  the  resident,  breeding  land  birds  of  the  group.  This  beautiful  lot 
of  skins,  in  Brown's  inimitable  make,  fortunately  remained  intact  and 
was  secured  for  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  Below  I  give 
an  annotated  list  of  the  collection  which  represents  only  the  resident 
ornis  of  the  islands,  being  happily  free  from  migrants. 

In  the  Ibis  for  1911,  (ser.  9,  5,  p.  137-161),  Mr.  P.  R.  Lowe  published 
a  list  of  the  birds  of  the  Cayman  Islands.  Lowe's  account  of  the 
islands  and  his  description  of  them  is  so  good  and  complete  as  to  leave 
nothing  more  to  be  said.  He  also  brought  up  to  date  all  bird  collecting 
that  had  been  done  there.  I  must,  however,  give  my  opinion  upon  the 
sources  whence  the  bird  life  peculiar  to  the  Caymans  has  been  derived. 

Lowe  justly  states  that  on  account  of  the  very  recent  origin  of  the 
islands  no  genus  and  no  very  peculiar  forms  occur  there  alone.  In  the 
main,  this  is  true,  but  I  think  for  the  moment  he  had  forgotten  Mimo- 
cichla  ravida.  This  bird  bears  no  close  relationship  to  any  other 
existing  species  of  the  genus.  We  must,  however,  bear  in  mind  that 
Jamaica  at  present,  alone  among  the  Greater  Antilles,  is  without  a 
species  of  Mimocichla.  It  is  highly  probable  that  a  form  similar  to 
M.  ravida  once  occurred  there  and  that  the  Cayman  bird,  now  itself 
on  the  verge  of  extinction,  was  derived  from  that  form. 

Coereba  sharpei  is  a  species  of  uncertain  origin.  The  genus  Coereba 
has  been  in  the  near  past,  and  perhaps  is  still,  so  very  plastic  that  the 
relationships  of  the  various  forms  are  hard  to  trace. 

Dendroica  viteUina  (which  also  occurs  in  Swan  Island)  and  D. 
crawfordi,  quite  clearly  indicate  an  instance,  rather  rare  among  birds, 
of  a  migratory  species  establishing  itself  upon  islands  that  lie  on  the 
line  of  passage  and  becoming  differentiated  there;  for  clearly  the 
nearest  relation  of  these  two  wood-warblers  is  the  migratory  North 
American  Dendroica  discolor. 

Three  other  peculiar  forms  were,  I  believe,  received  directly  from 


304  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  near  by  mainland.  These  are  the  Elaenia  which  is  much  more 
Uke  E.  martinica  siibpagana,  than  it  is  any  of  the  gray  Lesser  Antillean 
forms;  the  Vircosyha  caymancnsis  which  is  very  closely  related  to 
V.  magister  of  the  coast  of  British  Honduras  and  unlike  any  West 
Indian  form;  and  the  Vireo,  which  so  far  as  I  can  see  is  identical  with 
V.  crassirostris  the  bird  inhabiting  the  Bahamas  (which  are  of  simi- 
lar formation).  This  species  is  so  much  like  V.  ochraccus  of  the 
opposite  coasts  of  Central  America  and  so  unlike  any  of  the  species 
peculiar  to  the  Greater  Antilles, —  Cuba,  Jamaica,  or  Porto  Rico, 
that  there  seems  no  question  of  its  origin. 

The  remainder  of  the  Cayman  birds  have  come  from  either  Jamaica 
or  Cuba,  in  some  case  being  still  identical  with  the  parent  stock,  in 
others  having  differentiated  into  what  may  be  called  island  species 
or  subspecies  according  to  the  degree  of  change.  From  Jamaica  the 
Caymans  have  received  Leptoiila  coUaris  and  Icterus  bairdi.  From 
Cuba  the  islands  have  derived  the  two  forms  of  Amazona  peculiar  to 
them,  CoJaptcs  guruJIachi,  Ccnturus  caj/mancusis,  Mimocichia  cori/i, 
two  forms  of  Holoquiscalus,  Spindalis  salvini,  and  Mdopyrrha  faylori; 
probably  also  Tohnarckus  caymanensis,  although  this  species  might  be 
descended  from  either  T.  caudifasciatus  of  Cuba  or  T.  janiaiccnsis  of 
Jamaica. 

From  the  above  which  discusses  every  bird  peculiar  to  the  Caymans 
it  will  be  seen  that  I  am  unable  to  recognize  several  forms  which  ha\e 
been  described  as  species  or  subspecies  peculiar  to  the  islands,  and 
these  I  comment  upon  at  length  in  the  following  list. 

At  the  time  of  Brown's  \isitto  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae  — 
June  and  July  —  the  Boobies  and  Man-o'-War-Birds  were  not  breed- 
ing and  all  he  saw  during  his  stay  were  occasional  birds  off  shore. 
Besides  these  and  the  list  of  species  following  he  saw  and  positively 
identified  only  two  species,  namely  Hydranassa  tricolor  ruficoUis 
(Gosse)  and  Nyctanassa  violacea  (Linn,e). 

Brown  took  nests  and  eggs  of  a  number  of  the  species;  these  are 
preserved  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  I  believe 
some  of  them  have  not  before  been  collected.  I  have  marked  Avith 
an  asterisk  each  species  of  which  he  secured  the  nest  and  eggs;  and 
with  a  dagger  the  species  of  which  the  eggs  only  were  taken. 

As  this  paper  was  going  to  press,  an  article  on  the  birds  of  Grand 
Cayman  appeared  in  the  Ibis,  January  1916,  p.  17-35,  by  T.  M.  Savage 
English.  Mr.  English  apparently  collected  no  specimens,  but  based 
all  his  identifications  on  living  birds  observed  afield.  During  his 
three  years'  residence  in  the  island  he  was  able  to  add  twelve  species 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  305 

to  Lowe's  list.  A  few  of  these  are  merely  migrants.  Four  others 
I  had  already  included  in  the  following  account  of  Brown's  collection, 
and  I  let  my  words  stand  as  first  written. 

It  would  be  of  interest  to  know  the  bird  that  Mr.  English  found 
breeding  in  Grand  Cayman  and  called  Chordeiles  virginicmus,  distin- 
guishing it  from  Chordeiles  minor  by  its  larger  size.  On  geographic 
grounds  it  certainly  could  not  have  been  Chordeiles  virginianus  vir- 
ginicmus (Gmelin). 

Ardeidae. 

*BUTORIDES   VIRESCENS   BRUNESCENS    (Lemb.). 

Two  specimens,  an  adult  cf  and  an  immature  9  ,  Grand  Cayman, 
May. 

These  are  similar  to  specimens  from  Jamaica  and  Cuba.  I  have 
already  (Auk,  Oct.  1915,  32,  p.  481-484)  given  my  reasons  for  using 
the  name  brunescens  for  the  Green  Heron  of  the  Greater  Antilles. 
Whether  or  not  that  form  can  be  maintained  as  distinct  from  B.  v. 
vutculatus  (Bodd.)  of  Martiniciue  remains,  I  think,  to  be  proved. 
Oberholser  has  probablv'  subdivided  the  Green  Heron  too  much,  and 
he  had  but  three  specimens  from  Martinique  when  he  wrote  his 
Revision  of  the  subspecies  of  the  Green  Heron  (Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M., 
1912,  42,  p.  529-577). 

Rallidae. 

*Gallinula  chloropus  CACHiNNANS  Bangs. 

Brown  found  the  Gallinule  breeding  in  abundance  in  the  many 
marshy  ponds  in  Grand  Cayman  in  April  and  May,  and  took  several 
sets  of  eggs,  but  made  up  no  skins. 


Laridae. 
t  Sterna  antillarum  (Lesson). 

One  adult  cf ,  Little  Cayman,  July  26.     Browfi  found  the  Least 
Tern  breeding  in  abundance. 


306  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Charadriidae. 

Charadrius  wilsonius  Ord. 

Brown  noted  Wilson's  Plover  on  several  occasions  on  the  beaches, 
where  he  thought  it  was  breeding.  He  took  no  specimens.  I  include 
it  in  this  list  on  Brown's  identification  in  spite  of  the  lack  of  specimens, 
in  order  to  correct  a  rather  curious  error  in  Lowe's  list  where  under 
Aegialitis  semipalmata  Lowe  says,  "This  bird  is  resident  in  Jamaica 
and  breeds  there.  Whether  it  does  so  in  the  Caymans  I  am  unaware. 
I  have  included  it  among  the  residents."  No  mention  is  made  of 
Wilson's  Plover,  and  it  seems  certain  that  Lowe  in  some  way  confused 
that  species  with  the  Arctic-breeding  Semipalmated  Plover. 

t  Hypsibates  mexicanus  (Miill.). 

The  Black-necked  Stilt  was  breeding  in  numbers  in  the  mangroves 
in  Grand  Cayman  in  May.  Brown  took  several  sets  of  eggs,  but  did 
not  shoot  any  birds. 

Columbidae. 

CoLUMBA  leucocephala  Linue. 

Three  specimens,  two  males  and  a  female,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman 
and  Cayman  Brae,  May  and  June. 

t  Zenaida  zenaida  zenaida  (Bp.). 

Zenaida  spadicea  Cory,  Auk,  1886,  3,  p.  498,  Grand  Cayman. 

Zenaida  richardsoni  Cory,  Auk,  1887,  4,  p.  7,  Little  Cayman. 

Thirteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman,  Little 
Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  May,  June,  and  July. 

I  can  find  no  difference  in  specimens  from  the  various  islands  of  the 
Cayman  group,  and  after  a  most  careful  comparison,  with  adequate 
material,  am  unable  to  distinguish  in  any  way  Cayman  specimens, 
which  appear  to  me  to  be  quite  like  examples  from  the  Bahamas,  Cuba, 
and  Jamaica,  in  the  same  condition  of  plumage. 

Judging  from  Cory's  name  and  description  I  fancy  he  took  the 
Grand  Cayman  Pea  Dove  to  be  darker  than  true  zenaida.  This 
may  have  been  because  he  compared  Grand  Cayman  specimens 
killed  when  in  worn  summer  plumage,  with  skins  from  elsewhere  in 
autumn  or  winter  dress,  there  being  quite  a  change  with  season  in 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  307 

Z.  zenaida.     This  is  wholly  due,  I  think,  to  wear  and  the  loss  of  the 
bloom  or  sheen  characteristic  of  the  fresh  plumage. 

*  Chaemepelia  passerina  insularis  (Ridg.). 

Eleven  specimens,  all  adult  males.  Grand  Cayman,  Little  Cayman, 
and  Cayman  Brae.     April,  May,  and  June. 

There  is  no  difference  in  skins  from  the  three  islands.  On  comparing 
this  series  with  an  enormous  number  of  Cuban  birds,  I  could  find  no 
differences  at  all,  in  color,  color  of  the  bill,  size,  or  anything  else.  I 
therefore  sent  the  series  to  W.  E.  C.  Todd,  as  the  latest  authority  on 
this  group  of  birds,  and  asked  him  for  an  opinion  that  I  might  quote 
in  print.  He  replied  that  he  was  now  fully  prepared  to  say  that  the 
Cayman  and  Cuban  forms  are  identical.  Chaemepelia  passerina 
afiavida  (Palmer  and  Riley)  therefore  becomes  a  synonym  of  P.  p. 
insularis  (Ridg.).  The  Jamaican  form,  though  very  close  still  appears 
to  be  recognizable.       • 

t  Leptotila  jamaicensis  collaris  (Cory). 

Five  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman,  May  and  June. 

Brown  considers  this  Dove  to  be  the  rarest  of  all  the  peculiar  Grand 
Cayman  birds.  The  five  specimens  he  took  were  the  result  of  days 
spent  hunting  especially  for  it  in  its  favorite  haunts. 

I  can  detect  no  differences  whatever  in  color  in  comparing  these 
Grand  Cayman  skins  with  our  twelve  specimens  of  true  L.  jamaicensis 
(Linne)  from  Jamaica.  The  Cayman  examples  appear  to  have  less 
white  at  the  tips  of  the  three  outer  rectrices.  This  may  be  partly, 
perhaps  wholly,  due  to  their  tail  feathers  being  more  worn  down  at 
the  ends.  The  Cayman  specimens  also  average  slightly  smaller  than 
Jamaican  ones,  as  the  following  measurements  show,  but  the  differ- 
ence is  so  trifling  that  a  larger  amount  of  material  might  actually 
tiu-n  it  the  other  way,  and  I  doubt  much  if  the  form  can  be  maintained. 


Grand 

Cayman. 

Exposed 

No. 

Sex 

Wing 

Tail 

Tarsus 

Culmen 

68334 

& 

148 

103 

29 

16 

68335 

cf 

146 

90 

31 

16 

68338 

d^ 

153 

105 

31.5 

15.5 

68336 

9 

142 

95 

28 

15.5 

68337 

9 

144 

102 

27.5 

16 

308 


> 

bulletin:  a 

lUSEUM   ( 

OF   COMPARAT] 
Jamaica. 

[VE   ZOOLOG 

Y. 

Exposed 

No. 

Sex 

Wing 

Tail 

Tarsus 

Cvlmen 

37732 

d^ 

159 

111 

31.5 

16.5 

37733 

cT 

161 

112 

31 

17 

37734 

d" 

157 

109 

29 

16 

54089 

cf 

154 

109 

32 

16 

3695 

d" 

153 

108 

30 

16.5 

3696 

d' 

158 

108 

33 

17 

37735 

9 

153 

107 

29 

16 

37736 

9 

151 

105 

29.5 

16.5 

37737 

9 

153 

100 

29 

16 

41841 

9 

159 

106 

32 

16.5 

54088 

9 

151 

99 

28.5 

16 

71554 

9 

151 

96 

28.5 

16 

PSITTACIDAE, 

t  x\mazona  leucocephala  caymanensis  (Cory). 

Ten  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman,  May  and 
June. 

This  well-marked  form  is  peculiar  to  Grand  Cayman.  I  agree  with 
Todd  (Annals  Carnegie  mus.,  1911,  7,  p.  418)  that  its  relationship  to 
true  leucocephala  of  Cuba,  which  is  close,  is  best  expressed  by  the  use 
of  trinomials. 

Brown  noted  that  the  skin  of  the  orbital  region,  ^•aried  from  white 
to  flesh-color.  He  took  a  set  of  four  eggs  together  with  the  female 
parent  on  May  12. 


Amazona  leucocephala  hesterna,  subsp.  nov. 

Ten  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman 
Brae,  June  and  July. 

Type,  adult  d^,  M.  C.  Z.  68313,  Cayman  Brae,  July  15,  1911,  W.  W. 
Brown,  Jr. 

Characters.  Similar  to  true  A.  leucocephala  (Linne)  of  Cuba,  but 
smaller.  Paler  green,  lime-green  to  mignonette-green  (in  the  Cuban 
bird  about  Kronberg's  green);  under  tail  coverts  and  under  surface 
of  tail  (be;s-ond  the  red  base)  paler  and  more  yellowish;  red  belly 
patch  always  large,  more  sharply  contrasted  and  brighter  red  without 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  309 

lavender  shimmer  —  bright  hych-anger-red  —  (dark  vinaceous,  almost 
always,  more  or  less  touched  with  lavender  in  true  leucocephala); 
outer  surface  of  closed  wing  paler  and  duller  blue,  more  greenish, — 
much  more  as  in  A.  l.  caymanensis;  shorter  upper  tail  coverts,  some- 
times also  longer  upper  tail  coverts  and  lower  rump  feathers,  more 
or  less  extensively  edged  and  tipped  with  red  (Cuban  examples  of 
true  A.  leucocephala  seldom  show  such  red  markings,  and  when  they 
do  only  to  a  very  slight  extent).  Brown  noted  the  iris  as  brown 
and  the  orbital  skin  as  white  to  gra^-ish  white,  the  tarsus  as  yellow. 
Measurements. 

Caymax  Brag. 

No.  Sex 

68312  cT 

68313  .   d" 

68315  d" 

68316  c? 

68309  9 

68310  9 

68311  9 

68314  9 

68317  9 


68308       9 

Remarks.  Brown  found  this  Parrot  to  be  not  uncommon  though 
of  rather  local  distribution  in  Cayman  Brae.  He  also  took  one  speci- 
men in  Little  Cavman  on  Julv  25. 


CUCULIDAE. 

Crotophaga  ani  Linrie. 

Three  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman  and  Little 
CajTnan,  May  and  July. 

*  CoccYZUS  minor  nesiotes  (Cab.  and  Heine). 

Eleven  specimens,   both  sexes,  all  |  adult.   Grand  Cayman,   Little 
Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  May,  June,  and  July. 


Culmen 

Wing 

Tail 

Tarsus 

from  Cere 

132 

110 

21 

27 

134 

109 

23 

27 

133 

113 

21 

27 

129 

103 

22 

25 

132 

109 

22 

26 

128 

111 

23 

25 

126 

102 

21 

24 

129 

107 

21 

23 

134 

106 

21 

25 

Little 

Caymax. 

131 

ill 

22 

25 

310  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

These  specimens  agree  with  Jamaican  skins  in  size  and  proportions 
and  are  a  Uttle  larger  than  the  Bahaman  form  C.  m.  maynardi  Ridg. 
In  the  color  of  the  under  parts  this  series  shows  a  wide  range  of  indi- 
vidual variation.  The  darkest  ones  are  exactly  like  the  paler  speci- 
mens from  Jamaica  and  the  palest  ones  like  the  darker  examples  of 
maynardi.  Thus  as  a  whole  the  series  averages  a  little  paler  below 
than  the  average  of  a  long  series  of  nesiotes  from  Jamaica.  All,  how- 
ever, were  taken  later  in  the  season,  than  any  skin  we  have  from 
Jamaica  and  are  without  doubt  somewhat  faded  out. 

Hybrididae. 
Hybris  perlata  furcata  (Temm.). 

One  adult  9  ,  Cayman  Brae,  June  27.  This  is  a  very  pale  and 
gray  individual,  rather  different  from  ordinary  specimens  from 
Jamaica  or  Cuba.  In  a  long  series  from  Jamaica,  however,  we  have 
one  skin  that  agrees  with  it  exactly. 

Caprimulgidae. 
Chordeiles  virginianus  minor  (Cab.). 

One  adult  cf ,  Little  Cayman,  July  17. 

Brown  made  no  note  on  the  abundance  of  the  Little  Nighthawk  in 
the  Caymans,  which  I  believe  has  not  before  been  recorded  from  the 
islands.  It  is  possible  that  this  individual  may  have  been  a  migrant 
from  Cuba,  where  the  bird  breeds  abundantl^r',  but  apparently  does 
not  winter. 

PiCIDAE. 
t  COLAPTES   CHRYSOCAULOSUS    GUNDLACHI   Cory. 

Thirteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman,  April, 
May,   and  June. 

This  series  shows  in  a  marked  degree  the  two  characters  pointed  out 
by  Ridgway  in  his  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America  —  smaller 
size  and  smaller  and  narrower  black  malar  patch  in  the  males  — 
which  distinguish  it  from  the  Cuban  form.  It  is  confined  to  Grand 
Cavman. 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  311 


t  Centurus  caymanensis  Cory. 

Nine  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman,  April,  May, 
and  June. 

This  strongly  characterized  island  species,  is  one  of  the  commoner 
birds  of  Grand  Cayman  to  which  island  it  is  confined. 


Tyrannidae. 
Tyrannus  dominicensis  dominicensis  (Gmel.). 

Four  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman  and  Cayman 
Brae,  April  and  June. 

TOLMARCHUS   CAYMANENSIS    (NicoU). 

Twenty  specimens,  both  sexes,  young  and  adult,  Grand  Cayman, 
Little  Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  April,  May,  June,  and  July. 

This  is  a  well-marked  form  peculiar  to  the  Caymans,  where,  I  be- 
lieve, it  does  not  differ  either  in  color  or  size  in  the  three  islands  of  the 
group.  In  fresh  spring  plumage  (April  specimens  from  Grand  Cay- 
man) the  back  is  distinctly  olivaceous,  as  compared  with  the  gray 
back  in  the  Cuban  form,  T.  caudifasciatiLS  (D'Orbigny),  in  similar 
plumage.  In  birds  killed  by  May  25  and  from  then  on  through  the 
summer,  the  color  of  the  back,  by  fading  and  wear,  has  changed  to  a 
dirty  grayish,  quite  the  same  as  in  Cuban  skins  in  the  same  condition 
of  feather.  In  this  plumage  the  Cayman  bird  can  only  be  recognized 
by  its  much  duller,  browner  head,  less  contrasted  with  the  gray  of  the 
back  —  the  head  of  the  Cuban  bird  in  worn  plumage  being  very  black 
and  sharply  contrasted  against  the  color  of  the  back.  The  Cayman 
bird  also  has  a  longer  and  more  slender  bill,  this  character  being  well 
marked  as  an  average  one,  but  unfortunately  failing  in  the  case  of 
certain  individuals.  All  the  adults  from  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman 
Brae,  except  one,  are  in  the  worn  and  faded  midsummer  plumage 
just  referred  to;  the  one  exception  is  M.  C.  Z.  68248  Cayman  Brae, 
June  29,  which,  though  taken  on  a  date  earlier  than  some  others  that 
had  not  changed,  has  almost  completed  the  postnuptial  moult  and 
has  again  an  olivaceous  back.  The  color  of  the  back  in  this  skin  is 
quite  the  same  as  in  the  April  specimens  from  Grand  Cayman,  while 
the  more  faded  Grand  Cayman  individuals  killed  May  25  are  like  the 


312  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

ones  from  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae  taken  in  June  and  July. 
Brown  took  fully  fledged  young  from  July  10  to  July  28.  The  wing 
in  the  adults  in  this  series  ranges,  in  Grand  Cayman  skins,  from  103- 
107;  in  skins  from  Cayman  Brae,  97-103;  in  the  only  adult  from 
Little  Cayman  (a  cf )  it  is  108.  The  Cayman  Brae  specimens  have 
the  tips  of  the  primaries  a  little  more  worn  down  than  the  Grand 
CajTTian  ones. 

Myiarchus  sagrae  sagrae  (Gundlach). 

Myiarchus  denigratus  Cory,  Auk,  Oct.  1886,  3,  p.  500,  502,  Grand 
Cayman. 

Ten  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman,  April  and  May. 
Apparently  this  bird  is  found  in  Grand  Cayman  only  of  the  Caymans. 
The  specimens  in  the  present  series  are  indistinguishable  in  any  way 
from  Cuban  skins. 

*  Elaenia  martinica  caymanensis  Berlepsch. 

Elaenia  martinica  complexa  Berlepsch,  Proc.  4th  International 
ornith.  congress,  1905,  p.  395,  Cayman  Brae. 

Twenty-six  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman, 
Little  Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  April,  May,  June,  and  July. 

Specimens  in  exactly  similar  plumage  from  the  three  islands  of  the 
Cayman  group  are  absolutely  alike,  and  no  subdivision  can  be  made. 
I  am  sure  Berlepsch  was  deceived  by  the  artificial  discoloration  of 
Maynard's  Cayman  Brae  skins,  upon  examples  of  which  he  based 
his  E.  vi.  complexa.  Two  such  skins  are  now  before  me  and  I  do  not 
wonder  at  such  a  mistake  being  made. 

The  Cayman  Elaenia  fades  and  bleaches  out  late  in  summer, 
losing  all  its  colors.  Two  skins  collected  in  Grand  Cayman  in 
August,  188(3,  by  W.  B.  Richardson,  have  lost  all  traces  of  the  colors 
and  markings  of  the  form  when  in  fresh  plumage.  The  April  speci- 
mens in  the  present  series  from  Grand  Cayman  are  in  beautiful  fresh 
unfaded  plumage.  Some  of  the  late  July  skins  from  Cayman  Brae 
have  nearly  completed  the  postnuptial  moult  and  are  indistinguish- 
able from  these.  Others  taken  at  the  same  time  had  not  commenced 
to  moult,  and  are  nearly  as  faded  out  as  the  August  examples  just 
referred  to. 

The  Cayman  bird  appears  an  excellent  form,  but  I  cannot  agree  with 


/^ 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  313 

some  other  ornithologists  that  its  nearest  relation  is  E.  m.  riisii  Sol.  of 
St.  Thomas.  Nor  do  I  think  it  very  closely  related  to  any  of  the  dis- 
tinctly gray  Lesser  Antillean  forms.  It  seems  obviously  much  more 
like  E.  m.  subpagana  Scl.  and  Salv.  of  the  near  by  mainland,  with  which 
it  exactly  agrees  in  size  and  markings  and  in  color  except  in  being  j)aler 
throughout.  In  good  plumage  the  belly  is  uniformly  yellow,  the  chest 
dull  yellowish  gray,  the  throat  grayish  white,  and  the  upper  parts  olive. 
All  these  colors,  however,  are  much  paler  than  in  the  continental  bird. 
I  think  that  this  bird  was  derived  not  through  any  of  the  Lesser 
Antillean  forms,  which  on  zoogeographical  grounds  would  seem  out  of 
reason,  but  like  Vireosyha  caymanensis  and  probably  Vireo  crassi- 
rostris  direct  from  the  form  occupying  the  adjacent  mainland. 

MiMIDAE. 

^  MiMUS  POLYGLOTTOS  ORPHEUS  (Linne). 

One  adult  cf,  Grand  Cayman,  May  14. 

The  Jamaican  Mockingbird  is  abundant  in  Grand  Cayman,  but 
apparently  is  wanting  in  the  two  smaller  islands. 

TURDIDAE. 

MiMocicHLA  RAViDA  Cory. 

Thirteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman,  April, 
May,  and  June. 

The  Grand  Cayman  Thrush  belongs  in  a  group  of  the  genus  Mimo- 
cichla  by  itself,  and  of  all  the  birds  peculiar  to  the  Caj'mans  is  the  only 
one  that  is  very  distinct,  having  no  representative  elsewhere.  In  view 
of  the  recent  origin  of  the  ornis  of  the  Caymans,  it  is  probable  that 
there  was  somewhere,  possibly  in  Jamaica,  where  no  member  of  the 
genus  now  occurs,  a  related  form  which  has  disappeared. 

The  Thrush  is  now  extremely  rare  and  local  in  Grand  Cayman. 
Brown  covered  the  whole  island  and  found  it  only  in  two  remote 
patches  of  woodland.  Each  of  these  tracts  of  rather  heavier  forest 
than  is  usual  in  the  island  now-a-days  was  inliabited  by  a  few  pairs  of 
thrushes,  which  Brown  believes  to  be  the  entire  population  of  the 
island.  In  each  of  these  woods  Brown  was  careful  to  leave  birds 
enough  to  perpetuate  the  species,  if  it  is  not  gradually  becoming  extinct 
from  some  natural  cause,  as  seems  to  be  the  case. 


314  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Brown  noted  the  colors  of  the  soft  parts  to  be  as  follows:  — "Iris, 
brown;  tarsus,  bill,  and  bare  skin  of  orbital  region,  coral  red." 

MiMOCiCHLA  RUBRiPES  CORYI  Sharpe. 

Twenty-three  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Cayman  Brae, 
June  and  July. 

Unlike  its  cousin  of  the  larger  island,  the  Cayman  Brae  Thrush  is  an 
extremely  abundant  bird.  It  is  a  very  well-marked  form,  with  a  large 
light-colored  bill. 

ViREONIDAE. 
ViREOSYLVA    MAGISTER   CAYTVLAJMENSIS    (Cory). 

Twelve  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayijian,  April  and 
May. 

Brown  found  this  Vireo  in  the  mangroves  in  Grand  Cayman,  where 
it  was  not  uncommon.  It  has  been  recorded  from  both  Little  Cayman 
and  Cayman  Brae  by  Cory,  but  Brown  did  not  find  it  in  either  of  the 
smaller  islands,  where  its  place  seemed  to  be  wholly  taken  by  V. 
calidris  barbatula. 

The  Grand  Cayman  Vireo  is  very  closely  related  to  true  V.  magister 
LawT.  of  the  coast  of  British  Honduras,  from  which  it  differs  only  by 
its  paler  coloration. 

ViREOSYLVA    CALIDRIS    BARBATULA    (Cab.). 

Fifteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman 
Brae,  June  and  July.  ^ 

The  Black-whiskered  Vireo  was  very  common  in  the  two  smaller 
islands  of  the  group.  The  skins  show  no  differences  when  compared 
with  Cuban  examples. 

ViREO  CRASSiROSTRis  CRASSiROSTRis  (Bryant). 

Vireo  alleni  Cory,  Auk,  Oct.  1886,  3,  p.  500-501,  Grand  Cayman. 

Seventeen  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman,  Little 
Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  April,  May,  June,  and  July. 

This  series  critically  compared  with  our  sixty-fovu-  skins  from  the 
Bahamas  proves  beyond  a  doubt  that  the  much  discussed  V.  alleni 


/ 

bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  315 

is  absolutely  identical  with  the  Bahama  bird.  All  the  Cayman 
examples  are  in  the  yellow  phase  of  plumage.  They  correspond 
exactly  with  yellow  specimens  from  the  Bahamas  from  Inagua  to 
New  Providence,  the  type  locality  of  V.  crassirostris.  The  three 
characters  that  Ridgway  in  his  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America 
thought  might  distinguish  V.  alleni,  all  prove  illusive.  The  browner 
back  in  the  specimens  he  examined  was  due  entirely  to  discoloration 
from  the  now  famous  chemical  preservative  used  by  Maynard;  the 
outermost  primary  is  not  smaller;  and  the  pale  wing-bands  are  not 
broader. 

Todd  (Annals  Carnegie  mus.,  1911,  7,  p.  428^30)  has  discussed  at 
length  the  color-phases  of  V.  crassirostris,  and  I  wholly  agree  with  him 
that  the  gray  and  the  yellow  (the  so-called  Vireo  crassirostris  fiavescens 
Ridg.)  specimens,  represent  nothing  but  extremes  of  color-variation 
in  one  and  the  same  subspecies. 

Examples  from  the  different  islands  of  the  Caymans  are  all  quite 
alike. 

Mniotiltidae. 
Dendroica  petechia  petechia  (Linne). 

Dendroica  auricapilla  Ridg.,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  Aug.  1888, 10,  p.  572, 
Grand  Cayman. 

Thirteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  adults  and  two  young.  Grand  Cay- 
man, Little  Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  April,  May,  and  July. 

This  series  together  with  four  skins  from  the  Cajnnans  already  in 
the  M.  C.  Z.  I  have  compared  most  carefully  with  a  fine  set  of 
Jamaican  speciniens,  with  the  result  that  I  find  no  way  in  which  to 
separate  them.  Ridgway  in  his  Birds  of  North  and  Middle  America 
recognizes  auricapilla  as  differing  from  petechia  on  the  grounds  of 
"decidedly  shorter  wing  and  larger  bill  and  feet."  His  own  measure- 
ments, however,  which  followed,  show  very  trifling  differences.  My 
measurements  of  eight  adult  males  from  the  Caymans,  the  wing  is :  — 
62-65,  (63.81);  exposed  culmen,  10-11.5  (10.62).  In  eight  adult 
males  from  Jamaica,  the  wing  is: — 62-67  (64.5);  exposed  culmen, 
10-11  (10.68).     I  can  see  no  differences  at  all  in  the  feet. 

There  are  no  differences  in  specimens  from  the  three  islands  of  the 
Caymans. 

Dendroica  petechia  petechia  can  be  separated  from  D.  p.  gundlachi 
Baird  of  Cuba  by  slightly  paler  colors  and  more  extensively  ochraceous 
€rown. 


316  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Dendroica  vitellina  vitellina  Cory. 

Ten  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman,  April  and  May. 

This  fine  island  form  confined  to  Grand  Cayman,  was  in  Brown's 
experience  a  very  uncommon  bird  and  he  told  me  that  it  was  with 
difficulty  that  he  got  even  the  ten  noted  above. 

Dendroica  vitellina  crawfordi  Nicoll. 

Thirty-seven  specimens,  both  sexes,  adults  and  young,  Little  Cay- 
man and  Cayman  Brae,  June  and  July. 

This  is  a  well-marked  subspecies  whose  characters  were  accurately 
noted  by  Nicoll,  (Bull.  B.  O.  C,  1904,  14,  p.  95)  who  also  figured  it 
(Ibis,  1904,  ser.  8,  4,  pi.  11,  f.  1). 

It  is  an  abundant  bird  in  the  two  smaller  islands,  and  is  quite  the 
same  in  both. 

Coerebidae. 

*  COEREBA    SHARPEI    (Cory). 

Twenty-eight  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult,  Grand  Cayman, 
Little  Cayman,  and  Cayman  Brae,  April,  May,  June,  and  July. 

Brown's  specimens  from  Grand  Cayman  are  unfortunately  not 
comparable  with  his  series  from  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae, 
and  I  am  unable  to  say  whether  the  differences  shown  by  birds  from 
the  two  smaller  islands,  when  compared  with  examples  from  Grand 
Cayman,  are  seasonal  or  not.  I  am  inclined,  however,  to  regard  these 
differences  as  only  seasonal.  The  Grand  Cayman  birds,  all  taken  in 
April  and  May,  were  in  worn  and  somewhat  faded  breeding  plumage, 
while  those  from  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae,  taken  in  late 
June  and  July,  had  completed  or  were  just  completing  the  post- 
nuptial moult,  and  were  therefore  all  in  what  might  be  called  fresh 
autumnal  plumage.  The  upper  parts  in  the  Grand  Cayman  specimens 
are  dull  brownish  black;  the  yellow  of  the  under  parts  is  pale  and  dull. 
The  upper  parts  in  the  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae  skins  are 
grayish  black  with  a  slight  olivaceous  cast;  the  yellow  of  the  under 
parts  is  richer  and  rather  more  orange.  Brown  noted  that  the  "  skin 
at  corners  of  mouth,  red"  in  the  Grand  Cayman  bird;  "  skin  at  corners 
of  mouth,  flesh-color"  in  Little  Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae  specimens. 
This  possibly  also  has  to  do  with  the  breeding  season. 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  817 

icteridae. 
*  holoquiscalus  caymanensis  caymanensis  (cory). 

Foiu"  specimens,  three  males  and  a  female,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman, 
May. 

Brown  had  to  spend  so  much  time  while  in  Grand  Cayman  search- 
ing for  the  rare  species,  that  he  rather  neglected  the  Grackle  and  some 
of  the  other  very  common  birds. 

This  is  a  very  well-marked  insular  subspecies  peculiar  to  Grand 
Cayman. 

HOLOQTJISCALUS   CAYMANENSIS   CARIBAETJS  Todd. 

Fourteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  adults  and  one  young.  Little 
Cayman  and  Cayman  Brae,  June  and  July. 

The  Grackle  of  the  two  smaller  islands  which  differs  from  true 
H.  caymanensis  of  Grand  Cayman  in  its  much  larger  size  and  stronger 
bill,  has  always  been  referred  to  H.  gundlachii  (Cassin)  of  eastern  Cuba. 
I  had  in  the  present  paper  corrected  this  old  error,  and  had  named  the 
form  as  new,  arriving  at  the  same  conclusions  as  Todd,  except  that  he 
did  not  know  the  bird  of  Cayman  Brae  and  Little  Cayman,  which  is 
identical  with  that  inhabiting  the  Isle  of  Pines  and  western  Cuba. 

Todd's  paper.  The  Birds  of  the  Isle  of  Pines,  Annals  of  the  Carnegie 
museum,  10,  nos.  1-2,  (dated  Jan.  1916,  but  received  by  M.  C.  Z. 
Mar.  1,  1916),  containing  a  description  of  the  form,  came  just  in  time 
to  allow  me  to  change  the  name  while  reading  proof. 

Icterus  bairdi  Cory. 

Seventeen  specimens,  both  sexes,  adults,  and  five  immature  (one 
year  old?)  birds  still  carrying  a  partly  or  wholly  greenish  yellow  tail. 
Grand  Cayman,  April,  May,  and  June.  A  nest  made  of  palm  fibres 
and  attached  to  a  hemp  palm  leaf  about  sixty  feet  from  the  ground 
was  found  28  May;  the  nest  contained  three  young  birds. 

This  splendid  island  species  confined  to  Grand  Cayman  differs  from 
/.  leiicopteryx  (Wagler)  of  Jamaica,  from  which  it  obviously  was  de- 
rived, in  being  bright  golden  yellow  only  slightly  tinged  with  olive  on 
the  head,  and  just  a  trifle  darker  on  the  back  than  it  is  below.  It  is 
also  a  little  smaller  and  has  a  slightly  slenderer  and  more  delicate  bill. 


318  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Baird's  Oriole  has  always  been  extremely  rare  in  collections,  in  fact 
besides  our  series  there  exist  only  Cory's  original  specimens  and  two 
in  the  Tring  Museum  that  were  collected  by  Taylor  when  he  visited 
the  island  in  1896  for  the  Hon.  Walter  Rothschild. 

The  species  seems  to  be  on  the  verge  of  extinction.  Why  this  is 
I  can  offer  no  suggestion.  Certainly  I.  leucopteryx  is  common  enough 
in  Jamaica  and  adapts  itself  to  all  the  changes  man  makes  there. 

Brown  found  this  Oriole  scattered  here  and  there  at  wide  intervals 
in  the  island  and  told  me  he  thought  it  was  one  of  the  rarest  birds  he 
had  ever  himted  for. 

Tanagridae. 
*  Spindalis  salvini  Cory. 

Fifty-five  specimens,  both  sexes  (only  five  females)  all  adult.  Grand 
Cayman,  April  and  May. 

This  is  a  fine,  large  species  peculiar  to  Grand  Cayman.  Its  nearest 
relative  is  clearly  S.  pretrei  (Lesson)  of  Cuba.  Its  bill  though  of  course 
larger  than  in  the  Cuban  species,  the  bird  itself  being  much  larger,  is 
very  like  it,  and  quite  different  from  the  heavy  coarse  bill  of  <S.  bene- 
dicti  Ridg.  of  Cozumel  Island. 

The  female,  I  believe,  was  previously  unknown;  in  color  it  is  some- 
what like  the  female  of  S.  pretrei,  (it  is  of  course  much  larger),  the  upper 
parts  are,  however,  paler  and  more  grayish  olive,  the  under  parts  are 
more  uniform,  the  belly  and  under  tail  coverts  not  whitish  but  dull, 
pale  yellowish  olive,  and  the  chest  is  slightly  paler  olive. 

This  is  another  of  the  Cayman  birds  that  has  been  very  rare  in  col- 
lections; Brown,  however,  tells  me  that  it  is  really  not  uncommon 
in  Grand  Cayman,  but  that  it  keeps  itself  hidden  away  in  the  dense 
scrubby  woods  where  it  is  difficult  to  shoot,  females  being  especially 
hard  to  find. 

Fringillidae. 
*  TiARis  olivacea  olivacea  (Linne). 

Euetheia  coryi  Ridg.,  Auk,  Oct.  1898,  15,  p.  322,  Cayman  Brae. 

Nineteen  specimens,  both  sexes,  all  adult.  Grand  Cayman  and  Cay- 
man Brae,  April,  May,  and  July. 

The  species  has  been  recorded  from  Little  Cayman,  but  Brown 
during  his  short  stay  in  that  island  did  not  find  it. 


bangs:  birds  from  the  cayman  islands.  319 

Some  years  ago  Ridgway  separated  the  Cayman  Brae  form  based  on 
specimens  collected  there  by  Maynard.  Some  of  Maynard's  skins 
of  this  bird  are  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  so  discolored  by  his  chemical  preserva- 
tive as  to  be  practically  unidentifiable,  and  I  am  afraid  even  Ridgway 
was  deceived  by  them.  Specimens  in  the  present  collection  from 
Cayman  Brae  are  absolutely  identical  in  color  as  well  as  in  size  with 
those  from  Grand  Cayman.  In  adult  males  from  Grand  Cayman 
the  wing  runs  49-51.5;  in  adult  males  from  Cayman  Brae  the  wing 
runs  48-51,  the  tips  of  the  primaries  are  slightly  more  worn  down  in  the 
Cayman  Brae  skins.  Birds  from  the  Caymans  are  as  a  whole  like 
Jamaican  specimens,  and  are  slightly  different  from  the  average  of 
Cuban  examples. 

We  have  now  in  the  M.  C.  Z.  upwards  of  150  skins  of  T.  olivacea 
from  the  Greater  Antilles,  and  after  a  very  critical  study  of  these 
specimens,  I  think  the  species  might  by  very  close  splitting  be  sub- 
divided. Individual  variation,  however,  is  so  great  and  the  characters 
that  separate  birds  from  the  various  islands  so  subtle  that  the  wisdom 
of  so  doing  is  very  questionable.  If  subdivided,  the  forms  of  the 
Greater  Antilles  would  stand,  probably,  as  follows:  — 

Tiaris  olivacea  olivacea  (Linne). 
Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo. 

Slightly  browner  olive-green  above  and  on  flanks;  yellow  of  throat 
often  very  pale  (the  color  of  the  tlu-oat-patch  is,  however,  subject  to 
much  individual  variation  in  all  the  forms). 

Tiaris  olivacea  lepicla  (Linne). 

Cuba  and  Isle  of  Pines. 

Inclined  to  be  darker  and  duller,  than  are  the  other  forms,  the  upper 
parts  often  dull  dusky  olive-green;  the  flanks  darker  and  encroaching 
more  on  belly;  belly  seldom  yellowish. 

Tiaris  olivacea  adoxa  (Gosse). 

Jamaica  and  the  Caymans. 

Usually  paler  and  more  grayish  olive-green  above  and  on  flanks; 
belly  paler  and  often  washed  with  pale  yellowish. 

I  have  no  doubt  that  the  subject  of  Gosse's  plate  was  a  young  indi- 


320  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

vidual  of  this  form.     If,  however,  Gosse's  bird  is  considered  uxiidenti- 
fiable,  then  the  name  coryi  Ridgway  becomes  available  for  it. 

Tiaris  olivacea  hryanti  (Ridg.). 

Porto  Rico. 

Averaging  slightly  smaller  than  the  other  races,  and  slightly  brighter 
olive-green  above;  belly  more  yellowish.  Perhaps  the  best  of  the 
Greater  Antillean  forms. 

*  Melopyrrha  taylori  Hartert. 

Fifty-one  specimens,  both  sexes,  adults  and  immature  (one  year 
old?)  males.  Grand  Cayman,  April,  May,  and  June. 

This  is  one  of  the  very  strongly  characterized  species  of  Grand 
Cayman.  Brown  found  it  to  be  far  from  uncommon,  though  usually 
keeping  well  concealed  in  the  scrubby  woods. 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 
AT   HARVARD  COLLEGE. 
Vol.  LX.    No.  8. 


ANTS   COLLECTED   IN   TRINIDAD   BY   PROFESSOR 

ROLAND   THAXTER,   MR.   F.  W.   URICH, 

AND  OTHERS. 


By  William  Morton  Wheeler. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A. 

PRINTED  FOR  THE  MUSEUM. 

March,  1916. 


No.  8. —  Ants  collected  in  Trinidad  by  Professor  Roland  Thaxter,  Mr. 

F.  W.  JJrich,  and  Others. 

contributions  from  the  entomological  laboratory  of  the 
bussey  institution.  harvard  university.    no.  108. 

By  William  Morton  Wheeler, 
formicidae. 

1.  Ectatomma  tuberculatum  Olivier.      ^     9- — Port  of   Spain  and 
Sangre  Grande  (Thaxter). 

2.  Ectatomma    ruidum    Roger.       ^. —  Port    of    Spain    (Thaxter); 
Chaguanas  (Urich). 

3.  Neoponera  obscuricornis  Emery  var.  latreillei  Forel.      S  . —  Caura 
(Urich). 

4.  Neoponera  unidentata  Mayr.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

5.  Pachycondyla    crassinoda    Latreille.      S      9 . —  Port    of    Spain 
(Thaxter). 

6.  Pachycondyla  harpax  Fabricius.      y  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

7.  Pachycondyla  iinpressa  Roger.      ^. —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

8.  Euponera  (Mesoponera)  cojistricta  Mayr.      ^    9  . —  Port  of  Spain 
'  (Thaxter). 

9.  Euponera  ( Trachymesopu^)  stigma  Fabricius.      ^     9  . —  Port  of 
Spain    (Thaxter). 

10.  Ponera  opaciceps  Mayr.      ^  . —  Aripa  Savanna  (Thaxter). 

11.  OdontomachtLS  haematoda  Linne.      ^     9. —  Port  of  Spain,  Gas- 
paree  Island,  and  Sangre  Grande  (Thaxter). 

12.  Odontomachus    haematoda   Linne    subsp.    insularis    Guerin   var. 
hirsutiusculu^  F.  Smith,      y  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

13.  Odontomachus   haematoda  Linne   subsp.   meinerti  Forel.      ^  . — 
Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

14.  Anochetus  inermis  Ern.  Andre  var.  meinerti  Forel.      ^    9    cf . — 
Chaguanas  (Urich);   Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

The  worker  and  female  of  this  variety  differ  from  those  of  the 
typical  form  in  having  the  superior  border  of  the  petiole  distinctly 
excised  and  the  inner  border  of  the  mandibles  with  three  teeth. 


324  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

15.  Anochetu3  (Stenomyrmex)  emarginatus  Fabricius  (typical).      S  . — 
Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter);   Ariopita  Valley  (H.  D.  Chapman). 

16.  Eciton  burchelli  Westwood.      ^. —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

17.  Eciton    burchelli    Westwood   var.    urichi    Forel.      y  . —  Port   of 
Spain  (Thaxter);    Erin  (Urich). 

I  doubt  whether  this  variety  will  prove  to  be  valid.  Among  a 
large  number  of  specimens  from  the  same  colony  received  from  Urich, 
there  are  numerous  transitions  in  color  to  the  tj'pical  form. 

18.  Ecito)t  (Labidus)  crassicorne  F.  Smith.      §  . —  Matura  (Urich) ; 
Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

19.  Eciton    {Acamatus)    pilosurn   F.    Smith.      S . —  Aripa    Savanna 
(Thaxter). 

20.  Pscudomyrma  championi  Forel  var.  paulina  Forel.      ^  . —  Port 
of  Spain  (Aug.  Busck  and  Thaxter). 

21.  Pseudomyrma  excavata  MajT.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

22.  Pseudomyrma  pallida  F.  Smith,      g  . —  Aripa  Savanna  (Thaxter). 

23.  Pheidole  {Macropheidole)  fimbriata  Roger.     Ql. —  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter). 

24.  Crematogaster    brasiliensis    MayT.       ^  . —  Aripa    Savanna     and 
Sangre  Grande  (Thaxter). 

25.  Crematogaster  limata  F.  Smith  subsp.   parabiotica  Forel.      S  . — 
Port  of  Spain  and  Gaspari  Island  (Thaxter). 

26.  Monomorium  floricola  Jerdon.      ^. —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

27.  Megalomyrmex  bituberculatu^  Forel.      S. —  Arima  (Urich);   Port 
of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

28.  Tranopelta  gilva  MayT.      9   cf  ■ — Port  of  Spain  (Aug.  Busck). 

29.  Solenopsis  geminata  Fabricius.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter) ; 
Chaguanas  (Urich). 

30.  Solenopsis  minutissivia  Emery.      S  . —  Trinidad  (Thaxter) . 

31.  Solenopsis  altinodis  Forel.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

This  species,  which  is  easily  recognized  by  the  peculiar  high  petiolar 
node,  rectangular  in  profile  and  laterally  compressed,  the  absence  of 
distinct  clypeal  ridges  and  the  distinctly  marginate  epinotum,  has  been 
recorded  from  Trinidad  by  Forel.  The  types  are  from  Zigzag,  Vene- 
zuela. 

32.  Soletiopsis  tenuis  MayT.      S  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

33.  Wasmannia  auropunctata  Roger.      ^    9  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thax- 
ter). 


wheeler:  ants  collected  in  trinidad.  325 

34.  Mycocepurus  smithi  Forel.      S  . —  Diego  Martin  (Urich). 

35.  Apterostigma  wasmanni  Forel.      S  . —  Four  Roads,  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter) ;  "  from  fungus  garden  under  a  log." 

36.  Apterostigma    urichi    Forel.      U. —  Caparo    (Thaxter);     "from 
fungus  garden  under  a  log." 

37.  Trachymyrmex    urichi    Forel.      ^ . —  Ariopita    Valley    (H.    D. 
Chapman);    Gasparee  Island  (Thaxter). 

38.  Trachymyrmex  humilis,  sp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  2.2-2.5  mm. 

Mandibles  rather  long,  with  concave  external  borders,  three  large 
apical  and  several  smaller  basal  teeth.  Head  subrectangular,  as 
broad  as  long,  with  broadly  and  feebly  excised  posterior  and  rather 
convex  lateral  borders  and  rounded  posterior  corners.  Eyes  moder- 
ately convex.  Clypeus  short,  with  nearly  straight,  entire  anterior 
border.  Expanded  anterior  lobes  of  frontal  carinae  moderately  large, 
rounded,  not  angular,  posterior  ridges  diverging  but  not  reaching  the 
posterior  corners  of  the  head.  Praeorbital  carinae  straight,  not  curved 
inward  across  the  antennal  scrobes,  terminating  a  little  behind  the  eyes. 
Antennal  scapes  moderately  stout,  reaching  a  distance  not  exceeding 
their  greatest  transverse  diameter  beyond  the  posterior  corners  of  the 
head.  Joints  2-8  of  the  funiculi  not  longer  than  broad,  two  terminal 
joints  forming  an  indistinct  club,  the  penultimate  longer  than  broad 
and  half  as  long  as  the  last  joint.  Thorax  with  the  pro-  and  mesono- 
tum  rather  convex  and  rounded  in  profile,  the  mesoepinotal  constric- 
tion short  and  deep.  Inferior  pronotal  spines  short,  moderately 
acute.  Epinotum  much  higher  than  long,  the  base  in  profile  very 
convex  anteriorly,  sloping  behind,  broadly  sulcate  above,  somewhat 
longer  than  the  declivity,  the  spines  reduced  to  two  teeth  which  are 
only  slightly  longer  than  broad  at  their  bases,  directed  upward,  out- 
ward, and  backward.  Petiole  small,  not  longer  than  high,  the  node 
feebly  developed,  acute  in  profile,  with  longer  concave  anterior  and 
short  concave  posterior  slope.  Postpetiole  very  large,  more  than  twice 
as  broad  as  the  petiole,  as  long  as  broad,  broadest  behind,  with  a 
median  semicircular  impression  at  the  posterior  border;  in  profile 
the  node  is  very  convex  and  high  in  front,  the  remaining  dorsal  surface 
flattened.  Gaster  suboblong,  with  rounded  anterior  and  posterior 
corners,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  with  straight,  marginate  sides,  its 
upper  surface  evenly  and  feebly  convex,  without  any  longitudinal 
impressions.     Legs  moderately  long. 

Mandibles  shining,  with  a  few  very  coarse,  elongate  punctures. 


326  bulletin:  musetjm  of  comparative  zoology. 

Remainder  of  body  opaque,  very  densely  punctate-reticulate.  The 
tubercles  on  the  head,  thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster  are 
small  and  rather  uniformly  distributed,  noticeably  so  on  the  posterior 
corners  of  the  head  and  dorsal  surface  of  the  gaster.  On  the  front  and 
vertex  of  the  head  they  are  somewhat  elongate  so  that  the  general 
effect  is  that  of  several  frequently  interrupted  rugae.  Tibiae  and 
femora  covered  with  minute,  uniformly  distributed  tubercles.  What 
correspond  to  the  spines  and  projections  on  the  head  and  thorax  of 
other  species  of  Trachymyrmex  are  reduced  to  tubercles  not  much 
smaller  than  the  teeth  on  the  epinotum. 

Hairs  yellowish,  very  short,  hooked,  moderately  abundant  but  not 
conspicuous.  Pubescence  of  the  same  color,  short,  distinct  only  on 
the  antennal  funiculi. 

Uniformly  brownish  ferruginous;  mandibles  a  little  darker,  legs  a 
little  paler  than  the  remainder  of  the  body. 

Two  specimens;  one  from  Gasparee  Island  and  one  from  Port  of 
Spain  (Thaxter). 

This  species  is  very  peculiar  in  its  small  size,  small  petiole,  Jarge 
postpetiole,  and  the  great  reduction  of  the  spines  and  tubercles  on  the 
head  and  thorax. 

39.  Acromyrmex  octospinosus  Reich.      ^  . —  Gasparee  Island  (Thax- 
ter); Ariopita  Valley  (H.  D.  Chapman). 

40.  Atta  cephalotes  Linne.      S  . —  Port  of  Spain  and  Sewa  Valley 
(Thaxter). 

41.  Cryptocerus  piisillus  Klug.      S  . —  Aripa  Savanna  (Thaxter). 

42.  Cryptocerus    (Zacryptocerus)    clypeatus   Fabricius.      ^  . —  Sangre 
Grande  (Thaxter);  Port  of  Spain  (U.  S.  N.  M.). 

43.  Cryptocerus    (Cephalotes)    atratus    Linne.      S  . —  Port   of    Spain 
(Thaxter). 

44.  Strwnigenys  saliens  Mayr.      U. —  Port  of   Spain   (Thaxter). 

Codiomyrmex,  gen.  nov. 

Worker.  Monomorphic,  closely  related  to  Strumigenys  F.  Smith, 
Epitritus  Emery,  and  Glamyromyrmex  Wheeler,  but  differing  in  the 
shap>e  of  the  head.  Mandibles  large,  swollen,  triangular,  their  apical 
margins  with  numerous,  regular,  acute  teeth.  Clypeus  well  developed, 
projecting  over  the  extreme  bases  of  the  mandibles  and  not  separated 
behind  by  distinct  sutures  from  the  head.  Frontal  carinae  widely 
separated,  expanded  horizontally  and  continued  backward  to  form 
sharp  lateral  margins  as  far  as  the  posterior  corners  of  the  head,  over- 


wheeler:  ants   collected   in   TRINIDAD. 


327 


arching  broad  scrobes  for  the  antennae  dorsal  to  the  eyes,  which  are 
small  but  otherwise  well  developed.  Ocelli  absent.  There  is  a  short, 
sharp  longitudinal  carina  ventral  to  the  insertion  of  each  antenna  and  a 
small  acute  tooth  at  each  lateral  corner  of  the  gula  near  the  lateral 
insertion  of  the  mandible.  Ocelli  absent.  Frontal  area  represented 
by  a  smooth,  transverse  region  in  the  sculpture  of  the  head;  frontal 
groove  represented  by  a  raised  line  extending  back  to  the  vertex. 
Antennae,  robust,  6-jointed.  Thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster 
much  as  in  Strumigenys.  Spongiform  appendages  well  developed  on 
the  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  base  of  gaster.  Head  coarsely  sculptured. 
Squamiform  or  clavate  hairs  absent,  but  both  the  body  and  appendages 
covered  with  long,  soft,  dense,  pointed  hairs. 

45.     Codiomyrmex  thaxteri,  sp.  nov.     (Fig.  1). 

Worker.     Length  nearly  2  mm. 

Mandibles  very  convex  dorsally  and  laterally,  somewhat  narrowed 


Fig.  1.     Codiomyrmex  thaxteri,  sp.  nov.     Body  of  worker  in  profile;   head  of  same 
from  above. 


at  their  insertions,  their  straight  apical  margins  furnished  with  numer- 
ous, crowded,  acute,  and  equal  teeth.     Head  subtriangular,  a  little 


328  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

longer  than  broad,  decidedly  broader  behind  than  in  front,  with 
straight  sides,  rounded  posterior  corners,  and  narrow,  excised,  and 
marginate  occipital  border.  In  profile  the  head  is  very  convex  in  the 
region  of  the  vertex  above  and  posterior  portion  of  the  gula  below, 
flattened  in  front  and  on  the  sides  to  the  sharp  edge  of  the  frontal 
carinae  and  their  backward  continuations.  Clypeus  rather  concave, 
about  as  long  as  broad,  with  semicircular,  entire  anterior  border. 
Eyes  convex,  at  about  the  middle  of  the  head,  but  near  the  ventral 
surface  and  not  visible  when  the  head  is  seen  from  above.  Antennae 
robust,  scapes  terete  but  distinctly  swollen,  first  funicular  joint  as  long 
as  the  second  and  third  together.  These  are  subequal  and  scarcely 
longer  than  broad.  Third  joint  longer  than  broad  and  nearly  ^  as  long 
as  the  terminal  joint.  Thorax  slender,  through  the  pronotum  about 
half  as  broad  as  the  head,  broadest  through  the  humeri  which  are  very 
projecting  and  distinctly  angular  or  conical.  Pro-  and  mesonotum  in 
profile  gently  convex,  not  separated  by  a  suture,  the  mesonotum 
laterally  marginate  and  with  a  median  longitudinal  ridge,  the  meso- 
pleurae  high  and  rather  concave.  The  lateral  marginations  of  the 
mesonotum  are  continued  back  over  the  base  of  the  epinotum  into  the 
spines,  which  are  well  developed,  straight,  and  acute,  nearly  as  long 
as  the  base  of  the  epinotum  and  directed  backward,  upward,  and  out- 
ward. Their  bases  are  laterally  compressed  and  translucent  below. 
Epinotal  declivity  concave,  somewhat  shorter  than  the  base,  its 
inferior  angles  compressed  but  not  acute.  Petiole  with  a  long  pe- 
duncle, as  long  as  the  node,  which  rises  abruptly  in  front  and  has  a 
gently  convex,  backwardly  sloping  dorsal  surface;  seen  from  above 
the  node  is  as  long  as  broad  and  evenly  rounded  and  submarginate  on 
the  front  and  sides.  Attached  to  the  ventral  border  of  the  peduncle 
and  node  is  a  long,  compressed,  band-shaped,  transparent,  spongiform 
appendage.  Postpetiole  from  above,  transversely  elliptical,  nearly 
twice  as  broad  as  the  petiolar  node  and  twice  as  broad  as  long,  in  profile 
a  little  longer  than  high,  evenly  convex  above,  with  a  large  and  promi- 
nent ventral  and  two  smaller,  lateral  spongiform  appendages.  Gaster 
a  little  larger  than  the  head,  elliptical,  with  nearly  straight  anterior 
and  rather  sharply  marginate  lateral  borders,  its  ventral  as  convex  as 
its  dorsal  surface  and  nearly  the  entire  surface  formed  by  the  first  seg- 
ment. Its  anteroventral  surface  is  furnished  with  a  flat,  squamiform 
and  pointed  spongiform  appendage.     Legs  rather  long  and  stout. 

Mandibles  shining,  evenly  and  sparsely  punctate.  Head  sub- 
opaque;  clypeus  and  upper  surface  of  head  reticulate-rugose  and 
coarsely  punctate;  antennal  scrobes  and  gula  densely  and  evenly 
punctate;    region  of  the  frontal  area  smooth  and  shining.     Thorax 


wheeler:  ants  collected  in  trinidad.  329 

smooth  and  shining,  except  the  epinotum,  the  base  of  which  is  coarsely, 
the  declivity  and  sides  more  finely  reticulate-punctate.  Petiole  and 
postpetiole  shining,  the  node  of  the  former  opaque,  coarsely  and 
somewhat  longitudinally  reticulate-rugose,  the  node  of  the  latter 
coarsely  and  sparsely  punctate.  Gaster  smooth  and  shining,  its 
extreme  base  with  short,  longitudinal  rugae.  Antennal  scapes  coarsely 
and  densely  punctate,  opaque ;  legs  smooth  and  shining. 

Hairs  yellowish  gray,  very  fine,  long,  dense,  flexuous,  and  erect, 
covering  the  whole  body  and  legs,  as  long  on  the  latter  as  on  the  former, 
shorter  and  subappressed  on  the  antennae,  where  they  are  if  anything 
even  denser.     Pubescence  absent. 

Castaneous  brown;  clypeus,  head,  and  antennal  scapes  black; 
mandibles,  bases  of  antennal  funiculi,  neck,  knees,  tibiae,  tarsi,  ante- 
rior portion  of  first  gastric  segment,  and  whole  of  terminal  gastric 
segments,  deep  red. 

Described  from  three  specimens  taken  by  Professor  Thaxter  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Port  of  Spain. 

This  species  is  very  easily  recognized  by  the  singular  shape  of  the 
head  and  peculiar  fleece-like  pilosity  of  the  body.  I  have  made  it 
the  type  of  a  distinct  genus,  though  it  is  evidently  much  like  a  Strumi- 
genys,  except  in  the  structure  of  the  head,  because  I  believe  that  this 
latter  genus  is  soon  destined  to  suffer  disintegration  into  a  number  of 
subgenera  or  genera.  This  fate  has  already  overtaken  several  other 
ant-genera  (Camponotus,  Formica,  Crematogaster,  Monomorium, 
Pheidole,  etc.)  that  have  become  unwieldy  through  accumulation  of 
species  which  even  a  very  conservative  myrmecologist  must  regard  as 
heterogeneous. 

46.  Dolichoderus  attelaboides  Fabricius.      y. —  Arima  (Urich);   Port 
of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

47.  Dolichoderus  decollatus  F.  Smith.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

48.  Dolichoderus  {Hypoclinea)  hidens\j\im.€ .      ^. —  Tamana  (Urich). 

49.  Dolichoderus  {Hypoclinea)  championi  Forel  var.  taeniatus  Forel. 

y  .  — Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter).  A  single  worker  of  very  small 
size,  but  agreeing  in  color  and  structure  with  cotypes  from 
Colombia. 

50.  Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  championi  Forel  subsp.  trinidadensis 
Forel.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

A  single  worker  differing  from  a  cotype  specimen  received  from 
Professor  Forel  only  in  having  the  head,  tibiae,  and  antennal  scapes 
dark  brown. 


330  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

51.  Dolichodcrus  (Monacis)  bispinosus  OMxiei.      ^    9    cf. —  Port  of 
Spain  (Thaxter);    Erin  (Urich). 

52.  Dolichoderus  {Monads)  dehilis  Emery.      U. —  Matura  (Urich); 
Sangre  Grande  (Thaxter). 

53.  Iridomyrmcx  dispertitus  Forel  subsp.  micans  Forel.      S  . —  Port 
of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

54.  Tapinoma    mrlanocephalum    Fabricius.      S .  —  Aripa    Savanna 
(Thaxter). 

55.  Azteca  chartifex  Forel.      ^  . —  Arima  (Urich). 

56.  Azteca  chartifex  Forel  subsp.  decipiens  Forel  var.  lanians  Forel. 

^    9  . —  Arima  (Urich). 

57.  Azteca  barbifex  Forel.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain  (Thaxter). 

58.  Azteca  trigona  Emery  subsp.  viediops  Forel.      S  . —  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter);  Ariopita  Valley  (H.  D.  Chapman). 

59.  Azteca  for eli  Emery  subsp.  ursina  Forel.      ^  ,- — Chatham,  "on 
cacao"  (Urich). 

60.  Azteca  velox  Forel.      ^  . —  Arima  (Urich). 

61.  Azteca  velox  Forel  var.  nigriventris  Forel.      S. —  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter). 

62.  Prenolepis     (Nylanderia)     longicornis    Latreille.      ^  .  —  Sangre 
Grande  (Thaxter). 

63.  Prenolepis  (Nylanderia)  vividitla  Nylander.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter). 

64.  Camponotus     {Dinomyrmex)     agra     F.     Smith.      ^  . —  Platanal 
(Urich). 

65.  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)    abdominalis    Fabricius.       ^  . —  Port 
of  Spain  (Thaxter);  Ariopita  Valley  (H.  D.  Chapman). 

66.  Camponotus   (Myrmothrix)  femoratus  Fabricius.      S  . —  Port  of 
Spain  (Thaxter). 

67.  Camponotus  (Myrmobrachys)  excisus  Ma>T.      ^  . —  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter). 

68.  Camponotus    {Myrmobrachys)    senex   F.    Smith.      ^  . —  Port   of 
Spain  (Thaxter). 

69.  Camponotus  {Myrmobrachys)  lindigi  Mayr.      S  . —  Gasparee  Is- 
land (Thaxter). 

70.  Camponotus  {Myrmobrachys)  zoc  Forel.      y  . —  Ariopita  Valley 
(H.  D.  Chapman). 

71.  Camponotus   {Myrmorhachis)   latangulus  Roger.      S  . —  Port  of 
Spain  (Thaxter). 

72.  Camponotus  {Myrmorhachis)  bidens  Mayr.      S  . —  Port  of  Spain 
(Thaxter) . 


hY\\     ^U 


iD\'^ 


Bulletin  of  tha  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 

Vol.  LX.    No.  9. 


BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS. 


By  Glover  M.  Allen. 


With  One   Plate. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.:  , 
PRINTED    FOR   THE    MUSEUM. 
April,  1916. 


No.  9. —  Bats  of  the  Genus  Corynorhinus. 
By  Glover  M.  Allen. 
Introduction. 

Specimens  of  the  Big-eared  Bats  of  the  genus  Corynorhinus  have, 
until  very  lately,  been  few  in  museums,  and  most  of  those  available 
to  previous  writers  have  been  preserved  in  alcohol,  so  that  they  were 
of  little  value  in  determining  color  variation.  The  desirability  of 
bringing  together  a  large  series  of  skins  for  comparison  was  emphasized 
twenty  years  ago  by  Miller  (1897)  in  his  review  of  the  Vespertilionidae 
of  North  America,  but  no  later  attempt  at  a  revision  of  the  genus  has 
been  made.  Thanks  to  the  generous  interest  of  Professor  Theodore 
Lyman,  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  has  lately  acquired  a 
small  series  of  these  bats  from  southeastern  California,  and  the  identi- 
fication of  these  and  other  specimens  in  the  Museum  has  induced  me 
to  undertake  a  general  review  of  the  genus.  I  have  been  fortunate 
in  being  able  to  assemble  most  of  the  skins  and  skulls  available  in 
American  museums,  some  126  specimens  in  all,  covering  practically 
the  entire  known  range  of  these  bats. 

Acknowledgements. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  the  officers  of  several  institutions  for  the  loan 
of  specimens  under  their  charge,  and  particularly  to  Mr.  H.  W. 
Henshaw,  Chief  of  the  Biological  Survey  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  to  Mr.  Gerrit  S.  Miller,  Jr.,  of  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum  for  use  of  the  series  in  the  unrivalled  collections  at  Washing- 
ton. For  the  loan  of  valuable  material  from  California,  including  the 
type  of  C.  VI.  intermedins,  I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Joseph  Grinnell  and 
Mr.  H.  S.  Swarth  of  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California.  Acknowledgements  are  also  gratefully  made  to 
the  following  persons  and  institutions:  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen  and  Mr.  R.  C. 
Andrews  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History;  Mr.  W.  H. 
Osgood  of  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History ;  Mr.  Junius  Hender- 
son of  the  University  of  Colorado  Museum;  Mr.  CD.  Bunker  of  the 
University  of  Kansas  Museum,  Dr.  H.  L.  Ward  of  the  Public  Museum 


334  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

of  Milwaukee,  Prof.  Z.  P.  Metcalf  of  the  North  CaroHna  College  of 
Agriculture,  Prof.  F.  Payne  of  Indiana  University,  and  Mr.  M.  L. 
Church  of  Marshall,  N.  C. 


Generic  Affinities. 

The  Big-eared  Bats  of  the  genus  Corynorhinus  take  the  place  of  the 
Old  World  vespertilionine  genus  Plecotus  in  North  America.  In 
essential  characters  the  two  genera  are  very  similar,  and  are  evidently 
closely  related.  Miller  (1907,  p.  225)  in  his  "  Families  and  Genera  of 
Bats"  considers  that  "the  great  development  of  the  glandular  masses 
on  muzzle,  and  the  absence  of  the  distinct  lachrymal  ridge,  distinguish 
this  genus  sufficiently  from  Plecotus,"  to  which  LeConte  and  con- 
temporary writers  at  first  referred  specimens.  The  shape  of  the 
nostrils  is  also  diagnostic,  but  the  presence  of  a  distinct  lachrymal 
ridge  in  a  new  species  from  Mexico  (see  p.  352),  invalidates  that  charac- 
ter as  distinctive  of  Plecotus.  In  1864,  Harrison  Allen  used  Synotus 
of  Keyserling  and  Blasius  for  the  American  bat,  but  in  the  following 
year  he  erected  for  it  the  new  genus  Corynorhinus,  by  which  it  con- 
tinues to  be  known,  although  Dobson  in  his  Catalogue  of  Chiroptera 
in  the  British  Museum  (1878)  took  the  more  conservative  course  of 
regarding  it  as  a  subgenus  of  Plecotus.  The  dental  formula  —  i  3^ 
c  Pi,  'ptn  3Z3,  wi  333  =  36  —  is  the  same  in  both  genera  and  shows 
but  slight  numerical  reduction  over  that  of  Myotis,  in  the  presence  of 
two  in  place  of  three  upper  premolars  on  each  side.  In  view  of  this 
somewhat  primitive  or  unreduced  tooth  formula  it  is  perhaps  less 
surprising  to  find  among  the  many  specimens  examined  a  single  one 
with  three  upper  incisors.  This  condition  is  perhaps  to  be  considered 
reversionary  to  the  more  primitive  state  in  which  the  full  number  of 
three  upper  incisors  characteristic  of  placental  mammals,  is  present. 
It  has  been  generally  assumed  that  it  is  the  innermost  upper  incisor 
that  was  the  first  to  be  lost  in  all  bats  with  two  incisors,  partly  be- 
cause of  the  "  correspondence  of  the  two  upper  teeth  with  th'  two  outer 
of  the  lower  jaw  when  the  maximum  set  is  present,  and  also,  even  more 
strongly,  by  the  general  tendency  throughoiit  the  group  for  the  pre- 
maxillaries  to  become  reduced,  particularly  along  the  inner  edge" 
which  would  "inevitably  result  in  eliminating  that  part  of  the  bone 
in  which  the  first  incisor  grows"  (Miller,  1907,  p.  27).  Andersen 
(1912,  p.  xxiv)  without  going  further  into  the  matter,  asserts,  however. 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.         335 

that  the  outermost  incisor  (r^)  is  the  one  lost  in  all  known  Chiroptera. 
In  the  specimen  of  Corynorhinus  mentioned  (C.  m.  toivnseyidii,  Biol. 
Surv.  Coll.  150273,  from  Happy  Camp,  California)  it  is  evidt  nt  from 
the  agreement  in  form,  that  the  two  inner  incisors  correspond  with  the 
two  normally  present  in  the  genus,  and  that  the  supernumerary  one 
has  be.'n  added  at  the  outer  side, —  is  in  fact  the  i^  usually  missing  in 
all  living  bats.  In  outline  (Plate  1,  fig.  1)  this  tooth  is  roughly  a 
right-angled  triangle  with  its  height  a  little  less  than  its  base.  It  is  a 
very  little  shorter  than  i^  but  much  stouter,  and  with  a  long  base, 
rather  than  with  the  terete  form  characteristic  of  the  second  incisor. 
In  crown  view  it  has  a  broad  cutting  edge,  as  broad  as  the  crowns  of 
the  other  incisors.  The  skull  of  the  specimen  is  unfortunately  in 
fragments,  and  the  corresponding  teeth  of  the  left  side  are  lost,  but 
the  remaining  teeth  are  normal.  The  case  is  instructive  as  indicating 
not  only  that  it  is  P  that  has  been  lost  in  the  Chiroptera,  but  that  in 
this  case,  it  was  probably  a  larger  tooth  than  i^  which  is  retained. 


Geographic  Distribution. 

The  general  limits  of  distribution  for  the  genus  are  now  fairly  well 
ascertained.  In  the  East  it  has  been  reported  from  Micanopy, 
Florida,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  peninsula,  but  to  the  southward 
of  that  point  there  are  no  records.  Northward  it  occurs  throughout 
Georgia  and  South  Carolina,  to  western  North  Carolina  and  Virginia. 
West  of  the  AUeghenies,  the  northward  limit  of  the  range  includes 
Kentucky,  southern  Indiana,  and  west  of  the  Mississippi  swings  north 
again  to  southwestern  South  Dakota  and  the  Yellowstone  Park  in 
northwestern  Wyoming.  Between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the 
Sierra  Nevada  the  records  are  few,  but  the  genus  undoubtedly  is  found 
in  southern  Idaho  and  in  Nevada.  On  the  west  coast,  Vancouver 
Island,  British  Columbia,  seems  to  be  the  northernmost  limit,  and 
thence  it  ranges  south  in  the  Sonoran  zones,  to  the  tableland  of 
Mexico  as  far  as  Oaxaca  and  Vera  Cruz.  Apparently  it  has  not  yet 
been  discovered  in  the  peninsula  of  Lower  California.  In  general  it  is 
characteristic  of  the  Austral  zones  as  defined  by  Merriam,  though  in 
the  northwest,  the  subspecies  townscndii  is  mainly  confined  to  the 
Transition  and  even  enters  the  Boreal  zone.  This  more  northward 
range  in  the  northwest  is  possibly  indicative  of  a  more  extended 
northward  distribution  in  ancient  times,  when  we  may  assume  that 


336  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  ancestral  stock  was  enabled  to  reach  America  from  northeastern 
Asia  by  follow ing  land  connections.  In  the  particular  accounts  of  the 
forms  recognized  in  this  paper,  I  have  indicated  more  precisely  the 
limits  of  distribution  of  each. 

Habits. 

The  Big-eared  Bats  are  essentially  cave-dwellers.  In  the  West 
they  frequently  haunt  the  abandoned  shafts  and  tunnels  made  by 
miners.  Numbers  of  them  may  inhabit  a  single  such  tunnel,  but  they 
appear  to  rest  singly,  scattered  along  the  rock  walls,  rather  than  in 
clusters.  J.  K.  Townsend  (1839)  in  the  journal  of  his  expedition  to 
the  Columbia  River,  Oregon,  in  1834,  relates  that  they  often  lived  in 
the  storehouses  at  the  forts,  and  were  considered  by  the  fur  traders  to 
be  beneficial  in  ridding  such  places  of  Dermestes. 
■  There  is  no  evidence  to  indicate  that  any  of  the  forms  are  migratory. 
In  the  northern  part  of  their  range  they  retire  to  suitable  ca\'erns  to 
hibernate.  Hahn  (1909)  records  finding  specimens  in  caves  at 
Mitchell,  Indiana,  during  the  winter  of  1906-7  and  Butler  (1895) 
obtained  two  from  Greencastle,  Ind.,  23  December,  1894.  Brimley 
(1905)  reports  one  taken  1  February,  1893,  in  Bertie  Co.,  North 
Carolina.  The  University  of  Colorado  has  two  from  Boulder  Coimty 
in  that  State,  captured  in  mid-winter,  one  on  21  January,  1912,  in  a 
mine-tunnel  where  the  temperature  was  48°  F.,  the  other  on  23  Febru- 
ary, 1910,  in  a  tunnel  at  fifty  feet  from  the  surface  (altitude  7760  feet). 

The  young  are  probably  born  in  early  July  or  even  earlier  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  range.  Stephens  (1906,  p.  265)  records  a  female 
of  C.  m.  imUesccns  captured  at  San  Diego,  California,  on  25  April, 
that  contained  a  single  foetus.  In  the  San  Jacinto  Mts.,  of  Southern 
California,  Grinnell  and  Swarth  (1913,  p.  379)  collected  a  female 
containing  a  single  large  foetus  about  5  June.  They  found  that  the 
adult  bats  in  a  resting  posture  folded  the  long  ears  back  against  the 
sides,  close  to  the  body,  a  habit  which  Hahn  (1909)  seems  to  ha\e  been 
the  first  to  record  in  the  case  of  specimens  from  Indiana.  In  a 
freshly  killed  specimen,  however,  the  ears  project  forward. 


History  and  Nomenclature. 

What  is  perhaps  the  first  mention  of  a  bat  of  this  genus,  is  found  in 
Clapton's  (1722,  p.  594)  account  of  the  animals  and  other  products  of 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.         337 

Virginia.  Among  mammals,  he  lists  "  Bats,  as  I  remember,  at  least 
two  sorts;  one  a  large  sort  with  Long  Ears,  and  particularly  long 
straggling  Hairs;  the  other  much  like  the  English,  something  larger, 
I  think,  very  Common."  The  long  ears  of  the  first  sort  may  perhaps 
identify  it  with  Corynorhinus;  the  other  was  possibly  an  Eptesicus. 
It  was  not  until  1818,  however,  that  the  naturalist  Rafinesque  named 
and  briefly  described  Vcspertilio  megalotis  from  a  specimen  captured 
somewhere  on  "the  lower  parts  of  the  Ohio"  River,  the  Wabash,  or 
the  Green  River,  perhaps  in  Indiana.  His  name,  which  I  think  must 
hold  for  a  bat  of  this  genus,  has  been  generally  ignored  in  favor  of 
LeConte's  later  name  Plecotus  macrotis  based  probably  on  specimens 
from  Georgia.  A  study  of  the  large  number  of  skins  which  I  have 
been  able  to  assemble  from  many  parts  of  the  range  of  the  genus  shows, 
rather  unexpectedly,  that  the  bat  of  the  eastern  United  States  west  of 
the  Alleghenies  is  quite  different  from  the  dark  brown,  white-bellied 
animall  of  the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  States,  to  which  the  name 
macrotis  strictly  applies.  In  the  species  inhabiting  the  interior  and 
western  parts  of  the  United  States,  the  contrast  in  color  between  the 
tips  and  the  bases  of  the  hairs  of  both  surfaces  is  not  abrupt  as  in 
macrotis  but  passes  imperceptibly  from  a  dark  base  to  a  differently 
colored  tip,  nor  are  the  hairs  of  the  lower  surface  tipped  with  pure 
white.  To  this  species,  Rafinesque's  name  must  apply.  West  of  the 
Mississippi,  this  species  gradually  becomes  paler,  and  over  the  Rocky 
Mountain  area  and  the  Southwest  is  a  dull  buffy  color.  To  this  race 
of  megalotis,  Miller's  (1897)  name  imllescens  applies.  On  the  humid 
northwest  coast,  a  gradual  darkening  takes  place,  and  a  strongly 
marked  subspecies  is  again  recognizable,  to  which  the  name  townsendii 
was  given  by  Cooper  in  1837.  On  the  Mexican  tableland,  the  same 
type  of  bat  is  found,  but  of  a  dark  smoky  hue  and  slightly  reduced 
proportions,  which  I  here  describe  as  new.  Apparently  the  white- 
bellied  Corynorhinus  macrotis  of  the  Atlantic  slope  and  Gulf  States 
as  far  west  at  least  as  Louisiana,  does  not  intergrade  with  the  differ- 
ently colored  representatives  to  the  West,  and  I  am  therefore  provi- 
sionally regarding  it  as  a  distinct  species.  Still  a  third  species,  with 
very  large  and  differently  formed  ears  and  peculiar  skull  is  represented 
by  a  single  specimen  from  central  Mexico,  and  has  remained  hitherto 
undescribed.  The  brief  synonymy  given  under  each  name  in  the 
descriptions  which  follow,  indicates  sufficiently  the  opinions  of  previous 
writers  as  to  the  nomenclature  of  this  genus. 


338  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

CoRYNORHiNUS  MEGALOTis  (Rafinesque). 

Rafinesque's  Big-eared  Bat. 

Vespertilio  megalotis  Rafinesque,  Amer.  monthly  mag.,  1818,  3,  no.  6,  p.  446. 
Plecotus  rafinesquii  Lesson,  Manuel  de  mammalogie,  1827,  p.  96.     (Renaming 

of  Rafinesque's  V.  megalotis). 
Corynorhinus  macrotis  Miller,  N.  Amer.  fauna,  1897,  no.  13,  p.  51  (?  in  part, 

Kentucky  specimen  cited). 

Type. —  None  specified,  and  original  specimens  not  known  to  be 
extant. 

Type  Locality. —  "The  lower  parts  of  the  Ohio"  River,  probably  in 
southern  Indiana  and  Illinois  or  western  Kentucky  in  the  region 
between  the  ^Yabash  and  the  Green  Rivers. 

Distribidion. —  Central  eastern  United  States  from  extreme  western 
Virginia,  through  Kentucky,  southern  Indiana  and  Illinois,  to  Kansas, 
intergrading  wdth  the  race  pallcscens  to  the  westward. 

General  Characters. —  Largest  of  the  megalotis-macrotis  group; 
bases  and  tips  of  hairs,  above  and  below,  not  strongly  and  sharply 
contrasted  in  color. 

Color. —  Adults:  bases  of  the  hairs,  on  dorsal  surfaces  of  the  body, 
gray  or  slaty  gray  shading  by  imperceptible  degrees  into  a  'wood 
brown'  (Ridgway,  1912)  at  the  sides,  and  a  'clove  brown'  over  the 
median  area  of  the  back.  The  amount  of  '  clove  brown '  wash  over 
the  back  varies  slightly  in  individuals,  but  conduces  to  a  much  darker, 
more  drabby  appearance  than  is  found  in  typical  pallcscens.  Downy 
hairs  at  the  bases  of  the  ears  posteriorly  are  whitish.  Ventral  sur- 
faces 'pale  pinkish  buff,'  the  bases  of  the  hairs  shading  into  grayish. 

Immature  specimens  (No.  157075  Biol.  Surv.  C  oil.,  Burke's  Garden, 
Va.,  7  August,  1908),  are  uniform  dark  'hair  brown'  to  'fuscous' 
above  to  the  bases  of  the  hairs;  below,  pale  'hair  brown'  the  hair 
along  the  sides  and  on  the  belly  paling  at  the  tips  to  a  dirty  whitish. 
Compared  with  immature  pallescens,  it  is  more  uniformly  dark,  lacking 
the  light  buffy  admixture.  It  is  also  darker  and  larger  than  the 
Mexican  race. 

Skull. —  The  skull  is  largest  of  all  the  viegalotis-macrotis  group,  with 
broad  depressed  rostrum,  and  large  brain  case.  The  intermaxillary 
notch  viewed  from  above  is  rather  larger  with  wider-bowing  sides 
than  that  of  macrotis.  The  inner  upper  incisor  is  usually  without 
trace  of  a  secondary  outer  cusp,  though  in  one  of  four  specimens  from 


ALLEN:    BATS   OF   THE   GENUS   CORYNORHINUS.  339 

Burke's  Garden,  Virginia,  a  cusp  is  barely  indicated  by  a  minute 
shoulder.     In  macrotis  this  cusp  is  normally  well  developed. 

Measurements. —  No.  157076,  Biol.  Surv.  Coll.,  from  Burke's  Garden, 
Bland  County,  Virginia:  forearm  45  mm.  (average  of  three  adults 
44.1);  digit  III,  metacarpal  39.8;  first  phalanx  13.8;  second  phalanx 
19;  tibia  19.  Collector's  measurements:  total  length  107  mm.,  tail 
49;  hind  foot  12;  extent  of  wings  320. 

Skull:  greatest  length  17.4  mm.;  basal  length  14;  palatal  length  8; 
zygomatic  breadth  9;  interorbital  constriction  4 ;  mastoid  breadth  9.2 ; 
width  of  braincase  8.6;  upper  tooth  row  6.7;  lower  tooth-row  7.3. 

Remarks. —  The  discovery  of  a  Corynorhinus  distinct  from  C.  ma- 
erotis,  from  extreme  western  \'irginia,  westward,  in  the  eastern  United 
States  was  wholly  unexpected.  It  is  the  eastern  representative  of  the 
desert-colored  paUescens  of  west-central  United  States,  from  which  it 
chiefly  differs  in  its  somewhat  darker,  more  drab,  coloration.  The 
skull  is  a  trifle  larger  as  well.  I  have  applied  to  it  Rafinesque's  name 
megalotis,  based  on  specimens  which  he  collected  from  "  the  lower  parts 
of  the  Ohio"  River  probably  in  southern  Indiana  or  western  Ken- 
tucky, where  the  genus  is  known  to  occur  at  the  present  time  (see 
Cory,  1912,  p.  476).  Rafinesque's  description  is  brief,  yet  I  think 
unmistakable  in  the  light  of  our  present  knowledge.  Nevertheless, 
Miller,  in  1897,  rejected  his  name  as  unidentifiable  and  applied  Le 
Conte's  later  name,  macrotis,  to  the  species  of  Corynorhinus  in  eastern 
North  America.  The  discovery  of  a  species  in  the  interior  distinct  from 
macrotis  makes  it  necessary  either  to  erect  a  new  name  or  to  recognize 
megalotis  as  applicable  to  it,  and  this  latter  course  I  propose  to  adopt. 
In  1818,  Rafinesque  sent  to  the  editors  of  the  American  Monthly 
Magazine  brief  accounts  of  the  animals  he  discovered  in  the  course  of 
his  journey  "through  the  western  region  of  the  United  States,"  and 
gave  new  names  to  many  of  these.  In  one  of  these  communications 
written  in  October,  he  gave  a  brief  statement  of  certain  supposed  new 
species  obtained  since  July,  during  which  time  he  says,  he  had  visited 
"  the  lower  parts  of  the  Ohio,  the  Wabash,  Green  River,  Barrens, 
Prairies,  and  the  states  of  Indiana,  Illinois,  &c."  This  is  the  general 
locality  whence  he  obtained  the  new  bat  which  he  describes  as  follows : 

"9.  VespertiUo  megalotis  R.  (Big-eared  Bat.)  Tail  three-eighths 
of  total  length,  body  dark  gray  above,  pale  gray  beneath,  ears  very 
large,  duplicated,  auricles  nearly  as  long.  Length  4  inches,  breadth 
12  inches." 

The  evident  similarity  to  the  Old  World  Plecotus,  led  Lesson  in 
1827  to  change  the  genus  and  (as  the  custom  then  was)  the  specific 


340  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

name  as  well,  calling  it  Plecotus  rafinesquii.  The  description  of  the 
color  ("dark  gray  above,  pale  gray  beneath")  though  inexact,  is 
certainly  applicable  to  the  present  form  and  not  at  all  to  macrotis. 
The  statement  that  the  ears  are  "duplicated"  is  descriptive  of  the 
manner  in  which  the  inner  rim  folds  upon  the  rest  of  the  conch,  and 
will  apply  to  no  other  of  the  eastern  genera  with  which  he  could  have 
met,  except  possibly  the  very  different  Nyctinomus;  in  which  the 
"  auricle  "  [i.  e.  tragus]  is  not  "  nearly  as  long."  Even  in  Corynorhinus 
the  tragus  is  hardly  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  ear.  The  meas- 
urements given, —  "length  4  inches  [=  101.5  mm.],  breadth  12  inches 
[=  304.5  mm.]"  are  not  far  from  those  of  the  Virginia  specimens 
(lengths  107,  108,  110;  extent  320,  313,  313)  allowing  for  differences 
in  manner  of  taking  these  dimensions.  The  tail  is  nearer  one  half 
than  three  eighths  of  the  total  length.  In  spite  of  slight  discrepancies, 
I  think  the  description  can  apply  to  no  other  bat  of  the  eastern  United 
States.  The  very  name  is  diagnostic.  When  LeConte  proposed  the 
name  Plecotus  macrotis  for  the  Big-eared  Bat  of  the  coast  States,  he 
acknowledges  its  similarity  to  the  species  of  the  interior,  by  his 
remark  in  a  footnote:  "There  is  another  species  with  equally  long 
ears,  which  are  not  united  on  the  cranium;  which  of  these  is  the 
megalotis  of  Raffin.,  it  is  impossible  to  say."  In  view  of  these  facts, 
I  think  the  propriety  of  using  Rafinesque's  name  is  no  longer  open  to 
question. 

West  of  the  Mississippi,  typical  megalotis  (of  which  in  lack  of  topo- 
types  I  have  assumed  the  Virginia  specimens  to  be  representative) 
grades  by  insensible  degrees  into  the  more  buff-colored  subspecies 
jjallescens,  and  the  latter  again  shades  rather  abruptly  into  the  dark- 
colored  townsendii  of  the  humid  Pacific  coast  area.  Two  specimens 
from  Sun  City,  south  central  Kansas,  in  the  Biological  Survey  Collec- 
tion, though  not  as  dark  as  the  Virginia  megalotis  are  better  referable 
to  it  than  to  pallescens.  Specimens  from  eastern  and  central  Colorado 
are  intermediate,  but  on  the  whole,  nearer  pallescens.  To  the  south- 
ward as  well  as  to  the  north,  the  limits  of  the  range  remain  to  be  more 
carefully  worked  out. 

Many  years  since.  Dr.  Harrison  Allen  (1864,  p.  64)  recorded  on  the 
authority  of  Professor  Baird,  "  that  specimens  of  a  Synotus,  probably 
of  this  species  [i.  e.,  viacrofis],  were  received  some  years  ago  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  from  Meadville,"  Crawford  County,  north- 
western Pennsylvania.  The  specimens  have  been  lost  and  no  sub- 
sequent captures  of  this  bat  have  been  made  in  the  State.  The  record, 
though  discredited  by  Rhoads  (1903,  p.  226)  may  nevertheless  be 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.         341 

valid,  and  if  substantiated,  would  fix  nearly  the  northern  limit  for 
the  species  in  the  east.  It  is  not  known  that  the  genus  ranges  farther 
north  than  Virginia  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Alleghanies,  though  to 
the  westward  of  that  range  its  presence  at  a  more  northerly  latitude 
is  well  known. 

Specimens  examined. —  Eight  from  the  following  localities : 

Virginia:   Burke's  Garden,  4  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Kansas:   Sun  City,  2  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Colorado:  12  miles  south  of  Lyons,  Boulder  Co.,  1  intermediate 
(Univ.  of  Colo.);  Crisman,  Boulder  Co.,  1  intermediate  (Univ.  of 
Colo.). 

Additional  locality  records,  probably  referring  to  this  bat,  are: 
Indiana,  Greencastle  (Putnam  Co.)  (see  Cory,  1912,  p.  476);  Ken- 
tucky, Bowling  Green  (Miller,  1897). 


CORYNORHINUS   MEGALOTIS    PALLESCEN8    Miller. 

Pallid  Big-eared  Bat. 

Synotus  townsendi  H.  Allen,  Smithsonian  misc.  coll.,  1864,  7,  p.  65  (not  of 

Cooper,  1837). 
C[orynorhinus\  townsendi  H.  Allen,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1865,  p.  175 

(?  not  of  Cooper,  1837). 
Corynorhinus  townsendii  H.  Allen,  Bull.  43,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1893,  p.  58,  (not  of 

Cooper,  1837). 
Plecotus  {Corinorhinus)   townsendi   Trouessart,   Cat.    Mamin.,   1897,  fasc.  1, 

p.  105  (in  part). 
Corynorhinus  macrotis  pallescens  Miller,  N.  Amer.  fauna,  1897,  no.  13,  p.  52, 

fig.  10. 

Type. —  Skin  and  skull  65534,  U.  S.  N.  M.  (Biological  Survey  Col- 
lection), adult  female,  collected  3  August,  1894,  by  A.  K.  Fisher. 

Type  Locality. —  Arizona:   Navajo  County,  Keam  Canyon. 

Distribution. —  Western  United  States  from  western  Texas,  Colo- 
rado, and  southwestern  South  Dakota,  to  the  Pacific  coast  of  southern 
California.  Typical  pallescens  may  yet  be  found  to  occur  in  northern 
Mexico,  but  none  have  been  examined  from  there. 

General  Characters.  —  Similar  to  typical  megalotis  but  slightly 
smaller;  colors  paler,  more  buffy  throughout. 

Color. —  Adult:  no  sharp  contrast  in  color  between  bases  and  tips 
of  hair.     General  effect  of  an  average  specimen   (Prescott,   Ariz.) 


342  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  ztoology. 

'pinkish  buff,'  the  hairs  paUng  on  their  middle  third  and  darkening  by 
imperceptible  degrees  to  gray  or  slate  gray  at  their  extreme  bases. 
DoAvny  hairs  at  the  posterior  bases  of  the  ears  whitish.  Below,  the 
general  appearance  is  'pale  ochraceous  buff,'  the  hairs  darkening 
gradually  toward  their  bases  to  a  neutral  gray,  except  in  the  middle 
region  of  the  throat,  where  usually  the  hairs  are  not  perceptibly  darker 
at  base. 

Immature  specimens  have  the  pelage  more  dusky  throughout  than 
the  adults.  The  basal  two  thirds  of  the  hairs  above  is  nearly  '  neutral 
gray'  with  short  pale  tips  of  buffy,  nearly  'vinaceous  buff.'  Below, 
the  color  is  paler,  the  light  tips  of  the  hairs  a  soiled  whitish. 

Color  Variation. —  In  a  large  series  of  skins  that  may  fairly  be  taken 
to  represent  pallescens,  there  is  much  individual  variation  in  the 
intensity  of  coloring  among  adults.  A  specimen  from  Ash  Creek, 
Graham  IMts.,  Arizona  (204375  Biol.  Survey  Coll.)  has  the  basal  halves 
of  the  hairs  'slate  color'  producing  an  effect  much  darker  than  usual. 
It  may  be  considered  a  step  in  approach  to  the  dark  subspecies  of  the 
Mexican  highlands.  Two  specimens  (10694,  10695  Univ.  of  Cali- 
fornia Coll.)  obtained  by  Dr.  Joseph  Grinnell  at  Riverside  Mountain, 
Colorado  River,  southeastern  California,  are  the  brightest  colored 
individuals  I  have  seen,  with  a  distinct  reddish  cast  to  the  upper 
surface,  nearly  'vinaceous  cinnamon,'  shading  into  a  'buff  pink' 
below,  the  bases  of  the  hairs  only  slightly  darkened.  The  palest 
specimen  of  all  is  one  collected  in  the  hills  back  of  Lone  Pine,  California, 
by  Dr.  Theodore  Lyman's  expedition  of  1915.  It  is  'pale  pinkish 
buff'  above  and  nearly  white  below  to  the  roots  of  the  hairs.  Apart 
from  these  slight  variations  pallescens  is  remarkably  uniform  in  tint 
over  a  wide  range  of  territory. 

Shnll. —  The  skull  of  this  race  is  hardly  to  be  distinguished  from 
that  of  true  megalotis.  To  the  eye,  it  seems  a  trifle  narrower  across 
the  rosti-um  but  the  difference  is  not  clearly  brought  out  by  measure- 
ments. The  upper  inner  incisor  is  normally  without  the  lateral 
cusp  characteristic  of  macrotis. 

Measurements. —  No.  ||-|f,  Coll.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  from 
Prescott,  Arizona:  forearm  43  mm.  (average  of  four  Arizona  speci- 
mens 42.6);  digit  III,  metacarpal  37.3  (average  of  four  37.5);  first 
phalanx  13  (average  of  four  13);  second  phalanx  16  (average  of  four 
17.2);  tibia  18.  Collector's  measurements,  No.  204375,  Biol.  Sur- 
vey Coll.,  Graham  Mts.,  Arizona,  total  length  1182  mm.;  tail  50; 
foot  9;  extent  of  wings  300. 

Skull:    No.   204375  Biol.   Survey  Coll.,   Graham  Mts.,   Arizona: 


ALLEN:   BATS   OF   THE   GENUS   CORYNORHINUS.  343 

total  length  16  mm.;  basal  length  13;  palatal  length  7.3;  zygomatic 
breadth  8.5;  interorbital  constriction  4;  mastoid  breadth  9;  width 
of  braincase  8 ;  upper  tooth-row  6;  lower  tooth-row  6.5. 

Remarks. —  The  subspecies  pallescens  is  characteristic  of  the  arid 
and  desert  country  of  western  United  States  as  far  north  at  least  as 
southern  South  Dakota.  Its  pallid  buffy  coloration  recalls  that  of 
other  mammals  that  dwell  in  a  dry  open  country.  Its  intergradation 
with  true  inegalotis  to  the  eastward  seems  to  be  very  gradual,  but  in 
the  northwest  as  it  enters  the  humid  coastal  area  from  western  and 
northern  California,  to  southern  British  Columbia  it  merges  rather 
abruptly  into  the  darker  townsendii.  In  the  southwest,  it  appears  to 
range  as  far  east  as  the  Pecos  River  in  Texas  and  probably  intergradas 
in  northern  Chihuahua  with  the  darker  race  of  the  Mexican  plateau. 
All  the  specimens  that  I  have  seen  from  Arizona  and  southern  Cali- 
fornia, however,  seem  referable  to  pallescens. 

The  line  of  intergradation  with  townsendii  seems  to  follow  the  Sacra- 
mento Valley  of  California  back  of  the  coast  range  from  a  short 
distance  to  the  south  of  San  Francisco  about  as  far  north  as  Placer 
County,  where  the  change  comes  rather  abruptly.     The  name  inter- 
medius  H.  W.  Grinnell  was  based  on  specimens  from  iVuburn,  in  this 
County,  but  to  my  mind  there  is  hardly  room  for  the  recognition  of  an 
additional  race.     The  type  is  well  within  the  range  of  variation  of 
townsendii,  while  other  specimens  from  the  same  locality  are  quite  as 
pale  as  some  specimens  of  pallescens.     Further  records  for  central  and 
eastern  California  and  for  the  states  to  the  eastward  are  to  be  desired. 
Specimens  examined. —  Fifty -seven,  from  the  following  localities : 
Arizona:  Fort  Verde,  1  (Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.). 
Graham  Mts.,  1  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Pinal  Co.,  1  (Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.). 
Fresco tt,  1  (Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.). 
California:     Auburn,  Placer  Co.,  2  not  typical  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Julian,  San  Diego  Co.,  1  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Kenworthy,  San  Diego  Co.,  12  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Lone  Pine,  Inyo  Co.,  4  (M.  C.  Z.). 
Los  Angeles,  1  (Pub.  Mus.  Milwaukee). 
Oro  Grande,  San  Bernardino  Co.,  2  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Riverside  Mt.,  Colorado  River,  2  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Vallecito,  San  Diego  Co.,  2  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Whitewater,  Riverside  Co.,  1  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Colorado:  Boulder  Co.,  2,  not  typical  (Univ.  of  Colo.). 
Wyoming:  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  4  (Biol.  Surv.). 


344  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Wyoming:  Sand  Creek,  10  miles  east  of  Sundance,  10  (Biol.  Surv.). 

South  Dakota:  Cheyenne  River,  3  (Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.). 
Custer,  7  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Miller  and  others  have  recorded  pallescens  from  the  following  addi- 
tional localities: 

Arizona:  Fort  Huachuca;  Keam  Canyon,  Navajo  Co.  (type 
locality). 

California:  Dulzura;  Owens  Lake;  Owens  Valley;  San  Diego. 

Colorado:   Larimer  County. 

Texas:  East  Painted  Cave,  near  mouth  of  Pecos  River. 

Utah. 

\ 

CORYNORHINUS   MEGALOTIS   TOWNSENDII    (Cooper). 

Townsend's  Big-eared  Bat. 

Plecolus  townsendii  Cooper,  Ann.  Lye.  nat.  hist.  N.  Y.,  1837,  4,  p.  73,  pi.  3,  f .  6. 
Plecotus  macrolis  Dobson,  Cat.  Chiroptera  Brit,  mus.,  1878,  p.  180  (not  of 

LeConte,  1831). 
Plecotus  {Corinorhinus)  macrotis  Trouessart,  Cat.  Mamm.,  1897,  fasc.  1,  p.  105 

(in  part). 
Corynorhinus  macrotis  townsendii  Miller,  N.  Amer.  fauna,  1897,  no.  13,  p.  53, 

f.  8,  a,  a';  9,  a,  a'. 
Corynorhinus  macrotis  intermedius  H.  W.  Grinnell,  Univ.  Calif,  publ.  Zool., 

1914,  12,  p.  320. 

Type. —  None  specified.  The  original  three  specimens  are  not 
known  to  be  still  in  existence. 

Type  Locality. —  Oregon,  on  the  lower  Columbia  River.  Townsend, 
(1839,  p.  325)  who  collected  the  t>T)es,  says  that  they  frequent  "the 
store  houses  attached  to  the  forts"  hence  it  is  probable  that  since  The 
Dalles,  Fort  Walla  Walla,  Vancouver,  Fort  George,  and  Astoria, 
were  the  forts  visited,  one  of  these  furnished  the  three  skins  he  col- 
lected. 

Distribution. —  The  humid  coast  region  from  Vancouver  Island, 
British  Columbia,  southward  to  San  Francisco,  California,  intergrad- 
ing  with  pallescens  here,  as  well  as  in  north  central  California.  Inland 
it  extends  over  most  of  (?)  Washington,  Oregon,  and  the  western  half 
of  northern  California. 

General  Characters. —  A  dark-colored  race,  characterized  by  the 
blackish  bases  of  the  hairs,  with  contrasted  brown  tips  above,  and  pale 
brown  wash  below. 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.         345 

Color. —  Adults:  general  effect  above  a  uniform  'warm  sepia.' 
The  basal  half  of  the  hairs  is  dark  slaty  in  strong  contrast  to  the 
terminal  half  or  third  which  is  nearly  'snuff  brown.'  Downy  hairs 
at  the  posterior  bases  of  the  ears  and  on  their  anterior  rim,  whitish. 
Below,  the  rich  brownish  of  the  back  passes  gradually  into  a  wash  of 
pale  wood  brown,  nearly  '  avellaneous '  (Ridgway,  1912).  All  the 
hairs  of  the  ventral  surface  are  'blackish  plumbeous'  in  the  basal 
half. 

Immature  specimens  (76250  Biol.  Survey  Coll.,  from  Comox,  B.  C.) 
are  darker,  the  hairs  nearly  uniform  blackish  plumbeous,  with  a  faint 
brown  tipping,  above.  Below,  the  pale  tips  of  the  hairs  are  more 
noticeable,  and  the  coloring  is  much  as  in  the  adult,  though  lacking 
the  warm  brownish  or  russet  wash. 

Skull. —  No  tangible  differences  can  be  made  out  that  will  distin- 
guish the  skull  of  townsendii  from  that  of  pallescens.  As  in  the  latter 
the  second  lower  premolar  is  frequently  drawn  in  from  the  axis  of  the 
tooth-row  and  the  inner  upper  incisor  is  normally  unicuspidate.  In 
two  specimens  examined,  however,  the  latter  tooth  has  a  distinct 
shoulder  or  incipient  cusp  (204435,  76250  Biol.  Survey  Coll.).  Com- 
pared with  C.  macrotis  the  profile  of  the  skull  is  more  abruptly  ele- 
vated from   the  rostrum. 

Measurements. —  No.  9744  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  from  Goldbeach, 
Oregon:  forearm  43  mm.  (average  of  ten  Oregon  specimens  42.0); 
digit  III,  metacarpal  38  (average  of  ten  Oregon  specimens  38.4); 
first  phalanx  12.8  (average  of  same  ten  12.7);  second  phalanx  16 
(average  of  same  ten  16.8).  Collector's  measurements:  total  length 
111mm.;  tail  47;  hindfootl2;  ear  36. 

Skull:  greatest  length  16.2  mm.;  basal  length  13.5;  palatal  length 
7.5;  zygomatic  breadth  8;  interorbital  constriction  4;  mastoid 
breadth  9;  width  of  braincase  8;  upper  toothrow  6.3;  lower  tooth- 
row  7. 

Remarks. —  This  dark  brownish  race  is  characteristic  of  the  humid 
coastal  area  of  western  North  America  from  southern  British  Columbia 
southward  to  the  region  of  San  Francisco,  California.  Inland  from 
the  coast  ranges  and  to  the  south  and  east  of  San  Francisco  the 
increasing  aridity  causes  a  progressive  decrease  in  the  amount  of  dark 
pigment  so  that  complete  intergradation  by  imperceptible  degrees 
takes  place  with  the  interior  subspecies  pallescens.  Specimens  from 
intermediate  localities  can  usually  be  referred  to  one  or  the  other, 
however,  though  occasional  individuals  are  strictly  intermediate.  A 
skin  from  Mt.  Veeder,  Napa  County,  just  north  of  San  Francisco,  is 


346  BULLZTIX:  MTSEUil   OF   COMPARATR'E   ZOOLOGY. 

indistinguishable  from  t\-pical  toicnsendii.     Another  from  Bear  Valley, 
San  Benito  County,  to  the  south  of  that  place,  is  nearly  as  dark,  yet  a 
shade  paler.     Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Joseph  Grinnell  and  Mr. 
H.  S.  Swarth  of  the  University  of  California,  I  have  had  for  examina- 
tion a  very  interesting  series  of  nine  skins  from  Auburn,  Placer  Coimty, 
north  central  California,  at  the  semi-arid  western  foot  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada.     Two  of  these  are  in  dark  immature  pelage.     Two  others 
(7755,    19214)    agree   perfectly   with    specimens   of    pallescens  from 
Arizona  or  Wyoming,  though  the  bases  of  the  hairs  are  a  trifle  darker 
than  the  average  of  that  subspecies.     Four,  though  of  a  richer  brown 
than  pallescens  are  yet  not  quite  so  dark  as  topical  toicnsendii  of  the 
humid  coastal  area.     Nevertheless  they  are  nearer  to  the  latter  than  to 
pallescens.     The  remaining  specimen  is  indistinguishable  in  any  essen- 
tial particular  from  toicnsendii  of  the  Oregon  coast.     This  last  example 
ser\'ed  as  the  t\"pe  of  C.  macrotis  intermedius  Hilda  W.  Grinnell. 
\Yith  the  advantage  of  more  abundant  material  and  after  careful 
consideration,  I  feel  unable  to  concur  with  Mrs.  Grinnell  in  regarding 
these  specimens  as  representing  a  recognizable  race.     They  are  clearly 
intermediate  between  pallescens  and  toicnsendii;    the  t}'pe  can  be 
absolutely  matched  by  Oregon  specimens  of  the  latter,  while  others 
again,  from  the  same  locality,  might  without  \-iolence  be  referred 
to  the  former.     In  other  words,  a  series  of  topot\-pes  shows  no  char- 
acters by  which  they  may  constantly  be  distinguished  from  the  two 
neighboring  races  over  any  considerable  area.     The  same  series  was 
originally  referred .  to  toicnsendii  by  Dr.  Joseph  Grinnell,  and  the 
si)ecLmen3  are  on  the  whole  best  considered  as  representatives  of  that 
subspecies,  with  a  tendency  toward  the  pallid  form  of  the  interior. 
The  same  is  true  of  specimens  from  Happy  Camp  (Siskiyou  Co.) 
and  Bear  Valley  (San  Benito  Co.),  referred  by  Mrs.   Grinnell  to 
'intermedins.'     A  single  skin  (6957  Univ.  of  Cal.,  Mus.  Vert.  Zool.) 
from  Johnson's  Harbor,  Santa  CatalLna  Island,  California,  though 
much  too  dark  to  be  t^-pical  of  pallescens  is  not  so  dark  as  t\'pical 
toicnsendii.      Though   an   intermediate   specimen   in   color,    it   may 
for  the  present  be  considered  nearer  the  latter.     The  record  is  of 
interest  in  connection  with  the  occurrence  of  other  small  land  mam- 
mals on  this  island,  some  of  them  distinct  insular  representatives  of 
continental  species. 

Specimens  examined. —  Including  intermediate  sjjecimens,  which  are 
nearer  toicnsendii  than  pallescens,  twenty-three  from  the  following 
localities : 

British  Columbia:  Comox,  1  (Biol.  Sur\'.). 


ALLEN:   BATS   OF   THE   GEXUS   CORTNORHEN'US. 


347 


Oregon:  Gold  Beach,  6  (Field  Mus.  Xat.  Hist.). 
McKenzie  Bridge,  3  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Vida  1  (Biol.  Surv.). 
California :  IMt.  Veeder,  Napa  Co.,  1  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Bear  Valley,  San  Benito  Co.,  2  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Happy  Camp,  Siskiyou  Co.  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Auburn,  Placer  Co.,  7,  not  all  typical  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
Santa  Catalina  Id.,  1,  not  tx-pical  (Univ.  of  Calif.). 
^Miller  has  also  recorded  it  from  Creswell,  Oregon. 


CORYNORHIXUS   MEGALOTIS   MEXIC.Os'US,    subsp.    nov. 

Mexican  Big-eared  Bat. 

Plecotus  (Oorinorhinus)  townsendi  J.  A.  Allen,  Bull.  Amer.  mus.  nat.  hist., 

1890,  3,  p.  176  (not  of  Cooper,  1837 j. 
Corynorhinus  macrotis  pallesceris  Miller,  X.  Amer.  fauna,  1897,  no.  13,  p.  52, 

f.  10  (in  part  —  Mexican  specimens  cited). 

Type. —  Skin  and  skull,  9S2S5,  Biological  Survey  collection,  adult 
female,  collected  by  E.  W.  Xelson  and  E.  A.  Goldman,  25  Aug.,  1S99. 

Type  Locality. —  Mexico:  Chihuahua,  near  Pacheco. 

Distribution. —  The  Mexican  tableland,  from  central  and  western 
Chihuahua,  southward  to  Oaxaca  and  Santa  Cruz;  the  precise  limits 
are  not  yet  fully  ascertained. 

General  Characters. —  Smallest  of  the  megalotis-macrotis  group,  the 
skull  small  w-ith  weak  canines,  a  short  and  contracted  rostrum  with 
evenly  tapering  lateral  outlines  as  seen  from  above;  color  dark,  the 
hairs  nearly  tmiform  drab  throughout. 

Color. —  Adult  in  summer;  above,  a  nearly  uniform  'drab,'  the 
bases  of  the  hairs  hardly  at  all  darker  than  their  tips;  below,  the 
terminal  third  of  the  hairs  is  soiled  whitish,  the  bases  becoming 
gradually  darker,  nearly  fuscous  or  'benzo  brown.'  At  the  throat 
the  dark  bases  show  through  more  than  elsewhere.  In  fall,  the  j)elage 
is  longer  and  more  silky,  with  slightly  more  contrast  between  the  tips 
and  the  bases  of  the  hairs,  the  latter  now  decidedly  darker,  shading 
into  a  pale  'hair  brown.'  The  hairs  of  the  lower  surface  are  tipped 
with  a  clearer  whitish,  washed  with  pinkish  buff.  In  this  pelage  they 
approach  the  coloration  of  t\"pical  megalotis  of  the  eastern  United 
States. 


348  bulletin:  museitm  of  comparative  zoology. 

Skull. —  The  small  delicate  skull  is  notable  for  its  weak  canines,  the 
short  and  contracted  rostrum.  In  the  other  races  of  this  group  the 
roots  of  the  upper  canines  cause  a  distinct  bulge  in  the  outline  of 
the  snout  as  viewed  from  above,  but  in  these  small  Mexican  bats  the 
gently  convex  and  tapering  outline  is  not  noticeably  interrupted.  In 
contrast  with  the  other  races  of  mcgalotis  the  inner  upper  incisor  is 
normally  provided  with  a  distinct  pointed  cusp  at  its  outer  side.  This 
cusp  is  wanting  in  but  one  (91930,  Biol.  Surv.  Coll.)  among  eighteen 
skulls  from  Mexico  that  I  have  examined.  Mr.  G.  S.  jNIiller,  Jr., 
(1897,  p.  53,  fig.  10)  recoi'ds  variation  in  respect  to  this  cusp  in  a  series 
from  Guanajuato,  in  which  both  extremes  of  development  are  repre- 
sented. The  small  size  of  the  skull,  and  the  short  tapering  rostrimi 
distinguish  it  at  a  glance  from  macrotis. 

Measurements. —  The  tj-pe  measures:  forearm  39.4  mm.  (average 
of  ten  topot\-pes  41.1);  digit  III,  metacarpal  37  (average  of  ten  topo- 
types  37.9);  first  phalanx  12  (average  of  ten  topotypes  12.1);  second 
phalanx  16  (average  of  ten  topotypes  16.8);  tibia  18  (average  of  ten 
topot^-pes  18.6). 

Skull:  greatest  length  15.6  mm.;  basal  length  12.5;  palatal  length 
7;  zygomatic  breadth  8;  interorbital  constriction  3.4;  mastoid 
breadth  9;  width  of  brain  case  7.6;  upper  tooth-row  6;  lower  tooth- 
row  6.2. 

Remarks. —  This  small  dark  form  from  the  Mexican  highlands  has 
till  now  been  confused  with  pallescens  of  western  United  States.  The 
series  of  skins  at  present  available,  however,  shows  that  it  is  quite 
different  in  color,  a  very  smoky  appearing  bat,  nearly  uniform  in  tint, 
with  none  of  the  buff  or  brown  tones  of  pallescens  or  toivnsendii,  nor 
the  white  belly  of  macrotis.  In  fall  and  winter  pelage  it  seems  to 
resemble  pallescens  more  closely  but  is  darker.  It  is  odd  that  the 
accessory  cusp  of  the  inner  upper  incisor,  usually  wanting  in  other 
races  of  megalotis,  should  be  normally  present  in  me.vicanus.  In  this 
respect  it  resembles  macrotis  of  the  southeastern  United  States,  but 
otherwise  shows  no  near  approach  to  that  species.  It  is  further  re- 
markable that  the  adults  are  indistinguishable  in  color  from  the 
immature  individuals,  which  in  other  races  are  darker  than  the  fully 
grown  specimens. 

I  have  provisionally  considered  all  records  of  Corynorhinus  from 
south  of  Chihuahua  as  referring  to  the  present  race,  but  the  possibility 
that  those  recorded  from  Oaxaca  or  Vera  Cruz  may  be  still  different 
is  not  to  be  overlooked.  Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  C.  D.  Bunker 
of  ihd  University  of  Kansas  Museum,  I  have  before  me  a  single  speci- 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.         349 

men  said  to  have  been  collected  by  George  F.  Gaumer  on  the  Island 
of  Cozumel,  Yucatan.  The  skin  had  no  original  label  and  is  appar- 
ently quite  typical  of  pallesceiis  so  that  it  is  more  than  likely  the  lo- 
cality is  erroneous. 

For  the  privilege  of  describing  this  new  form  I  am  indebted  to  Mr. 
H.  W.  Henshaw,  Chief  of  the  Biological  Survey. 

Specimens  examined. —  Total  number  eighteen,  from  the  following 
localities :  — 

Chihuahua:  near  Pacheco,  14  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Zacatecas:   Valparaiso  Mts.,  2  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Jalisco:   Guadalajara,  1  (Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.). 

Guanajuato:   Sta.  Rosa,  1  skull  (Biol.  Surv.). 

The  following  additional  locality  records  probably  refer  to  this 
subspecies:  San  Luis  Potosi,  Hacienda  la  Parada;  Michoacan, 
Patzcuaro;  Oaxaca,  Oaxaca;  Vera  Cruz,  Jico  (see  Miller,  1897,  p.  53). 


CORYNORHINUS   MACROTIS    (LcConte). 

LeConte's  Big-eared  Bat. 

Plecotus  viacrotis  LeConte,  Cuvier's  Animal  kingdom,  ed.  McMurtie,  1831, 

1,  appendix,  p.  431. 
Plecotus  leconlii  Cooper,  Ann.  Lye.  nat.  hist.  N.  Y.,  1837,  4,  p.  72,  pi.  3,  f.  5. 
Sijnotus  leconlii  Wagner,  Schreber's  Saugethiere,  suppl.,  1855,  5,  p.  720. 
Vespertilio   macrotis   LeConte,    Proc.  Acad.    nat.    sci.    Phila.,    1855,    p.    436 

("Georgia"). 
Synotus  macrotis  H.  Allen,  Smithsonian  misc.  coll.,  1864,  7,  no.  165,  p.  63. 
Corynorhinus  macrotis  H.  Allen,  Proc.  Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phila.,  1865,  p.  174. 
Plecotus  {Corinorhinus)  macroiis  Trouessart,  Cat.  Mamm.,  1897,  fasc.  1,  p.  105. 

Txjpe. —  None  specified.  A  "dry"  specimen,  4727  U.  S.  N.  M., 
presented  by  Major  LeConte,  with  locality  entered  as  "United 
States,"  is  listed  by  Harrison  Allen  in  his  Monograph  of  the  Bats  of 
North  America,  1893.  This  specimen  may  well  be  the  actual  one  on 
which  LeConte  based  his  description. 

Type  Locality. —  No  locality  is  mentioned  in  the  original  description. 
In  a  later  paper,  however,  LeConte  states  (1855,  p.  436)  that  it 
inhabits  "Georgia,"  whence  it  is  inferred  that  the  type  locality  is 
"  probably  near  the  LeConte  Plantation,  5  miles  south  of  Riceboro," 
Liberty  County,  in  that  State  (INIiller,  1897,  p.  51). 

Distribution. —  Southeastern  Lnited  States,  from  North  Carolina, 


350  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Georgia  and  (?  northern)  Florida,  westward  through  the  Southern 
and  Gulf  States,  into  Louisiana,  and  probably  eastern  Texas. 

General  Characters. —  Distinguished  from  megaJotis  and  its  sub- 
species by  the  clear  white  tips  to  the  belly  hairs,  and  the  contrasted 
brown  tips  and  blackish  bases  of  the  hair  of  the  back;  inner  upper 
incisor  bicuspidate. 

Color. —  Adults :  the  basal  two  thirds  of  the  hairs  of  the  dorsal 
surfaces  is  '  plumbeous  black,'  the  terminal  third  a  uniform  cinnamon- 
brown,  practically  '  sayal  brown, '  in  sharp  contrast ;  beneath,  the  hairs 
are  'plumbeous  black'  basally,  their  tips  clear  white,  again  in  sharp 
contrast.  Specimens  in  thin  pelage  show  much  less  of  the  cinnamon- 
brown  above  and  the  plumbeous  bases  of  the  hairs  give  a  predominat- 
ing dark  appearance  with  a  streaking  of  cinnamon;  below,  the  white 
tipped  hairs  are  less  numerous  particularly  on  throat  and  chest.  The 
region  at  the  posterior  base  of  the  ears  is  usually  dark  like  the  rest  of 
the  back,  but  in  one  specimen  is  whitish. 

Immature  individuals,  though  similar  to  adults  in  the  contrasting 
dark  bases  and  white  tips  of  the  hairs  of  the  ventral  surfaces,  are  much 
darker  above,  owing  in  part  to  the  thinness  of  the  pelage  which  allows 
the  plumbeous  bases  of  the  hairs  to  show  through,  and  in  part  to  the 
paler  (almost  buffy)  tipping  of  the  contour  hairs. 

Skull. —  Though  essentially  similar,  the  skull  of  macrotis  differs 
from  that  of  true  viegalotis  and  its  race  pallescens  in  being  slightly 
smaller,  and  with  a  flatter  profile.  The  intermaxillary  notch  is  in 
general  a  trifle  more  contracted  in  dorsal  view.  The  inner  upper 
incisor  of  viacrotis  seems  invariably  to  bear  a  small  cusp  on  its  exterior 
side,  whereas  in  megaloiis  and  m.  pallescens  this  cusp  is  normally 
wanting,  though  in  two  out  of  twenty-eight  specimens  it  was  indicated, 
and  in  the  race  mexicanus  is  usually  present. 

Measurements. —  No.  159413,  Biol.  Survey  Coll.,  from  Young  Harris, 
Union  County,  Georgia:  forearm  43.5  mm.  (average  of  nine  speci- 
mens 41.7);  digit  III,  metacarpal  39.6  (average  of  nine  37.7);  first 
phalanx  13.6  (average  of  nine  12.9);  second  phalanx  IS  (average  of 
nine  16.6);  tibia  21. 

Skull:  greatest  length  16.6  mm.;  basal  length  13.2;  palatal  length 
7.3 ;  zygomatic  breadth  — ;  interorbital  constriction  4 ;  mastoid 
breadth  9.5;  width  of  braincase  8.5;  upper  tooth-row  6;  lower  tooth- 
row  7. 

Remarks. —  In  its  style  of  coloraton  this  bat  differs  notably  from 
megalotis  and  its  races,  though  in  structure  it  is  very  similar.  Its 
smaller  skull,  and  the  constantly  bifid  inner  upper  incisor  distinguish 


ALLEN:   BATS   OF  THE   GENUS   CORYNORHINUS.  351 

it  further  from  any  of  the  forms  occurring  in  the  United  States.  I 
have  found  no  evidence  that  it  intergrades  at  any  point  with  true 
megalofis  or  with  m.  paUescens.  In  North  Carolina,  a  typical  specimen 
in  the  collection  of  Mr.  Morton  L.  Church,  was  captured  at  Marshall, 
in  the  extreme  western  end  of  the  State,  while  from  extreme  western 
Virginia  comes  megalotis,  without  any  sign  of  intergradation,  though 
the  localities  are  not  far  distant  on  opposite  sides  of  the  AUeghenies. 
Since  writing  the  above,  I  have  also  examined  a  skin  of  macrotis  from 
Mitchell,  Ind.,  which  is  of  interest  as  indicating  not  only  the  north- 
ward limit  of  the  species'  range  in  east  central  United  States,  but  also 
that  it  keeps  distinct  from  megalotis  where  the  two  occur  together. 
Alcoholic  specimens,  if  in  good  condition,  show  the  white-tipped  hair 
with  its  dark  bases  on  the  belly,  and  can  usually  be  distinguished  by 
this  character.  How  far  to  the  westward  this  bat  ranges  is  as  yet 
unknown.  It  is  found  in  Louisiana  and  northward  into  Arkansas 
and  Indiana  but  has  not  yet  been  discovered  in  eastern  Texas  al- 
though paUescens  is  recorded  from  western  Texas.  If  this  apparent 
hiatus  shall  prove  to  be  real,  it  would  indicate  that  the  range  of 
macrotis  is  fairly  distinct  from  that  of  megalotis  and  its  races.  The 
present  evidence  therefore  shows  that  macrotis  constitutes  a  species 
distinct  from  the  latter,  though  closely  allied  and  of  similar  struc- 
ture.    It  is  characteristic  of  the  Lower  Austral  life  zone. 

Specimens  examined. —  The  following  specimens  have  been  studied, 
a  total  of  nineteen. 

North  Carolina:    Marshall,    1   (M.  L.   Church  Coll.);    ten  miles 
northwest  of  Taylorsville,  2  (N.  C.  Coll.  Agric). 
South  Carolina:  Society  Hill,  2  (U.  S.  N.  M.). 
No  locality,  2  (U.  S.  N.  M.). 
Georgia:   Kesler,  Early  Co.,  1  (M.  C.  Z.). 

Young  Harris,  Union  Co.,  1  (Biol.  Surv.). 
?  Riceboro,  Liberty  Co.,  2  skulls  (U.  S.  N.  M.).     These 
specimens  were  collected  by  LeConte,  and  though  with- 
out record  of  locality,  may  have  come  from  his  planta- 
tion. 
Alabama:   Huntsville,  1  (Biol.  Surv.). 

Leighton,  1  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Louisiana:  Houma,  4  (Biol.  Surv.). 
Arkansas:  Osage  River,  1  (M.  C.  Z.). 
Indiana:   Mitchell,  1  (Ind.  Univ.). 

In  addition,  it  has  been  recorded  from 
Virginia:  Dismal  Swamp. 


352  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

North  Carolina:  Bertie  County;  Goldsboro;  Weaverville  (Brim- 
ley,  1905,  p.  22) ;  Pisgah  Forest,  3300  ft.  (Ober- 
holser,  1905,  p.  9). 

South  Carolina:  Hardeeville. 

Florida:  Micanopy. 

Alabama:   Greensboro. 

Mississippi:   Bay  St.  Louis. 

CORYNORHINUS   PHYLLOTIS,    sp.    nov. 

Leaf-eared  Bat. 
Plecotus  ouritus  J.  A.  Allen,  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  1881,  8,  p.  184  (not  of  Linne,  1758). 

Tijpe.— Skin  and  skull  5943,  M.  C.  Z.,  collected  by  Dr.  Edward 
Palmer,  24  March,  1878. 

Type  Locality. —  Mexico:  San  Luis  Potosi  (probably  near  the  city 
of  the  same  name). 

Distribution. —  At  present  known  from  the  type  locality  only. 

General  Characters. —  Ears  larger  than  in  megalotis,  the  transverse 
ribs  on  the  middle  third  of  the  outer  edge  subdividing  and  extending 
quite  to  the  border;  skull  larger,  the  braincase  inflated,  and  a  distinct 
lachrymal  ridge  present;  tips  of  hairs  in  sharp  contrast  with  the  dark 
bases;  upper  surface  tawny  olive;  calcaneum  with  a  well-developed 
keel. 

Color. —  Hair  above  long  and  silky;  basal  half  dark, '  fuscous  black,' 
the  tips  pale  '  tawny  olive ' ;  a  band  of  downy  hair  at  the  posterior  base 
of  the  ears  whitish.  Below,  the  basal  two  thirds  of  the  hairs  is  'fus- 
cous black,'  the  tips  white,  washed  with  'pale  ochraceous  buff.'  The 
distinct  olive  tone  above  is  in  marked  contrast  with  the  buffy  or  dark 
fur  of  the  viacrotis  and  megalotis  coloration. 

Skull. —  This  species  is  at  once  distinguished  from  the  other  species 
of  the  genus  by  its  larger  and  differently  shaped  skull  (Plate  1,  fig.  6). 

The  braincase  is  flattened  and  broad,  the  rostrum  broader  and 
sharply  depressed,  with  a  more  marked  excavation  medially ;  there  is  a 
distinct  lachrymal  ridge,  as  in  Plecotus;  the  audital  bullae  are  also 
larger.  The  teeth  differ  mainly  in  their  stouter  proportions,  but  the 
two  upper  incisors  instead  of  being  nearly  side  by  side  are  one  behind 
the  other  in  the  line  of  the  tooth-row;  there  is  also  a  greater  disparity 
in  size  between  the  two  anterior  lower  premolars,  the  first  of  which  is 
much  larger,  in  lateral  view,  than  the  second. 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.        353 

Measurements. —  The  type  measures:  forearm  44  mm.;  digit  III, 
metacarpal  42.4;  first  phalanx  14;  second  phalanx  16.3;  digit  IV, 
metacarpal  41.6;  first  phalanx  11.5;  second  phalanx  13.5;  digit  V, 
metacarpal  42;  first  phalanx  11;  second  phalanx  7;  tibia  17;  hind 
foot  10;  ears  (dry)  from  meatus  31 ;  greatest  breadth  21. 

Skull:  greatest  length  17.5  mm.;  basal  length  14.9;  palatal  length 
8.5;  zygomatic  breadth  10;  interorbital  constriction  4.8;  mastoid 
breadth  10;  width  of  braincase  9.6;  upper  tooth-row  7;  lower  tooth- 
row  7.1. 

Remarks. —  Though  the  type  specimen  was  recorded  thirty-five 
years  ago,  as  Plecotus  auritus,  this  remarkable  species  has  remained 
till  now  unknown.  The  peculiar  olive  tone  to  the  fur  of  the  back  is 
very  different  from  the  buffy  or  brown  of  the  other  known  species. 
The  very  large  and  stiff  ears  are  much  like  those  of  Antrozous,  except 
for  the  breaking  up  of  the  transverse  ribs  at  the  middle  of  the  outer 
margin.  In  this  latter  respect  the  ears  recall  those  of  Plecotus,  in 
which  also,  the  ribs  run  quite  to  the  margin  of  the  ear,  instead  of  to  a 
line  parallel  with  the  rim,  as  in  other  species  of  Corynorhinus.  In 
Plecotus,  however,  the  number  of  these  ribs  is  about  double  that  in 
C.  phyllotis.  The  latter  further  resembles  Plecotus  in  the  possession 
of  distinct  lachrymal  ridges  on  the  skull,  so  that  this  character  can  no 
longer  be  considered  of  generic  value  in  distinguishing  between  the  two. 
A  long  narrow  keel  on  the  calcaneum  is  likewise  diagnostic  of  this  new 
bat,  for  in  Plecotus  as  in  other  forms  of  Corynorhinus  the  calcaneum 
is  without  keel.  In  the  squarish  outline  of  the  nostrils  and  the  devel- 
opment of  the  excrescences  on  the  muzzle  it  is  typical  of  its  genus. 
The  peculiar  bulging  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  braincase  iS  not  seen 
in  other  members  of  this  group.  The  tibia  is  proportionally  shorter 
than  in  the  smaller  C.  megalotis  mexicanus  which  inhabits  the  same 
region. 

Specimen  examined. —  The  type. 


354  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


REFERENCES. 

Allen,  Harrison. 

1864.  Monograph  of  the  bats  of  North  America.     Smithson.  misc.  coll., 
7,  no.  165,  xxiii  +  85  pp.,  68  text-figs. 

(Synotus  [=  Corynorhinus]  treated  on  p.  62-66). 

1865.  On    a    new    genus    of    Vespertilionidae.     Proc.    Acad.    nat.    sci. 
Phila.,  p.  173-175. 

(The  genus  Corynorhinus  defined,  p.  173). 
1 893 .     A  monograph  of  the  bats  of  North  America .     Bull .  43  U .  S .  N .  M . , 
X  +  198  pp.,  38  pis. 

(Corynorhinus,  p.  53-60,  pi.  6,  7). 
Allen,  J.  A. 

1881.  List  of  mammals  collected  by  Dr.  Edward  Palmer  in  northeastern 
Mexico,  with  field-notes  by  the  collector.  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  8,  p.  183-189. 
(The  type  of  C.  phyllotis  recorded  as  Plecotus  auritus,  p.  184.) 
1890.  Notes  on  collections  of  mammals  made  in  central  and  southern 
Mexico,  by  Dr.  Audley  C.  Buller,  with  descriptions  of  new  species 
of  the  genera  Vespertilio,  Sciurus,  and  Lepus.  Bull.  Amer.  mus. 
nat.  hist.,  3,  p.  175-194. 

(A  Corynorhinus  recorded  from  Guadalajara,  p.  176). 
1895.     List  of  mammals  collected  in  the  Black  Hills  region  of  South 
Dakota  and  in  western  Kansas  by  Mr.  Walter  W.  Granger,  with  field 
notes  by  the  collector.     Bull.  Amer.  mus.  nat.  hist.,  7,  p.  259-274. 
(Corynorhinus  from  Cheyenne  River  referred  to  townsendii,  p.  272). 
Andersen,  Knud. 

1912.     Catalogue  of  the  Chiroptera  in  the  collection  of  the  British  Mu- 
seum.    Second    edition.     1.    Megachiroptera.     London,    8vo,    cii  + 
854  pp.,  79  text-figs. 
Brimley,  C.  S. 

1905.     A  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  mammals  of  North  Carolina,  exclu- 
sive of  the  Cetacea.     Journ.  Elisha  Mitchell  sci.  soc,  21,  p.  1-32. 
(Records  of  C.  macrotis,  p.  22). 
Butler,  A.  W. 

1895.     The  mammals  of  Indiana.     Proc.  Indiana  acad.  sci.  for  1894, 
p.  81-86. 

(Two  Corynorhinus  recorded  from  Greencastle,  Ind.,  23  Dec.  1894, 
p.  86). 
Clapton,  J. 

1722.     A  voyage  to  Virginia;    and  an  account  of   that  country.     Phil, 
trans.  Roy.  soc.  London,  Abridgement,  3,  p.  575-600. 


ALLEN:  BATS  OF  THE  GENUS  CORYNORHINUS.        355 

Cooper,  William. 

1837.  On  two  species  of  Plecotus  inhabiting  the  United  States  Territory. 
Ann.  Lye.  nat.  hist.  N.  Y.,  4,  p.  71-75,  pi.  3,  figs.  5,  6. 

(Renames  Plecotus   [■=  Corynorhinus]  macrotis  and  describes  town- 
sendii) . 
Cory,  C.  B. 

1912.  The  mammals  of  lUinois  and  Wisconsin.  Field  mus.  nat.  hist., 
Zool.  ser.,  11,  505  pp.,  illustr. 

(Corynorhinus,  p.  476). 
Grinnell,  Hilda  W. 

1914.  Three  new  races  of  vespertilionid  bats  from  Cahfornia.  Univ. 
Cahf.  publ.  Zool.,  12,  p.  317-320. 

(Describes  C.  macrotis  intermedius,  subsp.  nov.,  p.  320). 
Grinnell,  Joseph. 

1914.     An  account  of  the  mammals  and  birds  of  the  lower  Colorado  Valley 
with  especial  reference  to  the  distributional  problems  presented.     Univ. 
Calif,  publ.  Zool.,  12,  p.  51-294,  pi.  3-13,  9  text-figs. 
(Records  C.  m.  pallescens,  p.  263). 
Grinnell,  Joseph,  and  Swarth,  H.  S. 

1913.  An  account  of  the  birds  and  mammals  of  the  San  Jacinto  area  of 
southern  California  with  remarks  upon  the  behavior  of  geographic 
races  on  the  margins  of  their  habitats.  Univ.  Cahf.  publ.  Zool.,  10, 
p.  197-406,  pi.  6-10,  3  text-figs. 

(Notes  on  C.  m.  pallescens,  p.  379). 
Hahn,  W.  L. 

1909.     The  mammals  of  Indiana.     A  descriptive  catalogue  of  the  mam- 
mals occurring  in  Indiana  in  recent  times.     33d  Ann.  rept.  Ind.  dept. 
geol.  and  nat.  resources,  for  1908,  p.  417-654,  659-663,  33  text-figs. 
(Corynorhinus  recorded  from  Indiana,  p.  619). 
LeConte,  John. 

1831.  Appendix  of  the  American  Editor,  in  the  Animal  Kingdom 
arranged  in  conformity  with  its  organization,  by  the  Baron  Cuvier. 
M'Murtrie's  edition,  1,  p.  431-448. 

(Plecotus  [=  Corynorhinus]  macrotis  described,  p.  431). 
1855.     Observations  on  the  North   American  species  of  bats.     Proc. 
Acad.  nat.  sci.  Phila.,  p.  431-438. 

(Describes  V.  [=  C]  macrotis  in  detail,  p.  436). 
Lesson,  R. 

1827.  Manuel  de  mammalogie,  ou  histoire  naturelle  des  mammif^res. 
Paris,  xvi  +  442  pp. 

(Plecotus  rafinesquii  substituted  for    Vespertilio  megalotis,  p.  96). 
McAtee,  W.  L. 

1907.  A  hst  of  the  mammals,  reptiles  and  batrachians  of  Monroe  County, 
Indiana.     Proc.  Biol.  soc.  Washington,  20,  p.  1-16. 

(Corynorhinus  recorded  from  Lawrence  Co.,  Ind.,  p.  8). 


356  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Miller,  G.  S.,  Jr. 

1897.     Revision  of  the  North  American  bats  of  the  family  Vespertihoni- 
dae.     N.  Amer.  fauna,  no.  13,  140  pp.,  3  pis.,  40  text-figs. 
(Genus  Corynorhinus  reviewed,  p.  49-54,  figs.  76-10). 
1907.     The  families  and  genera  of  bats.     Bull.  57,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  xviii  + 
282  pp.,  14  pis.,  49  text-figs. 
Oberholser,  H.  C. 

1905.  Notes  on  the  mammals  and  summer  birds  of  western  North  Caro- 
lina.    Biltmore,  N.  C,  24  pp. 

(C.  macrolis  from  Pisgah  Forest,  p.  9). 
Rafinesque,  C.  S. 

1818.  Further  discoveries  in  natural  history,  made  during  a  journey 
through  the  western  region  of  the  United  States.  Amer.  monthly  mag. 
and  crit.  review,  3,  p.  445-447. 

(Describes  V[espertilio\  megalotis,  p.  446). 
Rhoads,  S.  N. 

1903.  Themammalsof  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey,  etc.  Philadelphia, 
266  pp.,  9  pis.,  map. 

(Doubts  validity  of  Meadville,  Pa.,  record  of  Corynorhinus,  p.  226). 
Ridgway,  Robert. 

1912.     Color  standards  and  color  nomenclature.     Wasliington,  iv  +  43 
pp.,  53  pis. 
Stephens,  Frank. 

1906.  California  mammals.     San  Diego,  351  pp.,  illustr. 
(Notes  on  C.  m.  pallescens,  p.  265). 

Townsend,  J.  K. 

1839.  Narrative  of  a  journey  across  the  Rocky  Mountains,  to  the 
Columbia  River,  and  a  visit  to  the  Sandwich  Islands,  Chili,  &c.  with  a 
scientific  appendix.     Philadelphia,  352  pp. 

(Cooper's  description  of  Plecotus  townsendii  reproduced,  with  added 
notes,  p.  324). 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATE. 


Allen. —  Bats  of  the  Genus  Corynorhinus. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATE. 

Fig.  L — Corynorhinus  megalotis  toxvnsendii.  150273  Biol.  Surv.,  upper  in- 
cisors and  canine  of  right  side,  with  supernumerary  incisor  (i'). 

Fig.  2. —  C.  m.  townsendii.  204437  Biol.  Surv.  from  McKenzie  Bridge, 
Oregon,  showing  normal  incisors  (i^,  i"^)  and  canine. 

Fig.  3. —  C.  VI.  mexicanus.  98285  Biol.  Surv.  Type,  to  show  bicuspidate 
first  incisor  and  weak  canine. 

Fig.  4. —  Ear  of  C.  megalotis.     170933  Biol.  Surv.  from  Sun  City,  Kansas. 

Fig.  5. —  Ear  of  C.  phyllotis.  5943  M.  C.  Z.  Type,  from  San  Luis  Potosi, 
Mexico. 

Fig.  6.—  Skull  outline  of  C.  phyllotis.     5943  M.  C.  Z.     Type,  from  above. 

Fig.  7. —  Skull  outline  of  C.  megalotis  mexicanus.     98285  Biol.  Surv.     Type. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


CORYNORHINUS. 


4 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoblogy 

AT  HARVARD  COLLEGE. 

Vol.  LX.     No.  10. 


THE  RESIDENT  BIRDS   OF   GUADELOUPE. 


By  G.  K.  Noble. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED    FOR   THE   MUSEUM. 

August,  1916. 


No.   10.—  The  Resident  Birds  of  Guadeloupe. 

By  G.  K.  Noble. 

Introduction. 

During  the  summer  and  early  fall  of  1914  I  visited,  in  the  interest 
of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Guadeloupe  in  the  French 
West  Indies. 

On  the  way  and  for  the  first  few  days  while  on  Guadeloupe  I  was 
fortunate  in  having  the  company  of  Mr.  F.  R.  Wulsin.  We  had 
several  opportunities  to  make  short  ornithological  excursions  on  some 
of  the  islands  to  the  north  of  Guadeloupe.  On  the  homeward  voyage 
the  ship  was  detained  at  St.  Croix  and  several  days  were  spent  there 
in  the  field. 

I  remained  on  Guadeloupe  from  June  22nd  to  September  12th. 
In  order  to  cover  all  the  main  regions  of  Guadeloupe  and  Grande 
Terre  I  spent  four  days  or  more  in  each  of  the  following  localities: — 
Pointe  a  Pitre,  Goyave,  Basse  Terre,  Ste.  Claude,  the  Soufriere,  Vieux 
Habitants,  Cluny,  Ste.  Rose,  Soffire,  and  St.  Francois.  My  interest 
was  chiefly  in  the  land-birds  and  I  was  fortunate  in  finding  all  of  the 
existing  resident  species. 

Guadeloupe  possesses  a  local  museum,  the  Musee  L'Herminier, 
in  the  town  of  Pointe  a  Pitre.  Dr.  F.  L'Herminier  was  undoubtedly 
the  greatest  naturalist  who  ever  lived  on  Guadeloupe;  a  student  of 
the  famous  Blainville,  he  applied  the  best  methods  of  his  time  to  the 
study  of  Antillean  bird  life.  Unfortunately  in  the  great  Pointe  a  Pitre 
fire  of  1844,  all  his  work  on  Guadeloupe  birds  was  swept  away.  Lafres- 
naye  (Rev.  zool.,  1844,  p.  168)  in  describing  some  of  L'Herminier's 
specimens  comments  briefly  on  this  disaster: — 

"Quoique  nous  eussions  deja  ces  trois  especes,  cjue  nous  devions  a 
I'obligeance  de  M.  L'Herminier,  avant  I'affreuse  catastrophe  de  la 
Pointe-a-Pitre,  nous  ne  les  avions  pas  publiees  parce  qu'il  nous  avait 
confie  son  projet  de  publier  une  Faune  ornithologique  de  la  Guade- 
loupe. Depuis  lors,  il  nous  y  a  autorise,  tout  en  nous  apprenant  que 
loin  de  renoncer  a  son  projet,  et  malgre  la  perte  immense  pour  lui  de 
tons  ses  oiseaux,  soit  montes,  soit  dans  I'alcool,  de  tous  ses  livres  et  de 
toutes  ses  notes,  il  s'occupe  avec  une  nouvelle  ardeur  de  le  mettre  a 
execution." 


360  BULLETIN:   MUSEUM   OF   COMPARATIVE   ZOOLOGY. 

A  short  time  after  the  fire,  the  Musee  L'Herminier  was  built.  In 
1876  Ober  visited  the  island  and  remarked,  (cf.  LawTence,  Proc. 
U.  S.N.  M.,  1878, 1,  p.  452):— 

"  Few  birds  are,  as  yet,  in  the  museum  but  there  are  very  excellent 
and  complete  collections  of  Crustacea,  etc.,  and  many  fine  specimens 
of  aboriginal  implements." 

I  found  the  bird  collection  had  so  increased  that  it  was  larger  than 
all  of  the  other  collections.  Three  well-mounted  specimens  of  Aestre- 
lata  diabolica  were  included  in  it.  Unfortunately  most  of  the  speci- 
mens were  without  data  or  records  of  their  receipt. 

I  have  omitted  all  reference  to  the  birds  noted  at  St.  Croix  except 
when  they  have  direct  bearing  on  the  Guadeloupean  birds.  The 
West  Indian  avian  fauna  is  rapidly  being  destroyed  and  for  that 
reason  it  seems  advisable  to  include  here  a  complete  record  of  the 
birds  collected  rather  than  to  give  simply  an  account  of  the  more 
important  studies,  such  as  those  relating  to  Aestrclata  haesitaia,  Cich- 
Iherminia  herminieri,  and  Cocrcba  dominicana.  Clark  (Proc.  Bost. 
soc.  nat.  hist.,  1905,  32,  p.  203-312)  has  already  summarized  the 
general  conditions  of  bird  distribution  in  the  Lesser  Antilles. 


Topography. 

Guadeloupe  consists  physiographically  of  two  distinct  parts: — 
Guadeloupe  proper,  a  rugged  mass  of  volcanic  formation  and 
Grande  Terre,  a  flat  limestone  island  separated  from  the  former 
by  a  sluggish  tidal  water-way,  La  Riviere  Salee.  The  adjacent 
islands  of  Desirade  and  Marie  Galante  are  similar  in  structure  to 
Grande  Terre  while  the  small  archipelago  called  Les  Saintes  is  vol- 
canic like  Guadeloupe  proper.  Guadeloupe  and  Grande  Terre  taken 
together  are  about  forty  miles  in  their  greatest  length  and  the  same 
in  their  greatest  width. 

The  whole  surface  of  Guadeloupe  is  broken  up  into  peaks  and  is 
cut  by  deep  valleys  making  walking  for  any  distance  very  difficult. 
Many  of  the  hills  reach  to  four  thousand  feet  or  over.  The  Soufriere 
for  instance,  is  4863  feet  high.  Its  summit  is  wreathed  with  rain 
clouds  throughout  most  of  the  year.  The  slopes  on  the  mountainous 
core  of  this  island  exhibit  many  contrasts.  There  are  at  least  four 
distinct  life-zones: — 

(1)  Lowland  savannahs.     Great  areas  of  grass- and  scrub-land  skirt 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  361 

the  coast  of  Guadeloupe  and  extend  over  the  whole  of  Grande  Terre. 
These  regions  are  now  for  the  most  part  under  cane  cultivation.  A 
few  swift  flowing  streams  cross  the  plantations,  but  only  the  Grande 
Riviere  in  the  north  is  navigable  for  more  than  a  few  hundred  yards. 
The  monotony  of  the  grasslands  is  broken  on  the  east  coast  by  small 
stands  of  timber  and  on  the  west  coast  by  broad  outcrops  of  volcanic 
rocks.  Marshes  are  rare  in  this  belt  and  ponds  even  more  so.  On 
Grande  Terre  the  soil  is  sandy  and  calcareous  and  the  absence  of 
water  makes  a  hot  and  dusty  landscape. 

(2)  Uplands  of  hardwood  forest.  The  savannahs  merge  gradually 
into  the  uplands  which  are  generally  coAered  with  medium  sized 
deciduous  trees.  This  belt  varies  in  width  from  one  to  four  miles  and 
in  several  places  such  as  at  Ste.  Marie,  Ste.  Rose,  and  Trois  Rivieres 
it  encroaches  through  the  grassland  area  and  extends  to  the  ocean. 

(3)  Rain  forest.  The  dense  tropical  forest  starts  abruptly  at  about 
1500  ft.  and  covers  the  greater  part  of  the  central  region  of  Guadeloupe 
proper.  It  is  almost  impenetrable.  While  its  bird  fauna  is  character- 
istic, the  number  of  species  is  small. 

(4)  Mountain  barrens.  Lastly  the  wind  swept  country  above 
the  tree  line  begins  at  about  4000  feet.  It  covers  relatively  a  very 
small  proportion  of  the  island  and  is  almost  devoid  of  life. 


'  The  Vertebrate  Fauna. 

The  vertebrates  are  represented  in  Guadeloupe  by  a  very  small 
number  of  species.  An  agouti  (Dasyproda  nohlei  G.  M.  Allen), 
a  racoon  (Procyon  minor  Miller)  and  four  or  five  species  of  bats  com- 
prise the  entire  indigenous  mammalian  fauna.  The  introduced 
Mongoose  {Mungos  hirmanicus  (Thomas))  is  everywhere  abundant 
and  it  is  due  to  its  depredations  that  the  land  vertebrates  are  so 
rapidly  disappearing.  The  Anolis  ferreus  Cope  is  the  commonest 
reptile.  Iguana  delicatissima  Laurenti,  and  the  Ground  Lizard 
(Ameiva  cincracea  Barbour  &  Noble)  are  found  today  only  on  the  small 
islands  off  the  coast.  A  skink  (Mabuya  maboia  Dumeril  &  Bibron) 
may  likewise  have  been  completely  extirpated  from  the  mainland  of 
Guadeloupe  by  the  Mongoose.  Two  geckos,  Sphaerodactylus  fan- 
tasticus  (Dumeril  &  Bibron)  and  Thccodactylus  rapicaudus  (Houttuyn) 
because  of  their  secretive  habits  are  not  commonly  found,  but  they 
may   be  locally  abundant.     The  two  snakes,    Typhlops  lumbricalis 


362  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

(Linne)  and  Alsophis  leucomelas  (Dumeril  &  Bibron)  formerly  occur- 
ring on  the  island  are  now  both  extinct,  but  a  species  of  Couleuvre 
(Alsophis  sanctorum  Barbour)  closely  related  to  the  latter  is  peculiar 
to  Les  Saintes  and  is  still  found  abundantly  because  the  Mon- 
goose has  not  been  introduced  into  these  islands.  The  Grenouille 
(EleutJierodactylus  martimccnsis  Tschudi)  and  the  introduced  Crapaud 
{Bujo  marinus  Linne)  are  locally  numerous  on  Guadeloupe.  As  in 
other  Lesser  Antilles  the  fresh-water  fishes  are  few.  The  number  of 
species  of  resident  birds  is  noteworthy  because  the  list  is  so  short. 
Migrants  are  also  few  but  deserve  special  mention. 


Present  Status  of  Bird  Life. 

There  are  thi^ee  classes  of  birds  which  are  not  fully  considered  under 
the  annotated  list  and  which  I  shall  discuss  here:  (1)  extinct  species, 
(2)  probable  resident  birds,  mostl3^  water-birds,  not  collected  during 
the  trip,  and  (3)  migratory  species. 

The  parrots  (Ara  guadehupensis,  Aiiodorhynchiis  purpurascens,  Ama- 
zona  violaccus,  and  Connrus  labati)  were  the  earliest  Guadeloupe  land- 
birds  to  be  completely  exterminated.  The  old  French  accounts  show 
that  the  natives  killed  them  in  numbers,  but  even  so  it  is  hardly  pos- 
sible that  their  annihilation  was  due  wholly  to  human  agency.  Fidica 
caribaea,  and  Ralhis  crepitans  have  probably  been  extirpated  by  the 
Mongoose,  at  least  they  have  not  been  taken  by  the  native  chasseurs 
for  a  long  time.  I  saw  at  Cluny,  on  several  occasions,  a  Mongoose 
far  out  in  the  middle  of  the  swamp  jumping  from  log  to  log  in  its  eager 
hunting.  The  Diablotins,  or  Black-capped  Petrels,  have  been  extir- 
pated from  Guadeloupe,  probably  tlii'ough  several  causes. 

There  are  several  birds  not  noted  during  my  stay  which  may  nest 
on  Guadeloupe.  The  Black  Hawk  (Urubitinga  anthracina)  and  the 
Chicken  Hawk  (Buteo  antillarum)  have  both  been  observed  by  Pointe 
a  Pitre  sportsmen  but  it  is  doubtful  if  either  of  these  were  more  than 
stragglers.  I  was  informed  that  the  Redstart  (Setophaga  ruticilla) 
occurred  throughout  the  year  but  my  own  observations  did  not 
confirm  this  rather  improbable  statement.  If  the  fishermen  may  be 
relied  upon,  the  following  sea-birds  breed  on  the  outlying  islets  of  Les 
Saintes  and  Tete  Anglais : —  Phaethon  acthercus,  Sida  leucogastra, 
Sula  piscator,  Sterna  maxima,  and  Anous  stolid  us.  The  Yellow- 
crowned  Night  Heron  (Nyctanassa  violacea)  breeds  regularly  just  east 
of  Ste.  Rose. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  363 

There  are  many  migrants  which  are  either  erratic  wanderers  or 
reguhir  visitants  and  which  pass  over  Guadeloupe,  but  the  information 
regarding  them  is  usually  quite  unreliable.  The  list  of  birds  observed 
by  L'Herminier  (Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1879,  1,  p.  450-451),  between  1827 
and  1844,  is  very  large,  and  I  doubt  if  some  of  the  species  recorded 
have  been  found  on  Guadeloupe  in  recent  times.  Winch  (see  Cory, 
Auk,  1891,  8,  p.  48-49)  and  Ober  (see  Lawrence,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M., 
1879,  1,  p.  452-462)  both  collected  several  of  the  migrants.  Their 
lists,  plus  my  own  observations,  include  the  following  species  which 
though  not  mentioned  in  the  annotated  list  are  nevertheless  probably 
of  regular  occurrence: —  Sterna  antillarum,  Ereunetes  jnisillus,  Pisobia 
minutiUa,  P.  maculata,  Actitis  macularia,  Helodromas  solitarius, 
Aegialifis  semipahnata,  Ceryle  alcyon,  Seiurus  novcboracensis, 
Wilsonia  canadensis,  Sctophaga  ndiciUa.  Probably  other  species, 
chiefly  herons  and  sea-birds  visit  the  island  as  stragglers.  I  saw  on 
July  22nd  in  a  pond  near  Cluny  a  duck  which  I  believe  was  Dendro- 
cygna  discolor.  Many  other  species  of  ducks  visit  the  island  on  migra- 
tion. Mr.  Delphin  Duchamp,  a  prominent  planter,  informed  me 
that  the  Ani  {Crotophaga  ani)  and  the  White-crowned  Pigeon  {C'olumba 
leucocephala)  have  been  occasionally  seen  on  Guadeloupe  after  a 
hurricane.  Other  species  very  probably  reach  the  island  under  similar 
circumstances. 


Acknowledgements. 

It  gives  me  pleasure  to  acknowledge  with  many  thanks  the  kind 
assistance  of  His  Excellency,  Monsieur  Lauret,  the  Governor  of 
Guadeloupe.  Monsieur  C.  Thionville  of  his  staff  was  also  especially 
considerate.  I  am  indebted  to  Monsieur  D.  Duchamp  and  Monsieur 
Riese  for  many  favors  while  visiting  their  plantations. 

During  the  preparation  of  this  paper  I  have  received  assistance 
from  Messrs.  W.  De  W.  Miller,  John  T.  Nichols,  and  Charles  H. 
Rogers  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  who  have  exam- 
ined specimens  in  that  museum  at  my  request ;  to  the  officers  of  the 
United  States  National  Museum,  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natu- 
ral Sciences,  and  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  I  am  also 
indebted  for  their  help  in  straightening  out  the  status  of  Tiaris  bicolor 
omissa;  and  I  take  great  pleasure  in  thanking  Mr.  Outram  Bangs  and 
Dr.  Thomas  Barbour  for  explaining  many  technicalities  of  descrip- 
tion and  literature. 


364  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Annotated  List  of  Species. 

1.      PODILYMBUS   PODICEPS  ANTILLARUM    Bangs. 

Chien  d'eau. 

One  adult  male  from  Cluny,  near  Ste.  Rose,  July  25th,  and  two 
young  birds  in  the  down,  from  the  same  locality,  July  20th  and  24th. 

The  series  of  Antillean  Pied-billed  Grebes  in  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology  is  much  too  small  to  determine  satisfactorily  the 
status  of  this  race.  I  do  not  believe  the  evidence  brought  forward 
by  Todd  (Ann.  Carnegie  mus.,  1916,  10,  p.  170)  is  sufficient  to  consider 
that  the  Pied-billed  Grebe  breeds  in  the  Antilles  the  same  as  the  typical 
mainland  form.  Wetmore  (Bull.  326,  U.  S.  dept.  agr.,  1916,  p.  17) 
has  recently  recognized  PodUymhxis  podiccps  antillarum  as  a  valid 
race  and  I  am  inclined  to  regard  it  such  until  sufficient  material  has 
been  brought  together  to  allow  an  intensive  study. 

The  Pied-billed  Grebe  still  breeds  on  Guadeloupe  although  nearly 
extirpated  by  the  Mongoose.  Like  the  gallinules  and  rails,  this 
species,  formerly  common,  is  now  very  rare.  I  found  it  breeding  in 
only  one  locality.  Grand  Etang,  Cluny.  Several  sportsmen  of  Pointe 
a  Pitre  told  me  that  it  only  occurs  in  those  lakes  where  there  is  an 
island  to  protect  it  from  the  stealthy  approach  of  the  Mongoose. 

2.     Frigata  magnificens  Mathews. 
Mansfeny. 

One  adult  male  from  Ste.  Rose,  July  21st. 

The  only  Frigate-bird  I  succeeded  in  shooting  was  flying  over  a 
fresh-water  pond  and  diving  at  intervals  for  fish.  I  saw  many  others 
off  the  coast.  The  fishermen  told  me  that  the  Mansfeny  breeds  regu- 
larly on  Tete  x\nglais. 

3.     Butorides  virescens  maculatus  (Boddaert). 

Qui-o.     Crabier  Vert  tachete. 

One  adult  from  Ste.  Rose,  July  20th,  seven  adult  and  half-grown 
specimens  from  Goyave,  taken  during  the  end  of  August;    and  six 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  365 

adult  and  half-grown  birds  from  Les  Saintes  taken  during  the  first 
week  in  September. 

Oberholser  (Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1912,  42,  p.  529-577)  has  recently 
revised  the  subspecies  of  Biitorides  virescens  and  has  described  several 
new  Antillean  races.  He  refers  the  Guadeloupe  bird  to  B.  v.  cubamis 
(Oberholser,  Loc.  cit.,  p.  559-561)  and  erects  another  new  race,  B.  v. 
christophorensis  between  the  Guadeloupe  bird  and  the  northern  race, 
B.  V.  cuhamis. 

I  have  compared  a  large  series  of  specimens  from  nearly  every 
island  in  the  Antilles  with  the  eighteen  specimens  taken  on  Guadeloupe 
and  St.  Croix  and  am  convinced  that  the  green  herons  from  Cuba 
to  Grenada  all  belong  to  one  subspecies.  Messrs.  Bangs  and  Barbour 
have  studied  this  series  with  me  and  have  called  my  attention  to  the 
fact  that  the  series  from  Guadeloupe  includes  within  its  range  of 
variation,  in  color  and  measurements,  the  distinguishing  characters 
of  four  of  Oberholser's  new  subspecies: — namely,  B.  v.  christophoren- 
sis, B.  V.  dominicanus,  B.  v.  lucianus,  and  B.  v.  grenadcnsis.  I  saw 
in  early  July  a  green  heron  flying  a  considerable  distance  off  the  north 
shore  of  Guadeloupe  and  from  the  bird's  position  high  in  the  air,  both 
Antigua  and  Dominica  must  have  been  plainly  visible.  It  seems  very 
probable  that  green  herons  wander  from  island  to  island  throughout 
the  Greater  and  Lesser  Antilles. 

The  Antillean  race  of  green  heron  feeds  in  both  fresh-  and  salt- 
water swamps  but  for  some  reason  it  is  only  locally  abundant  through- 
out Guadeloupe  and  Grande  Terre.  In  general  its  habits  are  like 
those  of  our  own  Green  Heron  {B.  v.  virescens)  except  that  the  Antil- 
lean race  has  adapted  itself  to  lizard  hunting.  On  both  St.  Croix 
and  Guadeloupe  I  have  observed  the  green  heron  standing  motion- 
less in  the  center  of  a  dry  field  watching  for  an  Anolis.  It  is  surpris- 
ing to  see  this  bird  of  the  twilight  and  the  swamps  apparently  dozing 
in  the  middle  of  an  open  field  while  the  tropical  sun  glares  down  from 
directly  overhead. 


4.     Cerchneis  sparveria  caribbaearum  (Gmelin). 

Gli-Gli. 

Seven  adults  from  various  localities  on  Guadeloupe  and  Les  Saintes : 
two  from  Ste.  Rose  July  13th,  one  from  Ste.  Claude  June  26th,  one 
from  Goyave  September  6th  and  three  from  Les  Saintes  September 
15th. 


366  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

The  Sparrow  Hawk  is  a  common  bird  throughout  the  whole  of  the 
lowlands  of  both  Guadeloupe  and  Grande  Terre.  It  is  the  only 
resident  hawk  although  several  others  occur  as  stragglers.  In  habits 
it  resembles  Cerchneis  sparverius  sparvcrius  but  seems  more  sluggish 
in  flight.  During  the  heat  of  the  day  it  glides  almost  wearily  over  the 
plantations  or  dozes  on  some  palmiste  in  the  full  glare  of  the  sun. 


5.     loNORNis  MARTiNicus  (Linne). 
Poule  d'eau  a  Cachet  Vert. 

One  adult  purchased  at  La  Moule. 

This  specimen  was  taken  sometime  during  1913.  It  was  the  last 
Purple  Gallinule  that  had  been  seen  on  Grande  Terre.  As  with  the 
rails,  this  species  has  probably  disappeared  from  Guadeloupe  be- 
cause of  the  Mongoose. 

6.     Gallinula  chloropus  cachinnans  Bangs. 
Poule  d'eau  a  Cachet  Rouge. 

Two  adults,  a  male  and  a  female  from  Grand  Etang,  Cluny,  near 
Ste.  Rose  taken  July  24th. 

As  already  mentioned  the  gallinules  are  almost  extinct  in  Guade- 
loupe. I  do  not  believe  there  were  more  than  three  pair  breeding  in 
the  Grand  Etang.  Bangs  (Proc.  N.  E.  zool.  club,  1915,  5,  p.  93-99) 
has  recently'  revised  the  American  forms  of  Gallimila  chloropus  and 
has  referred  the  Guadeloupe  bird  to  the  northern  race.  The  measure- 
ments of  the  two  specimens  noted  above  are  included  in  his  revision. 

7.     AcTiTis  macularia  (Linne). 

L'Alouette  de  Mer. 

One  adult,  a  female,  from  Ste.  Rose,  July  15th. 
On  the  north  shore  of  Guadeloupe  near  Ste.  Rose  I  found  the 
Spotted  Sandpiper  the  first  week  in  July.     It  is  very  likely  that  the 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  3G7 

species  is  a  resident.     The  bird  seeks  out  the  lowland  streams  which 
are  not  too  overgrown  with  foliage.     In  such  regions  it  is  common. 


8.     Larus  atricilla  atricilla  Linne. 
Mauve  a  Tete  Noir. 

A  few  birds  observed  near  Goyave,  the  latter  part  of  August,  but 
no  specimens  taken  until  September  16th  at  the  island  of  St.  Croix. 

A  comparison  of  a  fair  series  of  Laughing  Gulls  from  the  Lesser 
Antilles,  Greater  Antilles,  and  Bahamas  with  a  large  series  from  the 
mainland  of  North  America  shows  conclusively  that  the  island  birds 
are  smaller  than  the  mainland  ones.  No  color  difference  is  apparent 
but  the  decided  difference  in  size  warrants  the  referring  of  the  Laugh- 
ing Gulls  inhabiting  the  coast  of  North  America,  to  a  distinct  race^ 
which  may  be  known  as  Lams  atricilla  megahpterus  (Bruch). 

Although  there  is  some  uncertainty  as  to  the  priority  of  this  name, 
it  seems  most  probable  that  Bruch  (Journ.  f.  ornith.,  1855,  p.  287) 
was  the  first  to  describe  the  North  American  Laughing  Gull.  Linne's 
description  was  based  upon  Catesby  (Nat.  hist.  Carol.,  1733,  1,  p.  89) 
and  Catesby  only  mentions  the  Bahaman  bird.  It  seems  probable 
that  Bruch  when  describing  .4.  catesby i  and  A.  micropterus  was  dis- 
cussing the  Bahaman  bird.  To  be  sure  Bruch  quotes  Bonaparte  as 
the  authority  for  these  names  but  when  Bonaparte  a  year  later  (Comp. 
rend.  Acad,  sci.,  1856,  42,  p.  771)  published  upon  the  birds  he  gave 
Bruch  as  the  authority.  In  setting  up  Atricilla  as  a  generic  name 
Bruch  was  compelled  by  the  custom  of  the  time  to  use  a  new  name 
for  Larus  atricilla  Linne,  to  avoid  duplicating  names.  Atricilla 
cateshyi  refers,  tJien,  to  the  bird  of  Linne,  in  other  words  to  the  Ba- 
haman-Antillean  race.  The  next  bird  described  by  Bruch  was  A. 
megahpterus  and  although  the  description  (Bruch,  Loc.  cit.,  p.  287)  is 
not  good,  he  gives  the  type-locality  as  "Peru  und  der  Mexicanische 
Meerbusen."  It  is  at  least  conservative  to  refer  this  name  to  the 
North  American  race.  The  name  A.  micropterus  cannot  refer  to  this 
race  because  Bruch  {Ibid,  p.  287)  gave  it  to  a  species  smaller  than 
A.  catesbyi,  in  other  words  smaller  than  the  Bahaman- Antillean  race. 

The  difference  in  size  between  L.  a.  atricilla  and  L.  a.  megahpterus 
is  shown  in  the  following  table. 


3G8 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Larus  africilla  atricilla. 


■ 

Exposed 

M.C.Z. 

Sex 

Locality 

Wing 

Tail 

Culmen 

Tarsus 

14704 

0^ 

Antigua 

302 

121 

41 

45 

14699 

d" 

u 

303 

123 

39 

43 

14702 

d" 

« 

294 

122 

38.5 

42  ■ 

112927 

d 

Union  Isl. 

301 

116 

37 

41 

112926 

& 

(1             u 

295 

118 

38 

40 

66611 

d 

St.  Croix 

311 

122 

41.5 

43 

40181 

& 

Bahamas 

310 

119 

42 

45 

11842 

d 

u 

315 

118 

41.5 

46 

67424 

9 

Cuba 

303 

116.5 

38.5 

42 

Larus  atricilla  megalopterus. 


13832 

0^ 

Florida 

337 

121 

42 

49 

13839 

d 

a 

343 

124 

41 

45 

30571 

& 

ti 

334 

130 

43 

48 

13837 

d 

u 

351 

128 

40 

47 

13836 

& 

u 

339 

123 

40 

49 

13834 

& 

u 

338 

122 

41 

48 

31691 

d 

u 

348 

131 

43 

50 

30810 

d 

New  Jersey 

349 

131 

42 

48 

30631 

d 

Georgia 

337 

125 

42 

49 

42175 

d 

a 

356 

132 

40 

46 

3062  1 

9 

u 

332 

123 

42 

44.5 

13835 

9 

Florida 

322.5 

118.5 

39 

48.5 

30691 

9 

u 

326 

121 

40 

47 

9.     Sterna  dougalli  dougalli  Montagu. 
Petite  Mauve. 

One  adult  female  from  Les  Saintes,  September  10th. 

The  Roseate  Tern  is  seen  rather  rarely  about  the  coast  of  Guade- 
loupe, but  on  the  outlying  islands  it  is  common.  The  species  is  re- 
ported by  the  natives  to  breed  on  Les  Saintes  to  the  south  and  on 
Tete  Anglais  to  the  north  of  Guadeloupe. 


1  Coll.  E.  a.  and  O.  Bangs. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  369 

10.     Sterna  fuscata  fuscata  Linne. 

Mauve  a  Manteau  Noir. 

One  adult  female  from  Les  Saintes,  September  10th. 
The  fishermen  report  that  this  species  also  breeds  on  some  of  the 
outlying  islets  of  Guadeloupe. 

11.     Anous  stolidus  stolidus  (Linne). 
Mwen.     Noddi. 

One  adult  male  from  Les  Saintes,  September  10th. 

Like  the  Roseate  and  Sooty  Terns,  the  Noddy  is  rarely  seen  about 
the  mainland  of  Guadeloupe  but  is  reported  to  breed  on  Les  Saintes, 
Tete  Anglais,  and  possibly  elsewhere  nearby. 

12.     Aestrelata  il\esitata  (Kuhl). 

Diablotin. 

One  of  the  chief  reasons  of  my  visit  to  Guadeloupe  was  to  obtain 
information  about  the  Black-capped  Petrels.  A  few  days  after  land- 
ing I  had  the  good  fortune  to  meet  Monsieur  C.  Thionville,  President 
of  the  Club  des  Montagnards.  The  name  Diablotin  was  associated 
in  his  mind  with  the  past  history  and  early  colonization  of  the  French 
in  Guadeloupe.  He  immediately  began  to  make  inquiries  about 
Basse  Terre  but  without  much  success.  Finally  we  made  a  trip 
together  high  up  into  the  hills  of  Matouba  to  visit  an  old  negro  called 
Pere  Lownisky  living  on  the  slopes  of  the  Soufriere.  This  old  man 
in  his  early  youth  had  often  hunted  Diablotins  and  had  joined  several 
of  the  large  parties  which  had  camped  on  the  Nez  Casse  to  dig  out 
the  Diablotins  from  their  burrows.  Since  Pere  Lownisky  had  spent 
his  entire  life  in  Matouba  he  knew  all  the  old  breeding  grounds  of  the 
Black-capped  Petrels.  He  told  us  that  the  Diablotins  formerly  bred 
on  the  north  and  northeast  slope  of  Nez  Casse.  The  birds  arrived 
in  late  September  and  the  period  of  incubation  for  the  colony  as  a 


370  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

whole  extended  through  November  and  December.  The  young 
birds  remained  in  the  nest  until  March.  He  asserted  positively, 
however,  that  no  Diablotins  had  been  heard  or  seen  since  the  great 
earthquake  of  1847.  The  old  negro  remembered  that  earthquake  for 
during  it  the  whole  side  of  Nez  Casse,  on  which  the  Petrels  bred,  had 
collapsed  and  fallen  into  the  valley.  Pere  Lowinsky  ended  his  exposi- 
tion by  dramatically  raising  his  withered  hand,  exclaiming  again  in 
his  " Creole"  French  that  the  Diablotins  had  not  been  heard  of  for 
nearly  seventy  years, —  "Jamais!  —  Jamais!" 

A  few  days  later  I  penetrated  the  "Grand  Bois"  as  far  as  the  old 
breeding  grounds  of  the  Diablotins.  A  sheer  wall  of  basalt  arose 
for  several  hundred  feet  finally  losing  itself  in  a  bank  of  rain  clouds. 
Very  little  vegetation  clung  to  the  steep  sides  of  the  cliff.  My  guides 
seemed  to  think  it  possible  to  scale  the  cliffs  by  the  help  of  ropes. 
But  remembering  the  old  negro's  statements  in  regard  to  the  breeding 
season  I  did  not  make  the  attempt. 

During  the  rest  of  my  stay  on  the  island  I  could  get  no  more  accurate 
information  about  the  Diablotins.  Several  of  the  natives  believed 
queer  noises  which  they  had  heard  nightly  some  years  ago  to  be  the 
call  of  the  Diablotin. 

The  vast  jungle  covering  the  mountainous  core  of  Guadeloupe  is 
nearly  impenetrable  and  entirely  unexplored.  While  it  is  possible 
that  a  Black-capped  Petrel  may  still  breed  on  some  isolated  peak  in 
the  heart  of  Guadeloupe  it  is  significant  that  not  a  single  bird  has 
actually  been  seen  in  the  vicinity  of  the  island  in  all  these  years. 

13.     x\estrelata  diabolica  (Lafresnaye). 

Diablotin. 

Upon  my  return  to  Cambridge  I  learned  that  the  Lafresnaye  col- 
lection (transferred  from  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History  to 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology)  contained  two  cotypes  of 
Lafresnaye's,  Procellaria  diabolica  ^  and  two  other  specimens  of  Black- 
capped  Petrel  somewhat  similar  to  the  cotypes  but  smaller.  These 
specimens  were  all  collected  in  Guadeloupe  by  L'Herminier  in  1842. 
On  the  label  of  one  of  the  smaller  pair  (Lafr.  coll.  No.  8003)  the  data 
reads  Maupingue  ou  Maubingue,  and  on  the  other  (Lafr.  coll.  No. 
8004)  Mauping  ou  Maupingue. 

'  The  third  cotype  (Lafr.  No.  8001)  was  exchanged  in  1886  with  Prof.  Alfred  Newton  for  a 
specimen  of  the  now  extinct  Aeslrelatajamaicensis  of  Jamaica. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  371 

Lafresnaye  (Rev.  zool.,  1844,  p.  168)  in  his  original  description  of 
Procellaria  diabolica,  referring  to  the  larger  specimens,  says: — 

"Une  espece  de  Petrel,  le  Petrel  Diable,  du  pere  Labbat,  Diablotin  a 
la  Guadeloupe,  Procellaria  diabolica  L'Herminier,  qui  y  arrive  vers  la 
fin  de  septembre,  y  niche  en  decembre  dans  les  Falaises;  une  seconde 
espece,  en  tout  semblable  de  plumage  a  celle-ci,  et  n'en  differant 
que  par  une  taille  moindre,  y  arrive  a  une  autre  epoque,  niche  dans  les 
memes  falaises,  mais  a  un  etage  different  en  hauteur,  'ce  qui  les  fait 
distinguer  a  la  Guadeloupe  par  les  noms  de  Petrels  des  hauts  et  Petrels 
des  bas.  Ces  deux  oiseaux  seront  pris  pour  la  meme  espece  par  tons 
les  ornithologistes  qui  les  possederont  sans  renseignements  sur  leurs 
moeurs.  Cependent  M.  L'Herminier  les  regarde  comme  constituant 
deux  especes  bien  distinctes,  differant  essentiellement  de  moeurs  et 
d'epoque  de  passage.  Mais  n'anticipons  pas  sur  les  futurs  documents 
que  nous  promet  notre  savant  collegue,  et  qui  auront  un  bien  autre 
interet  sous  sa  plume  et  racontes  de  visu." 

The  two  pairs  of  Black-capped  Petrels  from  the  Lafresnaye  collec- 
tion are  different  from  each  other  not  only  in  size  but  in  coloration 
and  in  shape  of  the  nostril  tubes.  The  smaller  ones  have  the  grey  of 
the  cap  extending  down  the  back  of  the  neck  and  not  terminating 
abruptly  on  the  nape  as  in  the  larger  birds,  and  the  nostril  tubes  of 
the  smaller  birds  are  higher  and  end  more  abruptly  than  those  of  the 
larger  specimens.  In  this  respect  as  also  in  size  the  smaller  birds  are 
similar  to  Aestrelata  jamaicensis.  Each  pair  represents,  I  believe,  a 
distinct  species  of  Aestrelata. 

Which  species,  then,  is  Aestrelata  haesitata?  This  is  a  difficult 
question  to  decide  because  of  the  uncertainty  of  the  original  descrip- 
tion. Kuhl  (Beitrage  zur  zoologie,  Frankfurt,  A.  M.,  1820,  p.  142) 
described  a  petrel  "in  Museo  Bullokiano,  nunc  in  Temminkiano" 
and  calculated  his  measurements  in  terms  of  the  "pollex." 

If  we  assume  that  the  pollex  was  the  Frankfurt  a.  M.  inch  of  that 
time,  as  determined  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards  at  Washington  and 
sent  me  by  letter,  it  is  then  possible  that  Kuhl's  specimen  could  be 
referable  to  either  of  the  Guadeloupe  species  under  consideration  or 
better  still  to  neither.  Dr.  Stejneger,  however,  recently  told  Mr. 
Bangs  that  Kuhl  was  a  student  of  Temminck  and  would  very  likely 
have  used  the  French  system.  Changing  Kuhl's  measurements 
from  French  inches  (Ridgway,  Nomenclature  of  colors,  1886,  pi.  17 
note)  into  millimeters  and  comparing  them  with  the  measurements 
of  the  Guadeloupe  birds  we  find  the  figures  more  closely  approximat- 
ing the  measurements  of  the  small  than  of  the  large  species.     But 


372 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


still  there  is  so  great  a  discrepancy  in  the  measurements,  those  of  wing 
and  tail  being  like  the  large  bird,  those  of  bill  and  tarsus  like  the  small, 
that  it  is  impossible  to  determine  to  which  species  Kuhl's  specimen 
really  should  be  referred.  Since  Lafresnaye  described  the  large 
species  as  Aestrelata  diabolica  I  prefer  to  restrict  the  name  Aestrelata 
hacsitata  to  the  small  Black-capped  Petrel  of  Guadeloupe.  The  fol- 
lowing table  shows  the  difference  in  size  between  the  two  species. 

Measurements  in  Millimeters. 


Bill  to 

Middle  Toe 

Angle  of 

(including 

Wing 

Tail 

Mouth 

Tarsus 

Claw) 

Culmen 

Kuhl's  specimen  com- 

306.3 

162.1 

42.9 

38.1 

56.1 

— 

puted    by    Pied   du 

Roil 

Kuhl's  specimen  com- 

268.71 

142,26 

37.54 

33.58 

49.39 

— 

puted  by  the  Frank- 

furt a.  M.  inch  ^ 

Aestrelata  diabolica 

287 

124 

46.5 

43 

55 

36 

M.  C.  Z.  73222 

Aestrelata  diabolica 

288 

135 

46 

42 

55 

35.5 

M.  C.  Z.  73221 

Aestrelata  haesitata 

264 

113.5 

42 

38 

52 

32.5 

M.  C.  Z.  73219 

Aestrelata  haesitata 

276 

116.5 

41.5 

37.5 

51 

33 

M.C.Z.  73220 

Aestrelata  jamaicensis 

278 

128.5 

40 

38 

51.5 

32 

M.  C.  Z.  73218 

L'Herminier's  list  of  Guadeloupe  birds  {cj.  Lawrence,  Proc.  U.  S. 
N.  M.,  1878,  1,  p.  451)  includes  both  species  of  Guadeloupe  Black- 
capped  Petrels  under  the  names  Procellaria  diabolica  L'Herm.  and 
Proccllaria  maupinc/  L'Herm.  These  species  are  marked  with  a  cross 
to  indicate  that  L'Herminier  also  found  them  on  Martinique.  I  have 
no  other  information  in  regard  to  the  Black-capped  Petrel  in  Mar- 
tinique. 

Investigation  will  probably  show  that  Aestrelata  diabolica  and  not 
Aestrelata  haesitata  as  here  restricted  is  the  American  Black-capped 
Petrel   mostly    represented   in   collections.     Mr.   J.   T.    Nichols  ha? 


1  Ridgway,  Nomenclature  of  colors,  1886,  pi.  17  note. 

2  Determined  by  Bureau  of  standards. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe. 


373 


kindly  furnished  the  following  measurements  of  the  specimens  in  the 
collections  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  of  Jona- 
than Dwight,  Jr. 


Measurements  in  Millimeters. 


Nostril 

Wing 

Tail 

Tarsus 

Culmen 

Tubes 

Remarks 

Amer.  Mus.  G212 

293 

133 

35 

32 

Short 

Sooty,  not  greyish 

Type  of  P.  meridion- 

above,  crown 

alis  LawT. 

ending 

scarcely  marked  off 

Florida  Coast 

abruptly 

by  lateral  white 
from  back 

Amer.  Mus.  46145 

— 

— 

35 

35 

Low 

Bill  and  foot  only 

Long  Island 

ending 

July  1850 

gradually 

Amer.  Mus.  11212 

277 

143 

38 

31.5 

Low- 

Back  grey,  rump 

cf  Central  Park  Zoo. 

ending 

darker,  nape 

Jan.  8,  1912. 

gradually 

broadly  white 

Captive  bird 

marking  ofi'  cap 
from  back 

Coll.  J.  D.  Jr. 

290 

146 

35 

32 

Low 

Nape  whitish 

Blacksburg,  Mont- 

marking off  cap 

gomery  Co.,  Va. 

from   back.       Cap 

Aug.  31,  1893, 

and  back  sooty  lat- 

E. A.  Smyth  Jr. 

ter     somewhat 
greyish 

Coll.  J.  D.  Jr. 

290 

143 

37 

35 

Low 

Back  and  cap  sooty 

Cayuga  Co.,  N.  Y. 

sharply  marked  off 

Sept.  1893 

by  white  nape 

It  appears  from  this  table  that  all  of  the  birds  in  these  collections 
except  P.  meridio7ialis  Lawr.  are  referable  to  Aestrelata  diabolica 
Lafresnaye.  The  actual  measurements  of  Lawrence's  type  are 
somewhat  larger  than  those  considered  typical  Aestrelata  haesitata  as 
represented  by  the  two  specimens  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative 
Zoology,  but  the  characters  of  bill  and  coloration  make  it  referable 
to  that  species. 

I  have  included  in  the  table  the  measurements  of  Aestrelata  jamai- 
censis  to  bring  out  the  similarity  between  that  species  and  Aestrelata 
haesitata.  It  would  be  rash  to  consider  Aestrelata  jamaicensis  simply 
a  color  phase  of  Aestrelata  haesitata.  Yet  further  study  may  reveal 
that  these  two  species  are  very  closely  related. 

During  the  course  of  my  investigation  of  the  status  of  Aestrelata 


374  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

hacsitata  and  Aestrelata  diaboHca  one  more  point  came  to  light  which 
may  be  of  interest.  Ahhough  Temminck  (PI.  col.,  1826,  no.  416) 
wrote  a  brief  description  of  Aestrelata  haesitata  he  did  not  figure  that 
species.  His  plate  represents  a  petrel  with  grey  upper  tail-coverts 
similar  to  Aestrelata  cervicalis  Salvin. 


14.     Columba  squamosa  Bonnaterre. 
Ramier. 

Seven  specimens,  adult  and  half-grown  birds,  from  Ste.  Claude, 
July  2nd,  from  Ste.  Rose  July  13th,  and  from  Goyave,  August  31st. 

The  Ramier  is  the  principal  game-bird  of  Guadeloupe.  It  is  a  bird 
of  the  rain  forest  and  is  found  only  high  up  on  the  "  roof  of  the  jungle." 
In  the  early  morning  and  late  afternoon  scattered  flocks  dash  by  high 
over  head  making  for  their  favorite  feeding  grounds  among  the  taller 
fruit  trees  upon  the  mountain  slopes.  The  native  hunters  learn  to 
know  these  routes  of  daily  migration  and  kill  great  numbers  of  the 
Ramier  for  market. 


15.     Zenaida  zenaida  aurita  (Temminck  &  Knip). 

Tourterelle. 

One  adult  female  from  Goyave  September  1st. 

The  Wood  Dove  is  not  rare  in  Guadeloupe  but  it  is  less  abundant 
than  Gcotrijgon  mystacca  in  company  with  which  it  is  sometimes  found. 
But  unlike  the  latter,  it  is  widely  spread  over  Guadeloupe  and  Grande 
Terre.  It  prefers  the  water's  edge  and  is  rarely  met  with  in  the  moun- 
tains. In  the  open  fields,  especially  those  that  are  bordered  with 
Mangrove  swamps,  the  Tourterelle  is  common.  This  environment  is 
very  different  from  the  hot,  sandy  hill-sides  frequented  by  the  closely 
related  Zenaida  z.  lucida  Noble  (Proc.  N.  E.  zool.  club,  1915,  5,  p. 
101-102)  of  St.  Croix.  The  Tourterelle  thrives  well  in  captivity,  and 
is  perhaps  the  commonest  cage-bird  seen  in  Guadeloupe. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  375 

16.     Chaemepelia  passerina  trochila  (Bonaparte). 

Ortolan. 

Twelve  adult  and  half-grown  specimens  from  Goyave,  August  25th 
to  September  1st. 

On  the  east  coast  of  Guadeloupe,  in  the  lowlands  of  the  north  coast, 
and  all  over  Grande  Terre,  the  little  Ground  Dove  is  abundant.  It 
is  the  commonest  bird  in  the  cane-fields,  and  in  spite  of  its  small  size 
the  natives  snare  great  numbers  for  food. 

Long  after  the  young  have  been  fully  fledged,  the  parent  birds  stay 
with  them.  These  family  groups  feed  together  about  the  edges  of 
the  cane-fields.  While  on  the  island  I  never  saw  an  Ortolan,  that  was 
not  associated  with  its  family  flock. 

17.  Geotrygon  martinica  (Linne). 
Perdrix  Rouge.     Perdrix  Gris. 

One  adult  female  from  Goyave,  August  20th. 

Few  of  the  chasseurs  of  Guadeloupe  know  that  the  Perdrix  Rouge 
is  the  male  and  the  Perdrix  Gris  the  female  of  one  and  the  same  species, 
but  all  agree  that  both  are  nearly  extirpated  from  the  island.  The 
habits  of  this  species  are  similar  to  those  of  Gcoirygon  mystacea  but 
unlike  that  species  it  seems  to  have  been  unable  to  adapt  its  habits  to 
the  introduced  Mongoose.  Today  it  is  probably  the  rarest  bird  on 
Guadeloupe  but  fifteen  or  twenty  years  ago  it  was  abundant  and 
was  considered  excellent  game. 

18.  Geotrygon  mystacea  (Linne). 

Perdrix  Croissant. 

Fifteen  adults  from  Nez  Casse,  Ste.  Rose,  and  Goyave,  taken  late 
in  June,  in  July,  and  August. 

Since  the  introduction  of  the  Mongoose  all  of  the  species  of  Per- 
drix have  suffered  because  they  build  their  nests  near  the  ground  and 


37G  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

within  easy  reach  of  even  a  beast  which  is  strictly  terrestrial.  But  the 
Perdrix  Croissant  is  still  locally  abundant  in  many  of  the  mountainous 
parts  of  Guadeloupe.  Like  the  other  species,  it  is  a  rain  forest 
bird,  frequenting  the  dense  wet  undergrowths.  The  dense  woods, 
however,  form  an  easy  approach  for  the  Mongoose.  But  the  Perdrix 
Croissant  seems  to  be  slowly  adapting  itself  to  new  conditions.  To- 
wards evening  small  flocks  fly  down  from  the  mountains  to  feed  with 
the  Tourterelles  and  Ortolans  in  the  open  clearings  about  the  old 
cane-fields.  My  guides  informed  me  that  this  habit  had  been  re- 
cently acquired.  It  certainly  helps  to  protect  the  birds  from  the 
stealthy  approach  of  a  Mongoose. 

The  Perdrix  Croissant  is  ranked  throughout  Guadeloupe,  as  one  of 
the  best  game-birds.  The  natives  formerly  caught  them  with  hoops 
fitted  with' wire  snares,  and  brought  great  numbers  to  market.  During 
my  stay  on  the  island  I  never  saw  a  single  Perdrix  sold  in  a  village 
market. 


19.     CoccYZUS  minor  DOMINIC ae  Shelley. 
Coucou  Manioc.     Oiseau  de  Pluie. 

Four  adults  from  Ste.  Rose,  July  13th-19th,  six  adult  and  half- 
grown  specimens  from  Goyave,  August  20th,  September  1st. 

I  have  compared  a  series  of  eight  specimens  from  Dominica  with 
eight  adults  from  Guadeloupe  and  have  not  been  able  to  find  any 
appreciable  difference  between  them.  My  Guadeloupe  birds,  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  they  are  in  the  worn  summer  plumage,  seem  to  be  a 
trifle  darker  than  the  Dominica  birds  and  they  also  average  slightly 
larger.  But  I  prefer  to  regard  this  rather  a  tendency  toward  differ- 
entiation than  a  real  racial  distinction.  The  Guadeloupe  birds  mea- 
sure:—  wing  142.62;  tail  163.69;  exposed  culmen  29.14;  tarsus 
29.74. 

Locally  distributed  throughout  the  lower  uplands  of  Guadeloupe, 
the  Cuckoo  is  a  conspicuous  bird  because  of  its  slow  and  clumsy  move- 
ments. It  is  confined  to  the  low  wooded  hills,  and  not  met  with  at 
all  in  the  Mangrove  swamps  where  I  had  been  led  to  expect  it. 

The  only  cry  I  heard  was  a  resonant  guttural  chuckle.  On  dull 
days  this  peculiar  call  is  often  heard  in  the  hills.  The  natives  believe 
the  call  to  be  a  sure  sign  of  heavy  rain  and  hence  they  call  the  bird 
rOiseau  de  Pluie. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  377 

20.     Streptoceryle  torquata  stictipennis  (Lawrence). 
Martin  Pecheur.     Pie. 

One  adult  male  from  Goyave,  x\ugust  27th. 

The  Martin  Pecheur  is  found  very  locally  distributed  over  the  whole 
of  Guadeloupe.  It  frequents  the  mountain  torrents  and  pools,  flying 
overland  from  one  stream  to  another. 

At  Goyave  I  observed  two  Martin  Pecheurs  but  was  able  to  secure 
but  one.  At  least  one  pair  bred  in  the  spring  of  1914,  in  the  high 
sand  banks  six  miles  up  the  Riviere  de  Goyave.  The  nesting  hole 
resembled  that  of  Streptoceryle  alcyon,  but  was  of  course  much  larger. 

21.     Speotyto  guadeloupensis  guadeloupensis  Ridgway. 

Coucou. 

One  adult  specimen,  which  I  was  told  came  from  Marie  Galante, 
presented  by  the  Musee  L'Herminier.     It  now  bears  the  catalogue  • 
number  M.  C.  Z.  66347.     The  type  of  the  species  is  M.  C.  Z.  74167. 

The  Burrowing  Owl  was  formerly  found  on  the  cliffs  of  Marie 
Galante,  but,  since  the  introduction  of  the  Mongoose  some  twenty 
years  ago,  it  has  completely  disappeared.  I  could  find  no  evidence 
of  its  ever  having  existed  on  Guadeloupe,  Grande  Terre,  or  Les 
Saintes. 

The  Musee  L'Herminier  had  five  well-mounted  specimens  of  this 
species.  Unfortunately  they  bore  no  data  nor  was  there  any  record 
of  their  presentation  to  the  Musee.  The  conservateur,  however, 
assured  me  that  they  came  from  Marie  Galante  many  years  ago. 

22.     Nephoecetes  niger  ja.maicensis  (Ridgway). 

Gros  Martinet  Noir.     Hirondelle  de  Montague. 

Two  adult  males  and  one  female  from  Goyave,  September  1st. 
It  seems  advisable  to  refer  the  Guadeloupe  bird  to  this  race,  typical 
of  Jamaica.     No  specimens  from  Haiti  or  Santo  Domingo  have  been 


378 


BULLETIN:   MUSEUM    OF   COMPARATIVE   ZOOLOGY. 


available  for  study.  Both  Ridgway's  specimens  from  Guadeloupe 
(Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1911,  pt.  5,  p.  706)  and  my  series  average 
slightly  smaller  than  the  Jamaican  birds  while  the  specimens  from 
Dominica  average  larger. 

Ridgway  {Loc.  cit.,  p.  704)  refers  the  Cuban  bird  to  N.  nigcr  nigcr. 
The  single  specimen  before  me  from  Cuba,  M.  C.  Z.  61113,  is  equally 
dark  as  the  specimens  from  Jamaica  and  seems  indistinguishable  from 
them.     It  is  included  in  the  following  table  of  measurements. 

•      Measurements  in  Millimeters. 


Exposed 

M.  C.Z. 

Locality 

Sex 

Wing 

Tail 

Culmen 

Tarsus 

61113 

Cuba 

cf 

156 

67.5 

6.5 

11.5 

20446 

Jamaica 

d^(?) 

151.5 

66 

20447 

(( 

c? 

162 

63 

6 

62034 

u 

d^ 

154 

67 

6 

20448 

(( 

d^ 

153.5 

60 

5.5 

21445 

u 

9 

151 

60 

6 

11.5 

13615 

Dominica 

d" 

155 

67 

6 

11.5 

66334 

Guadeloupe 

cf 

147.5 

59 

5.5 

66333 

li 

cf 

149 

62.5 

6 

13615 

u 

9 

149 

62.5 

5.5 

The  Black  Swift  is  especially  abundant  on  the  edges  of  the  "  Grand 
Bois."  It  was  observed  at  nearl}^  every  localit}^  visited  except  the 
flat  land  of  Grande  Terre.  The  bird  is  called  L'hirondelle  de  Mon- 
tagne  by  the  natives  because  it  appears  just  before  sunset  flying  in 
great  flocks  from  the  mountains.  I  found  it  to  be  wholly  an  early 
morning  and  late  afternoon  flier.  None  of  my  guides  knew  anything 
of  its  breeding  habits.  But  since  the  bird  always  comes  from  and 
retreats  to  the  deep  rain  forest  it  is  not  improbable  that  it  may  roost 
in  some  of  the  big  hollow  trees  on  the  mountain  slopes. 


23.     Chaetura  acuta  (Gmelin). 


Petit  Martinet  Noir.     Hirondelle-Mouche. 


Eleven  specimens  of  both  sexes  from  Goyave,  August  29th  and  30th. 

The  Lesser  Antillean  Swift  was  observed  at  only  a  few  localities, 

first   on  July  4th   at  Ste.    Claude  flying  with  a   number  of  Black 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  379 

Swifts,  and  again  on  July  22d  several  were  seen  in  an  evening  flight 
over  Grand  Etang,  Deshaies.  But  at  Goyave,  August  29th  the 
species  was  flying  by  day.  SmaU  flocks  passed  back  and  forth  across 
a  cow  pasture  throughout  the  heat  of  the  day.  These  flocks  remained 
in  the  same  locahty  for  several  days  and  did  not  seem  to  be  migratory. 
Xo  flocks  were  observed  m  the  evening,  but  scattered  individuals  were 
flving  with  the  Black  Swifts. 


24.     Melanerpes  herminieri  (Lesson). 
Tapeur. 

Seven  adults  from  Ste.  Rose,  July  16th-19th  and  eight  adults  from 
Goyave  August  20th-September  1st. 

Ridgway  (Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1914,  pt.  4,  p.  12)  has  created 
a  monotypic  genus  for  this  species.  The  tendency  to  split  up  the 
Antillean  woodpeckers  into  separate  genera  was  carried  further  still 
l)y  Miller  (Bull.  Amer.  mus.  nat.  hist.,  1915,  34,  p.  518)  in  his  descrip- 
tion of  the  Porto  Rican  form.  There  are,  to  be  sure,  some  small 
differences  between  the  Guadeloupe  bird  and  any  other  species  of 
Melanerpes,  but  I  believe  it  is  entirely  a  matter  of  individual  opinion 
as  to  whether  the  Guadeloupe  species  should  be  separated  from  its 
mainland  relatives  and  placed  in  a  separate  genus.  It  is  perhaps 
worthy  of  note  that  in  Antillean  reptiles  and  amphibians  we  find  most 
of  the  genera  to  be  of  wide  distribution. 

The  Tapeur  is  certainly  not  a  rare  bird  on  the  island  but  seems  to 
be  \ery  local  in  distribution.  It  is  confined  to  the  hardwood  belt 
covering  the  hills.  Only  once  did  I  observe  a  woodpecker  near  a 
village.  Then  the  bird  was  clinging  to  a  half-decayed  tree  in  front 
of  the  Gendarmerie  at  Ste.  Rose. 

The  first  time  I  became  familiar  with  the  Tapeur  was  in  a  sunny 
valley  among  the  hills  of  Cluny.  Every  morning  upon  rising  I  would 
hear  the  roll  of  a  woodpecker  far  away  on  some  distant  slope.  Then  a 
bird  perhaps  nearer  at  hand  would  answer  until  finally  three  or  four 
would  be  rolling  at  once.  Often  they  would  call,  or  rather  bray, 
and  then  the  note  reminded  me  of  the  warning  cry  of  the  Yellow- 
bellied  Sapsucker  (Sphyrapicus  varius  varius).  There  were  many 
deserted  nesting  holes  nearby,  but  none  was  lower  than  fifty  feet  from 
the  groimd. 


380  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

In  other  parts  of  the  island  the  species  was  less  common,  rare  in 
fact  on  the  west  coast.  Mr.  Delphine  Duchamp  of  Goyave  believes 
the  woodpecker  had  become  more  abundant  about  his  plantation 
within  the  last  ten  years. 

25.     Eulampis  jugularis  (Linne). 
Gros-Colibri.     Oiseau-Mouche  a  Gorge  Rouge. 

Four  adults  from  the  Soufriere  June  26th- July  4th,  and  five  adults 
from  Ste.  Rose  July  8th-10th. 

The  Gros-Colibri  is  the  commonest  hummer  on  the  island.  It 
seems  to  prefer  the  higher  altitudes.  About  the  coffee  plantations 
of  Ste.  Claude  where  the  banana  flowers  were  a  further  attraction  this 
Red-throated  Hummer  is  abundant.  It  likes  to  bask  in  the  morning 
sun  and  often  selects  a  roadside  twig  for  a  perch.  The  small  boys 
set  out  straws  smeared  with  gum  on  these  perches  and  catch  the  bird 
as  it  alights.  Like  all  of  the  island  hummers  this  one  is  easily  excited 
and  comes  readily  to  the  "squeak."  It  then  utters  at  short  intervals 
a  clear  "seep." 

On  July  18th  near  Cluny  I  found  a  nest  with  its  coriipliment  of  two 
eggs.  The  nest  was  larger  than  one  of  the  Ruby-throat's  {Archilochus 
cohihris)  but  it  was  about  the  same  in  structure.  The  eggs  were 
chalky  white. 

26.     Sericotes  holosericeus  holosericeus  (Linne). 
Colibri  Bleu.     Oiseau-Mouche  Bleu. 

Two  adult  ihales  from  Ste.  Claude  July  2nd  and  Goyave  August  30th. 

The  Green-throated  Hummer  is  the  rarest  of  the  three  species  of 
Colibri  found  in  Guadeloupe.  I  observed  it  in  the  uplands  associated 
with  Eulampis  jugularis,  but  never  in  the  lowlands. 

27.     Orthorhyncus  exilis  exilis  (Gmelin). 

Fou-Fou.     Oiseau-Mouche  huppe. 

One  pair  of  adults  from  the  Soufriere,  June  26th  and  29th,  and  one 
adult  male  from  Ste.  Rose  July  12th. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  381 

In  the  rain  forest  the  tiny  Fou-Fou  is  one  of  the  few  birds  which 
one  is  sure  to  meet.  It  is  often  very  pugnacious  and  on  several  occa- 
sions, when  I  have  excited  it  by  "squeaking"  it  has  darted  ahnost 
into  my  face.  Although  the  Fou-Fou  is  the  smallest  bird  on  Guade- 
loupe it  will  drive  away  Sucriers,  Gros-Becs,  and  even  Grives  from 
its  favorite  honey  tree.  In  spite  of  its  tiny  size,  it  makes  a  great 
deal  of  noise  during  one  of  these  attacks, —  a  crackling  volley  of  psist  I 
psist!!  psist!!!  loud  enough  to  frighten  even  a  man.  The  species  is 
by  far  the  noisiest  of  the  Guadeloupe  hummingbirds. 


28.      TyRANNUS  DOiMINICENSIS  VORAX   (VieiUot). 

Pipiri. 

Five  adults  from  Ste.  Rose  July  12th,  14th,  and  one  from  Goyave 
September  2nd. 

Ridgway  (Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1907,  pt.  4,  p.  708)  states  that 
Tyrannus  d.  dominicensis  occurs  in  Guadeloupe.  All  of  the  six  speci- 
mens, which  I  collected,,  are  typical  Tyrannus  d.  vorax.  One,  how- 
ever, is  smaller  than  the  other  Guadeloupian  birds  but  larger  than  the 
average  for  the  Greater  Antilles.  The  occurrence  of  Tyrannus  d. 
vorax  in  Guadeloupe  is  to  be  expected  on  zoogeographical  grounds  for 
the  same  race  is  found  north  as  well  as  south  of  the  island  (cf.  Riley, 
Smith,  miscell.  coll.,  Nov.  8,  1904,  47,  p.  2). 

The  Pipiri  is  perhaps  the  most  conspicuous  if  not  abundant  bird 
of  the  lowlands.  It  resembles  the  Kingbird  (Tyrannus  tyrannus)  in 
that  it  selects  a  high  perch  overlooking  some  bit  of  pasture  and  from 
these  sallies  forth  after  the  passing  flies.  As  it  darts  out  the  snap  of 
its  bill  may  be  heard  for  some  distance.  Of  all  the  bird  notes  about 
the  cane-fields,  the  one  that  catches  a  stranger's  ear  first  is  the  sharp 
pip-piree,  pip-pirr-ee  of  this  bird.  In  the  early  morning  the  bird  is 
especially  active  and  its  call-note  seems  to  arise  from  every  corner  of 
the  plantation.  I  imagined  the  bird  received  its  name  from  its  call 
but  Ballet  (L'histoire  de  la  flore,  la  faune  etc.  de  la  Guadeloupe,  Basse 
Terre,  1895,  1,  2,  p.  21)  says:  —  "Pipiri  vient  sans  doute  du  mot 
breton  pipirette,  expression  dont  on  se  sert  en  Bretagne  pour  designer 
I'aube  ou  piperette  du  jour." 


382  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

29.     Myl\rchus  oberi  oberi  Lawrence. 
(  Pipiri  Gros-Tete. 

One  immature  male  from  Ste.  Rose,  July  11th. 

The  single  specimen  secured  was  one  of  the  two  birds  of  the  species 
I  saw  on  the  island.  The  pair  was  observed  in  an  area  of  deciduous 
scrub  about  four  miles  south  of  Ste.  Rose.  My  guide,  one  of  the  best 
chasseurs  of  that  village,  said  he  had  never  seen  the  bird  before  on 
the  island.  The  species  was  doubtfully  recorded  from  Guadeloupe, 
and  Ridgway  (Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1907,  pt.  4,  p.  618)  questions 
Guadeloupe  as  a  locality  for  it. 

30.     Bl.\cicus  bruxxeicapillus  La^Tcnce. 
Gobe-INIouche  Brun. 

One  adult  male  from  the  Soufriere  June  29th  and  eight  adults  and 
half-grown  specimens  from  Ste.  Rose  July  12th-16th. 

I  found  the  Brown  Flycatcher  not  rare  in  Guadeloupe,  but  rather 
locally  confined  to  the  clearings  in  the  deep  woods.  It  seems  to  prefer 
the  solitude,  of  the  forest,  for  it  only  comes  into  the  open  when  hawking 
flies. 

31.     Elainea  flavogastr.\  martinica  (Linne). 
Petit  Pintade.     Gobe-]Mouche  huppe. 

Not  a  rare  bird  in  the  woody  parts  of  Guadeloupe.  Two  specimens, 
both  sexes  from  Ste.  Claude,  July  3d ;  two  birds,  one  female  and  one 
unsexed  from  Ste.  Rose  July  19th;  and  five  specimens  of  both  sexes 
from  the  Soufriere  June  29th. 

Near  the  highest  part  of  the  island  visited,  I  took  my  first  specimen 
of  Petit  Pintade.  Then  in  the  heavy  cover  about  Ste.  Claude,  July  4th 
and  near  Morne  Rouge,  August  22d  I  observed  several  scattered  flocks 
of  a  few^  individuals.  In  the  lowlands  where  large  berry  producing 
trees  are  absent  this  species  was  rare. 

Clark  (Proc.  Bost.  soc.  nat.  hist.,  1905,  32,  p.  208)  has  described 
the  song  at  some  length.  Only  on  rare  occasions  did  I  hear  the  bird 
sing  in  Guadeloupe,  and  it  was  then  a  long  clear  whistle.     In  habits 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  383 

this  bird  is  very  like  a  wood-warbler  reminding  one  particularly  of  a 
Black-poll  {Dendroica  striata). 


32.     HoLOQUiscALus  guadeloupensis  (Lawrence). 

Holoquiscahis  martinicensis  Ridgway. 
Merle.     Bout  de  Petun. 

Nine  specimens,  adults  and  half-grown  males  from  Ste.  Rose,  July 
12th-18th;  four  specimens  from  Basse  Terre,  July  3d. 

I  fail  to  find  any  characters  by  which  to  separate  H.  martinicensis 
from  H.  guadeloupensis.  Ridgway  (Bull.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1902,  50, 
pt.  2,  p-  232)  says  of  H.  guadeloupensis  "Similar  to  H.  martinicensis 
but  wing  averaging  slightly  longer."  His  measurements  for  the  wing 
of  the  male  of  H.  martinicensis  are:  —  119.4-124  (120.7)  and  for  the 
female  102.4-108.5  (105.4).  For  the  male  of  H.  guadeloupensis,  on 
the  other  hand,  his  wing  measurements  are:  —  119.9-124.5  (121.9), 
for  the  female  104.4-109.2  (106.7). 

My  averages  for  the  wing  of  H.  guadeloupensis  are  also  slightly 
larger  than  those  of  H.  martinicensis,  but  this  difference  is  very  small, 
and  there  is,  apparently,  no  other  distinguishing  character.  I  do 
not  believe  a  distinction  can  be  made  between  the  two  forms,  and  it 
seems  best  to  refer  the  ^Martinique  bird  to  H.  guadeloupensis.  On 
geographical  grounds  alone  there  would  seem  to  be  a  real  difference 
between  these  two  birds  for  the  species  has  never  been  taken  on 
Dominica,  lying  just  between  and  in  plain  sight  of  Guadeloupe  and 
Martinique.  But  if  isolation  has  tended  to  make  a  distinction  be- 
tween the  two  forms,  this  distinction  is,  to  my  mind,  at  present  not 
great  enough  to  recognize  two  species. 

Holoquiscalus  martinicensis  Ridgway. 


Exposed 

M.C.Z. 

Sex 

Locality 

Wing 

Tail 

Tarsus 

Culmen 

10895  1 

d^ 

Martinique,  F.  W.  I. 

120.5 

96 

36 

27.5 

276SS 

cT- 

u                       u 

llS-i- 

100+ 

35.5 

27 

28696 

d^ 

a                      u 

120 

102 

38- 

28 

28695 

9 

a                      u 

lOS- 

87 

34 

24 

11272 

9 

u                      u 

105 

85 

33 

24 

11273 

9 

u                      u 

104+ 

80 

37- 

25 

1  CoU.  E.  A.  and  O.  Bangs. 


384  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Holoquiscalus  guadeloupensis  (Lawrence). 


Expssed 

n.cz. 

Sex 

Locality 

Wing 

Tail 

Tarsus 

Culmen 

66571 

cf 

Guadeloupe,  F.  W.  I. 

123.5 

104- 

36 

28 

66570 

cf 

a                          a 

119, 

100 

35 

29 

66571 

d^ 

(                            u 

121 

102.5 

35 

27.5 

66572 

d" 

I                         u 

120+ 

102+ 

37.5 

27 

66566 

9 

I                     '    u 

104.5 

80 

31.5 

21  + 

66567 

9 

I                          u 

107.5 

88 

31 

25.5 

6656S 

9 

i                          u 

106 

80 

32 

21+ 

66578 

9 

(                            u 

105.5 

83 

30 

24 

14853 

9 

<                       « 

81 

32- 

24- 

Although  the  Merle  never  ascends  to  any  of  the  high  pastures  at 
the  edge  of  the  rain  forest,  it  is  still  fairly  abundant  over  the  rest  of 
the  island.  I  did  not  meet  with  it  at  all  during  my  stay  at  Ste.  Claude, 
Vieux  Habitants,  INIorne  Rouge,  or  any  of  the  other  high  regions  I 
visited.  But  about  the  low  plantations  of  Ste.  Marie  and  Goyave 
it  was  very  abundant.  At  Ste.  Rose  from  July  12th-20th  the  Merle 
was  seen  nearly  every  morning  in  the  Mango  trees  surrounding  a  large 
cow  pasture.  In  fact  wherever  herds  of  cattle  are  grazing  one  may 
feel  certain  of  seeing  or  hearing  some  INIerles  providing  the  altitude 


IS  not  too  great. 


Ballet  {Loc.  cit.,  p.  23)  in  speaking  of  the  Merle  says: — 
"Cet  oiseau  vit  par  bandes  nombreuses,  aime  a  se  percher  sur  les 
grands  arbres,  notamment  sur  les  palmistes,  se  perche  sur  les  boeufs 
pour  devorer  les  tiques  et  autres  vernlines  dont  ils  sont  converts,  est 
tres  famillier,  suit  le  laboureur,  et,  pose  sur  les  boeufs,  ou  la  charrue, 
se  precipite  sur  les  larves  et  les  insectes  mis  a  decouvert  par  cet  instru- 
ment aratoire.  Sa  chair  n'est  pas  bonne.  Aussi,  grace  a  son  peu  de 
gout,  il  a  echappe  a  la  destruction  et  rend  a  notre  agriculture  d'im- 
menses  services.  Ses  bandes  multipliees  couvrent  la  Grande  -  Terre 
et  une  partie  de  la  Guadeloupe." 

The  notes  of  the  Merle  are  as  varied  as  those  of  the  Starling  (Sturnus 
vulgaris).  When  in  flocks  the  Merle  keeps  up  an  incessant  jabbering. 
Sometimes,  especially  in  the  early  morning,  the  bird  gives  its  true  call- 
note,  a  double  whistle  of  two  syllables,  the  second  rather  prolonged. 
But  it  is  the  conversational  jabbering  which  is  most  characteristic 
of  the  bird. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  or  Guadeloupe.  385 

33.     Pyrrhulagra  noctis  dominicana  Ridgway. 
Pere  Noir.     Gros-Bec. 

Thirteen  specimens,  adults  and  half-grown,  of  both  sexes  from  Ste. 
Claude  July  3,  and  from  Ste.  Rose  July  15th,  16th,  and  20th. 

When  we  consider  the  tendency  of  Pyrrhulagra  to  break  up  into 
island  races  in  the  Lesser  Antilles,  we  might  readily  expect  the  Guade- 
loupe bird  to  be  distinct.  This  series,  however,  is  much  too  small  to 
distinguish  the  Guadeloupe  from  the  Dominica  bird.  My  measure- 
ments fall  within  the  limits  shown  by  Ridgway 's  specimens  (Bull. 
50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1901,  pt.  2,  p.  556). 

The  Pere  Noir  is  the  common  sparrow  from  the  high  woods  to  the 
mangroves.  It  is  the  only  bird  that  is  evenly  distributed  over  the 
whole  of  Guadeloupe.  Several  of  these  birds  were  seen  June  27th- 
29th  at  the  "Club  des  Montagnards"  near  the  crest  of  the  Soufriere, 
others  July  Ist^th  about  Ste.  Claude,  and  then  on  July  20th  it  was 
seen  again  in  equal  abundance  in  the  mangrove  swamps  about  Ste. 
Rose.  The  natives  apply  the  name  Gros-Bec  to  both  sexes  while 
they  reserve  the  name  Pere  Noir  for  the  male.  The  birds  are  often 
found  in  flocks  in  the  dooryards  of  the  houses.  Its  sharp  chirp  and 
clear  song,  pseepi  pseep!!  pseep!!!  are  characteristic  sounds  of  the 
country  villages. 

34.     TiARis  BicoLOR  OMissA  (Jardinc). 
Olive.     Mangeur  d'herbes. 

Two  adults,  male  and  female  from  Goyave,  September  5th  and  7th. 

The  grassquits  of  Grenada,  the  Grenadines,  St.  Vincent,  and  Bar- 
bados instead  of  being  referable  on  Grenada  and  Barbados  to  T.  h. 
marchii,  and  on  the  other  islands  to  the  more  wide-spread  T.  h.  omissa 
as  believed  by  Ridgway  (Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1901,  pt.  1,  p.  538, 
541)  really  represent  a  well-defined  race  which  is  apparently  confined 
to  these  southern  islands  of  the  Lesser  Antilles.  It  may  be  distin- 
guished at  once  from  the  two  races  mentioned  by  its  different  size  and 
coloration,  and  it  may  be  known  as 

Tiaris  hicolor  expectata,  subsp.  no  v. 

Type:  M.  C.  Z.  No.  13109,  (E.  A.  &  O.  Bangs  Coll.)  from  St.  George, 
Grenada,  June  19,  1904,  Austin  H.  Clark.     In  measurements  it  is 


386  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

smaller  than  T.  h.  marchii.  The  average  of  14  males,  and  9  females 
from  Grenada  and  Grenadine,  4  males  and  2  females  from  St.  Vincent, 
and  6  males  and  4  females  from  Barbados, —  39  specimens  in  all  are : — 
wing  51.3  (48-52.5);  tail  38.2  (36-40);  exposed  culmen  9.1  (8.5- 
9.5);  depth  of  bill  7.4  (7-8);  tarsus  17.3  (15.5-18).  While  on  the 
other  hand  a  series  of  39  specimens,  26  males  and  13  females  from 
Jamaica,  representing  T.  b.  marchii,  the  average  is : —  wing  52.4 
(50-54.5);  tail  40.6  (38.5-42.5);  exposed  culmen  8.9  (8.5-9.5); 
depth  of  bill  6.8  (6.5-7.5);   tarsus  17.1  (16.5-17.5). 

In  coloration  it  differs  widely  from  T.  h.  marchii  in  that  the  dark 
area  of  the  breast  is  not  sharply  divided,  but  merges  gradually  into 
the  white  of  the  belly-region  with  often  scattered  spots  in  blotches  of 
darker  color,  extending  posteriorly  along  the  sides  of  the  belly  and 
encroaching  considerably  into  the  white  area. 

It  is  similar  to  T.  b.  omissa  but  has  a  longer  tail  and  different  color- 
ation. Clark  (Proc.  Bost.  soc.  nat.  hist.,  32,  p.  286)  considers  both 
the  Grassquit  from  Grenada  and  St.  Vincent  as  referable  to  T.  b. 
omissa.  The  series  of  skins  before  me,  however,  show  that  grass- 
quits  from  Grenada,  the  Gernadines,  Barbados,  and  St.  Vincent  differ 
from  those  of  the  other  islands  of  the  Lesser  Antilles  by  having  more 
white  on  the  belly.  The  tails  of  the  former  birds  are  relatively  longer 
averaging  38.2  against  37.1  of  those  of  the  latter.  These  characters 
are  rather  constant  throughout  and  are  sufficient,  I  believe,  to  dis- 
tinguish separate  geographical  races. 

I  have  examined  a  series  of  twenty-seven  skins  from  other  islands 
of  the  Lesser  Antilles  but  fail  to  find  any  characters  upon  which  to 
separate  the  bird  occurring  on  the  islands  from  St.  Lucia  to  Porto  Rico 
from  the  mainland  specimens.  It  seems  anomalous  to  find  T.  b.  omissa 
in  Tobago  and  Venezuela'and  then  skipping  Grenada,  the  Grenadines, 
and  St.  Vincent  occurring  again  on  the  other  islands  of  the  Lesser 
Antilles.  But  until  a  larger  series  of  skins  can  be  examined  it  is 
perhaps  premature  to  cite  this  as  a  case  of  convergent  evolution. 

Ridgway  (Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1901,  pt.  1,  p.  539)  records  two  speci- 
mens of  T.  b.  omissa  taken  in  Cuba.  Since  there  are  no  other  Cuban 
records  I  incjuired  into  their  authenticity.  Mr.  C.  B.  Cory,  of  the  Field 
Museum,  informed  me  by  letter  that  the  birds  were  given  to  him  by 
Gundlach  and  Cory  supposed  that  they  came  from  Cuba.  Like  so 
many  other  of  Gundlach's  birds  they  were  probably  collected  during 
one  of  Gundlach's  three  trips  to  Porto  Rico.  The  Grassquit  is  not  so 
abundant  on  Guadeloupe  as  in  the  northern  Lesser  Antilles.  On 
Guadeloupe  it  is  confined  to  the  lowlands  where  it  prefers  the  hot 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  387 

road-sides.  The  bird  is  rather  shy  and  upon  approach  it  disappears 
quickly  into  the  nearest  thicket.  Its  monotonous  call  has  something 
of  the  buzz  of  a  locust  and  something  of  the  call  of  the  Sucrier  in  it. 


35.     Saltator  albicollis  Vieillot. 
Grive-Gros-Bec. 

Twelve  specimens,  adults  and  half-grown  from  Ste.  Rose  July  12th 
to  16th;  and  from  Goyave  August  20th  to  September  4th. 

I  never  met  with  the  Grive-Gros-Bec  during  my  stay  on  the  west 
coast,  but  in  the  north  and  east  of  Guadeloupe  I  found  that  the  bird 
was  not  rare.  It  usually  freciuents  the  small  stands  of  hardwood  on 
the  mountain  slopes.  In  the  rain  forest  or  about  the  plantations  it 
was  less  often  seen. 

This  species  is  the  "Grive"  most  frequently  shot.  It  is  ranked 
as  a  game-bird  in  spite  of  its  laborious  movements.  Its  low  chuckle, 
its  stealthy  but  nevertheless  clumsy  approach  by  hopping  from  twig 
to  twig  and  finally  its  loud  whistle  are  all  very  characteristic.  In 
flight  and  general  habits  the  Grive-Gros-Bec  reminds  one  most  of  a 
very  young  and  awkward  Pine  Grosbeak  (Pinicolor  enucleator  leucura). 


36.     EuPHONiA  FLAViFRONS  FLAViFRONS  (Sparrman). 
Perrouche.     Perrique  de  Matouba. 

Four  adults,  three  females  and  one  male,  from  the  slopes  of  the 
Soufriere  near  Matouba  taken  June  28th. 

The  Mistletoe  bird  is  confined  to  the  steep  and  heavily  wooded 
slopes  of  the  interior.  It  feeds  in  flocks  on  soft  fruits  and  berries. 
All  four  of  the  specimens  taken  had  their  crops  stuffed  with  gelatinous 
coated  fruit-seeds.  The  plaintive  whistle  of  the  Perouche  is  often 
heard  in  the  deep,  vine-covered  gorges  of  the  Soufriere  but  because  of 
the  bird's  small  size  and  its  retiring  habits  one  rarely  catches  a  glimpse 
of  this,  the  most  beautiful  of  Guadeloupe  birds.  In  fact  the  natives 
believe  that  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year  when  the  wild  fruit  is  ripe, 
flocks  of  these  tanagers  fly  over  from  Dominica.  It  seems  more 
likely,  however,  that  they  had  previously  overlooked  the  bird. 


388  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

37.     Progne  dominicensis  (Gmelin). 

Hirondelle  de  Dominique. 

Six  specimens  of  both  sexes  from  Goyave,  August  30th  and  31st 
This  species  is  not  rare  about  the  low  plantations  of  the  east  coast  of 
Guadeloupe  and  of  Grande  Terre.  The  first  bird  I  saw  upon  reaching 
Guadeloupe,  June  22d,  was  a  martin  flying  about  the  stern  of  the  'S'essel. 
A  flock  seemed  not  only  in  color  but  in  flight  like  great  tree-swallows 
hovering  overhead.  On  the  west  coast  the  bird  was  exceedingly 
rare  and  it  was  not  until  I  had  taken  up  my  abode  at  Goyave  that  I 
really  became  acquainted  with  it.  On  warm  moist  evenings,  so  char- 
acteristic of  the  Windward  Islands,  widely  scattered  flocks  of  Progne 
dominicensis  and  Ncphoecctes  yiiger  jamaicensis  would  appear  and 
skim  over  the  cane-fields.  During  the  heat  of  the  day  neither  of  these 
birds  is  visible.  In  the  early  morning  especially  along  the  water- 
front I  found  this  Martin  rather  abundant. 

38.     Vireosylva  calidris  barbadensis  Ridgway. 

Siffleur. 

Five  specimens  from  Goyave  and  the  Soufriere  taken  the  first  week 
in  July  and  the  last  week  in  August. 

When  passing  through  the  patches  of  hardwood  trees  that  skirt 
the  deep  forests  one  is  sure  to  hear  the  whistle  of  this  bird  coming 
from  the  top  of  some  lofty  forest  giant,  and  even  among  the  scrubby 
growths  of  the  lowlands  one  may  often  hear  that  same  clear  note. 
In  writing  of  this  bird  Ballet  (Loc.  cit.,  p.  22)  says:  — 

"  On  lui  a  donne  ce  nom,  parce  qu'il  imite  parfaitement  le  sifilet  de 
la  voix  humaine.  II  se  tient  dans  les  bois.  On  croit  toujours  quand 
on  I'entend  que  c'est  un  homme  qui  en  appelle  un  autre.  II  n'y  a 
point  d'etranger  qui  n'y  soit  trompe." 

This  bird  resembles  the  Red-eyed  Vireo  not  only  in  its  choice  of  a 
home  but  also  in  its  actions,  in  its  song,  and  its  nest  building. 


.    noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  389 

39.     Coereba  dominicana  (Taylor). 
Sucrier. 

Common  in  the  cultivated  regions.  Ten  specimens  from  the  plan- 
tations about  Ste.  Claude  and  Ste.  Rose. 

I  have  examined  a  series  of  five  adults  of  this  species  from  Guade- 
loupe, four  from  Antigua  and  five  from  Dominica,  and  I  find  a  con- 
siderable variation  in  both  color  and  size.  In  adults  from  the  same 
island  the  breast  and  belly  varies  from  yellow-green  to  bright  ochra- 
ceous  while  the  upper  parts  differ  considerably  in  their  intensities. 
The  specimens  from  Antigua  hAve  a  constantly  shorter  tarsus,  it 
averaging  17.2  mm.  against  18.2  for  those  of  Guadeloupe  and  18.4 
for  those  of  Dominica.  The  other  measurements  are  all  within  the 
limits  of  individual  variation. 

The  white  wing-spot  does  not  seem  to  be  a  good  specific  character. 
In  two  of  the  specimens  from  Antigua,  one  from  Guadeloupe,  and  two 
from  Dominica  this  mark  is  just  visible.  Upon  examining  a  series  of 
nine  adults  from  St.  Croix  and  another  of  nineteen  adults  from 
Grenada  and  Grenadines  I  fail  to  find  that  the  characters  given  by 
Ridgway  (Bull.  50,  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1902,  pt.  2,  p.  400)  in  his  key  hold  true. 
Instead  of  C.  saccharina  having  a  smaller  wing-spot  than  C  newtoni, 
it  has  in  every  case  at  least  as  large  if  not  a  larger  one.  Again,  the 
superciliary  stripes  of  the  latter  are  not  broader  than  those  of  the 
former,  rarely,  however,  they  come  closer  together  on  the  head  (2 
specimens)  and  spread  out  so  as  to  touch  each  other.  C.  neivtoni  may, 
however,  generally  be  distinguished  from  C.  saccharina  by  its  lighter 
color,  especially  on  the  breast  and  throat,  and  again  by  its  shorter 
tarsus  averaging  18.3  mm.  (fourteen  specimens)  against  19.1  for  the 
latter. 

Everywhere  in  the  lowlands  and  as  far  up  the  mountain  as  the 
Grand  Bois  extends,  the  Honey  Creeper  is  abundant.  About  the 
banana  plantations  I  found  them  in  greatest  numbers,  often  nesting 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  houses.  When  examining  a  flower  this  species  is 
as  acrobatic  and  agile  as  a  nuthatch,  while  its  undulating  flight  is 
much  more  graceful.  The  song  is  a  characteristic  little  wheeze, — 
Zee !  —  Zee !  Because  of  its  great  curiosity  the  Honey  Creeper  is 
often  killed  by  the  small  boys.  All  the  country  gamins  know  how  to 
"squeak  up"  this  little  bird  into  range  of  their  blow-pipes  or  they  can, 
at  least,  catch  them  by  means  of  straws  smeared  with  bird-lime. 


390 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


40.     Dent)roica  plumbea  Lawrence. 
Fauvette  Grise. 

Ten  specimens,  adult  and  half-grown,  taken  on  the  slopes  of  the 
Soufriere  in  the  vicinity  of,  and  above  Ste.  Claude,  during  the  latter 
part  of  June  and  the  early  part  of  July. 

The  avifaunas  of  Guadeloupe  and  Dominica  are  by  no  means  identi- 
cal, nevertheless  many  of  the  small  birds  are  the  same  on  both  islands. 
I  have  examined  a  large  series  of  adults  and  young  and  find  tha't  this 
species  does  not  differ  in  the  two  localities. 

Adults  from  Dominica. 


Exposed 

I.C.Z. 

Sex 

Wing 

Tail 

Culmen 

Tarsus 

60950 

9 

61.5 

49.5 

10 

21.2 

13569 

9 

61.8 

51 

10.5 

21.2 

13610 

9  (?) 

64.5 

52 

10.5 

21.5 

28767 

d' 

60 

51.5 

10.5 

20.5 

28766 

cf 

60 

50.5 

10.2 

20.5 

13570 

cf 

67 

56 

11 

22 

(albinistic) 


Adults  from  Guadeloupe. 


Exposed 

Sex 

Wing 

Tail 

Culmen 

Tarsus 

9 

60.2 

53.5 

10.2 

20.5 

9 

59.8 

49 

10.5 

20 

c? 

63 

51 

10 

20.2 

cf 

63.5 

51.5 

10.2 

19.8 

cf 

62.5 

51.5 

10.8 

19.8 

cf 

63.5 

50.5 

10.8 

20.5 

c? 

67 

55.5 

10.5 

21.5 

I  never  met  this  bird  an\T\-here  but  in  the  deep  woods.  It  is  a  true 
wood-warbler  and  as  such  does  not  descend  into  the  lowlands  unless 
following  some  extension  of  the  forest.  In  the  dense  dripping  woods 
that  cover  the  sides  of  the  Soufriere,  it  is  often  met  with  and  is  always 
one  of  the  first  birds  to  answer  to  the  "  squeak."  At  Ste.  Rose  where 
the  heavy  woods  of  Soffire  are  so  near  at  hand,  this  little  warbler 
may  be  found  just  outside  of  the  town. 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  391 

Camping  near  the  top  of  the  Soufriere,  I  found  the  bird  common 
about  the  mountain  streams.  Near  the  base  of  the  huge  mass  of 
denuded  lava  which  forms  the  summit  of  this  volcano,  an  albino 
female  was  taken.  The  head  and  neck  are  white,  a  series  of  white 
blotches  extend  down  the  back  and  sides  while  the  rest  of  the  plumage 
is  the  normal  olive-grey. 


(  41.     Dendroica  ruficapilla  ruficapilla  (Gmelin). 

Oiseau  Jaune. 

A  common  species  in  the  lowlands.  Fifteen  specimens  from 
immediate  neighborhood  of  Goyave,  Ste.  Rose,  and  Ste.  Claude  taken 
on  various  days  throughout  July  and  August. 

Clark  (Proc.  Bost.  soc.  nat.  hist.,  1905,  32,  p.  294)  says  "The  sub- 
species of  this  form,  D.  r.  rvficapilla  (Guadeloupe  and  Dominica), 
D.  r.  rufivcrtcx  (Cozumel  Island),  D.  r.  flavida  (St.  Andrew's)  and 
D.  r.  rufopileata  (Curasao)  appear  all  to  fall  wnthin  the  range  of  indi- 
vidual variation,  if  we  can  judge  from  the  great  differences  exhibited 
by  a  series  of  sixteen  specimens  of  the  closely  related  D.  capitalis 
of  Barbados.  The  only  specimen  from  Cozumel  Island  which  I 
have  been  able  to  examine,  as  well  as  three  specimens  from  Dominica 
*  *  *  are  inseparable  from  Grenadine  examples."  An  examination 
of  a  large  series  of  this  species  including  the  specimens  taken  by 
Mr.  Clark  as  well  as  those  collected  by  myself  shows  that  the  dis- 
tinguishing characters  of  the  described  races  have  no  more  value  than 
Clark  gave  them.     It  is  clear  that  only  one  form  should  be  recognized. 

Among  the  mangroves,  about  the  plantations  and  ascending  the 
sparsely  wooded  hills  this  bird  is  common.  Ober  says  of  it  (Proc. 
U.  S.  N.  M.,  1878, 1,  p.  453)  "with  the  two  sparrows  the  bird  is  most 
commonly  met  with  in  the  gardens  and  coffee  plantations.  In  the 
latter,  I  find  it  chiefly  in  the  pois  douce  trees,  which,  originally  planted 
as  wind-breaks  for  the  coffee  plants'  protection,  seam  the  hills  all 
around  in  long  rows."  About  Goyave  and  Ste.  Rose  I  found  it  most 
common  in  the  small  plantations  bordering  the  mangroves.  It 
sometimes  occurs  in  numbers  upon  the  high  uplands,  but  I  have  never 
taken  it  higher  than  Ste.  Claude  some  two  thousand  feet  above  the 
sea.  Its  habits,  nesting,  and  song  are  all  very  much  like  those  of  the 
Yellow  Warbler  (Z).  aestiva  acstiva)  but  unlike  this  species  it  seems 


392  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

to  prefer  the  hot  scrubby  fields  to  the  streams  and  swamps,  although 
some  are  always  to  be  found  about  the  mangroves. 


42.     Troglodytes  guadeloupensis  (Cory). 
Rossignol. 

One  adult  female  taken  July  13th,  near  Ste.  Rose. 

This  species  is  now  practically  extinct  owing  to  the  Mongoose. 
Twenty-five  years  ago  the  bird  was  widely  distributed  all  over  the 
island,  and  like  the  House  Wren  would  frequent  the  gardens  about 
the  villages.  For  more  than  ten  years  it  has  been  extremely  rare  and 
local,  found  only  in  the  high  woods  which  have  been  more  or  less 
cut  over.  Although  I  visited  over  a  dozen  distinct  localities  on 
Guadeloupe  it  was  only  seen  on  the  wooded  hills  back  of  Ste.  Rose. 

It  was  in  the  evening,  shortly  after  the  sun  had  set  that  I  heard  for 
the  first  time  the  song  of  this  wren.  It  was  long  and  varied  with  more 
of  a  warbler  quality  than  that  of  a  wren.  But  the  profusion  and 
bubbling  merriment  of  the  song  could  be  given  only  by  a  wren.  As  I 
advanced  through  the  brush,  the  bird  darted  off  to  a  fallen  log,  ran 
nimbly-  along  it,  hopped  into  a  low  tree  and  began  to  flit  upwards  from 
one  branch  to  the  next  till  it  had  reached  the  top.  Then  it  flew  off  to 
another  tree  to  again  start  its  spiral  climb  upwards.  When  finally 
shot  it  proved  to  be  a  female,  and  although  unsuspected  until  the 
specimen  was  dissected  I  had  probably  been  following  a  pair  of  wrens 
and  not  a  single  individual. 


43.     Cinclocerthia  ruficauda  tremula  (Lafresnaye). 
Trembleur.     Grive  Trombleuse. 

Eight  specimens,  adults  and  half-grown  individuals,  taken  through- 
out July  and  the  latter  part  of  August  from  the  Soufriere,  Ste.  Rose, 
and  Goyave. 

Confined  entirely  to  the  deep  woods,  this  bird  is  one  of  the  few 
species  one  meets  while  struggling  through  the  forest.  When  flushed 
from  the  ground  where  it  is  habitually  to  be  found,  it  flits  up  to  a  low 
branch  and  begins  to  shake  as  if  in  the  grasp  of  a  tropical  fever.     At 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  393 

the  same  time  it  jerks  the  tail  nervously  up  and  down  just  as  a  Spotted 
Sandpiper  does,  accompanying  these  movements  by  a  bobbing  of  its 
head  in  every  direction.  My  guides  said  that  the  small  heaps  of  snail- 
shells  quite  often  found  upon  the  forest-floor  were  made  by  this  bird 
which  feeds  almost  entirely  upon  the  snails.  The  species  is  so  rare 
and  local  that  I  was  unable  to  verify  this  assertion. 

The  Mongoose,  now  found  in  every  part  of  the  island,  has  almost 
exterminated  it.  The  greater  part  of  my  time  on  the  island  was 
spent  in  the  deep  woods  where  only  a  few  were  found.  If  one  moves 
very  quietly  to  a  suitable  place  for  "squeaking"  this  bird  may  be 
easily  induced  to  come  within  gunshot,  but  I  have  never  heard  it 
utter  any  answering  call  except  and  only  rarely  a  low  guttural  sound. 
The  coloration  and  actions  of  this  bird  are  in  keeping  with  its  environ- 
ment. Its  uniform  dark  plumage  makes  it  invisible  among  the  dark, 
decaying  leaves  of  the  forest-floor,  while  its  silent  flitting  to  and  fro 
are  in  harmony  with  the  great  hush  of  a  tropical  jungle.  The  peculiar 
trembling  habit  is  probably  some  sort  of  a  warning  motion,  but  during 
this  action  the  bird  is  not  very  unlike  a  bunch  of  dried  leaves  shaking 
in  the  wind. 


44.     CiCHLHERMiNiA  HERMiNiERi  (Lafrcsnayc). 

Cichlherminia  coryi  Ridgway. 
Grive  a  Pieds  Jaunes. 

Twenty-four  specimens  from  the  region  about  Ste.  Rose  and  Goyave 
taken  during  the  latter  part  of  July  and  August. 

This  series  of  specimens  together  with  Lafresnaye's  and  Ridgway's 
types  make  it  clear  that  Cichlherminia  coryi  Ridgway  (Smiths,  misc. 
coll.,  1904,  47,  p.  112)  is  the  adult  oi  Cichlherminia  herminieri  (Lafr.). 
These  specimens  show  a  gradual  change  from  one  to  the  other  kind 
of  plumage,  a  change  which  is  undoubtedly  one  of  age.  Lafresnaye's 
original  labels  for  the  types  of  these  two  species  show  that  all  the 
birds  came  from  Guadeloupe.  The  specimens  were  sent  to  Lafresnaye 
by  Dr.  F.  L'Herminier  in  1844,  and  are  now  together  with  their 
original  labels  in  the  M.  C.  Z. 

Ober  (Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  1878,  1,  p.  452)  in  his  field-notes  on  this 
bird  writes :  — 

"  A  resident  of  the  wooded  hills  and  mountains;  found  in  Dominica 


394  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

in  the  same  localities  as  the  Perdrix,  woods  sufficiently  free  from  under- 
brush to  afford  places  for  scratching.  The  places  where  they  have 
disturbed  the  earth  by  scratching  are  frequently  seen  in  the  paths, 
where  the  woods  are  thick,  and  in  the  open  forest.  They  will  come 
quickly  at  the  call  if  within  hearing,  but  are  shy,  flying  cautiously 
from  tree  to  tree  never  long  at  rest." 

According  to  my  experience  they  are  extremely  local  requiring  a 
thick  wet  forest  but  not  one  so  thick  as  the  rain  forest  of  the  high 
ranges.  In  Guadeloupe  this  species  is  practically  unknown  on  the 
west  coast.  To  the  north  of  the  island  it  is  only  back  in  the  hills  of 
Bellevue  that  the  bird  is  found.  In  the  south  and  east  I  found  it 
not  rare  about  the  foothills  of  Morne  Rouge,  near  Goyave,  and  again 
at  Ste.  Marie. 

As  Ober  has  said  this  species  is  a  ground  inhabiting  bird.  For  this 
reason  it  was  one  of  the  first  victims  of  the  Mongoose.  Since  as  Ballet 
(L'histoire  de  la  flore,  la  faune  etc.  de  la  Guadeloupe  —  Basse  Terre 
1895)  expresses  it  "la  chair  est  la  plus  tendre  et  la  plus  delicate," 
the  natives  for  many  years  have  set  out  great  hoops  each  with  sixty 
to  a  hundred  snares  attached.  The  bird  while  scratching  would 
become  entangled  and  would  eventually  be  found  and  taken  to  market 
where  it  would  be  sold  for  five  cents.  Now  everything  is  changed, 
the  Mongoose  has  nearly  exterminated  the  species  while  those  few 
individuals  that  remain  seem  to  have  adapted  themselves  to  the  new 
conditions,  and  if  one  can  believe  in  hear-say  are  on  the  increase. 
This  change  is  probably  a  forsaking  of  the  ground  for  the  low  dense 
shrubbery.  I  did  not  once  surprise  the  bird  scratching  among  the 
leaves.  Often  I  have  heard  its  bell-like  note  coming  from  high  up  in 
the  trees.  It  is  a  very  characteristic  call,  mellow,  resonant,  and 
repeated  at  frequent  intervals. 


45.     Allenia  apicalis  (Hartlaub). 
Grive  Fine.     Grive  Cendree. 

Thirteen  specimens  from  five  different  localities  on  Guadeloupe, 
taken  during  both  July  and  August.  This  species  is  not  rare  wherever 
the  environment  is  suitable. 

An  examination  of  a  large  series  of  specimens  from  the  islands  of 
the  southern  Lesser  Antilles  shows  a  tendency  for  this  species  to 


noble:  the  resident  birds  of  Guadeloupe.  395 

become  darker  in  color  as  it  progresses  southward.  This  diflFerence 
does  not  seem  to  be  seasonal  or  sexual.  Between  any  two  adjacent 
islands  there  is  no  marked  difference  in  color,  but  the  birds  from 
Barbados  and  Grenada  are  distinctly  darker  than  those  from  Guade- 
loupe. Because  of  this  intergrading,  it  seems  hardly  advisable  to 
draw  a  line  between  the  northern  and  southern  birds  by  separating  a 
race. 

J.  H.  Riley  (Smith,  misc.  coll.,  1904,  47,  p.  288)  has  noted  this 
slight  difference  and  in  speaking  of  the  Barbuda  and  Antigua  birds 
says :  — 

"The  above  series,  when  compared  with  a  series  from  the  other 
Lesser  Antilles,  averages  more  olive  brown  above,  without  the  reddish 
cast  in  the  plumage  seen  in  the  other  series  before  me.  The  measure- 
ments are  also  slightly  larger  as  the  following  will  show :  Four  males 
from  Barbuda  and  Antigua  average:  wing,  129;  tail,  104.6,  culmen, 
20.  Seven  males  from  Saba  south  to  St.  Vincent  average:  wing, 
121.3;   tail,  95.6;   culmen,  19.4." 

I  find  the  Guadeloupe  bird  compares  favorably  in  measurements 
with  the  Barbuda-Antigua  birds.  Three  males  from  Guadeloupe 
average:  —  wing,  121.3;     tail,  93.6;     exposed  culmen,  18.3;    tarsus, 

29.2.  Three  females  from  Guadeloupe  average:  —  wing,  124.9; 
tail,  98;  exposed  culmen,  18.8;   tarsus,  31. 

The  measurements  of  the  Dominica  birds,  on  the  other  hand,  fall 
well  within  the  range  of  variation  in  a  series  of  twenty  birds  from  the 
islands  to  the  south  as  far  as  Grenada.  Three  males  from  Dominica 
average:  —  wing,  114.6;     tail,  90.5;     exposed  culmen,  18.8;     tarsus, 

28.3.  It  seems  evident  then  that  if  a  southern  race  were  to  be  sepa- 
rated from  a  northern  the  Guadeloupe  bird  would  be  included  in  the 
northern  and  the  Dominica  bird  in  the  southern.  Such  a  splitting 
up  of  races  on  these  two  closely  associated  islands  is  not  at  all  the  rule 
of  subspecific  differentiation  in  the  avifauna  of  the  Lesser  Antilles. 
On  Guadeloupe  this  species  is  the  commonest  of  the  three  Grives,  but 
I  did  not  meet  with  it  at  all  during  my  short  staj^  on  some  of  the  more 
northern  islands.  It  prefers  the  borders  of  woodlands  made  up  of 
pure  stands  of  deciduous  trees  or  again  the  scrubby  upland  fields; 
still  it  is  not  rare  even  in  the  deep  woods  wherever  there  is  a  clearing 
formed  by  a  tree  which  has  crashed  down. 

The  song  of  this  bird  consists  of  a  few  high  notes  uttered  slowly  and 
deliberately,  generally  from  the  top  of  some  small  tree  standing  at 
the  edge  of  a  clearing.  The  birds  congregate  only  when  feeding  on 
the  small  fruit-trebs,  and  it  is  rare  that  you  find  them  together. 


396  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

46.     Margarops  fuscatus  densirostris  (Vieillot). 
Grosse  Grive.     Grise  Corossol. 

Eleven  specimens  from  the  deep  woods  near  Ste.  Rose,  the  Soufriere, 
and  Goyave  taken  in  the  latter  part  of  July  and  the  latter  part  of 
August. 

Few  birds  of  Guadeloupe  are  more  strictly  confined  to  the  deep 
woods  than  this  species.  Very  shy  and  retiring  in  habits  it  seeks  the 
tallest  trees  of  the  rain  forest.  On  my  homeward  voyage  from 
Guadeloupe  I  was  greatly  surprised  to  find  the  closely  related  Mar- 
garops f.  fuscatus  in  the  streets  of  Christiansted,  St.  Croix;  for  I  asso- 
ciated such  a  bird  with  anything  but  the  noise  and  bustle  of  traffic. 
Perhaps  the  lighter  color  of  this  form  to  the  north  has  been  brought 
about  by  its  open  and  sunny  habitat. 

The  Grosse  Grive  is  considered  throughout  Guadeloupe  as  one  of  the 
best  game-birds  to  be  ranked  even  with  the  Ramier  and  Perdrix;  and 
since  it  lives  on  the  roof  of  the  tropical  forest  covering  the  higher  parts 
of  the  island,  the  hunters  are  put  to  considerable  trouble  to  obtain  it. 
When  disturbed  the  bird  utters  a  sharp  cluck,  entirely  different  from 
the  alarm-note  of  any  other  bird  of  the  region.  The  cluck  is  repeated 
at  intervals  and  is  accompanied  by  a  simultaneous  lowering  and 
jerking  upwards  of  the  tail.  The  bird's  song  is  loud  and  clear  con- 
sisting of  a  series  of  long  whistles.  In  attracting  this  Grive,  the 
natives  give  a  long  call  of  low  vibrant  sounds, —  shush!  shush!  —  not 
unlike  the  puffing  of  a  distant  locomotive.  They  explain  this  call 
as  the  imitation  of  a  mother  Grive  hovering  over  a  young  one  which 
has  fallen  from  the  nest  or  been  overtaken  by  some  other  calamity. 


SEP  28    hj)6 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 

Vol.  LX.    No.  11. 


THE    STANFORD    EXPEDITION   TO   BRAZIL,    1911,    JOHN 
C.   BRANNER,   DIRECTOR.     THE   ANTS  OF  BRAZIL. 


By  William  M.  Mann. 


With  Seven  Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED    FOR   THE    MUSEUM. 

September,  1916. 


No.  11. —  The  Stanford  Expedition  to  Brazil,  1911.     John  C. 
Branner,  Director.     The  Ants  of  Brazil. 

Contributions  from   the  Entomological  Laboratory  op  the  Bussey 
Institution,  Harvard  University,  No.  114. 

By  William  M.  Mann. 

As  Entomologist  to  the  Stanford  Expedition,  it  was  my  privilege 
to  spend  the  summer  and  fall  of  1911  making  collections  in  various 
parts  of  Brazil.  Natal  and  Ceara  on  the  East  Coast  were  our  head- 
quarters for  the  first  three  months,  and  from  these  stations  side  trips 
were  made  to  nearby  points.  In  the  early  part  of  July,  when  the 
other  members  of  the  party  returned  to  the  States,  Dr.  Fred  Baker 
and  I  remained  at  Para,  and  subsequently  went  up  the  Amazon  to 
Manaos.  We  hoped  to  be  able  to  get  into  the  region  of  the  upper 
Rio  Madeira.  Our  hopes  were  more  than  realized,  for  Mr.  May, 
senior  member  of  the  firm,  May,  Jeckyll  &  Randolph,  then  engaged 
in  constructing  the  Madeira-Mamore  Railroad,  took  an  active  interest 
in  our  work  and  provided  us  with  transportation  from  Manaos  to 
Porto  Velho  on  the  little  steamer  owned  by  the  company,  and  with 
letters  to  several  of  the  engineers  and  medical  men.  From  the  time 
of  our  arrival  at  Porto  Velho  till  we  left,  we  were  shown  the  greatest 
hospitality  by  everyone  in  the  foreign  colony.  Dr.  James  Laidlow 
and  Messrs.  Nixon  and  Troop  cared  for  us  in  their  homes  at  Porto 
Velho,  while  along  the  line  of  the  railroad  and  in  the  construction 
camps  everyone  gave  us  all  possible  assistance.  Some  of  the  men,  as 
Messrs.  H.  N.  Burton  and  Fry,  themselves  interested  in  insects, 
collected  during  spare  hours  and  generously  turned  over  to  us  such 
specimens  as  we  wanted.  It  is  impossible  adequately  to  express  our 
appreciation  of  the  kindness  with  which  we  were  treated  while  on  the 
Madeira-Mamore. 

As  a  great  deal  of  territory  was  covered,  and  several  distinct  faunal 
regions  visited,  it  seems  advisable  to  give  a  list  of  the  localities  in  which 
collections  were  made.     These  are: 


400  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

State  of  Rio  Grande  do  Norte. 

Natal.     On  the  coast,  in  an  arid,  sandy  and  wind-swept  district. 

Ceard-Mirim.  North  of  Natal.  The  immediate  vicinity  of  the 
town  is  well  cultivated,  with  fields  of  cane  and  cotton,  and  considerable 
woody  land  and  abundant  water. 

Baixa  Verde.  The  terminus  of  a  little  railroad  running  out  of 
Natal  in  a  northwesterlv  direction.  The  surrounding  countrv  is 
hilly  and  very  arid,  with  much  scrub  and  cacti.  At  the  time  we  col- 
lected here  everything  was  dry  and  collecting  was  to  be  had  only 
beneath  stones,  with  which  the  ground  was  strewn. 

State  of  Parahyba. 

Indepcndencia.  Dr.  Heath  and  I  spent  a  week  at  the  little  village 
of  Itamatahy,  near  Indepcndencia,  as  guests  of  Messrs.  Nye  and 
Tessire,  engineers  on  the  local  railroad.  The  country  is  hilly,  with 
abundant  vegetation  and  water.  Bamboo  breaks  afforded  interesting 
collecting. 

State  of  Gear  a. 

Geard.  On  the  coast  in  extremely  arid  surroundings.  There  is  a 
good  stream  near  the  city,  along  which  was  a  fairly  abundant  fauna. 
This  and  the  following  are  type  localities  of  many  of  the  ants  described 
by  Mayr  and  Forel. 

Baturite  Mountains.  Mr.  Williams,  the  Director  of  the  railroad 
between  Ceara  and  Inixada  gave  the  members  of  the  Expedition  an 
excursion  to  the  latter  village.  En  route  it  was  possible  to  collect  at 
several  points  in  the  mountains. 

Maranguape  Mountains.  INIr.  Lieb,  Assistant  Geologist  of  the 
Expedition,  and  the  writer  made  a  side  trip  into  these  mountains  and 
collected  for  a  day.  In  the  humid  canyons  and  on  the  hi^sides  were 
taken  several  species  not  found  elsewhere. 

State  of  Pard. 

Para.  Nearly  all  of  the  material  labeled  Para  was  taken  in  the 
forest  on  the  outskirts  of  the  suburb  Souza. 

Santarem.  Visited  on  our  return  trip  down  the  river.  We  were 
able  to  spend  only  a  few  hours  here,  chiefly  among  the  scrub  in  the 
sandy  region  back  of  the  town. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  401 


State  of  Amazonas. 

liacoaiiara.  On  the  north  bank  of  the  Amazon,  about  forty  miles 
below  the  mouth  of  the  Rio  Madeira. 

Porto  Vclho.  The  starting  point  of  the  Madeira-Mamore  Railroad, 
near  the  border  of  Matto  Grosso,  about  three  miles  from  the  Brazilian 
village  of  Sao  Antonio. 

State  of  Matto  Grosso. 

Ahund.  On  the  Brazilian  side  of  the  river,  nearly  opposite  the 
mouth  of  the  Rio  Abuna  which  forms  the  boundary  of  Bolivia  and  the 
Brazilian  State  of  Matto  Grosso. 

Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  Camps.  Collections  were  made  at  a  number 
of  construction  and  other  camps  along  the  line  of  the  railroad.  The 
numbers  of  the  camps  are  given  as  data.  The  locality  can  be  most 
exactly  expressed  by  giving  the  distances  in  kilometers  from  Porto 
Velho.     These  are: 


Camp  No. 

28 

170  kms 

«           u 

39 

284     " 

11              u 

41 

306     " 

U                it 

43 

325     " 

My  study  of  the  collection  of  Formicidte  has  been  made  possible 
through  the  aid  of  Prof.  W.  M.  Wheeler  who  has  constantly  followed 
the  course  of  my  work  and  generously  permitted  me  to  use  his  exten- 
sive collections  and  library  at  all  times. 

I  wish  to  thank  Dr.  J.  C.  Branner,  through  whom  I  was  enabled  to 
accompany  the  expedition,  and  Dr.  Fred  Baker,  Dr.  Harold  Heath, 
Prof.  E.  C.  Starks  and  Messrs.  Olaf  Jenkins,  Earl  Leib  and  George 
Branner,  members  of  the  Stanford  Expedition,  as  well  as  Prof.  Chas. 
T.  Brues  of  the  Bussev  Institution,  all  of  whom  have  assisted  me  in 
various  ways. 

PONERINAE. 

1.     Acanthostichits  brevicornis  Emery. 

Tliree  workers  taken  from  beneath  a  deeply  imbedded  stone  at 
Independencia,  agree  closely  with  Emery's  description  of  A.  brevi- 
cornis  from  Cayenne.  The  length  varies  from  3  to  6  mm.  The  head 
is  considerably  longer  than  broad,  with  straight,  parallel  sides.     The 


402  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

antennal  scapes  are  short  and  broad.     There  was  only  a  small  number 
of  workers  together  and  all  but  three  escaped. 

2.     Paraponera  clavata  (Fabricius). 

Found  commonly  at  Para,  Manaos,  and  along  the  Rio  Madeira 
at  Abuna,  Porto  Velho,  and  Camps  39  and  41.      ^    9. 

Next  to  Dinoponcra  grandis  Guerin,  this  is  the  largest  of  the  Brazil- 
ian ants.  It  is  much  more  widely  distributed  than  D.  grandis,  occur- 
ring from  Central  America  to  Paraguay.  In  habit  it  is  diurnal.  The 
colonies  are  composed  of  a  small  number  of  individuals,  which  nest 
in  the  ground,  generally  among  the  roots  of  trees  or  shrubs. 

3.     Platythyrea  angusta  Forel. 

A  series  of  workers  from  Porto  Velho,  Abuna;  and  Madeira-Mamore 
Camp  39  agrees  well  with  the  description,  but  have  the  anterior  femora 
much  swollen  at  the  base.  Dr.  Forel  recently  showed  me  the  type, 
which  also  has  enlarged  femora.  This  species,  originally  described 
from  Trinidad,  is  more  slender  than  the  other  South  American  forms, 
and  the  petiole  is  twice  as  long  as  broad.  These  characters,  and  the 
structure  of  the  femora  distinguish  it  from  the  others. 


^O"^ 


4.     Platythyrea  incerta  Emery. 

A  single  worker  from  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  41  agrees  closely 
with  Emery's  description.  It  differs  from  P.  punctata  in  being  much 
larger  (length  8  mm.)  and  in  having  the  head  shorter  and  the  punc- 
tuation considerably  coarser. 


5.     Platythyrea  meincrti  Forel. 

Plate  1,  figs.  2,  3;    Plate  7,  fig.  53. 

A  colony  of  this  species  was  found  at  Para  in  one  part  of  a  termite 
nest,  a  favorite  nesting  place  of  the  genus,  which  is  probably  largely 
termitophagous  in  habit.  This  species  is  characterized  by  the  strongly 
bisinuate  petiolar  node  and  the  large  eyes,  which  are  as  long  as  their 
distance  from  the  anterior  border  of  the  head.  A  full-grown  larva  is 
shown  Plate  7,  fig.  53. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  403 

The  following  table  may  help  in  separating  the  South  American 
species  of  Platythyrea. 

A.     Mandibles  dentate. 

Length  8  mm.  (Surinam) sinnata  Roger. 

AA.     Mandibles  without  teeth. 

a.  Eyes  as  long  as  their  distance  from  anterior  border  of 
head;  petiole  strongly  bisinuate,  the  middle  portion  pro- 
longed into  a  short  beak.     Length  7.5  mm.     (Venezuela, 

Brazil) meinerti  Forel. 

aa.     Eyes  smaller,  petiole  feebly  sinuate. 

b.  Petiole  from  above  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
as  long  as  first  segment  of  gaster ;  femora  swollen.  Length 
6.7   to  7.7  mm.     (Trinidad,  Brazil) angusta  Forel. 

bb.  Petiole  from  above  less  than  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
femora  normal. 

c.  Punctures  on  epinotum  very  coarse,  dilatation  of  frontal 
lobes  more  marked.     Length  8  mm.     (Venezuela,  Brazil). 

incerta  Emery. 

cc.     Punctures    on    epinotum    finer,    dilatation    of    frontal 

lobes  less  marked.     Length  6  to  7  mm.     (Antilles,  Central 

and  South  America) 'punctata  Smith. 

6.     Typhlomyrmex  rogenhoferi  Mayr. 
One  small  colony,  taken  from  a  rotten  log  at  Para,      y  . 

7.     Rhopalopone  relida,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  4,  5. 

Worker.     (Plate  1,  figs.  4,  5).     Length  2.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  broadest 
behind  eyes,  the  width  at  occiput  about  equal  to  that  at  base  of  cly- 
peus;  sides  slightly  rounded,  posterior  border  feebly  concave.  Man- 
dibles long,  rather  slender,  the  blade  minutely  dentate;  outer  border 
arcuate  at  middle.  Clypeus  subtriangular,  broadly  rounded  at  ante- 
rior border,  flattened  in  the  middle.  Frontal  carinae  very  short,  their 
basal  lobes  rounded.  Antennae  robust;  scapes  arcuate,  extending 
barely  to  the  occipital  corners ;  first  funicular  joint  as  long  as  the  two 
succeeding  joints  together;   joints  3  to  9  broader  than  long;    apical 


404  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

joint  twice  as  long  as  the  penultimate.  Eyes  small,  convex;  situated 
at  middle  of  sides  of  head.  Prothorax  slightly  transverse,  rounded 
dorsally  and  laterally.  Promesonotal  suture  faintly  impressed.  Meso- 
epinotal  suture  not  discernable.  Epinotum  in  profile  slightly  convex 
above;  its  base  rounding  into  the  declivity  and  equal  to  it  in  length. 
Petiole  from  above  transverse,  sides  rounded;  in  profile  deeper  than 
thick,  anterior  surface  nearly  straight,  the  posterior  concave;  ventral 
surface  with  a  large  flat  tooth  anteriorly.  Gaster  about  as  long  as 
the  thorax  and  epinotum  together;  first  and  second  segments  subequal, 
the  former  with  a  large  anteroventral  tooth.  Legs  robust;  posterior 
coxa  armed  with  a  large  curved  spine. 

Sublucid.  Head  regularly,  longitudinally  striate  and  rugose. 
Thorax  and  epinotum  shining,  sparsely  punctate,  their  pleurae 
coarsely  striate  transversely.  Epinotal  declivity  transversely  striate. 
Petiolar  node  with  transverse  rugae.  Gaster  with  coarse  longitudinal 
striae.     Legs  finely  punctate  and  shining. 

Head,  antennae,  body,  and  legs  with  fine  short  pilosity. 

Color  brownish  red ;  legs,  mandibles,  and  antennae  brownish  yellow. 
Pilositv  white. 

Described  from  several  workers  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp 
39. 

This  distinct  species  is  the  first  Rhopalopone  to  be  recorded  from 
America,  the  four  other  known  species  inhabiting  Borneo  and  New 
Guinea. 

8.     Holcoponera  striatula  Mayr. 

Very  common  in  the  vicinity  of  Natal,  where  it  was  nesting  beneath 
stones  and  logs,  in  rather  large  colonies.  One  colony  was  found  at 
Para.      S    9. 

9.     Holcoponera  moUcri  Forel. 

A  single  worker  from  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39  agrees  with 
Forel's  description  of  this  species  from  Blumenau.  It  is  larger  than 
H.  striatula,  the  mandibles  are  more  coarsely  striate  and  all  the  funicu- 
lar joints  are  distinctly  longer  than  broad.  In  its  other  characters 
it  is  very  similar  to  H.  striatula. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  405 

10.     Edatomma  {Edatomma)  quadridens  (Fabricius). 

Plate  7,  fig.  54. 

This  species  was  very  common  at  Independencia,  Ceara-Mirim, 
Para,  Itacoatiara,  and  Manaos.  In  a  nest  excavated  at  the  first 
named  locality,  the  brood  chambers  were  about  two  and  a  half  feet 
beneath  the  surface,  in  very  hard  dry  earth.  Although  E.  quadridens 
is  very  common  in  collections,  the  male  appears  to  be  undescribed. 

Male.     Length  10  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  as  broad  as  long,  with  rounded  occipital 
border.  Cheeks  two  thirds  as  long  as  eye.  Mandibles  well  developed, 
shaped  like  those  of  the  worker,  but  smaller.  Eyes  and  ocelli  large  and 
convex.  Antennae  slender,  the  scape  thick  and  short,  about  half  as 
long  as  eye;  first  joint  of  the  funiculus  one  third  as  long  as  the  scape, 
joints  3-12  cylindrical,  four  to  five  times  as  long  as  broad;  apical  joint 
one  and  a  third  times  the  length  of  penultimate.  Pro-  and  mesothorax 
rounded  above  and  at  sides.  Epinotum  rounded ;  the  declivous  sur- 
face broad  and  flat,  feebly  marginate  at  base,  with  small  lamellate 
tubercles.  Node  rounded,  transverse,  its  height  about  equal  to  its 
length;  anterior  surface  flat;  with  a  tubercle  anteroventrally. 

Head  and  thorax  opaque,  rugulosely  striate.  Mandibles  coarsely 
striate.  Antennae  finely  punctate.  Node  and  first  two  segments  of 
gaster  subopaque,  the  latter  densely  striolate  longitudinally. 

First  four  joints  of  antennae  sparsely,  the  rest  thickly  pubescent, 
with  a  few  short,  erect  hairs.  Head  and  thorax  with  pubescence  and 
a  few  erect  hairs.  Node  devoid  of  pubescence,  but  pilose.  Gaster 
sparsely  pubescent  and  abundantly  pilose.     Legs  finely  pilose. 

Color  black;  genitalia  brown.  Wings  (length  6.5  mm.)  infuscated; 
veins  and  stigma  fuscous. 

The  larva  is  shown  Plate  7,  fig.  54. 

IL     Edatomma  {Edatomma)  ruidum  (Roger). 

Less  abundant  than  the  preceding  species.  Found  at  Ceara- 
Mirim,  Manaos,  and  Camps  39  and  41  Madeira-Mamore  RR.      ^  . 

12.     Edatomma  {Edatomma)  tuberculatum  (Olivier). 

Common  at  Para,  Itacoatiara,  Manaos,  and  along  the  Rio  Madeira. 

S    9. 


406  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Workers  are  often  seen  moving  slowly  about  or  remaining  motion- 
less on  the  stems  and  leaves  of  trees  and  shrubs.  The  species  is 
partly  nocturnal  in  habit  and  often  enters  houses  and  hunts  about  for 
other  insects  that  come  to  the  lights.  A  nest  which  I  dug  out  was  in 
the  ground  among  the  roots  of  a  plant,  about  twelve  inches  below^  the 
surface. 

13.     Edatonima  {Eciatomma)  confine  Mayr. 
Plate  1,  fig.  8. 

A  single  worker  (Plate  1,  fig.  8),  which  agrees  well  with  Mayr's 
description,  was  taken  at  Porto  Velho.  Apparently  the  species  has 
not  been  recorded  since  Mayr  described  it  from  a  Colombian  specimen. 

The  structure  of  the  pronotum  is  very  characteristic.  The  middle 
tubercle  is  prolonged  and  flattened  above,  and  laterally  compressed 
in  front  of  the  pleural  spines  so  that  it  has  the  form  of  a  short,  thick 
carina.  The  lateral  spines  on  the  pronotum  are  short,  flattened,  and 
triangular;  the  epinotal  spines  are  prominent.  The  sculpture  of  the 
head  is  coarse,  that  of  the  rest  of  the  body  delicate.  The  head, 
thorax,  and  abdomen  are  sparsely  beset  with  coarse,  erect  hairs. 

14.     Ectatomma  (Gnaviptogenys)  concinnum  (F.  Smith). 

Plate  1,  fig.  7. 

Workers  (Plate  1,  fig.  7)  were  found  at  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and 
Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39. 

15.     Ectatomma  (Gnamptogenys)  tortuolosum  F.  Smith. 
Plate  1,  fig.  6. 

Worker.     (Plate  1,  fig.  6.)     Length  7  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  with  slightly 
convex  sides,  narrowly  rounded  posterior  corners  and  concave  border. 
Clypeus  nearly  as  long  as  broad,  the  surface  depressed;  anterior 
border  straight.  Mandibles  slender,  the  blade  edentate.  Antennae 
robust;  scape  thickened  apically,  extending  one  fourth  its  length 
beyond  the  occipital  corners;  funicular  joints  1  to  3  elongate,  sub- 
equal;  joints  3-6  globose,  a  little  longer  than  broad.  Eyes  moder- 
atel}'  large,  convex,  situated  at  middle  of  sides  of  head.     Thorax 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  407 

above  without  sutures.  Prothorax  rounded  above  in  front  and  at 
sides.  Epinotum  in  profile  nearly  straight  at  base,  the  declivity 
sloping  gradually.  Petiole  longer  than  broad,  broadest  behind,  with 
rounded  posterior  border,  straight  sides  and  straight,  margined 
anterior  border,  the  corners  of  which  project  angulately;  in  profile 
higher  than  long,  rounded  above.  Gaster  short  and  thick.  Legs 
rather  slender. 

Head  shining,  longitudinally  striate,  the  striae  coarse  and  regu- 
lar, becoming  oblique  at  sides,  perpendicular  on  cheeks;  the 
intervening  ridges  rounded.  Thorax  shining,  sculptured  similarly 
to  head;  the  prothoracic  striae  longitudinal  at  middle,  arcuate  at 
sides,  forming  a  somewhat  concentric  pattern.  Striae  of  epinotum 
transverse  at  middle,  obliquely  longitudinal  at  sides.  Petiole  con- 
centrically striate.  Gaster  subshining,  the  first  two  segments  longi- 
tudinally striate. 

Head,  body,  and  legs  with  abundant,  rather  fine  erect  hairs. 

Color  piceous,  legs  and  antennae  fuscous. 

The  specimen  before  me  has  the  antennae  mutilated. 

Described  from  a  worker  found  dead,  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp 
41.  The  specimen  runs  to  E.  tortiiolosum  in  Emery's  key  to  the 
species,  and  answers  to  Smith's  very  superficial  description,  but 
differs  from  the  form  considered  as  this  species  by  Emery  (Studi  sulle 
formiche  della  fauna  Neotropica.  Bull.  Soc.  ent.  Ital.,  1896,  28,  p.  51) 
in  the  structure  of  the  petiole,  which  forms  an  acute  angle  above  in 
profile  in  E.  tortuolosum.  It  is  doubtful  whether  this  or  Emery's  speci- 
men (which  came  from  Para)  belongs  to  Smith's  species. 

16.     Edaiomma  (Gnamptogcnys)  sulcatum  (F.  Smith). 

Several  workers  and  females  from  Porto  Velho.  The  striae  extend 
the  entire  length  of  the  thorax;  those  of  the  node  and  first  gastric 
segment  are  also  longitudinal,  but  slightly  arcuate  on  the  sides.  The 
color  is  bright  ferruginous,  with  the  head  black  and  the  mandibles. 
pale  yellow. 

17.     Ectatomma  {Gnamptogcnys)  sulcatum  var.  nitens,  var.  nov. 

Three  workers  from  jManaos  and  Independencia. 
In  form  and  sculpture  this  variety  is  identical  with  the  typical  form, 
but  is  entirely  black  in  color,  except  the  mandibles  which  are  yellow. 


408  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


18.     Ectatonima  (Gnamptogenys)  annulatuvi  Mayr. 

Not  uncommon  at  Porto  Velho,  and  Camp  39,  Madeira-Mamore 
R.  R.,  where  several  females  and  workers  were  taken.  Two  workers 
from  Para  are  also  in  the  collection.  A  nest  was  found  in  a  cavity  of  a 
fence  post,  where  the  wood  was  rotten. 

The  striolation  of  E.  amiulatum  is  very  delicate,  longitudinal  on  the 
pro-  and  mesonotum,  transverse  on  the  epinotum  and  petiolar  node. 
The  specimens  vary  in  color  from  fuscous  to  ferruginous.  The  legs 
of  all  are  yellowish  brown,  with  a  fuscous  blotch  at  apex  of  tibiae  and 
femora.  v 

19.     Dinoponera  grandis  (Guerin). 

Several  specimens  of  the  typical  form  of  the  species,  as  designated 
by  Emery  (Ann.  Soc.  ent.  Belg.,  1901,  45,  p.  47)  were  taken  at  Para, 
in  the  suburb  Souza.  The  subopaque  gaster,  abundance  of  hairs  on 
the  body  and  the  well-developed  ventral  tooth  of  the  pronotum,  are 
characteristic  of  this  form.  The  petiole  in  profile  is  quadrangular,  as 
high  behind  as  in  front,  and  the  thorax  and  gaster  bear  fine  recumbent 
pubescence,  which  gives  a  brownish  appearance  to  the  body. 


20.     Dinoponera  grandis  subsp.  lucida  Emery. 

Two  workers  from  Porto  Velho. 

This  subspecies  differs  from  the  typical  D.  grandis  in  having  the 
prothorax,  node,  and  gaster  shining;  the  petiole  from  above  is  more 
slender  and  in  profile  has  the  upper  surface  convex  instead  of  nearly 
straight;  the  prothoracic  spine  is  lacking;  the  pubescence  of  the  thorax 
is  more  dense. 


21.     Dinoponera  grandis  subsp.  mutica  Emery.    . 
Plate  7,  fig.  55. 

Abundant  at  Natal,  Baixa-Verde,  Ceara-Mirim,  and  Independencia. 
The  prothoracic  spine  is  absent;  the  node  shorter  than  in  the  typical 
D.  grandis,  in  profile  pointed  in  front,  rounded  behind.  The  body  is 
more  shining,  the  pilosity  and  pubescence  less  conspicuous. 

There  were  several  colonies  of  D.  mutica  in  the  vicinity  of  our  house 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  409 

at  Natal,  nesting  among  scrubby  vegetation.  The  typical  D.  grandis, 
in  the  forest,  is  seen  foraging  all  through  the  day,  but  D.  mutica,  living 
in  more  open  localities,  is  crepuscular  or  nocturnal,  though  it  forages 
also  on  cloudy  days.  The  formicaries  were  always  in  thickets,  among 
the  roots  of  trees.  The  mounds  thrown  up  are  low,  generally  not  over 
six  inches  in  height,  and  often  up  to  three  feet  in  diameter.  Dr. 
Heath  and  I  dug  out  one  nest.  The  tunnels  extended  along  the  vmder- 
side  of  roots,  which  formed  projecting  roofs.  Along  these  tunnels 
were  frequent  broad  and  flat  chamljcrs,  which  contained  the  brood. 
In  spite  of  the  large  size  and  powerful  sting,  the  ants  were  not  very 
pugnacious,  though  those  in  a  chamber  would  sally  out  when  it  was 
cut  into. 

Dinoponera  grandis  and  its  varieties  are  known  to  the  Brazilians  as 
the  "Tocandero,"  and  according  to  them  its  sting  causes  fever. 

A  larva  (Plate  7,  fig.  55)  probably  immature,  in  alcohol  measures 
13  mm.  in  length.  The  body  is  thick  and  the  neck  short.  All  the 
segments  are  distinct,  with  fine,  short  hairs.  The  head  is  glabrous, 
from  above  a  little  broader  than  long;  the  mandibles  long  and  acumi- 
nate. The  thorax  and  abdomen  are  tuberculate,  the  tubercles  verv 
large  and  prominent,  rounded  above,  each  bearing  a  small  sensory 
papilla  at  the  middle.  Each  segment  has  three  of  these  large  tubercles 
laterally,  and  a  smaller,  less  conspicuous  one  basally. 


22.     Dinoponera  grandis  var.  or  subsp. 

Male.     Length  21  mm. 

Head,  including  the  mandibles,  as  broad  as  long,  very  convex  behind. 
Eyes  very  large  and  long  occupying  the  entire  sides  of  head,  the  inner 
border  deeply  emarginate;  ocelli  very  large  and  convex.  Clypeus 
convex,  the  anterior  border  truncate.  Mandibles  small,  pointed  at 
apex,  with  a  small  tooth  at  middle  of  inner  border.  Antennae  a  little 
shorter  than  the  body;  first  funicular  joint  twice  as  broad  as  long; 
joints  2-11  very  long,  cylindrical,  each  slightly  shorter  and  more 
slender  than  the  preceding.  Thorax  robust;  scutellum  short,  tri- 
angular, broadly  rounded  at  apex.  Epinotum  evenly  rounded,  with- 
out distinct  base  or  declivity,  unarmed.  Petiole  nearly  twice  as  long 
as  broad,  narrowed  in  front,  with  nearly  straight  sides;  in  profile 
longer  than  high,  flattened  above,  the  anterior  slope  gradual,  more 
abruptly  sloping  behind,  the  anteroventral  surface  with  a  broad, 
triangular  projection.     Gaster  long,   and  slender,   the  length   three 


410  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

times  the  breadth.  Genitalia  prominent;  the  valves  broad,  rounded 
at  apex;  cerci  long  and  slender.  Wings  large,  extending  almost  to 
tip  of  gaster.     Legs  very  long  and  slender. 

Body  and  legs  shining.  Antennae  opaque,  coarsely,  densely 
punctured;  sparsely  pubescent,  and  having  much  very  long,  fine 
erect  hairs,  which  on  the  apical  joints  are  shorter  and  confined  to  the 
tips;  pubescence  of  apical  joint  more  dense  than  the  rest.  Thorax 
with  long  silky  pubescence,  most  abundant  on  the  pleurae,  and  very 
fine  erect  hairs  sparsely  distributed.  Node  without  pubescence,  but 
with  abundant  erect  hairs.  Gaster  with  a  thin  mat  of  silky  pubes- 
cence, shorter  and  finer  than  that  of  the  thorax;  lateral  and  apical 
portions  with  fine  erect  hairs. 

Color  rufous,  the  antennal  scape  and  first  five  funicular  joints 
fuscous.  Wings  slightly  infuscated,  veins  and  stigma  reddish  brown. 
Pile  and  pubescence  yellowish  white,  except  the  long  antennal  hairs 
which  are  black. 

Described  from  three  examples,  which  were  taken  at  lights  in 
Independencia.  This  form  which  is  probably  the  male  of  the  variety 
D.  midica,  the  commoner  form  in  this  vicinitv,  is  verv  much  like  a 
male  thynnid  in  general  habitus.  The  antennae  bear  unusually 
long  hairs,  which  are  abundant  basally,  but  thin  out  and  become 
shorter  toward  the  apex. 

23.     Neoponera  {Neoponera)  commutata  (Roger). 
Porto  Velho  and  Camp  39,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 

24.     Neoponera  (Neoponera)  apicalis  (Latreille). 

Para,  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Camps  39,  41,  Madeira-Mamore 
R.  R. 

25.     Neoponera  {Neoponera)  obscuricornis  Emery. 

Abuna  and  Porto  Velho.      ^ 

In  general  appearance  this  species  is  very  similar  to  the  preceding. 
It  can  be  distinguished  by  the  structure  of  the  node.  In  N.  apicalis 
this  is  sharply  margined  at  the  sides,  and  longitudinally  impressed 
medially  to  the  margin.  Neoponera  obscuricornis  has  the  surface  of 
the  node  slightly  convex,  not  impressed;  the  margin  is  very  feeble 
at  the  base  and  entirely  obsolete  on  the  apical  half. 


MANN:  THE  ANTS  OF  BRAZIL,  411 


26.     Neoponera  (Neoponera)  latreillei  Forel. 

Para,  Porto  Velho,  and  Camps  39,  41,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.      y 
The  large  size  and  active  movements,  with  the  contrast  in  color 

between  the  black  body  and  yellow  tipped  antennae  make  N.  latreillei 

one  of  the  most  conspicuous  ants  in  the  forest. 

A  small  colony,  of  perhaps  thirty  individuals,  found  at  Para,  was 

nesting  beneath  a  banana  stalk  in  a  dense  thicket.     The  ants  were 

very  timid  and  ran  away  cjuickly,  but  returned  one  by  one  to  carry 

off  their  brood. 


27.     Neoponera  {Neoponera)  unidentata  (Mayr). 

Para,  Manaos,  Porto  Velho,  and  Camps  39,  41  Madeira-Mamore 
R.  R.      y    9 


28.     Neoponera  (Neoponera)  hakeri,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  9. 

Worker.  (Plate  1,  fig.  9).  Length  8  mm.  Near  N.  unidentata 
(Mayr) .  Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  subquadrate , 
sides  feebly  convex,  posterior  angles  obtuse;  occiput  concave;  carina 
on  cheek  strong;  clypeus  at  middle  prolonged  into  a  sharp  point,  con- 
cave at  sides.  Mandibles  rather  thick,  triangular,  with  twelve  small 
teeth,  the  apical  and  two  subapical  larger  than  the  others  and  subequal. 
Eyes  convex,  a  little  in  front  of  the  middle  of  head.  Antennal  scapes 
extending  three  eighths  their  length  beyond  the  occipital  corners; 
apical  joint  of  flagellum  nearly  twice  as  long  as  penultimate.  Thorax, 
seen  in  profile,  moderately  convex.  Pronotum  convex,  strongly 
margined  at  sides,  the  margin  indistinctly  serrate.  Mesonotum  nearly 
circular,  disc-like.  Mesoepinotal  impression  shallow,  but  distinct. 
Metanotum  convex  basally;  declivity  gradual,  the  surface  nearly  (flat, 
on  either  side  with  a  prominent  marginal  carina  on  which  are  three 
distinct  triangular  teeth.  Node  highest  in  front;  anterior  surface 
straight  to  apex;  posterior  surface,  seen  in  profile,  strongly  convex, 
base  slightly  concave,  margined  at  sides,  margin  with  three  to  five 
distinct  teeth.     Gaster  as  long  as  thorax  and  head  excluding  mandibles. 

Head  coarsely,  longitudinally  striate,  the  striae  irregular  and 
wavy;  mandibles  sublucid,  smooth.  Pronotum  more  finely  trans- 
versely striate.     Striae  of  meso-  and  epinotum  coarse,  on  mesonotum 


412  bulletin:  museuim  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  disc  of  epinotum  transverse,  on  sides  longitudinally  oblique. 
Node  shining,  with  coarse,  transverse  striae,  which  extend  around  it, 
broken  only  by  the  strong  margin.  Gaster  sublucid;  first  segment 
minutely  punctate. 

Head  and  thorax  with  fine  recumbent  pubescence,  and  abundant, 
scattered,  erect  pile.  Node  without  pubescence,  and  with  scarce 
pilosity.  Gaster  with  a  dense  mat  of  fine  recumbent  pubescence,  and 
abundant,  scattered,  erect  pile. 

Femora  and  tibiae  with  short  erect  hairs,  smooth  and  shining. 

Color  black;  mandibles,  antennae,  tibiae,  and  tarsi  brown,  femora 
yellow.     Pile  and  pubescence  pale  yellow. 

Female.     Length  11  mm. 

Similar  to  worker.  The  eyes  are  small,  ocelli  minute.  The  thoracic 
striae  are  proportionately  much  finer  than  in  the  worker,  and  trans- 
verse. The  declivity  of  the  epinotum  is  abrupt,  the  base  shallowly 
margined;   margin  with  fine  teeth.     Node  as  in  worker. 

Pile  and  pubescence  as  in  worker.  Color  black;  legs,  mandibles, 
and  extreme  tip  of  antennae  brown. 

Wings.     Length  7.5  mm.     Infuscated,  veins  and  stigma  fuscous. 

Described  from  one  female  from  Porto  Velho  and  several  workers 
taken  on  the  Rio  Madeira  at  Porto  Velho,  and  Camps  39  and  41  on 
the  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  This  species  in  form  is  similar  to  N . 
unidentata  (Mayr),  which  was  common  in  the  same  region,  but  the 
very  distinctive  coarse  sculpture  of  the  head,  thorax,  and  especially 
of  the  node,  and  the  denticulate  margins  of  the  epinotal  declivity  and 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  node,  as  well  as  the  different  nodal  struc- 
ture seem  to  constitute  differences  more  than  subspecific. 

29.  Neoponera  {Neoponera)  villosa  (Fabricius). 

Para,  Manaos,  Itacoatiara,  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Camps  39,  41 
Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.,  Brazil;   and  Abuna,  Bolivia. 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  ponerine  ants  of  Brazil,  and  one  of 
the  most  widely  distributed  species,  ranging  from  Texas  to  Paraguay. 

30.  Neoponera  (Neoponera)  carinulata  (Roger). 

Plate  1,  fig.   10. 

Worker.     (Plate  1,  fig.  10).     Length  8  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  scarcely  longer  than  broad,  very  slightly 
narrowed  in  front;     occipital   border  nearly  straight;    sides  feebly 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  413 

convex;  clypeus  prolonged  at  middle,  the  apical  portion  narrowly 
rounded;  frontal  carinae  above  antennal  lobes  slightly  diverging  out- 
wardly. Mandibles  triangular;  about  |  as  long  as  head,  the  blade 
with  twelve  distinct  teeth.  Carinae  on  cheeks  very  distinct.  Anten- 
nae slender;  the  scapes  extending  one  third  their  length  past  occipi- 
tal corners;  funicular  joints  all  longer  than  broad,  increasing  in  size 
toward  the  tip.  Prothorax  transverse,  longitudinally  carinate  at 
middle,  flattened  above;  sides  strongly  margined,  in  profile  slightly 
convex.  Mesonotum  circular,  with  a  median,  longitudinal  carina, 
on  either  side  of  which  the  surface  is  depressed;  in  profile  flat.  Epi- 
notum  in  profile  evenly  convex,  with  no  appreciable  angle  between 
base  and  declivity;  anterior  portion  rounded  above  and  at  sides; 
declivity  margined,  with  an  indistinct  tubercle  at  middle  of  margin; 
surface  flat.  Petiole  as  broad  as  long,  broadest  behind,  sides  evenly 
convex;  posterior  margin  straight,  in  profile  three  fourths  as  thick 
as  high,  with  anterior  surface  horizontal  from  base  to  two  thirds  the 
distance  to  apex,  then  inclined  to  apex;  posterior  surface  with  a  disc 
at  middle,  rounded  on  the  sides.  Gaster  cylindrical,  as  long  as  thorax 
and  petiole  together. 

Somewhat  shining.  Mandibles  finely  striate.  Head  foveolately 
punctate;  thorax  and  node  finely  punctate,  the  epinotal  pleurae  strio- 
late. 

Head,  thorax,  and  node  with  sparse,  fine,  appressed  pubescence 
and  scattered,  erect  hairs.  Posterior  surface  of  node  smooth  and 
shining.  Gaster  rather  densely  pubescent  and  with  scattered,  long 
pile.     Legs  sparsely  pubescent  and  pilose. 

Color  black;  antennae,  mandibles,  and  legs  brown.  Pile  and 
pubescence  silvery. 

Described  from  two  workers  taken  at  Abuna. 


31.     Neoponera    (Neoponera)    crenata    Roger    subsp.    moesta   Mayr. 
One  colony  was  found  at  Porto  Velho. 

32.     Neoponera  (Neoponera)  stipitum  Forel. 

A  single  worker  from  Camp  41,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  agrees 
very  well  with  a  cotype  from  Colombia  in  the  Wheeler  collection. 


414  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

33.     Neoponera  (Neoponera)  cavinodis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  2,  fig.  14. 

Worker.     (Plate  2,  fig.  14).     Length  10  mm. 

Near  N.  lutcoJa  (Roger).  Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than 
broad;  sides  convex,  base  slightly  concave,  posterior  angles  rounded; 
clypeus  extended  at  middle  into  a  triangular  projection,  the  sides 
arcuately  impressed.  Mandibles  elongate,  acute  at  apex,  with  twelve 
teeth,  the  basal  of  which  are  small  and  those  apically  larger;  the  apical 
tooth  is  long  and  pointed,  attached  at  base  to  this  is  a  smaller  sharp 
tooth,  about  half  as  long,  and  basal  to  this  another,  slightly  longer 
and  more  acute  than  the  subapical.  Eyes  convex,  situated  a  little 
in  front  of  middle  of  head.  Scape  of  antenna  extending  three  eighths 
its  length  past  occiput;  joints  1-10  of  flagellum  subequal  in  length, 
gradually'  thicker  towards  the  apex;  apical  joint  1|  times  length  of 
penultimate.  Pronotum  slightly  convex,  sides  feebly  margined, 
forming  an  angle  with  the  nearly  flat  pleurae;  disc  at  middle  with  a 
shallow,  but  distinct  longitudinal  impression.  Mesoepinotum  in 
profile  very  slightly  convex,  rounded  at  sides  posteriorly,  and  in  back, 
the  mesoepinotal  suture  scarcely  distinguishable:  declivity  of  epino- 
tum  rather  flat,  with  feeble  margin  at  sides;  above  forming  a  rounded 
angle  with  the  basal  portion ;  seen  from  behind  spear-shaped,  the  apex 
with  a  short  longitudinal  impression.  Petiole  higher  than  thorax, 
anterior  surface  evenly  rounded  to  apex,  the  middle  of  base  very 
slightly  convex;  apex  projecting  backward  over  the  posterior  surface; 
posterior  surface  receding  anteriorly,  concave  above,  slightly  convex 
below.     Gaster  as  long  as  head  and  thorax. 

Mandibles  subshining,  with  scattered,  coarse  punctures.  Head  sub- 
opaque,  very  finely  transversely  striate  and  with  minute  punctures. 
Thorax  and  anterior  surface  of  petiolar  node  sublucid,  finely  punctate 
and  delicately  reticulate.  Gaster  finely  punctate.  Legs  shining.  Head 
and  thorax  with  fine  pubescence  and  long  scattered  pile.  Clypeus  with 
several  long  hairs.  Anterior  surface  of  node  with  appressed  pubes- 
cence, the  posterior  surface  glabrous.  Gaster  thickly  pubescent  and 
with  long  scattered  hairs.     Femora  and  tibiae  with  suberect  hairs. 

Color  brown,  head  and  gaster  darker  than  the  thorax.     Legs  yellow. 

Pile  and  pubescence  pale  yellow. 

Described  from  a  worker  taken  at  Porto  Velho. 

In  general  appearance  N.  cavinodis  resembles  N.  crenata  but  is  much 
larger  and  the  node  is  entirely  different. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  415 

34.     Pachycondyla  crassinoda  (Latreille). 
Taken  at  Para,  Porto  Velho,  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39. 

35.     Pachycondyla  harpax  (Fabricius). 

Common  at  Para  Manaos,  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Camp  41, 
INIadeira-Mamore,  R.  R. 

36.     Euponera  (Trachymesopus)  stigma  (Fabricius). 

This  species,  which  is  common  everywhere  in  the  American  tropics 
is  represented  in  the  collection  by  worker^  and  females  from  Para, 
Itacoatiara,  Manaos,  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Camps  39  and  41, 
Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  Rotten  logs  and  beneath  bark  are  its 
favorite  nesting  places. 

37.     Belonopelta  jeckylli,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  2,  fig.  12,  13. 

Worker.     (Plate  2,  fig.  12,  13).     Length  4.5  mm. 

Head    very    thick   dorsoventrally ;     excluding   mandibles,    a   little 
longer  than  broad,  broadest  anteriorly,  with  straight  sides,  narrowly 
rounded  occipital  corners  and  feebly  concave  occipital  border.     Cly- 
peus  convex;   at  anterior  border  armed  with  a  stout  spine  at  middle. 
Mandibles  five  eighths  as  long  as  head,  slender,  bidentate  at  apex; 
the  inner  border  with  a  large  tooth  at  middle,  and  a  minute  one  mid- 
way between  this  and  the  subapical  tooth.     Antennae  robust;    the 
scapes  slightly  arcuate,  thickened  distally,  almost  attaining  occipital 
corners.     First  funicular  joint  longer  than  broad,  joints  2-10  slightly 
transverse,  those  at  the  apical  end  subglobose;    apical  joint  as  long 
as  the  three  preceding  together,  evenly  narrowed  from  base  to  apex. 
Eyes  minute,  situated  at  anterior  third  of  sides  of  head.     Prothorax 
with  a  thick  neck.     Pronotum  from  above,  excluding  the  neck,  a 
little  broader  than  long,  rounded  in  front  and  at  sides,  the. posterior 
border    concave.     Promesonotal    suture    very    strongly    impressed. 
Mesonotum  about  half  the  width  of  pronotum,  rounded    in   front, 
sides  nearly  straight,  in  profile  slightly  convex.     Mesoepinotal  suture 
feebly  impressed.     Epinotum  twice  as  long  as  the  mesonotum,  and  a 


416  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

little  broader,  broadest  behind,  sides  nearly  straight;  in  profile 
gradually  elevated  from  base  to  angle  of  declivity;  declivity  half  as 
long  as  the  basal  part,  with  the  surface  flattened.  Petiole  from 
above  very  little  broader  than  long,  anterior  margin  straight,  at 
corners  of  base  with  prominent  lamellate  projections,  that  appear  as 
spines  from  above;  sides  rounded,  posterior  border  feebly  rounded; 
in  profile  deeper  than  thick,  with  nearly  straight  anterior  and  posterior 
surfaces,  slightly  convex  above.  Gaster  cylindrical,  strongly  nar- 
rowed toward  apex;  the  first  segment  noticeably  broader  than  the 
second  and  equal  to  it  in  length;  a  distinct  ventral  spine  present  at 
base.     Sting  comparatively  large.     Legs  very  slender. 

Head,  thorax,  and  petiole  subopaque,  closely,  foveolately  punctate 
throughout;  pleurae  of  pro-  and  mesothorax  and  anterior  coxa 
obliquely  rugulosely  striolate;  collar  transversely  rugulose-striolate. 
Mandibles  shining,  finely  punctate.  Antennae  and  legs  subshining, 
finely  punctate.     Gaster  shining,  minutely  punctate. 

Body,  legs,  antennae,  and  mandibles  with  semierect  pilosity. 

Head,  mandibles,  thorax,  and  petiole  fuscous  to  piceous;  borders 
of  the  frontal  lobes,  a  round  spot  on  the  pronotum,  the  gaster  and 
legs  red.     The  borders  of  the  gastric  segments  are  infuscated. 

Described  from  several  specimens  taken  at  Camp  39,  Madeira- 
Mamore  R.  R.  The  colony  was  discovered  quite  accidentally  by 
scratching  away  some  of  the  leaves  and  debris  with  which  the  ground 
in  the  forest  is  always  covered.  As  far  as  I  could  ascertain  the  ants 
were  traveling  in  a  definite  direction.  Some  of  those  before  me  are 
red  in  color,  evidently  immature.  Nothing  seems  to  be  known  re- 
garding the  habits  of  the  species  of  this  interesting  genus,  specimens 
of  which  are  rare  in  collections.  The  four  known  species  have  each 
been  found  only  once. 

38.     Ponera  trigona  Mayr. 
One  small  colony  was  found  at  Manaos. 

39.     Ponera  oyaciceps  Mayr. 
Several  colonies  were  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim. 

40.     Ponera  distinguenda  Emery. 
Numerous  workers  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  417 

41.     Anochetus  (Anochetus)  mayri  Emery. 

A  single  worker  of  this  widely  distributed  species  was  taken  at 
Baixa  Verde. 

42.     Anochetus  {Anochetus)  hispinosus  (F.  Smith). 
Plate  1,  fig.  11. 

JVorker.     (Plate  1,  fig.  11).     Length  8  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles  a  little  longer  than  broad;  broadest  at 
eyes;  occipital  border  deeply  excised;  sides  above  eyes  concave, 
below  sinuate,  with  the  lower  surface  flattened.  Eyes  large,  and  con- 
vex. Clypeus  between  frontal  lobes  triangular,  the  surface  flat, 
anterior  portion  bilobed;  border  concave  at  middle.  Frontal  carinae 
short.  Mandibles  about  two  thirds  as  long  as  head,  narrow  at  base, 
broad  and  flat  anteriorly,  the  blade  edentate  to  near  apex,  where 
there  is  a  short,  thick  tooth;  apex  with  two  long  teeth,  between  which 
is  a  smaller,  acute  tooth.  Antennae  slender,  the  scape  curved, 
thickened  at  middle,  extending  one  eighth  its  length  beyond  the 
occipital  corners;  funicular  joints  long  and  slender,  1  to  10  subequal, 
apical  joint  nearly  twice  the  length  of  subapical.  Prothorax  much 
narrowed  in  front,  rounded  above  and  at  sides,  the  posterior  border 
slightly  concave.  Promesothoracic  suture  deeply  impressed;  meso- 
thorax  transverse,  rounded  above  and  at  sides.  Mesoepinotal  im- 
pression deep  and  broad;  epinotum  much  narrower  than  prothorax, 
straight  at  sides  and  above  to  the  declivity,  which  is  very  short,  and 
concave;  angle  with  a  pair  of  short,  acute,  erect  spines.  Node 
triangular,  the  apex  with  a  pair  of  strong  spines,  between  these 
broadly  concave.  Gaster  short  and  thick,  the  first  segment  with 
a  small  ventral  tooth.  Sting  long  and  powerful.  Legs  long  and 
slender. 

Head  in  front  subshining,  with  dense  striolae,  which  extend  upward 
and  outward  from  the  frontal  area;  the  remainder  of  head  and 
the  mandibles  smooth  and  very  shining.  Antennae  sublucid,  finely 
pubescent.  Thorax  shining,  rugosely  punctate;  the  mesothoracic 
pleurae  smooth.  Node  shining,  transversely  rugose  in  front,  smooth 
behind.     Legs  and  gaster  shining,  finely  punctate. 

Head  in  front  with  sparse  pubescence,  and  a  ^ew  erect  hairs.  Pro- 
thorax, gaster,  and  coxae  with  very  sparse  erect  gray  hairs.  Femora 
and  tibiae  thinly  pubescent. 

Color  black,  the  mandibles,  posterior  corners  of  head,  and  the  nodal 


418  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

spines  brownish;    legs  and  tip  of  gaster  ferruginous.      Pubescence 
white. 

Described  from  a  single  worker  taken  at  Porto  Velho.  The  speci- 
men on  which  Smith  based  his  description  was  from  Ega  (Bates),  so 
it  is  probable  that  the  species  extends  over  much  of  the  Amazonian 
region. 

43.     Anochetus  (Stenomyrmex)  emargmahis  (Fabricius)  subsp. 

rucjosiis  Emery. 

Male.     Length  7  mm. 

Head,  excluding  eyes,  considerably  longer  than  broad,  rounded 
behind.  Eyes  very  large,  each  three  fourths  as  broad  as  the  distance 
between  them,  convex,  as  long  as  sides  of  head.  Ocelli  very  large  and 
convex.  Mandibles,  short,  feeble,  straight,  and  without  teeth. 
Clypeus  truncate  at  anterior  border;  surface  broadly  foveolately 
depressed  at  sides.  Antennae  very  long  and  slender;  the  first  joint 
twice  as  long  as  the  second;  joints  3-11  cyHndrical,  subequal,  very 
long.  Thorax  narrower  than  head.  Promesonotum  convex  above. 
Epinotum  in  profile  evenly  rounded.  Node  longer  than  broad,  in 
profile  triangular,  much  longer  than  thick.  Gaster  long  and  slender, 
without  a  distinct  constriction  between  the  first  and  second  segments. 
Legs  long  and  slender. 

Body  shining  throughout,  smooth,  with  extremely  fine  semierect 
pilosity,  which  is  thickest  on  the  antennae.  Head  and  mandibles 
with  a  few  coarser  hairs. 

Color  light  testaceous;  antennae,  excepting  first  joint,  fuscous; 
eves  black.     Pilositv  white. 

Described  from  several  specimens  taken  at  Manaos,  from  colonies 
which  were  nesting  beneath  the  bases  of  living  palm-tree  leaves. 
Other  colonies  were  found  at  Porto  Velho  beneath  logs.  The  male  is 
very  active  and  takes  flight  readily. 

44.     Odoniomachus  affinis  Guerin  subsp.  7nayi  Mann. 

The  single  colony  of  this  form  was  found  living  in  parabiotic  rela- 
tions with  Dolichodenis  debilis  Emery  var.  nifescens  Mann,  an  account 
of  which  has  already  been  published. 

45.     Odontomachus  hacmatoda   (Linne). 
Para,  Manaos,  Porto  Velho,  and  Camp  41,  Madeira-Mamore  R,  R. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  419 


46.  Odontomachus  haematoda  subsp.  imbescens  Roger. 

Very  common  at  Ceara,  in  the  Maranguape  Mts.,  Independencia, 
Natal,  and  Ceara-Mirim.  This  form  is  distinguished  from  the  typical 
0.  haematoda  by  the  more  abundant  pile  and  pubescence,  and  by  the 
coarser  sculpture  of  the  node,  which  is  only  feebly  striate  in  the  latter 
form. 

47.  Odontomachus    haematoda    subsp.    laticeps    Roger. 

Porto  Velho  and  Camp  41,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 
This  was  much  rarer  than  the  above  mentioned  forms. 


DORYLINAE. 

48.     Eciton  {Eciton)  hamatiim  (Fabricius). 

This  species,  which  ranges  from  Mexico  through  Central  America 
and  over  all  of  tropical  South  America,  was  very  abundant  in  the  region 
of  the  upper  Rio  Madeira.  The  armies,  found  in  the  woods  almost 
every  day,  contained  enormous  numbers  of  individuals,  mostly  minors 
and  mediae.  One  of  the  big-headed  soldiers  was  encountered  at 
intervals  of  from  ten  to  twenty  feet  in  the  procession.  This  form  is  a 
very  conspicuous  object  on  account  of  its  large,  light-colored  head  and 
the  long  mandibles  which  necessitate  the  body  being  held  high. 

The  march  of  the  army  is  exceedingly  rapid,  and  at  times  very 
definite  in  direction.  Often  it  divides  and  sends  some  branches  up 
into  the  tallest  trees,  while  others  cross  and  recross  the  trails.  If  an 
object  such  as  a  grub,  lizard,  or  small  snake  be  thrown  near  the  column, 
it  is  almost  instantly  covered  with  the  workers,  which  bite  and  sting 
severely.  Unlike  some  of  the  other  species,  E.  hamatuvi  marches  in 
the  daytime  and  the  column  travels  beneath  or  over  the  leaves,  over 
logs,  and  along  the  trails.  The  trunks  of  fallen  trees  are  a  favorite 
runway.  Other  species  of  ants  seem  to  be  the  usual  prey  of  E.  hama- 
tum,  for  larvae  and  pupae  of  these  made  up  the  greater  part  of  the 
booty  carried  by  the  workers.  I  observed  on  several  occasions 
columns  descending  trees  bringing  numbers  of  larvae,  pupae,  and  even 
adults  of  Dolichoderus  lugens  Emery,  an  ant  which  secretes  from  the 
anal  glands  a  large  drop  of  yellow  liquid,  apparently  for  defense. 

In  spite  of  its  large  size  and  the  number  of  individuals  in  a  column, 
E.  hamatum  is  a  timid  species  in  comparison  with  some  of  the  others, 
such  as  E.  Taga7is.     When  the  column  was  disturbed  by  my  picking 


420  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

up  some  of  the  individuals,  those  nearest  would  turn  about  and  run 
back,  zig-zagging  from  one  ant  to  another,  apparently  missing  none. 
An  instantaneous  antennal  communication  took  place,  the  warned  ant 
turned  also,  and  almost  instantly  the  whole  army  was  retracing  its 
steps  as  rapidly  as  it  had  come.  In  a  few  moments  some  few  would 
return  and  then  more  and  in  a  short  time  the  army  would  resume  its 
march.  At  other  times  a  new  path  was  followed.  This  antennal 
communication  and  quick  change  of  direction  was  observed  also  in 
E.  pilosum,  E.  crassicorne,  and  E.  burchelli. 

49.     Eciton  {Eciton)  lucanoides  Emery. 

Columns  were  found  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camps  39  and  41. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  Peru.  The  mandibles 
are  armed  with  a  strong  spine  on  the  inner  side,  a  little  in  front  of  the 
middle.  I  am  unable  to  distinguish  the  minors  and  mediae  of  E. 
lucanoides  from  those  of  E.  hamatum  by  any  single  character. 

50.     Eciton  (Eciton)  burchelli  (Westwood). 

This  species  was  moderately  abundant  on  the  Rio  Madeira,  where  it 
was  encountered  several  times  at  Abuna  and  at  Camp  41,  Madeira- 
Mamore  R.  R. 

It  is  rather  more  aggressive  than  the  other  species.  When  dis- 
turbed it  attacks  the  intruder  very  fiercely  and  persistently.  The 
pain  produced  by  the  sting  is  severe,  but  of  short  duration. 

51.     Eciton  {Eciton)  rapax  F.  Smith. 

Two  small  files  of  this  beautiful  species  were  found  at  Porto  Velho 
and  Camp  41,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  These  were  running  along 
beneath  the  loose  covering  of  leaves  on  the  ground. 

The  ants  were  very  timid  and  the  file  dispersed  as  soon  as  it  was 
disturbed. 

52.     Eciton  {Eciton)  rogeri  Dalla  Torre. 
Several  colonies  were  taken  at  Camp  39,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 

53.     Eciton  {Eciton)  vagans  (Olivier). 

Found  at  Independencia  and  Baixa  Verde,  where  files  were  fre- 
quently seen  toward  evening. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  421 


54.     Ecitoii  (Labidus)  coecum  (Latreille). 

Ceara,  Baturite  Mts.,  Natal,  Independencia,  and  Para,  Brazil  and 
at  Abiina,  Bolivia.  This  is  the  most  widely  distributed  and  one  of  the 
commonest  species.  It  is  subterranean  in  habit,  and  often  found 
beneath  deeply  embedded  stones  and  logs.  The  specimens  from 
Abuna  were  taken  from  beneath  the  putrid  carcass  of  a  sheep,  and 
most  of  the  individuals  were  dead  or  nearly  so,  possibly  having  been 
overcome  by  the  gases  of  decomposition. 


55.     Eciton  (Labidus)  praedator  F.  Smith. 

Common  along  the  upper  Rio  Madeira,  where  it  was  taken  at  Porto 
Velho  and  Camps  28  and  39  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  One  army  was 
seen  emerging  from  the  commissary  building  at  the  first  named  sta- 
tion, carrying  with  it  an  incredible  number  of  insects,  mostly  cock- 
roaches. Houses  along  the  railroad  were  frequently  raided  at  night 
by  E.  prcedator,  which  is  well  known  to  the  Brazilians  and  called  by 
them  "cazadoro"  (hunter).  I  had  the  opportunity  of  observing  one 
hut  while  the  ants  were  in  possession.  The  ground  was  covered  with 
the  ants,  which  swarmed  also  in  the  cracks  and  on  the  few  pieces  of 
furniture,  while  the  owner  of  the  place,  a  Barbados  negress,  not 
accustomed  to  such  intrusions,  stood  for  safety  in  a  puddle  of  soapy 
water  with  which  she  had  attempted  to  drive  the  ants  away,  and 
begged  me  to  tell  her  what  to  do  to  get  rid  of  them. 


56.     Eciton  (Labidus)  praedator  subsp.  emiliae,  subsp.  nov. 

Worker.  Differing  from  the  typical  form  in  having  the  head  and 
body  largely  opaque;  the  head  more  densely  punctulate;  the  thorax 
and  petiole  with  very  few  hairs.  The  pilosity  of  the  gaster  is  much 
shorter  and  the  pubescence  is  more  dense;  the  color  is  reddish  brown, 
becoming  darker  on  the  head. 

A  large  series  of  this  new  subspecies  was  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  Emilia 
Snethlage,  who  collected  it  at  Colonia  de  Veado,  near  Obidos.  Possi- 
bly this  is  the  var.  ferruginea  Norton,  which  was  described  from 
Mexico,  but  has  not  been  recognized  since. 


422  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


57.     Eciton  (Labidus)  crassicorne  F.  Smith. 

Common  at  Ceara-Mirim  and  at  Carnahubinha  (near  Natal)  where 
armies  were  frequently  seen  toward  evening,  either  on  the  ground  or 
in  the  nests  of  ground-inhabiting  ants. 

58.     Eciton  (Labidus)  esenbecki  (\Yestwood). 
A  single  male  of  this  species  was  taken  at  light  at  Porto  Velho. 

59.     Eciton  (Labidus)  sidcatum  (Mayr). 
Several  males  were  taken  at  light  at  Independencia. 

60.     Eciton  {Acamatus)  nitcns  Mayr. 

A  rather  large  colony  of  this  distinct  species,  was  found  emerging 
at  dusk  from  beneath  our  house  at  Independencia. 

61.     Eciton  {Acamatus)  pilosum  F.  Smith. 

Taken  at  Independencia  and  Para.  Several  armies  were  encoun- 
tered. I  collected  a  number  of  specimens  from  a  large  column  which 
was  crossing  a  railroad  track  at  Independencia,  whereupon  the  column 
broke  up,  but  fgrmed  again  and  continued  its  march,  this  time  beneath 
the  rail.  A  column  found  in  the  woods  at  Para  was  travelling  under- 
ground, except  where  it  crossed  a  path.  Here  it  emerged  and  con- 
structed a  trail  with  embankments  on  each  side. 

62.     Ecito7i  {Acamatus)  Icgionis  F.  Smith  subsp.  crenulatum, 

subsp.  nov. 

Plate   1,  fig.  1. 

Worker.     (Plate  1,  fig.  1).     Length  3.5  to  5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  with  nearly  straight 
sides  and  rounded  border;  posterior  corners  angulate.  Frontal 
carinae  nearly  straight.  Outer  border  of  antennal  pits  strongly 
carinate.  Anterior  margin  of  clypeus  flat,  projecting  at  middle. 
Mandibles  stout;  the  blade  edentate.  Antennae  robust;  scape 
extending  a  third  its  length  beyond  the  occipital  corners,  constricted 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  423 

near  apex,  then  incrassate;  funicular  joints  a  little  longer  than  broad. 
Eyes  distinct,  convex.  Pronotum  twice  as  long  as  broad,  flat  above, 
the  lateral  borders  elevated  into  a  rounded  ridge,  which  is  somewhat 
thickened  at  middle.  Mesonotum  separated  from  pronotum  by  a 
transverse  ridge,  elevated,  concave  at  middle,  strongly  margined  at 
sides;  mesial  to  the  margin  is  a  longitudinal  furrow  and  on  the  upper 
surface  two  parallel  ridges.  Base  and  declivity  of  epinotum  subequal 
in  length,  the  former  flat  above  with  margined  sides;  surface  of  the 
latter  evenly  convex.  Petiole  from  above  longer  than  broad;  flat 
above,  with  straight,  roundly  margined  sides.  Postpetiole  a  little 
longer  than  broad,  broadest  behind,  rounded  above  and  at  sides, 
anteroventral  surface  with  a  distinct  tooth. 

Head,  antennae,  thorax,  and  epinotum  sublucid;  coarsely,  granu- 
losely  punctate,  throughout,  except  for  a  rounded  area  mesial  to  the 
eye,  which  is  finely  punctate.  Antennae,  mandibles,  petiole,  post- 
petiole,  and  legs  more  shallowly  punctate.     Gaster  smooth  and  shining. 

Head,  body,  antennae,  and  legs  with  long  erect  hairs;  funiculus 
pubescent. 

Color  black,  antennae,  and  legs  dark  reddish  brown.  Pilosity 
yellow. 

Described  from  several  workers  taken  from  a  file  that  was  running 
beneath  the  loose  bark  of  a  felled  tree  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  No. 
39.  This  is  a  very  distinct  form  because  of  its  peculiar  sculpture  and 
the  strong  carinae  on  the  thorax.  The  latter,  especially  those  at  the 
middle  of  the  mesothorax,  are  interrupted  so  that  in  profile  they  ap- 
pear as  tubercles. 

Myrmicinae. 

63.     Pseudomyrma  arboris-sancti  Emery. 
Plate  3,  fig.  21. 

This  species  is  widely  distributed  in  northern  South  America,  and 
many  observations  have  been  made  on  its  relations  to  the  trees  of  the 
genus  Triplaris  with  which  it  appears  to  be  always  associated.  The 
tree  is  well  known  to  the  Brazilians  and  Bolivians  by  the  name  of 
"palo  santo,"  and  the  ant  is  called  the  "taschi."  I  was  told  that  no 
living  tree  was  ever  without  the  ants  and  that  the  ants  never  nested 
elsewhere  than  in  this  plant.  At  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  43 
Triplaris  was  fairly  common  in  the  woods  and  I  examined   some 


424  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

dozens,  always  finding  the  ant.  The  colonies  contain  an  enormous 
number  of  individuals  living  throughout  the  whole  plant,  all  parts  of 
which  are  hollow.  The  workers  are  very  aggressive  and  their  sting 
is  quite  severe.  Whether  or  not  the  ants  derive  any  advantage  from 
the  tree  other  than  a  convenient  place  to  nest  I  do  not  know,  but 
there  is  no  doubt  that  they  protect  the  plant  from  almost  any  possible 
enemy.  A  Swiss  rubber  explorer.  Otto  Schmidt,  who  has  spent  many 
years  in  the  forest  and  is  a  keen  observer,  told  me  that  dead  Triplaris 
plants  never  contain  ant  colonies.  This  suggests  that  the  living 
plants  do  offer  some  attraction  to  the  ant,  other  than  shelter. 


64.     Pseudomyrma  ocidata  F.  Smith. 

Many  workers  and  females  were  found  at  Natal,  nesting  in  hollow 
twigs.  This  is  one  of  the  smaller,  more  delicate  species,  the  workers 
measuring  4  mm.  in  length.  The  head  is  two  and  a  half  times  as 
long  as  broad,  the  sides  parallel  with  large,  flat  eyes.  The  antennal 
scapes  are  short,  extending  only  to  anterior  third  of  eyes.  The  petiole 
is  flattened  above,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  in  profile  nearly  twice  as 
long  as  thick.     The  color  is  dark  fuscous  throughout. 


65.     Pseudomyrma  caroli  Forel. 

Many  colonies  were  found  at  Itacoatiara,  nesting  in  twigs  on  small 
trees  near  the  river. 


66.     Pseudomyrma  nigriceps  F.  Smith. 

Several  workers  were  found  at  Abuna  and  Madeira-Mam  ore  Camp 
41. 

This  species  resembles  P.  rufa  in  structure  and  size.  The  color  is 
different  and  striking,  the  head  being  black,  and  the  rest  of  the  body 
and  appendages  testaceous.     It  was  not  common. 

67.     Pseudomyrma  fiavidula  F.  Smith. 

Common  at  Independencia  and  Ceara-Mirim,  nesting  in  grass  culms, 
the  characteristic  nesting  site  of  the  species. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  425 

68.     Pseudornyrma  rufa  F.  Smith. 
Plate  7,  fig.  56. 

Worker.     Length  6  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  slightly 
narrowed  behind,  with  convex  sides  and  straight  posterior  border. 
Clypeus  strongly  keeled  at  middle;  anterior  border  straight.  Man- 
dibles well  developed,  the  blades  finely  dentate.  Antennae  thick; 
first  funicular  joint  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad;  apical 
joint  as  long  as  the  two  preceding.  Ocelli  distinct,  very  close  together. 
Pronotum  transverse,  depressed,  strongly  margined  at  sides,  with 
narrowly  rounded  humeri.  Mesonotum  longer  than  broad,  the 
surface  with  a  disc-shaped  impression  at  the  posterior  half.  Meso- 
epinotal  impression  shallow.  Epinotum  more  elevated  than  pro- 
and  mesonotum,  margined  at  sides  basally,  the  surface  distinctly 
concave;  declivity  as  long  as  base,  in  profile  straight.  Petiole  in 
profile  elevated  behind,  above  evenly  rounded  from  base  to  apex, 
nearly  as  high  as  long;  from  above,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad, 
narrowed  above,  with  roundly  margined  sides  and  a  narrow  longitudi- 
nal impression  at  middle;  an tero ventral  surface  with  a  minute  tooth; 
posterior  surface  concave.  Postpetiole  from  above  a  little  broader 
than  long.     Femora  slightly  thickened. 

Subopaque,  granulosely  punctate,  with  very  sparse  gray  pile; 
pubescence  not  abundant,  poUinose,  white.  Mandibles  finely  punc- 
tate and  pilose. 

Color  ferruginous,  the  meso-  and  epinotum  infuscated. 

Female  (dealated).     Length  7.5  mm.     (Plate  7,  fig.  56). 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  one  and  a  third  times  as  long  as  broad, 
the  anterior  and  posterior  borders  of  equal  width;  sides  slightly  con- 
vex, posterior  border  straight.  Clypeus  keeled  at  middle,  the  ante- 
rior border  projecting,  with  a  stout,  triangular  tooth  at  middle. 
Mandibles  stout,  the  blade  with  a  stout,  triangular,  basal  tooth,  then 
three  minute  teeth  and  long,  pointed  apical  and  subapical  teeth. 
Thorax  slender.  Pronotum  narrower  than  mesothorax,  twice  as  broad 
as  long,  with  subparallel,  margined  sides  and  narrowly  rounded  humeri. 
Petiole  seen  in  profile  much  as  in  worker;  from  above  it  differs  in 
having  the  surface  flat,  and  not  depressed  except  at  the  apex,  where 
there  is  a  deep  excavation  dividing  it  into  two  triangular  portions. 
Sculpture  and  pilosity  much  as  in  the  worker;  the  pubescence  of 
gaster  very  fine  and  silky. 


426  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Color  as  in  worker,  but  the  head  is  more  infuscated. 
Described  from  a  female  and  several  workers  found  in  a  twig  lying 
on  the  ground  at  Para. 

69.     Pseudomyrma  gracilis  (Fabricius). 

Many  colonies  of  what  seems  to  be  the  typical  form  of  this  species 
were  taken  from  twigs  at  Manaos.  The  workers  (7.5  mm.  in  length) 
are  colored  black,  excepting  a  narrow  border  at  the  anterior  of  head, 
the  clypeus,  mandibles,  the  tips  of  the  front,  and  intermediate  femora 
and  the  tarsi,  which  are  ferruginous. 

70.  Pseudomyrma  excavata  Ma^T. 

Three  workers  from  Manaos  agree  with  specimens  from  Costa  Rica 
received  from  Dr.  Forel. 

71.  Pseudomyrma  laevigata  F.  Smith. 

One  small  colony  found  in  a  twig  at  Manaos.  The  specimens  are 
yellow  in  color,  without  trace  of  maculation. 

72.  Pseudomyrma  mutilloides  Emery. 

A  worker  each  from  Itacoatiara  and  Camp  39  Madeira-Mamore 
Railroad. 

73.    Pseudomyrma  subtilissima  Emery  subsp.  tenuissima  Emery, 

Taken  at  Natal  and  Maranhao.  The  colony  from  the  latter  locality 
was  taken  from  beneath  a  loose  piece  of  bark,  quite  an  unusual  situ- 
ation for  Pseudomyrma.  The  type  of  P.  tenuissima  is  from  Matto 
Grosso.     Emery  records  a  specimen  also  from  Cayenne. 

74.     Pseudomyrma  maculata  F.  Smith. 

One  colony  from  Natal  is  very  doubtfully  referred  to  this  species. 
The  worker  is  4  mm.  in  length. 

Head  large,  broadest  in  front,  sides  convex,  posterior  margin  trun- 
cate, much  broader  than  pronotum;    antennae  thickened  at  apex. 


MANN:  THE  ANTS  OF  BRAZIL.  427 

first  funicular  joint  as  long  as  second  and  third  together.  Metano- 
tum  evenly  convex.  First  petiolar  node  elongate,  slightly  petiolate 
in  front,  about  1|  times  as  long  as  second  node,  which  is  globose. 

Color  yellowish  brown,  abdomen  fuscous;  epinotum  with  a  faint 
median  longitudinal  fuscous  stripe. 

75.     Pseudomyrma  clcgans  F.  Smith. 

Found  frequently  in  the  vicinity  of  Manaos.  This  is  the  only  known 
ground-inhabiting  species  of  the  genus.  The  nests  found  were  in 
bare  places  along  the  roadside.  The  entrance  is  circular,  about  two 
millimeters  in  diameter,  and  directly  on  the  surface,  without  a  mound. 

76.     Pseudomyrma  elongata  Mayr. 

Many  colonies  found  at  Ceara-Mirim  and  Independencia.  One 
large  tree  at  Ceara-Mirim  contained  hundreds  of  colonies  nesting  in 
hollow  twigs  and  in  galls,  scarcely  a  dead  twig  or  a  gall  being  without 
them.  The  twigs  inhabited  are  those  hollowed  naturally  or  bored  by 
other  insects.  Pseudomyrma  elongata  is  decidedly  beneficial  to  the 
tree  in  keeping  away  insect  enemies.  The  tree  mentioned  was 
especially  well  protected,  having  several  Azteca  colonies  and  some 
populous  wasp  nests  in  addition  to  the  Pseudomyrma. 

77.     Pseudomyrma  sericea  Mayr  var.   altinoda,   var.   nov. 

Worker.     Length  4  mm. 

Head  one  and  one  third  times  as  long  as  broad,  slightly  broader  in 
front  than  behind,  with  convex  sides  and  concave  posterior  border. 
Clypeus  with  distinct  notch  at  middle.  Eyes  large.  Antennal  scape 
reaching  one  third  its  distance  from  place  of  insertion  to  posterior 
border  of  head.  Basal  funicular  joint  not  as  long  as  two  succeeding 
joints  taken  together.  Pronotum  with  well-defined  margin.  Pro- 
mesonotal  and  mesoepinotal  sutures  equally  pronounced.  Mesono- 
tum  small,  seen  in  profile  lower  than  pro-  and  epinotum,  transverse, 
about  one  half  the  length  of  the  pronotum.  Epinotum  longer  than 
pro-  and  mesonotum  together,  evenly  convex  above;  its  declivity 
shorter  than  length  of  basal  surface;  angle  between  the  two  sur- 
faces much  rounded.  Petiole  two  thirds  as  long  as  thorax,  its  nodes 
higher  than  epinotum,  equal  in  length;  anterior  node  convex  in  front. 


428  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

declivous  behind;  posterior  node  nearly  globose,  broader  than  base 
of  first  segment  of  gaster.  Gaster  about  as  long  as  thorax.  Legs 
robust. 

Body  opaque,  ever\'iv\iiere  with  a  fine  mat  of  pale  pubescence,  and 
short,  erect,  pale  pile. 

Color  fuscous,  antennae  and  legs  lighter.  Differs  from  typical 
P.  sericea  in  smaller  size  and  fuscous  color.  Pseudomyrma  sericea  is 
black  throughout,  and  the  gaster  is  more  robust. 

Described  from  two  workers  from  Porto  Velho  and  one  from  Camp 
39  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 


78.     Pseudomyrma  gracilis  Fabricius  subsp.  carapiina,  subsp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  10  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  slightly  longer  than  broad,  contracted 
behind,  with  convex  sides  and  slightly  concave  occipital  border. 
Mandibles  large  and  thick,  with  finely  dentate  blades.  Clypeus 
small,  slightly  convex,  anterior  border  truncate  at  middle.  Antennal 
scape  extending  past  opposite  the  middle  of  eye;  first  funicular  joint 
three  times  as  long  as  broad  and  longer  than  the  second,  apical  joint 
as  long  as  the  two  preceding  together.  Pronotum  flat,  with  straight, 
distinctly  margined  sides  and  narrrowly  rounded,  projecting  humeri. 
Mesothorax  transverse.  Mesoepinotal  suture  as  long  as  the.  pro- 
and  mesonotum  together,  nearly  as  broad  behind  as  in  front;  its 
basal  surface  margined  at  sides,  shorter  than  the  declivity.  Peduncle 
of  petiole  nearly  as  long  as  the  node;  node  elongate-globose.  Post- 
petiole  longer  than  broad,  pyriform,  nearly  twice  as  broad  as  petiolar 
node.  Gaster  long  and  slender.  Legs  with  slightly  thickened 
femora. 

Subopaque;  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster  shining;  finely,  densely 
punctate  tlu-oughout;   mandibles  subopaque,  finely  punctate. 

Pubescence  more  abundant  than  in  typical  P.  gracilis,  white. 
Pilosity  short  and  abundant  on  head  and  thorax,  longer  and  more 
sparse  on  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster;  black  in  color.  Head, 
thorax,  epinotum,  and  legs  black,  the  tarsi  brown;  petiole,  post- 
petiole, and  gaster  bright  ferrugineous. 

Described  from  two  workers  taken  on  a  shrub  at  Abuna.  This 
form  is  very  distinct  from  the  other  varieties  of  P.  gracilis  in  its  much 
larger  size,  and  the  bicolored  body.  In  the  latter  respect  it  resembles 
P.  agilis  Emery  from  Central  America,  but  is  very  much  larger. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  429 


79.     Pheidolc  {Elasmopheidoh)  aherrans  Mayr. 

One  colony  was  found  at  Independencia.  This  species  is  distrib- 
uted along  the  east  coast,'  in  the  more  arid  localities  from  north  of 
Cape  San  Roque  to  Argentina.  Among  the  specimens  before  me 
some  of  the  soldiers  have  the  vertex  of  head,  the  thorax  and  epinotum 
piceous.  Others  from  the  same  colony  are  reddish  brown  tliroughout, 
agreeing  in  this  respect  with  a  series  from  Buenos  Ayres  (Silvestri 
coll.)  in  the  Wheeler  collection. 


80.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  ginlelmi-muUeri  Forel  subsp.  mamore, 

subsp.  nov. 

Soldier.     Length  4.75  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  slightly 
narrowed  in  front,  with  nearly  straight  sides,  broadly  rounded  occipi- 
tal corners  and  deeply,  narrowly  concave  border.  Clypeus  convex, 
the  carina  short  and  thick;  anterior  border  nearly  straight.  Mandi- 
bles short,  very  thick  and  blunt,  the  blade  without  teeth.  Frontal 
carinae  broad  at  base;  antennal  grooves  longer  than  scapes.  Scapes 
extending  a  little  more  than  half  the  distance  from  eyes  to  occipital 
corners.  Club  shorter  than  remainder  of  funiculus;  funicular  joints 
2-7  as  long  as  broad.  Eyes  small  and  convex,  located  at  sides  of  head 
at  anterior  third.  Pronotum  transverse,  the  sides  extended  into 
blunt  cones.  Promesonotal  impression  feeble.  Mesonotum  flat  an- 
teriorly; with  a  narrow  transverse  depression  before  the  basal  margin, 
which  is  somewhat  elevated;  declivous  behind.  Epinotum  broadly 
depressed  at  base,  the  spines  very  stout,  triangular  and  strongly 
diverging.  Petiolar  node  in  profile  wedge-shaped;  from  above  twice 
as  broad  as  long.  Postpetiole  three  times  as  broad  as  the  petiole, 
conical  at  sides.  Gaster  elliptical.  Legs  short,  femora  and  tibiae 
thickened. 

Head  subopaque,  coarsely  striate,  striae  extending  over  occiput; 
clypeus  with  several  coarse  punctures  anteriorly.  Mandibles  sub- 
opaque;  coarsely,  sparsely  punctate.  Thorax  subopaque  with 
transverse,  interrupted  rugae.  Epinotum  subhicid,  with  a  few  fine 
transverse  striae.  Petiole  and  postpetiole  closely,  finely  punctate. 
Gaster  finely  punctate,  sublucid.  Legs  shining.  Head,  antennae, 
body,  and  legs  with  abundant  long,  rather  stiff  pile. 


430  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Color  black,  except  the  legs  and  apex  of  antennae  which  are  cas- 
taneous. 

Worker.     Length  2.55  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  as  broad  as  long;  sides  and  occipital 
margin  evenly  rounded.  Mandibles  long,  slender,  with  three  teeth 
apically.  Clypeus  slightly  convex;  anterior  border  truncate.  An- 
tennal  scapes  extending  half  their  length  beyond  the  occiput.  Pro- 
thorax  rounded,  elevated.  Promesonotal  impression  indistinct. 
Mesonotum  in  profile  convex  above,  declivous  behind.  Epinotum 
fiat  and  narrow  above,  the  sides  and  posterior  border  slightly  mar- 
gined; the  spines  barely  perceptible.  Node  of  petiole  in  profile 
rounded  above.  Postpetiole  a  little  broader  than  long,  with  rounded 
sides.  Legs  long,  the  femora  and  tibiae  somewhat  swollen.  Mi- 
nutely punctate  and  shining.  Base  of  epinotum  transversely  carinate. 
Pilosity  as  in  the  soldier. 

Color  fuscous;    petiole,  postpetiole,  and  legs  testaceous  fuscous. 

Female.     Length  5.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  broader  than  long,  sides  slightly  con- 
vex; border  of  occiput  only  slightly  concave.  Mandibles  similar  to 
those  of  soldier.  Antennae  short,  scapes  extending  three  fourths  the 
distance  to  occiput.  Eyes  large,  located  in  front  of  middle  of  head. 
Other  characters  as  in  the  soldier.  Thorax  flattened  above,  declivous 
in  the  epinotal  region,  the  epinotal  spines  short  and  stout.  Post- 
petiole twice  as  broad  as  the  petiole,  the  sides  drawn  out  into  distinct 
cones.  Gaster  one  and  one  half  times  length  of  head.  Sculpture  of 
head  similar  to  that  of  the  soldier.  Pro-  and  mesothorax  longitu- 
dinally striate.  Epinotum  sparsely  and  coarselj^  punctured.  Gaster 
with  fine  punctures,  shining. 

Wings.  Length  a  little  over  5  mm.  Slightly  infuscated.  Veins 
light  fuscous. 

Described  from  workers,  soldiers,  and  a  single  female  from  a  colony 
taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  36.  This  is  a  very  distinct 
form,  the  soldier  differing  from  that  of  typical  P.  guilelmi-muUeri  in 
its  smaller  size,  darker  color,  stronger  cephalic  sculpture,  and  in  being 
much  less  shining.  The  worker  is  more  shining  and  much  darker 
than  the  soldier.  It  is  much  smaller  than  the  closely  related  P. 
hohenlohei  Forel  from  Brazil.  The  very  minute  epinotal  spines  of  the 
worker  are  scarcely  more  than  angles  of  the  margin  at  the  bases. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  431 

81.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  wheeleri,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  23. 

Soldier.     (Plate  3,  fig.  23).     Length  3.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  fourth  longer  than  broad,  narrowed 
in  front,  with  slightly  convex  sides,  broadly  rounded  occipital  corners 
and  narrowly  excavated  border.  Mandibles  thick,  blunt  at  apex, 
with  one  blunt  subapical  tooth.  Clypeus  flat,  without  a  keel;  the 
anterior  border  at  middle  rather  strongly  bisinuate.  Frontal  area 
large,  triangular.  Frontal  carinae  moderately  elevated  at  base, 
nearly  straight,  diverging,  extending  as  far  as  apex  of  antennal  scapes. 
Antennal  scapes  slightly  bent  at  base,  thickened  at  apex;  reaching  to 
half  the  distance  between  eye  and  occipital  corners.  Funiculus  short 
and  thick,  the  club  as  long  as  the  remainder;  fu"st  joint  twice  as  long 
as  broad,  joints  2-7  broader  than  long,  joints  8-9  longer  than  broad; 
apical  joint  of  club  as  long  as  the  two  preceding  together.  Eye  small, 
flat,  located  at  sides  of  anterior  third  of  head.  Pronotum  twice  as 
broad  as  long,  in  front  narrow  and  flat;  sides  from  above  drawn  out 
into  strong  conical  projections,  in  front  of  which  the  straight  side 
margins  converge  to  the  flattened  portion.  Promesonotal  suture 
discernible,  but  not  impressed.  Mesonotum  flat  above  to  the  pos- 
terior fourth,  where  it  is  declivous.  Mesoepinotal  suture  broad  and 
deep.  Base  of  epinotum  longer  than  the  declivity,  narrowly  excavated 
longitudinally;  the  sides  rounded;  base  strongly  depressed;  spines 
stout,  erect,  half  as  long  as  the  base.  Petiolar  node  wedge-shaped  in 
profile;  from  above,  more  than  twice  as  broad  as  long.  Postpetiole 
transverse,  one  and  a  half  times  as  broad  as  the  petiole,  the  sides 
bluntly  conical.  Gaster  short  and  oval.  Legs  short,  the  femora  very 
much  swollen;   tibiae  thickened  at  anterior  half. 

Body,  except  epinotum,  head,  mandibles,  antennae,  and  legs  shining. 
Mandibles  with  very  distinct,  regular,  scattered  punctures;  clypeus 
smooth  and  shining.  Cheeks  and  sides  of  the  anterior  portion  of 
front  longitudinally  striate,  the  striae  short,  extending  to  about 
opposite  the  eyes;  the  spaces  between  shining.  Front  with  rather 
strong,  regular,  widely  separated  punctures.  Pro-  and  mesonotum 
with  sparse  punctures;  the  conical  lateral  pronotal  projections  densely 
punctate  at  apex.  Epinotum  sublucid,  shallowly  granulosely  punc- 
tate. Petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster  sparsely  punctate,  the  posterior 
portion  and  sides  of  the  postpetiole  transversely  rugulose. 


432  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Head,  mandibles,  antennae,  body,  and  legs  with  rather  abundant 
long  silky  pile. 

Color  dark  reddish  brown,  gaster,  epinotum,  and  a  spot  on  the 
vertex  much  darker  than  the  rest. 

Worker.     Length  2  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  as  broad  in 
front  as  behind,  with  moderately  convex  sides  and  nearly  straight 
occipital  border.  Mandibles  long  and  slender,  with  long  apical  and 
subapical  teeth.  Clypeus  convex,  flattened  anteriorly,  the  border 
concave  at  middle.  Antennal  scapes  scarcely  surpassing  the  occipital 
corners ;  all  the  funicular  joints  longer  than  broad.  Eyes  little  convex ; 
situated  at  middle  of  sides  of  head.  Structure  of  thorax  and  abdomen 
similar  to  that  of  soldier.  Sculpture  and  pilosity  similar  to  that  of  the 
soldier,  but  the  mesonotum  is  more  closely  punctate. 

Color  dark  reddish  brown  throughout. 

Described  from  soldiers  and  workers  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore 
Camp  39.  The  strongly  prolonged  sides  of  the  pronotum,  which, 
with  the  mesonotum,  forms  a  diagonal  quadrangle  from  above,  is  very 
characteristic.  Both  soldier  and  worker  are  very  brightly  shining, 
with  the  exception  of  the  epinotum.  The  punctation  of  the  head  and 
especially  that  of  the  mandibles  is  coarse. 

82.     Plieidolc  {Pheidolc)  carapuna,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  22. 

Soldier.     (Plate  3,  fig.  22).     Length  3.24  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  one  and  a  fourth  times  as  long  as  broad, 
as  broad  in  front  as  behind,  with  slightly  convex  sides  and  deeply, 
narrowly  excavated  border.  Mandibles  long  and  thick,  the  blade 
with  a  large  subapical  tooth,  a  large  tooth  near  base  and  feeble  denticles 
between.  Clypeus  depressed  at  sides  and  anteriorly,  with  a  strong, 
narrow  carina  at  middle  and  one  on  each  side,  the  border  rounded. 
Frontal  carinae  extending  about  half  as  far  as  the  tips  of  antennal 
scapes.  Eyes  small,  flat,  located  at  anterior  third  of  sides  of  head. 
Antennal  scape  slightly  bent  at  base,  thickened  at  apex,  extending 
half  the  distance  to  occipital  corners.  Funiculus  short,  the  first  joint 
three  times  as  long  as  thick;  joints  2-8  as  broad  as  long;  club  as  long 
as  the  rest  of  the  funiculus  with  the  first  two  joints  subequal,  apical 
joint  longer  than  the  two  preceding,  connate.  Pronotum  and  mesono- 
tmn  in  profile  rounded,  the  sides  of  the  former  extended  at  the  sides 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL. 


433 


in  the  form  of  a  blunt  cone.  Promesonotal  suture  basally  discerni- 
ble. Epinotum  at  base  strongly,  broadly  impressed  for  its  entire 
length,  the  spines  short,  triangular  and  erect.  Petiole  thick,  the  node 
as  deep  as  thick,  from  above  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad; 
postpetiole  from  above  transverse,  narrowly  rounded  at  sides.  Gaster 
oval,  short.     Legs  moderately  long. 

Sublucid.  Mandibles  shining,  with  sparse  fine  punctures  at  base. 
Front  of  head  and  cheeks  with  strong  parallel  striae,  which  become 
confused  and  disappear  toward  the  vertex,  where  they  are  replaced 
by  dense  granulose  punctation;  this  granulation  extends  forward, 
outward  from  the  frontal  carinae  to  the  cheeks.  Clypeus  strongly, 
but  more  sparsely  striate  and  shining.  On  the  front  and  cheeks  the 
spaces  between  the  striae  are  smooth  and  shining;  the  occiput  is  very 
shining.  Thorax  and  epinotum  granulosely  punctate.  Node  of 
petiole  and  postpetiole  and  base  of  first  gastric  segment  with  sparse, 
more  shallow  punctures ;  rest  of  gaster  smooth  and  shining. 

Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  with  long  hairs,  which  are  most  abun- 
dant on  the  gaster.  Sides  of  head  in  front  sparsely  pilose;  antennae 
and  legs  with  semierect  hairs. 

Worker.     Length  L5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  with  slightly 
convex  sides,  broadly  rounded  occipital  corners,  and  very  slightly, 
narrowly  concave  border.  Mandibles  long,  slender,  the  blades  mi- 
nutely denticulate.  Clypeus  convex,  the  anterior  border  rounded. 
Frontal  carinae  short,  parallel.  Antennal  scapes  surpassing  the  occi- 
pital corners  by  about  one  sixth  of  their  length.  Eyes  large  and  con- 
vex, located  at  middle  of  sides  of  head.  Thorax  in  profile  rather  low, 
evenly  rounded.  Promesonotal  suture  not  discernible.  Mesoepinotal 
suture  deeply  impressed.  Epinotum  with  equal  base  and  declivity, 
the  former  depressed;  spines  very  short,  triangular.  Petiole  and  post- 
petiole similar  to  those  of  worker. 

Head,  thorax,  and  epinotum  subopaque;  coarsely,  densely  granu- 
lose; cheeks  with  a  few  coarse  striae.  Petiolar  node  punctate;  post- 
petiole and  gaster  smooth  and  shining.  Head  and  body  with  sparse, 
fine  hairs. 

Color  testaceous. 

Female.     Length  4  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles  a  little  longer  than  broad,  slightly 
narrowed  in  front,  with  feebly  convex  sides,  shallowly  excavated 
border.  Mandibles  and  clypeus  as  in  soldier.  Antennal  scapes 
extending  three  fourths  the  distance  to  occipital  corners.     Eyes  large 


434  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  convex,  situated  at  anterior  third  of  head.  Ocelli  large,  arranged 
in  a  triangle.  Epinotal  spines  shorter  than  in  the  soldier.  The  rest 
similar  to  the  soldier,  with  the  usual  sexual  differences. 

Sculpture  of  head  similar  to  that  of  soldier,  except  that  the  coarse 
striae  extend  onto  the  vertex  and  occiput.  Thorax  smooth  and 
shining.  Epinotum  transversely  striate.  Nodes  and  a  space  at  the 
base  of  the  first  gastric  segment  granulously  punctate.  Pilosity  as 
in  the  soldier. 

Color  dark  fuscous,  cheeks  and  clypeus  lighter.  Antennae  and  legs 
testaceous.     Wings  strongly  infuscated;  veins  and  stigma  fuscous. 

Described  from  several  workers  and  a  single  female  collected  at 
Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39.  The  color  of  the  soldier  is  striking. 
The  head  is  rich  reddish  brown,  darker  on  the  vertex  and  front  and 
lighter  on  the  cheeks  and  clypeus.  The  mandibles  are  a  rich  red 
wine-color.  The  thorax  and  epinotum  are  dark  fuscous,  the  gaster 
is  similarly  colored,  but  with  the  first  segment  lighter  basally.  This 
species  approaches  P.  susannae  Forel  from  which  it  differs  in  the 
much  longer  and  differently  sculptured  head,  the  feeble  promesonotal 
impression,  and  in  color. 


83.     Pheidole   (Pheidole)  triconstrida  Forel  var.  laidloivi,  var.  no  v. 

Soldier.     Length  3.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  the  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  slightly 
broader  in  front  than  behind;  posterior  corners  rounded;  occipital 
margin  rather  deeply  impressed;  occiput  at  middle  with  a  deep 
impression  which  extends  to  clypeus,  becoming  shallow  anteriorly. 
Frontal  carinae  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  scape,  sharply  defined. 
Eyes  at  sides  of  the  anterior  third  of  head.  Mandibles  convex,  biden- 
tate,  the  teeth  thick  and  subequal.  Clypeus  trapezoidal,  flattened, 
truncate  in  front  and  behind,  with  a  narrow  median  impression  from 
middle  of  front  extending  two  thirds  the  distance  to  base.  Frontal 
carinae  diverging  behind.  Antennal  scapes  reaching  three  foiu"ths 
the  distance  to  occiput.  Antennal  club  a  little  shorter  than  the  rest 
of  the  funiculus,  funicular  joints  2-7  broader  than  long.  Prothorax 
rounded  above,  sides  a  little  in  front  of  middle  drawn  out  angulately. 
Promesonotal  impression  distinct.  Mesonotum  seen  from  above 
trapezoidal,  narrowed  in  front,  deeply,  transversely  constricted  at 
middle,  the  posterior  portion  elevated  into  a  ridge.  Mesoepinotal 
constriction  deep  and  broad.     Base  of  epinotum  as  long  as  declivity. 


MANN:    THE    ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  435 

deeply  concave;  on  either  side  vnih  a  high  ridge  which  terminates  in 
an  acute,  erect  spine,  about  two  thirds  as  long  as  the  base.  Petiole 
twice  the  length  of  postpetiole,  the  node  broader  than  long,  with 
conical  sides;  seen  from  the  side  concave  in  front,  higher  than  post- 
petiole.     Postpetiole  broader  than  long,  the  sides  conical. 

Gaster  smaller  than  the  head.  Legs  slender.  Head  and  gaster 
shining,  thorax  and  petiole  subopaque.  Mandibles  very  finely  punc- 
tate. Head  densely,  minutely  punctate.  Thorax,  petiole,  and  post- 
petiole with  more  dense  punctures.     Legs  finely  punctate,  shining. 

Thorax  without  hairs,  head,  petiole,  and  gaster  with  sparse, 
scattered  erect  hairs. 

Color  pale  brownish  yellow,  mandibles  dark  ferruginous. 

Worker.     Length  2  mm. 

Head,  excluding  the  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  with 
convex  sides  and  evenly  rounded  posterior  margin.  Eyes  at  sides  of 
head  in  front  of  middle.  Mandibles  with  two  very  acute  teeth. 
Antennal  scapes  extending  one  third  their  length  beyond  the  occipital 
margin.  Thorax  similar  to  that  of  the  soldier,  but  the  prothorax 
more  rounded  at  sides.  Epinotum,  petiole,  and  postpetiole  similar 
to  those  of  soldier.     Gaster  as  large  as  head. 

Head,  legs,  and  gaster  shining,  the  rest  of  the  body  opaque. 

Pilosity  and  color  like  those  of  the  soldier.  The  hairs  are  even 
sparser.     Mandibles  and  border  of  clypeus  darker. 

Described  from  several  soldiers  and  workers  from  Madeira-Mamore 
R.  R.  Camp  37. 

Differing  from  the  typical  form  in  the  smaller  size,  and  pale  color. 
The  antennal  scapes  of  the  soldier  are  proportionally  longer,  reaching 
three  fourths  the  distance  to  corners  of  occiput. 

Named  after  Dr.  James  Laidlow,  of  the  medical  corps  of  the  Madeira- 
Mamore  Railroad. 

84.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  biconMrida  Ma\T. 

Manaos,  Porto  Velho,  Abuna  and  Camps  39,  41,  43  Madeira- 
Mamore  R.  R. 

On  the  Rio  Madeira  this  species  was  very  common,  nesting  in  or 
beneath  rotten  logs.     The  colonies  are  very  populous. 

85.    Pheidole  {Pheidole)  hiconstricta  subsp.  bicolor  Emery. 
Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  Camp  39. 


436  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology, 

86.     Pheidole  (Pheidolc)  biconstricta  subsp.  burtoni,  subsp.  nov. 

Plate  3,  fig.  24. 

Soldier.     Length  6  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  much  nar- 
rowed in  front,  with  convex  sides,  narrowly  rounded  occipital  corners 
and  deeply  and  narrowly  excised  posterior  border.  Mandibles  thick, 
the  blade  with  five  short,  very  blunt  teeth  and  a  large  subapical  tooth. 
Clypeus  rather  flat,  feebly  carinate;  anterior  border  strongly  excised 
at  middle.  Frontal  area  large,  triangular,  impressed.  Frontal  cari- 
nae  a  third  as  long  as  antennal  scapes.  Antennal  scapes  broadly 
rounded  at  base,  somewhat  thickened  apically,  extending  less  than 
half  the  distance  from  the  eyes  to  posterior  corners  of  head.  Club 
as  long  as  the  remainder  of  funiculus ;  funicular  joints  2-7  as  long  as 
broad.  Eyes  small,  convex,  located  at  sides  of  anterior  third  of  head. 
Pronotum  similar  to  that  of  P.  biconstricta,  but  the  corners  are  some- 
what more  angulate.  Mesonotum  slightly  convex  above,  with  feeble 
transverse  impression  posteriorly.  Base  of  epinotum  much  less  im- 
pressed than  in  P.  biconstricta.  Petiolar  node  and  postpetiole 
broader  than  long;  the  latter  conical  at  sides. 

Subopaque,  except  the  occipital  corners,  mandibles,  and  clypeus, 
which  are  shining.  Mandibles  strongly  striate  at  base  and  regularly 
punctate  throughout.  Head  coarsely  shagreened,  coarsely  longi- 
tudinally rugose  between  the  frontal  carinae.  Vertex  and  occiput 
wnth  foveolate  punctures.  Thorax  and  abdomen  shagreened,  the 
gaster  more  shallowly  than  the  rest.  Legs  finely  punctate.  Each 
of  the  foveolate  punctures  on  the  head  bears  a  short,  stiff,  recumbent 
hair.     Body,  antennae,  and  legs  throughout  with  long,  stiff  pile. 

Head,  posterior  portion  of  pronotum,  and  epinotum  piceous;  mandi- 
bles and  clypeus  red,  the  rest  castaneous,  the  gaster  distinctly  lighter 
than  the  other  parts. 

Described  from  a  single  soldier  taken  at  Porto  Velho.  The  sculpture 
of  the  head  is  very  different  from  the  other  forms  of  P.  biconstricta 
and  the  transverse  mesothoracic  impression  is  broader  and  more 
shallow. 

87.     Pheidole  {Pheidole)  fallax  Mayr  subsp.  emiliae  Forel. 
Several  soldiers  and  workers  were  taken  at  Alanaos. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  437 

88.     Pheidole  {Pheidole)  fallax  siibsp.  jelksii  Mayr. 
Found  at  Abuna,  Bolivia,  and  at  Porto  Velho,  Brazil. 

89.     Pheidole  {Pheidole)  fallax  subsp.  jchlcii   var.  antillensis  Forel. 

Several  workers  and  soldiers  from  Para  and  Abuna,  Bolivia  agree 
closely  with  West  Indian  specimens  before  me. 

90.     Pheidole  {Pheidole)  impressa  Mayr. 

Two  soldiers  of  this  curiously  colored  species  were  taken  at  Baixa 
Verde.  Since  the  types  were  described  from  Baturite  in  Ceara,  the 
species  has  not  been  recorded.  My  soldiers  differ  a  little  in  color 
from  those  described  by  Mayr,  but  otherwise  agree  closely  with  his 
description.  The  head  is  ferruginous  instead  of  ochre-yellow  and 
the  gaster  black.  It  may  be  that  the  Baixa  Verde  specimens  repre- 
sent an  undescribed  color  variety,  but  I  think  it  more  probable  that 
those  before  Mayr  were  more  immature  and  the  color  not  fully  devel- 
oped. 

91.     Pheidole  {Pheidole)  loallacei,  sp.  nov. 

Soldier.     Length  6  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  narrowed  behind; 
sides  slightly  convex;  occipital  corners  narrowly  rounded,  the  border 
with  a  shallow,  narrow  incision.  Mandibles  large  and  stout,  the 
apical  tooth  long;  blade  with  a  short,  stout  subapical  tooth  and 
several  very  small  teeth.  Clypeus  depressed;  anterior  border  dis- 
tinctly concave  at  middle.  Frontal  carinae  strong  and  thin  at  base, 
extending  only  slightly  past  the  antennal  pits.  Frontal  area  strongly 
depressed.  Antennal  scapes  slender,  extending  almost  to  occipital 
corners,  moderately  bent  at  base;  funiculus  long  and  very  slender, 
the  first  joint  somewhat  swollen,  joints  2-8  cylindrical,  three  times  as 
long  as  broad ;  club  very  slender,  a  little  more  than  half  as  long  as  the 
rest  of  funiculus,  the  joints  abovit  four  times  as  long  as  broad,  apical 
joint  a  little  longer  than  the  penultimate.  Eyes  small,  convex,  located 
at  anterior  third  of  head.  Pronotum  in  profile  evenly  rounded;  the 
sides  slightly  drawn  out  and  rounded  a  little  posterior  to  the  middle. 
Mesonotum  in  profile  angulate  at  middle,  the  anterior  part  flat,  the 
posterior  declivous.     Base  of  epinotum  much  longer  than  the  declivity. 


438  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

flat  anteriorly,  narrowly  impressed  posteriorly;  spines  triangular, 
the  width  at  base  greater  than  the  height.  Petiolar  node  twice  as 
broad  as  long,  in  profile  triangular.  Postpetiole  one  and  a  half  times 
as  broad  as  long,  narrowly  rounded  at  sides.  Gaster  short,  oval. 
Legs  very  long  and  slender. 

Head  shining;  cheeks  and  front  with  widely  separated  rugae,  which 
extend  only  slightly  posterior  to  the  eyes;  front  and  vertex  with  sparse, 
distinct  punctures.  Mandibles  sublucid,  very  coarsely  and  sparsely 
punctured  at  base.  Thorax,  epinotum,  petiole,  and  postpetiole  with 
sparse  interrupted  transverse  rugae;  the  spaces  between  the  rugae 
shining.  Gaster  finely  punctate,  shining.  Funiculus  sparsely  pubes- 
cent, head,  body,  antennae,  and  legs  with  long  hairs. 

Color  ferruginous;  anterior  border  of  head  and  the  mandibles 
brownish  red.     Pile  golden  yellow. 

Worker.     Length  5  mm. 

Form  very  long  and  slender.  Head,  excluding  mandibles,  much 
longer  than  broad,  strongly  narrowed  behind  to  form  a  distinct  neck, 
the  posterior  border  of  which  is  broadly  expanded  and  elevated. 
Mandibles  long,  acuminate  at  tip,  with  a  long  subapical  tooth  and 
several  shorter  teeth.  Clypeus  depressed  in  front,  the  border  strongly 
concave  at  middle.  Frontal  carinae  subparallel,  extending  to  opposite 
the  anterior  border  of  eyes.  Eyes  large  and  convex,  situated  at  sides 
of  front,  anterior  to  the  middle  of  head.  Antennae  very  long  and 
slender,  the  scapes  about  twice  as  long  as  the  head  including  the  neck; 
funicular  joints  similar  to  those  of  worker.  Pronotum  longer  than 
broad,  strongly  narrowed  in  front;  broadest  behind  middle;  the 
pleurae  extended  behind  into  small  elongate  tubercles.  Promesonotal 
suture  strongly  impressed.  Mesonotum  longer  than  broad,  little 
convex.  Mesoepinotal  impression  broad  and  deep.  Base  of  epino- 
tum distinctly  longer  than  the  declivity,  rounded  above;  spines  very 
short,  triangular,  erect,  located  closer  together  than  their  distance 
from  the  sides.  Petiolar  node  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad, 
triangular  in  profile.  Postpetiole  longer  than  broad,  with  rounded 
sides.     Gaster  oval.     Legs  very  long  and  slender. 

Sublucid.  Cheeks  with  distinct,  widely  separated  rugae.  Front 
and  vertex  sparsely  punctate.  Mandibles  sublucid,  finely  punctate. 
Pronotum  in  front  with  very  sparse,  transverse  rugae,  the  rest  of 
thorax  and  the  abdomen  finely  punctate.  Pile  similar  to  that  of 
soldier,  but  more  sparse. 

Color  light  ferruginous,  anterior  border  of  head,  the  mandibles, 
and  the  antennal  club  darker. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  439 

Described  from  several  workers  and  soldiers,  Madeira-Mamore 
Camps  39  and  46.  This  very  distinct  and  striking  species  is  related 
to  P.  hergi  Ma}T  and  P.  oxyops  Forel,  but  is  quite  distinct  from 
either.  From  P.  hergi  the  soldier  differs  in  the  much  longer  antennal 
scapes,  the  more  slender  club,  the  differently  shaped  epinotum,  which 
in  P.  hergi  is  broadly  depressed,  and  in  the  much  smaller  size  of  the 
epinotal  spines.     Pheidole  wallacei  is  a  larger  and  more  slender  species. 

The  structure  of  the  worker's  head,  long  drawn  out  behind,  and  the 
very  slender  thorax  and  epinotum,  and  the  small  size  of  the  spines 
distinguish  it  from  the  worker  of  P.  hergi.  The  worker  of  the  latter 
species  has  the  meso-  and  epinotum  granulously  punctate  and 
subopaque  instead  of  smooth  and  shining  as  in  P.  wallacei.  The 
worker  has  extremely  long  legs.  Those  which  I  observed  were  on 
the  ground  and  entering  a  hole  beneath  a  tree,  where  the  nest  was 
probably  located.  # 

92.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  opaca  Mayr. 

Numerous  workers,  soldiers  and  females  from  Para,  Abuna,  and 
IVf  adeira-Mamore  Camp  39,  where  it  occurred  commonly  in  populous 
colonies  beneath  logs. 

93.     Pheidole  {Pheidole)  fimhriata  Roger. 

A  single  soldier  of  this  characteristic  species  was  found  at  Ceara- 
Mirim,  and  a  female  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39. 

94.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  flavens  Roger. 
Natal,  Ceara-Mirim,  Independencia,  and  Para. 

95.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  flavens  subsp.  exigtia  Mayr. 
Taken  at  Ceara-Mirim  and  Independencia. 

96.     Pheidole  (Pheidole)  colohopsis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  figs.  25,  26. 

Female  (dealated).     Length  4  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad;    broadest 


440  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

in  front,  with  nearly  straight  sides,  concave  occipital  border  and 
narrowly  rounded  corners;  anterior  corners  right-angled.  Vertex 
slightly  rounded  above,  a  little  longer  than  the  front.  Front  sepa- 
rated from  vertex  by  a  distinct  angle,  and  forming  with  the  mandibles 
a  disc;  very  strongly  impressed  with  a  deeper,  longitudinal  groove  at 
middle.  Frontal  area  small,  triangular,  more  deeply  impressed  than 
the  front.  Clypeus  deeply  impressed  at  middle;  the  anterior  margin 
carinate  at  middle,  broadly  crenulate.  Frontal  carinae  strong, 
extending  sinuately  to  ends  of  antennal  scapes.  Mandibles  very 
short  and  thick,  the  blade  slightly  concave,  edentate.  xVntennae 
short,  the  scape  extending  a  little  more  than  half  the  distance  to 
occipital  corners,  strongly  geniculate  at  the  angle  which  separates 
front  from  vertex,  thickened  distally.  First  funicular  joint  as  long 
as  the  two  succeeding  joints,  joints  2-8  as  long  as  broad;  joints  9-11 
forming  a  club  as  long  as  remainder  of  funiculus.  Eyes  large,  oval, 
flat,  with  distinct  ommatidia;  situated  at  sides  in  front  of  middle. 
Antennal  fossae  deep;  extending  to  apex  of  scape.  Ocelli  distinct, 
the  median  much  the  largest,  each  situated  in  a  foveole,  the  median  of 
which  is  extended  forward  as  a  groove.  Thorax  rather  flat  above,  sides 
rounded;  mesothorax  a  little  longer  than  broad;  scutellum  rounded 
behind.  Epinotum  with  subequal  base  and  declivity;  the  base  strongly 
concave  at  middle,  with  elevated  sides,  which  terminate  in  short  thick, 
acuminate  spines;  surface  of  declivity  concave,  but  less  so  than  the 
base.  Petiole  elongate;  the  node  transverse,  in  profile  narrowed 
above,  constricted  behind.  Postpetiole  twice  as  broad  as  petiole,  the 
sides  produced  into  angles,  rounded  in  front,  constricted  behind;  in 
profile  evenly  convex  above.     Gaster  oval,  broad  at  apex. 

Shining,  with  abundant  silky  pilosity,  which  is  partly  recumbent  on 
gaster  and  erect  on,  the  other  parts  of  body.  Cheeks,  front,  and 
clypeus  devoid  of  hairs.  Vertex  longitudinally,  crenulately  striolate, 
front  and  clypeus  with  striolae  arranged  in  a  concentric  pattern. 
Mandibles  with  five  transverse,  diagonal  carinae.  Thorax,  petiole, 
and  postpetiole  minutely  punctate;  postpetiole  above  with  five  short 
longitudinal   carinae. 

Color  testaceous;  mandibular  blades  and  posterior  margins  of  gas- 
tric segments  darker.     Pilosity  yellow. 

Described  from  a  single  female  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp 
No.  41.  It  was  beneath  a  log,  in  company  with  a  colony  of  Myrmico- 
crypta  foreli.  This  is  the  first  known  South  American  Pheidole 
belonging  to  the  group  of  species  which  have  the  front  of  the  head 
depressed  and  disc-likcj  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  the  major 
worker  in  Camponotus  subgenus  Colobopsis. 


MANN:    THE    ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  441 


97.     Crematogaster  (Cremaiogaster)  stolli  Forel. 

This  very  distinct  species  was  abundant  at  all  the  localities  visited 
along  the  Rio  Madeira.  The  covered  galleries  that  it  constructs 
superficially  resemble  termite  runways,  but  are  built  of  fibrous 
material.  They  extend  along  tree  trunks,  often  in  an  irregular  spiral 
direction  around  the  tree  and  branching  to  the  limbs.  The  nest 
varies  from  hemispherical  to  broad  and  flat,  up  to  five  or  six  inches 
in  width,  though  generally  smaller.  The  brood-chambers  are  in  deep 
cavities.  The  acrid  secretion  from  the  anal  glands  of  C.  siolli  is 
much  more  pungent  than  that  of  any  other  Crematogaster  which  I 
have  observed. 


98.     Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  stolli  subsp.  autruni,  subsp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  4.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  broader  than  long,  as  broad  in 
front  as  behind,  with  rounded  sides,  broadly  rounded  occipital  cor- 
ners; the  occipital  border  nearly  straight,  but  narrowly  concave  at  mid- 
dle. Clypeus  about  as  broad  as  long,  with  slightly  rounded  surface 
and  broadly  rounded  anterior  border.  Mandibles  short  and  stout. 
Frontal  carinae  feeble,  but  distinct,  extending  to  opposite  the  eyes, 
which  are  located  at  middle  of  sides  of  head.  Eyes  small  and  flat. 
Antennae  short  and  stout,  the  scapes  arcuate,  much  thickened  dis- 
tally,  extending  about  two  thirds  the  distance  to  occipital  corners. 
First  funicular  joint  as  long  as  the  two  succeeding  joints  taken  to- 
gether; joints  2-7  as  long  as  broad.  Pro-  and  mesonotum  together 
as  broad  as  long,  evenly  rounded  above  and  at  sides.  Epinotum  with 
subequal  base  and  declivity,  the  base  rounded  in  profile,  the  surface 
of  base  concave.  Spines  moderately  long  and  stout.  Petiole  in 
profile  about  twice  as  long  as  broad;  from  above,  flattened  and  two 
thirds  as  broad  as  long.  Postpetiole  elongate,  rounded.  Legs  stout. 
Gaster  of  medium  length,  triangular. 

Body  sublucid.  Head  in  front  with  sparse,  fine  punctation;  cheeks, 
sides  of  head  and  a  space  parallel  to  the  frontal  carinae  densely 
striolate.  Mandibles  rugosely  striolate,  with  a  few  fine  recumbent 
white  hairs.  Antennae  punctate,  the  funiculus  with  considerable 
fine,  recumbent  pile.  Promesonotum  finely  rugulosely  punctate, 
with  a  few   very  fine  hairs.     Epinotum   and  mesothoracic  pleurae 


442  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

coarsely  striolate.  Petiole  and  postpetiole  rugosely  punctate.  Gaster 
subopaqiie,  densely  punctate,  with  a  few  erect  black  hairs. 

Color  black,  except  the  head,  which  is  somewhat  reddish. 

Described  from  six  workers  taken  near  Manaos.  This  form,  which 
is  named  after  Don  Antonio  Autrun,  our  genial  host  at  Kete  Purangi, 
differs  from  C.  stoJli  in  the  shorter  antennal  scapes  and  in  sculpture 
and  color,  besides  being  smaller.  The  epinotal  spines  are  shorter 
and  thicker  and  the  head  and  thorax  lack  the  long,  erect  hairs  of  C. 
stoUi.  I  am  in  doubt  whether  C.  autruni  should  not  be  considered  as 
specifically  distinct  rather  than  as  a  subspecies. 

99.     Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  heathi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  27. 

Worker.     Length  2.5  mm. 

Head  about  as  broad  as  long,  with  slightly  convex  sides  and  broadly 
rounded  occipital  corners;  occiput  faintly  excavated.  Eyes  small, 
little  convex,  located  at  sides  of  head  slightly  posterior  to  middle. 
Mandibles  short  and  stout,  the  blade  strongly  concave.  Antennal 
scape  not  reaching  the  occipital  corners;  funicular  joints,  except 
those  of  the  club,  subglobose,  as  broad  as  long.  Clypeus  quadrate, 
as  broad  as  long,  the  anterior  border  broadly  rounded.  Prothorax 
subglobose;  pronptum  as  broad  as  long,  with  narrowly  rounded  sides, 
so  that  the  disc  is  transversely  oval,  broadly  rounded  above.  Epino- 
tum  with  a  very  short  base,  which  is  narrowly  rounded,  giving  in 
profile  the  appearance  of  a  tubercle;  the  declivity  is  three  times  as 
long  as  the  base,  with  a  broad,  flat  surface,  on  either  side  of  which  is  a 
strong  spine  curving  outward  and  upward.  Petiole  flattened  above, 
not  quite  so  broad  as  long,  with  straight  posterior  margin;  postpetiole 
subglobular.     Gaster  short  and  broad,  triangular. 

Head  shining,  minutely  punctate  throughout,  the  front  with  sparse, 
coarse  punctures.  Thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  legs  sublucid. 
Gaster  subopaque,  densely  punctate.  Head  and  thorax,  petiole  and 
postpetiole  in  front  sparsely  pilose,  the  pile  fine  and  recumbent. 
Antennse,  legs,  and  abdomen  with  erect  pilosity. 

Color  red,  except  the  gaster,  which  is  black,  and  the  legs,  which  are 
somewhat  infuscated.     Pile  and  pubescence  yellowish. 

Described  from  a  large  number  of  workers  taken  from  twigs  at 
Independencia.  This  species  is  related  to  C.  brevispinosa  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  structure  of  the  epinotum  and  in  the  absence  of  teeth 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  443 

on  the  mandibular  blades.     In  living  specimens  the  black  color  of  the 
gaster  is  in  vivid  contrast  to  the  red  of  the  other  parts. 

100.     Crematogaster  (Cremaiogaster)  brevispinosa  Mayr. 

Several  colonies  of  this  well-marked  species  were  taken  at  Itacoatiara 
and  Abuna,  Bolivia. 

101.     Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  brevispinosa  subsp.  rochai  Forel. 

This  is  common  at  Natal  and  Baixa  Verde,  where  numerous  colo- 
nies were  found.     The  workers  agree  closely  with  cotypes  from  Ceara. 

102.  Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  vidima  F.  Smith. 

Many  colonies  were  found  in  hollow  twigs  at  Natal,  Baixa  Verde, 
Independencia,  Para,  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39. 

103.  Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  sulcata  Mayr. 
Abuna,  Rio  Madeira. 

104.     Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  limata  F.  Smith. 

Common  at  Manaos  and  Porto  Velho.     A  colony  at  the  latter 
locality  was  nesting  in  a  leguminaceous  pod. 

105.     Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  brasiliensis  Mayr. 
Manaos  and  Porto  Velho. 

106.     Crematogaster  (CYematogaster)  longispinosa  Emery. 
Many  workers  were  taken  at  Abuna. 

107.     Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  acuta  (Fabricius). 

Many  workers  are  in  the  collection  from  Madeira-Mamore  Camp. 
39. 


444  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

108.     Monomorium  (Mitara)  siihterraneuvi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  4,  figs.  29,  30. 

Worker.     (Plate  4,  figs.  29,  30).     Length  3.5  mm.  to  5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  as  long  as  broad,  nearly  as  broad  in 
front  as  behind,  with  convex  sides  and  feebly  concave  occipital  border. 
Eyes  small,  located  at  sides  of  head,  a  little  posterior  to  the  middle. 
Clypeus  very  convex,  unarmed,  the  anterior  border  somewhat  concave. 
Frontal  carinae  short,  straight.  Antennae  11-jointed;  scapes  extend- 
ing a  little  past  the  occipital  corners  of  head;  first  funicular  joint 
longer  than  broad  and  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  second,  which  is  a 
Httle  longer  than  broad;  joints  3-7  as  broad  as  long;  joints  8-10  form- 
ing an  elongate  club,  almost  as  long  as  the  rest  of  funiculus,  the  apical 
joint  of  which  is  longer  than  the  two  preceding  together.  Mandibles 
rather  thick,  the  blade  with  five  strong  teeth.  Pronotum  transverse, 
convex  above  and  at  sides,  broadest  a  little  behind  the  middle.  Pro- 
mesonotal  suture  barely  perceptible;  mesoepinotal  impression  strong. 
Epinotum  in  profile  evenly  rounded;  the  sides  very  feebly  margined. 
Petiole  slender,  the  node  in  profile  deeper  than  thick,  rounded  above, 
convex  at  the  anterior,  flat  at  the  posterior  surfaces.  Postpetiole 
transverse,  subglobose.  Gaster  as  long  as  thorax  and  epinotum, 
broadly  oval.     Legs  long  and  slender. 

Sublucid.  Mandibles,  sides  of  clypeus,  and  frontal  carinae  coarsely 
striate  longitudinally;  cheeks  with  strong  concentric  striae,  which 
terminate  at  the  carinae,  the  vertex  with  sparse  irregular  rugae,  the 
rest  of  head  and  the  thorax  densely  punctulate.  Epinotum  trans- 
versely, and  the  posterior  surfaces  of  the  petiolar  and  postpetiolar 
nodes  longitudinally  carinulate.  Gaster  shining,  sparsely  punctate. 
Apical  half  of  funiculus  pubescent;  the  rest  without  pubescence  but 
abundantly  pilose,  the  pile  stiff  and  erect. 

Color  testaceous,  with  a  fuscous  blotch  on  the  front  and  vertex. 

Described  from  a  number  of  workers  from  Madeira-Mamore 
Camp  39.  These  were  in  the  ground,  beneath  the  base  of  a  recently 
uprooted  palm,  about  three  feet  below  the  surface. 

In  a  recent  paper  (Ann.  Soc.  ent.  Belg.  1913,  57,  p.  261)  Emery  has 
divided  those  species  of  IVIonomorium  which  have  eleven-jointed 
antennae  into  three  subgenera.  Of  these,  M.  suhtcrraneum  must 
be  placed  in  Mitara,  which  hitherto  has  contained  only  African,  Asi- 
atic, and  Australian  species.  The  species  in  this  subgenus  have  the 
clypeus  entirely  without  denticles  or  carinae,  the  eyes  developed,  and 


MANN:    THE    ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  445 

the  epinotum  unarmed.  Monomoriwn  subterraneum  is  very  different 
from  any  other  of  the  American  Monomoriums  on  account  of  these 
characters,  and  also  because  it  is  an  unusually  large  species,  with 
considerable  variation  in  size  between  the  largest  and  smallest  workers. 
The  small  eyes,  the  abundant  stiff  hairs  with  which  the  body  is  covered, 
and  the  color,  as  well  as  the  location  in  which  the  colony  was  found, 
indicate  that  this  species  is  hypogaeic  in  habit. 


109.     Megaloviyrviex  bituberculatus  Forel. 

Many  workers  which  agree  closely  with  specimens  from  the  Rio 
Purus,  received  from  Forel,  were  taken  at  Manaos,  Porto  Velho,  and 
Madeira-Mamore  Camps  39  and  41.  This  form,  which  is  confined 
to  the  upper  Amazonian  region,  attends  Membracidae  and  the  workers 
were  generally  found  in  company  with  these  on  shrubs  in  the  deep 
forest.  The  nest  is  subterranean,  the  entrance  nearly  always  at  the 
base  of  a  tree.     The  living  insect  is  slow  in  its  movements. 


110.     Megalomyrmex  umUacei,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  28. 

Worker.     (Plate  3,. figs.  28).     Length  5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  one  and  a  third  times  as  long  as  broad, 
broadest  at  clypeus,  strongly  narrowed  above  eyes,  with  slightly 
convex  sides  and  straight  occipital  border,  the  latter  distinctly, 
though  narrowly,  margined.  Clypeus  long  and  narrow,  not  separated 
from  frontal  area,  the  sides  extending  to  outer  bases  of  mandibles; 
anterior  border  projecting  and  narrowly  rounded  at  middle.  Frontal 
cai'inae  distinct,  elevated  at  insertion  of  antennae,  parallel,  extending 
to  opposite  anterior  border  of  eye.  Mandibles  long  and  acuminate, 
the  blade  with  four  pointed  teeth.  Eyes  large  and  very  convex, 
situated  at  sides  of  front  of  head,  a  little  anterior  to  the  middle. 
Antennae  long  and  slender;  extending  about  one  third  their  length 
beyond  the  occipital  corners.  First  funicular  joint  nearly  twice  as 
long  as  the  second,  joints  2-8  subequal,  longer  than  broad,  cylindrical, 
joints  9  and  10  subequal,  each  twice  as  long  as  the  eighth  and  a  little 
shorter  than  the  apical.  Thorax  long  and  slender.  Prothorax 
slightly  rounded  above,  sides  rounded.     Promesonotal  suture  faint. 


446  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Mesonotum  pyriform,  flattened  behind,  with  a  feeble  transverse  im- 
pression at  middle  and  a  longitudinal  impression  in  front,  the  sides 
slightly  margined  posteriorly.  Epinotum  in  profile  rather  flat  above; 
its  base  about  twice  as  long  as  declivity,  into  which  it  passes  at  a  broad 
rounded  angle;  surface  of  base  broadly  concave,  that  of  declivity 
flat;  base  of  declivity  with  broad,  ear-shaped  tubercles.  Petiole  one 
and  a  half  times  length  of  postpetiole,  without  antero ventral  tooth; 
the  node  in  profile  as  deep  as  broad,  concave  in  front,  rounded  behind, 
with  a  constriction  near  apex.  Postpetiole  broader  than  petiolar 
node,  rounded  above,  the  anterior  surface  nearly  straight;  antero- 
ventral  border  angulate  in  front,  but  without  distinct  tubercle  or 
tooth.     Legs  long  and  slender. 

Gaster  shining,  sparsely,  regularly  punctate;  rest  of  body  and  the 
legs  subopaque.  Head  and  thorax  rugulosely  punctulate,  a  median, 
longitudinal  surface  on  the  front  less  so  and  more  shining  than  the 
rest;  front  of  head  between  frontal  carinae  and  eye  concentrically 
striolate.  Mandibles  shining,  coarsely  striate.  Epinotum  and  petio- 
lar node  transversely  striolate;  postpetiole  rugulose  like  the  front 
of  head.  Body  and  legs  everywhere  with  abundant  erect  hairs. 
Mandibles,  funiculus,  and  antennal  scapes  with  semierect  hairs,  last 
four  funicular  joints  pubescent. 

Color  light  ferruginous,  pile  and  pubescence  yellow. 

Female  (dealated).     Length  6.5  mm. 

Closely  resembling  the  worker.  The  white  ocelli  are  small,  but 
distinct.  The  smooth  surface  on  the  front  is  shorter  but  more  dis- 
tinctly shining  than  in  the  woi'ker. 

Described  from  a  single  female  and  several  workers  found  at  Porto 
Velho.  This  species  is  near  M.  iheringi  Forel,  from  which  it  differs 
in  its  larger  size,  the  head  more  constricted  behind,  in  the  much 
larger  size  of  the  eye,  and  in  the  subopacity  of  the  tegument,  which  in 
M.  iheringi  is  shining. 


in.     Tranopelta  gilva  Mayr.  var.  albida,  var.  nov. 

Several  workers  of  a  small  variety  of  Tranopelta  gilva  Mayr  were 
taken  at  Camp  39,  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  These  differ  from 
var.  brunnea  Forel,  the  only  form  of  which  the  worker  is  known,  in 
the  smaller  size  (length  L5  mm.)  and  in  the  uniformly  pale  color 
which  in  the  series  before  me  is  almost  white,  with  a  faint  tinge  of 
yellow. 


.      MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  447 

112.     Solenopsis  picea  Emery  var.  subadpressa  Forel. 

This  variety,  somewhat  larger  than  the  typical  Costa  Rican  form, 
was  described  by  Forel  from  specimens  collected  by  Sr.  Diaz  da  Rocha 
at  Ceara.  Specimens  which  agree  well  with  cotypes  in  the  Wheeler 
collection  were  taken  at  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Madeira-Mamore 
R.  R.  Co.  Camp  39. 

113.     Solenopsis  glohularia  (F.  Smith). 

One  colony  with  numerous  workers  and  females  was  found  at  Natal. 
The  large  size  and  globular  shape  of  the  postpetiole  distinguish  this 
from  related  species. 

114.     Solenopsis  subtilis  Emery. 
One  small  colony  was  taken  at  Manaos. 

115.     Sole7iopsis  geminata  (Fabricius). 

Colonies  of  the  typical  form  of  this  widely  distributed  species  were 
found  at  Natal,  Independencia,  Baixa  Verde,  Itacoatiara,  Manaos, 
and  Porto  Velho. 

116.     Solenopsis  geminata  (Fabricius)  subsp.  medusa,  subsp.  nov. 

Plate  4,  fig.  31. 

In  a  number  of  colonies  from  Ceara-Mirim  and  the  Maranguape 
mountains  the  largest  headed  of  the  soldiers  differ  from  those  of 
typical  S.  geminata  in  having  the  sides  of  head  at  the  anterior  corners 
broadly  expanded,  as  shown  in  Plate  4,  fig.  31. 

I  can  detect  no  character  in  the  smaller  soldiers  and  workers  that 
will  distinguish  them  from  the  same  phases  of  S.  geminata,  but  the 
difference  between  the  largest  soldiers  is  striking  and  constant  and 
seems  to  be  of  subspecific  value.  It  is  probably  a  local  race,  limited 
to  the  east  coastal  region  of  Brazil. 

117.     Solenopsis  saevissima  (F.  Smith). 

Very  abundant  at  Para,  Itacoatiara,  and  Manaos  in  Brazil  and  at 
Abuna,  Boh  via      There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  species  is  the  one 


448  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

described  by  Smith  from  specimens  sent  to  him  by  Bates  and  of  which 
the  latter  has  given  an  interesting  account  in  his  NaturaUst  on  the 
River  Amazons.  It  is  the  common  fire  ant  ("formigo  do  fogo"  of 
the  Brazihans)  of  the  Amazonian  region,  where  it  occurs  generally 
in  cultivated  districts  and  is  a  bad  pest.  The  colonies  are  large  and 
numerous  and  the  individuals  highly  aggressive,  and,  because  of  their 
numbers  and  painful  sting,  very  formidable. 

Smith's  name  has  long  been  included  with  the  synonyms  of  S. 
geminata,  and  S.  saevissima  was  redescribed  as  S.  pylades  by  Forel, 
but  from  field  observations,  compared  with  the  notes  of  Bates  and 
Smith  and  compared  with  specimens  of  S.  pylades  determined  b}' 
Forel  I  am  certain  that  the  name  given  by  the  former  author  applies 
to  this  species. 

118.     Leptothorax  (Goniothorax)  echinatinodis  Forel  subsp.  spininodis 

Ma>T. 

Plate  4,  fig.  36. 

Many  workers  and  males  from  colonies  which  were  nesting  in 
twigs  at  Independencia,  Ceara-Mirim,  and  Manaos  agree  closely 
with  Mayr's  description,  except  that  in  the  entire  series  before  me  the 
tips  of  the  femora  are  distinctly  infuscated. 

The  types  of  this  species  were  taken  from  an  egg-case  of  a  species 
of  Mantis  from  a  doubtful  locality. 

119.      Tetramorium  {Tetrogmus)  simillimum  F.  Smith. 
Several  workers  of  this  tropicopolitan  species  were  taken  at  Manaos. 

120.     Wasmannia  auropunctata  (Roger). 

This  is  one  of  the  most  widely  spread  Neotropical  ants.  It  was 
taken  in  Brazil  at  Natal,  Independencia,  Itacoatiara,  Manaos,  Porto 
Velho,  Madeira-Mamore  Camps  39  and  41,  and  at  Abuna,  Bolivia. 

121.     Cryptoccrvs  iCephalotes)  atratus  (Linne). 

Common  throughout  northern  Brazil.  Taken  by  the  Expedition 
at  Para,  Manaos,  Itacoatiara,  and  on  the  upper  Rio  Madeira.  The 
species  nests  generally  in  hollowed  branches  of  high  trees,  though  one 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  449 

nest  was  in  the  hollowed  trunk  of  a  small  tree.  It  is  omnivorous  in 
habit,  frequenting  garbage  and  eating  even  carrion.  Some  dead 
macaws  which  I  placed  in  the  woods  as  bait  for  carrion-feeding  insects 
were  continually  covered  by  C.  atratus,  to  the  exclusion  of  other 
insects.  It  is  diurnal,  and  a  striking  form  as  it  walks  slowly  about  on 
tree  trunks  and  logs.  The  hard  spiny  armor  is  sufficient  to  protect 
it  from  any  ordinary  enemy. 

122.     Cryptocerus  (Cephalotcs)  oculatus  (Spinola). 
One  colony  from  Para. 

123.     Cryptocerus  (Zacryptocerus)  clypeatus  (Fabricius). 

This  species  was  very  common  at  all  places  along  the  Rio  Madeira, 
and  at  Itacoatiara  and  Santarem.  A  large  colony  was  found  nesting 
in  a  hollow  parasitic  vine. 

124.     Cryptocerus  {Cryptocerus)  umbraculatus  (Fabricius). 

A  colony  found  at  Abuna,  Rio  Madeira  was  nesting  in  a  hollow 
branch  near  the  top  of  a  recently  felled  tree. 

125.     Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  inaequalis,  sp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  5.25  mm. 

Head  broader  than  long,  broadest  behind  the  eyes;  narrowed  in 
front.  Posterior  margin  straight,  the  angles  projecting  as  lamellae, 
and  broadly  concave  at  apex.  Sides  and  anterior  corners  of  head 
evenly  rounded.  Anterior  margin  of  clypeus  deeply  concave.  Pro- 
and  mesothorax  together  as  broad  as  long;  prothorax  angulate  at  the 
anterior  corners  and  with  a  pair  of  flat  triangular  teeth  at  posterior 
half  of  margin.  Sides  of  mesothorax  with  a  short  slender  spine  at 
middle.  Epinotum  more  than  twice  as  broad  as  long,  with  two  broad 
teeth  at  sides.  Petiole  and  postpetiole  subequal  in  width.  Petiole 
with  long,  slender,  backward  curving  spines.  Spines  of  the  postpetiole 
short  and  broad,  projecting  forward.  Gaster  broadly  cordiform, 
very  convex  above;  anterior  third  of  sides  broadly  margined;  excised 
at  middle  of  anterior  border. 

Subopaque.     Sparsely,  foveolately  punctate  above,  except  the  gas- 


450  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

ter,  which  is  finely  and  densely  punctate.  Legs  foveolately  punctate. 
Each  puncture  bearing  a  glistening  scale-like  hair. 

Color  black,  with  the  marginate  portions  of  the  head  and  gaster 
yellow,  and  the  tibiae  ferruginous. 

Described  from  four  workers  from  Abuna  and  Madeira-Mamore 
Camp  41. 

The  very  long,  slender,  and  curved  spines  of  the  petiole,  compared 
with  those  of  the  postpetiole,  and  the  lamellate  occipital  corners,  with 
the  concave  apices  are  characteristic  of  this  species.  It  is  related  to 
C.  spinosus  but  differs  in  the  form  of  the  spines,  and  the  absence  of 
pile  on  the  dorsum. 

126.  Cryptocenis  {Cryptocerus)  spinosus  Mayr. 
One  colony  found  at  Porto  Velho,  Rio  Madeira. 

127.  Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  pusillus  Klug. 

Widely  distributed  throughout  Brazil.  Numerous  specimens  were 
taken  at  Ceara,  running  along  the  wires  of  a  fence,  in  the  posts  of  which 
they  were  nesting.  At  Manaos  a  colony  was  taken  from  a  hollow 
twig. 

128.     Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  minutus  (Fabricius). 
Nesting  in  twigs  at  Natal,  Manaos,  Itacoatiara,  and  Porto  Velho. 

129.     Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  deprcssus  Klug. 
This  was  the  commonest  species  of  the  genus  at  Manaos. 

130.  Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  maculatus  F.  Smith. 

A  few  specimens  were  taken  at  Natal,  and  a  colony  was  found  in  a 
hollow  twig  on  a  caju  tree  at  Abuna,  Bolivia. 

131.  Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  multispinus  Emery. 
A  single  worker  from  Abuna. 

132.  Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  cordatus  F.  Smith. 
A  small  colonv  from  Porto  Velho. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  451 

133.     Cryptocerus  {Cryptocerus)  complanatus  Guerin. 
Plate  4,  fig.  35. 

A  colony  of  C.  complmialns,  originally  described  from  Cayenne,  was 
taken  from  a  twig  at  Itacoatiara.  The  species  belongs  to  the  group 
containing  C.  cordaius,  C.  spinosus,  and  C.  inaequalis. 

Worker.     Length  5  mm. 

The  head  is  as  broad  as  long,  margin  of  occiput  only  slightly  con- 
cave, the  corners  broadly  angulate,  without  spines;  front  narrower 
than  occiput;  sides  in  front  of  eyes  convex.  Thorax  longer  than 
broad.  Sides  of  prothorax  narrowly  margined,  nearly  straight; 
anterior  corners  angulate.  Mesothorax  with  short  spine  at  sides. 
Epinotum  three  times  as  broad  as  long,  with  a  blunt  spine  at  middle 
and  a  longer  one  at  apical  corners.  Spines  of  petiole  and  postpetiole 
curved  backward,  those  of  the  petiole  the  largest.  Abdomen  cordate, 
without  dorsal  impression  at  base. 

Body  subopaque,  coarsely  punctate,  each  puncture  with  a  short 
silvery  hair. 

Color  black  throughout. 

Soldier.     (Plate  4,  fig.  35).     Length  6  mm. 

The  body  is  less  hairy  and  more  shining  than  in  the  worker.  The 
transverse  carina  between  the  pro-  and  mesothorax  is  prominent  at 
sides  and  more  feeble  on  disc.  The  angles  at  anterior  corners  of 
prothorax  are  acute.  Mesothorax  with  short,  blunt  spines  at  sides. 
Epinotum  without  spine  at  middle;  the  corners  with  a  short,  pointed 
spine.  Spines  of  petiole  and  postpetiole  similar  to  those  of  worker, 
'  but  stouter. 

Color   black. 

The  worker  agrees  in  outline  with  the  Peruvian  specimen  figured 
by  Emery  (Bull.  Soc.  ent.  Ital.  22,  1890,  22,  p.  75,  pi.  9,  fig.  6).  The 
outline  of  the  soldier  is  shown  in  Plate  4,  fig.  35. 

13-4.     Cryptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  pilosus  Emery  var.  fiebrigi  Forel. 

Several  workers  and  soldiers  from  Natal  agree  closely  with  the 
description  and  with  cotypes  of  this  variety  received  from  Dr.  Forel. 
This  very  distinct  species  has  not  been  hitherto  recorded  from  Brazil, 
but  undoubtedly  is  widely  distributed  along  the  coast. 


452  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


135.     Daceton  armigerum  (Latreille). 

There  were  several  colonies  of  this  species  in  the  grounds  of  the 
Zoological  Garden  at  Para,  where  workers  were  often  seen  on  the 
fences  and  trees.  At  Itacoatiara  I  found  a  very  large  colony  nesting 
in  a  hollow  standing  tree. 


136.     Acanthognathus  occllatus  Mayr. 
Plate  5,  fig.  39. 

Female.     (Plate  5,  fig.  35).     Length  3.5  mm. 

Head  cordate;  excluding  mandibles,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with 
convex  sides  and  deeply  excised  occiput.  Eyes  large,  convex,  situ- 
ated at  middle  of  sides  of  head.  Ocelli  small,  convex,  white  in  color. 
Clypeus  longer  than  broad,  its  anterior  border  truncate.  Antennae 
slender  and  short;  the  scape  not  attaining  the  occipital  corners,  bent 
and  slightly  thickened  distally;  first  funicular  joint  two  and  a  half 
times  as  long  as  broad;  joints  3-9  scarcely  longer  than  broad;  last 
two  much  longer  than  broad,  the  apical  nearly  twice  the  length  of 
penultimate.  Mandibles  nearly  as  long  as  head,  slender,  straight; 
apex  with  two  long  subequal  teeth  and  a  shorter  tooth.  On  the  inner 
side  near  the  base  is  a  curved  process,  which  extends  upward  a  little 
past  the  base.  This  is  bidentate  at  apex.  Pronotum  very  narrow; 
in  profile  flat.  Mesonotum  evenly  rounded  above  and  at  sides. 
Scutellum  rounded.  Epinotum  with  base  and  declivity  subequal  in 
length,  the  angle  bearing  a  pair  of  stout,  acute  spines.  Petiole  elon- 
gate, slender,  the  node  globular.  Postpetiole  subglobose,  about  as 
large  as  the  petiolar  node.     Gaster  short  and  thick. 

Head  in  front  somewhat  shining;  genae  and  occiput  smooth  and 
shining.  Mandibles  finely  punctate.  Antennae  and  thorax  sub- 
opaque,  the  latter  coarsely,  rugosely  punctate.  Scutellum  with  five 
feeble  longitudinal  carinae.  Petiole,  postpetiole,  gaster,  and  legs 
finely  punctate,  shining. 

Front  of  head  and  occiput,  thorax,  petiole,  postpetiole,  gaster, 
legs,  and  antennal  scapes  pilose. 

Color  ferruginous;   the  front  of  head,  thorax,  and  gaster  darkest, 
legs  lightest. 

Described  from  one  female  which  was  found  with  a  solitary  worker 
beneath  a  board  on  the  ground  at  Para. 


MANN:   THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  453 

137.     Strumigenys  smithi  Forel. 
A  single  worker  from  Para  is  in  the  collection. 

138.     Strumigenys  schdzi  Emery. 

A  single  female  and  several  workers  were  taken  at  Para,  the  type- 
locality. 

139.     Atta  cephalotes  (Linne). 

Common  throughout  the  forest  regions,  in  enormous  colonies. 
Numerous  specimens  were  taken  at  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Madeira- 
Mamore  Camp  41. 

140.     Atta  sexdens  (Linne). 

Many  specimens  were  collected  at  Natal,  Ceara,  Independencia, 
Baixa  Verde,  Ceara-Mirim,  Manaos,  and  Porto  Velho. 

This  ant  (the  "sauba"  of  the  Brazilians)  ranges  throughout  the 
tropical  portions  of  South  America,  and  is  by  far  the  most  important 
economically  of  all  ants.  It  strips  many  cultivated  plants  of  their 
leaves,  is  especially  attracted  to  citrus  species.  It  takes  also  dried 
vegetable  matter,  in  particular  farina,  the  staple  food  of  Brazil.  At 
Independencia,  back  of  our  house  was  a  large  pile  of  kitchen  refuse, 
and  this  was  visited  nightly  by  hordes  of  workers,  which  collected 
particles  of  farina,  bread,  and  other  vegetable  material. 

All  sizes  of  workers  forage  for  leaves,  generally  at  night,  but  also 
in  late  afternoons  or  on  cloudy  days.  The  smaller  workers  of  this 
and  the  preceding  species  often  ride  upon  a  portion  of  a  leaf  which  is 
being  carried  by  a  large  one  and  this  has  given  rise  to  the  native  belief 
that  the  larger  workers  are  blind  and  are  guided  by  the  smaller  ones. 

141.     Acromyrmex  {Moellerius)  landolti  Forel. 

Common  at  Natal  and  Baixa  Verde. 

This  species  was  described  from  a  specimen  from  Colombia,  and 
Forel  has  since  recorded  it  from  Bahia,  and  Emery  from  Venezuela. 
At  Natal  and  Baixa  Verde  nests  were  very  common.  At  the  entrance 
is  built  a  turret  of  grass,  from  one  to  six  inches  in  height.     Through 


454  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

this  run  circular  tunnels,  which  vary  in  number,  from  one  to  eight. 
From  the  entrance  the  tunnel  runs  perpendicularly  to  the  first  fungus- 
garden  chamber.  This  is  about  three  inches  in  diameter  and  from 
six  inches  to  two  feet  below  the  surface.  The  colonies  are  rather 
small.  Although  on  the  watch  for  inquilinous  insects  I  failed  to  find 
any  spiders  in  the  turrets,  as  reported  by  Emery  (Ann.  Soc.  ent. 
France,  1888,  ser.  p.  66.)  in  nests  at  Caracas. 

142.  Acromyrviex  (Acromyrmex)  coronata  (Fabricius). 
Several  colonies  were  found  at  Para. 

143.  Acromyrmex  (Acromyrmex)  aspersa  (F.  Smith). 
Common  at  Natal,  Baixa  Verde. 

144.  Acromyrmex  (Acromyrmex)  octospinosa  (Reich), 
Numerous  workers  were  found  at  Itacoatiara. 

145.     Acromyrmex  (Acromyrmex)  nigrosetosa  Forel. 
One  colony  was  found  at  Souza,  near  Para. 

146.     Acromyrmex  (Acromyrmex)  nigra  (F.  Smith). 
Several  workers  are  in  the  collection  from  Itacoatiara. 

147.     Acromyrmex  (Acromyrmex)  emiliae  Forel. 

A  few  workers  were  found  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39. 
This  large,  opaque  form  is  very  distinct  from  the  related  species 
in  having  no  tubercles  on  the  epinotum. 

148.     Trachymyrmex  diversus,  sp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  4  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  broader 
behind  than  in  front,  with  convex  sides,  and  pointed  posterior  corners; 
occipital  margin  slightly  concave.     Eyes  con^•ex,  located  in  front  of 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  455 

the  middle  of  the  sides  of  head.  Mandibles  with  two  large  apical 
teeth  and  several  fine  ones  basally.  Anterior  border  of  clypeus 
broadly  rounded.  Lobes  of  frontal  carinae  large,  flattened,  sub- 
triangular,  the  carinae  extending  back  as  strong,  converging  ridges 
nearly  to  the  occipital  corners  of  the  head.  Antennal  scapes  dis- 
tinctly thickened  apically,  extending  about  one  third  their  length 
past  the  occipital  corners;  funicular  joints  all  distinctly  longer  than 
broad.  Occipital  angles  with  one  large,  double  spine,  and  anterior 
to  these  several  small  conical  tubercles.  Preorbital  carinae  extending 
backward  toward,  but  not  reaching  the  occipital  corners  of  the  head. 
Vertex  with  distinct  ridges,  which  converge  posteriorly.  Lateral 
spine  of  pronotum  long  and  stout,  the  apex  excised  to  form  two  blunt 
tips,  the  anterior  of  which  is  higher  than  the  posterior.  Median 
spines  very  short,  conical.  Inferior  spine  two  thirds  as  long  as  lateral 
spines,  stout,  the  apex  broadly  rounded.  Mesonotum  with  two 
pairs  of  lateral,  subequal,  stout  spines,  about  one  third  the  length  of 
the  prothoracic  spines,  strongly  denticulate.  ISIesoepinotal  con- 
striction rather  strongly  impressed.  Epinotum  with  subequal  base 
and  declivity,  meeting  at  obtuse  angle;  with  a  pair  of  short,  blunt 
spines  a  little  in  front  of  the  middle  of  base;  apical  spines  short  and 
conical.  Petiole  from  above  about  as  broad  as  long,  very  abruptly 
narrowed  anteriorly  into  a  short  petiole;  node  with  a  pair  of  stout 
spines.  Postpetiole  as  broad  as  long,  twice  as  broad  as  petiole; 
the  posterior  border  distinctly  margined,  with  a  flattened  impression 
anterior  to  margin  and  the  lateral  borders  with  three  strong  tubercles, 
the  two  anterior  short  and  triangular,  the  one  posterior  longer  and 
blunt. 

Gaster  suboblong,  broadest  behind  the  middle;  first  segment  with 
prominent  lateral  ridge.  Tubercles  small,  blunt,  few  in  number. 
Legs  long,  rather  slender,  without  tubercles. 

Mandibles  faintly  shining,  with  a  few  hairs;  remainder  of  body 
opaque  and  finely  granular. 

Hairs  ferruginous,  sparse,  very  short,  and  depressed,  except  on  the 
ventral  surface  of  gaster,  where  they  are  longer  and  suberect. 

Color  ferruginous,  the  antennae  and  carinae  of  front  and  vertex 
darker. 

Described  from  workers  taken  on  the  trunk  of  a  palm  at  Abuna, 
Rio  Madeira. 

Most  closely  related  to  T.  ocikeri  Forel  from  Sao  Paulo,  but  difYering 
in  the  smaller  size  of  the  anterior  pronotal  spines,  which  in  T.  ocikeri 
are  much  longer  than  the  posterior  pair. 


456  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

149.     Apterostigma  branneri,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  5,  fig.  37. 

Worker.     Length  5  mm. 

Near  A.   caherti  Wheeler.     Head,   excluding  mandibles  one  and 
three  fourth  times  as  long  as  broad,  with  nearly  straight  sides,  as 
broad  in  front  as  behind.     Posterior  portion  convex,   behind  con- 
tracted into  a  rather  short  neck,  the  sides  of  which  are  straight,  the 
posterior  angles  somewhat  prolonged  and  the  border  between  them 
truncate.     Eyes  convex,  located  a  little  behind  the  middle  of  sides  of 
head.     Clypeus  twice  as  long  as  broad,  Avith  rounded  anterior  border. 
Mandibles   with   seven   subequal    teeth.     Frontal    carinae   in   front 
strongly  lobed,  behind  these  becoming  very  feeble,  the  posterior  por- 
tion shorter  than  the  lobes.     Antennal  scape  extending  nearly  one 
half  its  length  past  the  occipital  corners,  first  funicular  joint  nearly 
as  long  as  the  three  succeeding  joints  together;    joints  2-9  broader 
than  long.     Thorax  elongate.     Pronotum  with  a  moderately  strong 
anterior  border,  which  is  slightly  reflexed.     Mesonotum  with  a  pair 
of  subparallel  longitudinal  ridges.     Epinotum  with  similar  ridges  ex- 
tending along  base,  and  to  base  of  declivity.     In  profile  the  declivity 
of  the  epinotum  is  nearly  straight  and  about  as  long  as  the  slightly 
convex  base;    the  angle  between  the  two  surfaces  rounded.     Petiole 
from  above  less  than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  sides  convex,  evenly 
narrowed  anteriorly  to  the  point  of  insertion.     In  profile  the  node  is 
rounded,  more  than  half  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  petiole.     Post- 
petiole  slightly  broader  than  long,  broadest  a  little  behind  the  middle, 
the  sides  evenly  rounded;    posterior  border  very  slightly  convex. 
Gaster  elliptical,  without  a  longitudinal  ridge  on  each  side.     Legs 
long,  rather  stout. 

Mandibles  feebly  shining,  finely  longitudinally  striate  and  sparsely 
punctate.  Funiculus  of  antennae  slightly  shining,  the  rest  opaque, 
very  densely  punctate. 

Hairs  abundant,  long,  suberect,  dark  at  base,  lighter  towards  apex. 
Pubescence  very  short. 

Color  dark  brown,  funiculus  lighter. 

Female.     Length  5.25  mm. 

Closely  resembling  the  worker.  The  eyes  are  larger.  Mesothorax 
without  longitudinal  ridges.  Scutellum  with  two  broad,  blunt  teeth. 
Base  and  declivity  of  epinotum  equal,  meeting  to  form  an  obtuse 
angle;  base  with  faint  parallel  ridges.     Wings  opaque,  dark  fuscous, 


MANN:    THE    ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  457 

with  an  elongate  black  spot  between  branches  of  cubital  vein.     Rest 
as  in  the  worker. 

Male.     Length  5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles  about  one  and  one  third  times  as  long 
as  broad,  rounded  at  sides,  behind  more  suddenly  constricted  than  in 
the  worker  and  female.  Eyes  and  ocelli  large,  very  convex.  First 
joint  of  funiculus  one  third  as  long  as  second;  second  joint  one  and 
one  fourth  times  as  long  as  third;  joints  3-11  subequal,  two  and  one 
half  times  as  long  as  broad.  Prothorax  in  front  constricted;  seen  in 
profile  depressed;  broadly  margined.  Mesothorax  rounded,  without 
longitudinal  ridges.  Scutellum  with  broad,  flat  teeth,  as  in  female. 
Epinotum,  petiole,  postpetiole,  and  gaster  similar  to  these  parts  in  the 
female. 

Pilosity  abundant,  black,  suberect  on  the  head  and  body,  more 
depressed  on  the  legs. 

Wings.     Length  4  mm.;    fuscous,  clouded  with  darker  spots. 

Color  as  in  worker  and  female. 

Described  from  specimens  taken  from  two  colonies  at  Abuna  and 
Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  Camp  39.  Apierostigma  hranncri  approaches 
most  closely  A.  calrerti  Wheeler  from  Costa  Rica,  but  A.  hranneri 
has  the  head  distinctly  longer,  the  pronotum  less  declivous  in  front, 
and  without  the  deep  impression  posterior  to  the  margin,  and  it  lacks 
the  distinct  ridge  on  the  propleurae;  the  angle  between  the  base  and 
declivity  of  the  epinotum  is  much  more  obtuse.  Seen  in  profile,  the 
slope  of  the  epinotal  declivity  is  more  gradual.  The  size  of  the  worker 
of  A.  calverti  is  smaller  (3.5-4  mm.). 

150.     Myrmicocrypta  foreli,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  4,  fig.  32-34. 

Worker.     Length  3.25  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  about  one  fourth  longer  than  broad,  a 
little  longer  behind  than  in  front,  with  slightly  convex  sides  and 
concave  occipital  border,  the  occipital  corners  drawn  out  into  thick 
blunt  spines.  Front  broad  and  flat.  Clypeus  with  broadly  rounded 
anterior  border.  Frontal  carinae  somewhat  elevated  at  base  of 
antennal  scape,  anteriorly  extending  outward,  almost  attaining  outer 
corners  of  the  clypeus;  posteriorly  very  slightly  diverging  towards 
occipital  border,  becoming  much  weaker  at  a  little  less  than  half  the 
distance  from  base  of  scape  to  occiput.     Antennal  scapes  curved, 


458  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology, 

thickened  at  tips,  extending  one  fourth  their  length  beyond  the  occipital 
corners.  Joints  3-8  of  funiculus  a  little  broader  than  long,  gradually 
increasing  in  length  towards  apex;  the  basal  joint  of  club  one  half  as 
long  as  the  terminal.  Eyes  small,  located  at  the  middle  of  sides  of 
head.  Mandibles  long  and  rather  slender  with  about  seven  short 
teeth  on  the  blade,  the  penultimate  and  apical  larger  than  the  others. 
Pronotum  concave  at  middle  of  front;  on  the  side  anteriorly  with  a 
sharp,  minutely  tuberculated  crest;  the  median  surface  posteriorly 
with  a  pair  of  short,  parallel  tuberculated  ridges,  half  as  far  apart  as 
those  lateral  and  anterior,  extending  half  the  length  of  the  pronotum 
with  a  depression  between  them  and  the  lateral  margin ;  inferior  spine 
short  and  acute.  Promesonotal  impression  strong.  Mesonotum 
lower  than  the  pronotum  but  higher  than  the  epinotum ;  at  sides  with 
a  bidentate  crest.  Epinotum  with  subequal  base  and  declivity,  the 
latter  very  abrupt.  Base  margined  with  tuberculate  ridges,  which 
terminate  in  spines,  which  are  stout,  acute  and  about  half  as  long  as 
the  declivity.  Petiole  elongate;  the  node  globular,  shorter  than  the 
distance  to  point  of  insertion.  Postpetiole  twice  as  broad  as  petiole, 
broader  than  long,  sides  evenly  convex,  posterior  border  truncate. 
Gaster  elongate,  broadest  in  front  of  apex  of  first  segment.  Legs 
long  and  stout. 

Body  and  legs  subopaque,  except  the  gaster,  the  first  segment  of 
which  is  shining.  Head  with  very  small  tubercles  arranged  in  more 
or  less  circular  patterns  on  the  front.  Mandibles  longitudinally 
striate,  sublucid.  Body  everywhere  finely  granular,  with  minute 
tubercles,  which  are  coarser  on  the  petiole,  postpetiole,  femora,  and 
tibiae,  and  more  scattered  on  the  gaster. 

Body,  antennae,  and  legs  with  thick,  short,  curved,  recumbent, 
glistening  hairs. 

Color  light  ferruginous,  the  blades  of  the  mandibles  darker. 

Female  (dealated).     Length  4  mm. 

Head  similar  to  that  of  worker.  Pronotum  transverse,  flattened 
above,  the  sides  thinly  margined,  the  margins  projecting  anteriorly 
as  blunt  lateral  teeth.  Mesonotum  slightly  rounded  above,  with  a 
longitudinal  pair  of  denticulated  crests  at  sides  and  middle  and  between 
these  a  simple  carina.  The  posterior  border  of  scutellum  extending 
into  a  pair  of  blunt  spines.  Epinotum  with  two  long,  strong  spines 
at  angle  of  base  and  declivity,  which  are  ec[ual.  The  rest  similar  to 
worker. 

The  color  is  somewhat  darker,  being  light  reddish  brown. 

Described  from  one  female  and  several  workers  collected  at  Madeira- 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF    BRAZIL.  459 

Mamore  Camp  41.  The  colony  was  under  a  log,  about  three 
inches  beneath  the  surface  of  the  earth.  A  short  perpendicular 
passage  led  to  a  single  chamber  in  which  was  the  small  fungus  garden. 

151.     Cyphomyrmex  rimosus  (Spinola). 

Natal,  Baixa  Verde,  Para,  Manaos,  Abuna,  Porto  Velho,  and  Abuna, 
Bolivia. 

Occurs  in  small  colonies,  beneath  stones  or  in  rotten  wood.  The 
death  feigning  instinct  is  strongly  developed  and  the  insect  rolls  up 
and  remains  inert  for  some  time  when  touched. 


DOLICHODERINAE. 

152.     Dolichoderus  (Dolichoderus)  decollatus  (F.  Smith). 

This  species  occurs  commonly  throughout  the  greater  part  of  tropi- 
cal South  America.  A  large  series  of  workers,  collected  at  Itacoatiara, 
Porto  Velho,  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39,  shows  a  great  deal  of 
variation  in  color.  Some  have  the  head  and  thorax  brownish  red,  in 
others  these  parts  are  entirely  black.  These  forms  are  connected,  by 
gradations. 

Most  of  the  workers  that  I  observed  were  on  the  trunks  of  high 
trees.  They  are  slow  in  motion,  and  have  a  habit  of  remaining  motion- 
less for  many  minutes  at  a  time.  When  alarmed  they  drop  to  the 
ground. 

153.     Dolichoderus  (Dolichoderus)  imhecillus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  2,  fig.  18. 

Worker.     (Plate  2,  fig.   18).     Length  10  mm. 

Near  D.  atellaboidcs.  Head,  excluding  mandibles  and  the  neck,, 
longer  than  broad,  with  convex  sides.  Occiput  prolonged  into  a 
neck  which  in  profile  is  nearly  twice  as  long  as  thick  and  moder- 
ately reflexed  at  the  posterior  border.  Mandibles  slender,  the  blade 
with  ten  minute  teeth  and  two  larger  coarser  ones  apically.  Pro- 
notum  as  broad  as  long,  rounded  above  and  at  sides.  Mesothorax 
similar  to  that  of  D.  atellaboides,  long  and  slender;  in  front  with  a 
small,  rounded,  elevated  portion,  on  each  side  of  which  is  a  strong 
impression,  extending  backward  and  converging  and  terminating  in 


460  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

tubercles  at  the  posterior  third.  Epinotum  elevated,  in  profile  a  little 
longer  than  deep,  triangular;  apex  armed  with  a  pair  of  strong,  slightly 
curved  spines;  base  and  declivity  subequal  in  length,  the  surface  of 
the  former  convex,  of  the  latter  flat.  Petiolar  node  in  profile  one  and 
a  fourth  times  thicker  than  long;  from  above  twice  as  broad  as  long; 
the  posterior  surface  sloping. 

Sculpture  similar  to  that  of  D.  afellaboides,  the  head,  pronotum,  and 
epinotum  sublucid;  petiolar  node  very  coarsely  and  densely  rugose; 
mesothorax  shining,  less  rugose;    mesopleurae  transversely  striate. 

Gaster  finely  punctate  and  shining.  Mandibles  punctate.  The 
body,  antennal  scapes,  and  legs  with  rather  abundant,  erect,  stiff 
hairs. 

Color  dark  reddish  brown  to  black,  gaster  black,  legs  lighter.  Pile 
of  body  and  legs  grey  to  white,  of  antennal  scapes,  black. 

Described  from  eleven  workers  taken  at  Manaos.  They  were  feed- 
ing on  the  exudation  of  a  small  shrub  along  a  trail  in  the  forest. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  D.  atellaboides,  but  differs  in  its 
smaller  size  and  more  slender  form,  the  longer  neck  and  petiolar  node 
and  the  shining  gaster.  Dolichoderus  rosenbergi  Forel  from  Ecuador, 
also  has  the  gaster  shining,  but  the  first  antennal  joint  in  four  times  as 
long  as  broad  (in  D.  imbicellus  it  is  less)  and  the  size  is  larger  (13  mm.). 

154.     Dolichoderus  {Dolichoderus)    atellaboides    (Fabricius). 

Several  workers  were  collected  at  Abuna,  and  Madeira-Mamore 
Camp  39.     It  is  much  less  abundant  than  D.  decollatus. 

155.     Dolichoderus  (Dolichoderus)  imitator  Emery. 

This  is  the  smallest  and  most  delicate  species  of  the  group,  and  the 
least  common.  Five  workers  were  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camp 
39. 

The  following  key  serves  to  separate  the  Brazilian  species  of  the 
subgenus  Dolichoderus. 

Occiput  not  prolonged  into  a  distinct  neck 1. 

Occiput  prolonged  into  a  distinct  neck 2. 

1.     Large,    coarse   species,    epinotal   spines   long,   acuminate;     node 

flattened  above,  unarmed decollatus  Smith. 

Small,   delicate  species,  finely  sculptured,   epinotal  spines  very 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  461 

short;   node  in  profile  triangular,  acuminate  at  apex,  which  is 
armed  with  two  small  teeth imitator  Emery. 

Color  black,  petiolar  node  in  profile  flat  above,  twice  as  long  as 
thick,  epinotal  spines  rounded,  slender rugosus  Smith. 

Color,  in  part,  red.  Petiolar  node  in  profile  less  than  twice  as 
long  as  thick,  not  flat  above;  epinotal  spines  somewhat  flat- 
tened and  slightly  rugose  toward  base 3. 

Node  from  above  not  twice  as  long  as  broad;  gaster  densely 
punctured  and  opaque atellahoides  Fabr. 

Node  from  above  more  than  twice  as  long  as  broad;  gaster  shin- 
ing   4. 

First  antennal  joint  4  times  as  long  as  thick;  length  13  mm. 
(Ecuador) roscnhcrgi  Forel. 

First  antennal  joint  less  than  4  times  longer  than  thick;  length 
10  mm ivibecilhis  Mann.' 


156.     Dolichoderus  (Monads)  hispinosus  (Olivier). 

Numerous  colonies  were  found  at  Para,  Itacoatiara,  Porto  Velh(^ 
and  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39. 

This  is  the  commonest,  and  the  most  widely  distributed  species  in 
the  genus.  It  builds  carton  nests,  sometimes  of  large  size,  in  the 
branches  of  trees.  The  larger  of  these  nests  are  solidly  constructed, 
similar  to  certain  termiiaria.  I  am  not  certain  that  some  which  1 
examined  were  not  termite  nests  that  had  been  preempted  by  the  ants. 
AYhen  the  formicary  is  disturbed  the  workers  defend  it  very  pugna- 
ciously. They  bite  hard  enough  to  be  disagreeable  and  the  colonies 
are  very  populous.  I  have,  on  several  occasions  actually  been  driven 
from  the  near  vicinity  of  a  nest  by  this  species. 

157.     Dolichoderus    (Monads)   spinicollis    (Latreille). 

^Yo^kers  of  this  singular  species  were  encountered  only  once,  at 
Madeira-Mamore  Camp  41.  They  were  found  shortly  before  twi- 
light, moving  in  a  file  along  a  slanting  tree-trunk  and  going  up 
into  a  tangled  mass  of  vines.  Each  was  carrying  in  its  mandibles 
a  portion  of  some  fluffy,  waxy  substance.  I  could  not  locate  the  nest, 
and  did  not  see  any  more  of  the  ants,  though  I  returned  to  the  same 
locality  several  times  for  further  search. 

This  species  is  characterized  by  the  very  long,  acute  spines  which 


4(]l2  bulletin;  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

project  laterally  and  upward  from  the  sides  of  the  pronotum.  The 
meso-  and  epinotum  each  has  a  stout,  triangular  spine  at  the  poste- 
rior corners,  and  the  node  is  armed  at  apex  with  a  slender  acuminate 
spine  as  long  as  the  node.  The  whole  body  is  covered  with  fine 
yellow  pubescence. 

158.     Dolichoderus  (Monads)  laminatus  Mayr  subsp.  lutcivcntris 

Emery. 

A  female  from  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  41  agrees  with  Emery's 
description.  It  measures  5.5  mm.  in  length.  The  head,  thorax, 
and  petiole  are  black,  and  the  gaster  testaceous,  each  segment  of  the 
latter  with  a  fuscous  border.     The  legs  are  testaceous. 


159.     Dolichodertis  (Monads)  varians,  sp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  5  mm. 

Near  D.  lamellosus  Mayr.  Head  oval,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little 
longer  than  broad,  the  sides  very  convex;  occipital  angles  narrowly 
rounded,  the  border  narrowly  concave.  Clypeus  flat  above,  with 
rounded  anterior  border.  Frontal  area  very  large,  triangular.  Fron- 
tal carinae  thin,  slightly  elevated,  extending  to  opposite  posterior 
third  of  eye.  Eyes  small,  convex,  located  in  front  of  sides  of  head,  a 
little  behind  the  middle.  Antennae  slender,  the  scape  thickened 
toward  apex,  extending  a  third  its  length  beyond  the  occipital  corners; 
all  the  funicular  joints  longer  than  broad.  Pronotum  transverse, 
broadest  in  front,  the  anterior  angles  drawn  out  to  form  acute  tri- 
angular spines,  which  are  flattened  above;  anterior  border  convex  at 
middle,  concave  at  sides;  sides  sharply  but  not  broadly  margined. 
Mesonotum  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad,  narrowed  behind; 
the  surface  slightly  concave;  sides  with  a  narrow  elevated  margin. 
Base  of  epinotum  from  above  triangular,  one  and  a  half  times  as  long 
as  broad,  sides  roundly  margined;  apical  portion  transversely  de- 
pressed and  posterior  to  this  elevated  into  a  very  thin  lamella;  de- 
clivity a  little  shorter  than  the  base. 

Petiolar  node  twice  as  broad  as  long;  in  profile  twice  as  high  as 
thick;  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  slightly  convex,  the  apex 
rounded  in  front,  behind  elevated  into  a  very  thin  broad  lamella. 
Gaster  short  and  thick. 

Subopaque.     Head,    thoracic    dorsum,    and    anterior    surface    of 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF    BRAZIL.  463 

petiolar  node  shallowly,  densely  rugulose.  Posterior  surface  of  node 
and  the  gaster  finely,  densely  punctate,  the  latter  regularly  granulose. 

Body  thickly  covered  with  short,  fine,  erect  pile.  Antennae  mi- 
nutely pubescent. 

Color  black;   antennae  and  legs  ferruginous. 

Described  from  a  single  worker  taken  at  Porto  Velho.  In  color 
and  general  form,  as  well  as  in  sculpture  D.  varians  resembles  D. 
lameUosus,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  shape  of  the  mesonotum.  In 
the  latter  species  this  is  transversely  oval,  while  in  D.  varians  it  is 
distinctly  longer  than  broad,  with  a  faintly  crenulate  border.  Dolicho- 
derus  varians  is  also  much  more  thickly  pilose.  The  other  closely 
related  species,  D.  laminatus,  has  much  narrower  pronotal  spines  and 
finer  sculpture  throughout. 

160.     Dolichodcrus  (Monads)  tristis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  2,  fig.  17. 

t 

Worker.     Length  4.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  narrowed 
in  front,  with  slightly  rounded  sides  and  nearly  straight  posterior 
border;  occipital  corners  broadly  rounded.  Clypeus  rounded,  the 
anterior  border  concave  at  middle.  Frontal  carinae  nearly  straight, 
subparallel,  extending  to  opposite  middle  of  eyes.  Eyes  small,  feebly 
convex,  located  in  front  of  sides  of  head  a  little  behind  the  middle. 
Mandibles  short  and  thick.  Antennae  short,  the  scape  curved, 
thickened  and  flattened  toward  apex,  extending  less  than  one  third 
its  length  beyond  the  occipital  corners;  funicular  joints  subequal  in 
length,  the  first  constricted  at  base,  joints  3-10  cylindrical,  about  one 
and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad;  joint  10  as  long  as  broad;  apical 
joint  twice  the  length  of  penultimate.  Pronotum  transverse,  nar- 
rower than  head;  the  short  neck  transversely  depressed;  sides  convex, 
acutely  margined,  the  spines  short  and  stout.  Mesonotum  trans- 
verse, sides  margined.  Epinotum  campanulate,  unarmed,  flat  above, 
the  margin  projecting  laterally  and  behind;  surface  of  basal  portion 
rounded.  Petiole  from  above  transverse;  in  profile  thicker  than  long, 
flat  above,  straight  in  front,  concave  behind;  the  posterior  apical 
border  w4th  a  short,  thick,  triangular  spine  which  projects  upward 
and  backward;  postero ventral  surface  extended  into  a  triangular 
process.  Gaster  short  and  thick,  considerably  broader  than  the 
thorax. 


464  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Subopaque.  Head  regularly,  rugosely  punctate,  each  puncture 
bearing  a  short,  recumbent  glistening  white  hair.  Cheeks  and 
clypeus  rugulose.  Mandibles  shining,  coarsely  punctured.  Anten- 
nae densely  punctulate.  Thoracic  dorsum  finely  punctate;  pleurae 
shining;  prothoracic  pleurae  densely  punctate,  meso-  and  epinotal 
pleurae  rugose.  Node  shining,  rugose.  First  gastric  segment  densely, 
irregularly  striolate,  the  striolae  longitudinal  in  front  and  transverse 
at  the  posterior  border;  remaining  segments  very  densely  striolate 
longitudinally.     Legs  somewhat  shining,  punctate. 

Thorax  and  gaster  finely  pubescent  and  wath  scattered  erect  hairs. 
Legs  sparsely  pilose. 

Color  black;  eyes,  inner  border  of  mandibles  and  tarsal  joints  red- 
dish.    Pilosity  brownish. 

Described  from  several  workers  taken  at  Abuna. 

The  curious  structure  of  the  petiole  distinguishes  this  from  the 
other  species  of  the  subgenus. 

16L     Dolichoderus  {Monads)  debilis  Emery. 

Several  workers  from  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  37  agree  closely 
with  cotypes  received  from  Professor  Emery. 

162.     Dolichoderus  (Moriacis)  debilis  Emery  var.  rufescens  Mann. 

The  single  colony  of  this  very  distinct  variety  was  found  at  Madeira- 
Mamore  Camp  39,  living  parabiotically  with  Odoniomachus  affinis 
subsp.  mayi.  It  differs  from  Z).  debilis  in  color,  the  greater  length  of 
the  petiolar  spines,  and  the  coarse  cephalic  sculpture. 

163.     Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  abruptus  (F.  Smith). 

Many  specimens  were  taken  at  Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Madeira- 
Mamore  Camp  41.  The  workers  were  found  most  frequently  on 
shrubs,  where  they  attended  Membracidae. 

164.     Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  lugens  Emery, 

This  species,  originally  described  from  Bolivia,  swarmed  in  certain 
parts  of  the  forest  near  Porto  Velho,  and  at  Abuna,  Brazil  and  Bolivia. 
It  forages  on  the  ground  more  than  do  the  other  species  of  the  genus, 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  465 

but  like  the  others,  nests  in  trees.  The  colonies  must  be  very  large, 
judging  from  the  numbers  of  workers  seen  together.  The  workers 
are  able  to  exude  from  the  anal  glands  a  large  drop  of  a  mustard-yellow 
secretion.  This  is  not,  so  far  as  I  could  ascertain  pungent,  and  it  had 
no  effect  when  applied  to  my  skin. 

165.     Dolichodcrus  (Hypoclinea)  bidens  (Linne). 
Taken  at  Para,  Porto  Velho,  and  Abuna. 

166.     Dolichodcrus  (Hypoclinea)  bidens  (Linne)  var.  inferior,  var.  nov. 

Taken  at  Itacoatiara  and  Abuna.  This  variety  is  somewhat 
smaller  than  typical  D.  bidens,  and  is  light  ferruginous  in  color.  The 
punctation  on  the  vertex  is  much  finer. 

167.     Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  analis  Emery. 

Several  workers  were  taken  at  Para  and  Abuna.  It  is  less  common 
than  the  preceding  species. 

^  .   . 

168.     Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  germaini  Forel  var.  garbei  Forel. 

Many  workers  from  Ceara  and  Independencia  agree  with  Forel's 
description  of  this  variety  from  Bahia.  The  head  has  the  sides  little 
convex  and  much  longer  than  broad;  the  pronotum  is  as  broad  as  long. 
In  all  of  the  series  the  legs  are  light  fuscous  and  in  some  of  the  speci- 
mens the  thorax  is  considerably  lighter  than  the  rest  of  the  body. 

169.     Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  ghiliani  Emery. 
Plate  3,  fig.  19. 

]]^orker.     Length  4.5  mm. 

Head  one  and  a  third  times  as  long  as  broad,  with  convex  sides, 
rounded  occipital  corners  and  straight  border.  Clypeus  rounded  at 
middle,  the  anterior  border  broadly  rounded.  Mandibles  long  and 
thick,  the  blades  finely  dentate.  Frontal  carinae  distinct,  subparallel, 
not  extending  to  opposite  posterior  border  of  eye.  Eyes  oval,  situ- 
ated on  sides  of  front,  a  little  anterior  to  middle  of  head.     Antennae 


466  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

long  and  slender,  the  scape  extending  one  third  its  length  past  the 
occiput,  funicular  joints  1-7  subequal,  cylindrical,  nearly  three  times 
as  long  as  broad,  joints  8-11  a  little  thicker  than  the  others,  apical 
joint  as  long  as  the  two  succeeding  joints  together.  Pronotum  flat, 
behind,  sloping  in  front,  the  anterior  part  considerably  narrowed, 
with  margined  sides;  border  between  anterior  and  posterior  parts 
angulate.  Mesothorax  in  front  flattened,  disc-like;  behind  sloping 
into  the  broad  mesoepinotal  impression;  the  mesothoracic  spiracles 
are  large  and  form  distinct  tubercles.  Base  of  epinotum  longer 
than  the  declivity,  the  surface  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  broad, 
flat  and  narrowest  in  front,  broadly,  shallowly  impressed  behind, 
the  impressed  part  acutely  margined;  posterior  border  margined,  the 
two  margins  joining  in  a  prominent,  rounded  angle;  face  of  declivity 
rounded.  Petiolar  node  thick,  in  profile  very  convex  in  front,  nearly 
straight  behind,  the  two  surfaces  separated  by  a  faint  margin;  the 
anterior  surface  rounded,  the  posterior  nearly  flat.  Gaster  elongate 
and  narrower  than  is  usual  in  the  genus.     Legs  long  and  slender. 

Head,  thorax,  epinotum,  and  gaster  subshining;  seriolately  punctu- 
late,  devoid  of  pubescence  but  bearing  sparse,  long,  erect  hairs. 
Antennae  with  moi'e  abundant  and  finer,  semierect,  recumbent  pile. 
Legs  finely  pilose. 

Gaster  shining,  with  sparse,  long,  erect  hairs. 

Color  light  ferruginous,  except  the  gaster,  which  is  piceous. 

Described  from  a  single  worker  taken  at  Itacoatiara.  It  is  related 
to  D.  lutosus,  but  is  a  more  slender  species,  the  epinotal  margin  is 
distinctly  concave  seen  from  behind,  and  the  head  is  much  longer, 
with  very  convex  sides,  and  narrowed  behind,  and  not  concave  at  the 
border. 

170.     Dolichoderus  {Hypoclinea)  chmyipioni  Forel  var.  ornatus, 

var.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  6  mm. 

Near  germaini.  Head  elongate  oval,  with  convex  sides  and  feebly 
concave  occipital  border,  the  angles  evenly  rounded.  Clypeus  flat- 
tened at  middle,  anterior  border  straight.  Mandibles  as  in  D.  (jcr- 
maini.  Eyes  nearly  circular,  located  at  sides  of  front  anterior  to 
middle  of  head.  Antennae  slender,  the  scape  bisinuate,  extending 
one  third  its  length  past  the  occipital  border;  funicular  joints  all  dis- 
tinctly longer  than  broad,  the  first  three  times,  the  others  about  twice. 
Pronotum  flattened,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  the  sides  rounded  in 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  467 

contour  and  feebly  margined.  Mesonotum  oval,  about  one  and  one 
half  times  as  long  as  broad,  in  profile  gently  rounded  from  base  to  the 
mesoepinotal  impression,  which  is  broad  and  deep.  Epinotum  more 
than  twice  as  long  as  broad,  with  the  base  a  little  longer  than  the 
declivity;  in  profile  the  base  is  rounded,  the  declivity  slightly  convex; 
the  surface  of  the  base  is  convex,  except  at  the  apical  end,  where  there 
is  a  narrow  shallow  transverse  impression,  posterior  to  which  is  a 
slightly  elevated  margin;  the  basal  surface  is  flat.  Petiolar  node  thin, 
in  profile  convex  in  front,  concave  behind,  the  apex  thinly  margined; 
the  margin  not  extending  down  the  sides. 

Head  shining,  minutely,  closely  punctate,  thinly  covered  with 
short,  suberect  pile;  antennae  thinly  pilose;  mandibles  punctate  and 
pilose. 

Thorax,  epinotum,  and  petiole  somewhat  shining,  punctate,  simi- 
lar to  but  more  coarsely  than  the  head,  and  more  thinly  pilose; 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  node  with  fine  transverse  striolae  and 
glabrous,"  except  for  several  .long  hairs  at  the  apex.  Thorax  shining, 
minutely  punctate,  thinly  pilose. 

Color  black,  except  the  legs,  petiolar  node,  base  of  first  gastric 
segment  and  interrupted  bands  at  the  apices  of  the  first  and  second 
segments  which  are  yellow.  Apex  of  femora,  tibia?  and  tarsi  slightly 
infuscated.     Pile  gray. 

Female.     Length  8  mm. 

Head  elongate  oval,  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  in  general  similar 
to  that  of  the  worker.  Ocelli  large  and  distinct,  arranged  in  a  tri- 
angle. Mesonotum  flat  behind,  the  sides  with  a  low,  rounded  margin. 
Scutellum  flat.  Epinotum  similar  to  that  of  the  worker,  but  the  base 
is  much  shorter  in  proportion  to  the  declivity,  slightly  longer  than 
broad.     Petiole  as  in  worker.     Gaster  longer  and  more  slender. 

Head  and  pronotum  with  foveate  punctation,  the  punctures  shallow 
and  widely  separated. 

The  color  is  the  same  as  in  the  worker,  except  for  the  mandibles  and 
a  transverse  stripe  across  the  clypeus,  which  are  rufous.  The  tibiae, 
tarsi,  and  tips  of  the  femora  are  darker  than  in  the  worker.  Wings 
very  slightly  infuscated,  veins  pale  brown.     Pilosity  as  in  worker. 

Described  from  large  series  of  workers  from  Para  and  Abuna. 
This  is  a  singularly  colored  variety,  quite  different  from  any  of  the 
described  forms.  In  the  Para  specimens  the  surface  of  the  epinotal 
declivity  is  yellow,  and  in  those  from  Abuna  it  is  black.  Otherwise 
the  two  are  identical. 


468  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

171.     Dolichodcrus  {Hypoclinca)  lutosus  (F.  Smith). 
Plate  3,  fig.  20. 

Several  colonies,  nesting  beneath  stones  were  found  at  Natal  and 
Baixa  Verde.  Those  from  the  latter  locality  are  small  in  size  (length 
3.5  mm.)  and  are  evidently  from  an  incipient  colony.  A  figure  of  the 
worker  is  given  in  Plate  3,  fig.  20. 

Female.     Length  6  mm. 

Ocelli  very  small,  arranged  in  an  equilateral  triangle.  Base  of 
epinotum  shorter  than  declivity. 

Color  similar  to  that  of  worker  but  more  pronounced.  First  three 
gastric  segments  with  a  median  longitudinal  fuscous  line;  apex  of 
first  segment  with  a  narrow  transverse  fuscous  band ;  apical  two  thirds 
of  the  second  and  border  of  the  third  segments  fuscous.  Wings 
hyaline ;  veins  and  stigma  brown. 

Male.     Length  3.75  mm. 

Head,  excluding  the  mandibles,  as  long  as  broad,  convex  behind 
and  at  sides,  with  large,  moderately  convex  eyes,  which  occupy 
about  half  the  sides.  Frontal  area  distinct,  triangular;  carinae  fine. 
Clypeus  convex  at  middle,  broadly  concave  at  middle  of  anterior 
border.  Mandibles  well  developed,  stouts,  as  long  as  the  distance 
from  their  base  to  the  eye,  blade  with  several  fine  teeth  anteriorly. 
Vertex  elevated  into  a  broad  tubercle  on  wdiich  the  large  ocelli  are 
located;  in  front  of  this,  beneath  the  median  ocellus  the  front  has  a 
deep,  triangular  impression.  Antennae  short,  extending  to  base  of 
gaster;  first  funicular  joint  a  third  the  length  of  the  second.  Thorax 
robust,  mesonotum  evenly  rounded  above,  with  feeble  Mayrian  fur- 
rows. Epinotum  short,  base  rounded,  declivity  flat,  the  two  surfaces 
separated  by  an  obtuse  angle.  Petiole  twice  as  high  as  thick,  anterior 
surface  rounded,  posteriorly  nearly  flat,  the  apex  narrowly,  thickly 
margined.  Gaster  similar  to  that  of  worker,  but  flattened  above. 
Genitalia  small.  Hypopygium  small,  broadly  triangular.  Cerci 
very  small.     Legs  slender.     ^Yings  long  and  narrow. 

Body  shining,  very  minutely  punctate.  Mandibles  punctate,  with 
several  long  hairs.  Body  without  long  hairs.  Thorax  and  abdomen 
with  sparse,  regular,  very  minute  scale-like  white  hairs.  Funiculus 
densely  pubescent. 

Color  dark  fuscous,  gastric  segments  at  base  lighter. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  469 

172.     Aztcca  schumanni  Emery  subsp.  duhia,  subsp.  nov. 

Plate  2,  fig.  15. 

Worker  major.     (Plate  2,  fig.  15).     Length  2  mm. 

Head  subquadrate,  one  and  a  third  times  longer  than  broad,  slightly 
narrowed  in  front,  with  feebly  convex  sides,  broadly  rounded  occipital 
corners  and  narrowly  excavated  border.  Clypeus  convex,  the  anterior 
border  broadly  bisinuate.  Antennal  scapes  extending  about  two 
thirds  the  distance  to  occipital  corners;  strongly  arcuate  and  thick- 
ened toward  apex;  funicular  joints  5-10  as  broad  as  long.  Eyes  at 
sides  of  head,  well  in  front  of  the  middle.  Pro-  and  mesothorax  as  in 
A.  schumanni.  Epinotum  in  profile  rounded;  the  posterior  portion 
of  base  flattened.  Node  in  profile  twice  as  high  as  thick,  evenly 
rounded  above.     Antennal  scapes  and  tibiae  without  erect  pile. 

Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  with  fine,  long,  appressed  pubescence 
and  sparse,  short,  erect  hairs. 

Color  fuscous,  thorax  lighter,  gaster  darker. 

Worker  minor.     Length  2  mm. 

Head  longer  than  broad,  the  width  at  occiput  equal  to  that  at 
clypeus;  sides  slightly  convex,  posterior  border  very  feebly  concave. 
Clypeus  convex,  the  anterior  border  truncate  at  middle,  slightly 
produced  and  rounded  at  corners.  Eyes  small,  located  in  front  of 
sides  anterior  to  middle  of  head.  Antennal  scapes  extending  about 
two  thirds  the  distance  to  occipital  corners,  funicular  joints  6-10  as 
broad  as  long.  Thorax  and  epinotum  similar  to  that  of  the  worker 
major,  but  the  latter  is  somewhat  flatter.  Node  and  gaster  as  in  the 
worker  major. 

Subshining,  finely  punctate.  Body  above  with  sparse,  short  pile 
and  pubescence.     Antennae  and  legs  pubescent,  without  erect  pile. 

Color  fuscous. 

Male.     Length  3.5  mm. 

Head  about  as  long  as  broad;  sides  and  posterior  border  convex. 
Mandibles  slender,  acuminate.  Anterior  border  of  clypeus  rounded. 
Eyes  rather  large  and  convex.  Ocelli  prominent,  the  lateral  ones 
situated  at  opposite  ends  of  a  transverse  elevated  tubercle,  which  is 
rounded  in  front  and  behind.  Antennae  short  and  stout;  first  and 
second  joints  subglobose,  transverse,  the  second  the  longest;  third 
joint  one  and  a  half  times  longer  than  broad,  very  much  thickened; 
joints  4-6  distinctly  longer  than  broad,  joints  7-12  proportionately 
shorter;    apical  joint  one  and  a  half  times  as  long  as  penultimate. 


470  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Thorax  robust,  the  anterior  surface  of  the  pronotum  decUvous  in 
profile.     Petiole  and  gaster  similar  to  those  of  the  worker  minor. 

Body  and  legs  without  erect  pile,  sparsely  pubescent.  Antennae, 
excepting  the  first  two  joints,  very  densely  covered  with  rather  long, 
erect  pubescence. 

Color  black,  legs  and  antennae  dark  fuscous.  Wings  hyaline. 
Veins  and  stigma  fuscous. 

Described  from  four  major  workers,  three  minors,  and  a  male  from 
Itacoatiara.  This  form  differs  from  the  typical  A.  schumanni  in  not 
having  erect  hairs  on  the  antennal  scape,  the  head  is  less  narrowed 
in  front,  and  the  clypeus  is  not  depressed  at  the  middle.  Azteca 
schumanni  var.  taediosa  Forel  is  more  robust  and  has  the  head  less 
excavated  behind  and  the  antennal  scapes  longer. 

173.     Azteca  miillcri  Emery  subsp.  terminalis,  subsp.  nov. 

Plate  2,  fig.  16. 

Worker  major.     Length  4  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  as  broad  as  long,  narrowed  in  front, 
with  strongly  convex  sides,  especially  opposite  the  eyes,  narrowly 
rounded  occipital  corners  and  deeply  excavated  border.  Clypeus 
convex,  the  anterior  border  straight,  except  at  corners,  where  it  is 
slightly  produced  and  rounded.  Mandibles  thick,  with  six  strong 
teeth.  Antennal  scapes  barely  extending  to  occipital  corners.  Meso- 
notum  in  profile  evenly  rounded.  Epinotum  with  subequal  base  and 
declivity,  the  former  broadly  flattened.  Node  rather  low,  rounded 
above.     First  segment  of  gaster  depressed  in  middle  at  base. 

Shining,  densely  punctate  throughout.  Pubescence  abundant,  long 
and  recumbent.  Pile  of  the  scapes  sparse  and  short,  that  of  the  body 
longer. 

Color  very  dark  fuscous;  terminal  half  of  antennae  yellow,  the  color 
becoming  more  intense  at  apex. 

Described  from  a  series  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  Camp  39. 
The  broadly  flattened  epinotum  and  the  peculiar  coloration  of  the 
antennae  distinguish  this  subspecies.  It  is  evidently  close  to  var. 
A.  nigella  Emery  from  southern  Brazil,  but  is  larger  and  differently 
colored. 

174.     Azteca  aurita  Emery  subsp.  silvae  Forel. 

A  single  colony  of  this  distinct  subspecies  was  found  at  Para,  the 
type  locality. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF    BRAZIL.  471 


175.     Aztcca  velox  Forel  var. 

Colonies  were  found  at  Manaos,  Abuna,  Porto  Velho,  and  Madeira- 
Mamore  R.  R.  Camps  39  and  41.  There  is  considerable  variation  in 
the  amount  of  infuscation  on  the  vertex. 

176.  Azteca  angusiiceps  Emery. 

A  single  dealated  female  from  Itacoatiara  agrees  closely  with 
Emery's  figure  and  description  of  this  species. 

177.  Azteca  alfaroi  Emery  var. 

Several  workers  of  a  variety  of  this  species  were  taken  at  Abuna. 
These  are  very  close  to  var.  A.  aequilata  Forel,  but  the  sides  of  the 
head  are  more  convex. 

178.     Azteca  trigona  Emery. 

Numerous  workers  were  taken  at  Manaos  and  on  the  Rio  Madeira 
at  Camps  35,  39,  41,  43,  Porto  Velho,  and  Abuna. 

179.     Azteca  trigona  Emery  subsp.  mathildae  Forel. 

This  was  the  most  abundant  Azteca  on  the  Rio  Madeira.  Speci- 
mens were  taken  at  Abuna,  Porto  Velho,  and  Madeira-Mamore 
R.  R.  Camp  43.  At  Itacoatiara  many  colonies  were  nesting  in  high, 
buttressed  trees  near  the  river  bank. 

180.     Azteca  trigona  Emery  subsp.  mathildae  Forel  var.  spuria  Forel. 

A  number  of  colonies,  in  small  carton  nests,  six  or  eight  inches  in 
length,  were  found  at  Ceara-Mirim.  Other  colonies  of  a  variety 
identical  with  this  were  found  at  Abuna  on  the  Rio  Madeira.  The 
latter  attend  Coccidae  of  several  species,  over  which  they  build  sheds. 
The  coccids  which  I  observed  were  on  small  bushes  near  the  trees  on 
which  the  formicaries  were  built.  The  ants  energetically  defended 
the  sheds  and  the  Coccidae. 

181.     Azteca  barbifex  Forel. 

Very  abundant  at  Abuna  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camps  28,  39  and 
41.  The  type  specimens  are  from  the  Rio  Purus  and  the  species  is 
probably  widely  distributed  throughout  the  upper  Amazonian  region. 


472  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

182.     Azteca  chartifcx  Forel  var. 
Several  workers  of  a  variety  of  this  species  were  taken  at  Abiina. 

183.     Azteca  fasciata  Emery  var.  similis,  var.  nov. 

IVIinor  and  major  workers  from  colonies  found  at  Madeira-Mamore 
Camps  39  and  41  differ  from  Emery's  description  and  figure  of  A. 
fasciata  from  Santarem  in  color  and  in  having  the  antennal  scape 
noticeably  longer.  In  the  smaller  worker  of  A.  fasciata  it  extendi 
barely  past  the  occipital  corners  while  in  A.  similis  it  exceeds  these 
corners  by  a  full  third  of  its  length.  In  A.  similis  the  larger  workers 
have  the  head,  pronotum,  anterior  femora,  and  antennal  scapes  red, 
and  the  rest  of  the  body  dark  fuscous.  The  smaller  workers  have  the 
vertex,  and  part  of  the  pronotum  infuscated.  In  other  characters 
it  agrees  closely  with  typical  A.  fasciata. 

184.     Azteca  lanuginosa  Emery  subsp.  pruinosa,  subsp.  nov. 

Worker.     Length  3.5  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  as  broad  as  long,  appreciably  narrowed 
in  front,  with  strongly  convex  sides,  narrowly  rounded  occipital  corners 
and  shallowly  excavated  border.  Clypeus  convex,  the  anterior  border 
bisinuate,  projecting  and  rounded  at  middle.  Mandibles  with  a  thick, 
blunt  subapical  tooth  and  five  small  teeth  on  the  blade.  Antennal 
scapes  in  the  largest  workers  barely  attaining  the  occipital  corners, 
in  the  smaller  ones  slightly  surpassing  them.  Mesonotum  very  con- 
vex and  elevated.  Mesoepinotal  suture  strongly  impressed.  Node 
in  profile  deeper  than  thick,  evenly  rounded  above. 

Mandibles  subopaque,  densely  striolate  longitudinally.  Head, 
thorax,  and  abdomen  subopaque,  finely,  densely  punctate. 

Head  and  body  evenly  covered  with  fine  pruinose  pubescence.  No 
erect  hairs  present,  except  a  very  few  on  the  gaster. 

Color  dark  fuscous;   clypeus,  antennal  scapes  and  legs  lighter. 

Described  from  a  number  of  w^orkers  taken  at  Abuna.  This  form  is 
less  shining  than  A.  lanuginosa,  the  pubescence  is  more  abundant  and 
is  closely  appressed  and  not  lanuginose  in  character.  Otherwise  the 
variety  agrees  with  the  typical  form. 

/ 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  473 

185.     Dorymyrmex  pyramicus  (Roger). 

Many  workers  were  found  at  Natal,  and  Itacoatiara.  In  the  yard 
of  our  house  at  Natal  this  and  the  succeeding  variety  were  very 
abundant,  in  small  crater  nests. 

186.     Dorymyrmex   pyramicus    (Roger)    subsp.  flavus   McCook. 

Very  common  at  Natal.  This  and  the  preceding  have  a  wide 
distribution,  ranging  from  Illinois  in  the  United  States  to  Argentina. 
Strangely,  in  spite  of  the  adaptive  nature  of  this  ant,  it  has  not  spread 
out  of  the  Americas. 

187.      Tapinoma  melanocephahim  (Fabricius). 

Many  specimens  of  this  common  tropicopolitan  species  were  found 
at  Para  and  Porto  Velho. 

Camponotinae. 

188.  Brachymyrmex  coactus  Mayr. 

One  colony  was  found  at  Independencia,  nesting  in  a  twig. 

189.  Brachymyrmex  admoius  Mayr. 
One  colony  was  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim. 

190.     Brachymyrmex  pictus  Mayr. 
Taken   at   Para   and   Manaos. 

191.     Myrmelachista  (Decamera)  bambusarum  Forel. 

Workers  taken  at  Itacoatiara  agree  with  Forel's  description  of  this 
species  from  Sao  Paulo.     The  type  specimens  were  nesting  in  bamboo. 

192,     Gigantiops  destructor  (Fabricius). 

Found  commonly  at  Para,  Abuna,  Porto  Velho,  and  Madeira- 
Mamore   Camps   39   and   41.      In   life  this   was   one   of   the   most 


474  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

attractive  ants  encountered.  It  lives  always  in  the  forest,  where  it 
forages  either  among  the  branches  of  trees  or  on  the  ground.  The 
movements  of  the  foraging  worker  are  rapid,  comparable  to  those  of 
some  of  our  species  of  Cicindela,  and  the  bicolored  antennae  are  kept 
constantly  in  motion. 

The  female  is  very  similar  to  and  scarcely  larger  than  the  biggest 
worker  and  the  eyes  and  ocelli  are  equally  well  developed  in  both. 

193.  Prenolepis  {Nylcmderia)  longicornis  (Latreille). 
Santarem,  Natal,  and  Maranhao. 

194.  Prenolepis  {Nylanderia)  vividula  (Nylander). 
Several  colonies  were  found  at  Para. 

195.     Prenolepis  (Nylanderia)  fidva  Mayr. 
Itacoatiara. 

196.     Prenolepis  {Nylanderia)  steinheili  Forel. 
Independencia. 

197.  Camponotus  (Mynnoturba)  maculatus  (Fabricius)  subsp.  fusco- 

cinctus  Emery. 

Several  workers  and  females  were  found  beneath  bark  at  Natal. 

198.  Camponotus   (Myrmoturba)  macidatus  subsp.  fryi,  subsp.  nov. 

Plate  6,  fig.  52. 

Worker  major.     Length  10  mm. 

Close  to  subsp.  C.  spengleri  Forel.  Head  a  littl;e  longer  than  broad, 
truncate  behind,  with  broadly  rounded  posterior  corners  and  slightly 
convex  sides.  Clypeus  strongly  carinate;  the  anterior  border  notched 
at  middle.  Cheeks  in  front  broadly  rounded.  Thorax  and  petiolar 
node  in  profile  thicker  than  in  the  other  forms  of  C.  macidatus,  the 
anterior  face  of  the  latter  very  convex.     The  front  and  vertex  are 


MANN:    THE    ANTS    OF   BRAZIL,  475 

sparsely  punctate,  the  punctures  comparatively  coarse.  Pubescence 
is  lacking  and  pile  sparse. 

Color  brown,  the  head  darker;  the  basal  parts  of  gastric  segments 
are  transversely  banded  with  light  ferruginous. 

Described  from  a  single  specimen  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore 
Camp  39.  This  subspecies  is  distinguished  from  the  others  by  the 
thicker  thorax  and  petiolar  node  and  the  very  sparse  pile. 

199.     Camponotus  {Myrmoturha)   maculatus  subsp.  ahunanus, 

subsp.  nov. 

Plate  6,  fig.  44. 

Worker  major.     Length  7  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  narrowed  in  front, 
with  convex  sides;  posterior  border  excised,  straight  at  middle,  the 
angles  prominent,  and  clypeus  longer  than  broad,  very  broadly 
carinate  at  middle,  the  anterior  border  bilobed.  Mandibles  stout, 
with  five  rounded  teeth.  Antennae  slender,  the  scapes  barely  reach- 
ing to  occipital  corners  of  the  head.  Thorax  slender;  pronotum 
distinctly  longer  than  broad.  Epinotum  from  above  four  times  as 
long  as  broad;  in  profile  slightly  rounding  from  base  to  declivity,  the 
two  surfaces  joining  in  a  broadly  rounded  angle.  Petiolar  node 
wedge-shaped  in  profile,  the  anterior  surface  rounded,  the  posterior 
nearly  flat;  seen  from  behind  its  margin  is  evenly  rounded.  Legs 
short;   the  tibiae  not  compressed. 

Subshining;  very  finely  shagreened,  the  head  and  pronotum  less  so 
than  the  rest.  Mandibles  sublucid,  with  fine  punctures  and  few  short 
hairs.  Front  with  a  few  coarse  superficial  punctures.  Pubescence  of 
the  head  very  minute,  sparse,  and  scale-like;  a  few  short  erect  hairs 
on  the  front  and  occiput.  Thorax  and  abdomen  with  silky  pubes- 
cence, which  is  most  abundant  on  the  gaster.  Pile  long  and  sparse 
on  the  thorax,  shorter  and  abundant  on  the  gaster. 

Color  tes.taceous;  mandibles,  antennal  scapes  (except  tip),  tarsi, 
and  a  narrow  transverse  band  at  the  apex  of  each  gastric  segment  dark 
fuscous.     Pile  and  pubescence  yellow. 

Described  from  two  major  workers  from  Porto  Velho.  Possibly 
this  should  be  considered  a  distinct  species.  The  occipital  angles  of 
the  head  are  unusually  narrow,  the  clypeus  more  deeply  notched  and 
the  antennal  scapes  are  shorter  than  in  the  other  forms  of  C.  (M.) 
maculatus. 


476  bulletin:  museum  of  compakative  zoology. 

200.     Camponotus  (Myrmoturba)  mclanoticus  Emery  var.  substitutus 

Emery. 

Numerous  workers  were  found  at  Natal,  Independencia,  and  in  the 
Maranguape  Mountains.     The  species  nests  beneath  stones. 

201.     Camponotus  {Myrmothrix)  nifipcs  (Fabricius). 

The  typical  form  of  this  species  was  common,  nesting  in  logs  and 
beneath  bark,  at  Ceara-Mirim,  Para,  and  Porto  Velho. 

202.     Camponotus  {Myrmothrix)  abdominalis  (Fabricius). 

Very  common  at  Natal,  Ceara-lSIirira,  Baixa  Verde,  Para,  and 
Madeira-Mamore  Camps  39  and  46. 

.  203.     Camponotus  (Mynnothrix)  abdominalis  var.  atriceps  F.  Smith. 
A  single  colony  was  taken  at  Abuna,  Bolivia. 

204.     Camponotus  {Myrmothrix)  rapax  (Fabricius). 
Plate  5,  fig.  38. 

Worker  major.     (Plate  5,  fig.  38).     Length  12  mm. 

Head  one  and  a  third  times  longer  than  broad,  narrowed  in  front, 
posterior  angles  narrowly  rounded,  occipital  border  narrowly  and 
rather  deeply  concave;  the  sides  straight  and  subparallel  until  a  little 
in  front  of  middle,  then  convergent.  Mandibles  large,  elongate,  with 
six  teeth  on  the  blade.  Clypeus  a  little  broader  than  long,  attaining 
side  margin  of  head,  strongly  carinate,  the  anterior  border  of  middle 
convex.  Frontal  area  distinct,  quadrangular.  Frontal  earinae  evenly 
curved  from  base  to  end,  which  is  opposite  the  middle  of  eye.  Eyes 
small,  rather  flat.  Antennae  slender,  the  scapes  bent  at  middle, 
extending  three  eighths  their  length  beyond  the  occipital  corners; 
funicular  joints  long  and  cylindrical,  gradually  decreasing  in  length 
apically.  Pronotum  broader  than  long,  rounded  at  sides  and  above, 
in  front  finely  margined.  Mesonotum  slightly  longer  than  broad,  nar- 
rowed behind,  the  base  slightly  less  than  twice  the  breadth  of  posterior 
portion.  Epinotum  at  base  divided  by  a  distinct  transverse  suture; 
evenly  rounded  in  profile;   narrow  above,  three  times  as  long  as  liroad. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  477 

Petiolar  node  from  above  transverse,  rounded  at  sides  and  in  front; 
in  profile  narrow,  two  and  one  half  times  higher  than  thick,  rounded 
at  apex,  the  posterior  surface  nearly  straight,  the  anterior  slightly 
more  convex.     Gaster  elongate  egg-shaped.     Legs  long  and  slender. 

Subopaque,  the  whole  body  finely  shagreened,  somewhat  more 
coarsely  on  the  head  and  more  finely  on  the  petiolar  node.  Mandibles 
coarsely  punctate  and  sparsely  setose.  Antennal  funiculus  coarsely 
punctate. 

Body  with  long,  recumbent,  silky,  glistening  hairs  and  very  long 
erect  pile.  The  appressed  pubescence  is  most  abundant  on  the 
gaster,  thoracic  pleurae,  and  head  and  absent  from  the  petiolar  node. 
Legs  with  short  semidepressed  hairs,  femora  sparsely  beset  with  long 
stiff  hairs.  Antennal  funiculus  pubescent;  scape  with  short  semi- 
depressed  and  sparse,  longer,  erect,  stiff  hairs. 

Color  black  except  a  transverse  reddish  brown  patch  on  the  occiput 
and  the  dorsum  of  the  gaster,  which  is  light  ferruginous.  Pubescence 
yellow,  pile  brown. 

]]'orker  minor.     Length  10  mm. 

Head  twice  as  long  as  broad,  as  broad  in  front  as  behind,  with 
slightly  convex  sides  and  narrowly  rounded  occipital  border.  Anten- 
nal scapes  extending  nearly  two  thirds  their  length  past  the  occipital 
borders.  Thorax  shaped  much  as  in  worker  major.  Posterior  surface 
of  petiolar  node  shallowly  impressed  at  middle. 

Sculpture,  pilosity,  and  color  much  as  in  worker,  but  the  head  is 
entirely  black. 

Described  from  one  worker  major  and  a  series  of  minor  workers 
from  Porto  Velho  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camps  39  and  4L  This 
distinct  species  is  generally  distributed  throughout  the  Amazon  region 
and  the  northern  parts  of  South  America,  but  it  is  not  common  locally. 

205.  Camponotus  {Myrmothrix)  leydigi  Forel. 

Workers  were  found  on  tree  trunks  at  Independencia  and  Manaos. 

206.  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)  wheeleri,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  6,  fig.  49-5L 

Worker  major.     (Plate  6,  fig.  50).     Length  12  mm. 
Head  very  large,  nearly  as  broad  as  long,  narrowed  in  front,  with 
slightly  convex  sides,  elongate,  narrowly  rounded  occipital  corners 


478  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  sharply  truncate  posterior  border.  Eyes  small,  slightly  convex. 
Mandibles  small,  short,  with  four  coarse  teeth.  Clypeus  about  as 
broad  as  long,  carinate,  the  anterior  border  broadly  concave.  Frontal 
area  distinct.  Frontal  carinae  more  approximate  in  front  than  behind. 
Antennae  short  and  slender,  the  scapes  curved,  extending  one  eighth 
their  length  past  the  occipital  corners;  funicular  joints  1-3  subequal, 
more  than  three  times  as  long  as  broad,  joints  4-6  subequal,  slightly 
shorter, than  the  first  three,  the  rest  of  the  joints  still  shorter  and  sub- 
equal  in  length.  Pronotum  one  half  as  broad  as  the  head,  the  anterior 
border  and  the  front  of  sides  with  a  rounded  carina.  Meso-  and 
epinotum  in  profile  evenly  arched  above;  from  above,  rounded  at 
sides.  Petiolar  node  in  profile  about  as  thick  as  long,  moderately  con- 
vex in  front,  nearly  straight  behind;  from  above  as  broad  as  long, 
evenly  rounded  in  front  and  behind.  Legs  very  long,  the  tibiae  and 
metatarsi  broad  and  very  much  depressed. 

Sublucid  throughout,  the  whole  body  finely  shagreened,  more 
coarsely  on  the  head;  with  a  covering  of  silky,  recumbent  pubescence, 
which  is  less  abundant  on  the  head,  pro-  and  mesonotum,  and  the 
petiolar  node;  with  long,  stiff,  erect  hairs  on  the  head,  thorax, 
gaster,  and  legs;  the  head  in  addition  bears  shorter,  subei-ect  hairs. 

Body  and  legs  black,  the  gaster  on  account  of  the  dense,  silky 
pubescence  has  a  yellow  sheen ;  head  reddish  brown,  the  antennal 
scapes  black.  Pubescence  and  short  fine  pile  yellow;  coarse  hairs 
black. 

Worker  minor  (Plate  6,  fig.  49,  51).     Length  9  mm. 

Head  a  little  longer  than  broad,  narrowed  in  front,  the  sides  nearly 
straight;  occipital  corners  broadly  rounded;  posterior  border  straight. 
Clypeus  with  straight,  projecting  anterior  border.  Antennae  long, 
the  scapes  extending  three  fourths  their  length  past  the  occipital 
corners  of  the  head.  Thorax  and  petiole  similar  to  that  of  worker 
major.     Legs  as  in  worker  major. 

Sculpture,  color,  pile,  and  pubescence  as  in  worker  major,  but  the 
pubescence  of  the  gaster  is  somewhat  finer. 

Described  from  a  small  series  which  was  collected  at  Madeira- 
Mamore  Camp  41.  The  ants  were  nesting  in  a  hollow  palm  tree  and 
it  was  necessary  to  smoke  them  out.  Their  movements  in  life  were 
very  active. 

The  peculiar  shape  of  the  thorax,  the  strongly  flattened  long  legs 
and  the  color  are  very  distinctive. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  479 

207.     Camponotus  {Mynnmnhlys)  hurtoni,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  6,  fig.  45,  46. 

Worker  maior.     Length  0  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  broadest  at  occiput; 
posterior  corners  narrowly  rounded,  the  border  slightly  convex;  sides 
in  front  of  eyes  straight.  Head  in  profile  two  thirds  as  thick  as  long. 
Clypeus  a  little  broader  than  long;  anterior  border  narrowly  rounded 
at  middle;  surface  very  convex,  with  a  strong  carina  at  middle.  Fron- 
tal carinae  weak,  extending  to  opposite  the  anterior  border  of  eyes. 
Eyes  small,  convex,  situated  on  sides  back  of  posterior  third  of  head. 
Antennae  long  and  slender,  scape  extending  half  its  length  past  the 
occipital  corners,  funicular  joints  long,  cylindrical.  Mandibles  short 
and  thick,  the  blade  with  four  teeth.  Pronotum  twice  as  broad  as 
long,  the  surface  rather  flat,  sides  nearly  straight;  anterior  angles 
evenly  rounded;  sides  and  anterior  border  with  a  rounded  margin. 
No  mesoepinotal  suture;  the  mesoepinotum  rounded  above,  then 
declivous  to  base,  in  profile  twice  as  high  as  thick.  Node  wedge- 
shaped,  twice  as  deep  as  thick,  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces 
feebly  convex;  narrowly  rounded  above. 

Sublucid,  head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  very  densely,  transversely, 
striolately  punctate,  with  long  silky  pubescence,  which  is  rather  sparse 
except  on  the  front  of  head  and  the  pronotum,  and  abundant,  stiff, 
erect  pile,  which  is  very  long.  Node  without  pubescence  but  bearing 
several  long  hairs  at  the  apex.  Antennae  pubescent,  devoid  of  pile. 
Femora  and  tibiae  sparsely  pilose. 

Color  black;  mandibles  and  scape  rufous.  Pile  and  pubescence 
white. 

Described  from  three  workers  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  Camps 
39  and  41. 

208.     Camponotus  {Myrmavihlys)  novagrenadensis  Mayr. 
Two  major  workers  were  taken  at  Abuna. 

209.     Camponotus  {Myrmamblys)  claviscapus  Forel. 

Many  major  and  minor  workers  of  this  species,  from  Natal  and 
Ceara-Mirim,  agree  closely  with  Forel's  description  of  the  types,  which 
were  from  Trinidad. 


480  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

210.     Camponotus  {Myrmohrachys)  adpressisetosus  Forel. 

Plate  6,  fig.  48. 

Worker  major.     (Plate  6,  fig.  48).     Length  9  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  with  narrowly 
rounded  occipital  corners  and  concave  border;  sides  nearly  straight 
and  subparallel  for  half  their  distance  from  occiput  to  anterior  border, 
then  convex  and  convergent.  Clypeus  longer  than  broad,  strongly 
keeled  at  middle,  the  sides  straight  and  parallel;  anterior  border 
broadly  concave  at  middle.  Frontal  area  distinct,  elongate,  triangu- 
lar. Frontal  carinae  extending  to  nearly  opposite  the  posterior  borders 
of  eyes.  Eyes  small,  very  flat,  located  in  front  of  sides  behind  the 
middle.  Mandibles  4-dentate.  Antennae  short,  slender,  the  scapes 
curved,  extending  three  fourths  the  distance  to  occipital  angles,  funi- 
cular joints  cylindrical,  joints  2-10  subequal.  Pronotum  transverse, 
sides  evenly  rounded,  surface  slightly  convex.  Mesonotum  flat  above, 
a  little  broader  than  long,  evenly  rounded  at  sides.  Mesoepinotal 
suture  faintly  impressed.  Epinotum  from  above  three  times  as  long 
as  broad;  evenly  rounded  above  and  at  sides,  without  distinct  base 
and  declivity.  Petiolar  node  twice  as  high  as  thick,  rounded  in  front, 
nearly  straight  behind,  above  narrowly  rounded.  Gaster  short  and 
stout,  oval.     Legs  long,  tibiae  moderately  depressed. 

Subopaque,  very  finely  shagreened  throughout,  with  a  covering  of 
tine  silky  pubescence,  which  is  a  little  more  abundant  on  the  gaster 
and  thorax  than  on  the  head.  The  head  bears  short,  stiff  suberect 
hairs,  in  addition  to  much  longer  erect  hairs.  The  latter  are  present 
also  on  the  thorax  and  gaster,  where  they  form  a  long  brush  on  the 
epinotum  and  the  apex  of  node.  Antennae  without  pubescence  or 
pile.  Mandibles  subshining,  finely  punctate,  with  sparse,  short  hairs. 
Legs  with  sparse,  fine  recumbent  hairs;  without  erect  hairs. 

Color  black;  antennae  and  mandibles  brown,  recumbent  pile  and 
pubescence  golden. 

Worker  minor.     Length  7  mm. 

Head,  excluding  mandibles,  longer  than  broad,  narrowed  in  front, 
with  slightly  convex  sides,  broadly  rounded  posterior  corners  and 
straight  occipital  border.  Clypeus  as  broad  as  long,  strongly  keeled 
at  middle.  Mandibles  7-dentate.  Antennal  scapes  extending  half 
their  length  past  the  occipital  corners.  Eyes  large,  moderately  convex, 
located  at  posterior  third  of  head.  Thorax  much  as  in  major  worker, 
but  the  mesoepinotal  suture  less  impressed.     Rest  as  in  worker  major. 


MANN:    THE   ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  481 

Many  workers  were  taken  at  Ceara-Mirim,' Natal,  and  Maranhao, 
from  nests  beneath  stones. 

211.     Camponotus  (Myrmobrachys)  crassus  Mayr. 

This  was  the  commonest  of  the  genus  on  the  east  coast,  where  many 
workers,  females,  and  males  were  taken  at  Natal,  Ceara-Mirim, 
Baturite  Mountains,  and  Maranhao. 

212.  Camponotus  {Mynnomalis)  depressus  (Fabricius). 

Plate  5,  fig.  42. 

Taken  at  Abuna,  Bolivia  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39.  This 
is  one  of  the  most  singular  ants,  on  account  of  its  very  elongate,  flat 
body  and  the  extremely  long  legs.  The  few  workers  which  I  ob- 
served were  running  about  on  leaves. 

213.  Camponotus  (Myrmepomis)  sericeiventris  (Guerin). 

Abundant  on  the  Rio  Madeira  at  Abuna  and  Camps  39  and  41. 

Some  years  ago  Mr.  E.  J.  Newcomer  gave  me  a  live  worker  major 
of  this  species  which  was  found  in  a  restaurant  at  Palo  Alto,  Cali- 
fornia, having  no  doubt  been  imported  with  bananas  from  Central 
America. 

214.     Camponotus  (Myrmorhachis)  latangulus  Emery. 

Workers  from  Para,  ]\Ianaos,  and  Madeira-Mamore  Camp  39  are 
a  trifle  lighter  in  color  than  a  series  from  Peru,  but  are  otherwise 
identical. 

215.     Camponotus  (Myrnieurynota)  heathi,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.  40,  41. 

Worker  major.     (Plate  5,  fig.  41).     Length  5.5  mm. 

Head  nearly  as  broad  as  long;  sides  straight  from  occipital  corners 
to  three  fourths  the  distance  to  anterior  border,  then  concave;  rounded 
anteriorly.  Occipital  corners  broadly  rounded,  the  margin  nearly 
straight.  Frontal  carinae  narrow,  not  much  elevated.  Frontal  area 
broad,  slightly  convex,  anteriorly  as  broad  as  the  base  of  clypeus, 


482  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

with  faint  longitudinal  impression.     Clypeus  small,  longer  than  broad, 
anterior  border  truncate,  strongly  carinate  at  middle  and  depressed  on 
either   side.     Mandibles   short   and   thick;     bluntly   dentate.     Eyes 
small,  oval,  rather  flat,  situated  much  posterior  to  middle  of  sides 
of  head.     Antennae  short,  stout,  the  scape  strongly  inflexed,  thickened 
at  apex,  barely  extending  to  occipital  corners;   funicular  joints  thick, 
subequal.     Pronotum  as  broad  as  long,  constricted  in  front,  the  sides 
margined,    anterior    border    strongly    margined.     Sides    at    middle 
straight,  in  front  concave  to  apex,  with  an  angle  between ;  narrowed 
and  rounded  at  base.     Promesonotal  impression  distinct.     INIesono- 
tum  triangular,  rounded  at  sides,  and  slightly  rounded  above.     Epino- 
tum  rounded  at  sides;    at  base  with  a  large  projection,  which,  seen 
from  the  front,  has  straight  sides  and  truncate  apex;   from  the  sides 
this  is  seen  to  be  composed  of  two  tubercles,  the  one  in  front  about 
half  as  large  as  the  other.     From  the  apex  of  this  spine  the  epinotum 
in  profile  is  concave  to  a  point  a  little  less  than  half  the  distance  to 
base,  where  it  is  armed  with  another  projection.     In  profile  the  ante- 
rior surface  of  this  is  convex,  the  posterior  concave.     This  projection 
is  twice  as  high  as  the  one  anteriorly  and  at  the  apical  end  bifurcate 
into  two  conical  spines.     From  this  to  the  marginate  base  the  epino- 
tum is  concave.     Petiolar  node  in  profile  thick  at  base  and  at  about 
one  third  the  distance  from  base  to  apex  strongly  constricted;  apex 
and  sides  thinly  marginate,  the  middle  and  the  apex  of  sides  with 
conical  projections;     anterior  surface  rounded,  posterior  deeply  con- 
cave.    Gaster  elongate,  sides  slightly  convex,  the  width  of  the  first 
three  segments  subequal.     Legs  long,  rather  stout. 

Head  and  thorax  subopaque,  minutely  and  densely  punctate, 
the  punctures  on  mesonotum  and  epinotum  coarser.  Head  and 
pronotum  with  very  sparse  pubescence  and  very  sparse,  scattered 
semierect  pile.  Mandibles  shining,  with  coarse  punctures.  An- 
tennae finely  pubescent,  the  apex  of  scape  with  a  few  erect  hairs. 
Posterior  surface  of  node  coarsely  striolately  punctate,  surface  granu- 
lar in  appearance.  Gaster  subopaque,  densely  punctate,  with  scat- 
tered pubescence  and  a  few  erect  hairs.  Tibiae  with  sparse  recumbent 
pubescence,  but  legs  otherwise  without  hairs. 

Gaster  above  dark  brown  to  black,  each  segment  with  a  narrow 
apical  border  of  yellow;  rest  of  body  and  legs  ferruginous,  tibiae, 
tarsi,  and    antennae  somewhat  darker.     Pile  and  pubescence  gray. 

Worker  minor.     (Plate  5,  fig.  40).     Length  4.5  mm. 

Head  narrowed  anteriorly;  sides  in  front  of  eyes  slightly  convex 
to  the  anterior  border,   which   is  rounded;    occipital   corners   very 


MANN:    THE    ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  483 

broadly  rounded;  occipital  margin  straight.  Frontal  carinae  well 
elevated  in  front;  frontal  area  convex.  Clypeus  rounded  in  front, 
longitudinally  carinate  at  middle.  Mandibles  thick,  the  blade 
with  five  teeth.  Eyes  oval,  convex,  located  at  middle  of  sides  of  head. 
Scape  of  antennae  extending  nearly  half  its  length  beyond  occipital 
corners,  slightly  bent,  and  thickened  at  apex;  joints  of  funiculus 
subecjual  in  length,  each  about  twice  as  long  as  broad.  Pronotum 
convex,  one  and  one  half  times  as  broad  as  long,  broadest  in  front; 
anterior  border  convex,  posterior  concave;  sides  in  front  broadly 
margined,  the  anterior  corners  laminate.  Mesonotum  obliquely 
flattened  at  sides,  carinate  at  middle;  the  carinae,  at  junction  of  meso- 
and  epinotum  extended  into  a  long  projection  which  is  bent  backward 
and  flattened  at  apex.  i\t  the  l:)ase  of  the  pronotum,  on  the  sides  is  a 
small,  but  distinct  tubercle.  Epinotum  carinate  at  middle;  the  sides 
very  oblique.  Slightly  posterior  to  middle  of  epinotum  is  a  second 
projection,  longer  than  the  first,  and  thicker  at  base;  seeipin  profile 
this  is  bent  backward;  it  is  tuberculate  on  the  front  surface  at  a  little 
less  than  half  the  distance  to  apex.  The  apex  is  deeply  bifurcate  for 
nearly  one  half  the  length  of  spine.  From  the  base  of  this  projection 
the  epinotum  is  concave  to  base.  Node  of  petiole,  seen  in  profile, 
longer  than  high;  seen  from  behind  about  as  thick  as  high.  The 
apex  slightly  margined,  with  three  long,  acuminate  spines,  one  at 
apex,  and  others  at  middle  of  sides.  Posterior  surface  of  node  flat- 
tened. Gaster  elongate,  sides  slightly  convex.  Legs  long,  rather 
stout. 

Head,  thorax,  and  epinotum  subopaque,  finely  punctate.  The 
punctures  are  very  dense  on  the  head  and  pronotum,  giving  these 
portions  a  velvety  appearance.  Head  and  pronotum  with  regular, 
recumbent  pubescence,  the  head  with  a  very  few  short,  erect  hairs. 
Antennae  sparsely  pubescent.  Surface  of  posterior  declivity  of  peti- 
olar  node  granular.  Gaster  densely,  minutely  punctate,  with  thin 
pubescence  and  sparse,  short  erect  pile.     Legs  sparsely  hairy. 

Head  above  fuscous;  each  occipital  corner  with  a  ferruginous 
blotch  that  extends  in  front  of  and  beneath  eye.  Front  of  head, 
from  a  short  distance  beneath  insertion  of  antennae  yellow.  Mandi- 
bles light  ferruginous.  Antennae  fuscous,  the  scape  at  basal  half 
ferruginous.  The  apical  border  of  first  gastric  segment,  the  remaining 
segments  of  gaster  and  the  apices  of  tibiae  fuscous,  rest  of  body  and 
legs  ferruginous.     Pile  and  pubescence  white. 

Porto  Velho,  Abuna,  and  Camp  39  on  the  Madeira -Mamore  R.  R. 
The  specimens  were  found  running  about  on  leaves. 


484  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

The  subgenus  Myrmeuryota  includes  the  species  which  have  the 
meso-  and  epinotum  armed  with  spines.  Of  the  nine  known  species, 
all  excepting  C.  (M.)  hcathi  and  C.  (J/.)  curynohis  Forel  are  West 
Indian.  The  latter  species,  described  from  a  worker  minor  from 
Tonantins  in  Brazil  has  the  pronotum  much  broader  than  in  C.  (J/.) 
heal  hi,  the  epinotum  is  different  and  the  petiolar  node  is  not  spinose. 
Like  C.  (M.)  cristophei  and  C.  (i/.)  toussainti,  which  I  found  on  leaves 
and  tree  trunks  in  Hayti,  C.  (M.)  hcathi  is  probably  an  arboreal 
species. 

I  have  much  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  extraordinary  species  to 
my  former  professor,  Dr.  Harold  Heath,  a  member  of  the  Stanford 
Expedition  and  my  companion  on  many  collecting  trips. 

216.     Dendromyrmex  traili  May.  rufogastcr,  var.  nov. 

Several-'specimens  in  the  Wheeler  collection  from  Bolivia  (Stau- 
dinger)  differ  from  Mayr's  description  in  having  the  gaster  chestnut 
red,  instead  of  black.  In  other  characters  these  agree  well  with  the 
description,  and  should,  I  think  be  considered  a  distinct  variety  of 
D.  traili. 

217.     Dendromyrmex  nididans  Smith. 

One  specimen,  referable  to  this  species,  taken  at  Camp  39,  Madeira- 
Mamore  R.  R.  Dendromyrmex  nididans  most  closely  approaches 
D.fahricii  Roger  but  has  not  a  dense  mat  of  pubescence  on  the  gaster. 

218.     Dendromyrmex  fabricii  Roger. 
One  worker  from  Para. 

219.     Dendromyrmex  chartifex  Smith  var.  felis,  var.  nov. 

The  worker  of  this  variety  differs  from  the  typical  form  in  being 
subopaque  instead  of  shining.  The  whole  body  is  more  hairy.  The 
dense  pubescence  on  the  gaster  gives  it  a  velvety  appearance.  The 
color  is  yellowish  brown. 

Female  (dealated).     Length  10.5  mm. 

Head  small,  sides  in  front  of  eyes  almost  straight,  curving  slightly 
towards  base  of  clypeus;  sides  behind  eyes  convex  to  posterior  margin, 
which  is   slightly  concave.     Clypeus   broad,   carinate,   the  anterior 


3\l\nn:  the  ants  of  brazil.  485 

border  truncate.  Mandibles  with  six  teeth.  Eyes  small,  situated 
posterior  to  middle  of  sides  of  head.  Ocelli  small.  Frontal  lamellae 
elevated;  enclosed  area  very  slightly  impressed  at  middle.  Antennae 
about  two  thirds  as  long  as  body.  Pronotum  narrow,  anterior  border 
with  raised  margin  which  extends  part  way  along  the  sides.  Mesono- 
tum  much  elevated,  declivous  in  front,  flattened  above,  with  faint 
indications  of  margin  at  sides.  Epinotum  rounded  above  and  at 
sides,  margined  at  base.  Node  as  in  worker.  Gaster  ovate.  Legs 
long  and  slender. 

Head,  thorax,  epinotum,  and  node  subopaque,  densely,  finely 
punctate,  minutely  striolate  transversely,  with  very  sparse  pubescence, 
but  with  abundant,  semierect  pile. 

Gaster  subopaque,  densely  punctate  and  striolate,  both  punctures 
and  striae  being  extremely  minute.  The  pubescence  is  very  sparse 
and  fine;  the  pile  erect,  not  abundant. 

Scape  of  antennae  and  legs  with  many  erect  hairs;  funiculi  pubes- 
cent. 

Color  as  in  worker. 

Described  from  several  workers  and  a  female  taken  at  Tumatumari, 
British  Guiana  (Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist,  collection). 


220.     Dendroviyrmex  chartifex   subsp.  mamoreensis,  subsp.    nov. 

Worker.  Body  much  more  robust  than  in  the  typical  form  of  the 
species.  Head  constricted  behind  the  eyes,  sides  convex,  occipital 
border  with  edge  rounded,  without  trace  of  margination.  Sides  of 
head  in  front  of  eyes  evenly  convex,  narrowed  toward  base  of  clypeus. 
Clypeus  strongly  carinate.  Mandibles  with  six  teeth  on  the  blade. 
Surface  of  frontal  area  convex,  longitudinally  carinate  at  middle. 
Antennae  nearly  as  long  as  body,  rather  thick.  Pronotum  nearly  as 
broad  as  long,  depressed,  and  broadly  margined  anteriorly;  seen  in 
profile,  the  surface  is  convex;  sides  distinctly  margined  for  three 
fourths  the  distance  to  promesonotal  suture.  Mesonotum  slightly 
convex  above,  rounded  at  sides.  Epinotum  flattened,  sides  marginate. 
Petiolar  node,  seen  in  profile  on  anterior  side  straight  and  perpendicu- 
lar at  base,  then  sloping  to  apex,  with  an  acute  angle  between  the 
two  surfaces;  posterior  surface  convex;  from  behind,  evenly  rounded 
above.     Gaster  ovate,  short  and  thick.     Legs  long  and  slender. 

Body  nearly  opaque,  gaster  subshining;  antennae  and  legs  sub- 
lucid. 


486  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Head,  thorax,  and  abdomen  finely,  densely  punctate  and  striolate, 
with  abundant  closely  appressed  pubescence,  which  gives  the  insect 
a  velvety  appearance.  Body  everywhere,  except  on  funiculus,  with 
numerous  erect  or  suberect  hairs. 

Color  dark  ferruginous,  legs  lighter.      Pile  and  pubescence  gray. 

Camp  39  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R. 

This  subspecies  differs  from  typical  D.  charfifcx  in  its  more  robust 
form,  proportionately  larger  head  and  the  opacj^ue  or  semiopaque 
structure  of  the  integument.  In  a  series  of  D.  chariifcx  from  Bon 
Lugar  on  the  Rio  Purus  (Coll.  Goeldi,  det.  Forel)  before  me,  the  whole 
body  is  much  more  shining  than  in  D.  viamoreensis,  and  the  pubes- 
cence much  more  sparse.  The  head  is  proportionally  smaller,  and 
the  occipital  margin  is  distinctly,  though  narrowly,  margined. 


221.     Bendromyrmex  madeirensis,  sp.  nov. 

Worker.     Close  to  D.  cqnccdis. 

Head  with  sides  in  front  of  eyes  evenly  convex,  considerably  nar- 
rower at  base  of  clypeus  than  in  front  of  eyes;  sides  of  occiput  convex; 
occipital  border  narrowly,  but  distinctly  margined;  the  sides,  seen 
from  above,  angulate.  Eye  situated  distinctly  behind  middle  of 
head.  Frontal  area  broad,  convex,  faintly  longitudinally  impressed 
at  middle.  Clypeus  strongly  carinate;  the  anterior  border  slightly 
concave;  mandibles  wuth  six  teeth.  Antennae  long  and  slender. 
Pronotum  longer  than  broad,  sides  submarginate;  strongly  impressed 
and  margined  at  anterior  border.  Surface,  except  for  anterior  de- 
pression, slightly  convex.  IVIesonotum  rounded  above  and  at  sides. 
Epinotum  seen  in  profile,  convex  from  apex  to  base;  sides  weakly 
margined,  surface  flat.  Apex  of  node,  seen  in  profile  acutely  angulate, 
from  behind  truncate,  the  sides  near  apical  margin  nearl}'  straight, 
forming  an  angle  with  the  apical  margin.  Gaster  ovate.  Legs  long 
and  slender. 

Head  shining,  finely  striolate  and  punctate,  with  rather  sparse 
pubescence  and  abundant  semierect  pile.  Scape  of  antennae  shining, 
coarsely  punctate,  without  pubescence,  but  with  much  long  erect 
pile;  funiculus  thickly  pubescent,  wuth  short  pile.  Pronotum  shining, 
sparsely  punctate,  with  sparse,  long,  recumbent  and  a  few  erect  hairs. 
Mesonotum  more  densely  punctate  and  more  thickly  pubescent  than 
the  pronotum.  Epinotum  and  petiole  semilucid,  finely  striate  trans- 
versely, the  former  with  very  sparse  pubescence  and  a  few  long,  erect 


MANN:    THE   ANTS   OF   BRAZIL.  487 

hairs,  the  latter  without  pubescence,  but  with  a  few  erect  hairs.  The 
first  segment  of  gaster  shining,  minutely  striolate,  with  very  sparse 
appressed  hairs  and  a  few"  long  ones.  Rest  orgaster  more  pubescent, 
and  pilose,  striolate,  semishining.  Legs  shining,  femora  and  tibiae 
pilose,  tarsi  with  semiappressed  pubescence. 

Color  black,  except  legs,  which  are  dark  "reddish  brown.  Pile  and 
pubescence  gray. 

Described  from  one  worker  taken  at  Abuna,  Rio  Madeira. 


222.     Dendroinyrmex  apicalis,  sp.  no  v. 
Plate  6,  fig.  43. 

Worker.     Length  8.5  mm. 

Head  one  and  one  fourth  times  as  broad  as  thorax,  with  sides  in 
front  of  eyes  very  slightly  convex;  behind  eyes  narrowed  to  near  the 
base,  then  reflexed  outward,  forming  a  short,  but  distinct  neck. 
Frontal  laminae  short  and  protruding.  Clypeus  longitudinally 
carinate.  Mandibles  thick,  the  blades  with  six  acute  teeth.  An- 
tennae long  and  slender,  the  scape  extending  a  little  past  the  pro- 
mesothoracic  suture.  Eyes  hemispherical.  Frontal  area  but  little 
longer  than  broad;  with  a  strong  longitudinal  impression.  Eyes 
small,  hemispherical,  located  only  slightly  behind  and  beneath  middle 
of  sides  of  head.  Pronotum  noticeably  longer  than  broad;  sides 
round,  in  front  semimarginate;  surface  slightly  convex  posteriorly, 
flattened  anteriorly,  but  not  disciform.  Mesothorax  as  broad  as 
long,  sides  evenly  rounded,  seen  in  profile  slightly  convex,  with  faint 
depression  at  middle.  Epinotum  a  little  over  three  times  as  long  as 
broad,  sides  slightly  convex,  evenly  margined;  in  profile  evenly 
convex  from  apex  to  base,  surface  flattened.  The  perpendicular 
anterior  surface,  and  the  slanting  anterior  surface  of  the  petiolar  node 
form  an  acute  angle  at  the  apex.  Postpetiole  with  slight  depression 
at  middle;  apex,  seen  from  behind  rounded.  Gaster  suboval.  Legs 
long  and  slender. 

Body,  except  gaster  and  legs,  sublucid  throughout,  gaster  shining. 
Head  and  thorax  finely,  transversely  striolate,  the  striae  more  coarse 
on  the  epinotum  and  petiolar  node,  but  extremely  delicate  on  the 
gaster.  Body  finely  punctate,  each  puncture  with  a  short,  recumbent 
hair. 

Scape  of  antennae  with  a  thin  pubescence;   funiculus  with  thicker 


488  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

pubescence.  The  head,  coxae,  and  gaster  with  a  few  long  hairs,  other 
parts  of  body  without  them. 

Color  black,  apical  four  joints  of  antennae  brown,  tarsi  brown. 

Described  from  one  worker  taken  at  Madeira-Mamore  R.  R.  Camp 
39. 

The  elongate  pronotum  which  is  only  faintly  depressed  anteriorly, 
the  shining  black  color  throughout,  the  brown  tarsi  and  tips  of  the 
antennae  and  the  nearly  entire  absence  of  pilosity,  distinguish  D. 
apicalis  from  the  other  species  of  the  genus.  It  approaches  most 
closely  D.  madeirensis  from  the  same  region,  but  differs  from  this  in 
the  shape  of  the  head,  the  rounded  sides  of  pronotum,  the  structure 
of  the  petiolar  node,  and  in  the  extremely  sparse  pubescence  and 
pilosity. 

223.     Dcndromyrmex  hranncri,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  6,  fig.  47. 

Worker.     Length  8  mm. 

Head  about  one  and  one  half  times  as  long  as  broad,  sides  in  front 
of  eyes  slightly  convex,  slightly  broader  at  base  of  clypeus  than  in 
front  of  eyes,  anterior  corners  angulate;  occiput  strongly  contracted, 
seen  from  above  with  almost  straight  margin  to  a  point  a  little  over 
half  the  distance  from  eye  to  apex,  then  contracted  into  a  narrow  neck 
which  is  longer  than  broad,  and  has  the  posterior  edge  strongly  re- 
flex^d.  Clypeus  slightly  broader  than  long;  sides  straight,  with  a 
strong  carina  for  entire  length;  anterior  border  truncate.  Frontal 
area  suboval  in  shape,  wuth  a  longitudinal  carina.  Fi'ontal  laminae 
moderately  elevated,  approximating  anteriorly.  Mandibles  rather 
slender,  blade  with  five  teeth.  Antennae  long  and  slender,  scape 
extending  a  little  beyond  the  mesoepinotal  impression,  joints  of 
fiagellum  subequal  in  length,  all  longer  than  broad,  the  anterior  ones 
somewhat  the  thickest.  Ej^e  small,  very  convex,  situated  at  posterior 
fourth  of  head.  Thorax  long  and  slender,  the  width  contained  four 
times  in  the  length.  Prothorax  broadest  at  anterior  tliird,  constricted 
in  front,  sides  evenly  rounded;  in  profile  very  slightly  convex.  Pro- 
mesonotal  impression  not  deep.  Mesonotum  evenly  rounded  to  near 
apex,  where  there  is  a  strong  transverse  constriction;  the  sides  from 
above  strongly  concave.  Epinotum  slightly  over  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  divided  at  anterior  third  by  a  broad  transverse  impression, 
which  gives  the  profile  the  shape  of  a  saddle;    the  declivity  short, 


MANN:    THE    ANTS    OF   BRAZIL.  489 

with  flattened  surface,  reflexed  at  base.  Petiolar  node  thick;  rounded 
above  and  at  sides,  a  httle  broader  than  long;  in  profile  rounded  in 
front,  nearly  straight  behind ;  the  postero ventral  surface  of  the  petiole 
with  a  rounded  projection.  Ventral  surface  of  mesothorax  with  an 
angulate  tooth  at  anterior  third.  Gaster  elongate  oval,  about  two 
thirds  as  long  as  the  thorax.     Legs  very  long  and  slender. 

Head  sublucid,  finely,  densely,  and  evenly  punctate.  Thorax 
shining,  minutely  punctate.  Epinotum  finely  striate,  sublucid. 
Node  sublucid,  more  coarsely  striate  transversely.  Gaster  shining, 
finely  striolate. 

Head  without  pubescence  but  with  sparse,  erect  pile,  antennae  more 
coarsely  pilose,  funiculus  pubescent,  and  with  erect  pile.  Thorax, 
petiole,  and  node  without  pubescence,  and  but  sparsely  pilose.  Gaster 
with  scattered  pubescence  and  sparse  erect  pile.  Legs  pilose,  tibiae 
with  a  little  pubescence. 

Color  dark  ferruginous,  the  thorax  lighter  in  color  than  the  head 
or  abdomen.     Pile  and  pubescence  white. 

Described  from  several  workers  taken  at  Abuna.  This  is  a  very 
aberrant  form,  resembling  at  first  sight  one  of  the  elongate  American 
species  of  Dolichoderus.  The  long  neck  and  the  divided  epinotum 
widely  separate  this  species  from  those  others  which  have  been  in- 
cluded in  the  genus  Dendromyrmex. 

Camponotus  {Dinomyrme.r)  agra  Smith  has  the  occiput  drawn  out 
into  a  neck,  and  the  head  of  the  worker  minor  resembles  that  of 
Dendromyrmex  branneri,  but  the  thoracic  structure  is  entirely  different. 

The  following  key  will  serve  for  the  identification  of  the  species  of 
Dendromyrmex. 

Form  very  long  and  slender ;  occiput  drawn  out  into  a  narrow  neck 
which  is  longer  than  broad;  epinotum  divided  by  broad  trans- 
verse depressions  into  two  portions  (saddle-shaped  in  profile). 

branneri  Mann 

Form  more  robust;  occiput  not  long;  epinotum  not  divided. ...  1 

1 .  Thorax  brown,  or  yellowish  brown 2 

Thorax  black,  or  at  least  dark  brown 4 

2.  Gaster   shining chartifex  Smith 

Gaster  opaque 3 

3.  Head  smaller;  occiput  faintly  margined;    color  yellow.     (British 

Guiana) chartifex  var.  felis  Mann 

Head  larger;    occiput   not   margined;    color  reddish.       (Brazil) 

chartifex  var.  mamoreensis  Mann 


490  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

4.  More  slender  species;  body  black;  thorax  shining 5 

More  robust  species  partly  brown ;   thorax  subopaque 6 

5.  With  very  sparse  pile;    tips  of  antennae  brown;    neck  shorter; 

anterior  border  of  clypeus  convex apicalis  Mann 

Abundantly  pilose;    tips  of  antennae  black;    neck  longer. 

madeirensis  Mann 

6.  Gaster  shining 7 

Gaster  opaque 8 

7.  Gaster    black traili   Mayr 

Gaster   red traili  var.  rufogaster  Mann 

8.  Gaster  brown,  with  distinct  punctation nidulans  (Smith) 

Gaster  black;    punctation  very  fine fabricii  Roger 


PLATE  1. 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  1. 

Fig.    1.  Eciton    (Acamatus)    legionis   F.  Smith   subsp.  cremilatum    Mann. 
Worker. 

2.  Platythyrea  meinerti  Forel.     Worker.     Dorsal  view. 

3.  Platythyrea  meinerti  Forel.     Lateral  view. 

4.  Rhopalopone  relicta  Mann.     Worker. 

5.  Head  of  same  from  front. 

6.  Ectatomma  (Gnamptogenys)  tortuolosum  F.  Smith.     Worker. 

7.  Ectatomma  (Gnamptogenys)  concinnum  (F.  Smith).     Worker. 

8.  Ectatomma  (Ectatomma)  confine  Mayr.     Worker. 

9.  Neoponera  (Neoponera)  bakeri  Mann.     Worker. 

10.  Neoponera  (Neoponera)  carinulata  (Roger).     Worker. 

IL  Anochetus  (Anochetus)  bispinosus  (F.  Smith).     Worker. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ants  of  Brazil.    Plate  1 


PLATE  2. 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  2. 

Fig.  12.  Belonopelta  jeckylli  Mann.     Worker.     Dorsal  view. 

13.  Belonopelta  jeckylli  Mann.     Worker.     Lateral  view. 

14.  Neoponera  (Neoponera)  cavinodis  Mann.     Worker. 

15.  Azteca  schumamii  Emery  subsp.  dubia  Mann.     ^  . 

16.  Azteca  miilleri  Emery  subsp.  terminalis  Mann.     ^  . 

17.  Dolichoderus  (Monacis)  tristis  Mann.      ^  . 

18.  Dolichoderus  (Dolichoderus)  imbecillus  Mann,      y  . 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ants  of  Brazil.   Plate  2 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  3. 

Fig.  19.  Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  ghiliani  Emery.     §  . 

20.  Dolichoderus  (Hypoclinea)  lutosus  F.  Smith.     ^  . 

21.  Pseudomyrma  arboris-sanctae  Emery.     Q  . 

22.  Pheidole  (Pheidole)  carapuna  Mann.     Soldier. 

23.  Pheidole  (Pheidole)  wheeleri  Mann.     Soldier. 

24.  Pheidole    (Pheidole)    biconstricta    Mayr   subsp.    burtoni    Mann. 

Soldier. 

25.  Pheidole  (Pheidole)  colobopsis  Mann.      9  . 

26.  Head  of  same  from  front. 

27.  Crematogaster  (Crematogaster)  heathi  Mann.     8  . 

28.  Megalomyrme.x  wallacei  Mann.     ^  . 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ants  of  Brazil.   Plate  3 


PLATE  4. 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  4. 

Fig.  29.  Monomorium  (Mitara)  subterraneum  Mann.     ^  . 

30.  Head  of  same  from  front. 

31.  Solenopsis  geminata  (Fabr.)  subsp.  medusa  Mann.     Soldier. 

32.  Myrmicocrypta  foreli  Mann.      ^  ,  head  from  front. 

33.  MyrmicocrjTDta  foreli  Mann.      9  . 

34.  Myrmicocrypta  foreli  Maun.     ^  . 

35.  Crj-ptocerus  (Cryptocerus)  complanatus  Guerin.     Soldier. 

36.  Leptothorax   (Goniothorax)    echinatinodis  Forel   subsp.   spininodis 

Mayr.      §  . 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ants  of  Brazil.  Plate  4 


PLATE  5. 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  5. 

Fig.  37.  Apterostigma  branneri  Mann,     cf . 

38.  Acanthognathus  ocellatus  Mayr.      9  . 

39.  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)  rapax  (Fabr.).      ^  major, 

40.  Camponotus  (Myrmeurynota)  heathi  Mann.     S   minor. 

41.  Camponotus  (Myrmeurynota)  heathi  Mann.     ^   major. 

42.  Camponotus  (Myrmomahs)  depressus  Mayr.      S  • 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ants  of  Brazil.    Plate  5 


PLATE  6. 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  6. 

Fig.  43.     Dendromyrmex  apicalis  Mann.     Worker. 

44.  Camponotus  (Myrmoturba)  maculatus  Fabr.  var.  abunanus  Mann. 

Worker. 

45.  Camponotus  (Myrmamblys)  burtoni  Mann.     Worker  major. 

46.  Camponotus  (Myrmamblys)  burtoni  Mann.     Head  from  front. 

47.  Dendromyrmex  branneri  Mann.     Worker. 

48.  Camponotus     (Myrmobrachys)     adpressisetosus     Forel.     Worker 

major. 

49.  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)  wheeleri  Mann.     Worker  minor. 

50.  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)  wheeleri  Mann.     Worker  major. 

51.  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)  wheeleri  Mann.     Worker  minor. 

52.  Camponotus    (Myrmoturba)    maculatus   Fabr.   subsp.  fryi  Mann. 

Worker  major. 

Note.     In  the  figures  of  Camponotus  (Myrmothrix)  wheeleri  the  points  of 
insertion  of  the  antennae  are  shown  too  far  from  the  clypeus. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Ants  of  Brazil.    Plate  6 


PLATE  7. 


Mann. —  The  Ants  of  Brazil. 


PLATE  7. 

Fig.  53.     Plat3rthyrea  meinerti  Forel.     Full-grown  larva. 

54.  Ectatomma  (Ectatomma)  quadridens  (Fabr.).     Larva. 

55.  Dinoponera  grandis  Guerin  subsp.  mutica  Emery.     Immature  (?) 

larva. 

56.  Pseudomyrma  rufa  F.  Smith.     Female  (dealated). 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  200L. 


Ants  of  Brazil.    Plate  7 


V 

J 

-y 

55 


v^sMr^?:: 


± 


\J  VJ 


OCT    24    1916 


Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 

AT   HARVARD   COLLEGE. 
Vol.  LX.    No.  12. 


THE  FOSSIL  ELATERIDAE  OF  FLORISSANT. 


By  H.  F.  Wickham. 


With  Seven  Plates. 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.  S.  A.: 

PRINTED   FOR  THE   MUSEUM. 
October,  1916. 


No.  12. —  The  Fossil  Elateridae  of  Florissant. 
By  H.  F.  Wickham. 

Elaterid  beetles  are  fairly  common  as  fossils.  Some  of  the  earli- 
est Coleoptera  known,  occurring  in  the  Triassic  rocks,  had  the  form 
of  an  Elater  more  or  less  sketched  out  but,  according  to  Handlirsch, 
who  has  seen  the  specimens,  none  of  them  displayed  characters  which 
would  allow  them  to  be  placed  in  the  modern  family  with  any  cer- 
tainty. Again,  in  the  Liassic  beds,  the  elateriform  Coleoptera  ap- 
peared, this  time  in  rather  greater  abundance,  but  even  yet  they  seem 
to  present  no  e\'idence  of  belonging  to  the  family  in  a  proper  sense. 
The  lithographic  chalk  of  Jurassic  times  has  furnished  insects  which 
have  even  been  referred  to  the  recent  genus  Elater  but  here,  as  before, 
Handlirsch  believes  that  the  closeness  of  relationship  has  been  over- 
estimated, though  he  states  that  his  Jurassic  genus  Malmelater 
belongs  at  any  rate  to  the  Elateridae.  This  seems  to  be  the  earliest 
well-supported  record  of  the  appearance  of  the  family  in  geologic  time. 

Following  the  Jurassic,  we  have  a  period  of  immense  duration  in 
which  no  large  deposits  of  Coleoptera  were  made  or,  if  they  exist, 
none  have  been  discovered.  No  more  Elateridae  are  recorded  until 
after  the  opening  of  the  Tertiary,  when  they  begin  to  be  at  least 
moderately  numerous.  Menge  is  said  to  have  had  130  specimens 
from  the  Amber  fauna.  In  the  later  deposits  of  Oeningen  and  other 
European  Miocene  localities  they  seem  to  be  quite  abundant,  Heer 
having  described  many,  some  in  fine  preservation.  By  this  time  they 
had  become  so  much  like  our  modern  forms  that  generic  identity 
frequently  seems  quite  well  established  though  one  cannot  feel  sure 
that  some  important  character  may  not  have  been  carried  away  with 
a  missing  member.  Tarsal  lobes  and  claw-teeth  scarcely  ever  remain 
intact,  the  mesosternum  is  often  too  distorted  to  study  and  in  many 
instances  it  is  impossible  to  make  out  the  limits  of  the  metacoxal 
plates  which  play  so  large  a  part  in  the  classifications  of  systematists. 

In  the  way  of  giving  at  a  glance  the  published  standing  of  Elateri- 
dae in  Tertiary  strata,  the  following  outline,  compiled  mostly  from 
Handlirsch  and  with  his  assignment  of  the  age  of  each  deposit,  may 
be  useful.  The  records  are  given  by  localities  in  preference  to  arrange- 
ment by  generic  sequence. 


494 


bulletin:  aiuseum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Paludina  Beds,  Eiigland. 

Elater  sp. 


Lower  Eocene. 


Baltic  Amber. 
Eucnemidae,  (many), 
Eucnemis  sp. 
Microrhagus  sp. 
Elateridae,  (many). 
Cardiophorus,  (two  ?  sp.). 
Cryptohypnus,  (two  sp.). 


Lower  Oligocene. 
Elater,  including  Ampedus,  (sevem 

sp.). 
Elater  naumanni   Giebel. 
Agriotes  sp. 
Limonius,  (two  sp.). 
Athous  sp. 


Aix.  Lower  Oligocene. 

Elater,  (two  sp.). 

Siebengebirge.  Upper  Oligocene. 

Silicernius  spectabilis  Heyd. 

Greith,  Switzerland.  Upper  Oligocene. 

Elaterites  amissus  Heer. 


Spitzbergen. 
Plater  holmgreni  Heer. 

Kutschlin,  Bohemia. 
Campsosternus  atavus  Deichm. 

Oeningen. 
Adelocera  granulata  Heer. 
Laeon  primordialis  Heer. 
Alaus  spectabilis  Heer. 
Cardiophorus  brauni  Heer.     / 
Cardiophorus  sp.  nov. 
Elater,  (five  sp.). 
Ampedus  seyfriedi  Heer. 


Lower  Miocene. 
Elater  ehrenwardi  Heer. 

Lower  Miocene. 
Elaterites  dicrepidioides  Deichm. 

Upper  Miocene. 
Ischnodes  gracilis  Heer. 
Limonius  optabilis  Heer. 
Corymbites  sutor  Heer. 
Elaterites  lavateri  Heer. 
Elaterites  obsoletus  Heer. 
Elaterites,  (five  sp.). 


Myszyn,  Galicia.  Upper  Miocene. 

Elater  wisniowskii  Lomn. 


From  the  above  list,  it  will  be  seen  that  only  eighteen  species  have 
been  specifically  characterized  from  the  European  Tertiaries,  scarcely 
enough  to  make  a  comparison  with  the  Florissant  fauna  of  any  value. 
It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  several  of  the  principal  genera  are 
taken  to  be  identical  in  the  two  areas.  Too  much  confidence  must 
not  be  given  the  determinations  in  any  case.     Outside  of  the  Floris- 


WICKHAM:    fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  495 

sant  district,  the  only  North  American  Tertiary  Elateridae  thus  far 
made  known  are  these: — 

Green  River,  Wyo.  Oligocene. 

Corymbites  velatus  Scudd. 

White  River,  Colorado-Utah.  Oligocene. 

Epiphanis  deletus  Scudd. 

Fossil,  Wyo.  Oligocene. 

Adocetus  buprestoides  Scudd. 

Similkameen  River,  B.  C.  Miocene. 

Limonius  impunctus  Scudd.  Elaterites  sp. 

Nicola  River,  B.  C.  Miocene. 

Cryptohypnus  (?)  terrestris  Scudd. 

These  five  records  (since  that  of  Elaterites  cannot  be  considered  as 
having  any  special  value)  are  even  less  illuminating  than  those  of 
Europe.     Three  of  the  genera  are  now  recognized  from  Florissant. 

Years  ago,  Scudder  announced  that  he  had  about  forty  species  of 
Florissant  Elateridae  but  he  never  gave  them  detailed  study  and  it  is 
probable  that  the  number  was  somewhat  overestimated.  At  any 
rate,  when  I  looked  through  his  collections  in  1912  I  was  unable  to 
distinguish  so  many  and  of  those  in  his  cabinet  a  good  proportion  was 
too  poor  for  identification.  Later  explorations  have  brought  in  about 
as  many  specimens  as  were  known  to  Scudder  and  by  a  study  of  the 
material  belonging  to  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  the 
United  States  National  Museum,  the  Princeton  University  Geological 
Museum,  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado  and  the  Peabody 
Museum  of  Yale  University,  supplemented  by  a  collection  of  my  own, 
I  have  separated  forty-three  species  with  some  degree  of  certainty 
as  to  their  generic  and  specific  affiliations.  For  convenience  in  making 
comparisons,  this  list  is  appended.  Excepting  four  which  I  have 
described  in  earlier  papers,  all  are  new  and  are  characterized  in  the 
body  of  this  article. 

Eucneminae. 

Eucnemis  antiquatus.  Microrhagus  miocenicus. 

Deltometopus  fossilis.  Microrhagus  vulcanicus. 

Fornax  relictus. 


496 


bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


Elaterinae. 


Lacon  exhumatus. 
Cardiophorus  lithographus. 
Cardiophorus  florissantensis. 
Cardiophorus  cockerelli. 
Cardiophorus  requiescens. 
Cardiophorus  (?)  deprivatus. 
Horistonotus  coloradensis. 
CryptohjV'pnus  exterminatus. 
Cryptohypnus  hesperus. 
Anchastus  eruptus. 
Anchastus  diluviaHs. 
Monocrepidius  dubiosus. 
Elater  rohweri. 
Elater  scudderi. 
Elater  florissantensis. 
Megapenthes  primaevus. 
Crj^ptagriotes  minuseulus. 
Agriotes  comminutus. 
Agriotes  nearcticus. 


Limonius  aboriginalis. 
Limonius  florissantensis. 
Limonius  praecursor. 
Limonius  shoshonis. 
Limonius  volans. 
Athous  lethalis. 
Athous  contusus. 
Athous  fractus. 
Paranomus  exanimatus. 
Paranomus  heeri. 
Paranomus  laevissimus. 
Ludiophanes  haydeni. 
Corymbites  granuUcoUis. 
Corymbites  primitivus. 
Corymbites  submersus. 
Corymbites  restructus. 
Corymbites  prophetieus. 
Oxygonus  primus. 
Melanaetes  cockereUi. 


Assuming  the  above  species  to  be  correctly  referred  to  their  re- 
spective genera,  analysis  shows  that  five  belong  to  the  Eucneminae, 
the  remaining  thirty-eight  to  the  Elaterinae.  Of  those  in  the  second 
categor}^,  one  belongs  to  the  Agrypnini,  the  other  thirty-seven  to  the 
Elaterini  which  holds  today  the  great  bulk  of  North  American  species 
of  the  subfamily.  According  to  the  classification  adopted  by  LeConte, 
the  Elaterini  separates  on  the  basis  of  the  structure  of  the  metacoxal 
plates  into  two  subtribes,  the  Elaterini  (genuini)  and  the  Corym- 
bitini,  dividing  the  North  American  species  between  them  almost 
exactly  in  the  ratio  of  three  to  four.  Of  the  fossils,  fifteen  are  referred 
to  the  first  subtribe,  twenty-two  to  the  second,  giving  a  ratio  rather 
startlingly  similar.  Of  course  the  number  of  species  involved  is  small 
enough  to  allow  a  considerable  percentage  of  error  to  creep  in,  should 
the  identifications  turn  out  to  be  wrong  in  any  case,  but  the  conclu- 
sions must  be  held  to  have  some  weight.  On  the  face  of  the  matter, 
the  figures  would  indicate  that  the  relative  percentages  of  Elaterini 
and  Corymbitini  were  almost  the  same  at  Florissant  during  the  Mio- 
cene as  they  are  in  North  America  in  general  today. 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  497 

Making  some  comparisons  with  the  recent  Elateridae  of  Colorado, 
we  find  recorded  in  the  catalogue  of  the  beetles  of  that  state  about 
seventy-three  species,  three  of  which  are  Eucneminae,  leaving  seventy 
in  the  Elaterinae.  Of  these,  three  are  Agr^-pnini,  three  Chalcole- 
pidiini  (a  tribe  not  represented  among  oiu-  fossils  and  containing  large 
species  rather  tropical  than  otherwise  in  their  general  range,  though  the 
Colorado  representatives  are  of  the  genus  Alaus  which  runs  well  to  the 
north)  while  the  rest,  sixty-four  in  number,  are  Elaterini.  These 
Elaterini  are  divided  into  twenty-nine  which  belong  to  the  subtribe 
Elaterini  proper  and  thirty-five  to  the  Corymbitini,  a  moderate 
divergence  from  the  ratio  shown  at  Florissant  in  the  Miocene.  If 
we  may  depend  upon  these  figures,  the  evidence  indicates  a  rather 
remarkable  similarity  in  conditions  then  and  now. 

Two  or  three  items  of  generic  comparison  deserve  notice.  In 
looking  over  the  fossils  I  was  surprised  to  find  such  an  apparent  rich- 
ness in  Cardiophorus;  but  turning  to  the  Colorado  catalogue  it  will 
be  noted  that  Cardiophorus  now  has  no  less  than  eight  representatives 
in  the  state,  against  the  five  known  as  fossils.  Here  again,  the  two 
ratios  are  remarkable  for  their  similarity.  Of  the  genus  Corymbites, 
we  find  sixteen  recent  Colorado  species  against  five  fossils  —  indi- 
cating that  this  genus,  relatively  to  the  other  Corymbitini,  was  only 
half  as  numerously  represented  then  as  at  present.  Of  the  twenty-one 
genera  included  in  the  entire  list  of  fossils,  nine  are  not  now  known 
from  Colorado ;  two  of  these  are  erected  as  new,  four  others  are  fairly 
distinctively  northern  and  none  of  the  three  remaining  can  be  con- 
sidered southern  types.  In  fact,  there  is  nothing  in  the  fossil  Elateri- 
dae to  indicate  tropical  or  subtropical  conditions  or  origin. 

Something  should  be  said  regarding  the  facies  of  this  collection  of 
Elateridae.  On  looking  through  the  list,  one  will  be  struck  at  once 
by  the  fact  that  it  is  made  up,  in  the  main,  of  species  belonging  to 
large  and  well-known  genera,  mostly  those  of  wide  distribution. 
Even  if  we  allow  that  the  preservation  of  fossil  beetles  is  practically 
never  good  enough  to  permit  absolute  certainty  in  generic  identifica- 
tion, it  remains  true  that  these  Florissant  Elateridae  do  not,  even  in  a 
single  instance,  exhibit  anything  conspicuous  or  remarkable  in  size  or 
form.  This  family,  today,  is  by  no  means  without  peculiar  and 
highly  modified  members,  some  of  them  reaching  great  size,  others 
displaying  oddities  in  outline  or  in  the  development  of  various  por- 
tions of  the  body,  as  will  be  seen  in  glancing  over  the  plates  in  the 
extensive  monograph  of  Candeze.  We  are  forced  here,  to  the  same 
conclusion  as  in  so  manv  of  the  other  families  —  that  the  Florissant 


498  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

fauna,  outside  of  the  rhynchophorous  series,  comprised  a  rather 
monotonous  and  little  specialized  lot  of  beetles. 

This  paper,  with  another  now  in  press  elsewhere,  will  bring  the 
number  of  published  Coleoptera  from  these  shales  up  to  about  566 
species,  and  may  be  considered  as  very  nearly  ending  the  task  of 
working  up  the  available  material.  What  remains  consists  of  isolated 
species  in  various  families  so  scattered  through  the  whole  order  as  not 
essentially  to  disturb  the  conclusions  already  reached  in  regard  to  the 
number  and  nature  of  the  representation  of  each  group.  The  rich- 
ness of  this  fauna  remains  absolutely  unapproached  by  that  of  any 
other  known  deposit,  unless  the  many  unworked  collections  of  Amber 
insects  may  yield  a  similar  wealth. 

Citation  of  catalogue  numbers  follows  the  plan  of  Scudder,  in 
joining  by  "and"  those  referring  to  the  two  halves  of  a  single  speci- 
men with  its  counterpart.  The  drawings  are  made  with  the  camera 
lucida  and  will  show  the  outlines,  though  not  the  sculpture,  the  latter 
being  carefully  described  in  the  specific  diagnoses. 


EUCNEMINAE. 

EucNEMis  ANTiQUATUS  Wickham. 

Described  and  figured  in  Bull.  M.  C.  Z.,  1914,  58,  p.  437,  pi.  2, 
fig.  9.     No  other  specimens  have  been  met  with. 

Deltometopus  fossilis,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  1,  fig.  1,  2. 

Form  fairly  stout.  Head  rounded  in  front,  surface  finely,  not  very 
deeply  and  moderately  closely  punctate,  bearing  a  scant  covering  of 
dark  hairs.  Antennae  pl'actically  complete  on  one  side,  in  life  evi- 
dently reaching  the  prothoracic  hind  angles,  first  joint  large,  second 
short,  third  not  in  good  condition  but  apparently  rather  long,  fourth 
and  following  subequal,  weakly  serrate.  Prothorax  only  a  little 
broader  than  long,  (as  preserved),  the  sides  nearly  straight  and, 
judging  from  the  margins,  about  perfect,  only  a  little  sinuate  in  front 
of  the  base,  hind  angles  (only  one  of  which  remains),  scarcely  diver- 


WICKHAM:    fossil    ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  499 

gent  and  but  shortly  if  at  all  carinate,  entire  thoracic  surface  hairy 
like  the  head,  minutely  and  sparsely  punctured.  Elytra  not  tapering 
until  well  behind  the  middle,  striae  very  fine,  their  punctures  sepa- 
rated in  general  by  considerably  more  than  their  own  long  diameters, 
interspaces  broad,  flat,  finely,  sparsely  punctured,  each  puncture 
bearing  a  hair.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  5.90  mm.; 
of  elytron,  3.75  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was  col- 
lected at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  S.  A.  Rohwer. 

The  generic  reference  is  made  with  a  good  deal  of  doubt,  but  the 
form,  sculpture,  and  vestiture  point,  in  general,  to  the  Eucneminae 
and  the  antennae  and  size  are  not  unlike  Deltometopus. 


Fornax  relictus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  3. 

Outline  rather  fusiform.  Head  of  moderate  size.  Antennae  not  pre- 
served except  the  basal  portion  of  one  which  is  in  too  poor  condition  to 
be  described.  Prothorax  beneath  with  wide  marginal  groove,  proster- 
num  not  very  well  shown  in  front,  but  the  lobe  was  evidently  short, 
sutures  grooved  and  quite  broad,  probably  nearly  straight  although 
one  of  them  is  thrown  out  of  line  by  pressure,  spine  not  long,  pointed, 
its  margin  with  a  fine  but  distinct  bead.  The  hind  angle,  shown  on 
one  side  only,  is  well  developed,  not  strongly  divergent,  front  angles 
not  completely  preserved,  sides,  as  far  as  shown,  evidently  convergent 
anteriorly  and  slightly  arcuate.  Punctuation  of  the  entire  under- 
side obscure,  apparently  minute,  with  marks  of  a  covering  of  fine  hairs. 
Elytra  with  striato-punctate  sculpture  showing  through.  Length,  from 
front  of  head  to  abdominal  apex,  exclusive  of  sex  organ,  6.85  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickham.  \Yilson  Ranch, 
Florissant,  Colo. 

In  form  and  size,  this  beetle  is  not  unlike  the  fossil  Microrhagus 
vulcanicus,  described  herein,  but  has  stronger  elytral  sculpture. 
The  wide  marginal  prothoracic  grooves  and  the  type  of  the  prosternal 
sutures  are  much  like  those  of  the  recent  Fornax  hornii  of  our  eastern 
states,  which  is  said  to  be  the  female  of  F.  calccatus.  In  general,  the 
form  and  size  are  also  similar  to  that  species. 


500  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

MiCRORHAGUS   VULCANICUS,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  1,  fig.  5. 

Form  moderately  stout.  Head  finely  but  closely  and  rather  deeply 
punctured.  Antennae  not  well  preserved,  about  eight  joints  remaining 
which  are  scarcely  serrate  and  indicate  that  if  entire  the  antennal  apex 
would  pass  well  beyond  the  prothoracic  hind  angles.  Prothorax 
finely,  sparsely  punctate  and  strongly  hairy,  apex  much  narrowed, 
sides  rather  pronouncedly  arcuate,  hind  angles  divergent.  Scutel- 
lum  injured  so  that  the  exact  shape  is  not  definable.  Elytra  a  httle 
arcuate  at  sides  and  conjointly  rounded  at  apex,  hairy,  slightly  striate 
near  the  base,  the  remainder  of  the  surface  finely  punctulate.  Length, 
from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  7.40  mm.;    of  elytron,  4.85  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type  —  No.  2,775  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  13,034  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

This  insect  has  a  type  of  sculpture  and  vestiture  common  in  the 
Eucneminae,  and  if  assigned  to  that  subfamily  would  go  in  Micro- 
rhagus  by  the  form  of  the  coxal  plates  and  the  apparent  structure  of 
the  basal  antennal  joints.  Compared  with  the  recent  M.  triangularis, 
the  present  species  has  finer  sculpture  throughout  and  is  of  larger  size. 

MiCRORHAGUS   MIOCENICUS,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  1,  fig.  4. 

Form  fairly  stout.  Head  quite  large,  strongly  transverse,  anterior 
margin  arcuate,  surface  obscurely  but  closely,  and  rather  coarsely 
punctured  on  the  front,  less  strongly  on  the  vertex,  which  becomes 
nearly  smooth  posteriorly.  Antennae  poorly  preserved,  not  strongly 
serrate,  reaching  to  or  behind  the  prothoracic  hind  angles.  Pro- 
thorax  about  one  fourth  broader  than  long,  apex  narrower  than  the 
base,  front  angles  not  well  marked,  sides  regularly  and  moderately 
arcuate,  base  nearly  truncate,  hind  angles,  (only  one  of  which  is 
preserved),  acute,  slightly  divergent  and  distinctly  carinate.  The 
surface  is  finely,  very  obscurely  and  not  closely  punctate,  with  a  thin 
clothing  of  moderately  long  dark  hairs.  Elytra  broad  at  humeri, 
sinuately  tapering  behind  them,  hardly  striate  and  with  faint  rows  of 
punctures,  the  vestiture  like  that  of  the  prothoracic  disk.     Underside 


WICKHAM:   fossil    ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  501 

not  shown.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  5.60  mm.; 
of  elytron,  3.60  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was  col- 
lected by  Mrs.  W.  P.  Cockerell  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo. 

In  general,  this  beetle  is  a  good  deal  like  the  preceding,  but  is  smaller 
and  has  very  diiferently  shaped  elytra. 


ELATERINAE. 

Lacon  exhumatus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  6,  7. 

Form  stout.  As  the  specimen  shows  the  underside  only,  no  details 
of  the  sculpture  of  the  upper  surface  can  be  given.  Antennae  with 
only  the  middle  portion  well  preserved,  joints  stout,  moderately 
serrate.  Prothorax  beneath  punctured  on  the  flanks  but  not  very 
closely  nor  strongly,  prosternum  somewhat  smoother,  lobe  short, 
blunt,  sutures  curved,  excavate,  more  deeply  in  front.  Elytra,  as 
shown  from  below,  merely  indicating  that  they  were  marked  with 
rows  of  coarse  punctures.  Abdominal  punctuation  obscure.  Length, 
from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  7.75  mm.;  of  elytron,  about  5.00 
mm.,  the  base  being  too  obscure  to  locate  exactly. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.—  ^o.  2,776  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  4,456  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

This  insect  has  the  look  of  Lacon  and  agrees  in  the  structure  of  the 
underside  of  the  prothorax,  the  short  antennae  and  the  elytral  sculp- 
tm'e.  It  is  smaller  than  the  average  recent  L.  rectangular  is,  wide- 
spread in  North  America,  but  is  just  the  same  size  as  some  southern 
specimens  in  my  collection. 

Cardiophorus  lithographus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  2,  fig.  1-3. 

Form  moderately  stout.  Head  not  well  preserved,  very  minutely 
punctulate.  Prothorax  nearly  equal  in  length  and  breadth,  apex 
narrower  than  base,  sides  rather  faintly  arcuate,  hind  angles  acute 


502  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

and  only  a  little  divergent.  Surface  polished,  with  sparse,  fine 
punctuation  and  signs  of  delicate  pubescence.  Scutelhun  cordiform, 
impunctate.  Elytra  finel}^  regularly  striate,  the  strial  punctures 
deep  but  not  coarse,  rounded  or  very  slightly  oblong,  ordinarily 
separated  in  each  stria  by  about  their  own  diameters  or  sometimes  a 
little  less.  Interstitial  spaces  flat,  extremely  minutely  punctulate 
and  with  fine  pubescence.  Underside  almost  perfectly  smooth. 
Length,  8.25  mm.;   of  elytron,  5.25  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickliam.  Wilson  Ranch, 
Florissant,  Colo.  With  it  are  associated  four  others  in  my  collection; 
two  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum;  one  in  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  University  of  Colorado,  found  by  Professor  Cockerell's 
party  at  Station  14;  and  No.  2,777-2,784  M..C.  Z.  (No.  4,746,  6,007, 
7,650,  8,731,  11,174,  11,782,  12,423,  14,329,  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.). 

The  generic  reference  is  based  on  the  form  of  the  metacoxal  plates, 
the  truncate  prosternal  spine,  the  cordiform  scutellum  and  the  carini- 
form  mark  on  the  underside  of  the  prothoracic  flanks.  The  sculpture 
is  entirely  that  of  Cardiophorus  and  the  present  species  is  not  unlike 
the  common  recent  North  American  C.  convexus  in  most  of  its  char- 
acters. 

Cardiophorus  florissantensis,  sp.  no  v. 

Plate  2,  fig.  4,  5. 

Form  stout.  Head  minutely,  closely  punctulate  and  pubescent. 
Antenna  not  complete,  but  in  life  evidently  not  quite  reaching  the 
prothoracic  basal  angles,  the  articulations  too  obscure  to  allow  of 
comparisons  of  their  lengths.  Prothorax  one  fifth  broader  than  long, 
narrower  apicall^',  sides  regularly  arcuate  to  near  the  hind  angles 
which  are  acute  and  somewhat  divergent,  base  sinuate  each  side, 
rather  prominent  at  middle,  surface  very  minutely  punctulate  and 
finely,  not  closely,  pubescent.  Scutellum  cordiform.  Elytra  finely 
striate,  the  striae  with  rounded  or  slightly  elongate  punctures  which 
are  separated  usually  by  less  than  their  own  diameters,  interstitial 
spaces  broad,  flat,  not.  visibly  punctured,  pubescent.  Underside 
nearly  smooth.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  10.70  mm. ; 
of  elytron,  6.60  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado,  collected 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  503 

by  G.  N.  Rohwer  at  Station  13,  Florissant,  Colo.;  with  it  are 
associated  a  specimen,  with  counterpart,  found  by  S.  A.  Rohwer  and 
one  found  by  Mrs.  W.  P.  Cockerell  at  the  same  place;  five  examples 
in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum;  and  No.  2,771-2,774 
M.  C.  Z.  (No.  84,  2,094,  12,421,  12,425  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.). 

Larger  than  C.  lithoc/rapJuis  (p.  501),  but  otherwise  similar.  I  do 
not  think  there  is  any  doubt  of  the  specific  distinctness  of  the  two. 
The  coxal  plates,  as  shown,  look  quite  different  but  I  am  afraid  to 
depend  entirely  upon  these  as  the  edges  may  become  broken  and 
change  the  apparent  form. 


Cardiophorus  cockerelli,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  2,  fig.  6. 

Form  stout.  Head  minutely,  obscurely  punctured,  antennae 
wanting.  Prothorax  nearly  one  and  one  third  times  as  broad  as  long, 
not  much  narrowed  anteriorly,  sides  strongly  rounded,  hind  angles 
short  but  prominent,  carinate,  basal  sinuations  pronounced,  surface 
rather  densely  and  more  sti'ongly  and  coarsely  punctured  than  the 
head.  Scutellum  apparently  imperfect,  pointed  behind.  Elytra 
short,  broad,  somewhat  obtusely  conjointly  rounded  apically,  surface 
striate,  the  striae  moderately  deep,  their  punctures  strong,  rounded 
or  a  little  elongate,  close-set,  separated  ordinarily  by  less  than  their 
own  diameters,  interspaces  broad,  flat,  roughened  somewhat  but  not 
distinctly  punctured.  The  entire  upper  surface  of  the  prothorax  and 
elytra  shows  signs  of  rather  fuie  pubescence.  Length,  from  front  of 
head  to  elytral  apex,  6.20  mm. ;   of  elytron,  3.85  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type  — No.  2,765  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  1,916  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.).  With  it  are  associated  No.  2,766-2,767  M.  C.  Z.  (No. 
6,379,  10,639  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.);  and  three  specimens,  two  with 
counterparts,  in  the  Museum  of  the  Lliiversity  of  Colorado,  all  from 
Station  14,  bearing  the  numbers  151,  178  and  179,  209  and  258. 
No.  2,768-2,770  M.  C.  Z.  (No.  7,476,  9,160,  12,041  S.  H.  Scudder 
Coll.)  probably  belong  here. 

The  underside  is  not  shown  in  the  type,  but  the  specimen  No.  2,767 
M.  C.  Z.  (No.  10,639  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.),  displays  it  well,  exhibiting 
moderately  curved  prosternal  sutures,  truncate  spine  and  nearly 
smooth  surface.     This  beetle  is  similar  to  the  recent  North  American 


504  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

C.  cardisce,  but  seems  to  be  a  little  more  coarsely  pimetured  on  the 
prothorax.  It  is  smaller  than  the  Florissant  species  C.  lithographvs 
and  C.  florissantensis,  and  much  less  coarsely  punctured  than  the 
fossil  Horistonotus  coloradensis  from  the  same  shales. 


Cardiophorus  requiescens,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  2,  fig.  7,  8. 

Form  fairly  elongate.  Head  minutely  and  closely  punctulate. 
Antennae  wanting.  Prothorax  too  badly  damaged  for  description  of 
the  form,  punctuation  sparse  and  fine.  Scutellum  cordiform.  Elytral 
striae  extremely  fine,  the  punctures  shallow,  somewhat  elongate  and,  in 
general,  separated  by  several  times  their  own  diameters.  Underside 
nearly  smooth,  the  visible  punctures  being  sparse  and  small.  Length, 
from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  6.65  mm.;  of  elytron,  4.15  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickham.  Wilson  Ranch, 
Florissant,  Colo. 

This  seems  to  separate  easily  from  the  other  Florissant  fossil 
Cardiophori  by  the  finer  sculpture  and  especially  in  the  distant  strial 
punctures.  The  generic  reference  is  plainly  indicated  by  the  form 
of  the  prosternal  spine  and  of  the  scutellum. 

Cardiophorus  (?)  deprivatus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  2,  fig.  9,  10. 

Form  stout.  Head  not  visibly  punctured.  Antennae  apparently 
with  the  second  joint  hardly  shortened,  the  third  a  trifle  shorter  than 
the  fourth,  the  following,  up  to  and  including  the  tenth,  subequal  and 
only  faintly  serrate.  Prothorax  scarcely  at  all  punctulate,  about 
one  third  wider  than  long,  sides  regularly  and  not  strongly  arcuate, 
the  angles  not  prominent.  Scutellum  a  little  elongate,  pointed  at 
tip  but  not  strictly  cordiform.  Elytra  hardly  three  and  one  third 
times  as  long  as  wide,  rather  strongly  tapering,  apices  conjointly 
rounding,  surface  without  sculpture.  Underside  practically  smooth 
throughout,  prosternal  sutures  curved,  convex  inwards,  metacoxal 
plates  suddenly  narrowed  externally.  Length,  from  front  of  head 
to  elytral  apex,  5.15  mm.;  of  one  elytron,  3.50  mm. 


WICKHAM:    fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  505 

Described  from  one  specimen  with  its  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was  col- 
lected at  Station  13,  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  Professor  Cockerell's 
expedition  of  1906.  The  obverse  bears  his  number  99,  the  reverse, 
127. 

Unfortunately  the  prosternal  spine  is  damaged  so  that  its  form  is 
not  shown  and  while  the  beetle  is  perhaps  not  a  true  Cardiophorus, 
because  of  the  form  of  the  scutellum,  it  seems  best  to  place  it  pro- 
visionally in  that  genus  on  account  of  its  general  similarity  to  some 
of  the  recent  species  with  faint  sculpture. 


HORISTONOTUS  COLORADENSIS,    Sp.    nov. 

Plate  2,  fig.  11,  12. 

Form  fairly  stout.  As  the  specimen  shows  from  the  underside,  the 
sculpture  of  the  head  is  not  visible.  Prothorax,  beneath,  with  the 
flanks  and  prosternum  distinctly  but  rather  finely  and  only  moder- 
ately closely  punctate,  the  punctures  ordinarily  separated  by  their 
own  diameters  or  a  little  less,  not  very  regularly  spaced.  Meta- 
sternum  a  little  more  finely  punctured.  Abdomen  punctured  in 
general,  like  the  prothorax,  the  proximal  segments  somewhat  more 
finely  and  sparsely  than  the  distal,  the  terminal  one  with  the  punc- 
tures crowded  laterally.  Scutellum  not  visible.  Elytra  displayed 
in  reverse,  the  punctuation  showing  through.  It  is  arranged  in 
striae,  the  punctures  coarse,  rounded,  deep,  mostly  separated  by  less 
than  their  own  diameters,  those  near  the  elytral  apices  nearly  touching. 
Length,  6.60  mm.;   of  elytron,  4.10  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickliam.  Florissant,  Colo. 
Possibly  No.  2,763-2,764  M.  C.  Z.  (No.  815,  6,384  S.  H.  Scudder 
Coll.)  may  also  belong  here. 

In  this  case,  the  generic  reference  is  not  made  with  much  confidence. 
However,  the  size,  the  truncate  prosternal  spine  and  the  form  of  the 
coxal  plates  point  to  the  Cardiophori.  The  punctuation  of  the 
underside  is  coarser  than  usual  in  Cardiophorus  but  is  quite  similar  in 
disposition  to  that  of  the  recent  Horistonotus  simplex  from  the  south- 
western United  States. 


506  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Cryptohypnus  extermixatus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  1,  fig.  8,  9. 

Form  short,  broad,  and  stout.  Surface  hardly  visibly  punctate 
anyAvhere,  but  this  may  possibly  be  due  to  the  rather  coarse  texture 
of  the  stone  in  which  the  specimen  is  preserved.  Head  rather  large. 
Antennae  with  the  first  joint  long  and  thick,  the  second  and  third 
scarcely  shorter  than  those  succeeding,  none  of  which  are  much  pro- 
duced at  the  angles  so  that  the  organ  is  only  weakly  serrate.  Pro- 
thorax  a  little  distorted,  a  trifle  more  than  one  third  wider  than  long, 
apex  feebly  emarginate,  front  angles  pointed  but  obtuse,  width  great- 
est in  front  of  the  middle,  sides  moderately  strongly  arcuate  to  a 
point  near  the  acute  hind  angles,  slightly  divergent  and  carinate,  base 
sinuate  each  side.  Scutellum  suborbicular.  Elytra  a  little  more 
than  twice  the  length  of  the  prothoracic  median  line,  pointed  at  apex. 
Length,  4.55  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Tjjpe.—  No.  2,762  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  11,280  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

The  form  and  antennal  structure  are  those  of  Cryptohypnus.  In 
size,  it  approximates  the  recent  C.  nodurnus  of  Canada  and  our 
northern  states,  but  the  sculpture,  if  properly  shown  on  the  stone,  is 
more  like  that  of  the  much  smaller  C.  pedoralis.  This  last  species, 
in  its  varieties,  has  a  wide  distribution  in  Xorth  America  today. 

Cryptohypnus  hesperus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  3,  fig.  1. 

Form  fairly  slender  for  this  genus.  Sculpture  of  head  not  definable. 
Antennae  not  well  shoTVTi,  but  one  side  is  well  enough  preserved  to 
indicate  that  they  reached  at  any  rate  to  the  hind  angles  of  the  pro- 
thorax.  Prothoracic  width  about  one  fourth  greater  than  the  length, 
surface  sculpture  obscurely  preserved,  base  not  much  broader  than 
the  apex,  sides  rather  strongly  rounding,  hind  angles  short,  not  diver- 
gent, base  deeply  sinuate  each  side.  Scutellum  rounded  or  oblong. 
Elytra  tapering,  arcuate  at  sides,  apices  conjointly  rounded,  sculp- 
ture not  well  defined,  showing  only  traces  of  faint  striae.  Length, 
from  front  of  head  to  abdominal  apex,  4.30  mm.;  of  elytron,  2.60  ram. 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  507 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.— No.  2,761  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  5,294  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

This  has  the  size  and  general  appearance  of  Cryptohypnus  and,  as 
far  as  shown,  the  sculpture  seems  to  be  like  that  of  the  recent  C.  pec- 
toralis.  In  form,  the  present  insect  differs  widely  from  the  Florissant 
fossil  C.  exterminatus. 

Anchastus  eruptus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  2,  3. 

Form  moderately  stout.  Sculpture  of  head  not  definable.  Anten- 
nae long,  that  on  the  right  side,  (as  preserved),  showing  nine  joints, 
the  terminal  one  of  which,  in  life,  would  have  reached  well  behind  the 
prothoracic  basal  angles,  so  it  is  likely  that  if  complete  the  antennae 
would  have  extended  nearly  to  the  elytral  middle.  The  first  joint  is 
large,  the  second  small,  third  much  larger  than  the  second  but  a  little 
shorter  than  the  fourth,  fifth  not  in  good  condition,  sLxth  and  fol- 
lowing longer  than  the  fourth,  serrations,  in  general,  well  pronounced. 
Prothorax  with  strongly  curved  prosternal  sutures,  lobe  short,  spine 
stout  and  short,  punctuation  of  flanks  and  sternum  minute  and  incon- 
spicuous. Elytra  conjointly  rounded  apically,  sculpture  not  showing 
through.  Abdominal  sculpture  very  fine.  Length,  from  front  of 
head  to  elytral  apex,  4.80  mm. ;  of  elytron,  about  3.00  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.— No.  2,760  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  11,281  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

The  coxal  plates  do  not  show  up  well,  but  seem  to  be  very  narrow 
externally  and  broad  internally,  as  in  Anchastus.  This  genus  has 
similar  antennal  and  prosternal  characters,  also. 

Anchastus  diluvialis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  4. 

Form  moderately  elongate.  Head  not  visibly  punctured  beneath. 
Antennae  poorly  defined.  Prothorax  closely,  distinctly,  and  regularly 
but  finely  punctate  on  the  flanks  and  sternum,  the  grooves  strongly 
double,  curved.     The  prothoracic  outline  is  obscured  to  some  extent 


508  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

by  flattening,  but  as  preserved  the  apex  is  very  nearly  as  wide  as  the 
base,  the  sides  little  curved,  none  of  the  angles  plainly  shown.  Elytra 
long,  tapering,  coarsely  punctatostriate,  the  punctures  separated  by 
about  their  own  diameters,  interstitial  areas  not  wide  nor  visibly 
punctured.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  5.50  mm.; 
of  elytron,  about  3.60  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.~^o.  2,759  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  11,277  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

The  generic  reference  is  not  certain,  being  based  upon  the  sternal 
grooves,  the  size,  sculpture,  and  general  form.  This  species  easily 
separates  from  the  preceding  by  being  much  more  coarsely  sculptured. 
Both  are  represented  by  undersides  only. 


MoNOCREPiDius  DUBiosus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  4,  fig.  1. 

Form  only  moderately  elongate.  Head  finely,  sparsely,  and  in- 
distinctly punctate.  Prothorax  about  one  fourth  broader  than  long, 
base  and  apex  subequal,  none  of  the  angles  very  prominent,  side 
margin  nearly  regularly  but  not  strongly  arcuate,  base  broadly 
emarginate  in  front  of  the  scutellum,  sinuate  each  side,  surface  not 
well  preserved  but  showing  a  few  fine  punctures.  Scutellum  sub- 
quadrate.  Elytra  nearly  three  times  the  length  of  the  prothoracic 
median  line,  conjointly  rounded  at  apex,  surface  finely  and  not  deeply 
striate,  the  striae  with  small,  slightly  elongate  punctures,  separated 
in  each  row  by  approximately  their  own  diameters,  interstitial  spaces 
flat  and  not  visibly  punctured.  Underside  finely  and  feebly  punctu- 
late  or  nearly  smooth.     Length.  4.50  mm.;   of  elytron,  2.65  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Txjjpe. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickham.  Wilson  Ranch, 
Florissant,  Colo. 

This  specimen  is  not  especially  well  preserved  nor  does  it  offer  any 
striking  characters.  The  underside  shows  the  prosternal  sutures  to 
be  double,  nearly  straight,  somewhat  excavated  anteriorly,  the  pro- 
sternum  rather  narrow,  the  spine  acuminate  at  tip.  The  hind  coxal 
plates  are  not  well  defined,  but  I  think  they  are  suddenly  dilated 
internally.  Both  legs  and  antennae  are  too  poor  for  description. 
No  more  suitable  generic  position  can  be  suggested  at  present,  though 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of  FLORISSANT.  509 

all  of  the  species  of  Monocrepidius  that  I  know  are  more  strongly 
striate  and  somewhat  differently  proportioned. 


Elater  rohweri,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  3,  fig.  5,  6. 

Form  moderately  elongate.  Head  rather  short,  distinctly  but 
finely  punctured,  somewhat  sparsely  on  the  sides  and  still  more  finely 
and  sparsely  on  the  vertex,  minutely  hairy.  Antennae  quite  slender, 
scarcely  at  all  serrate,  not  reaching  the  tips  of  the  prothoracic  hind 
angles,  basal  joint  large,  second  and  third  not  well  defined,  the  re- 
mainder subequal,  all  finely  hairy.  Prothorax  strongly  narrowed 
anteriorly,  front  margin  arcuately  emarginate,  anterior  angles  not 
very  prominent,  sides  moderately  arcuate,  hind  angles  long,  sharp, 
a  little  divergent  with  distinct  discal  carina  and  possibly  with  an 
external  marginal  one  as  well.  The  base  is  a  little  emarginate  in 
front  of  the  scutellum.  Thoracic  disk  with  a  well-impressed,  smooth 
median  line  on  basal  one  fifth,  the  middle  area  finely  and  sparsely, 
sides  more  strongly  and  closely  punctate,  entire  surface  hairy.  Scutel- 
lum oblong,  punctured  and  hairy.  Elytra  bluntly  pointed,  tapering, 
striae  not  deep,  with  rows  of  slightly  elongate,  rather  fine  punctures 
separated  in  general  by  about  their  own  long  diameters,  interstitial 
spaces  broad,  flat,  hairy,  but  not  punctured  excepting  the  small 
depressions  from  which  the  hairs  arise.  Legs  of  moderate  length, 
finely  hairy.  Underside  of  body  with  most  of  the  details  not  well 
defined,  but  the  prothoracic  side-pieces  are  fairly  strongly  though  not 
densely  nor  coarsely  punctured,  the  prosternum  more  finely.  The 
spine  is  pointed,  the  lobe  broken  at  tip  but  apparently  not  long,  the 
sutures  double,  excavated,  the  metacoxal  plates  broad  internally, 
the  abdomen  finely  hairy,  scarcely  punctulate.  Length,  from  front 
of  head  to  elytral  apex,  7.60  mm.;   of  elytron,  5.00  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  Florissant, 
Colo.,  collected  at  Station  14  by  Professor  Cockerell  and  bearing 
his  numbers  192  and  211. 

The  general  features  of  this  beetle  point  to  Elater  as  a  fairly  exact 
reference.  It  is  most  like  some  of  the  less  strongly  sculptured  modern 
North  American  species,  such  as  E.  sanguinipemiis  or  E.  hehrensi, 
but  is  rather  smaller.     Compared  with  the  fossil  E.  scudderi,  the 


510  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

present  species  may  easily  be  distinguished  by  the  distinctly  striato- 
punetate  elytra,  while  E.  fiorissantensis,  from  these  shales,  is  larger 
and  has  a  differently  formed  prothorax. 

The  specific  name  is  given  for  Mr.  S.  A.  Rohwer,  a  member  of  Profes- 
sor Cockerell's  expeditions  and  now  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum 
staff. 

Elater  florissantensis,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  3,  fig.  9. 

Form  moderately  elongate.  Head  large,  closely  and  rather  strongly 
but  finely  punctured.  Antennae  poorly  defined.  Prothorax  about 
one  seventh  broader  than  long,  wider  near  the  apex  than  at  base, 
finely,  deeply,  and  closely  punctured,  sides  regularly  and  somewhat 
faintly  arcuate  anteriorly,  nearly  straight  posteriorly,  front  angles 
obtuse,  hind  angles  long,  a  little  divergent  and  apparently  bicarinate. 
Scutellum  oval.  Elytra  rather  strongly  tapering,  apices  conjointly 
a  little  rounded,  surface  clothed  with  rather  long  but  not  close  hairs 
of  a  darker  color,  striae  fairly  coarse,  their  punctures  of  moderate  size, 
usually  a  little  elongate  and  separated  by  less  than  their  own  long 
diameters,  interstitial  spaces  flat,  scarcely  visibly  punctulate.  Length, 
from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  8.25  mm. ;  of  elytron,  5.40  mm. ; 
of  prothorax,  along  median  line,  2.00  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Tijpe  — No.  2,752  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  8,034  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.).  With  it  are  associated  No.  2,753-2,758  M.  C.  Z. 
(No.  79  and  103,  6,869,  8,891,  9,200  and  11,732  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.). 

The  generic  reference  is  only  fairly  exact.  In  thoracic  outline  the 
fossil  more  nearly  resembles  our  recent  E.  areolatus  than  any  other 
North  American  species  known  to  me.  The  sculpture  and  vestitiu-e 
of  the  elytra  is  something  of  the  type  seen  in  the  living  E.  cordatus 
from  our  Pacific  coast.  Unfortunately  the  outlines  of  the  metacoxal 
plates  cannot  be  distinguished. 

Elater  scltdderi,  sp.  nov, 

Plate  3,  fig.  7,  8. 

Form  rather  elongate.  Head  quite  closely  and  coarsely  punctured. 
Antennae  incomplete,  but  when  entire  probably  not  reaching  the 
prothoracic   hind   angles.     Prothorax   very   little   wider   than   long. 


WICKHAM:   fossil  ELATERIDAE   of  FLORISSANT.  511 

sides,  (judging  by  the  better  preserved  one),  gently  and  regularly 
rounding,  base  and  apex  subequal  or  the  latter  a  little  narrower,  front 
angles  obtuse,  not  at  all  prominent,  hind  angles  moderately  acute,  a 
little  divergent  and  distinctly  carinate.  Thoracic  punctuation  rather 
shallow  and  obscure,  close  and  only  fairly  fine,  surface  strongly  hairy. 
Scutellum  pointed  at  apex.  Elytra  moderately  tapering  to  apex,  not 
striate  and  very  obscurely  punctate  but  hairy  like  the  thorax.  Length, 
from  front  of  head  to  elytral  tip,  7.10  mm. ;  of  elytron,  4.75  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type  — No.  2,751  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  12,485  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

Looks  a  good  deal  like  E.  florissantcnsis  but  is  smaller  and  has  non- 
striate  elytra.  Probably  it  does  not  belong  to  Elater  in  the  modern 
sense. 

Megapenthes  primaevus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  4,  fig.  2. 

Form  rather  elongate.  Head  finely  but  extremely  densely  and 
quite  deeply  punctured,  somewhat  less  strongly  upon  the  vertex 
than  upon  the  front.  Antennae  reaching  well  beyond  the  base  of 
the  prothorax,  heavier  than  in  most  of  the  fossil  Elateridae  but  not 
very  strongly  serrate,  only  the  middle  joints  well  defined.  Prothorax 
narrower  at  apex  than  at  base,  approximately  equal  in  length  and 
breadth,  surface  finely  and  closely  punctured  though  not  quite  so 
strongly  as  the  head,  sides  but  little  arcuate,  front  angles  short, 
hind  ones  not  very  long,  a  little  divergent  and  distinctly  carinate. 
Scutellum  oblong.  Elytra  conjointly  rounded  apically,  finely  striate, 
strial  punctures  roimded,  mostly  separated  by  about  their  own  diam- 
eters or  a  little  more,  interspaces  flat,  wide,  finely  and  not  very  closely 
punctate,  the  punctures  distinctly  smaller  than  those  of  the  striae. 
Underside  not  shown.  Length,  8.90  mm.;  of  elytron,  5.60  mm.; 
of  prothorax,  2.35  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.— No.  2,750  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  10,859  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.).  With  it  are  associated  two  others,  in  the  Museum  of 
the  University  of  Colorado,  one  with  counterpart  (No.  226  and  249). 
The  only  one  with  definite  record  is  from  Station  13B,  collected 
by  S.  A.  Rohwer. 

As  seen  under  magnification,  the  general  effect  is  much  like  that  of 


512  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  recent  M.  aterrimus  of  the  Pacific  states.  I  am  not  sure  of  the 
antennal  structure,  but  it  looks  as  if  the  second  and  third  joints  are 
very  short  and  what  can  dimly  be  seen  of  the  hind  coxal  plate  on  one 
side  has  the  appearance  of  being  broad  internally  and  much  narrowed 
to  the  outer  edge.  Of  course  the  generic  reference  is  subject  to 
correction  in  the  event  of  more  material  coming  to  hand. 


Cryptagriotes,  gen.  nov. 

Body  form  almost  like  that  of  Cryptohypnus.  Coxal  plates  nearly 
linear,  scarcely  narrowed  externally,  obtusely  lobed  over  the  thighs. 
Prosternum  short  with  a  small,  subtruncate  lobe,  sutures  nearly 
straight,  apparently  excavate  anteriorly. 

Type. —  C.  minusculus,  sp.  nov. 


Cryptagriotes  minusculus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  4,  fig.  3. 

Form  moderately  stout.  Head  large.  Antennae  not  well  pre- 
served, slender,  reaching  beyond  the  pro  thoracic  hind  angles.  Pro- 
thorax  probably  somewhat  distorted,  but,  as  preserved,  wider  in 
front  of  the  middle  where  the  width  is  a  little  greater  than  the  length. 
Sides  very  gently  arcuate,  angles  not  well  shown.  Prosternal  sutures 
nearly  straight,  lobe  rather  short,  entire  under  surface  of  the  prothorax 
finely  punctulate  and  pubescent.  Elytra  two  and  one  fourth  times 
the  prothoracic  length,  conjointly  rounded  apically,  the  sides  some- 
what arcuate,  sculpture  not  showing  through.  Abdomen  very  finely 
punctulate  and  pubescent.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral 
^pex,  4.00  mm.;   of  elytron,  about  2.30  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Tupe.—  No.  2,749  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  8,653  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

Judging  from  the  form  of  the  coxal  plates,  this  little  beetle  should 
go  into  the  Corymbitini,  possibly  near  x\griotes,  but  it  does  not  agree 
with  any  genus  known  to  me. 


WICKHAM:    fossil   ELATERIDAE   of    FLORISSANT.  513 

Agriotes  nearcticus,  sp.  nov, 
Plate  4,  fig.  6. 

Form  elongate.  Head  minutely  but  very  closely  and  distinctly 
punctured.  Antennae  poorly  preserved,  but  what  remains  of  one 
of  them  indicates  that  they  were  short  and  slender,  scarcely  sei^rate. 
Prothorax  broken  along  the  side  margins,  obscuring  the  shape,  punc- 
tuation almost  exactly  like  that  of  the  head,  the  punctures  finely 
mamillate,  nearly  touching,  even  on  the  middle  of  the  disk.  Elytra 
relatively  rather  elongate  as  compared  with  their  width,  striae  appar- 
ently very  shallow  but  their  rows  of  punctures  are  fairly  deep  and 
strong,  each  puncture  somewhat  elongate,  those  in  each  series  sepa- 
rated by  a  little  more  or  less  than  their  own  long  diameters.  Inter- 
stitial spaces  scarcely  perceptibly  punctulate,  but  with  marks  of  a 
fine,  moderately  short  pubescence.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to 
elytral  apex,  8.00  mm. ;  of  elytron,  5.50  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.— No.  2,748  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  6,653  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.).  ' 

While  resembling  the  Florissant  fossils,  Limonius  fiorissantensis  and 
L.  praccursor,  this  insect  is  more  elongate  and  more  delicately  punc- 
tured than  the  former  and  differs  from  the  second  in  the  closer  punctu- 
ation of  the  head  and  prothor^  as  well  as  the  almost  complete  lack  of 
it  in  the  elytral  interspaces.  The  coxal  plates  are  not  very  clearly 
shown,  but  I  think  they  are  correctly  exhibited  in  the  drawing.  The 
front  seems  to  be  higher  than  the  labrum,  as  indicated  by  the  distinct 
line  of  demarcation  in  the  fossil,  and  the  slender  antennae  are  like 
those  of  Agriotes. 

Agriotes  comminutus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  4,  fig.  4,  5. 

Form  rather  elongate.  Head  coarsely,  closely  but  not  very  deeply 
punctured.  Eyes  and  antennae  not  defined.  Prothorax  with  the 
margins  badly  broken,  so  that  the  exact  shape  is  not  discernible,  but 
it  was  evidently  only  a  little  wider  than  long,  with  a  large  discal 
dark  spot,  similar  to  that  of  the  recent  North  American  A.fucosus,  sur- 
face sculpture  obscure,  the  prosternal  sutures,  which  show  through, 


514  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

nearly  straight  and  apparently  excavate  anteriorly.  Elytra  not  less 
than  two  and  one  half  times  the  prothoracic  length,  apices  broken, 
surface  finely  striate,  the  striae  with  distinctly  elongate,  well-im- 
pressed punctures  which  are  separated  in  each  row  by  approximately 
their  own  long  diameters,  interstitial  spaces  flat,  broad,  apparently 
punctate.  Abdominal  dorsal  sculpture,  on  the  portion  exposed  by 
the  spreading  of  the  elytra,  obscure.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to 
abdominal  apex,  6.70  mm.;  of  portion  of  elytron  as  preserved,  3.60 
mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.—  ^o.  2,747  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  11,800  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

Since  the  general  preservation  of  this  beetle  is  poor,  I  should  not 
have  ventured  to  describe  it,  had  not  the  coxal  plate  been  well  shown 
on  one  side.  Taken  into  account  with  the  form  of  the  prosternal 
sutures,  the  sculpture  and  the  coloration,  this  seems  to  indicate  a 
probable  affinity  with  Agriotes. 


Limonius  aboriginalis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.  1-4. 

Form  stout  for  the  genus.  Head  practically  smooth.  Antennae 
just  about  reaching  the  hind  prothoracic  angles,  moderately  serrate, 
second  and  third  joints  subequal,  their  united  length  about  the  same 
as  that  of  the  fom-th  which,  however,  is  broader  and  begins  the  serra- 
tion. Eyes  normal.  Prothorax  about  one  fourth  broader  than  long, 
not  visibly  sculptured  above,  apex  scarcely  emarginate,  narrower  than 
the  base,  sides  arcuately  broadening  to  about  the  middle  thence 
slightly  sinuately  narrowing  posteriorly,  hind  angles  well  defined, 
acute  but  not  divergent.  Scutellum  oblong  oval.  Elytra  with  sides 
less  parallel  than  in  most  modern  species  of  Limonius,  apices  con- 
jointly rounded,  surface  rather  finely  but  quite  distinctly  and  regu- 
larly striate,  strial  punctures  becoming  less  distinct  posteriorly, 
rounded  or  slightly  oblong,  separated  by  about  their  o^\ti  diameters. 
Interstitial  areas  with  signs  of  fine  pubescence.  Underside  almost 
smooth,  only  a  few  small,  scattering  punctures  being  visible.  Legs  not 
displayed.     Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  6.65  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type, —  In    the   collection   of   H.    F.    Wickham.     Wilson   Ranch,. 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  515 

Florissant,  Colo.  With  it  are  associated  No.  2,737-2,738  M.  C.  Z,, 
(No.  7,971  and  10,952  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.).  Most  likely  No.  2,739- 
2,746  M.  C.  Z.  (No.  2,870,  8,345,  8,549,  8,753,  12,766,  8,226,  8,842 
and  11,788  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.),  belong  to  the  same  species.  There 
are  also  three  additional  specimens  in  my  collection. 

While  shorter  and  broader  than  most  recent  species  of  Limonius, 
the  essential  characters,  as  shown  by  the  coxal  plates  (which  are 
narrow  and  but  little  dilated  internally,  only  moderately  prominent 
over  the  insertion  of  the  thighs),  the  prosternal  sutures,  (double, 
little  curved),  the  short  prosternal  lobe  and  the  blunt  scutellum 
correspond  very  well  with  this  genus.  The  basal  antennal  structure 
is  similar  to  what  we  see  in  the  recent  L.  crotchii  of  the  western  United 
States,  but  the  general  aspect  is  more  that  of  L.  nitidulus  from  the 
same   district. 

Limonius  florissantensis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.  5-7. 

Form  moderately  elongate.  Head  rather  finely  and  extremely 
closely  and  deeply  but  regularly  punctured.  Antennae  about  reach- 
ing the  prothoracic  base,  faintly  serrate.  Prothorax  approximately 
one  seventh  broader  than  long,  apex  and  base  subec^ual,  surface  quite 
evenly  punctate,  about  as  coarsely  as  the  head  but  more  sparsely, 
apex  nearly  truncate,  front  angles  obtuse,  sides  regularly  arcuate  to 
about  the  middle,  which  is  the  broadest  part,  thence  narrowing  to 
near  the  base,  hind  angles  acute,  carinate,  but  hardly  divergent. 
Scutellum  oblong  oval.  Elytra  about  two  and  two  thirds  times  the 
length  of  the  prothoracic  median  line,  finely,  sharply  striate,  strial 
punctures  fine,  somewhat  elongate,  separated  by  approximately 
their  own  long  diameters,  interstitial  spaces  flat,  broad,  confusedly 
and  sparsely  punctate,  the  punctures  of  varying  sizes,  the  largest 
distinctly  smaller  than  those  of  the  striae.  Underside  punctured 
throughout,  rather  coarsely  and  closely  on  the  prosternum  and  flanks, 
more  finely  on  the  meso-  and  metasternal  sclerites,  the  abdomen 
finely  punctate  except  on  the  last  segment  and  along  the  sides,  where 
the  sculpture  is  coarser.     Length,  8.40  mm.;   of  elytron,  5.50  mm. 

Described  from  two  specimens,  one  with  counterpart. 
Type. —  In   the   collection   of   H.   F.   Wickham.     Wilson   Ranch, 
Florissant,   Colo.     With   it   are   associated   another   specimen,   with 
counterpart,  in  my  own  collection;    two  from  Station  14  in  the  Mu- 


516  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

seum  of  the  University  of  Colorado;  No.  6,572  of  the  Princeton  col- 
lection; and  No.  2,734  M.  C.  Z.  (No.  11,664  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.).  It 
is  possible  that  No.  2,735,  2,736  M.  C.  Z.  (No.  8,340,  10,492  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.),  represent  the  same  species. 

Characters  pointing  to  Limonius  are  seen  in  the  coxal  plates,  hind 
tarsi,  prosternal  sutures,  and  antennae.  The  short  prosternal  lobe 
is  more  like  Nothodes.  Compared  with  L.  aboriginalis,  the  present 
species  is  much  more  roughly  sculptured. 


Limonius  praecursor,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.  8,  9. 

Form  elongate,  slender.  Head  finely  but  very  regularly  and  dis- 
tinctly punctured,  the  punctures  separated  by  their  own  diameters 
or  less.  Antennae  short,  showing  only  a  few  of  the  joints  well  enough 
for  description,  but  these  are  about  one  half  longer  than  wide  and 
weakly  serrate.  Prothorax  punctured  similarly  to  the  head  but  a 
little  more  finely,  the  sides  not  in  very  good  condition  but  evidently 
subparallel,  length  and  width  subequal.  Scutellum  obscure.  Elytra 
about  two  and  two  fifths  times  the  prothoracic  length,  subparallel, 
finely  but  very  distinctly  striate,  the  striae  with  decidedly  elongate 
punctures  which  are  separated  in  each  row  by  their  own  diameters, 
a  little  more  or  less,  interstitial  spaces  broad  and  flat,  very  minutely 
pimctulate.  Underside  of  prothorax  finely  but  clearly  punctured, 
rather  closely  on  the  flanks,  less  so  on  the  prosternum,  sutures  double, 
a  little  curved  in  front,  nearl}^  straight  behind,  broader  anteriorly, 
lobe  moderate.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  8.50  mm.; 
of  elytron,  5.75  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type.— No.  2,730  and  2,731  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No. 
9,417  and  10,558  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.).  With  it  is  doubtfully  asso- 
ciated another  specimen,  also  with  counterpart.  No.  2,732  and  2,733 
M.  C.  Z.  (No.  12,049  and  12,762  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.). 

In  general  form  and  sculpture,  this  approaches  closely  to  L.  floris- 
santensis.  However;  the  present  insect  has  relatively  shorter  elytra, 
with  markedly  finer  and  sparser  cephalic  and  prothoracic  punctuation. 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  517 

LiMONius  SHOSHONis,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  5,  fig.  10. 

Form  fairly  elongate.  Head  finely  and  rather  vaguely  punctate. 
Antennae  lacking.  Prothorax  almost  exactly  equal  in  length  and 
breadth,  surface  finely,  not  deeply,  but  fairly  closely  punctate,  apex 
not  much  narrower  than  the  base,  sides  feebly  arcuate,  front  angles 
nearly  rectangular,  hind  angles  carinate,  sharp,  only  a  little  divergent. 
Scutellum  nearly  triangular.  Elytra  moderately  tapering,  finely 
striate,  strial  punctures  a  little  elongate,  quite  fine,  not  very  deep  and 
separated  from  each  other  in  the  same  row  by  approximately  their 
own  diameters,  interstitial  spaces  flat,  wide,  scarcely  visibly  punctu- 
late,  Qnely  hairy.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  7.25 
mm.;   of  elytron,  4.35  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was 
collected  by  Professor  Cockerell  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  in 
1906  and  bears  his  number  58. 

The  beetle  is  provisionally  placed  in  Limonius  chiefly  on  account  of 
its  form  and  sculpture.  It  is  smoother  than  the  other  Florissant 
species  referred  to  this  genus. 

Limonius  volans,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  5,  fig.  11. 

Form  rather  elongate.  Head  deeply  punctured,  closely  and  rela- 
tively coarsely  on  the  front,  more  finely  and  sparsely  on  the  vertex. 
Antennae  wanting.  Prothorax  a  trifle  broader  than  long,  more 
finely  and  much  more  sparsely  pvmctured  than  the  head  except  near 
the  side  margins  where  the  sculpture  is  much  coarser  and  closer  than 
on  the  disk.  Base  somewhat  broader  than  the  apex,  sides  very  little 
arcuate,  front  angles  short,  hind  ones  of  moderate  length  and  but 
slightly  divergent.  Elytra  two  and  three  fourths  times  the  prothora- 
cic  length,  conjointly  rounded  at  apex,  finely  striate,  the  strial  punc- 
tures not  very  close  nor  well  defined,  interstitial  spaces  flat,  with 
strong,  fairly  sparse  punctures,  more  pronounced,  though  probably 
not  larger,  than  those  of  the  striae.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to 
elytral  apex,  9.00  mm.;  of  elytron,  5.60  mm. 


r 


518  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was  col- 
lected at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  G.  N.  Rohwer,  while  a 
member  of  one  of  Professor  Cockerell's  parties. 

Separates  from  L.  florissantensis,  with  which  it  agrees  in  the  rela- 
tively coarse  interstitial  punctuation,  by  having  a  much  finer  and 
sparser  sculpture  of  the  head  and  particularly  of  the  thorax.  The 
generic  reference  is  provisional,  being  based  mostly  on  facies. 


Athous  lethalis,  sp.  no  v. 
Plate  6,  fig.  1,  2. 

Form  elongate,  parallel.  Head  finely  and  extremely  densely  punc- 
tured and  with  a  short  pubescence.  Antennae  long,  slender,  faintly 
serrate,  apparently  not  entire  but  reaching  far  beyond  the  prothoracic 
hind  angles,  basal  joints  too  poor  to  allow  of  their  definition.  Pro- 
thorax  punctured  similarly  to  the  head  but  a  trifle  more  coarsely  and 
less  deeply,  length  and  breadth  equal,  front  angles  slightly  prominent, 
sides  nearly  straight  to  the  hind  angles  which  are  acute  and  a  little 
divergent,  base  sinuate  each  side.  Scutellum  oblong  oval.  Elytra 
a  little  over  three  times  the  length  of  the  prothoracic  median  line, 
apices  conjointly  rounded,  finely  striate  and  pubescent,  the  striae  with 
small,  deep,  nearly  circular  or  slightly  elongate  punctures  which  are 
separated  in  the  series  by  their  own  diameters  or  something  more. 
I'nderside  of  prosternum  closely  and  finely  punctured,  the  prothoracic 
flanks  less  strongly,  sculpture  of  the  remainder  of  the  thoracic  scle- 
rites  and  abdomen  very  obscure.  Length,  from  front  margin  of  pro- 
thorax  to  elytral  tip,  8.40  mm.;   of  elytron,  5.50  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type.—  No.  2,728  and  2,729  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  8,464 
and  8,713  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.). 

The  prothorax  is  ornamented  with  a  broad  brown  stripe,  about  one 
third  of  the  discal  width,  occupying  the  median  area  from  base  to 
apex,  similar  to  that  seen  in  the  recent  A.  excavatus,  from  California. 
The  latter  insect,  however,  is  much  more  coarsely  sculptured.  The 
coxal  plates  are  not  well  displayed  in  the  fossil,  but  the  prosternal 
lobe  and  sutures,  as  well  as  the  general  form,  correspond  well  with 
the  genus  in  which  I  have  placed  it. 


WICKHAM:    fossil    ELATERIDAE   of    FLORISSANT.  519 

Athous  contusus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  6,  fig.  3,  4. 

Form  very  elongate,  subparallel.  Head  moderately  coarsely  and 
fairly  closely  punctured.  Antennae  slender,  and,  when  complete, 
probably  reaching  or  passing  the  pro  thoracic  hind  angles.  Only  a 
few  of  the  joints  are  well  defined  and  these  are  scarcely  serrate.  Pro- 
thorax  long,  narrow,  the  sides  not  in  good  condition,  apparently  Avider 
at  base  than  at  apex,  hind  angles  only  moderately  pronounced,  flanks 
rather  closely  but  not  coarsely  punctured,  prosternum  more  strongly. 
Elytra  long,  conjointly  rounded  at  apex,  strongly  sculptured,  the 
punctures  of  the  striae  rounded,  separated  longitudinally  by  their 
own  diameters  or  a  little  more.  Abdominal  punctuation  fine,  moder- 
ately close.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  11.15  mm.; 
of  elytron,  7.65  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.—  No.  2,727  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  8,346  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

The  specimen  is  preserved  in  such  a  way  as  to  show  the  upper  side 
of  the  head  and  elytra  and  the  details  of  the  underside  of  the  pro- 
thorax,  due  to  the  manner  of  splitting  the  stone.  It  retains  a  portion 
of  the  raised  frontal  margin  and  the  aspect  is  quite  that  of  Athous. 

Athous  fractus,  sp.  nov, 

Plate  6,  fig.  5. 

Form  elongate.  Head  with  a  rather  well-pronounced  frontal  mar- 
gin, surface  finely  punctate  and  pubescent.  Antennae  weakly  serrate, 
slender,  the  basal  and  apical  joints  poorly  defined,  but  in  life  the 
antennal  tip  evidently  attained  or  passed  the  prothoracic  hind  angles. 
Prothorax  very  little  broader  than  long,  surface  finely,  not  closely 
punctate  and  pubescent.  Sides  very  little  arcuate,  angles  small,  the 
hind  ones  not  in  good  preservation  but  evidently  carinate  and  at  least 
moderately  prominent.  The  notch  in  front  of  the  angle,  as  shown 
on  the  figure,  is  perhaps  adventitious.  Scutellum  oblong.  Elytra 
broken  at  tip  but  apparently,  if  complete,  not  much,  if  any,  less  than 
three  times  as  long  as  the  prothorax,  finely  striate,  the  striae  with 
irregularly  spaced,  round,  or  often  elongate  or  elliptical,  punctures 


520  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

separated  by  more  or  less  than  their  own  long  diameters.  Interstitial 
spaces  flat,  broad,  pubescent  but  scarcely  visibly  punctulate.  Only 
one  leg  shows,  which  is  of  moderate  size.  -  Length  of  fragment,  13.40 
mm.;   of  prothorax,  along  median  line,  3.50  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was 
collected  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  S,  A.  Rohwer. 

Placed  in  Athous  because  of  the  form,  the  coxal  plates  (only  in- 
distinctly seen),  the  frontal  margin  and  the  very  long  prosternal  lobe 
which  shows  through  as  indicated,  Plate  6,  fig.  5.  In  this  figure,  the 
dotted  lines  will  show  the  courses  of  the  elytral  striae,  but  the  punc- 
tures are  actually  somewhat  smaller  and  more  numerous  than  the  dots 
which  might  be  taken  to  represent  them.  It  seems  smoother  than 
the  recent  North  American  species  known  to  me. 


Paranomus  exanbl^tus,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  6,  fig.  6,  7. 

Form  only  moderately  elongate.  Head  practically  smooth.  An- 
tennae not  well  enough  preserved  to  show  the  relative  sizes  of  most 
of  the  joints,  but  they  are  quite  weakly  or  scarcely  serrate,  reaching, 
in  life,  beyond  the  prothoracic  hind  angles.  Prothorax  in  poor 
condition  and  probably  somewhat  distorted,  but  as  shown  it  is  a  little 
more  than  one  fifth  broader  than  long,  wider  in  front  of  the  middle, 
front  angles  a  little  acute,  sides  moderately  arcuate  in  anterior  three 
fourths,  thence  sinuate,  in  reverse  curve,  to  the  hind  angles  which 
are  sharp  and  slightly  divergent,  base  broadly  emarginate  in  front 
of  the  scutellum,  sinuate  each  side,  surface  minutely,  sparsely  punc- 
tured. Scutellum  suborbicular.  Elytra  three  times  the  length  of  the 
prothoracic  median  line,  conjointly  rounded  apically,  not  striate  nor 
visibly  punctured  but  finely  pubescent.  Underside  nearly  smooth. 
Length,  7.00  mm. ;  of  elytron,  4.30  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickham.  Wilson  Ranch, 
Florissant,  Colo.  With  it  is  associated,  somewhat  doubtfully,  an- 
other from  the  same  source. 

Most  probably  a  Paranomus,  but  more  finely  sculptured  than  P. 
costalis  or  P.  estriatus,  the  only  recent  species  know  to  me. 
The    prosternal    sutures    are    moderately   curved,    the    hind    coxal 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of  FLORISSANT.  521 

plates  but  slightly  dilated  externally  and  without  a  distinct  tooth 
over  the  thighs.  The  beetle  differs  from  P.  laevissimus  in  the 
proportions  of  the  elytra  and  prothorax,  as  well  as  in  some  minor 
details  which  may  be  gathered  from  the  descriptions. 

Paranomus  LAEVISSIMUS,  sp.  nov. 
Plate  6,  fig.  10. 

Form  fairly  stout.  Head  \-ery  finely  punctulate,  a  little  more 
coarsely  anteriorly.  Antennae  poorly  preserved,  slender,  scarcely 
at  all  serrate.  Prothorax  almost  absolutely  smooth,  neither  side 
completely  preserved  but  from  a  combination  of  the  two  it  is  evident 
that  the  base  and  apex  were  subequal,  the  width  about  one  third 
greater  than  the  length,  sides  arcuate,  sinuate  in  front  of  the  hind 
angles  which  are  somewhat  divergent,  acute  and  carinate,  basal 
margin  strongly  sinuate  each  side.  Scutellum  obscure,  apparently 
oblong.  Elytra  two  and  three  fifths  times  the  length  of  the  pro- 
thoracic  median  line,  without  sculpture  except  two  lines  of  faint 
elongate  punctures  near  the  outer  edges  and  some  still  weaker  ones 
on  the  disk,  no  visible  hair  marks.  Underside  almost  perfectly 
smooth.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  apex,  8.10  mm.;  of 
elytron,  4.75  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado,  collected  at 
Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  Mrs.  W.  P.  Cockerell. 

Perhaps  the  most  striking  characteristic  of  this  beetle  is  the  almost 
total  lack  of  sculpture.  The  form  is  like  that  of  Cardiophorus  and 
the  curved  prosternal  sutures  are  similar  to  those  found  in  that  genus, 
but  the  spine  is  not  truncate  nor  is  the  scutellum  cordiform.  The 
nature  of  the  prosternal  sutures  forbids  reference  to  Cr^'ptohypnus, 
and  while  the  coxal  plates  are  not  distinctly  shown  I  think  they  are 
gradually  smaller  externally  as  in  the  Corymbitini.  The  practical 
lack  of  elytral  striation  leads  me  to  refer  the  insect  to  Paranomus. 

Paranomus  heeri,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  6,  fig.  8,  9. 

Form  only  fairly  elongate.  Head  minutely,  sparsely  pimctulate 
on  the  vertex,  more  closely  at  front  and  sides.     Antennae  bent  under 


522  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

the  body,  lying  along  the  breast  near  the  prosternal  sutures,  not  well 
enough  defined  for  description.  Prothorax  punetulate,  finely  and 
sparsely,  the  outline  incomplete  on  one  side  but  evidently  the  width 
is  about  one  half  greater  than  the  median  length,  base  and  apex 
subequal,  front  angles  obtuse,  sides  regularly  rounding  to  the  hind 
angles  which  are  obscure  and  probably  short.  Scutellum  oval. 
Elytra  a  little  over  three  times  the  prothoracic  length,  apices  con- 
jointly rounding,  surface  distinctly  and  rather  deeply  but  finely  and 
sparsely  punctured  without  any  definite  strial  arrangement.  Under- 
side obscurely,  finely  punctate.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral 
apex,  4.65  mm.;    of  elytron,  3.25  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was 
collected  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.,  by  Dr.  W.  M.  Wheeler, 
while  a  member  of  one  of  Professor  Cockerell's  expeditions. 

Probably  not  a  true  Paranomus,  but  I  can  find  no  better  place  for 
it  and  the  assemblage  of  visible  characters  points  in  that  direction. 
The  metacoxal  plates  are  not  suddenly  dilated,  the  prosternal  lobe 
is  moderate,  the  sutures  nearly  straight,  apparently  slightly  excavate 
anteriorly,  the  elvtra  not  striate.  The  size  is  somewhat  less  than  that 
of  the  recent  P.  estriatus,  from  Mt.  Washington. 


LuDiOPHANES,  gen.  nov. 

Form  of  Ludius.  Elytra  confusedly  punctate,  not  striate.  Coxal 
plates  gradualh'  narrowed  externally  and  not  toothed  over  the  inser- 
tion of  the  thighs.     Scutellum  ogival, 

Ti/pe. —  L.  haydeni,  sp.  nov.  , 


LUDIOPHANES   HAYDENI,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  4,  fig.  7-9. 

Form  moderately  elongate,  tapering  a  little  to  both  ends.  Head 
short,  closely,  deeply,  and  coarsely  punctured,  except  on  the  extreme 
frontal  region  where  the  sculpture  is  more  shallow.  Antennae  very 
slightly  longer  than  the  prothoracic  median  line  but  not  reaching  the 
tips  of  the  hind  angles,  eleven  jointed,  feebly  serrate,  first  joint  large, 
second  shorter  than  the  third,  third  and  fourth  subequal  in  length, 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  523 

eleventh  much  longer  than  the  tenth.  Eyes  not  strongly  convex. 
Prothorax  a  little  broader  than  long,  slightly  narrower  at  apex  than 
at  base,  front  angles  acute,  sides  gently  and  almost  regularly  arcuate, 
faintly  sinuate  in  front  of  the  hind  angles  which  are  acute  and  feebly 
divergent.  The  thoracic  apex  seems  hardly  emarginate,  the  base  is 
notched  in  front  of  the  scutellum  and  sinuate  each  side.  Punctuation 
of  pronotum  close,  deep,  and  rather  coarse  over  the  entire  surface, 
the  punctures  ever;^^iere  separated  by  much  less  than  their  own 
diameters  and  but  slightly  less  crowded  along  the  median  line  than 
at  sides,  each  with  a  central  mark  which  looks  as  if  it  may  have  been 
the  point  of  insertion  of  a  hair  or  scale.  Scutellum  oval,  much  longer 
than  wide,  coarsely  punctured.  Elytra  moderately  tapering,  not 
pointed  at  apices,  confusedly  but  in  general  evenly  punctured  except 
that  the  punctures  become  somewhat  more  sparse  posteriorly  where 
they  are  separated  by  spaces  about  equal  to  or  a  little  more  than  their 
own  diameters.  Each  puncture  carried  a  moderately  long,  curved 
dark  hair,  giving  a  somewhat  shaggy  appearance  to  the  surface. 
Underside  of  body  well  preserved,  showing  the  following  features :  — 
prothoracic  flanks  finely  and  densely  punctured,  prosternum,  includ- 
ing the  spine,  more  coarsely  and  deeply;  lobe  strong,  roimded; 
sutures  double,  nearly  straight,  excavate  anteriorly;  meso-  and 
metasternal  areas  similarly  but  in  general  less  closely  punctate,  coxal 
plates  narrow,  little  dilated  externally,  with  a  rounded  lobe  over  the 
insertion  of  the  thighs;  abdominal  punctuation  rather  fine  but  deep, 
closer  externally  but  everywhere  well  separated.  Legs  not  well 
displayed.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  tip  of  abdomen,  excluding 
sex  organ,  14.25  mm.;  of  prothorax,  along  median  line,  3.35  mm.; 
of  elytron,  9.00  mm.;  of  antenna,  3.65  mm.;  width  of  prothorax, 
3.75  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  %vith  coimterpart. 

Tyye. —  In  the  collection  of  H.  F.  Wickham.  Wilson  Ranch, 
Florissant,  Colo. 

This  is  probably  the  finest  and  best  preserved  specimen  I  have 
seen  among  the  Elateridae  of  the  Florissant  shales.  The  aspect  is 
much  like  that  of  a  Ludius  or  of  a  Megapenthes,  like  the  recent  west- 
ern North  American  M.  aterrimus,  but  the  form  of  the  coxal  plates 
indicates  a  position  with  the  Coryrabitini.^  The  punctuation  does 
not  agree  with  that  of  any  species  of  the  group  known  to  me  and 
serves  at  once  to  differentiate  it  from  all  the  Florissant  fossil  Elateridae 
of  similar  size.  The  antenna  and  sex  organ  are  omitted  (Plate  4, 
fig.  7)  but  the  former  is  shown  (Plate  4,  fig.  8). 


524  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 


CoRYMBiTES  PRiMiTivus  Wickham. 

Described  in  American  journal  of  science,  1908,  ser.  4,  26,  p.  77, 
fig.  2.  It  is  a  large  species,  about  22  mm.  in  length,  and  seems  not 
to  have  been  particularly  rare.  The  type  is  in  the  Peabody  Museum 
of  Yale  University  and  was  found  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo., 
by  G.  N.  Rohwer.  None  are  in  the  collections  of  the  Museum  of 
Comparative  Zoology,  but  I  have  a  good  example,  with  counterpart, 
and  the  prothorax  of  another  from  the  Wilson  Ranch. 


CORYMBITES    GRANULICOLLIS   Wicldiam. 

This  was  described  in  the  same  article  as  the  preceding.  It  is  still 
larger,  24  mm.  long,  and  is  the  most  striking  of  all  the  Florissant 
Elateridae  as  far  as  size  is  concerned.  The  type  is  with  the  Peabody 
Museum,  at  Yale  University.  I  have  a  very  good  specimen  obtained 
at  Florissant  from  a  local  collector  who  claimed  to  have  found  it  in 
the  railroad  cut  that  runs  through  the  Corixa  bed.  I  doubt  the 
accuracy  of  his  statement.  The  original  locality  was  Station  14, 
which  has  yielded  many  beautiful  insects  of  various  families. 


CORYMBITES   SUBMERSUS,   Sp.    UOV. 

Plate  7,  fig.  1-3. 

Form  fairly  elongate.  Head  moderately  coarsely  punctured  on  the 
front,  vertex  becoming  only  faintly  sculptured.  Antennae  broken, 
but  enough  remains  to  show  that  the  second  joint  is  shorter  than  the 
third  and,  judging  from  the  portions  preserved,  the  organ,  when  com- 
plete, reached  slightly  beyond  the  points  of  the  prothoracic  hind 
angles.  The  antennal  serrations  are  faint.  Mandibles  a  little  promi- 
nent. Prothorax  short,  narrow  anteriorly,  broadest  across  the  base, 
the  sides  arcuate  near  the  front  angles,  which  are  obtuse,  but  becoming 
nearly  straight  to  the  hind  angles  which  are  long,  sharp,  divergent, 
and  carinate.  The  sculptiu"e  of  the  pronotum  consists  of  an  extremely 
fine  punctuation,  with  rather  sparse  pubescence.  There  is  a  fine 
lateral  marginal  bead  the  full  length  of  each  side.  Scutellum  oblong. 
Elytra  striate,  the  striae  with  fine,  deep,  rounded  or  somewhat  elon- 


WICKHAM:   fossil   ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  525 

gate  punctures  separated  in  the  series  by  something  more  or  less  than 
their  own  diameters.  Underside  showing  that  the  prosternum  is 
strongly,  closely  and  rather  coarsely  punctured  around  the  anterior 
portion  of  the  lobe,  nearly  smooth  at  middle,  side  pieces  vaguely 
punctate,  abdomen  thinly  pubescent,  the  punctuation  fine,  shallow 
and  sparse.  Legs  poorly  preserved,  of  moderate  size.  Length,  from 
front  of  head  to  abdominal  apex,  13.50  mm.;  of  elytron,  9.45  mm.; 
of  prothorax,  along  median  line,  2.45  mm. ;  width  of  prothorax  across 
base,  just  in  front  of  hind  angles,  3.35  ram. 

Described  from  one  specimen,  with  counterpart. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was  col- 
lected by  G.  N.  Rohwer,  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo. 

Easily  distinguished  from  the  other  Florissant  fossil  Corymbites 
by  the  short  prothorax  and  widely  divergent  hind  angles  which  give 
the  appearance  of  the  recent  C.  appressus  from  the  northern  United 
States  and  Canada.  That  species,  however,  has  the  prosternum  and 
elytra  differently  sculptured.  The  prosternal,  coxal,  and  antennal 
characters  of  the  fossil  all  agree  well  with  the  genus  in  which  it  is 
placed. 

Corymbites  restructus,  sp.  nov. 

Plate  7,  fig.  4. 

Form  fairly  elongate,  tapering  to  the  ends  as  in  the  recent  C.  hiero- 
glyphicus.  Since  the  specimen  is  exposed  in  ventral  view,  no  de- 
scription of  the  upper  surface  can  be  given.  Head  poorly  preserved, 
antennae  not  shown.  Prothorax  rather  closely  and  fairly  coarsely 
punctured  beneath,  more  deeply  and  strongly  on  the  prosternum, 
spine  margined  at  sides,  lobe  much  rounded,  hind  angles  long  and 
acute,  slightly  diverging.  Metasternal  and  abdominal  punctuation 
much  shallower  and  more  vague  than  that  of  the  prothorax.  Hind 
leg  moderately  long,  the  first  tarsal  joint  not  much  lengthened,  the 
fourth  and  fifth  obscured.  Elytra  pointed  at  apex,  sides  rather 
strongly  rounding.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  abdominal  apex, 
but  without  extruded  sex  organ,  16.30  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type. —  In  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Colorado.  It  was  col- 
lected by  Mrs.  W.  P.  Cockerell  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo. 

Undoubtedly  a  Corymbites  and  easily  distinguished  from  C.  primi- " 
thus  or  C.  granulicollis  by  its  smaller  size  and  more  fusiform  outline. 


526  bulletin:  museum  of  comparative  zoology. 

CORYMBITES   PROPHETICUS,    sp.    nOV. 

Plate  7,  fig.  5. 

Form  stout.  Head  in  very  poor  preservation,  finely,  regularly, 
and  closely  punctate.  Antennae  wanting.  Prothorax  at  sides  punc- 
tured almost  exactly  like  the  head,  a  little  more  finely  and  sparsel\-  on 
the  disk,  about  one  fourth  broader  than  long,  sides  nearly  regularly 
arcuate,  somewhat  more  suddenly  in  front,  anterior  angles  slightly 
acute,  hind  ones  quite  strongly  so,  feebly  divergent  and  carinate'. 
Scutellum  oblong.  Elytra  quite  strongly  arcuate  at  sides,  apices 
conjointly  rounded,  finely  striate,  striae  with  distinct  but  not  coarse 
punctures  which  are  circular  or  slightly  elongate  and  separated  in  each 
series  by  their  own  diameters  or  less.  Interspaces  broad,  flattened 
or  nearly  so,  finely  punctulate  and  distinctly  pubescent.  Legs 
wanting.  Length,  from  front  of  head  to  elytral  tip,  10.90  mm.; 
of  elytron,  6.55  mm. ;   of  prothorax  along  median  line,  3.00  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type  — No.  2,724  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  13,657  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.).  With  it  is  associated,  somewhat  rloubtfully.  No. 
2,275  M.  C.  Z.  (No.  11,282  S.  H.  Scudder  Coll.).  Two  poor  specimens 
from  Station  13  and  13B  are  in  the  Museum  of  the  L^niversity  of 
Colorado. 

This  is  quite  surely  a  Corymbites  and  is  of  the  same  general  form 
as  the  recent  C.  aereipennis,  common  in  the  northern  and  mountain 
regions  of  this  continent.  The  sculpture  seems  not  to  have  been  very 
different.  The  size  and  outline  will  distinguish  it  from  all  the  other 
fossil  Florissant  species. 

OXYGONUS   PRIMUS,    Sp.    nOV. 

Plate  7,  fig.  6. 

Form  fairly  stout.  Head  not  well  preserved,  showing  no  sculpture. 
Antennae  moderately  long  but  the  individual  joints  are  not  definable. 
Prothorax  stout,  suborbicular,  the  sides  strongly  roimded,  apex  and 
base  subequal,  prosternal  grooves  double,  somewhat  curved,  lobe 
long,  front  edge  quite  arcuate  and  strongly  advanced,  sculpture  fine 
or  nearly  wanting.     Elytron  about  four  times  as  long  as  wide,  moder- 


WICKHAM:   fossil    ELATERIDAE   of   FLORISSANT.  527 

ately  pointed  apically,  punctatostriate,  the  punctures  rounded  or 
somewhat  elongate  and  separated  in  each  row  by  more  than  their 
own  diameters.  Abdomen  and  legs  wanting.  Length,  from  front 
of  head  to  elytral  apex,  6.00  mm. ;  of  elytron,  3.85  mm. 

Described  from  one  specimen. 

Type.—  No.  2,726  M.  C.  Z.  Florissant,  Colo.  (No.  6,381  S.  H. 
Scudder  Coll.). 

A  small  species,  about  the  size  of  the  recent  Californian  0.  ater. 
The  form  of  the  prothorax  will  separate  it  at  once  from  all  the  other 
fossil  Florissant  Elateridae. 


Melanactes  cockerelli  Wickham. 

Originally  described  in  the  American  journal  of  science,  1908,  ser.  4, 
26,  p.  77,  fig.  3.  The  type  is  in  the  Peabody  Museum  of  Yale  Uni- 
versity and  was  collected  at  Station  14,  Florissant,  Colo.  No  other 
specimens  have  come  to  light.  It  is  a  large  insect,  23.50  mm.  in  length 
and  similar  in  general  appearance  to  the  Florissant  fossil  Corymbites 
granulicollis. 


PLATE  I. 


WicKHAM. —  The  Fossil  Elateridae  of  Florissant. 


PLATE  1. 

Fig.  1.  Deltometopus  fossilis. 

2.  Deltometopus  fossilis,  antenna. 

3.  Fornax  relictus. 

4.  Microrhagus  miocenicus. 

5.  Microrhagus  vulcanicus. 

6.  Lacon  exhumatus. 

7.  Lacon  exhumatus,  antenna. 

8.  Cr>i3tohj7)nus  exterminatus. 

9.  Crj'ptohjTJnus  exterminatus,  antenna. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Elateridae.    Plate  1 


'DC: 


PLATE  2. 


WiCKHAM. —  The  Fossil  Elateridae  of  Florissant. 


PLATE  2. 

Fig.     1.  Cardiophorus  lithographus. 

2.  Cardiophorus  lithographus,  underside  of  prothorax. 

3.  Cardiophorus  lithographus,  hind  coxal  plate. 

4.  Cardiophorus  florissantensis. 

5.  Cardiophorus  florissantensis,  hind  coxal  plate. 

6.  Cardiophorus  cockerelh. 

7.  Cardiophorus  requiescens. 

8.  Cardiophorus  requiescens,  prosternal  spine. 

9.  Cardiophorus  (?)  deprivatus. 

10.  Cardiophorus  (?)  deprivatus,  antenna. 

11.  Horistonotus  coloradensis. 

12.  Horistonotus  coloradensis,  hind  coxal  plate. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Elateridae.    Plate  2 


PLATE  3. 


WiCKHAM.—  The  Fossil  Elateridae  of  Floriasant. 


PLATE  3. 

Fig.  1.  Cryptohypnus  hesperus. 

2.  Anchastus  eruptus. 

3.  Anchastus  eruptus,  antenna. 

4.  Anchastus  diluviaUs. 

5.  Elater  rohweri. 

6.  Elater  rohweri,  underside  of  prothorax. 

7.  Elater  scudderi. 

8.  Elater  scudderi,  antenna. 

9.  Elater  florissantensis. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Eumeridae.    Plates 


/>■ 


^^^^ 


PIA 


WicKHAM.— The  FoasU  Elateridae  of  Floriaaant. 


PLATE  4. 

Fig.  1.  Monocrepidius  dubiosus. 

2.  Megapenthes  primaevxis. 

3.  Cryptagriotes  minusculus. 

4.  Agriotes  comminutus. 

5.  Agriotes  comminutus,  hind  coxal  plate. 

6.  Agriotes  nearcticus. 

7.  Ludiophanes  haydeni. 

8.  Ludiophanes  haydeni,  antenna. 

9.  Ludiophanes  haydeni,  hind  coxal  plate. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Elateridae.    Plate  4 


PLATE  5. 


WiCKHAM.— The  Fossil  Elateridae  of  Florissant. 


PLATE  5. 

Fig.     1.  Limonius  aboriginalis. 

2.  Limonius  aboriginalis,  underside  of  prothorax. 

3.  Limonius  aboriginalis,  hind  coxal  plate. 

4.  Limonius  aboriginalis,  antenna, 

5.  Limonius  florissantensis. 

6.  Limonius  florissantensis,  hind  coxal  plate. 

7.  Limonius  florissantensis,  hind  tarsus. 

8.  Limonius  praecursor. 

9.  Limonius  praecursor,  antenna. 

10.  Limonius  shoshonis. 

11.  Limonius  volans. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Elateridae.    Plate  5 


PLATE  6. 


WiCKHAM.— Tlie  Fossil  Klaleridae  of  Florissant. 


PLATE  6. 

Fig.     1.  Athous  lethalis. 

2.  Athous  lethalis,  underside  of  prothorax. 

3.  Athous  contusus. 

4.  Athous  contusus,  antenna. 

5.  Athous  fractus. 

6.  Paranomus  exanimatus. 

7.  Paranomus  exanimatus,  hind  coxal  plate. 

8.  Paranomus  heeri. 

9.  Paranomus  heeri,  hind  coxal  plate. 
10.  Paranomus  laevissimus. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Elateridae.    Plate  6 


/ 


PLATE  7. 


WiCKHAM.— 'I'he  Fossil  i:iuleridae  of  Florissant. 


PLATE   7. 

Fig.  1.  Corymbites  submersus. 

2.  Corymbites  submersus,  underside  of  prothorax. 

3.  Corymbites  submersus,  hind  coxal  plate. 

4.  Corymbites  restructus. 

5.  Corymbites  propheticus. 

6.  Oxygonus  jn-imus. 


BULL.  MUS.  COMP.  ZOOL. 


Florissant  Elateridae.    Plate  7 


Ji"^ 


II 


S 


ACME 
BOOKSIW'JiNG  CO..  INC. 


NOV  2  9  1983 

100  CAMCRIDC-!-:   STREET 
CHARLESTOWN.   MASS. 


Harvard  MCZ  Libra 


3   2044  066   303   280 


Date  Due 


jW*§==«96